egigty® ro Heep in velyt) | PRAT Aaa | sisal SO Wt bode 0 J ar mi a . g PD rps ee ; Px Patadnst onto! ‘ 3 se iM " | Liye Bad chiat ot rere 4 3 = 3 i: : ' Magne : If K ) vat Abe : atats { cs “ War. 3 ; | “ UC phe rot eeas f | ; ve “o Ai : , rif eaties 5 a co ¢ 5 ; Sh a rhage , , . af Wate: ‘ ' erat EP Py Pe owe hi f : , LNB Hay OF ty PLES SM oF dil . . F 5 eth © OAFLA Oe “4 ¢ . ” Ni Pra eS ree , y ei at Ot A ea ty ar seue ar ie oe A dai ee JOA CM Paatie g Ty, | LOROOR EF gh See Pen ee Oe ae ee Sr ae a Satara & Pl ‘. = mT n an ean rei a tS Fae re ~ eS! Doktor Pl Cas ret am Marte em - Ps = Poh yey eee jp tate qe Beh Lypheraragy ty , IM sentind AD OS une a a 7 av? ory} Per y Sree nae Tints, ea hd hee fb RNR EEN (DM AWC ox libris Ihe se = =e. ies gee 4 oe ree L. , - Oia &: ’ a” Sa OD AT fe i} | (Z Wd te the Cart L589 ~. : Volume 22 VU ae’ 1968 Number 1 ‘A LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue NEW HESPERIIDAE IN BRAZIL THYMELICUS LINEOLA IN INDIANA AND ILLINOIS STUDY OF FLUORESCENT PIGMENTS LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO PAPILIO LETTERS FROM H. H. BEHR (Complete contents on back cover) 13 March 1968 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe x, Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HessEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL F. Martin Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo.), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), Ist Vice President J. Kumescu (Linz, Austria), Vice President H. StemMprFer (Paris, France), Vice President Roy O. KENDALL (San Antonio, Texas), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): P. R. Euruicu (Stanford, Calif.), 1968 C. D. MacNetxu (Oakland, Calif.), 1968 P.D. Syme (Sault St. Marie, Can.), 1968 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 C. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 F. T. TuHorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 H. K. Cxencn (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full mame, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $6.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $7.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: Roy O. Kendall, 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas, 78201, U. S. A. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LepiporptTeRIstTs’ SOCIETY Volume 22 1968 Number 1 LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CENTRAL BRAZIL PLATEAU. ii, NEW GENERA, SPECIES, AND SUBSPECIES OF HESPERIIDAE OxuaF H. H. MIELKE Departamento de Zoologia, Universidade Federal do Parana, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil. This paper represents the first supplement to our previous list of Rho- palocera of the Brazilian planalto central (Brown & Mielke, 1967). Two genera, and 17 species and subspecies of Pyrginae and Hesperiinae are herein described as new categories. Wing measurements are from base to apex; generic characters outlined in the catalogue of Evans (1953, 1955) are generally omitted from the descriptions of new species. The drawings of valvae may reflect some distortion caused by pressing the preparation to the bottom of a Petri dish with a cover slip. The author made all drawings and photographs of the types. Unless otherwise stated, the types are deposited in the collection of the author, Department of Zoology, Universidade Federal do Parana, Curitiba, Brazil. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author thanks the Brazilian Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas for aid in the form of a fellowship, which made this study possible, and Dr. Keith S. Brown, Jr., who translated this paper from the Portuguese. Myrinia catua Mielke, new species Figs. 1, 2, 35-37 Male. Length of forewing: 22.5 mm. Antennae externally brown and internally yellow. Nudum composed of ten to twelve segments. Head, vertex light brown, frons with a white spot. Genae white. Palpi white ventrally, light brown dorsally. Thorax and abdomen light brown dorsally, ventrally (with exception of pectus, which is white) gray. Legs with femora whitish, light brown distally. Dorsal surface of forewing divided in two by a discal line, from vein 1 to vein 4, where it is dislocated slightly toward the external margin, continuing until it reaches the costa in space 9, proximal area more or less uniformly dark chocolate p Mrie._kE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22,neonat 4mm EXPLANATION OF PLATE V 35) Myrinia catua, Holotype male, right valva, inner surface; 36), same, left valva, inner surface; 37) same, lateral view of aedeagus; 38) Quadrus zolus, Para- type male, genitalia, lateral view; 39) same, right valva, inner surface; 40) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 41) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 42) same, Allotype female, ostium, ventral view; 43) Dardarina para, Paratype male, genitalia, lateral view; 44) same, right valva, inner surface; 45) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 46) same, aedeagus, lateral view. brown; base a little lighter; end of cell with two black ocelli, one above the other, each with a central white dot; distal area light chocolate brown, darkening at the termen in spaces la—4. Ventral surface of forewing with the same line from vein 1 to costa, lighter; apex and two thirds of costal margin more yellowish, and termen a little darker. Dorsal surface of hindwing of the same color as forewing. Base, termen and irregular discal band from space lc to 6, dark brown. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 EXPLANATION OF PLATE I[ 1) Myrinia catua, Holotype male, dorsal; 2) same, ventral; 3) Ouleus fridericus candangus, Holotype male, dorsal; 4) same, ventral; 5) Quadrus zolus, Holotype male, dorsal; 6) same, ventral; 7) Quadrus u-lucida parabus, Holotype male, dorsal; 8) same, ventral; 9) Dardarina para, Holotype male, dorsal. 4 MiELKE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22; nowt 78 16 EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 10) Dardarina para, Holotype male, ventral; 11) Radiatus bradus, Holotype male, dorsal; 12) same, ventral; 13) Peba striata, Holotype male, dorsal; 14) same, ventral; 15) Vidius felus, Holotype male, dorsal; 16) same, ventral; 17) Cymaenes laza, Holotype male, dorsal; 18) same, ventral. Ventral surface of hindwing same color as ventral surface of forewing, with discal band as on the upper side but somewhat fainter. Genitalia of male similar to M. myris, from which it is most easily distinguished by the number of cornuti on the vesica, in catua, 10, in myris, 6. The two species 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 are dissimilar, externally catua being larger, much lighter overall, and lacking violet iridescence and possessing white genae. Holotype male, Paracatu, Minas Gerais, Km. 482.5 Belo Horizonte- Brasilia, Aug. 22, 1965, collected by K. Brown (holotype no. 9660). Ouleus fridericus candangus Mielke, new subspecies Figs. 3, 4 Male. Length of forewing: 14-15 mm. Very similar to O. fridericus riona Ev., from which it is distinguished by the light designs being more restricted, and by the tornal half of the ventral surface of the hindwing which is pure white and not just the posterior one-third whitish as in O. f. riona. Holotype male, and four male paratypes, Jardim Zoologico, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 21, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 8856). Four paratypes in collection of author. One male paratype, Campinas, Goiania, Goias, December 1937, and one paratype (lacks abdomen), Rio Préto, Sao Paulo, April 1930, both collected by R. Spitz, in the collection of the Departamento do Zoologia, Secretaria de Agricultura do Estado de Sao Paulo. Ouleus fridericus fridericus occurs in northern South America (Colum- bia, Venezuela, the Guianas, Peru, northern Brazil: Amazonas, Para), while O. f. riona is found around the southern borders of the planalto of Brazil: Bahia, Espirito Santo, Minas Gerais, Rio de Janeiro, Guanabara; Paraguay; Argentina: Misiones; and Bolivia: Santa Cruz, Yungas, La Paz. Quadrus zolus Mielke, new species Figs. 5, 6, 38-42 Male. Length of forewing: 15-16 mm. Antennae brown with yellow scales on the ventral side of the club and apiculus. Head white with a transverse black line, vertex black with a white spot behind the insertion of the antennae. Genae white. Second segment of palpi white ventrally, black laterally and distally. Third segment black with some ventral white scales. Collar orange. Thorax and abdomen brown dorsally, blue-white ventrally. Legs brown, with inner surface of femora and tibiae bluish. Dorsal surface of forewing light brown with faint violaceous iridescence, crossed by two dark brown lines: one submarginal, curved, from tornus to the costal margin in space 8; the other from the middle of the inner margin to space 4, where curved proximally, reaching space 8 and including 3 small apical hyaline spots in spaces 6-8 and two additional small discal hyaline spots in spaces 2 and 3; apical spot in space 7 a little dislocated toward the base; marginal line and base darker; distal half of cell occupied by a subrectangular black patch which includes two hyaline spots, one above the other, at times occurring one more at the inferior distal angle; a further hyaline spot in space 11 above the two hyaline spots in the cell. Ventral surface of forewing with the same spots and black cellular patch as on the dorsal side, with the latter more diffuse, general shade is lighter, especially in spaces la, lb, and the base of 3; proximal third of costa blue in spaces 11 and 12; 6 MreLke: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol: 22. aioe small discocellular area lighter than on dorsal surface; double whitish spot in space lb, and another smaller one on the margin of the same space. Dorsal surface of hindwing same color as the forewing. Base, two lines and marginal line darker; discal line from internal margin to space 6, submarginal line from space Ic to 6; base seems to be a continuation of the discal line of the fore- wing. Ventral surface of hindwing entirely blue except for marginal line and marginal area of spaces 4-7, which are brown, and space 1b which is blue-white. Female. 16mm. Spot behind insertion of antennae orange instead of white, and forewings more rounded than male. Holotype male, allotype female, and two male paratypes, Jardim Zoologico, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 21, 1966, collected on flowers of “Gervao” (Stachytarpheta sp., Verbenaceae ), collected by O. Mielke. (holotype no. 8890). Quadrus u-lucida parabus Mielke, new subspecies Figs. 7, 8 Male. Length of forewing: 16-17 mm. Dorsal and ventral surfaces of forewing and upper surface of hindwing similar to u-lucida, but darker; vitreus spots identical, except that of space 8 absent. The large difference is on the ventral surface of the hindwing; the posterior half is white and not blue-white as in the u-lucida, with which we made comparisons, white area is larger, covering spaces la—3 in the male and up to 4 in the female, no dark margin in these spaces as in u-lucida, only the fringe and a small spot on the anal angle (1b) are darker. Genitalia similar to u-lucida. Female. Length of forewing: 17.5 mm. Forewings less produced. Holotype male, Paraopeba woods, Minas Gerais, Feb. 27, 1966, col- lected by O. Mielke. Allotype, female, Jardim Zoologico, Brasilia, Dis- trito Federal, Feb. 21, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 8885). Nine male paratypes: one male, Jardim Zoologico, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 21, 1966; one male, Sobradinho woods, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 22, 1966; two males, Fercal, Ribeirao da Contagem, Dis- trito Federal, Feb. 23 and 25, 1966; four males, Estacao Florestal de Experimentacao, Paraopeba, Minas Gerais, Feb. 19 and 27, 1966. The eight paratypes above collected by O. Mielke are in the collection of the author. One male, Ferrobel, Serra, Belo Horizonte, Minas Gerais, June 3, 1966, collected by K. Brown. Deposited in the collection of K. Brown. | Quadrus u-lucida u-lucida is known from areas south of the range of O. u. parabus (Brazil: Rio Claro, S40 Paulo, Parana, Pelotas, Rio Grande do Sul; Paraguay; and Argentina: Misiones ). Dardarina para Mielke, new species Figs. 9, 10, 43-47 Male. Length of forewing: 9-10 mm. Antennae black, shaft ringed with white 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 7 next to club. Head brown with a few whitish hairs. Palpi white with long black scales. Genae white. Collar, shoulder covers and tegulae brown with some yellow scales. Thorax and abdomen brown with yellow scales, ventrally whitish, more accentuated on the pectus. Legs yellowish with femora of first and second pairs whitish. Dorsal surface of forewing dark brown, more accentuated at the base, with whitish spots covered by brown scales, principally in the discal area, spaces lb, 2, and the cell; a subapical line in spaces 6-8, two adjacent dots in spaces 4—5 (be- tween the apical dots and the termen) and an isolated dot in space 3 (between the dots of spaces 2 and 4); fringe gray. Ventral surface of forewing of the same shade as upper; same dots, sharper, however, with a large spot in space 1b; space 12 ochreous; terminal line and veins near apex yellow; four additional very small submarginal dots distal to the dots in spaces 4-5 and 6-8; Dorsal surface of hindwing brown, like the forewing, discal area somewhat ochre. Ventral surface of hindwing brown with marginal line and vein la yellow; design very complicated, for there are no lines, but rather randomly spaced spots; space 8 with some yellow scales, as all the ventral surface of the hindwing; space 7 with 3 whitish dots, the most distal being smaller and surrounded by a brown patch; space 6 with whitish triangular base, one tiny dot of the same color in a marginal brown patch; spaces 4—5, brown at the base, with 4 small whitish dots distally, two above and two below (divided by vein 5); cell brown proximally, distally with a whitish spot, discocellular yellowish; space 3 with central whitish spot; space 2 with 2 whitish spots, one basal and the other median; space lc with a central and 4 distal whitish spots, these in pairs one above the other; this design is quite vari- able in intensity; there are examples in which the whitish is reduced, and at times a very faint bluish tint occurs, principally at the costa. Female. Length of forewings: 9-10 mm. Holotype male, allotype female, and five paratypes (44 ¢6, 1° ), Parao- peba woods, Minas Gerais, Feb. 27, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 8951). Allotype, and five paratypes in the collection of the author. The type series was collected on grass in a clearing in the forest interior. Radiatus Mielke, new genus Genus near Callimormus. Wings produced as in Callimormus alsimo (Moeschler ). Antennae slightly longer than half the length of costa. Club slender, apiculus long. Nudum 0/10. Shaft dark brown, yellowish under club and apiculus. Subtriangular stigma at the base of space 2 (see figure 48). Tibia of second pair of legs spined. Third segment of palpi long and slender. Eye dark red. Vein 5 curved at the base. Cell of hindwing equal to half of wing length. Yellowish veins on underside. Genitalia very different from Callimormus. Type of genus: Radiatus bradus Mielke, described below. Radiatus bradus Mielke, new species Figs. 11, 12, 48-53 Male. Length of forewing: 13.5 mm. Ground color dark brown. Antennae with internal faces of club and apiculus yellowish. Head with yellowish scales on the vertex near eyes, and a line between the antennae. Genae white. Second segment of palpi, collar, shoulder covers and tegulae with some yellowish scales. Legs yellow- ish internally; thorax whitish ventrally; abdomen with diffuse whitish line on the pleura and four sharper lines ventrally. 8 MIELKE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol; 22) nome EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI 47) Dardarina para, Paratype female, ostium, ventral view; 48) Radiatus bradus, Holotype male, stigmatal area of right forewing; 49) same, genitalia, lateral view; 50) same, right valva, inner surface; 51) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 52) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 53) same, Allotype female, ostium, ventral view; 54) Peba striata, Paratype male, stigmatal area of right forewing; 55) same, genitalia, lateral view; 56) same, right valva, inner surface; 57) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 58) same, aedeagus, lateral view. j = juxta. . 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 Dorsal surface of forewing with a small yellow dot in space 1b (in male) and some yellow scales along the subcosta, reaching the apex in the male; fringes gray. Ventral surface of forewing with a weak violet iridescence at the apex; marginal line black, submarginal line yellowish; veins at the apex and costal margin yellow- ish; large whitish spot in space 1b. Ventral surface of hindwing with a faint violet iridescence with exception of space lb and the inferior half of lc; fringes and marginal line as with forewing; submarginal line made up of small yellowish cones; veins yellowish, including dis- cocellular and a line from the base across the middle of the cell and thence to the external margin; a lighter diffuse line divides space lc into two parts; four discal dots in spaces 2, 3, 6, and 7; space 1b and inferior half of 1c with diffuse yellow- ish scales. Female. Length of forewing: 13.5 mm. Holotype male, Sobradinho woods, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 22, 1966, collected by O. Mielke. Allotype, female, Sobradinho river, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 22, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 8964). Allotype in the collection of the author. Peba Mielke, new genus Genus near to Callimormus Scudder, differing from this principally by the shape of the brand and the male genitalia. The stigma consists of two parts (one above the other), the first triangular at the base of space 2, the second a bar in space 1b below vein 2. The uncus, seen from above, reminds one of the horns of a Dutch bull and the gnathos of two vertical plates fastened by one edge. Antennae a little longer than half the length of the costa. Club slender and apiculus long. Yellow at base of club and under apiculus. Shaft plain. Nudum %po. Third segment of palpi long and slender. Tibia of second pair of legs spined. Veins on ventral surface of wings yellowish. Type of genus: Peba striata Mielke, described below. Peba striata Mielke, new species Figs. 13, 14, 54-59 Male. Length of forewing: 11-12 mm. Ground color dark brown. Antennae as described for the genus. Head with diffuse yellow scales dorsally. Genae white. Palpi with yellow scales on the second segment, lighter at the base. Collar, shoulder covers and tegulae with some yellow scales. Thorax and abdomen gray ventrally. Legs yellowish internally. Dorsal surface with vestigial dots in discal, apical and cellular areas in the form of some yellow scales in spaces la, lb, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and the end of the cell; variable, all of these scales never appear together in a single specimen, fringes lighter. Under surface of forewing with weak violet iridescence on the costal margin and apex; spaces la and lb lighter; gray patch in the middle of space 1b; terminal line black, and submarginal line very weak, yellowish; veins of costal margin, at apex, radius and discocellular yellowish. Ventral surface of hindwing like the costal margin and apex of the ventral surface of the forewing; fringes, marginal and submarginal lines as on the forewing except the submarginal line sharper; veins yellowish, including discocellular, and a_ line from the base to the middle of the discocellular, continuing to the termen; a yellowish line in space lec from base to termen, dividing the space into two parts, the one 10 MiELKE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22; meatal EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII 59) Radiatus bradus, Paratype female, ostium, ventral view; 60) Vidius felus, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 61) same, right valva, inner surface; 62) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 63) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 64) Cy- maenes laza, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 65) same, right valva, inner surface; 66) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 67) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 68) Cymaenes chapa, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 69) same, right valva, inner surface; 70) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 71) same, aedeagus, lateral view. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 closer to the internal margin possessing yellowish scales and the other with a small yellowish streak, the beginning of a series of discal dots in spaces 2~7, those of spaces 4 and 5 generally absent; space 1b without violet iridescence. Female. Length of forewing: 11-12 mm. Holotype male, allotype female, and six paratypes (364, 322), Paraopeba woods, Minas Gerais, Feb. 27, 1966, collected in forest clear- ings, by O. H. H. Mielke (holotype no. 8961). Allotype, and six para- types in the collection of author. One additional male paratype, Parao- peba woods, Minas Gerais, June 6, 1966, collected by K. Brown. De- posited in collection of K. Brown. Vidius felus Mielke, new species Figs. 15, 16, 60-63 Male. Length of forewing: 12.5 mm. Antennae brown; shaft checkered, base of club and apiculus whitish ventrally. Head with whitish scales, principally before and behind insertion of antennae. Palpi whitish with brown hairs, more accentuated on the distal part of second segment; third segment brown. Genae and collar whitish. Shoulder covers and tegulae brown. Thorax and abdomen brown dorsally, grayish ventrally. Legs grayish. Dorsal surface of forewing; ground color brown, with yellow opaque spot in space lb and hyaline discal spots in spaces 2 and 3, and apical spots in spaces 6, 7, and 8 (of space 7 slightly closer to base); two spots, one above the other, in the distal half of the cell; narrow black marginal line; fringes gray. Ventral surface of forewing with the same spots as upper side; lighter at the costa (from base to apical spots), in the distal half of spaces la and 1b, and from apex to space 3, entering spaces 4 and 5, forming an isolated patch of dark brown between the apical spots and the marginal area of the apex; marginal line black. Dorsal surface of hindwing with the same shade as forewing. Discal and basal areas lighter, and divided by a line of the ground color (corresponding to the band on the under side). Ventral surface of hindwing light brown with spaces la, 1b, internal half of 1c, and the termen medium brown; a dark brown discal band from middle of space le to the end of space 7, where it is widest, touching the cell; spots of the same darker color at the base, in the middle of space 7 (largest), in the middle of the cell, and submarginally in the spaces lc—3; all pattern elements bordered by fine whitish lines. Marginal line black. Holotype male, Km. 222, Belo Horizonte-Brasilia highway, Municipio Felixlandia, Minas Gerais, Feb. 20, 1966, collected at edge of woods, by O. Mielke (holotype no. 9095). One male paratype, Murtinho, Mato Grosso, December, 1920, collected by R. Spitz, in the collection of the Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria de Agricultura, Sao Paulo. Cymaenes laza Mielke, new species Figs. 17, 18, 64-67 Male. Length of forewing: 13 mm. Dark brown. Antenna shaft checkered yellow, yellow under the club and apiculus. Head with white scales anterior to insertion of antennae; second segment of palpi brown and white; genae and collar whitish. Thorax and abdomen grayish ventrally. Legs grayish. Dorsal surface of IPA MieLKE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol: 22, tiem EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII 72) Cymaenes riba, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 73) same, right valva, inner surface; 74) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 75) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 76) Lerema veadeira, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 77) same, right valva, inner surface; 78) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 79) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 80) same, Allotype female, ostium, ventral view; 82) Morys sobra, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 83) same, right valva, inner surface; 84) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 85) same, aedeagus, lateral view. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 forewing with the termen and apex a little lighter; discal whitish spots in spaces 2 and 3, apical spots in spaces 6 and 7, all being very weak; fringes gray. Ventral surface of forewing black with the same spots as upper side, and with a diffuse patch in space 1b below the discal spot of space 2; small black circular spot in space 4 and another smaller in space 5, forming part of the discal spots; basal half of costa yellowish; apical area to space 4 and marginal part of space 3 gray; marginal line black. Dorsal surface of hindwing with diffuse ochreous scales in the basal two-thirds; fringes gray. Ventral surface of hindwing gray as the apex on ventral surface of forewing; discal area a little lighter, limited proximally by an irregular black line consisting of small dots of the same size in spaces l1c—4, smaller in 5 and 6, and distally by another much fainter line in the same spaces; black spot in the middle of space 7; marginal line black. Holotype male, Jardim Zoologico, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 21, 1966, collected within the forest, by O. H. H. Mielke (holotype no. 9152). Cymaenes chapa Mielke, new species Figs. 19, 20, 68-71 Male. Length of forewing: 13 mm. Ground color dark brown. Antenna shaft checkered yellow; yellow under the club and apiculus. Head with white scaling anterior to insertion of antennae. Second segment of palpi brown and _ white. Genae white. Thorax and abdomen grayish ventrally. Legs grayish. Dorsal surface of forewing with a weak indication of discal yellow spots in spaces 2 and 3, and apical in spaces 6—8 (the latter more visible); fringes gray. Ventral surface of forewing black with apex and large diffuse patch in space 1b gray; marginal line black. Dorsal surface of hindwing with basal and discal areas a little ochreous; fringes gray. Ventral surface of hindwing grayish-brown; marginal line black; discal spots as in Cymaenes gisca Ev., but very faint, being bordered internally by very sharp black spots in spaces 1b, 2, 3, 4-5 (larger), and 6, and externally by spots forming a very weak irregular line in spaces 2-6; sparse yellowish scales, with the exception of space lb. Holotype male, Chapada de Contagem, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 23, 1966, collected within the forest, by O. H. H. Mielke (holotype no. 9062). Cymaenes riba Mielke, new species Figs. 21, 22, 72-75 Male. Length of forewing: 11.5 mm. Antennae brown, shaft checkered yellow, yellow under the club and apiculus. Head dark brown with white scales principally before and behind the insertion of the antennae. Palpi whitish with brown and ochreous hairs. Thorax and abdomen brown dorsally, grayish ventrally. Legs grayish. Dorsal surface of forewing dark brown with diffuse ochreous scales between the discal and apical spots, and the base, more accentuated in the basal half of the costa; discal opaque yellow spots in spaces 2, 3, and 4 (much reduced), and apical in spaces 6, 7, and 8 (smaller); fringes gray; fine black marginal line. Ventral surface of forewing with discal area and internal margin black; costal area ochreous from the base to the apical spots (these being weakly indicated), turning grayish in the apical area; marginal black line from space lb to 4, com- 14 MIELKE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22, new 26 EXPLANATION OF PLATE III 25 19) Cymaenes chapa, Holotype male, dorsal; 20) same, ventral; 21) Cymaenes riba, Holotype male, dorsal; 22) same, ventral; 23) Lerema veadeira, Holotype male, dorsal; 24) same, ventral; 25) Morys sobra, Holotype male, dorale a same, ventral; 27) Adlerodea mineira, Holotype male, dorsal. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 posed of small cones in spaces 5-7, all being separated by the yellow veins of the apex and termen. Dorsal surface of hindwing ochreous in basal and discal regions; marginal area dark brown; fine black marginal line; fringes gray. Ventral surface of hindwing ochreous, more accentuated at the costal margin; spaces la, lb, lc, and cell more grayish; discal band of gray spots in spaces 2-6, continued in space 7 by a little spot; veins 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 more yellowish at the termen; marginal black line composed of streaks in spaces 1b—3, and spots in spaces 4-5 (larger), 6 (medium) and 7; fringe gray. Holotype male, Fercal, Ribeirao da Contagem, Brasilia, Distrito Fed- eral, Feb. 25, 1966, collected in the woods, by O. H. H. Mielke (holo- type no. 8954). Lerema veadeira Mielke, new species Figs. 23, 24, 76-81 Male. Length of forewing: 13 mm. Antennae brown, shaft checkered, yellowish under club and apiculus. Palpi yellowish with brown scales. Head, collar, shoulder covers, tegulae, thorax, abdomen and legs brown. Dorsal surface of forewing light brown. Stigma gray internally and_ bordered superiorly by a black line; around stigma, scales with yellow sheen; small weak opaque yellow spots in spaces 3, 6, and 7; fringe gray. Ventral surface of forewing with costa and apex broadly ferruginous brown, remainder dark brown; yellow spots as on upper surface; fine black marginal line from space 2 to apex. Dorsal surface of hindwing of the same shade as forewing; fringe gray. Ventral surface of hindwing of the ferruginous brown of forewing apex; space lb dark brown; black marginal line from space 2-7; small yellowish discal spots in spaces lc—6, forming an irregular line. Female. Length of forewing: 13 mm. Forewing more rounded, without apical spots; ferruginous brown darker, and more diffuse on ventral surface of forewing. Holotype male, Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goias, no further data. Al- lotype, female, Paracatu, Minas Gerais, 1000 m., Aug. 12, 1920, no further data. Holotype and allotype in the Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, as #’s 62741 and 59209. Morys sobra Mielke, new species Figs. 25, 26, 82-86 Male. Length of forewing: 12 mm. Species externally identical to Morys sub- grisea subgrisea (Mab.), of which we also collected two specimens mentioned in the previous paper (Brown & Mielke, 1967), and have examined a further five speci- mens in the Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria de Agricultura, SAo Paulo. In subgrisea, the small opaque apical spots may be absent, as is the case with the present species. The author’s determination of subgrisea is based on the descrip- tion by Lindsey (1925) of Vorates tupaci, which was included in the synonymy of Morys subgrisea subgrisea (Mab.) by Evans (1955). The great difference between subgrisea (= tupaci) and the present species is in the male genitalia (see Figures 82-86). Holotype, male, Sobradinho woods, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, Feb. 24, 1966, collected in the cerrado, by O. H. H. Mielke (holotype no. 9030). 16 MreL_KE: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22) nowt EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX 87) Adlerodea mineira, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 88) same, right valva, inner surface; 89) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 90) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 92) Cynea conta, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 93) same, right valva, inner surface; 94) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 95) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 99) Oeonus brasus, Holotype male, gnathos and uncus, ven- tral view; 102) Panoquina confusa, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 103) same, right valva, inner surface; 104) same, gnathos and uncus, ventral view; 105) same, aedeagus, lateral view. Adlerodea mineira Mielke, new species Figs. 27, 28, 87-91 Male. Length of forewing: 15 mm. Ground color dark brown. Antenna shaft with a longitudinal yellow streak ventrally, dilated at the base of each segment; base of club yellow ventrally. Head with whitish hairs and green and red irides- ence; genae whitish. (Palpi missing). Thorax and abdomen whitish ventrally and legs with whitish hairs. Dorsal surface of forewing with a few yellow scales in basal two-thirds of costal area and sparse yellow hairs in distal two-thirds of space la and near the base of space lb; fringe gray. Ventral surface of forewing lighter in costal and apical areas, and these covered with diffuse whitish scales. Dorsal surface of hindwing with area of yellowish hairs covering the basal half and internal margin; fringe gray. Ventral surface of hindwing covered with whitish scales; four black spots in spaces 2, 3, 4-5, and 6, the last two being larger. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ia Holotype male, Estagao Florestal de Experimentagao, Paraopeba, Minas Gerais, Feb. 27, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 9033). Cynea conta Mielke, new species Figs. 29, 30, 92-96 Male. Length of forewing: 13 mm. Antennae brown, yellow under club, yellow streak under apiculus. Nudum 4/9. Antennae longer than half the length of costa. Head with green iridescence and whitish scaling anterior to insertion of antennae. (Palpi missing). Genae white. Collar, shoulder covers and tegulae light brown. Thorax and abdomen light brown dorsally, whitish ventrally, principally on the pectus. Legs brown externally and whitish internally. Tibiae of second pair of legs with spines. Wings blackish-brown dorsally, lighter ventrally. Dorsal surface of forewing with brand in space lb covered by hairs, as in the generic description by Evans (1955); termen a little lighter; two white spots in spaces 2 and 3, that of space 2 larger and distal of the origin of vein 3 and below the discocellular. Ventral surface of forewing black at the base, with a yellow streak between Sc and R, occupying the basal third of the wing; long erect scales in the basal half of the cell; spots as on upper side; gray area in distal half of space 1b. Dorsal surface of hindwing with weakly ochreous hairs basally. Ventral surface of hindwing with termen and internal margin lighter; basal two- thirds of wing with weak violet iridescence; weak discal spots in spaces 2, 3, and 4. Holotype male, Fercal, Ribeirao da Contagem, Brasilia, Distrito Fed- eral, Feb. 25, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 9093). Oeonus brasus Mielke, new species Figs. 31, 32, 97-101 Male. Length of forewing: 16 mm. Antennae brown, shaft checkered on upper half, yellow under base of club. Nudum 8/8. Head brown with ochreous scales. Second segment of palpi yellowish with some brown scales, whitish at the base; third segment brown. Collar and genae whitish. Shoulder covers and _ tegulae brown with ochreous hairs. Thorax and abdomen brown dorsally with ochre-green hairs at the base of abdomen; whitish ventrally. Legs ochreous. Tibiae of second pair of legs with spines. Dorsal surface of forewing dark brown, a little yellowish in basal area; more accentuated in basal two-thirds of space 12; yellow spots in spaces Ib (inferior half), 2 (divided in two by brown scales), 3, a small spot in space 6, and a small diffuse spot in the inferior part of the cell, above stigma; stigma consisting of three parts: one at base of vein 3 to vein 2 (internal to spot in space 2), a subrectangular part below vein 2, and a part from vein 1 curved above the spot of space 1b; fringe gray. Ventral surface of forewing black with apical and costal areas ochreous, more accentuated in proximal half; yellow spots as on upper side, that of space 1b broader and more diffuse. Dorsal surface of hindwing brown as forewing; base and discal area a little ochreous; yellow spots in spaces 2 and 3; fringe as on forewing but larger at the anal angle. Ventral surface of hindwing ochreous with spaces la and 1b darker; yellow spots 18 Mre.kxe: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol. 22, nol \ Nid ea een ec 96 4mm EXPLANATION OF PLATE X 81) Lerema veadeira, Holotype male, right forewing, stigmatal area; 86) Morys sobra, Holotype male, right forewing, stigmatal area; 91) Adlerodea mineira, Holotype male, right forewing, stigmatal area; 96) Cynea conta, Holotype male, right forewing, stigmatal area; 97) Oeonus brasus, Holotype male, genitalia, lateral view; 98) same, right valva, inner surface; 100) same, aedeagus, lateral view; 101) same, right forewing, stigmatal area. in spaces le, 2, 3, and inferior angle of cell; three fine yellow lines from spot in space lc to termen. Holotype male, Sobradinho woods, Brasilia, Distrito Federal, collected in forest, Feb. 22, 1966, by O. H. H. Mielke (holotype no. 8991). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV 28) Adlerodea mineira, Holotype male, ventral; 29) Cynea conta, Holotype male, dorsal; 30) same, ventral; 31) Oeonus brasus, Holotype male, dorsal; 32) same, ventral; 33) Panoquina confusa, Holotype male, dorsal; 34) same, ventral. 20 MrieL_KEe: New Brazilian Hesperiidae Vol: 22) nom al Panoquina confusa Mielke, new species Figs. 33, 34, 102-105 Male. Length of forewing: 16-17 mm. Externally coincides completely with the description of Panoquina trix Ev., being distinguished from this by male genitalia (see figs. 102-105). The author does not have any specimens of P. trix for a more detailed comparison. Dorsal surface of forewing with opaque elongated yellowish spot in space lb, hyaline white spots in spaces 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, and in the cell above internal angle of hyaline spot in space 2. Ventral surface of forewing with the same spots, that of space 1b being broader; black basally. Dorsal surface of hindwing with the spot of discal band of under side visible in spaces 2-5. Ventral surface of hindwing with discal band in spaces 2-5 (paratype) or 6 (holotype); violet iridescence. Holotype male, paratype male, Km. 222, Belo Horizonte-Brasilia high- way, Felixlandia, Minas Gerais, Feb. 20, 1966, collected by O. Mielke (holotype no. 8984 ). LITERATURE CITED Brown, Kk. S. and O. H. H. Mrerxe, 1967. Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. I. Preliminary list of Rhopalocera. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 21 (2):77—-106, (3):145-168. Evans, W. H., 1953. AIOom Oe OX OOS oS oS PS Os ON Cot HON ON CA EM OS SY Ss OK x OOOK OSX Family PIERIDAE Colas intenion interior Scudder.) Carecunuthemencunytnemen GC.) meen aaa nna cae VAG Ung (Behe) a ihe Chinn Wnewnuyogooks (IReKy,)) 28 Anieossmacnilamlacordainci a(Bdvy)) 2 Avclonnde: auciyend | tnulhstorter =a ee lAnogoils janie (Solnenmecon)) JE, GeULOG GROTETRE (TONY) Piesennac, cubule <(i.))\p aes eee eee war seer eee IND NOCHS milan Veitloige CTS MADE ca (ic) crete meres Nena kee Re RN: OE Pabeckeriimedwards Yah Saino esti Oe INIAD GORURIE jaoliga (8,)) Appias drucilla neumoegenii (Skinner) Appias drucilla neumoegenii (Skinner) female emelanic fornia sae eens ueennn en erate Vaan MOK PK 0S KKH SELON NX) 1S SE cS SY DS OS OS PR PS OX OK ORK SK SC MS «eS 2 Oh MK OOO OOo ooo x x x Family DANAIDAE Danaus plexipnis plexippus slay). sae x x ID, gigs leguoe (Gener) x 0 SS Family SATYRIDAE IEGUne Gumyewo® (YOMWeWSSO)) oe Euptychia cymela cymela (Cramer) Bo CUMAD COG (OMesnnencl)) ae ee 18, nolan, crgollonn (5 1, Siow) Oeneis polixenes katahdin (Newcomb) __.__ oS th On On ON i=) Baoo oe © Family NyMPHALIDAE liQCOMUS: ClOMTHODIUS (Ala) ata leky FOGHOGRODUS IDOI NECN? Lo Agraulis vanillae nigrior Michener x x (x) x x x xX x x 1 Symbols indicate relative quantities: x= average; (x) —=less than average; 0 —= absent. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society HEAD BODY WINGS Family NyMPHALIDAE (Continued ) Speyeria aphrodite alcestis (Edwards) __.....-.__.--- Smecuecicnouele (lM .) Seacponan@eramer:) male) Scena (ramer) female 0) Bivoondess tharos tharos (Drury) _......-. PpeiLEN tM (INGCAKIEG)) (2 ee Fepmesomoomem(rlomy,) 22 Nt Eemoniamylittia (Hdwards) Dmmiisiomynistam(OCY)) fe aeonmpestnisicampesiris (Behr) —_---____-_-_-_ olmemmancommuaa(Wlarris)) 2.820 Wie SIMI a(Ls.)) 52 Wemoineiiensis: (Drury) 2 lamomamcoema coenia (Hbn.) _......---------- 1 peewancre Zonalis )(C.& R. Felder) 222 Enmcamiatiia tatilista Kaye 22 Asterocampa clyton flora (Edwards) pemocicisceis: (bdv. and LeC.) memechismalicia (Kdwards) = 222 Gao SSS) oss, 2S GP PN OS wes RN eA IS) nn RE KDR iste dK est ON ree ON MT ON GF DS SLO au uIEON ONS Nc ON ce RETA EOS SOOM MS Kh Ot SS eS OS ON ONS ON PN PN ONS Family LipyTHEIDAE Libytheana bachmanii bachmanii (Kirkland) —._. x x vacmman larvata (Strecker) x x Sze Family LyCAENIDAE mimacismataia florida (Rober) _.. Ailides nalesus halesus (Cramer) Eamsinomon fjavonius (J. E. Smith) Strymon melinus melinus Hiibner __...--_-- Everes comyntas comyntas (Godart) _.._.-......... Hemiargus ceraunus antibubastus Hbn. Brephidium isophthalma pseudofea (Morrison) x KX KX KX KX XK XK mS ts eS Oh GSR eX las x WY Family RIoDINIDAE mnodemasnaism (Edwards) 2.0 x x 0 Lephelisca muticum (McAlpine) _..........- x x 0 ieevarealis (Grote & Robinson) 1-1 x x x Family HEsPERIDAE Phocides pigmalion okeechobee (Worthington) x 0 ihowbessbatiyllus (J. H. Smith). x x Wibanusmdonantes. (Stoll) 2 x 0 Egicnuiaepnyleus (Drury) (x) 0 Sore te Percent of total 100. 61. 43. 36 Rawson: Fluorescent pigments Vol.222.7 nose ID A EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 Replicas of unidimensional ascending paper chromatograms which show presence of pteridines in bodies of fourteen species of butterflies (1-14) belonging to the genus Phyciodes and near relatives. Symbols A-F represent the different pteridines demonstrated. orders of insects, seems to imply that this pteridine component plays an important role in metabolic activity. Characteristic Pattern of Pteridine Pigments in the Genus Phyciodes and Closely Allied Genera The purpose of this study was to determine whether species within a genus could be individually differentiated by the character of their pteridine pattern. In order to make sure that the pteridine pattern of a species was a standard one which could be used in comparison between species, a number of specimens of the same species and sex were employed in preparing chromatograms so that a specimen, showing the most characteristic pteridine pattern of a series, could be selected as typical for the species. The replicas of fourteen species presented in plate 2 may be con- sidered as representing the characteristic pteridine pattern of each species. It will be noted that none of the pteridine patterns are exactly 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 alike, and none reveal any common pattern or distinction which might characterize a genus. It may be noted, however, that four of the species, 3, 4, 5 and 11, resemble each other quite closely, although they repre- sent different genera or subgenera. It might be inferred by this that their chemical make-up of these compounds shows more similarity than do their taxonomic relationships. I think there is sufficient evidence in plate 2 to show that with the standardization and consistency of the pteridine pattern for comparative use it is possible to differentiate species within a genus. Caution must be excerised in drawing conclusions, however, because differentiation occurs also in infraspecific catagories such as in varieties, mutations, etc. For the determination of mutations in fruit flies (Drosophila) by means of paper partition chromatography, see Hadorn (1962). A number of years ago the status of Phyciodes tharos (Drury) and P. batesii (Reakirt) was a controversial subject. Some authorities be- lieved that P. batesii might be a seasonal form of P. tharos while others considered the former to be a separate species. In plate 2 it can be seen that the pteridine pattern of P. tharos (No. 4) and that of P. batesii (No. 6) are distinct. This helps confirm the contemporary taxonomic status of batesii by what might be called “chemotaxonomic testimony or supportive chemical evidence.” Pteridine pattern of pigments in green geometrid moths Monochrome replicas of the pteridine pattern of two green geometrid moths (Subfamily Geometrinae), Racheospila gerularia (Hbn.) and Synchlora denticularia (Wlk.) are presented on plate 3. These show structural differences in the pteridine pattern of both species. While the chemical identity of all the fractionated pigments were not deter- mined, the dark areas, centrally located in the vertical columns of both species, are undoubtedly the ubiquitous pteridine, isoxanthopterin. The pale columns above isoxanthopterin may be xanthopterin, which is relatively uncommon in butterflies other than the Pieridae. The short, pale basal areas (a) may be the xanthopterin of Good and Johnson (1949). However, the principal point is not the chemical nature of the pig- ments themselves so much as the character of the fluorescent pigments which shows the relationship of biochemistry to structural morphology and the differentiation of these two species of moths. Changes of pteridine pattern in the development of an amatid moth The egg, larva, pupa, and adult of the polka-dot wasp moth, Syntomeida epilais (Wlk.), were examined for possible changes during 38 Rawson: Fluorescent pigments Vol. 22, nowt oe. , \ 0 Tl (10 wl Te SA er y —_— TTT i ‘soo ML ti cai EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 Replicas of unidimensional ascending paper chromatograms which show presence of pteridines in bodies of two green geometrid moths. F. Racheospila gerularia (Hbn.), G. Synchlora denticularia (Wk.). its metamorphosis. Experiments with two dimensional paper chromatog- raphy showed there are changes in the proportions of the various pteridines from one developmental stage to another. SUMMARY This paper is an introduction to the study of fluorescent pigments in Lepidoptera, based on observations made on the fluorescent pigments of a limited number of species of Nearctic butterflies by means of paper partition chromatography. Such aspects as chemistry, distribution in various parts of the body and the relation of pigments to the taxonomic status of species are stressed. Observations have been made, by the single ascending and two dimensional methods of paper partition chromatography, on well over one hundred species of North American butterflies and a few species of moths. Because of the fleeting nature of fluorescent pigments on freshly 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 prepared chromatograms, it has been necessary to make carbon copies or colored replicas of all chromatograms in order to have a permanent record for study and for reference filing. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writer expresses his thanks and appreciation to those who have so kindly assisted him in the preparation of this paper, namely, The Research Board and former associates of the Ciba Pharmaceutical Corporation, Summit, New Jersey, and the management and members of the Faculty of Stetson University, DeLand, Florida. For the donation of pteridine compounds, etc., I am indebted to The American Cyanamide Co., Sharpe and Dohme, Dr. J. E. Shields, Case Institute of Technology, Professor Dr. C. Schopt, Darmstadt, Germany, and to Dr. H. S. Forrest, University of Texas. Others who have offered me helpful advice are Dr. E. B. Ford, Reader in Genetics, Oxford University, England. Sir V. D. Wigglesworth, Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge University, Eng- land and W. D. Field, Associate Curator of Insects, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. To former field companions and friends, I extend my thanks for the donation of insect specimens for laboratory work on pigments: John H. Newman, Research Associate, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan; W. S. McAlpine, Union Lake, Michigan; Dr. C. V. Covell, University of Louisiana; L. M. Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California. To G. C. Steyskal, Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum, I am grateful for his assistance in proofreading and for drawings of graphs, etc. for publication. I am especially grateful to Harold A. Denmark, Dr. Howard V. Weems, Jr. and Robert E. Woodruff, Entomology Section, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture, for their review of the manuscript for this publication and for their appreciated coopera- tion and friendship, particularly during memorable field trips together in Florida and Mexico. LITERATURE CITED Cockayne, E. A., 1924. The distribution of fluorescent pigments in Lepidoptera. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 1: 19. ConsDEN, R., A. M. Gorpon, and A. J. Martin, 1944. Qualitative analysis of proteins, a partition chromatographic method using paper. Biochem. Jour., 38: 244-962. pos Passos, C. F., 1948. Occurrence of anthoxanthins in the wing pigments of some Nearctic Oeneis. Ent. News, 59: 92-96. Forp, E. B., 1941. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera with reference to their bearing on systematics. 1. The anthoxanthins. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 16: 65-90. 40 RrotrE: Eastward extension of Euchloe subspecies Vol.) 222 inion 1942. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera with reference to their bearing on systematics. 2. Red pigments in the genus Delias Hubner. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 17: 87-92. 1944. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera with reference to their bearing on systematics. 3. The red pigments of the Papilionidae. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 19: 92-106. 1945. Butterflies. The New Naturalist Series. Collins, London; xiv + 368 pp. 1947a. A murexide test for the recognition of pterins in intact insects. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 22: 72-76. 1947b. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera, with reference to their bearing on systematics. 5. Pseudopontia paradoxa Felder. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A), 22: 77-78. 1955. Moths. The New Naturalist Series. Collins, London; xix + 266 pp. Goon, P. M. and A. W. JoHNson, 1949. Paper chromatography of pterins. Nature, NGS a (Alsiy) eos Haporn, E., 1962. Fractionating the fruit fly. Sci. American, 206(4): 101-110. Hopkins, F. G., 1891. Pigments in yellow butterflies. Nature, 45: 197-198. 1895a. The pigments of the Pieridae: A contribution to the study of excretory substances which function in adornment. Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. (B), 186: 661-682. 1895b. Ibid. [abstract]. Proc. Royal Soc. Lond. (B), 57: 5-6. 1895c. Ibid. [abstract]. Entomologist, 1895: 1-2. Watt, W. B., 1964. Pteridine components of wing pigments in Colias eurytheme. Nature, 201 (4926): 1326-1327. WIGGLESworTH, V. B., 1964. The life of insects. World Publ. Co., Cleveland and New York. WituraMs, R. J. and H. Kirsy, 1948. Paper chromatography using capillary ascent. Science, 107: 481-483. NOTES ON EUCHLOE AUSONIDES MAYI (PIERIDAE) IN ONTARIO je CS. hioinres Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada Syme (1961) reported about the occurrence of Euchloe ausonides mayi Chermock & Chermock in Ontario. From his report it can be seen that this species was first taken in Ontario in Malachi (Kenora District, near the Manitoba border) on July 5, 1947, by a summer field party of the Royal Ontario Museum. In 1956 Paim collected the same species on June 1, at Basswood Lake (Quetico Provincial Park, Rainy River District, near the Minnesota border). To our knowledge of the distribution of Euchloe ausonides mayi in Ontario can be added the captures by Syme and Wood along the road- side of Highway 11, 3 to 15 miles east of Beardmore (Thunder Bay ‘Paper read at the 103rd Annual Meeting of the Ent. Soc. of Ontario, Nov. 3, 1966, in Toronto, Ont. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 4] District ) on June 1, 1958; Allin in Sibley Provincial Park (Thunder Bay District ) on May 27, 1961; and Hartley in S. Neebing township (Thunder Bay District) on June 11, 1962. On June 12, 1966, a summer field party of the Royal Ontario Museum worked in Geraldton (Thunder Bay District) and was surprised to find Euchloe ausonides mayi in the Geraldton forest on Charles Road. This was the signal to check thoroughly on the Syme localities along High- way 11 between Geraldton and Beardmore. As expected, also along Highway 11 the species had considerably extended its range to the east so that the first ausonides were already found 8% miles east of Jellicoe, i.e. 15% miles more to the east than in 1958, and from there on many localities along Highway 11 to the west, to shortly before Beard- more where Syme and Wood reported the western limit of the species. The continuation of the distribution between there and Fort William (where Allin took the species again in 1966 at about the same time) and the locality “82 miles E of Jellicoe” and Geraldton has yet to be established. The distribution of the species is clearly connected with the distribu- tion of Arabis drummondi, a northern species of Arabis. Wherever this plant was found, the butterfly also was found. On June 17, a female was observed hovering over a patch of this plant at the locality “15 miles E of Beardmore.” Some eggs were preserved and on June 24, numerous larvae of E. ausonides mayi were found on those plants. One caterpillar in the last instar was photographed and with two smaller ones was taken for rearing on June 27. The larger caterpillar was kept on Gerald- ton Arabis and pupated on July 1; the two smaller ones had to be changed over to other species of Arabis, e.g. Arabis divaricarpa, and eventually died. This left the question, were these caterpillars also on the Arabis in the Geraldton forest on Charles Road? On June 28, the day of our departure a colony of second instar larvae was found on those plants. A considerable easterly range extension of Euchloe ausonides mayi is established herewith. The present writer lived in Geraldton and collected there regularly every year up to 1958 but no E. ausonides had been captured up to that time. LITERATURE CITED Aun, A. E., 1961. The Canadian Lakehead. The Flicker 53: 119-122. SyME, P. D., 1959. The occurrence of Euchloe ausonides mayi in Ontario. The Ont. Field Biol. 13: 33. 1961. The occurrence of two Euchloe species in Ontario (Pieridae). Journ. Lep. Soc. 15: 113-114. 42 Buckxett: Lithophane mate found Volo 22) momel DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE OF LITHOPHANE | GAUSAPATA (NOCTUIDAE) Joun S. BuckKETT Bureau of Entomology, State Agriculture Building, Sacramento, California Until recently, the male of Lithophane gausapata Grote was unknown. This species was described in 1883. Quite a few specimens exist in various collections today. With over fifty specimens having been ex- amined in past years, it was astounding to find only females! In the Noctuidae, this is one of the few examples known to the author in which the females are the most commonly represented; usually males are more abundant whenever one sex is predominant over the other. It seems strange that males of gausapata have not been collected in the past, and no clear explanation of this situation is yet apparent. The majority of the individuals examined had been attracted to fluorescent black light; however, a few had been collected at incandes- cent white light. This species occurs at moderate elevations where a variety of conifers occur, of which one or more species probably pro- vide a larval food source for gausapata. When Grote originally described gausapata, he stated “Allied to Petulca.”. Smith (1893, 1900) placed gausapata and other Lithophane in the genus Xylina. Hampson (1906) placed this species in Graptolitha along with other species previously referred to Lithophane and Xylina. Draudt (in Seitz, 1923) followed Hampson in placing gausapata near ferralis Grote in the genus Graptolitha, but the colored plate is mis- leading as to color. The illustration of ferralis is much too brown, even though in the text Draudt states of gausapata “is somewhat similar to ferralis . . . but without its light costal area, on the dark red-brown ground somewhat irrorated with grey. . . .”. One might infer that gausapata was brownish, whereas in reality it is greyish. Today Grapto- litha is considered congeneric with Lithophane, the latter having priority. Lithophane gausapata Grote Lithophane gausapata Grote, 1883; Papilio 3(4):77. Xylina gausapata, Smith, 1893; Bull. United States Natl. Mus., No. 44, p. 227. Smith, 1900; Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 27:14, 22. Graptolitha gausapata, McDunnough, 1938; Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:83. Male: Ground color of primaries grey, irrorated with whitish scalation; secondaries dull pinkish brown. Head with vertex clothed in brownish, whitish and grey simple hairs and elongate scales; frons clothed with short whitish and brownish 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 Fig. 1. Lithophane gausapata, male. Hat Creek, Shasta County, California, 10 May 1965 (R. R. Pinger). Fig. 2. L. gausapata, female. Johnsville, Plumas County, California, 10 April 1964 (Helena J. Pini). hairs, dorsally with brown band; palpi clothed in whitish and brownish scales and hairs, giving pinkish effect; antennae with scape and pedicle clothed in white scales, flagellar segments dorsally clothed in whitish scales for basal 1%", thence clothed in brown scales; ventrally weakly fasciculate (under 90); eyes. weakly lashed. Thorax with collar weakly represented in maroon; dorsally with spreading, divided 44 Buckxett: Lithophane mate found Vol: 225 noma Fig. 3. L. gausapata, male genitalia minus aedeagus. Data same as in Fig. 1 (Bauer-Buckett slide No. 65F8-1). Fig. 4. L. gausapata, aedeagus of male genitalia. Data same as Fig. 1. tricolor anterior tufts, basally greyish, preapically maroon, apically white-tipped; disc composed of elongate white-tipped scales with terminal portion of each scale deeply cleft or dentate; ventrally clothed in whitish and pinkish simple hairs; legs clothed in an admixture of whitish and maroon scales and hairs; ungues weakly bifid, ventro-terminally slightly serrate; primaries dorsally greyish, ordinary cross lines weakly defined, or very obscure; basal line represented costally by dark 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society A5 brownish scalation; basal and transverse anterior areas inner marginally with rust- maroon scalation; transverse anterior line geminate, weakly represented in dark- brown, but one of the more prominent cross lines; orbicular barely discernable, greyish; reniform outlined in dark brown, centrally filled with rust-maroon scales, fading into ground color costally; transverse posterior line serrate, represented costally in brown, thence obliquely outcurved around reniform, thence nearly parallelling outer margin; terminal-subterminal areas greyish, but with pinkish hue; terminal line concolorous with ground color; ventrally quite glossy, costally whitish, remainder of surface dull brown; reniform very weakly represented in dark brown; transverse posterior line weakly represented, or wanting; secondaries dorsally pinkish brown; veins outlined in dark brown; discal lunule weakly represented; fringes pinkish; ventral surface pinkish, discal lunule dark brown, prominent; surface irro- rated with maroon scalation. Abdomen dorsally clothed in brownish, maroon, and whitish scales and hairs; ventrally clothed in pinkish and whitish simple hairs. Greatest expanse of forewing + 17 mm. Genitalia as in figures 3 and 4. Female: Ground color as in male, but with greater proportion of white scales, therefore appearing light grey; antennae minutely setose-ciliate; ventral surface of wings more irrorated with whitish, therefore appearing washed out, or very light grey; otherwise as in male. Greatest expanse of forewing + 19 mm. MATERIAL EXAMINED The genitalic illustrations were prepared by aid of a bioscope, addi- tions and/or corrections being made by use of a dissecting microscope. CALIFORNIA: 192, Nevada City, Nevada County, February, 1954 (E. C. Zim- merman), 12, March, 1954 (E. C. Zimmerman); 12, Johnsville, Plumas County, November, 1959 (H. J. Pini); 19, 5 Jume 1960 (W. R. Bauer & J. S. Buckett); om Oeniave 1963, (H. J. P.); 29. 25 May 1963 (J. S. B.); 72, 16-30 April 1964 (H. J. P.); 19, Idyllwild, Riverside County, 16 April 1952 (C. Hill); 19, Hat Creek, Shasta County, 12 June 1952 (G. Pronin); 19, 27 May 1952 (G. Pronin); 36, 142, Hat Creek, Shasta County, 5 May—1 June 1965 (R. R. Pinger); 19, Mather, Tuolumne County, 9 March 1934 (E. Wolthur); 19, Twain Harte, Tuo- lumne County, 26 March 1965 (M. Lundgren); 19, 17 April 1964 (M. Lundgren); 12, 4,000’, 23 May, 1964 (M. R. & S. H. Lundgren). OREGON: 19, Eugene, Lane County, 1 November 1962 (K. Goeden). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to extend appreciation to my colleague Mr. William R. Bauer for excellent preparation of the genitalic slide. I would like to also thank Dr. Paul Arnaud, Jr. of the California Academy of Sciences for allowing me to examine material contained in that institution. LITERATURE CITED SmirH, J. B., 1893. Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Superfamily Noctuidae found in Boreal America. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., No. 44. 1900. Contributions toward a monograph of the North American Noctuidae, revision of the genus Xylina Ochs. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 27:14, 22. Hampson, G. F., 1906. Catalogue of the Noctuidae in the collection of the British Museum. Taylor and Francis Pub. Co., London, England, 532 + xiv pp. SrItTz, A. A., 1923. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Vol. 7. Stuttgart. 412pp., 96 plates. 46 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol, 22notel THE POPULATION BIOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY OF PAPILIO INDRA MARTINI Joun F. EMMEL AND THomMas C. EMMEL Division of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, California The discovery of a new Papilio in a desert locality in which California lepidopterists have collected regularly for over half a century was re- cently described by the present authors (Emmel & Emmel, 1966). The present paper reports data on the ecology, distribution, and life history of this butterfly, Papilio indra martini Emmel & Emmel, obtained from field work in the type locality from 1963 to 1966. GENERAL REMARKS The first clue to the presence of a member of the Papilio indra com- plex in the Providence Mountains (eastern Mojave Desert, San Bernar- dino County, California) was a single variant specimen in the P. i. pergamus series in the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum, bearing the label “Providence Mts., 4-5-34.” A few weeks after exam- ining this specimen, we visited the Providence Mountains on March 23- 24, 1963, to search for adults or a suitable foodplant of the Papilio. On March 23, we climbed to one of the high peaks above Bonanza King Mine Canyon on the eastern slope of the range. At the top, a male P. i. martini (as later described in the 1966 paper) was observed landing on rocks, but the treacherous terrain prevented its capture. On the fol- lowing day, we hiked into Gilroy Canyon, about a mile south of the Bonanza King Mine, to look for possible foodplants. In this canyon we found a number of umbelliferous plants which we suspected to be the foodplant. A search of the plants revealed no immatures. We were able to return to the area on May 9, 1964. The morning was spent collecting in Bonanza King Mine Canyon, where we found a bat- tered P. i. martini female resting on the canyon floor. This prompted us to search for immatures on the plants in Gilroy Canyon; there, the suspected foodplant yielded over sixty Papilio eggs. These were placed in sleeves of nylon netting over the foodplants for field rearing. We returned to the area on June 22 of the same year to collect what- ever pupae had been formed in the sleeves. This rearing method proved to be somewhat of a failure: less than a dozen pupae were recovered from the original sixty eggs. Some of the factors leading to the low yield of live pupae were: improper pupation site (as in netting folds), pupal 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society AT Fig. 7. Dorsal view of a male and female Papilio indra martini, reared from larvae collected in the Providence Mountains of California on May 28, 1965. The type specimens previously illustrated (Emmel & Emmel, 1966) had slightly broader bands than this pair. parasitism, and rodents chewing holes in the sleeves which allowed larvae to escape. A small number of fifth instar larvae were also found in the sleeves. These were taken with us to Donner Pass (7600’), Placer County, California, where they were sleeved out on Pteryxia terebinthina, a foodplant of P. i. indra. The pupae from these larvae were collected on July 20 when we returned to the Pass. One of the pupae collected in Gilroy Canyon emerged on July 8, probably within three weeks of pupation, judging from the fact that most pupae were newly-formed when collected on June 22. The remain- ing pupae emerged in the fall of 1964 and spring of 1965 after several months’ refrigeration and subsequent warming at room temperature. In the spring of 1965 we collected more immatures on May 28, both in Gilroy Canyon and in the south fork of Bonanza King Mine Canyon where more foodplants were found. These were taken back to Stanford University and reared on potted plants of Tauschia arguta. Of the resulting pupae, two emerged within 20 days of pupation. The remainder emerged the following spring. 48 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol. 22) mot! In the spring of 1966, P. i. martini was relatively common, after a winter of high rainfall in Southern California. In early April, several lepidop- terists collected over a dozen adults and a large number of eggs in the south fork of Bonanza King Mine Canyon. The authors visited the same locality on April 14 to collect two adults and over sixty eggs. These were reared in the laboratory of Tauschia arguta; all of the resulting pupae went into diapause. About 20 eggs were sent to David V. Mc- Corkle in Oregon for rearing. Of the pupae obtained by McCorkle, one emerged within several weeks of pupation. DESCRIPTION OF FOODPLANT The foodplant was identified as Lomatium parryi (Wats.) MacBr., using A California Flora by Philip Munz. This identification was veri- fied by comparison of our plants with specimens of L. parryi in the Dudley Herbarium at Stanford University. The range of this plant includes southern Utah, southern Nevada, extreme northern Arizona, and the eastern deserts of California. It is typically found in rocky areas in the Pinyon-Juniper zone, from 4000 feet to 8500 feet elevation. The plant closely resembles Lomatium eastwoodae (C. & R.) MacBr., the foodplant of P. i. minori in western Colorado, except that it is much larger, generally about eight to twelve inches in height. In the Provi- dence Mountains it is found in limestone canyons above 4700 feet ele- vation. Flowering here occurs in March and April, and the leaves re- main green into late August. The plant has a strong odor detectable by a human observer, as do the other foodplants of P. indra subspecies. HABITAT The Lomatium plants were most common along the canyon bottoms, but were found also in crevices in the canyon walls. The habitat is arid Pinyon-Juniper woodland in the Upper Sonoran Life Zone. This zone extends to the highest peaks of the range, which are over 7000 feet in elevation. The dominant rock is limestone. The topography is one of narrow canyons with steep walls, and precipitous rocky ridges. ApuLt Hasirs The observed P. i. martini males were either flying about peaks, or “patrolling” the canyons, presumably searching for females. Females were found in the canyon bottoms, often hovering around the Lomatium plants to oviposit. No nectar source was observed. Emergence of adults begins in late March and apparently continues into late April, as evidenced by our dates of capture or observation of 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 adults and early stages. P. i. martini is apparently partially double- brooded, inferred from the emergence of a small percentage of adults several weeks after pupation; it is especially significant that one of these non-diapausing pupae was reared under natural conditions. We have not visited the type locality during the time (July) a second brood would be flying. From field observation, it is known that P. i. kaibabensis and P. i. minori are double-brooded (Emmel & Emmel, 1967) and that P. i. indra, P. i. pergamus, and P. i. fordi are single-brooded. LARVAL HABITS First- and second-instar larvae remain near the tips of the leaves of the foodplant, where the eggs are laid. Third-instars generally rest on the petioles, but near the outer part of the leaves. The fourth-instar larvae are found on the petioles near the base of the plant when not feeding. When disturbed, second- through fourth-instar larvae drop readily from the plant. The fifth-instars rest among the petioles at the base of the plant; in this position they are almost always completely hidden, ex- posing themselves only when feeding. Feeding occurs almost entirely during the daylight hours. DESCRIPTION OF EARLY STAGES Egg: The egg is similar in size and shape to that of P. i. minori (see Emmel & Emmel, 1964). The diameter when viewed superiorly is about 1.1 mm. The color is a light cream when first laid, and the egg surface is smooth in texture. The eggs are laid singly, near the tips of the Lomatium leaves. Fouwrth-Instar Larva: Length: 21-25 mm at maturity. Head: Width of head capsule, 2.1-2.2 mm. Shiny jet black, with a small crescent-shaped orange mark at the center. Body: The pattern in this instar is extremely similar to that of the fourth- instar larva of P. i. fordi, and the range of variation in the larvae likewise cor- responds (see Comstock & Martin, 1955). The ground color is jet black. There are four longitudinal rows of tubercles. On the third abdominal segment there is a lateral white dot. On the fourth abdominal segment is located a white “saddle” mark, composed of an irregular row of white spots transversely circling the body. A similar transverse row of white spots is found on the eighth abdominal segment. A white spot occurs on the lateral side of the base of each proleg. The larva may or may not have other white spots present. The legs and prolegs are black. Fifth-Instar Larva: Length: 35-40 mm at maturity. Head: Width of head capsule, 4.0 mm. The head capsule pattern (Figure 5) is very similar to that of P. i. fordi. The ground color is black, and the lighter area is a deep orange. EMMEL AND Emmet: Papilio biology Fourth-instar larva of Papilio indra martini, dorsal aspect. Fourth-instar larva of P. i. martini, lateral aspect. Fifth-instar larva of P. i. martini, dorsal aspect. Fifth-instar larva of P. i. martini, lateral aspect. Vol. 22). geal 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 black, light areas deep orange. Fig. 6. Pupae of P. i. martini. From left to right, ventral aspect (first two), lateral aspect, dorsal aspect. Body: See Figures 3 and 4. The ground color is black. The first and second thoracic segments each have a narrow transverse pink band arching over the anterior half of the segment, ending on either side at the level of the spiracles. The same pattern is found on the succeeding segments; on these the pink band is wider and a pink spot is located laterally at either end of the band; this lateral spot may or may not be connected with the band. Some larvae have salmon- colored, rather than pink, bands. A transverse row of four small, deep ochre yellow dots is located on the posterior edge of each pink band, from the third thoracic segment to the eighth abdominal segment. In some examples these yellow dots are absent. The true legs and prolegs are black; a large white spot is found laterally on each proleg. A white dot is also found ventro-laterally on the first, second, seventh, and eighth abdominal segments; often the thoracic segments have a white dot located ventro-laterally. The P. i. martini last instar larva is distinctive from that of P. i. fordi (see figure in Comstock & Martin, 1955), which has wuire transverse bands. The transverse dots which are deep ochre yellow in larvae of P. i. martini are lemon yellow in P. i. fordi larvae. Pupa: Length: 20.0-28.0 mm. Greatest width at wing cases, 6.8—9.0 mm. The pupa is morphologically like that of other subspecies of P. indra. The ground color varies from a light dull tan, to dull greenish-tan, to dull grayish-tan. The surface is rough, and has scattered marks and splotches of color darker and lighter than the ground color, giving it a vaguely mottled appearance. The wing cases are less mottled and generally darker than the other surfaces, and are often a dull tannish olive green. KNOWN DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBSPECIES P. i. martini has not been taken in any localities outside of the eastern slope of the Providence Mountains. It will likely be found in the New oy EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol. 22) nema York Mountains, on Clark Mountain, and in the Granite Mountains north of Amboy, all in San Bernardino County, California; these adjacent ranges have habitats very similar to those in the Providence Mountains. SUMMARY The life history and foodplant of Papilio indra martini are described from field work in the Providence Mountains, California. The adults differ markedly from P. i. fordi adults, yet the ranges of these two sub- species approach within at least 40 miles of each other. The early stages of the two subspecies show a closer affinity, although the body color patterns of the last instar larvae are distinctive. P. i. martini apparently has a partial second brood. The food plant is Lomatium parryi (Wats. ) MacBr. (Umbelliferae). Data on the ecology of the adults and larvae, and known distribution are also given. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The present paper is part of a continuing study of evolution in pop- ulations of the Papilio machaon complex in North America. The sup- port of the U. S. Public Health Service Population Biology Training Grant to Stanford University is gratefully acknowledged. We also wish to thank William M. Hiesey, Director of the Division of Plant Biology, Carnegie Institute of Washington at Stanford, for pro- viding research space for culturing foodplants and Papilio stocks; the rangers at Mitchell Caverns State Park, Providence Mountains, for send- ing us useful weather information; and Oakley Shields for supplying specimens and living material for study. LITERATURE CITED Comstock, JoHn A., & Litoyp M. Martin, 1955. A new Papilio from California. Bull. so. Calif. acad. sci., 54: 142-148. EMMEL, JoHN F., & Tuomas C. EmMme ., 1964. The life history of Papilio indra minori. Jour. lepid. soc., 18: 65-73. é , 1966. A new Papilio from the Mojave Desert of California (Lepidoptera: - Papilionidae). Ent. News, 77: 57-63. EMMEL, THomas C., & JouN F. EMMEL, 1967. The biology of Papilio indra kai- babensis in the Grand Canyon. Jour. lepid. soc., 21: 41-49. Munz, Puitie A., 1963. A California Flora. University of California Press, Los Angeles. 1681 pp. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 ILLUSTRATED LIFE HISTORY AND NOTES ON PAPILIO OREGONIUS STEPHEN F’. PERKINS, EDWIN M. PERKINS, JR. AND F. StuarT SHININGER Oregon Regional Primate Research Center, Beaverton, Oregon The life history of Papilio oregonius Edwards 1876, described by New- comer (1964), has not heretofore been illustrated. The accompanying photographs and legends are self-explanatory (Figs. 1-11). The rearing of large numbers of larvae necessitated the establishment of criteria by which the instars could be quickly and accurately dis- tinguished. The following is a résumé of these characteristics: Instar I II III IV Vv Possess Tubercles (Spines) + + fe at Zs Saddle on Segments 6 and 7 a os ac & a Color of Saddle Blue-White Yellow Yellow Predominant Body Color Black Black Mottled Black Pale Green Pale Green Lateral, Black Diagonal Marks - | oo a 9 Figs. 1-9. Early stages of Papilio oregonius Edwards. Fig. 1. Egg lateral aspect. Diameter—1.2 mm. Fig. 2. Same dorsal aspect. Fig. 3. First instar larva. Length— 5.5 mm. Fig. 4. Second instar larva. Length—8 mm. Fig. 5. Third instar larva. Length—16 mm. Fig. 6. Fourth instar larva. Length—28 mm. Fig. 7. Fifth instar larva. Length—45 mm. Fig. 8. Pupa, dorsal aspect. Length—32 mm. Fig. 9. Same, lateral aspect. 54 PERKINS ET AL.: Papilio oregonius Vol. 22. T10l Fig. 10. ‘Adult, 3 Papilio oregonius Edwards, The Dalles, Wasco Gone Oregon. 150’, 11-VI-62 (S. F. Perkins). Fig. 11. Adult, 9 P. oregonius. Same data (E. M. Perkins, Jr.). Re 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 13 Fig. 12. Spanish Hollow Canyon, .5 mi W. Biggs, Sherman County, Oregon. 250’ (looking north toward Columbia River and bluffs of Washington). Fig. 13. Same locale depicting Papilio oregonius foodplant (Artemisia dracunculus). 56 PERKINS ET AL.: Papilio oregonius Vol, 22 now Papilio oregonius was originally described on the basis of a single female sent to W. H. Edwards by Henry Edwards (not Morrison) from The Dalles, Wasco County, Oregon (Figs. 10 and 11 are topotypes). Two broods of Papilio oregonius occur in Oregon: adults are on the wing from mid-May to June and from July to mid-September. In Oregon, the authors have encountered Papilio oregonius along the length of the Columbia River, east of The Dalles, i.e., in Wasco, Sherman, Gilliam, Morrow and Umatilla counties. Here in arid, sage-covered country it flies about its foodplant, Artemisia dracunculus L., or frequents the hot, wind-swept lower canyons, (Figs. 12 and 13). During five seasons of field work captures from flowers (Cirsium and Vicia) represent less than one percent of our captures. Occasional records also originate from canyons of the upper plateau, including Jefferson and Baker counties (which represent the southern- most, verified Oregon records ). Some of the finest collecting areas in Oregon have vanished in recent years because of highway construction, floods and rising waters due to new dams along the Columbia River. If the Oregon swallowtail is as hardy and adaptable as its foodplant, Papilio oregonius will likely be little affected. LITERATURE CITED Newcomer, E. J., 1964. Life Histories of Papilio indra and P. oregonius. Jour. Res. Lepid., 3(1): 51-54. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 LETTERS FROM DR. H. H. BEHR TO HERMAN STRECKER! F. Martin Brown Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. The letters upon which I am reporting are in the Department of Entomology, The Field Museum, Chicago, Illinois. They fall into two groups, 1874-1881 and 1899-1900. The first group was written when H. H. Behr was a busy physician in San Francisco, the second when he was Curator of Entomology at the California Academy of Sciences. Perhaps the most important item demonstrated by the letters is that Behr did not send his butterfly types to Strecker as the latter frequently stated. The specimens in the Strecker Collection at the Field Museum are what Behr thought represented his name for a taxon at the time he made the shipment. From the correspondence between W. H. Edwards and Henry Edwards one draws the conclusion that Behr did not long remember what names he had bestowed upon specimens and that he did not mark any of his material as “type” or with a name. Behr did send to Strecker some, if not all, of the types of the Noctuids he described in 1870. It is evident from examination of the letterhead dates and the post- marks that many of Behr’s letters resided for several days after being written either in his pocket or on his desk. In one case the epistle stayed with Behr for three months after being written. It is not known if among the several thousand letters yet in miscellaneous bundles there are letters from Behr to Strecker that were written between 1881 and 1899. It was around 1881 that many reputable entomologists in the United States stopped their correspondence with Strecker. By then it had been conclusively established that Strecker had ante-dated several numbers of his Lepidoptera : Rhopalocers-Heteroceres and had admitted this to the Rev. George D. Hulst in writing. Strecker’s vituperous com- ments, especially about Augustus Grote and W. H. Edwards, added to the resentment against Strecker of serious students of insects in this country. This still casts a shadow over the true worth of Strecker’s work. In spite of his personal shortcomings he was an able and industrious worker. None of the 40 letters written by Behr to Strecker is trivial. Strecker’s part of the correspondence is not known to me and probably was 1 This study was made incidental to NSF grants GB-194 and GS-969. 58 Brown: Behr-Strecker letters Vol..22) nome destroyed in the San Francisco fire of 1906. Thus, these notes and comments depend entirely upon Behr’s letters. The earliest letter found is dated May 20, 1874. Along with it Behr dispatched a box of Noctuids of which he wrote: “With this you received the Noctuidae in question. You may consider them as a present, or if you like, send me the cor- responding species of the East. Not all of them are in good order, but as they are originals of descriptions [types] I thought them of sufficient interest. They were originally destined for a friend for whose loss the science of Zoology mourns.” A little further on Behr scratched out a line that contained the name of this friend. From what is visible it appears that the friend was Lorquin, who died in 1873. These Noctuids were, in part or in whole, the types of the names proposed by Behr in 1870 in his only paper upon the family. He was disappointed in the lack of enthusiasm accorded that paper by North American lepidopterists (letter July 10, 1874.) So, instead of continuing with the series he sent the rest of the moths that he had planned to describe to Strecker on June 12, 1874, with permission for Strecker to name and publish upon them. The letter of August 14, 1874 is an important one and almost unde- cipherable. In it Behr recounts what he knows about the habits of some 15 Californian Noctuids (sensu latu) and lists his holdings of eastern butterflies. The next letter, written September 12th, is even more difficult to read. In it he agrees with Strecker that the multiplicity of names among the Lycaenidae is regrettable. He also states that he has just sent off a box of these to Keferstein in Erfurt. At first glance a letter postmarked December 19 and probably written on the 17th is just unreadable. However I can make out that Behr is sending Strecker the “continuance of my Noctuides.” On March 4, 1875, Behr wrote that he had sent a “little invoice” and still considers himself to be in debt to Strecker. He states further “I will send you all my duplicates of the Coloradia? [Saturnidae] genus, but they will not amount to much, neither in number nor in preparation. Catocala Irene and Stretchii are Unica [unique = type], but I have reliable drawing made by Mr. Stretch of each of them.” This suggests that Strecker may have received the types of both irene Behr and stretchii Behr. Some thoughts of Behr upon Lycaenidae are included in his letter of August 28, 1875 (mailed on September 3.) “I send you Rubidus, * Behr did not underscore scientific names at any time in his correspondence. I have done so here to conform with current custom. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 Pardalis, my Lorquini is identical with Catalina of Reakirt. All my speci- mens are from the Sierra. I have not yet found any near S. Francisco. If you are content with bad specimens I send you Battoides. The species is alpine and out of the reach of my excursions. L. Daedalus perhaps may be identical with L. Icarioides, but this wants investigations. I think Evius and Pheres are local varieties of the same species. (foot- note: “that is of Pheres’) I have some very intermediate specimens. But in all these conjectures I might be mistaken as it is so very difficult to identify any species from the descriptions given. As to the identity of my Lorquini and Catalina I am certain as your figure is so true that it cannot be mistaken. L. Rapahoe as it is figured in your good work is my L. Daedalus and I incline to consider Daedalus identical with Icarioides. All of these species I can send you a series.” From this it can be seen that upon familiar ground Behr’s discrimination was good. In the letter of September 26, 1875, Behr states that he does not know “L. behrii”? by which, from the context, he refers to Callipsyche behrii (Edwards), not the subspecies of Glaucopsyche lygdamus. Both of these, incidently, were returned to Behr by Edwards. Next he wrote “L. Xerces will be in the box. It is now extinct as regards the neighbor- hood of S. Francisco. The locality where it used to be found is con- verted into building lots and between German chickens and Irish hogs no insect can exist beside louse and flea.” On December 31, 1875, Behr wrote “When you receive this letter I hope my box of Lycaenidae and a part of the Smerinthus [ophthalmicus Bdv.] will safely be in your hands. .. . I have sent you all or nearly all my duplicates of Lycaenidae but have not affixed the names to all of them or else it would have been very late before I could have sent them. They arrive late enough at any rate... . Not all my Lycaenides are in a good state of preservation, but I send them as they are.” In his first letter of the new year, January 5, 1876, Behr told Strecker, after complimenting him upon trying to reduce the confusion among Lycaenidae, “I am very much afraid that unknowingly I have contributed to the confusion, at least among the Lycaenides, but the real criminal is, there, Boisduval whose correspondence with my friend Lorquin for a considerable time was my guide in determining Californian Lepidop- tera.” Apparently Strecker next evinced an interest in the genus Argyn- nis for on February 28 Behr wrote “I am so sending you my Argynnis duplicates as you expressed a liking for this genus, and at the same time I hope by your assistance [to resolve] some doubts regarding several species of the Aglaja type. It is with them as it is with the Californian 60 Brown: Behr-Strecker letters Vol. 22) noma Lycaena.” These were sent on June 27th. On the 12th of September, Behr advises Strecker not to place too much importance on the amount of silvering on Argynnis since it seems to be of no import among European species. A letter written June 8, 1878, carries the news “Harry Edwards is leaving us. He is an active collector and scientist and I am sorry to leave him. We are but few entomologists and that perhaps is the cause of the good understanding between us. I am arranging at present my Argynnides. There is no doubt that most of our species of the Aglaja type are artificial but it is better to distinguish too much than to neglect and the superscription of your letter ‘time at last sets all even’ refers as well to science as to individual affairs. If you look at the Argynnides of ancient European authors with their A. Eurybia [?], Arsilarche, Isis, Pasianus [?], Pelopia, Syrinx, you will find we are only in the beginning of the process through which they have gone. We are collecting the material and those after us will sift our harvest.” Near the end of the letter is this: “It is wonderful how many of our species that formerly were quite common are nearly or entirely extinct, for instance, Lycaena Xerces. It is probably the change that takes [place] in our vegetation, whose species are gradually superceded by Australian and other im- migrants.” On September 3, 1878, Behr’s letter contained “I have a second speci- men of a Chionobas [Oeneis] from the Sierra, of which I received a specimen in very shattered condition 16 years ago. I do not know if since then it has been described. It looks somewhat like S. Ridingsii which by the by impresses me as being also more or less belonging to Chionobas.” [In 1870, W. H. Edwards assigned stretchii, a subspecies of ridingsti, to Chionobas.| This probably refers to Oeneis ivallda Mead, 1878. Toward the end of the month Behr received a copy of Strecker’s Catalogue which pleased him, especially the large amount of interesting information included. It is as useful today for that information as it was when it was published. It is the only 19th Century catalogue that I use almost daily. There is a gap until January 7, 1881, when Behr wrote: “I will make a colored sketch of Neophasia Terlooti and send it to you. W. H. Edwards is perfectly right, Neophasia Terlooti was caught on the Sierra Madre between Mazatlan and Durango and carried from there in a pocketbook by the late Baron Terloot de Popélaire. It is not probable that a man of entomological tastes will enter those dangerous and un- safe regions for a year or two to come. I think I have stated that to Mr. W. H. Edwards and received the answer that the insect probably 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 extended into southern California. This is not impossible, but as my specimen at present is the only one, very difficult to prove.” Time has shown Edwards to be wrong, but the species is known from the Chiri- cahua Mountains of Arizona. The last of this first group of letters was written February 11, 1881. “I think I will find time to try my painting brush once more. It is now fifteen years that it lay idle. As to species I do not care much to add to my reputation by describing them. If Mr. Grote finds pleasure in describing them, he is welcome to it. It is the progress of science I am interested in, not in affixing my name to a new species. Behr resumed his correspondence with Strecker after a visit from M. Derkert de la Meillage who had previously been with Strecker in Reading. Apparently Strecker reopened his attempts to get the type of Neophasia terlooti but Behr wrote on March 3, 1899, it is “in such shattered condition that it scarcely bears examination, but certainly not transportation.” Behr now was 80 years old. His handwriting, never particularly legible, seems if anything a little easier to read! In this letter he said: “As to Melitaea Quino, I can comply with your wishes. I think I can send you quite a number of specimens, one of them raised from one of the larvae whose very distinct coloration first pointed out a different species which otherwise probably would have been overlooked up to date.” If this specimen can be discovered in the Strecker Collec- tion it will be an invaluable clue to just what insect Behr named quino, a question not yet wholly satisfactorily settled. In the next letter, Octo- ber 29, 1899, we find: “I have sent you last week two specimens of Mel. Quino which I suspect very generally is taken for Anicia Dbld. Now, I possess a rather shattered specimen of Anicia which Dr. Boisduval had received from Doubleday and which he had sent to Mr. Lorquin in S. Francisco. It may be that Doubleday, who probably had but few specimens of both species did not distinguish between the two and that his Anicia comprised my Quino. But you can easily convince you of the difference if you see the type specimen of Anicia. If you wish it, I can send you an Anicia very similar to the type, but not in very good order.” On November 13th 1899, Behr wrote that he had dispatched “d A. Monticola, 2 A. Rupestris probably not distinct from 3 A. Eurynome, 4 A. Epithore, 3 A. Nevadensis, 2 M. Anicia, the one with the label agreeing most with the type” and several large moths. It is these Argyn- nis that now stand in the Strecker Collection as Behr’s types. They were Behr duplicates. It will be noted that Strecker made no claim to holding the types in his 1878 Catalogue after receiving the earlier shipment of Behr Argynnis in 1876. 62 Brown: Behr-Strecker letters Vol..22) 10m On January 9, 1900, Alice Eastwood wrote to Strecker that Behr was ill of pneumonia and that he would answer Strecker’s letter at a later date. This he did on the 13th. On the 28th he wrote that he would send a “good pair of my Coronis.” In return Strecker sent some material from the Himalayas which Behr acknowledged on February 9th. On the 14th of March Behr wrote “Hereby I send you 8 Coronis, and 6 Quino. I thought it advisable to send as many as I could spare to enable you to look at something like a series. If it was not for the upper side, which is so constantly different from that of Calippe, I would the species consider identical. But after all, what is a species? Both forms I have observed in their natural haunts and found them different in their habits. Calippe haunts the flowers of Aescalus [sic] in the suburbs of South San Francisco and the Contra Costa range, especially near Mills Sem- inary. Coronis does not show such predilections, it frequently settles on moist ground near Livermore and seems to develope a preference for Audibertica, Baccharis and Solidago. In both species the 2 are more rare and fly so late after the disappearance of the ¢ that it always was strange to me, how, where and when do they meet. In regard to Quino I have no personal experience. Most of my specimens are from the hills near San Diego. What I sent you is about all I can spare. In regard to Coronis I have still a supply.” The last letter from Behr in the Strecker files is dated July 30, 1900. In its entirety this letter reads: “A close inspection of specimens has convinced me that Lycaena Pheres Boisd. and L. Xerces Boisd. cannot be kept separate as species in the old sense. Pheres is very variable and Xerces is a rather constant aberration analogous to Artaxerxes and aber- ration of Astrarche (Agestis J. V.) in Europe. A series of specimens collected by Mr. Cottle has furnished me transitional forms that leave no doubt.” Aricia agestis Schiffm. now is considered a distinct species from artaxerxes Fabr. just as pheres Bdy. and xerces Bdy. are now so considered. : Throughout the correspondence Behr requested African and South American Lepidoptera in exchange for what he sent Strecker. There is every indication that the exchange was satisfactory to both men. Every time that Behr received a part of Strecker’s Lepidoptera : Rhopaloceres- Heteroceres he commented upon it. Many of the letters contain informa- tion that may be of interest and use to a student of Californian Heter- ocera. This is in such bits and pieces that intelligently extracting it is all but impossible. The entire correspondence is in my file in xerox copies of the originals and they may be used by qualified students. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 OVERWINTERING OF MONARCH BUTTERFLIES AS A BREEDING COLONY IN SOUTHWESTERN ARIZONA RicHARD S. FUNK 3025 Del Mar Ave., Yuma, Ariz. According to Urquhart (1960), monarch butterflies, Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus), are known to overwinter in the United States “either as free-flying, non-roosting individuals . . . or as roosting colonies.” These individuals apparently do not breed, nor are eggs deposited by pre- viously mated females; rather, they are awaiting the retum of warm spring weather to trigger their northward migration, during which the females may begin oviposition. It was with some interest, therefore, that I found 48 larvae and six pupae of D. plexippus on 26 December 1965 at Yuma, Yuma Co., Arizona. Three fresh adults were also caught at this time. The locality was re- visited at various intervals, and counts were made of each developmental stage present except ova. These counts were: 4 January 1966, 34 larvae, 11 pupae, 0 adults; 16 January 1966, 14 larvae, 31 pupae, and 9 fresh adults; 22 January 1966, 23 larvae, 28 pupae, and 6 fresh adults; 18 Feb- ruary 1966, 21 larvae, 32 pupae, and 7 fresh adults; 27 February 1966, S larvae, 30 pupae, and 11 fresh adults; and 6 March 1966, 0 larvae, 27 pupae, and 7 fresh adults. Adults when caught were marked with India ink to determine whether they would remain in the area, but none were recaptured on later dates. During this same time period (26 December-6 March), adults could be seen flying about the Yuma area on warm days, but I was unable to determine whether any of these were also propagating. Females in the observation area were seen to oviposit on the foodplants on 16 Jan- uary and 18 and 27 February. Copulation was not observed. A number of larvae were reared in captivity, none of which were parasitized. A dozen larvae and two pairs of adults (emerged 29 and 30 December, 9 and 14 January) from this colony are in my collection, as is a somewhat wom female caught 30 December at Yuma. Temperature conditions at Yuma would seem to be favorable to the development of monarchs during the winter months. Urquhart (1960) states that some individuals from an overwintering colony become ac- tive at temperatures above 60° F., and that above 70° F. the entire colony becomes active. Table I shows the temperatures for Yuma dur- ing the period December 1965—March 1966, inclusive (source: U. S. 64 AWAB IEE ke Funk: Monarch winters at Yuma Vol.22 nom DAILY TEMPERATURE DATA FOR YUMA, ARIZONA, FOR DECEMBER 1965—Marcu 1966, IN DEGREES FARENHEIT, RANGE (AVERAGE). Maxima Minima Averages December 49-79 (64.0) 35-58 (44.8) 47-65 (54.4) January 54—73 (63.7) 32-53 (40.6) 45-60 (52.2) February 55-78 (68.0) 33-54 (42.0) 47-63 (55.0) March 61-98 (80.8) 35-07 (49:9) 48-77 (65.4) Dept. of Commerce, Environmental Science Services Administration records.) Freezing temperatures (32° F.) were recorded only on 23 and 24 January. The foodplant being utilized by the monarchs at Yuma during the observation period has been identified as Asclepias tuberosa L. by the Herbarium of the University of Arizona, Tucson. This plant is not native to the Yuma Desert; Kearney and Peebles (1960) give the range of A. tuberosa in Arizona as “Apache County to Coconino County, south to Cochise, Santa Cruz, and Pima counties, 4,000 to 8,000 feet, mostly in... pine forests ....° Yuma is at an elevation of less than 150 feet above sea level. The nm tuberosa plants were growing in a garden. It would be interesting to learn whether monarchs can or do utilize species of Asclepias native to the Yuma region as foodplants during the winter. Kearney and Peebles record A. albicans Wats., A. subulata Decne. [food- plant of Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates)], and A. erosa Torr. from Yuma County, but I cannot say whether Danaus plexippus could feed on any of them during the winter. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to extend thanks to Mr. Kilian Roever for encouragement, and to Mr. Fred T. Thorne for criticism of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED KEARNEY, THoMAsS H. and Rospertr H. PreesBies, 1960. Arizona Flora, 2nd. ed. Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1085 pp. Urngunart, F. A., 1960. The Monarch Butterfly. Univ. Toronto Press, 361 pp. ANNOUNCEMENT OF 1968 ANNUAL MEETING The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society will be held June 15-18 in Washington, D. C., at the Museum of Natural History. The program will include registration and aoan house on June 15, a field trip on June 16, and presentation of papers, with a concluding banquet, June 17-18. A ciiswussicn of polymorphism will highlight the program, and _ invitational addresses will be presented by H. B. D. Kettlewell and H. E. Hinton, of England. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LirERATURE CITED, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyritz F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. et LAWRENCE, KANSAS US. Be 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 22. nen) TABLE OF CONTENTS Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. II. New genera, species, and subspecies of Hesperiidae by: Ol UnY Fs Mite lee fei ae ee eM ee Se 1-20 Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae) in Indiana Boy ils ME Sha i NU 20 Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae) in Illinois Days BRR he Tava Ue ese I i ec el 21-26 Incisalia henrici in Manitoba and Minnesota (Lycaenidae) By Jee Meaisbers. itil Wiehe, SUN UCR VN es 26 Study of fluorescent pigments in Lepidoptera by means of paper partition chromatography by Ge WW Rawson (i i SNe od aS 27-40 Notes on Euchloe ausonides mayi (Pieridae) in Ontario by JosGiv Ee Riothe Stuy Ler Mla tae Na I 40-41 Description of the male of Lithophane gausapata ( Noctuidae ) yo) Bucketh i. 20000 son EMG aN en er 49-45 The population biology and life history of Papilio indra martini byt Jef. andi TG, Mimindel, 2 Vo Ne OS Se 46-52 Illustrated life history and notes on Papilio oregonius by, S:.F. and EM.) Perkins and FS. Shininger’./ 3) () 7 eae 53-56 Letters from Dr. H. H. Behr to Herman Strecker ayy BME Bro wane 00 ten or aM VON a SIS a er 57-62 Overwintering of monarch butterflies as a breeding colony in southwestern Arizona bye Ba )\S. 0 Bimal el eb ea aN Te Oo er 63-64 ANNUAL MEETING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY __. sea 64 Volume 22 1968 ¢ Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue EFFICIENT TRAP FOR NOCTUID MOTHS NORTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES OF LINNAEUS BUTTERFLIES OF CONTRA COSTA COUNTY, CALIF. COLLECTING ITHOMIIDAE WITH HELIOTROPE ERICH MARTIN HERING (1893-1967) (Complete contents on back cover) 31 May 1968 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe, Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HEssEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER KE. G. MuNROE C. L. REMINGTON F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE CoUNCIL F, Martin Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo.), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), Ist Vice President J. Kumescu (Linz, Austria), Vice President H. STEMPFFER (Paris, France), Vice President Roy O. Kenpatt (San Antonio, Texas), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): P. R. Enruicn (Stanford, Calif.), 1968 C. D. MacNe mu (Oakland, Calif.), 1968 P.D. Syme (Sault St. Marie, Can.), 1968 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 C. L. Hocusr (Los Angeles, Calif,), 1969 F. T. Tuorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 H. K. Crencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. .All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $6.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $7.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: Roy O. Kendall, 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas, 78201, U. S. A. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. ee ee ae ee eee a ee a. ee. JOURNAL OF Tuer LEpPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 22 1968 Number 2 A BRIEF REVIEW OF THE PRINCIPLES OF LIGHT TRAP DESIGN WITH A DESCRIPTION OF AN EFFICIENT TRAP FOR COLLECTING NOCTUID MOTHS D. F. Harpwicxk Entomology Research Institute, Canada Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Ontario Recent entomological literature is replete with descriptions of insect light traps and discussions of the relative efficiency of various light sources in “attracting” nocturnal insects. Much has been published on various aspects of light trap design in both England and the United States. Apparently, however, workers in either country have been somewhat oblivious to light trapping investigations carried on by workers in the other. Entomologists in Great Britain, for example, at the time of the proposal of the Robinson trap (Robinson and Robinson, 1950) were apparently unaware that North American entomologists had been using for decades a simple trap consisting of a funnel to which a killing bottle was attached, and above which an unenclosed electric light bulb was suspended. Similarly, North American workers in assessing the value of various light sources have apparently been un- acquainted with the 120-150 watt mercury-vapour lamp and its superi- ority in collecting many nocturnal insects to the ordinary tungsten- filament bulb or to the black light fluorescent tube. SoME ASPECTS OF LIGHT TRAP DESIGN Three major factors must be considered in the design of any light trap: the first is an efficient light source, the second is an efficient apparatus for confining the specimens, and the third is an appropriate reception chamber and poison distributing mechanism for killing specimens and retaining them in good condition until they can be recovered for sorting. The last factor is of particular importance if the specimens are for permanent retention in a formal collection. 66 Harpwick: Noctuid light trap Voli 22) near Light Sources. Light sources employed in the capture of nocturnal insects have changed through the years. The kerosene lamp was replaced by the gasoline pressure lamp and by the tungsten-filament bulb. In the last couple of decades, the tungsten-filament bulb has been largely replaced by various bulbs and tubes emitting a high percentage of ultra-violet light. The latter have been effective presumably because the spectrum visible to insects embraces shorter wave lengths than that visible to human beings. In North America, the black light fluorescent tube has been most widely employed in light trap construction. Mercury-vapour bulbs of the type suggested by Robinson and Robinson (1950) have not been subjected to comparative tests, and have had only very limited use on this continent. Other types of mercury-vapour bulbs, including one of the spot type (Pfrimmer, 1957) and the General Electric BH 4 (Frost, 1958b) have been tested, but have been found inferior to the black light fluorescent tube. The former bulb projects a cone-shaped beam of limited radius, and the latter bulb does not have the surface brilliance of the bulb suggested by Robinson and Robinson. The 125-watt, Osram, mercury-vapour bulb, manfactured by General Electric of England, has proved extremely effective in “attracting” noctuid moths in faunal surveys conducted by the author over the last several years. The superiority of a bulb of this type to the tungsten- filament bulb has been demonstrated for the Macrolepidoptera as a whole by Williams (1951), and its superiority to at least one type of black-light tube has been indicated by Heath (1965). Such results are not, however, universally applicable to all groups of insects. Neither small moths, beetles nor nocturnal parasitic wasps seem to reach the immediate vicinity of the light source in as great numbers as they do with a bulb or tube of lesser surface brilliance. When the Osram bulb is employed, representatives of these groups may be found fluttering or resting near the periphery of the circle of light created by the bulb. Harcourt and Cass (1958) have demonstrated that large numbers of Microlepidoptera may be taken with a relatively obscure light source. Moreover, even within the Macrolepidoptera, response to any particular light source will not be comparable for different groups. Thus in the data presented by Williams (1951), over four times as many specimens of noctuids were taken in the Rothamsted trap when a 125-watt mercury-vapour lamp was substituted for a 200- watt tungsten-filament bulb, but only slightly over twice as many specimens of geometrids were taken by the same substitution. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 Any explanation of this differential response will depend on the cause of such response by an insect to a light stimulus. According to the classical theory, insects are “attracted” to light and differing responses among groups of insects may be attributed to different minimal and maximal thresholds of attraction. Thus certain groups may be at- tracted to a relatively weak light source and cease to be attracted when the light intensity becomes too great. Robinson and Robinson (1950) and Robinson (1952) suggested another, almost diametrically opposed theory of the light response phenomenon. They suggested that nocturnal insects are actually repelled by light, but that if they are flying sufficiently quickly, they may come close enough to the light source to be “dazzled” by it and are then automatically deflected toward it. They explained the presence of specimens resting or fluttering near the periphery of the lighted area as not having been flying quickly enough to penetrate to the “dazzle” area before being repelled by the light. Such specimens are inhibited from further vigorous movement by a “desensitizing” of the eyes caused by the weak light in the peripheral area. There is much in the Robinsons’ proposal that will serve to explain the observed behaviour of insects near a light source. The suggestion that an insect’s response is governed only by its speed of flight, however, would seem an oversimplification and certainly some cognizance must be taken of varying thresholds of repulsion and “dazzle” for different species before the Robinsons’ theory can be wholly accepted. Trapping Mechanisms. Two major types of trapping mechanisms have been employed in the construction of light traps. The two principles involved are exemplified in the box trap and the funnel trap. In the box trap, at least one outer wall of a chamber containing or adjacent to the light source, consists of two panes of glass sloping inward to a narrow horizontal aperture. Once an insect has gained entrance to the chamber by flying inward against one of the panes and through the aperture, it has little oppor- tunity of escaping. The Rothamsted trap (Williams, 1948), although having four glass entrance walls, is essentially of the box type. Beirne (1951) considered a box trap more efficient than a funnel trap in collecting slender-bodied, weakly flying species of moths which are common in the Microlepidoptera and some groups of the Geometridae. The funnel trap consists basically of a light source suspended over a funnel which leads to a lower chamber. Once in the lower chamber, the insects have difficulty in escaping because of the narrow diameter 68 Harpwick: Noctuid light trap Vol. 225 nor of the lower aperture of the funnel. Williams (1951) amply demon- strated the superiority of the funnel trap to the box trap for collecting Noctuidae and many other Macrolepidoptera. Electrically operated fans have been installed in various models of funnel traps in particular effort to capture small insects which do not have sufficient body weight to fall readily through the funnel. Other trapping mechanisms have been employed. Parker et al. (1921) used a wash tub filled with water as a catch basin in early ecological work with the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. Various types of electrocutor traps, in which insects are killed by short-circuiting an electric current, have been designed and even marketed during the last decade or so. Baffles. The use of baffles around the light source of a funnel trap has also been the subject of much controversy. The design and colora- tion of baffles have been discussed at length, and it is evident that the reflection of light from baffles is generally detrimental. However, baffles do eliminate the seemingly endless gyrations about the bulb in which many noctuids engage, and they do deflect into the mouth of the funnel swift flying insects which would otherwise pass within close proximity of the bulb and continue on their way. If the data presented by Frost (1958a) are valid of interpretation, then the use of baffles around the light source increases the catch of noctuid moths by about 25%. Hoods. A further consideration in the design of a funnel trap is the use of a hood or roof over the light source and the mouth of the funnel, both to protect the bulb from damage and to prevent the catch from getting wet. Usually such hoods are in the form of a shallow inverted cone and are constructed of metal. Beirne (1951) suggested the use of a transparent plastic sheet to roof the trap. Such additions to the trap, however, can only decrease the number of rapidly flying insects taken. Frost (1958b) after conducting tests with both hooded and unhooded traps, concluded that the latter were more efficient in collecting many nocturnal insects. Observations of the behaviour of larger moths, when near a light source, offer a ready explanation. Many specimens descend toward the light at an acute angle, and if the trap is roofed, such an approach path is eliminated. Without a hood, however, the reception chamber of the trap must be provided with an efficient drainage mechanism to eliminate all water entering the funnel. Possible damage to the bulb by rain will probably depend on the nature of the bulb itself. The 125-watt Osram bulb used by the author has withstood several heavy rains in montane 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterisis’ Society 69 areas of western North America at temperatures close to the freezing point without having either shattered or cracked. Trap Receptacles. In the simple funnel trap, which has been used over the last several decades, a quart sealer jar has served as the standard receptacle for specimens flying to the light. Under conditions of heavy flight, however, such a small chamber may have the killing gas largely dissipated by the wing movements of a host of confined moths, and the gas-discharging surface itself may become so insulated with corpses that it can no longer function efficiently. Moreover the confining of specimens within such a restricted space, often causes very active individuals to do excessive damage to themselves and to already moribund specimens in the container. On nights of heavy flight, the quart sealer is of in- sufficient volume to contain the several quarts of specimens that may be taken in a trap employing a mercury-vapour bulb. A large receptacle is necessary if specimens are to be maintained in good condition during a heavy flight, or if the trap is used to obtain living insects for experimental work. To obtain specimens in better condition, Edmunds (1961) recommended the replacement of the quart sealer in a simple funnel trap by a cloth sack filled with crumpled news- paper so that specimens could crawl away into various diverticula and remain quiescent until morning. The specimens were then killed with chloroform or ether. In the more commonly employed trap, in which the receptacle also serves as killing chamber, a larger receptacle will require the use of a larger amount of gas-forming chemical and probably a more efficient method of gas production, especially under conditions of low temperature. Heavy flights of noctuids have been encountered by the author when the air temperature was only a few degrees above the freezing point. , Although the use of a large killing chamber greatly reduces the damage that an individual specimen may do to itself, it does not eliminate the damage that may be done to quiescent specimens by still active occupants of the trap. Particularly troublesome to lepidopterists are the many beetles which trample the catch for protracted periods before becoming inactive themselves. To reduce beetle damage, double-chambered traps have been designed by Common (1959) and by Denmark (1964), the lower chamber of each serving to accommodate the beetles. The trap described by Common is also provided with transparent walls which in themselves evidently provide an effective mechanism for excluding beetles from 70 Harpwick: Noctuid light trap Vol. 22. nor the trap. The damage occasioned by beetles may be alleviated in yet another way, however. If the bottom of the killing chamber is com- partmentalized, beetle movements are greatly restricted so that the advantage of several discrete receptacles is obtained. Further, if a thin pad of cheesecloth is placed on the floor of the reception chamber, the beetles usually burrow into this or at least become entangled in it so that they are essentially immobilized. At least two other factors must be considered in the design of a receptacle to contain the specimens diverted to a light source. Firstly, the number of specimens leaving the chamber through the entrance aperture must be reduced to a minimum. This may be accomplished in a funnel trap in two ways: by having a small entrance aperture and by reducing the amount of light entering the killing chamber from the bulb above. Both of these requirements may be met by having a screen-lidded “rain-drain” of sufficient diameter set shortly below the bottom of the funnel. This limits the size of the entrance apertures and also prevents light from shining directly into the killing chamber. An- other important factor is the ease with which specimens may be re- covered from the trap. If a removable tray is contained in the bottom of the chamber, this may be lifted out with the night’s catch intact so that the specimens may be more readily sorted. Killing Agents. The obviously best method of obtaining a quick “knock-down” is by employing the most rapid-acting poison and by maintaining it at a high level of concentration. Hydrogen cyanide, generated by treating one of cyanide salts with a weak acid solution, acts most quickly and leaves the specimens in a relaxed condition. The material is so excessively toxic, however, that it cannot be left with any equanimity in an unattended trap. This is particularly true of a trap with a large receptacle in which a large amount of poison must be used. Tetrachloroethane, a substance first proposed for light trap use by Williams (1948), makes a reasonable substitute for cyanide if it can be vaporized at a sufficiently rapid rate. Moreover, unlike some of the other anaesthetics, such as chloroform and ether, tetrachloroethane leaves specimens in a nicely relaxed condition. On cool nights, tetrachloroethane does not vaporize well, however; specimens in the receptacle remain active for long periods, and once quiescent may again become active during the sorting process the following day, or even after they have been pinned. Robinson and Robinson (1950) proposed the use of a vaporizer to dispense the tetrachloroethane. A perhaps more effective method of maintaining a lethal concentration of gas, however, is by having a large pad saturated with the chemical in the bottom of the 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society fe receptacle with a small heating element located below it. This not only vaporizes the killing agent but warms the whole chamber so that the chemical will remain in a vaporized condition. LOCATION OF TRAP One other factor besides the design of the trap and the nature of the light source must be considered in any light-trapping program. This is the placement of the trap. Nominally a broad open area should prove most effective because it allows the widest field for the penetra- tion of the light from the trap. More confined situations may prove equally productive, however, because of the fact that such situations serve as insect fly-ways in a region otherwise congested with timber or brush. The height above the ground at which the trap is operated may also affect the response of various insects. The data presented by Frost (1958c), although not conclusive, suggest that within the range of a dozen feet or so the numbers of specimens of groups such as the Polyphaga may be sharply reduced with increased altitude of the trap. In other groups, such as the Noctuidae, however, differing altitudes of the trap cause little difference in the numbers of specimens taken. AN EFFICIENT Nocruw TRAP The light trap illustrated in Figs. 1-3 has been used with good success for collecting noctuid moths during several years of survey work. Minor modifications to the original design have been made from year to year. The outer shell of the trap is a 20-inch high, galvanized steel garbage can to which other components have been designed to fit. The light source (a, of Fig. 1) is a 125-watt, 200-220 volt, Osram mercury-vapour globe manufactured by the General Electric Com- pany of England. It is enclosed by four. baffles (b) which extend somewhat above the level of the top of the bulb. The rather sharply sloped funnel (c) situated below the light leads into an inner metal chamber (d). The inner chamber, which serves to confine as much as possible the gas generated, may be lifted out of the shell of the trap once the funnel has been removed. Within the inner chamber and shortly below the lower end of the funnel is a small screen-lidded container, the “rain-drain” (e) with a tube leading from it down through the bottom to the exterior of the trap; the container receives and eliminates any water entering through the funnel. The screened lid of the “rain-drain” must be sufficiently close to the lower end of the funnel and of sufficiently large diameter (2 Harpwick: Noctuid light trap Vol. 222 nor 4 Figs. 1, 2. A light trap designed for the collection of noctuid moths. 1, Exterior view. 2, Reception chamber showing “rain-drain,’ removable specimen tray, and metal lattice dividing tray into compartments. that no rain can be distributed on the floor of the reception chamber. A circular, one-half inch thick, disc of sponge rubber (f) is secured to the upper surface of the screened lid of the “rain-drain”; this serves as a cushion for larger noctuids descending into the trap at a sharp angle and at a high rate of speed. Noctuids entering the trap in such a manner collide with the cover of the “rain-drain” with such force that a clearly visible cloud of ascending scales can be seen above the funnel of the trap. Beneath the basin of the “rain-drain” in the reception chamber is a removable metal tray (g) with a one-eighth inch mesh hardware cloth bottom; the floor of the tray is covered with a thin pad of cheesecloth. A removable metal lattice (h) which divides the tray into a number of compartments rests on the cheesecloth. Below the metal tray, im- mediately on the floor of the reception chamber, is a one-half inch thick pad of cheesecloth (i), which is saturated with the killing agent, tetrachloroethane. A hundred-watt heating element (j), the heat from which serves to vaporize the tetrachloroethane, and to warm the reception chamber so that the chemical will remain vaporized, is located in a separate chamber at the bottom of the trap. It is separated from the pad containing the tetrachloroethane only by the thickness of the metal forming the bottom of the reception chamber. In disassembling the trap to inspect the catch, the funnel is first removed, the reception chamber is lifted from the outer shell and its 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society (ss BK KYA KY Xe | | AXXO 9 I Fig. 3. Vertical section of trap with components in position for operation. a) light source; b) baffle; c) funnel; d) inner metal chamber; e) screen-lidded rain drain; f) disc of sponge rubber; g) removable metal tray; h) removable metal lattice; i) cheesecloth pad; j) heating element. 74 Harpwick: Noctuid light trap Vol. 223 noe, lid removed. The “rain-drain” is then removed so that the tray con- taining the night’s catch may be lifted out of the killing chamber. In a well-ventilated room, the specimens may be sorted and pinned directly from the tray. When reassembling the trap prior to use, the cheesecloth pad in the bottom of the reception chamber is charged with 40 to 50 c.c. of tetrachloroethane. On nights in which particularly heavy flights are anticipated, a greater concentration of tetrachloroethane vapour may be obtained in the reception chamber by inserting a wad of cheesecloth in the basin of the “rain-drain” and saturating this with the killing agent. One commonly encountered problem, when employing a trap with a large reception chamber in arid areas, is the drying out of specimens before they can be sorted and pinned. This may be alleviated to some degree by maintaining the humidity in the reception chamber at a high level by adding water, in quantity equal to that of the tetrachloroethane, to the pad at the bottom of the chamber and to the wad of cheesecloth in the basin of the “rain-drain.” In areas or at times that electrical power is not available for operating the bulb of the trap, the bulb may be removed and a Coleman lamp substituted. During four seasons of field use, power for operation of the trap was provided by a small 500-watt, 220-volt, gasoline-powered generator. The equipment was transported in a small laboratory-trailer in which bench facilities are available for sorting and pinning material taken in the trap. The trap was operated nightly on the top of the trailer so that the light source was about eight and one-half feet above ground level. This eliminated the creation of a large shadow area when the trap was operated in close proximity to the trailer. As mentioned pre- viously, the altitude probably had little effect on the numbers of noctuids taken in the trap but may have reduced the numbers of speci- mens representing some other groups. During a period of 200 nights of operation, the numbers of non- deltoid noctuid moths taken in the trap had a nightly arithmetic mean of 525, and a nightly geometric mean of 198; the maximum catch on any single night was 14,144. In nightly catches of less than-800 noctuids, specimens were in generally good condition. Under circumstances of very heavy flight, however, the killing chamber was evidently so well ventilated by wing movements that the killing gas was severely diluted, and specimens recovered from the trap were often rubbed. Because of the weight of the trap and its ancillary equipment, the unit described cannot be considered a portable one. Its relatively high efficiency in “attracting” and capturing specimens, and in maintaining 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ~l Ol them in good condition, however, may render it of value to workers concerned with various aspects of noctuid ecology. LITERATURE CITED BErRNE, B. P., 1951. Some notes on the design of light traps. Ent. Gaz., 2: 259- 262. Common, I. F. B., 1959. A transparent light trap for the field collection of Lepidoptera. J. Lepid. Soc., 13: 57-61. DENMARK, H. A., 1964. Evaluation of an insect light trap designed to separate beetles and moths. J. Lepid. Soc., 18: 1-10. EpmMunps, G. F., 1961. A modification of the New Jersey insect light trap to reduce damage to specimens. Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc., 56: 31. Frost, S. W., 1958a. Insects captured in light traps with and without baffles. Canad. Ent., 90: 566-567. 1958b. Traps and lights to catch night-flying insects. Proc. 10th int. Congr. Fmt. (1956), 2: 583-587. 1958c. Insects attracted to light traps placed at different heights. J. econ. Biel 550-55 | Harcourt, D. G. and L. Cass, 1958. A controlled-interval light trap for Micro- lepidoptera. Canad. Ent., 90: 617-622. Heatu, J., 1965. A genuinely portable M.V. trap light. Ent. Rec., 77: 236-238. PARKER, J. R., A. L. STRAND, and H. L. SEAMaNs, 1921. Pale western cutworm (Porosagrotis orthogonia Morr.). J. agric. Res., 22: 289-321. PFRIMMER, T. R., 1957. Response of insects to different sources of black light. J. econ. Ent., 50: 801-803. Rospinson, H. S., 1952. On the behaviour of night-flying insects in the neighbour- hood of a bright light source. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond., (A), 27: 13-21. Ropinson, H. S. and P. J. M. Ropinson, 1950. Some notes on the observed behaviour of Lepidoptera in flight in the vicinity of light-sources together with a description of a light-trap designed to take entomological samples. Ent. Gaz., 1: 3-20. WitiiaMs, C. B., 1948. The Rothamsted light trap. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond., (A), 23: 80-85. 1951. Comparing the efficiency of insect traps. Bull. ent. Res., 42: 513-517. LIFE HISTORY OF DRYAS JULIA DELIA (HELICONIINAE) Mike A. RICKARD 4628 Oakdale, Bellaire, Texas Although Dryas julia (Fabricius) is at times abundant in southern Texas and Florida, little seems to have been published concerning the early stages other than that the larval foodplant is Passiflora. Sietz (1921: 400) says, “larva pale grey or grey-brown, the incisions darker, the fore part of the head marked with darker, the spines blackish.” He remarks that the pupa is similar in color. Klots (1951) is admittedly even more indefinite: “larva—poorly known; possesses long branching spines.” It is the purpose of this paper to give a more exact description. 76 RickArbD: Dryas early stages Vol 22 nome While collecting near San Antonio, Bexar County, on 24 October, 1966, four strange larvae were found feeding on Passiflora lutea (L.) var. glabriflora (Fern). The larvae differed in several aspects from those of the Passiflora-feeding species known from the area, Euptoieta claudia (Cramer), Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley), and Heliconius chari- tonius vasquezae (Comstock & Brown). An indication as to the identity of the larvae was found when a ? D. julia delia (Fabricius ) was collected later that day. Subsequent emergence of reared adults proved the larvae to be of this species. LARVA Head white, with three black triangular spots arranged in an “eyes and nose” pattern, the upper two triangles being inverted, and with two short black protruding spines; thoracic segments with ten spines dorsally, in two tightly-bunched rows of five each; remaining segments with six rows of long, branching, black spines. First three instars similar in color, being light brown with four transverse light bands. Fourth (and final) instar dark brown, marked transversely with a number of fine black lines and spots, and with a light brown stripe mid-dorsally; a broad white stripe laterally, branching diagonally on the fifth, seventh, ninth, and anal segments; stripe further broken by crimson red diagonals on each abdominal segment and by the aforementioned black transverse lines. PuPA Similar to A. v. incarnata in shape and color, being depressed dorsally and pro- truding ventrally at the wing cases, and mottled cream-gray-brown; two rows of rectangular, fin-like projections dorsally on the abdominal segments, much more prominent than the conical projections of incarnata. Furthermore, delia has silver spots in the thoracic depression. Two of the larvae were first instar and two were second instar when first collected. The latter pupated on 3 November and yielded two females on 12 November. The other two pupated on 6 and 7 November, yielding, respectively, a male on 16 November and a female on 17 November. All of these were reared on Passiflora incarnata (L.), lutea being unavailable in Houston. A second instar larva found by Roy O. Kendall of San Antonio on 23 October pupated on 6 November and produced a female on 17 November. A mature larva collected by Joseph F. Doyle III of San Antonio on 7 November pupated on.10 November and produced a male on 19 November. Each of these was reared on the original foodplant (P. lutea). LITERATURE CITED Kors, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, xvi + 349 pp., 40 pls. S1eTz, ADALBERT, 1921. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Vol. V. American Rhopalocera. Stuttgart. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ll NOTES ABOUT NORTH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES DESCRIBED BYCEINNAEUS IN THE TENTH EDITION OF SYSTEMA NATURAE, 1758 F. Martin BRowN Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. There are in Systema Naturae (Ed. X) 18 names of butterflies that today are applied to species found in the United States. Only by tracing the original collectors of the specimens upon which Linnaeus based his names can we determine with some degree of accuracy the meanings of these names. Linnaeus never left Europe. He usually was careful to cite the authority upon which he depended for the authenticity of the animals he included in Systema Naturae. Few of the pre-Linnaean writers upon whom he depended had visited and collected in the Americas. Slowly we are learning of the field collectors who supplied the specimens described and figured. In many instances we have con- crete evidence that Linnaeus saw or had before him specimens that we would consider today to be the types of his names. In other cases we do not have this assurance. In the cases of troilus, glaucus, polydamas and vanillae the original descriptions are followed with the initials “M. L. U.,” Musei Ludovicae Ulricae. These specimens Linnaeus saw at the royal palace of Drot- tningholm in the collection of the Queen of Sweden, wife of Adolphus Fredericus. After the death of the Queen the collection was neglected and many of the specimens of insects in it were destroyed. In 1803, King Gustaf Adolphus IV presented the remains to the Academy at Upsala, where Linnaeus had been professor. There Thunberg, student of and successor to Linnaeus, listed the material received as “Mus. Gust. Adolph.” Fortunately the Swedish artist Karl Clerck painted faith- ful drawings of 105 species of the butterflies in the Queen’s collection. This work was done under the eye of Linnaeus and was published in parts, the first in 1759 and the second in 1764. A third part exists only in manuscript. Clerck’s “Icones” was prepared and published by the order of the Queen and never was released to the booksellers of the time. In 1882, P. O. C. Aurivillius published an exhaustive study of the Lepidoptera that had been in the Queen’s collection. In this he in- dicated those names still represented by specimens, and for those the types of which have been lost, he indicated a figure that he considered typical. Unfortunately Aurivillius said nothing about the collectors responsible for the Queen’s collection. 78 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Volip22 ainome For many specimens described by Linnaeus we have following the original description references to older authors and for one particular group of these authors we do have some inkling of the collectors. We also know that Peter Kalm, a student of Linnaeus, journeyed to Penn- sylvania, New York and Canada in 1747 collecting plants and some insects (Kalm, 1753). At least some of Kalm’s captures were contributed to Her Majesty's collections. The species that Linnaeus described in 1758 that now are listed from the United States fall into two groups: those that are tropical and enter our southern states and those that are truly North American. The tropical butterflies, polydamas, stelenes, sennae, vanillae and proteus, were described on the basis of specimens of or drawings published by Madame Merian, and, or, published by Sir Hans Sloane. Madame Merian’s material was collected by herself in Surinam during her stay from 1699 to 1702. Her Metamorphosis Insectorum Surinamensium .. . (1705) is a sumptuous work, beautifully illustrated with water-colored copper engravings. The butterflies and their preparatory states are fairly well drawn but not accurate in delineation and detail. Many of them can be recognized with no great difficulty, others not. Sir Hans Sloane left England in 1687 for Jamaica in the West Indies where for about fifteen months he served as physician to the governor and spent most of his time studying the natural history of the island. When he arrived home he prepared a two volume work about his travels (Sloane, 1707, 1725). In the second volume he described in detail the butterflies he had collected and illustrated them with copper engravings. I found little difficulty recognizing almost all of the species he enumerated and illustrated. Perhaps to us the most interesting are the North American butterflies that Linnaeus named in 1758. These are troilus, glaucus, ajax, antilochus, plexippus, antiopa and euphrosyne. Also interesting are some that he did not name at that time but for which there was reasonably good support. One of these is turnus which he named in 1771. It is the first species of North American butterfly that was figured. Thomas Mouffet, physician, had the honor of this “first.” He published it in his Insectorum sive Minimorum Animalium Theatrum ... (1634). The drawing had been made originally by John White, an artist, who was the governor of the second expedition to Virginia sent out to colonize North America by Sir Walter Raleigh. White made the drawing in July or early August of 1587. Holland published a black-and-white plate of the original drawing used by Mouffet.at Plate LXXVII in the 1931 edition of his Butterfly Book, and gave a brief account of it pages 304-307. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 Linnaeus’s sources for his North American butterflies of 1758 were these: John Ray (1628-1705), James Petiver (Ca. 1663-1718), Mark Catesby (1679-1749), George Edwards (1694-1773), Queen Louisa’s collection and his own. These four authors of pre-Linnaean works on natural history form an interestingly knit circle that revolved about the dynamic Sir Hans Sloane. Of the lot, the great gatherer of “natural curiosities,’ as he called them, was James Petiver. We know of 79 correspondents of Petiver who supplied him with material from the West Indies and the British colonies on North America around 1700. They ranged from Hudson’s Bay and the Massachusetts Bay colony to Barbados. Petiver’s world-wide list of correspondents must have been many times. this length. In fact, he was so busy sending out instructions for collecting and preserving natural history material that he had these printed, “Brief Directions for the Easie Making and Preserving Collections of all Natural Curiosities for James Petiver Fellow of the Royal Society London.’ These directions have been reprinted as Appendix II of Stearns’s fine bio- graphical study of Petiver (1952). John Ray was the oldest of the coterie. He was born in Black Notley, Essex, 29 November 1628 and died 7 January 1704/05.1 His Historia insectorum ... was published posthumously in London by Churchill in 1710. We know from letters between Ray and Petiver that the latter supplied the founder of modem natural history with plants from all of the continents but Australia. Doubtless he also contributed some insects. Linnaeus cited Ray (“Raj. ins.) as an authority for Papilio ajax, sennae and plexippus. It is quite possible that two of Petiver’s correspondents in South Carolina supplied the models for Ray's de- scriptions. These colonial collectors were Edmund Bohun and Mde. Hannah Williams. It is as yet an unsettled point whether or not Petiver added to Ray’s manuscript after Rays death and before it was published. Martin Lister did add an appendix upon British scarabs. Ray’s descrip- tions are not good in the modern sense, but they are not altogether bad. However, some of them misled Linnaeus as will be developed later. Next in age is Petiver. He was born at Hillmorton, near Rugby, Warwickshire in 1663 or 1664. By 1685, Petiver was established as an apothecary in Aldersgate Street, London, where he died in 1718. No 1 Dates written thus are Old Style. The year number in England in the Julian Calender changed on March 25. The second of the two year numbers is the Gregorian year. The day number must be increased by 11 days to change from Julian (Old Style) to Gregorian (New Style) dates during the 18th Century and by 10 days earlier than 1700. 80 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Vol..22), now brief synopsis can adequately describe this man. You must read Stearns’s account to get the flavor of him. Two of his published works are cited by Linnaeus: Musei Petiveriani . . . published in ten parts (1696-1703), and Gazophylacii naturae ... also published in ten parts (1702-1711). In 1758, Linnaeus used for butterflies in which we are interested three references to the Musei: with protesilaus, antilochus and plexippus. For reasons that will be developed later I suspect that at least two of the butterflies involved depend upon the same specimens referred to in Ray’s posthumous publication. Mark Catesby, born 24 March 1682/3 at Castle Hedington, Essex, was the only one of Linnaeus’s old authorities for North American butter- flies who had collected the specimens himself. His The Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands . . . was published in London by Innys. The first volume appeared in 1731, the second in 1743 and an Appendix was published in 1748. Catesby made two trips to the New World, both of them under auspices that gave him entry to the large landholders. His first voyage began on 23 April 1712. He spent almost seven years in Virginia paying a short visit to the island of Jamaica in 1714 and returning home in the autumn of 1719. He set out on his second voyage in February 1721/22 for Charles Town, South Carolina. He wandered over the seaboard of that colony until early in 1725 when he sailed to the Bahamas where he spent almost a year before returning to England in 1726. His Natural History was published in fasicles of 20 plates, each with text. All of Catesby’s illustrations of butterflies are in color and are associated with botanical plates. His bird plates were the first to pose the birds in natural positions, a technique later exploited by Audubon who probably had been in- fluenced by Catesby’s lovely colored engravings. A full account of Catesby recently has been published (Frick and Stearns, 1961). Although Catesby adequately illustrated numerous butterflies, Linnaeus called attention to his work for only three names: protesilaus, antilochus and plexippus. The youngest of the quartette, and least interesting to us, was George Edwards. He was born 3 April 1694 at Stratford in Essex. Although a painter by training, he was librarian of the Royal College of Physicians, through Sloane’s appointment. He published A Natural History of Birds . . . in four volumes (1743-1751). Incidental to the bird illustra- tions are some figures of butterflies. Edwards’s life carried him into the Linnaean period for he died on 23 July 1773 in Plaistow. Linnaeus’s only reference to Edwards of interest to us is found under Papilio ajax. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 THe NortH AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES NOTED IN Systema Naturae, Ed. X p. 459: “Troilus. 5. P. E. alis caudatis nigris: primoribus punctis marginalibus pallidis; posticis subtus maculis fulvis. M. L. U. Habitat in Indiis.” Although Linnaeus does not cite any of the pre-Linnaean authors for troilus, Petiver (1696-1703:51, no. 523), refers to the species. Un- fortunately Clerck did not figure troilus. Aurivillius (1882: 12), since he did not find any specimen in the collection of Queen Louisa, desig- nated Cramer's figure (1775-1791, 3: pl. 207, fig. B, C) as fig. typicae. We do not know from whom the Queen received her specimen of troilus. The fact that Linnaeus stated “Habitat in Indiis” is strong evidence that it had not been collected by Peter Kalm who supplied many of the Queen’s North American specimens. It may well have been received from one of the Swedish colonists on the lower Delaware River. This would be a reasonable area to suggest for the type locality of troilus since it is far enough north of southern Georgia, the type locality of the southern subspecies ilioneus Smith. Rothschild and Jordan (1906) did not recognize ilioneus as a subspecies of troilus but considered the two names to represent the same insect. They did recognize texana Ehrmann as a subspecies. It is apparent from the listed localities of the material that they studied (Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 597) that they had not seen any specimens of ilioneus and based their decision upon Abbot's plate (Smith, 1797, I, pl. 2) considering it somewhat exaggerated. Today texana is synonymized with ilioneus. p. 460 “Glaucus. 9. P. E. alis subcaudatis nebulosis concoloribus: primoribus macula flava; posticis macula ani fulva. M. L. U. Habitat in America. Alae Posticae Linea trasversa fusca bifida; ceterum Troilo similis.” Linnaeus “America” is as vague as it reads. Without reference given to the older authors it appears that Linnaeus felt this species had not previously been known. Clerck’s figure (1764, II, pl. 24, fig. 1) fixes the name upon the dark female form of the butterfly later (1771) named turnus by Linnaeus. Although Mouffet, Petiver, Ray and Catesby all had figured turnus, no mention of these pre-Linnaean authors is as- sociated with its original description. In the Systema (Ed. X) Lin- naeus referred Petiver’s and Catesby’s figures to antilochus (see discussion under that name, below). A fitting type locality for glaucus is not easily suggested since we do not know from whom Queen Louisa received her specimens. For turnus Linnaeus stated “Habitat in America. D. Fabricius,’ meaning from America in the collection of Fabricius. This suggests strongly that Fabricius had acquired the specimen from one of his English friends while living in England during the late 1760's. 82 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Vol: 225 nom The collector could not have been Abbot, who sailed from the New World in 1773. The Scottish surgeon Hunter had visited Charleston, South Carolina, and had collected butterflies there in the early 1760's and Fabricius had visited with him. Thus it is possible that the type of turnus came from the vicinity of Charleston. Linnaeus’s descriptions in the animal appendix to his Mantissa Plantarum are much better than those in the Systema (Ed. X) and there is no question about the deter- mination of turnus. Thus between Clerck’s figure of glaucus and this good description the “species” glaucus is well founded, although the species takes its name from the restricted female form. p. 460 Polydamas. 11. P. E. alis dentatis nigris fascia interrupta flava, posticis subtus rubro notatis. M. L. U. Merian. sur. 31, t. 31 Habitat in Hibisco mutabili Americes. Alae supra fascia lutea e maculis parallelis sagittatis; Posticarum margo subtus maculis 7, linearibus, flexuosis (3), coccineis. Linnaeus’s description and the Merian figure are in conflict. They refer not only to two species but to two different types of Papilio. Madame Merian’s figure, which includes drawings of the male, female, larva and pupa, clearly represents the species later called androgeus by Cramer. To this also may be referred the statement that the “habitat” is “Hibisco mutabili.” Sloane figured the Jamaican subspecies of polydamas (1725, HI: pl. 239, figs. 19, 20), not well, but recognizably. Since Linnaeus was familiar with Sloane’s books it is curious that he did not refer to this figure if he meant by polydamas what we mean today. Klots’s statement (p. 180) that the type locality for polydamas is Cuba follows Rothschild and Jordan and is highly questionable. The Cuban form is somewhat different from that found on the mainland and forms a link between the uniform pattern expressed from Mexico south- ward to Argentina and the great variety of insular subspecies found in the West Indies. A much more reasonable type locality, in the light of history, is Surinam, the source of so much pre-Linnaean Neotropical material. Unfortunately Clerck did not figure this species. If he had, we would at least know if Queen Louisa’s specimen was from the main- land or the islands. p. 462 Ajax. 26. P. E. alis obtuse caudatis concolorbus fuscis: fasciis flaviscentibus, angulo ani fulvo. Raj. ins. 111. n. 2. Edw. av. 34. Habitat in America boreali. Linnaeus’s brief description and the two conflicting references have caused this name to be applied to two totally different Papilio, the one later called polyxenes by Fabricius and the other later called marcellus by Cramer. Linnaeus’s definition of the name describes a tailed Papilio with uniformly dark wings across which are bands of yellowish and 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 with a fulvous anal spot on the hind wing. Ray's description, the first citation in the original description, appears to represent the yellow form of glaucus from Virginia. Ray further referred to Mouffet’s Theatrum, p. 98, where is figured John White’s drawing of the butterfly. This species lacks the “angulo ani fulvo.”. The Edwards figure is a good representation of marcellus Cramer. On it the “angulo ani” is bright red, not fulvous. Since Linnaeus referred other drawings and description of marcellus to his protesilaus, he may have made the mistake suggested by Rothschild and Jordan (1906: 687), and placed the Edwards’s reference with ajax in error. Aurivillius (1882: 30, 31) pointed out that Linnaeus’s description of protesilaus might be applied to several species and that Linnaeus (1764: 209) segregated “Varietas a” for which Aurivillius gave Edwards’s figure as the “fig. typica” and included in the synonymy some twenty-two uses of the name ajax in this respect. Two of these are Linnaeus’s use of ajax in Systema Naturae Ed. X and Ed. XII, in both cases followed by a query, (?). Later in his account (1882: 178) Aurivillius synonymized ajax with polyxenes Fab- ricius, and pointed out that this is the insect represented as ajax on Clerck’s plate 33, figure 3 in volume II. Since these drawings were made under Linnaeus’ supervision, such assignment of the name must have satisfied him. Curiously, Aurivillius here nominated Abbot's figure (in Smith, 1797, I, pl. 1) as “fig. typicae” although Smith erroneously called the butterfly troilus. Actually, if any figure was to be so named it should have been Clerck’s. With three species represented by the original description of ajax (turnus Linnaeus, polyxenes Fabricius and marcellus Cramer) the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature settled the problem in Opinion 286 (12 October 1954) by de- claring the name ajax Linnaeus 1758 suppressed for purposes of priority but not for homonymy. Thus this name has disappeared from our check- lists except in the synonymy. The involved arguments for this action were set forth clearly by Rothschild and Jordan in 1906 but almost fifty years passed before their action passing over the 1758 name was sanctioned by the Commission. p. 463 Protesilaus 29. P. E. alis caudatis subconcoloribus albidis: fasciis fuscis: unica subtus sanguinae, angulo ani rubio. Pet. mus. 50. n. 502. Sloan. jam. 2 p. Mm me Soman. Men. sutin. 43. %. 43. Seb. mus. It. 11. f. 2. Catesb. car. 2., t. 100. Habitat in America septentrionali. Simillimus Podalirio Europae australis & Africae; an satis diversus? The insect that now goes under the name protesilaus is not found in North America but must be mentioned. The Linnaean description can be applied to any of the white kite-tailed Papilios of the American tropics 84 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Vol, 225i (now generally assigned to the genus Graphium Scopoli, 1777). None of these enter North America (“America septentrionali’ ). The fact that Linnaeus described the wings as white and was doubtful that the species differed from podalirius, which he described in a footnote on page 463, eliminates what now is called marcellus Cramer. In this footnote Linnaeus used the differences found in the larvae to support his designation of two species, podalirius and protesilaus. Of the five pre- Linnaean references cited, Petiver’s refers to marcellus Cramer, Sloane’s to marcellinus Doubleday, Merian’s to what we now call protesilaus Linnaeus, Seba’s to a species of Nymphalid in Marpesia Huebner 1818, and Catesby’s to marcellus. Of these citations only Merian’s applies to protesilaus in the modern sense, and thus Surinam is suggested as the type locality, in spite of Linnaeus’s statement that the butterfly is found in North America. Aurivillius (1882: 29-30) nominated Clerck’s figure (1764, II, pl. 27, f. 2) as “fig. typica.” since he could not find a speci- men in the Queen’s collection. This figure is the basis for our current application of the name protesilaus and coincides with Linnaeus’s protesilaus of 1764. Rothschild and Jordan (1906: 713) point out that there is preserved in the Linnaean collection at the Linnaean Society of London a specimen without abdomen that “agrees fairly well with Clerck’s figure.” This specimen should be considered the type of the name protesilaus Linnaeus 1758, although it was not until 1764 that Linnaeus published a description that adequately defined the name. p. 463 Antilochus. 28. P. E. alis caudatis concoloribus flavis: fasciis margineque nigris, caudis albis longitudine alae. Pet. mus. 50. n. 505. Papilio caudatus maximus, striis umbrisque nigris. Catesb. carol. 2. t. 83. Habitat in America septentrionali. This is the name that should be applied to the yellow form of glaucus! It has been relegated to synonymy because Linnaeus was misled by Petiver and in the original description said “caudis albis longitudine alae” thus mixing a not too bad description of the wings of the yellow form of glaucus with a less accurate description of the tails of marcellus. Catesby’s figure that is cited is recognizably a male glaucus, or the turnus form of the female, with extraordinary tails. As late as 1836 antilochus was accepted as a good species from North America. Then Boisduval (1836: 340) wrote “... aussi nous sommes portés a croire que cet Antilochus pourrait bien éntre un Turnus dont les queues auraient été artificielles.”, thus suggesting that antilochus is an artificial species. Aurivillius (1882: 28) called antilochus “Species fictitia” believing Linnaeus misled by Catesby. In his Museum Ludovicae Ulricae, (1764: 207), Linnaeus stated that the specimen was collected by Peter Kalm 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 in North America. Aurivillius could find only male glaucus in the Queen’s collection. p. 471 Plexippus 80. P. D. alis integerrimis fulvis: venis nigris dilatatis, margine Mmexaepunchiseallis. Pet. mus. 96. n. 027. Sloan. jam. 2.-p. 214, t. 289, f. 5, 6. Catesb. car. 2. t. 88. Raj. ins. 138. n. 3. Habitat in America septentrionali. Alae primores fascia alba, ut in sequente, cui similis. The confusion about plexippus has been caused by the line added as an appendix to the description. The species that follows plexippus is chrysippus of which Linnaeus said “Habitat in Aegypto, America.” and described “P. D. alis integgerimis fulvis margine nigro punctis albis, posticis disco punctis nigris.” Danaus chrysippus vaguely resembles gilippus Cramer with three largish black spots on the disc of the hind wings, which wings are much yellower than on gilippus, and with a rather broad, white, subapical transverse bar on the fore wings. The “fascia alba” is not mentioned in the original description of either plexippus or chrysippus. It is appended to that of plexippus and there also directed to chrysippus. In the case of plexippus, Linnaeus obviously described the North American “Monarch” and referred consistently to it. Then, apparently he saw either what was later called megalippe by Huebner from the American tropics, or genutia Cramer from the Orient, possibly both. Considering all of these the same species, he had to add the “fascia alba.” Similarly he appears to first have described gilippus, and then included the “fascia alba” statement to plexippus in such a way that his description of chrysippus unsatisfactorily covered both gilippus and chrysippus. The only representative of the plexippus- genutia confusion to be found in Linnaeus’s own collection is genutia labeled plexippus. But, we do not know if this was so in Linnaeus’s day. A librarian who had charge of the collection after it had been acquired by the Linnean Society of London added specimens and is suspected of having shifted labels. Thus the question cannot be settled by refer- ence to Linnean specimens. Aurivillius (1882: 70) quoting from Linnaeus’s notes made when Linnaeus first studied the Queen’s collection in 1751 shows that the basis for the 1758 description in the Systema was material collected by Peter Kalm in North America (probably Pennsylvania.) He further argued that the emendation made in the Systema fixes the name upon the Oriental species. The resultant con- fusion about the proper application of the name plexippus was settled by action of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in Opinion 282 (1 October 1954). There the name is defined by a neotype, the model of Clark’s 1941, pl. 71, fig. 1, a male “Monarch,” with the type locality fixed as Pennsylvania. This reverts to Linnaeus’s original 86 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Vol 225iios use of the name plexippus. Mr. N. D. Riley, emeritus Keeper of Lepidoptera, British Museum (N.H.), has written me that the Petiver specimen, collected around 1700, is preserved in the museum. It is the North American Monarch. We both wish that it had been designated the type since it is referred to by Linnaeus in the original description. pp. 476-7 Antiopa. 112. P. N. alis angulatis nigris limbo albido. [six pre-Linnaean references to the insect in Europe are omitted here.] Habitat in Betula, Salice, etiam in Americae. Kalm. There is no question that Linnaeus here is referring to the Mourning Cloak, or Camberwell Beauty. It is interesting that Peter Kalm brought back to Sweden specimens of antiopa and that these were used, in part, as the basis of the original description. The type locality for antiopa is generally considered to be Upsala, Sweden, where Linnaeus was at work upon his systems of classification. Interestingly, there was no antiopa in the Queen’s collection. It probably was too plebian to be included! p. 481 Euphrosyne. 142. P. N. alis dentatis fulvis nigro-maculatis: subtus maculis IX argenteis. Fn. svec. 782 Princeps. Pet. mus. 35. n. 382. Raj. ins. 120. n. 7. Habitat in Europa & America septentrionali. Alae maculis argenteis: posticarum 9: harum 1 disci, 1 baseos. The meaning of this name is set by Linnaeus’s inclusion of what he had called Princeps in his “pre-Linnaean” Fauna Suecica, published in 1746. The type locality for euphrosyne is Upsala, according to Langer (1957: 200). No subspecies of euphrosyne is found in North America. To what did Linnaeus refer when he included “America septentrionali’ in the distribution of the species? By the time that Linnaeus wrote the 10th edition of the Systema he had seen the material brought back by Peter Kalm. This had been collected within the range of Boloria selene subspecies and of Boloria bellona Fabricius.” Of these only selene myrina Cramer or selene atrocostalis Huard can be considered. The fact that Linnaeus did not include euphrosyne in his 1764 book upon the Queen’s collection suggests that Kalm may not have collected the material referred to as North American. However, there is a reference to Papilio euphrosyne in Kalm’s “Travels” (vol. 1, p. 264, Dover Edition, 1966). Under the date March 24, 1749, he noted seeing the species on a walk near Raccoon (now Swedesboro, Gloucester Co.), New Jersey, where he then was living. Petiver’s insect may have been the European species or it may have been collected by Hezekiah Usher of the Massachusetts Bay Colony in 1696. If the latter, then Petiver’s reference would apply to selene myrina. Ray’s description may have been based upon Petiver’s 2 This name must be restored in place of toddi Holland. Opinion 517 of ICZN gives Fabricius 1775 priority over Cramer [1775]. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 material. The under hind wing of euphrosyne from Scandinavia bears nine silvered spots and across the disc and at the base some additional white ones. On selene and its allies some of the white spots seen on euphrosyne tend toward silvering and there are additional white spots in the limbal zone near the costa. The two probably are close enough. in appearance so that Linnaeus was not bothered by the slight differences when he grouped the two together. The fact that he never recognized selene, although that species is not uncommon in Scandinavia, tends to support his use of euphrosyne for both species. LITERATURE CITED AuRIvILLius, P. O. C., 1882. Recensio critica Lepidopterorum Musei Ludovicae Ulricae quae descripsit Carolus A Linné. Kong]. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, 19: No. 5, 188 pp., 1 pl. BotspuvAL, J. A., 1836. Histoire Naturalle des Insects. Species General des Lépidoptéres. Vol. 1. Librairie Encyclopedique de Roret, Paris. 690 pp., 24 pl. Cxiark, A. H., 1941. Notes on some North and middle American Danaid butter- flies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 90: 531-542, 4 pl. Cuerck, K. A., 1759-1764. Icones Insectorum variorum cum nominibus eorum trivialibus locisque e C. Linnaei syst, nat. allegatis. Section I, 8 pp., pl. 1-16, 1759; Section II, 8 pp., pl. 17-55, 1764. Holmiae. [Note: there is a third, unpublished, section, the original figures of which are in the library of the Academy of Science of Stockholm. ] CRAMER, P. (completed by C. Stoll), 1775-1791. De uitlandsche kapellen vo- orkomende in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America, by een verzameld en beschreeven door den Heer Pieter Cramer. Onder deszelfs opzigt allen naar het leven getekend, in het koper gebragt, en met natuurlyke koleuren afgetekend. Baalde, Amsterdam and Schoohoven, Utrecht. Vol. I, pp. 30, 16, 155, pls. 1-96; vol. II, pp. 151, pls. 97-192; vol. III, pp. 176, pls. 193-288; vol. IV, pp. 252, 29, pls. 289-400. Epwarps, G., 1743-1751. A natural history of Birds, most of which have not been figured or described, and others very little known from obscure or too brief descriptions without figures, or from figures ill designed. London. Vol. 1, PJP aeo2 apis, 43: vol. 2, pp. 58-105, 107-128, 53 pls., 1747; vol. 3, DpalOo—ons 52 pls. 1750; vol. 4, pp. 158—210, 212-948" 53 pls., 175i. Frick, G. F., and R. P. SrEarRNs, 1961. Mark Catesby, the Colonial Audubon. U. Illinois Press, Urbana, IIl. Houuanp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book, Revised Edition, Doubleday, Doran & Co., Garden City, N. Y., 424 pp., 72 pls. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 1958. Official list of specific names in Zoology. Ist. Installment, Names 1-1525, ed. Francis Hemming, London, 206 pp. 1958. Official index of rejected and invalid species names in Zoology. Ist Installment, names 1—527, ed. Francis Hemming. London. 73 pp. KArwe Pe) i753. En resa til Norra America, Holmia, Vol. I, pp. 484; vol. II, Pps o26--vol. ll, pp. 538. 1966. Travels in North America by Peter Kalm. The English version of 1770 revised from the original Swedish and edited by Adolph B. Benson. Dover Publications, Inc., New York. vol. 1, i-xviii, 1-401, vol. 2, 402-797, 20 pl., 1 sameyoy | (IAT) Kuots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the great plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, pp. 349, 8 figs., 40 pls. 88 Brown: Nearctic butterflies of Linnaeus Vol. 222 now LANGER, T. W., 1957. Nordens Dagsommerfugle, Munksgaards Forlag A/S, Copen- hagen, Denmark. 344 pp., 18 pls., numerous unnumbered figures. LinnAgEus, C., 1746. Fauna Suecica sistens animalia Sueciae regni: quadrupedia, aves, amphibia, pisces, insecta, vermes distributa per classes, et ordines, genera et species, cum differentiis specierum, Synonymis autorum, nominibus incolarum, locis habitationum, descriptionibus insectorum. Salvius, Stockholmiae. 26-411 pp., 2 pls. [Note: this was reissued in 1761 with added information from Linnaeus’s students. The reissued “Fauna Suecica” lepidoptera usually are credited to Johanssen. | 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis, Ed. decima reformata. Silvius, Holmiae. Vol. I, 823 pp; vol. II, pp. 825-1384 (1759). 1766-1768. Ibid., 2th Edition, Vol; 1, pt. 1. pp: 1-532) 1766s pee2 pps 1327, 1767; vol.-II, 736 pp., 1767; vol. III, 236 pp. incl. appendices to vols: 1 and 2, 1768. 1764. Museum S. R. M. Ludovicae Ulricae Reginae etc. in quo animalia rariora, exotica, inprimis insecta et conchilia describuntur et determinantur, prodromi instar editum. Salvius, Holmiae. 8-720 pp. 1771. Mantissa Plantarum, altera generum editionis VI & Specierum editionis II. Salvii, Holmiae. 552 pp. [An appendix treating animals is found on pages 52i1—552)] MepriAn, M. S., 1705. Metamorphosis insectorum Surinamensium. In qua Erucae ~ ac Vermes Surinamenses, cum omnibus suis Transformationibus, ad vivum delineantur et describuntur, singulis eorum Plantas, Flores et Fructus collocatis, in quibus reperta sunt; tunc etiam Generation Ranarum, Bufonum rariorum, Lacertarum, Serpentum, Araneorum, et Formicarum exhibetur; Omnia in America ad vivum naturali magnitudine picta atque descripta per Mariam Sibyllum Merian. Valk, Amsterdam. 60 pp. and 60 col. pls. Movurret, T., 1634. Insectorum sive Minimorum Animalium Theatrum, olim ad Edoardo Wottono, Conrado Gesnero, Thomasque Pennio inchoatum; tanden Tho. Moufeti Londinatus opera sumptibusque maximis concinnatum, auctum, per- fectum: et ad vivum expressis Iconibus supra quigentis illustratum. Cotes, London, folios A-Ee, a. N.B. [The author’s name is variously spelled: Mouffet, Moufet, Moffett, Moffet, etc. | Petiver, J., 1696-1703. Musie Petiverani Centuria (1-10) rariora naturae con- tinens: viz. Animalia, Fossilia, Plantas ex variis Mundi Plagis advecta, ordines digesta, et nominibus propriis signata. inconibus eleganter illustrata. Paul, London. 1702-1711. Gazophylacii naturae et artis decades 10. Bateman, London. Ray, J., 1710. Historia Insectorum; opus posthumum. Cui subjungitur appendix de Scarabaeis Britannicis aucture M. Lister. Churchill, London. 15 + 400 pp. SLOANE, Sir H., 1707, 1725. A Voyage to the islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, St. Christophers and Jamaica, with the Natural History of the Herbs and Trees, Four-footed Beasts, Fishes, Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. London. Vol. I, 168 + 264 pp., 3 -- 155 pls., 1707; Vol. 2, 18° 499 pp. 7 plse= Sal ae—2 74 WAS, SmitH, J. E., 1797. The natural history of the rarer Lepidopterous insects of Georgia, collected from the observations of John Abbot, with the plants on which they feed; with a french translat. by Romet. Edwards, London. Vol. 1, 100 pp., 50 pls., vol. 2, pp. 101-214, pls. 51-104. STEARNS, R. P., 1952. James Petiver, promoter of natural science. Proc. Amer. Antiquarian Soc., 62 (2): 241-365. RorTHscHILD, W., and K. Jorpan, 1906. A revision of the American Papilios, Nov. Zool., 13: 411-745, pls. 4-9. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 A DISTRIBUTIONAL ANALYSIS OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF CONTRA COSTA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA PauL A. OPLER Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, California Rosert L. LANGSTON 3 Arlington, Berkeley, California This paper presents geographic and seasonal features of the distribu- tion of the 84 species of butterflies which have been found to occur in Contra Costa County, California. The rhopaloceran fauna of this county is perhaps as well known as that of any other California county due to its proximity to a large population center. A large number of avail- able field records from local collectors has contributed to the com- pleteness of this presentation. Contra Costa County lies just to the east of San Francisco Bay in central California and is approximately rectangular in outline. It ex- tends about 45 miles from east to west and 20 miles from north to south. The county is an area of low ranges which generally range from 500 to 2000 feet in elevation and whose ridges are oriented along north- south axes. Mt. Diablo (3849’) stands at the center of the county and dominates the surrounding landscape. Several valleys run between the ranges, while the eastern third of the county is a plain leading from the foothills of the Diablo Range toward the Central Valley. The northern boundary of the county is formed by the combined waters of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers whose waters combine and flow to the west to San Francisco Bay through a major gap in the Coast Ranges. The county possesses a typical Mediterranean climate. The winters are cool and wet while the summers are hot and dry. The rainfall char- acteristics of the county can be seen by referring to Map 3. The marine influence of breezes and summer fogs from the west moderates tempera- tures in the western portion of the county. Winter and summer tem- perature extremes are increasingly greater as one proceeds across the county to the east. The number of days between killing frosts ( growing season) varies from 330 days near the bay to 270 days in the eastern portion of the county. For a detailed description of the topography of the region the reader is referred to Howard (1962), while a discussion of the climatic factors affecting the region is now available (Gilliam, 1966). Excellent dis- Volk 225 nen Op LER AND LANGSTON: Contra Costa butterflies 90 ‘eyed pue Aa[eA ‘fp ‘osue 3 yy ysvor IsuUyT *¢E ° G I '€ ‘esuey ysvoD 19ING “% ‘UCHRIOOssy poompey ‘[ ‘A}uNO ODF) BISOD ¥BI]UOD JO SUOTIse | heer T dv wa e2e arr =r PO a ee? ¢ %e 6 ee ra ee e fee ele tlerae Dees te. of ent te te. Or ie UCU ALIA 5 te feo te, . c r a8 0 non ent ont te, arielanelaee ee. : Bearer rere reer Soo Ronreornr OOOO are antler tlere 2 SESE oC LE PE ES EPEC 0 ee,” ee” No ence NOP e vente Sor ‘ Oye | i | ——— se c|| IN itm TW \ Se ee mm ee eS Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 1968 ‘(poomjusig JO }sv9) PkOY POOMION ‘FE ‘puR[s] [Eyjog ‘Eg ‘puR[sy Aossof “FE ‘yoonuy JO jsvo sounp pues “TE “BINGsSHId “NE “ploouoy “GZ ‘Ooeyoeg QZ ‘[[LH Weses[d “LZ “YoourD yYsie “9S ‘a[fAstautog “eZ “yooIy vilulessel “pS “Yyoury yMvyporlg “EG “(woAuLD ould IOMOT) Ye Yooy apysep ZZ “yw 23kIS opqviql wunoy ‘TZ “yrwg uewyassny ‘0G “WOM “GT “WoduRD [PWN “SL “Yeox#tD mMUpeAA “ZT ‘eso][OD sAeyy yulKg “QT ‘eBVIOWY “GT ‘ST[IH{ souolIg ‘PI ‘oMoALzeT ‘ELT “RpuUltO “ZT “YotD Wwog “T] “Ye [PUOssy uUosp[l], ‘OT ‘Uo}suIsuoy pur OWED [WY “6 ‘“WoAULD Ul[YURIY *g “zouTjIeYy “y ‘HoYOID “Q “sould "G “puoutyory ywIOg "p “o[qed ueg yuIog ‘g “woAURD “Z “Ye [BUOIS9Y POOMpey ‘“[ ‘Seleoo, BuTOeT[0D G AVN Es ce Vol..2223 aon Contra Costa butterflies OPLER AND LANGSTON: WO1F suOe;Od1eyUT oa1e sojzonb Sl LL Gl *SQOINOS JUOIOFFIP UL sos ‘“AjUNOD SOD) BIZUOD UTY}IM sjulod snoreaA 10F UuoTeYdoo1d [enuue oseIOAY € AVN SG | SL, Cl VL SIL CO Lo 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 cussions of the faunal and floral relationships within the state are to be found in Jepson (1951), Munz and Keck (1959), and Miller (1951). The scientific names for plants follow the usage of Munz and Keck (1959). Tilden (1965) has enumerated the species of Rhopalocera known from the greater San Francisco Bay region; however, the audience for which his book was intended did not require a detailed distributional analysis of the species involved. The butterfly fauna of the central coast ranges, from Lake and Sonoma counties south to San Luis Obispo County, the Central Valley of Cali- fornia, and that of the lower western foothills of the Sierra Nevada, is similar enough to segments of the fauna of this county, that principles brought out by this paper should apply to those areas as well. Williams and Grinnell (1905) were first to report on butterflies of the county. They reported 17 species which were collected on a six day trek from Oakland to Mt. Diablo in 1905. Comstock (1938) de- scribed Apodemia mormo langei from individuals collected near Antioch, and in 1938, Field described Habrodais grunus lorquini from specimens which had been collected on Mt. Diablo. Langston (1964) included a large number of individuals of Philotes enoptes bayensis from Pt. Rich- mond as paratypes in his original description of that subspecies. The possibility exists that some of the Lorquin material from California, which served as types for the many species described by Boisduval and Lucas, was collected in the county. METHODS Collection of data: The bulk of the field records presented in this paper are from the field notebooks of Opler, the senior author (1953 to 1965) and Langston, the junior author (1949 to 1965). These notes include sight records for common species. Additional records which were invaluable to this study were taken from the personal collections or notebooks of R. W. Brown, Martinez; T. W. Davies, San Leandro; C. D. MacNeill, El Cerrito; J. A. Powell, Walnut Creek; and G. A. Samuelson (collection now held by F. S. Ruth, Walnut Creek). Data from specimens in the California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley, were also utilized. Data cited in the treatment of the genus Erynnis by Burns (1964) and in the revision of the genus Hesperia by MacNeill (1964) were also incorporated. Presentation of data: To facilitate the presentation of data for the temporal distribution, each month of the year was divided into three ten day periods (the last period of months not having exactly thirty days is 8, 9, or 11 days). The numbers which appear in these time L Gig fie eb Zt OL OG G Ie l1qulyeou' usb eues'y Vol; 22 now 6b 4 L I LL SG Gl 6l ZE c LL 9¢ OLS Ww Ie L BE ve EgiZl vy) L 4 DIIDAIN|’D DWDUYAUN|]'D oedeud el4uo1seo usb CSOUDA Ud | 22ers Ya N WY) @ st Se (NII N Qi GQ Ql GONita Ol x N —_ — N N =| Sp lO 1E) N UOPoWAINAG EXYEPNe o!}|NWd snjninu'd UOeDI|IZd eynsulu'd g Sniqodoud FZ if Contra Costa butterflies st Xe) QI a) © N O) — N © st — — Di OTONOROMOTE Ql) 6) WD) ww WW]: © © © QD - - NS QUEEN IQ GD) SI}SI4}S Snisuod' 3 SIUMLULUO9' 9 'g Cun ad!4os'd WNUO1DI' H snijnqyed'd OPLER AND LANGSTON: Og LL Se g Ol oO) ON WW © ol — i@N) Yl = ss — a K@) = —S |) ST | SnolAua | eqgnl’q elgduin[Oo Hq [A@SpuliH loBpep'yH Iz2INGesS'd | OM ON = SO) A OQ & — VIL SUISOdWIeD VW ewnik'o ejoolube' oO Soplouen|As' O DUE|OW'd ejeyna 7 94 ONY AWA SDDDdS| ‘aajs Veic CHART | Seasonal distribution of Contra Costa County butterflies (one of three). for January and December 21-31 are not included. Records 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 periods for each species on Charts 1, 2, and 3 represent the total number of day-locality collections (or observations) which are represented by the collected data. For example, single specimens of a species collected at two localities on the same day would add two to the number; whereas, a species collected in series at one locality during a given day was counted as one. The number of collected individuals is not accounted for in this paper. Such information is generally lacking in the field notebooks; also, undue bias would be added as common species would be represented by lower numbers relative to their actual abundance. Finally, distortion of the representation of the flight periods of many species would have resulted. The spatial distribution of butterflies within the county has been treated by dividing the county into four regions which are represented on Map 1 as 1. Redwood Association, 2. Outer Coast Range, 3. Inner Coast Range, and 4. Valley and Delta. Although the mountainous areas of the county all belong to the Mt. Diablo Range fault block complex (Howard, 1962), the presence of the broad alluvial valley of the Walnut Creek drainage (see Map 2) and the occurrence of steep temperature and moisture gradients across the county supports the division of the first three regions. The fourth region is one of recent alluvial desposits and is biotically allied to the central valley of California. These divi- sions were made on the basis of topographic features and the distribution of plants with the county. The boundaries of the last three regions have a geomorphic basis, while the boundary of the first, i.e. Redwood Asso- ciation, is floral. This inconsistency is justified by the fact that the Red- wood Association forms an easily recognizable and continuous unit within the county. Within the framework described above, 34 localities were chosen to represent all points where butterflies had been collected within the county (see Map 2). Collecting sites in the vicinity of each of these localities were treated with the closest plotted locality. If a species was collected (or observed) at a locality its presence there is indicated by an “X° in the appropriate space on Chart 4 or 5. Variability in abundance of a species at each locality is not considered nor is the fact that the food plants of several species do not occur in some of the localities where the butterflies have been recorded. Bias: Since only presence or absence at a locality or on a given group of collecting days is taken into account, the only significant bias in the data herein presented is due to the distribution of sampling efforts, both in the temporal and geographic senses. It will be noted that many Vol. 22) nos Contra Costa butterflies OPLER AND LANGSTON: 96 EDU} I/E5°q"] luInbuey"4 aS en) e0) oO) NN LL OL Z| Ob & © A t m ©. Qe) « © N OUD eS D NUYOq" |S sisuafeqad sequAwoo gy 1213309 USB UOLWWDe | CORT Ss @ | Siizpx2erh e|OSI"H eCUulJew 7 SI|Ixo'q SOP!O||Oy soplouiuex’ 7 (Qn) SO SH] OTS UODIOD™ 7 2iOdie’7 | wWinidoes’s JELUOSOUDPEe’S WndoywINe'S 2dohup's El © = = ¢) EdlUJONeaS SNUI|QW'S WWInuo.uNp'd -SOPIO4!"D AWN Urs) LunJoyoulds’D el i snsojeyy) fuUInb4O| BH OW UOU" WW sopluosne a e1e|Oooue| Vv = aslS Sighy eee os SO1d00d0S hue loBbue| Wy) CuHartT 2 Seasonal distribution of Contra Costa County butterflies (two of three). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 apparent gaps exist in the temporal distributions of several species for the months of July and August. During this time many collectors are away from the area, and at this time collecting in the area is poor due to drought conditions. Certain localities have been visited primarily during characteristic time for “desirable” species, e.g. late August— mid-September in the River and Delta region for Ochlodes yuma and Apodemia mormo langei. SPECIES COMPOSITION The names used in this paper were taken from dos Passos (1964) with the exception of the names for members of the genus Hesperia (MacNeill, 1964) and the names for the Theclini and Lycaenini (Clench, 1961). A complete list of names and authors for the butterflies found in the county is presented below. HESPERIIDAE Colias eurytheme Bdv. Bewdeueutale (Edw) CO iy eer ee nthocaris sara Lucas Paratrytone melane (Edw. ) Senevemn feck dw. ae ae ; Anthocaris lanceolata Lucas ae peer CO Ma Euchloe ausonides Lucas Ochlodes yuma ( Edw.) Atalopedes campestris (Bdv. ) LYCAENIDAE Polites sabuleti (Bdv. ) Hesperia harpalus dodgei (Bell) Hesperia lindseyi Holland Hesperia columbia (Scudder ) Hesperia juba (Scudder ) Hylephila phyleus (Drury ) Pholisora catullus (Fabr. ) Heliopetes ericetorum (Bdv.) Pyrgus scriptura (Bdv.) Pyrgus communis (Grote ) Apodemia mormo mormo (F. & F.) Apodemia mormo langei J. A. Comst. Habrodais grunus lorquini Field Satyrium auretorum (Bdv.) Satyrium saepium (Bdv.) Satyrium adenostomatis (H. Edw.) Satyrium californica (Edw. ) Satyrium dryope (Edw.) Callophrys augustinus iroides (Bdv.) : d Callophrys nelsoni muiri (H. Edw. ) Erynnis persius (Scudder ) Callophrys spinetorum (Hew. ) Erynnis tristis (Bdv. ) Callophrys dumetorum (Bdv. ) Erynnis propertius (Scudder and Burgess ) Alkidles. Mullesme. Esiess Clleaah Erynnis brizo lacustra (Wright) Strymon melinus Hbn. Lycaena arota ( Bdv.) PAPILIONIDAE Lycaena gorgon (Bdv.) Battus philenor hirsuta (Skinner ) Lycaena xanthoides (Bdv.) Papilio zelicaon Lucas Lycaena helloides (Bdv.) Papilio rutulus Lucas Brephidium exilis (Bdv.) Papilio multicaudata (Peale M.S.) Kirby Leptotes marina (Reak. ) Papilio eurymedon Lucas Hemiargus isola (Reak. ) Plebejus icarioides pardalis (Behr) Plebejus acmon (West. & Hew.) PIERIDAE gen. vern. “cottlei” (Grinnell) Pieris protodice Bdv. and LeConte Everes comyntas (God. ) Pieris napi venosa Scudder Philotes enoptes bayensis Langston gen. aest. castoria Reak. Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii (Edw. ) Pieris rapae (L.) Celastrina argiolus echo (Edw. ) 98 OPpLER AND LANGSTON: Contra Costa butterflies Vol. 22. ner2 NYMPHALIDAE Melitaea leanira F. & F. Euphydryas chalcedona ( Dbldy ) Euphydryas editha bayensis Sternitzky Speyeria coronis (Behr) Speyeria zerene ssp. Speyeria callippe (Bdv.) Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley ) Limenitis lorquini (Bdv.) Limenitis bredowii californica (Butler ) Vanessa atalanta (L.) Vanessa virginiensis (Drury ) Vanessa cardui (L.) Vanessa carye Hbn. Junonia coenia ( Hbn. ) DANAIDAE Nymphalis californica (Bdv. ) : Nymphalis antiopa (L.) Danaus plexippus (L.) Polygonia satyrus (Edw. ) Polygonia oreas silenus (Edw. ) Sa MRED aE Phyciodes mylitta (Edw. ) Coenonympha. california West. Phyciodes campestris (Behr) Cercyonis pegala ariane (Bdv.) Melitaea palla Bdv. Cercyonis silvestris (Edw. ) Williams and Grinnell (1905) reported Thorybes pylades, Erynnis juvenalis, and Scolitantides piasus from Contra Costa County. Mac- Neill (personal communication) reports that T. pylades most likely occurs in the vicinity of Canyon. The other species may be misidentifica- tions of Erynnis propertius and Celastrina argiolus echo, two species that should have been common at the time of Williams and Grinnell’s trip, but were not reported. Tilden (personal communication) has men- tioned that Robert Wind took specimens of Polygonia faunus rusticus in the Berkeley Hills some years ago. It will be of interest to find authentic specimens of T. pylades and P. faunus from the county. GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION Thirty-eight species (46%) are found either in all four regions of the county or are essentially general in distribution throughout the county. A single asterisk indicates species known to be highly vagile or whose distribution within the county is not properly represented by collected adults. A double asterisk indicates species whose native foodplants are found throughout the county. O. sylvanoides**, P. sabuleti, H. juba*, H. phyleus, H. ericetorum*, P. communis, E. tristis**, B. p. hirsuta*, P. zelicaon, P. rutulus, P. protodice, P. rapae, C. eurytheme, C. eurydice*, E. ausonides, A. halesus**, C. dumetorum**, S. melinus, S. dryope**, L. xanthoides, L. helloides, B. exilis, I. aemon, L. lorquini**, L. b. cali- fornica**, V. atalanta**, V. virginiensis, V. cardui, V. carye, J. coenia, N. californica*, N. antiopa**, P. satyrus**, P. mylitta, P. campestris, A. v. incarnata, D. plexippus*, C. california. The other 46 species (54%) are in some way restricted within the county. These species are listed below in several categories according to the degree in which they are restricted. Redwood Association (2 species): S. coronis, and P. o. silenus. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 2 ewes FEB MAR APR MA L A EP | DE ISpecigs >) pias Sere i = a ime ane Ee i yet | BB 2 2 DPA AS 2 4 \V. virginiensis 1 {le Le mek pale eat | a) 5 lv.cardui lisinge' TAKE AAD ATE eae SMe 2 |\V.carye 7 13:16 15 21; 21 20 10:15 18 22128 13 9)1€ 2 Sy eo! 8 J.coe@nia 2 3) 2 if st Gi fh ISB fey 15)! 8: 4 INMcohiadic meena > 23h IG eet SD de s |Nantiopa Sf) SY eres ae ees SS 4s 12 0 4 2 2 | Psatyrus (dat (kn 72 es as: AB 1 2 1 |Po.silenus if 1 1 1P mylitta SrowmlOy Oy =7/ A 4h tihyes, Se VS. 2F eS 3) 4 a g 5 P. campestr 1 33 Ps ey 4 Veh Sif gee | M.palla ad 9. eee Mor SuOee. vO5. 3 sites Sel) | M.ieanira DOA 4 | &.chalcedona Habtet2e2on2 13° S83 Ss E.e.bayensis | hiss CAPD D2 S.coronis i 2 S.zerene ssp 1 SUS a I sn “0 YO 2 en | eee : ; A.vanillae AIS St AD 1 2 3 6 Bi Ney Ay ON F7/ a) fs: Sie) Sy 7 D.plexippus 1 Simone So 4 oe 1On o LOn OAs > SiS 3 (e187 Shei: Se ws eat ah | C.california Za OVO iA nO Qe OA 25 19 aa, 2 By Gt OA tay ASN BIS) a C.p.boeopis 1913 1413 4 4 C.silvestris | Se Bie), Se CHART 3 Seasonal distribution of Contra Costa County butterflies (three of three). Outer Coast Range (4 species): H. harpalus dodgei, P. e. bayensis, S. zereneé ssp., and C. p. ariane. Redwood Association and Outer Coast Range (2 species): P. i. par- dalis, and G. l. behrii. Inner Coast Range (13 species + 1 subspecies, 15%): E. b. lacustra, A. lanceolata, A. m. mormo, H. g. lorquini, C. spinetorum, C. n. muiri, S. californica, S. auretorum, S. adenostomatis, S. saepium, M. leanira, E. e. bayensis, S. callippe, C. silvestris. Inner and Outer Coast Range (15 species, 18%)1!: P. melane, O. agricola, H. lindseyi, H. columbia, E. propertius, P. multicaudata, P. eurymedon, P. n. venosa, A. sara, C. a. iroides, L. arota, L. gorgon, C. a. echo, M. palla, E. chalcedona. Valley and Delta (8 species + 1 subspecies, 10%): L. eufala*, O. yuma, A. campestris?, P. catullus, P. scriptura, E. persius, A. m. langei, L. marina*, H. isola*. SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION The data on Charts 1, 2, and 3 allow one to define, at least to a limited extent, the seasonal periodicity of some of the butterflies found within 1 Including Redwood Association. 2 A single record in another part of county. A. campestris should be found ulti- mately throughout the county (fide C. D. MacNeill). 100 OPLER AND LANGSTON: Contra Costa butterflies Vol, 22. nome the county. For most western butterflies, statements pertaining to vol- tinism have not been accompanied by sufficient data. The treatments by Burns (1964), Langston (1965, 1966), MacNeill (1964), Shields (1966), and Thorne (1963) are notable exceptions. The apparent length of seasonal flight periods at a locality during any one year is shorter than that indicated on the charts as variability in rainfall and temperature characteristics from one year to the next and between different localities is quite marked. In Contra Costa County 27 entities (32%) are apparently univoltine: O. agricola, H. h. dodgei, H. lindseyi, E. propertius, P. eurymedon, A. m. langei, H. g. lorquini, C. n. muiri, C. a. iroides, C. dumetorum, S. dryope, S. adenostomatis, S. saepium, L. arota, L. gorgon, L. xanthoides, P. i. par- dalis, P. e. bayensis, G. l. behrii, M. palla, M. leanira, E. chalcedona, E. e. bayensis, S. coronis, S. callippe, C. p. ariane, C. silvestris. Species for which there is insufficient data, but appear to be univoltine in other areas of the state, are: E. b. lacustra, A. lanceolata, A. m. mormo. S. californica, S. auretorum, S. zerene ssp. Hence, 37% of the species with the county are univoltine. According to most writers N. antiopa is univoltine, but the fact that adults live for nearly a year masks that conclusion here. The following species are bivoltine in Contra Costa County: H. colum- bia, P. n. venosa,® A. sara,®? C. eurydice. Species which may be bivoltine according to the data herein presented are O. sylvanoides, O. yuma, H. ericetorum, E. ausonides, C. spinetorum, and E. comyntas. The remaining species typically have three or more emergences of adults per year and adults of many of these species might be collected on any occasion over a wide range of dates. The flight period character- istics or breeding status of the following species within the county is uncertain: L. eufala, P. multicaudata, L. marina, H. isola, N. californica, P. o. silenus. ANALYSIS OF DISTRIBUTIONAL AND SEASONAL FEATURES Geographic distribution. Of the 38 species (46%) which have been found in all four regions of the county, five species, H. ericetorum, B. p. hirsuta, C. eurydice, N. californica, and D. plexippus, do not have food- plants generally distributed throughout the county. The distribution of these species within the county must be explained, at least in part, on the 3 Apparently facultatively bivoltine under favorable conditions, but usually univol- tine. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 basis of the behavioral tendency of individuals of these species to fly long distances. The food plant of D. plexippus, ( Asclepias spp.), is found only within the eastern half of the county and that of B. p. hirsuta, ( Aristolo- chia californica), is not found east of the Outer Coast Range region of the county. The breeding area of H. ericetorum, C. eurydice, and N. cali- fornica within the county is not known. Those 11 species marked by a single asterisk in the text are species which are narrow in their choice of foodplants, yet feed on native plants which are widely distributed in the county. Five of these species feed on plants restricted to riparian situations, i.e. Rubus, Urtica, or Salix. Of the remaining 22 species, almost all are polyphytophagous or will feed on introduced plants which grow readily in disturbed areas. Of the 46 species (54%) whose distribution is in some way limited within the county, with the exception of four species of uncertain status represented by only one or two individuals, there are three possible ex- planations, a) distribution of foodplant is limited within the county, b) physiological characteristics of the butterfly do not allow it to occupy all the areas of the county or c) butterfly may have limited vagility, be sedentary, or is displaced by another species in other areas of the county. The first of these explanations can be applied to the distributions of most butterflies within the county. However, study of this problem has not been undertaken and no further comments can be made on this topic. There is a major difference between the plants of the Valley and Delta region and those of the other three regions. This region includes three major habitats: the delta region, characterized by many sloughs, islands, and a peat-like soil; the Antioch dunes, a small area of “sand dunes” along the San Joaquin River; and an area of alluvial plains and broad valleys adjacent to the river, including the lower portions of the Walnut Creek drainage. An uneven yet gradual decrease from west to east in the average annual rainfall seems to be the primary cause for the restriction of plant com- munities to certain areas of the mountainous portion of the county. Some average precipitation figures are shown on Map 3 (Hall, 1886; Ham- bridge, 1941; U.S. Weather Bureau, 1963; Gilliam, 1966). A factor which emphasizes the effects of these rainfall differences is the occurrence of summer fogs which invade the western third of the county during June, July, and August. The influence of the ocean not only contributes to the moisture availability but moderates temperatures. Hence, the Outer Coast Range and Redwood Association regions of the county have a rela- tively narrow range of maximum and minimum temperatures throughout the year, while the Inner Coast Range region is characterized by a more 102 OPLER AND LANGSTON: Contra Costa butterflies Vol. 22 now ee vc | Rwe Outer Inner Valley and ~~ a Coast Range Coast Range Delta . ae rae niga Fle ] t Tale |Species \|1/2/3]4] 5|6| 7/8/9n0n1 uae tees tp eieea ear 20508 3233/3 4 L.eufala x x P melange X| XX X|X} | X|X XIX} | XIX] J|ALX x O.sylvanoides |X} X| X| X |X| X] |X X| |XX X|X xX x O.agricola |x|X|x| x) |X|X|_ | | XXL | LXE | | TX] [XEXx O. yuma i | | A.campestris | | x x P sabuleti Kalen x | | |X| Xx x X| |X x H.h.dodge@i XA | H. lindseyi Sal atoll x1 Xx SISK Xx H.columbia Xx . iy H.juba | ee reise | x : xx | xIXI xX] [xX 4 PX ‘ ble si catullus | ia eae ep Pe |X x Aes Piemicceonuln Leleti sa (ele x Xx Mee bc: P scriptura Pe acme aa P.communis x) |XX) | XIX x ot baci x} x a x|x E.persius | | | | Sate Xavi al al eA ian AeA X| X| | X| X] X ar X|X E.propertius |X eta x|X |X| |X}X} |X x B.p.hirsuta x X| X| |X| X| X| X| XI] % |X] X| X) A) Ay X| |X x x Azelicaon bd DXdiX! PA PSPS) | ses x] [X]X|X] x X|X|X]_ |X Prutulus X IX] X| X|X| Xx] X XIX] | XPXE XT | XTX]X] X|X X}X|X] |X Pmulticaudata] | | dk I IX x1 |x|x]X] x] x} |X Peurymedon |X| | bt ARS eS Ps x} |X|X]X P protodice ve | | x x ZAM |Z Pn.venosa SAS ey aan I MX x DX PSPS gen.castoria eal > OX X x Prapae x XIX) X| Xx] X_X|X X| XIX X [XIX |X] X| XIX] XX] A] % KOPP ale C.eurytheme|x|x| |XX} |x| [X]X] |X|X]x XIX} | X[X] x] X xl Sax C.eurydice lish ti ll athe x AAA A.sara XI XX K|X X|X| |XIXx xX Se POERAIPEN DCL | P<) AISI) ADSI PAPI PAPRESI2S 1X x Alanceciata ) 1) |) 1 | x E.ausonides |X] X|X]X X |X X| X| X| XX} X |X] X) x X|__|X|ALX x x x A.M.MOrmo xX A.m.lange@| | H.g.lorquin! Sal SCI. A.halesus | | x YC ISCINC x x C.spinetorum Sa IS @iaaaawiiel KIX C.iroides XX IA DNIVGn eID X|X| |X|X| XIX x Seen x x XIX S.melinus [AL x x\% MID IDX Xx] KIX xix! |XX xl x| Ke CHART 4 Geographic distribution of butterflies within Contra Costa County (one of two). Occurrence at a locality denoted by (X). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 | Locality Bd Outer Inner Valley and Asn| Coast Range Coast Range | Delta : [2 [sl4ls|6] 7s |of0 iNensnapehen7 pened 21\2223)2410 2e2z728egs03s1[233)34 S.californica JAD) AID ay X| S.dryope xX X ime peas Pama lz S.auretorum S.adenostomat. S.saepium L.arota X L.gorgon X| |X L.xanthoides KI XI XXX X] XII LX] LX) | Xx L.helloides |X X| |X X| |X} |X|X) |X | Xx B.exilis Ki ex Xx 1X|X |X| X| |X x x x DS OS SK OK OS ie aa x x L.marina H.isola |.i.pardalis |.acmon E.comyntas Pe.bayensis X|X | | G.|.behrii : C.a.echo L.lorquini A.bcalifornica V.atalanta V.virginiensis V.cardul V.carye J.coenia N.californica N.antiopa P.satyrus P.o.silenus Pmylitta P.campestris M.palla | M.le@anira | E chalcedoma |X|X|X|X|x|X|X|X|X |X| X| | ieee E.e@.bayensis X|X|X |X| ea | | | | x &X< < xX BMS x< x x x x x *< = > x Se x x x ze xcisell aie x Boe x & x< SEK x x x Sana x x x< Se ESE x =x DS 2k SS ios x ~ Gas POC IS Sh Oe x x x Ve x x x x< DS PS OX ES DoS Ok BS OS OK x OSS SOS TS ROSES OR OS x< x< << oS x x DS 2S ON IS ES OS x DS DS OS OS BS OS OS KR OS OK OS PS DS oS DK OS OS OS OK OS OK OK OK x< 108 Masters: Collecting Ithomiidae with heliotrope Vol. 22) nom COLLECTING ITHOMIIDAE WITH HELIOTROPE JoHn H. MAsrers P. O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota Collectors in the tropics depend upon natural and artificial baits to collect Lepidoptera and have developed a wide variety of specialized techniques for this. Yet most of them find it difficult or impossible to obtain adequate samples of Ithomiidae by conventional methods. Con- fined to the Neotropics, ithomiids are weak-flying butterflies that are easily netted but not readily seen; random collecting with a net alone yields incomplete samples. Ithomiids rarely visit open places or flowers and are not attracted to the usual baits nor even to damp ground. They prefer dark, damp areas in the jungle near water-courses and tend to fly in early morning and towards evening, being relatively inactive at mid-day. Heliotrope (Heliotropum sp.), properly used, is an effective bait for ithomiids; but its use has been a secret of a few professional collectors. I learned of the value of heliotrope as a collecting tool while at El Pao, Estado Bolivar, Venezuela in 1965. Albert Gadou, an experienced collector and my host at E] Pao, demonstrated its use on a wooded forest trail near his home. During a week’s stay at El Pao many ithomiids were captured at heliotrope along with Lycorea ceres atergatis Dlbdy.., Hew. & Westw. (Danaiidae ) and a dozen or so Sphecosoma sp. (Cten- uchidae ); these insects were otherwise quite scarce in the area. I returned to Venezuela in 1966 and gathered additional information on the use of heliotrope. Heliotropum indicus Linnaeus was collected on the sandy banks of the Rio Caroni where it grows in profusion as a small shrub to a height of 15 inches. The deep purple flowers are clustered on a stalk about six inches long which curls around itself; this appearance has provided the Spanish name for the plant, rabo de alacran, literally iSconpiomis baila. Neither the flowers nor the growing heliotrope plants attract ithomiines and it is only after proper preparation that the plant becomes effective. It should be carefully dug up by the roots, tied into small bundles and allowed to dry; after two or three days these bunches are hung up by the roots with the leaves dangling about five feet off the ground. Shaded places along trails or watercourses are best. The bait becomes more and more effective with additional drying (the collector shouldn't be discouraged if he doesn’t get immediate results) and will remain so for a long period of time. I saw butterflies attracted to a plant that had been suspended for three or four months. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 The ithomiids usually settle among the lowest hanging leaves of heliotrope and rest with folded wings. They may or may not extend the proboscis and not infrequently will slowly pump their wings. Even though they settle among the dried leaves rather than the roots, it is quite important that the roots be present, as bundles without roots attract relatively few individuals. Apparently more males than females are taken at heliotrope, but the ratio is not greater than 2:1. A high ratio of males of other families is expected at conventional baits. For instance, Papilio taken at damp sand are nearly 100% males. A small bundle of heliotrope, properly prepared and in a favorable location may bring in several hundred butterflies per day. My com- panion, Harold Skinner of Caracas, and I collected perhaps 300 indi- viduals during one productive day along the Rio Clarito in February 1966. More than 70 individuals were found at daybreak on two bundles that had hung here overmight. My collecting in Bolivar was at the height of the dry season (February and March) when the poorest collecting is to be expected. A total of 125 males and 79 females were taken at the bait, representing 21 species and 14 genera of Ithomiidae. These include 11 males and two females of Hypothyris vallina colophonia d Almeida which was previously known from only three specimens; one male, representing the easternmost record, of Mechanitis polymnia polymnia (1L.); and a series of Mechani- tis isthmia bolivarensis Fox, which formed a part of the type series of this subspecies. Heliotrope was also used successfully at Barinas in the Venezuelan Andes during the 1966 collecting trip. A single individual of Haetera piera (L.) (Satyridae) was observed on one bunch of the heliotrope that had fallen to the ground. The helio- trope had been hung out on the trail at the same time that fruit bait was being spread along it and it is likely that this one bundle of heliotrope contained traces of fruit. Haetera piera was frequently attracted to fruit baits on the ground. : The attraction of ithomiids to heliotrope cannot be readily explained; as they have no association with the growing plant, and dried heliotrope with roots would not normally be expected to be hanging in the forest. The larval food plants of the ithomiids are exclusively Solanaceae. It is unlikely that the alkaloids or essential oils in heliotrope are similar enough to those in Solanaceae to account for the attraction. The native indians of Venezuela and Brazil know heliotrope as borejan (variously spelled borrajan, borojan and borrojan) and it is likely that heliotrope is gathered, dried and used by them in some manner. This could account for the discovery of its attractive properties by collectors. I am indebted to Harold W. Skinner, in whose company the two 110 Masters: Collecting Ithomiidae with heliotrope Vol, 225 nom trips to the Venezuelan frontier were made; to Albert Gadou, who demonstrated the use of heliotrope to me; and to Dr. Richard M. Fox of the Carnegie Museum for his encouragement and assistance in the preparation of this manuscript. BOOK REVIEW GUIDE TO THE GEOMETRIDAE OF CANADA (LEPIDOPTERA). 1. SUB- FAMILY STERRHINAE. By W. C. McGuffin. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada, 50, 1967. 67 pp., 68 color photographs and 44 black and white figures. This manual is the first in a proposed series designed to “aid in the identification of the Canadian species” of Geometridae, immatures as well as adults. Keys, descriptions, and biological data are presented at the family, subfamily, and generic level. The author recognizes seven genera and 24 species of Sterrhinae as Canadian. He gives brief descriptions of adult maculation and genitalia, and, when known, of eggs, larvae, and pupae. Much of the biological information is the result of his own research. Also included are distribution data for Canada, earliest and latest seasonal records for adult capture, and larval host plants if known. Illustrations include distribution maps for most of the species; and drawings of such structures as male and female genitalia, hind legs, wing venation, egg, larval head and body chaetotaxy, and pupae. The most outstanding feature of the work, I feel, is the color photographs of the adults. Except for a few “hot” spots on some of the white species, the photographs give excellent representations of the generally faint markings in this group of moths. Many Sterrhinae are polymorphic, and McGuffin illustrates more than one morph in several species. The work is not a revision, and so does not include reevaluation of the species treated, nor lists of synonymy and exhaustive descriptions. Two errors of a systematic nature bear correction here: the type species of Scopula Schrank is ornata Scopoli, not adornata (p. 11); and Scopula quaesitata (Hulst) (p. 20) is an error in determination (held over from McDunnough’s 1938 Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, Part 1). The correct name for the moth described in McGuffin’s work as quaesitata Hulst is luteolata Hulst (1880, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 3: 42); the type of quaesitata is definitely not a Scopula. The explanations of figures are unfortunately placed all together in a section in front of the 21 pages of illustrations. The reader is bothered in having to refer back to pages 32-34 to learn what species the figures represent. Also in the explanation section, named morphs are referred to as trinomens giving the false impression that they represent subspecies, e.g. Scopula enucleata mensurata (Walker). There will be changes in nomenclature and classification of Canadian Sterrhinae in the future, and I feel some of the treatment of species in this work could have been less skimpy; but by and large the additions to biological information and the copious illustrations make this manual a helpful aid in identifying Canadian species of this difficult subfamily—CuHarLEes V. Covet, Jr., University of Louisville, Kentucky. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ne NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND HOST PREFERENCES OF VANESSA TAMEAMEA (NYMPHALIDAE) GLENN A. GORELICK University of California, Berkeley and RONALD S. WIELGUS San Mateo, California The Kamehameha Butterfly (Vanessa tameamea Eschscholtz) was first described by Frederick Eschscholtz in 1821 while on a natural sci- ence expedition throughout the South Seas, and according to Zimmerman (1958), it was the first species of Lepidoptera to have been described from the Hawaiian Islands. This species is restricted to the forests of the Hawaiian Islands. Observations were made on behavior of this butterfly by Wielgus on several trips to the Hawaiian Islands in 1966. Because of extensive cultivation and introduction of alien plants it was necessary to travel to high elevations to encounter the endemic flora where this butterfly occurs. Some of the closest and most accessible of the native areas are the upper elevations of Mount Tantalus, which is a relatively low peak (2,013 feet) on Honolulu’s northem limits. This was found to be an excellent locale for Vanessa tameamea in that the principal larval food- plant, Pipturus albidus Gray (Urticaceae) was growing on the slopes between 1,400 feet and 2,000 feet. Collecting was quite adequate along these slopes. The first trip in mid-December, 1965, was primarily an exploratory one but only one V. tameamea was seen in flight in a mixed bamboo and broadleaf evergreen forest on the north face of Mount Tantalus at 2,000 feet. The second trip to Honolulu occurred on January 20, 1966 and the foodplant, Pipturus, was located growing along the side of a road on Mt. Tantalus at about 1,800 feet. The plants were situated so that at that time of year the sun did not strike the leaves until 1:00 P.M. At about 11:30 A.M., however, a closer view of one V. tameamea was enabled, but it was not captured. Pipturus shrubs approximately five to ten feet in height were examined for evidence of larval activity without success. On February 22 more favorable weather conditions prompted an- other excursion to the same area. The area came into sunlight between 112 GORELICK AND WIELGUS: on Vanessa tameamea Vol. 223nawe EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Fifth instar mature larva of Vanessa tameamea Esch. 11:30 A.M. and noon and almost immediately V. tameamea began its rapid flight about the Pipturus. A female was observed ovipositing on the terminal leaves and was netted. Two others were seen along the trail and one of them, another female, was netted. The third, also a female, was netted after it had alighted. The fourth trip, in March, was a general collecting trip and no V. tameamea were seen in the area previously described. Between April 17 and 21 another area was explored by following a path on Mt. Tantalus marked “Trail No. 2,” which begins at about 1,400 feet elevation on the west face of the mountain, circles around north- eastward and connects with Tantalus Drive on the east at the same eleva- tion. Collecting was begun at 6:00 P.M. with many parts of the trail receiving the last hour of sunlight. A male V. tameamea. was taken at approximately 1,500 feet. This capture prompted a search for the larval foodplant and one was found a short distance away, growing along the trailside between 1,500 and 1,600 feet. This shrub was not more than eighteen inches in height and was determined by Gorelick to belong to another genus of Urticaceae, Boehmeria, appearing to be B. nivea (L.) Gaud. The leaf of this species is characterized by a gradual taper- ing into a long-acuminate apex (Degener, 1957). One fifth instar larva 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 3 i EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Comparison of adult females of Vanessa tameamea Eschscholtz: 1. Dorsal view, Mt. Tantalus (1,800’), Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, II-22- 1966 (R. S. Wielgus, collector). 2. Ventral view, Mt. Tantalus, (1,800’), Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, II-22-1966 (R. S. Wielgus, collector). 3. Dorsal view, reared from larva on Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud., from Mt. Tantalus Trail No. 2, Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands (Emerged: \V-7-1966) (R. S. Wielgus, collector). 4, Ventral view, reared from larva on Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud., from Mt. Tantalus Trail No. 2, Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands (Emerged: V-7-1966) (R. S. Wielgus, collector). was found feeding on a leaf and was taken, along with sufficient numbers of Boehmeria leaves for rearing. Description, fifth instar larva: Body color pale, chartreuse green, with creamy white lateral stripe beginning at first abdominal segment, extending to anal opening. Head heart-shaped with numerous white-tipped short spines, with a maroon triangular-shaped patch on the front and a black spot at each eye. Second and third thoracic segments each with four black-tipped spines approximately 2.5 mm long; segments II-VIII each with four 1.2 mm spines, green at the bases, red at midpoints and black at the apices. Anal segment with two black spines with red bases approximately 6.5 mm _ long, projecting backward and giving the appearance of a forked tail. A description of the larval behavior was written by Williams (1928). 114 GORELICK AND WIELGUs: on Vanessa tameamea Vol. 22)mon2 The larva was placed in a plastic container with Boehmeria leaves and on April 19 another mature larva was found, both were retained for rearing. Unfortunately much of the foodplant dehydrated, but the larvae ate the remaining leaves and the first larva pupated on April 24. Its pale gray-brown, angular chrysalis was suspended from a silken button spun on one of the leaves. The second larva pupated on April 26. The first produced a female on May 5, while a second female emerged on May 7. Perhaps the most interesting of the observations made on this nym- phalid was the variation inherent in the female adults. The reared specimens (fig. 3) were slightly smaller than normal and had a pinkish ground color on the upperside rather than the orange-red of field- captured specimens (fig. 1), while the undersides of the secondaries were olive green (fig. 4) rather than the grayish-brown observed in the field (fig. 2) by Wielgus. Zimmerman (1958) mentioned variation in the species but did not offer any hypotheses as to the causes of such color differences. Whether this variation is hereditary or is due to en- vironmental factors has not yet been determined. Vanessa tameamea appears to fly much of the year, especially on Mt. Tantalus where the native Boehmeria and Pipturus occur in vegetative form much of the year. On the mainland, the butterfly might possibly survive on native and Urticaceae introduced from Hawaii, including Pipturus, Boehmeria, Urtica (tends to be misidentified as Hesperocnide according to Degener, 1957), Helxine, Pilea, Urera and Touchardia. Rearing V. tameamea on Urtica, Hesperocnide, and Parietaria from the mainland to observe host preferences would also be of interest. Such transplant experiments involving native Hawaiian flora and fauna are not feasible under current U.S.D.A. regulations unless under strict quar- atine. The results that might be obtained from such a study would produce, however, still more knowledge concerning the biology of this impressive Hawaiian nymphalid. ACKNOWLEDGMENT T. W. Davies of San Leandro kindly assisted by photographing the larva of V. tameamea. LITERATURE CITED DeEcENER, Otto, 1957. Flora Hawaiiensis. Vol. 5 (Family 97: Urticaceae). WituiaMs, F. X., 1928. The Kamehameha Butterfly. Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 7(1):; 166—168.. ZIMMERMAN, ELwoop C., 1958. Insects of Hawaii. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 7: 463-472. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 THE PUPA OF POLYDORUS ARISTOLOCHIAE (PAPILIONIDAE) G. H. Munsui anp S. A. Mozz Agriculture College, Tando Jam, West Pakistan Polydorus aristolochiae (Fabricius) is the commonest large-tailed, black butterfly of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent. At Tando Jam ( 25°26’ N; 68°32’ E) West Pakistan, the pupae were found on Aristolochia bracteata L., and other plants. The work was undertaken during the years 1961-63. Some observations on the prepupal condition, pupation and descrip- tion of pupa have been recorded by previous workers (Ghosh, 1914; Wynter-Blyth, 1957; and Talbot, 1939). This previous work has not been comprehensive, therefore, some additional observations on pupa- tion of P. aristolochiae seem worthwhile. The results of our observa- tions are discussed below. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Prepupal Condition. When about to pupate the larva forms silken padding on the surface where the pupa will be situated. After fixing the prolegs of the anal segment to the pad, it forms a double silken loop around itself in the region of the thorax and then attaches the loops at one point to the substrate. Thus secured, the prepupa “rests” before pupation with the head directed upward and excretes a small quantity of semi-liquid substance. The prepupal period lasts for one or two days in summer and three to four days in winter. Finally the larval skin is cast off and the pupa is produced. These observations are in general agreement with Ghosh (1914). : Pupation. Normally the larvae pupate on the host plant, A. bracteata L. The full fed larvae were also observed moving towards larger bushes and trees where they subsequently pupated. This finding is in agree- ment with Ghosh (1941) and Wynter-Blyth (1957). In addition to this, curiously enough, all the caterpillars were noted crawling in west and south-west directions only. This may be due to the fact that most of the higher winds at Tando Jam, are south-westerly. In one case, when the area in which the host plant grew were plowed, a few caterpillars were found pupating on the clods. This may be due to a chance occurrence. However, in most cases they find suitable twigs and sticks for pupation sites. 116 Munsut AND Moz: Polydorus pupa Vol. 12220 Pupae Polydorus aristolochtae Larvae were found pupating on the following bushes and trees in the field. Akk, Calotropis procera (Asclepiadaceae ); Karandi, Abutilon indicum (Malvaceae); Kir, Capparis aphylla (Capparidaceae); Devi, Prosopis spicigera (Leguminosae); Ber, Zizyobus rotendifolia (Rhamnaceae ); Mango, Mangifera indica (Anacardiaceae); Babul, Acacia arabica (Leguminosae); Wild jute, Corchrus spp., (Tiliaceae); Lasora, Cordia 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1 by myxa (Boraginaceae); Panghara, Eytherina suberosa (Leguminosae); Kachnar, Bauhinia varigata (Leguminosae). As observed by Ghosh (1914), the larvae pupated on the sides of rearing jars and cages in the laboratory. Description of the Pupa. The pupa is obtect. It is arched towards: the ventral side, with the posterior end deflexed dorsally (Figure 1). There are a number of ridges and horns on the body of the pupa. On the dorsal surface, in the head region, there is a prolongation of the outer cover to form a transverse ridge. Anteriorly this prolongation forms a hood which by narrowing on the posterior side forms a triangular piece, the anterior angle of which comes out in the form of thin cephalic horns. A pair of thin horns are again developed in the prothoracic region. The back of the pupa is raised into a ridge-like structure anteriorly which disappears in the region of the metathorax. The wing pads are expanded laterally. A pair of hood-like structures is formed by the wing pads of the forewings; while a pair of smaller semicircular prolonga- tions are formed by the wing pads of the hindwings. The pupa is deflexed posteriorly with a small depression near the posterior end to which is strongly attached a membranous cremaster. On the ventral surface of the pupa, the cephalic horns are continued medially to form a continuous ridge. This is followed after some dis- tance by a slightly wavy ridge which continue laterally to the prothoracic horns and finally meets in the middle to form the anterior border of the area enclosing the antennae and eyes. The prothoracic portion is raised and narrows down dorsally forming a tree-branched ridge which gives the appearance of an inverted ‘U’ with a tail at the base. The abdominal segments are brown in color speckled with dark spots which are sur- rounded by irregular white patches. Four pairs of spatulate structures are seen on third to sixth abdominal segments, with edges towards the anterior and distal ends. A pair of brown depressions is present on the posterior aspect of these spatulate horns, the outer depression being smaller and becoming very small on the horns of the sixth abdominal segment. Another structure which keeps the pupa in position is a strong fibrous band secreted by the larva which passes all round the body, just below the thorax and meeting towards the substrate. A similar strong silken band is attached to the posterior end of the pupa, where it forms a strong fibrous pad. This description of the pupa agrees with that given by Talbot (1939). The earlier writer did not mention the color of the pupa. The author's 118 Munsut AND Morz: Polydorus pupa Vol. 22. nome observations with regards to color changes follow. The pupa is of light brown color with pinkish tinge immediately after pupation. Later, the color changes to light brown with markings of white and dark shades. The anterior portion comprising of the head, thorax, and wings is of a darker shade than the posterior portion. Prior to the emergence of the adult, the pupa become blackish. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS To Jerry A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, I extend my sincere appreciation for critically editing, correcting, and improving the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Guosu, C. C., 1914. Life histories of Indian insects. V. Lepidoptera. Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Entomol. Series 5(1):53—-58. Tasor, F. C., 1939. Fauna of British India. Vol. 1. Butterflies, Papilionidae. p. 61. Wynter-BiytH, M. A., 1957. The butterflies of the Indian Region (Papilionidae). Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. pp. 365-375. A MIGRATION OF VANESSA CARDUI (NYMPHALIDAE) IN OHIO Several observers noted a great increase in the numbers of Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus) present throughout Ohio during the spring and summer of 1966. This abundance of cardui was quite noticeable in the upper Miami Valley. It was particularly noteworthy because it occurred after several years of relative scarcity. A migration of cardui was observed in western Ohio from June 13 to June 19, 1966. The point of observance was at Minster, Auglaize County. The direction of the flight of the painted ladies was from southwest to northeast. The flight of individuals was rapid, aided during most of the migration by a wind from the southwest. The week of June 13 to June 19 was abnormally warm, with the temperature reaching 102° on June 18. Below is a table of the maximum and minimum temperatures during the migration, at Minster. Max. Temp. °F Min. Temp. °F June 13 warm, showers 88 56 June 14 fair and warm 82 60 June 15 showers 74 57 June 16 fair and warm 80 58 June 17 fair and warm 102 50 June 18 fair and warm 94 50 June 19 fair and warm 98 50 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 The cardui flew at a variable height so as to fly only a few feet above fences, or buildings in their path. The flight pattern never varied; the butterflies never veered to avoid an obstacle but simply rose up over it. The flight over open fields was about three feet above the ground level. The rate at which the cardui passed over our line of observation (a width of about 70 feet) was estimated at 12 to 15 individuals per hour during the first days of the migration. Sunday, June 19, 1966 marked a flight peak and also its end. On this windy afternoon the rate of passage increased to 20 to 25 per hour. Few of the cardui were observed on any of the days after 4:00 P.M. A number of specimens of cardui captured and examined were old and worn, showing the wear and tear of an apparent long flight. A few of the cardui netted were in good condition. A curious phenomenon was noted in connection with the flight of the cardui; occasionally they were accompanied by what appeared to be Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius ). Records of Vanessa cardui migrating in the eastern United States are few, and little is known concerning the reasons for migration. Host plants are available in western Ohio. Louis A. Hoyinc, 227 S. Hanover Street, Minster, Ohio ADDENDA TO THE LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF MICHIGAN Owen A. PERKINS 2806 Linwood, Royal Oak, Michigan “A Revised Annotated List of the Butterflies of Michigan” was pub- lished in the Occasional Papers of the Museum of Zoology University of Michigan, Number 617, June 8, 1960 by Sherman Moore. Since Rho- palocera collected by myself since 1941 were not included in the list, the seventy entries which follow add to its completeness. Key: Zones: NLP (Northern Lower Peninsula); SLP (Southern Lower Peninsula); county names are given where species have been taken. Dates: A date given with a dash (—) following represents the 120 Perkins: Butterflies of Michigan Vol. 22> non earliest date captured in zone or with a dash preceding, the latest date of capture in a zone. For clarity, all nomenclature follows dos Passos (1964). Lethe portlandia (Fabr.) SLP: Branch Lethe eurydice (Joh.) SLP: Branch; —Aug. 24 Euptychia cymela (Cram.) SLP: Calhoun Cercyonis pegala nephele (Kby.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Danaus plexippus (L.) SLP: Branch Speyeria idalia (Dru.) SLP: Branch Speyeria atlantis (Edw.) NLP: Ogemaw; —Aug. 18 Speyeria cybele (Fabr.) SLP: Branch Speyeria aphrodite (Fabr.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Boloria toddi (Holl.) NLP: Ogemaw Euphydryas phaeton (Dru.) SLP: —July 25 Melitaea harrisii Scud. SLP: Oakland Melitaea nycteis Dbldy. SLP: —July 25 Phyciodes tharos (Dru.) SLP: Branch Polygonia interrogationis (Fabr.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Nymphalis vau-album j-album (Bdv. and Lec.) NLP: Ogemaw Nymphalis milberti (Godt.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Nymphalis antiopa (Linn.) SLP: Branch, Calhoun Vanessa atalanta (Linn.) SLP: Branch Vanessa cardui (Linn.) SLP: Branch; May 8— Vanessa virginiensis (Dru.) SLP: Branch Junonia coenia (Hbn.) SLP: Branch Limenitis archippus (Cram.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Limenitis astyanax (Fabr.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch Limenitis astyanax form atlantis Nakahara NLP: Ogemaw Asterocampa clyton (Bdy. and Lec.) SLP: Branch Strymon melinus Hbn. SLP: Calhoun Strymon edwardsii (G. and R.) SLP: —Aug. 1 Feniseca tarquinius (Fabr.) NLP: Ogemaw Lycaena thoe Guer. SLP: Branch Everes comyntas (Godt.) NLP: Ogemaw Glaucopsyche lygdamus (Dbldy.) SLP: Calhoun Celastrina argiolus (L.) SLP: Branch; Apr. 11—Aug. 31 Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll. SLP: Branch Papilio glaucus Linn. SLP: Branch Papilio troilus Linn. SLP: Branch, Calhoun Colias eurytheme Bdy. SLP: Branch Colias philodice Godt. SLP: Branch; May 8— Pieris rapae (Linn.) NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Jackson Pieris protodice Bdv. and Lec. NLP: Ogemaw. SLP: Branch . Epargyreus clarus (Cram.) SLP: Calhoun Thorybes bathyllus (Smith) SLP: Calhoun Thorybes pylades (Scud.) SLP: Calhoun Pholisora catullus (Fabr.) SLP: Calhoun Erynnis icelus (Scud. and Burg.) SLP: Calhoun Erynnis brizo (Bdv. and Lec.) SLP: Calhoun, Jackson Erynnis martialis (Scud.) SLP: Calhoun; May 13— Erynnis juvenalis (Fabr.) SLP: Calhoun; —July 5 Thymelicus lineola (Ochs.) SLP: —Aug. 2 Poanes hobomok (Harris.) SLP: Calhoun 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 A COLLECTING TRIP TO NORTHERN QUEENSLAND, AUSTRALIA DoucLtas MaArsDEN Eastern Illinois University, Charleston, Illinois The idea of going to Australia to collect lepidoptera was originated in a London bookstore, some two years ago, when I purchased a book entitled “Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea,” written by the Aus- tralian lepidopterists’ Charles Barrett and A. N. Burns (1951). I flew from Chicago on April 2, 1966, and arrived in Sydney on April 4. I first went to Melbourne and afterwards flew some 1800 miles north to Cairns, Queensland which was to be my headquarters for the next few weeks. | My collecting started the moming after my arrival in Cairns. I first worked the forested areas near Ellis Beach, some twenty-five miles north of Cairns, where I took Eurema hacabe phoebus (Butler) in good quan- tities as well as other small Yellows. Collecting at Trinity Beach pro- duced large quantities of Cressida cressida cressida (Fab.), especially in the early mornings. Later in day, at the same location, fourteen species were taken. Near Kuranda, along the Barron River and in the rain forests I had good fortune in taking the following: Cressida cressida cressida (¥ ab.) Thysonotis hymetus taygetus (Feld. ) Mycalesis terminus terminus ( Fab.) Ornithoptera priamus euphorion (Gray) Precis orithya albicncta (Butler ) Delias mysis mysis ( Fab.) Delias mysis aestiva (Butler) Eurema laeta lineata ( Misk. ) Eurema candida virgo (Wall) Eurema hacabe phoebus (Butler) Neptis consimilis pedia (Fruhst. ) Catopsilia pomona pomona ( Fab.) Pachlioptera polydorus queenslandicus (Roths. ) Cupha prosope prosope ( Fab.) Cepora perimale scyllara (Macl. ) Euploea core corinna (Macl.) Hypolimnas bolina nerina ( Fab.) Taractrocera dolon dolon ( Plotz) In the two week collecting period 250 butterflies and moths were taken. The highlight of the trip was the capture of a male Ornithoptera priamus 1 Determinations were made by the author by referring to Common (1964). 122 MarsDEN: Collecting trip to Australia Vol: 22nom2, euphorion (Gray). This butterfly was flying thirty to sixty feet above the ground and was out of the reach of my net. After waiting a long time the Birdwing came within reach and was netted. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author is grateful to Dr. Murray S. Upton of the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization of Australia and to Mr. Norman B. Tindale of the South Australian Museum for their advice concerning the planning of the trip. I would also like to thank Dr. G. T. Riegel of Eastern Illinois University for his encouragement and help regarding my first collecting venture into the tropics. LITERATURE CITED Common, I. F. B., 1964. Australian butterflies, Jacaranda Press, Brisbane, Australia. BARRETT, C., AND Burns, A. N., 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea, N. H. Seward Pty. Ltd., Melbourne, Australia, 187 pp. FIRST RECORD OF LARVAL FOODPLANT IN TEXAS FOR EVERES COMYNTAS (LYCAENIDAE ) This is the first record of rearing of the “tailed blue” on any foodplant in Texas. Eggs were collected on Lespedeza texana Britton (Leguminosae) at Edge Falls, Kendall County. This plant occurs in calciferous soils of north central and _ hill country areas of Texas. Ova were collected on 11 September 1967 and an adult emerged 7 October 1967 with a total immature period of 25 days. Cannibalism was noted among the larvae. Feeding was limited to immature seed pods and flower buds. There remains some confusion as to the sub-specificity of the reared example, as it does not compare with the paratypes of Everes c. texana R. H. Chermock in the collection of R. O. Kendall. I wish to extend sincere thanks to R. O. Kendall for assistance in preparing this note—JosepH F. Doy ie III, 6127 Thunder, San Antonio, Texas. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 ERICH MARTIN HERING (1893-1967 ) Prof. E. M. Hering died on August 18, 1967. He worked more than 36 years at the Museum of Zoology in Berlin and his reputation as a renowned entomologist stretched far beyond the borders of his country. Prof. Hering was born on November 10, 1893, at Heinersdorf (Ost- Sternberg); he was trained originally as a teacher and worked for a short time at a primary school. After a serious injury during World War I he used the time in the hospital to study and to obtain his bac- calaureate. He had by this time established contact with the Lepidoptera section of the Museum. After his university study which terminated in his gaining the Ph.D., Prof. Hering accepted a job as an assistant at the Museum in 1921. In 1926 he became Curator, and in 1932 he was given the title of Professor. He was director of the section on Lepidoptera until 1957. | His scientific achievements are numerous, and he published more 124 HANNEMANN: Erich M. Hering Vole 225 snow, than 400 scientific papers and 40 popularized articles on topics of various fields. In addition to the Lepidoptera he concentrated on leaf-mining insects of all orders, particularly on Trypetidae (Tephritidae) and Agro- myzidae, as well as on zoological nomenclature. Most of his publications dealt with taxonomy and ecology of insects. He described more than 2,000 taxa. The core of his scientific work was the study of mining insects, a field in which he attained international reputation. His general book, “Biology of the Leaf Miners,” published in 1951, and his treatise on “Determination-tables of the Leaf Mines of Europe,” which was pub- lished in three volumes in 1957, are the crown of his work. The collec- tion of reared mining insects which Prof. Hering donated to the Museum in 1932 is unique. It contains nearly 2,900 species. Included are the types of 425 species, mainly described by himself. Numerous publica- tions owed their origin to travels which he made to most of the European countries and to Abyssinia (Ethiopia) and Canada. As a member of the International Commission for Zoological Nomen- clature, he contributed substantially. In 1938 he acted at the International Congress of Entomology in Berlin as General Secretary. Prof. Hering received many honours in his life. He was an honorary member of the International Congress of Entomology (1960), of the British, Belgian and French Entomological Societies, The Lepidopterists’ Society, The Viennese Entomological Society, The Zoological-Botanical Association at Vienna, and The International Entomology Club in Frank- furt. The German entomologists honoured him with the Fabricius Medal and further he received the Royal Bulgarian Medal of Merit and the Royal Belgian Medal for Natural Sciences. His continuous readiness to help, his deep modesty and frankness and his manyfold interests in all problems of life made him an ideal scientist and brought him the veneration of everybody who knew him. —H. J. HANNEMANN, Institute for Special Zoology and Zoological Museum, Humboldt University, 104 Berlin Invalidstr., Germany NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Ge seabutors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LirerATuRE Crrep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author's name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyr F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and fae cis binding, same prices; hard cover bound, d $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. reco LAWRENCE, KANSAS US. hm 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 22, no. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS A brief review of the principles of light trap design with a description of an efficient trap for collecting noctuid moths by) DP. lardwreks (oO i es Se Life history of Dryas julia delia (Heliconiinae) by MikesAvy Rickard )io000 O00 Us Notes about North American butterflies described by Linnaeus in the Tenth Edition of Systema Naturae, 1758 by B Martin: Brown) uci lo eg Ts A distributional analysis of the butterflies of Contra Costa County, California by: B.A. Opler and RB. Ui. Langston) 20 ae Notes and observations on the biology and host preferences of Vanessa tameamea (Nymphalidae) by. G: A. Gorelick: and. R.')S); Wielgus (2000 2s ee The pupa of Polydorus aristolochiae (Papilionidae) by. G. HS: Munshi and ‘S, A; Motz 0000 i Addenda to the list of the butterflies of Michigan by Owen A. Perkins. 200200 Uh vel FIELD NOTES Collecting Ithomiidae with heliotrope by JohnH. Masters os ua Ne i A migration of Vanessa cardui (Nymphalidae) in Ohio by ows’ A. Poyang 0 ae as Oa Sr A collecting trip to northern Queensland, Australia by ‘Douglas’ Marsdem (020 Cu First record of larval foodplant in Texas for Everes comyntas (Lycaenidae) by Joseph Fo Doyles TED io 00 sh C8 MO ERICH M. HERING (1893-1967) bys Hej. “Hlawmemrainm ot oe BOOK. (REVERVY pits ON hee i os 111-114 115-118 119-120 108-110 118-119 121-122 122 123-124 110 ) he ith gnnde Volume 22 1968 f Number 3 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY _ Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue MATING BEHAVIOR IN BUTTERFIES NEW MOTHS FROM TEXAS LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CENTRAL BRAZIL PLATEAU EFFECT OF X-IRRADIATION ON PAPILIO RICHARD M. FOX (1911-1968) (Complete contents on back cover) 20 August 1968 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe, Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HesseL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MuNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL F. Martin Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo.), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), Ist Vice President J. Kumescu (Linz, Austria), Vice President H. STEMpFFER (Paris, France), Vice President Roy O. Kenpatu (San Antonio, Texas), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): P. R. Enruicn (Stanford, Calif.), 1968 C. D. MacNemt (Oakland, Calif.), 1968 P.D. Syme (Sault St. Marie, Can.), 1968 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 C. L. Hocue (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 F. T. Tuorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 H. K. Crencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $6.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $7.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: Roy O. Kendall, 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas, 78201, U. S. A. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LEeripopreRiIstTs’ SOCIETY Volume 22 1968 Number 3 SOME ASPECTS OF MATING BEHAVIOR IN BUTTERFLIES Ler D. MILLER Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C. 20017 AND Harry K. CLENCH Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213 Mating butterflies tend to remain nearly motionless. As a result we witness the activity infrequently and our knowledge of it remains ex- tremely limited. Two kinds of mating data, however, are reasonably accessible to the general observer and give promise of increasing value as more records accumulate: the time of day when mating occurs; and the sex of the active (flying) partner. The first requires simply a nota- tion of the time of day. The second is not so simple. In many cases mated pairs must be disturbed deliberately to cause them to fly. The determination of the sex of the one that flies, however, is by no means easy in those species where the sexes closely resemble one another. For several years each of us has been noting this information as oppor- tunity presented during the course of collecting. In January, 1966, when we went to Mexico as the Carnegie Museum-Catholic University of America Expedition, gathering additional records was on our agenda. Our accumulated observations are given in the present paper. We have added such published records as we have been able to find, but we have made no intensive literature search. The absolute necessity for accurate reporting (which includes admis- sion of doubt or deletion of a questionable datum) is underscored by the curious paper of Pronin (1964) on this subject. We cite his records, but we consider all of them uncertain and several, which we indicate, are highly questionable. The latter (cf. Aporia crataegi, Pieridae; Danaus plexippus, Danaidae) contradict several to many others, and cast doubt on the rest of his records. This opinion is reinforced by his numerous unwarranted conclusions and unsupported categorical statements. For 126 MILLER AND CLENCH: Mating behavior Vol. 22: -neomes example, he gives (p. 40) a table of the mating times of ten species of butterflies, all periods of an hour or less (and no indication of how many pairs of each species were observed). Immediately following the table he states, “Thus, each species of butterfly . . . has its own definite mating time.” The conclusion is certainly not legitimately derivable from his data and is, furthermore, incorrect (see records below of Pieris rapae, Euptychia cymela, Erynnis juvenalis). In the following list we use these abbreviations: DC, District of Columbia and vicinity; PNR, Powdermill Nature Reserve (9 miles south of Ligonier, Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania); and CM-CUA, Carnegie Museum-Catholic University of America Expedition to Eastern Mexico, 1966. We include in the list only those records in which either the time of day, or the sex of the active partner, or both, is recorded, and add the data of the observation. To save space, and because the precise locality is not of critical importance, we usually give only the state or country in which the observation was made. PAPILIONIDAE There are only Pronin’s (1964) records of Papilio machaon Linnaeus (Europe, 1-2 P.M., 2 flying) and Papilio multicaudatus Kirby (CAtt1- FORNIA, 2—3 P.M.). PIERIDAE Records are particularly numerous in this family. Mating of pierids apparently takes place in the late morning to early afternoon (but note early morning record of protodice). The male is the active partner in nearly all records. Pieris rapae (Linnaeus ) PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 6.V.1964, 11:35 A.M. and another 3:35 P.M. (HKC). Iowa, ¢ flying (LDM). DC, ¢ flying (Clark, 1932) Europe, é¢ flying (Pronin, 1964) Pieris napi (Linnaeus ) Evuropre, ¢ flying (Pronin, 1964) Pieris virginiensis Edwards PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 23.1V.1964, 1:20 P.M., @ flying; and another 1:30 P.M., 6 flying (HKC). Pieris protodice Boisduval & Le Conte New Mexico, 21.VII.1963, 9:30 A.M. (HKC). Aporia crataegi (Linnaeus ) Europe, 2 flying (Pronin, 1964) [record questionable | Appias d. drusilla (Cramer) ; Tamautipas (Mexico), 9.1.1966, 2:25 P.M., éflying (CM-CUA). Catasticta n. nimbice (Boisduval) Hipatco (Mexico), 13.1.1966, 12:30 P.M., ¢ flying (CM-CUA). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127. Colias eurytheme Boisduval Iowa, ¢ flying (LDM). DCA tyne (Clark, 1932). Colias hyale (Linnaeus ) Europe, 6 flying (Pronin, 1964). Colias croceus Fourcroy ENGLAND, August 1964, ca. 2:30 P.M. Disturbed on four occasions, the 4 flying each time (M. Clifton). Eurema daira (Godart ) Veracruz (Mexico), 16.1.1966, 2:40 P.M. (CM-CUA). Eurema lisa Boisduval & Le Conte Veracruz (Mexico), 16.11.1966, 1:45 P.M., ¢ flying (CM-CUA). Tamautipas (Mexico), 26.1.1966, 12:55 P.M., ¢@ flying (CM-CUA). GrorciA, 9.1X.1966: A mated pair was repeatedly disturbed. On the first two occasions the male flew; on the third, the female; on the fourth to sixth, the male. When the female took the lead the cover may have been so dense that the male could not fly (LDM). Fiorina, 22.111.1967, 10:55 A.M., 6 flying (LDM). DANAIDAE With the exception of Pronin’s doubtful record, males are the active partner exclusively in danaids. The observations of Brower et al. (1965) are particularly significant, as they were part of an extended study of D. berenice courtship behavior and many pairs were observed. Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus ) Iowa, VII, VIII, afternoon, several pairs, ¢ flying (LDM). CALIFORNIA, @ flying (Pronin, 1964) [record questionable]. No Locauitry, ¢ always flying (Urquhart, 1960: 52). Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates ) Arizona, VIII.1958, afternoon, at least 2 pairs, ¢ flying (LDM). VerRAcruz (Mexico), 16.1.1966, 3:30 P.M., ¢ flying (CM-CUA). Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer ) Fiona, betw. 22.VII-11.VIII.1960 and betw. 2.VII-11.VIII.1961, betw. 2-5 P.M. (EST), many records, ¢ always flying (Brower et al., 1965). SATYRIDAE Another well represented family. Females, without exception in the records, are the active partners, and matings take place from late morn- ing to mid-afternoon, with a distinct predominance of records in early afternoon. Cercyonis pegala maritima (Edwards) MassAcHusetts, 27.VII.1964, 1:00 P.M. (HKC). Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius), subspecies PENNSYLVANIA, 23.VII.1961, 1:30 P.M., @ flying (LDM). Euptychia cymela (Cramer ) PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 28.V.1964, 12:45 P.M., 92 flying; 5.VI.1964, 2:00 P.M.; Ang eo2Vil L965, 11:30 P.M., 2 flying (HKC). Euptychia hermes (Fabricius) complex VERACRUZ (Mexico), 18.1.1966, 1:30 P.M., @ flying (CM-CUA). Maniola jurtina (Linnaeus ) ENGLAND, 5.VII.1964, 1:30-3:00 P.M., 2 pairs, @ flying (LDM). Europe, 2 flying (Pronin, 1964). 128 MILLER AND CLENCH: Mating behavior Vol. 22) nome Melanargia galathea (Linnaeus), Erebia medusa Schiffermuller, Pararge aegeria (Linnaeus), Aphantopus hyperanthus (Linnaeus): all Europe, all @ flying (Pronin, 1964). Pierella |. luna (Fabricius ) Costa Rica, 18.VIII.1963, 11:00 A.M., @ flying (LDM). Pierella helvina incanescens Godman & Salvin Costa Rica, 18.VIII.1963, 11:00 A.M., @ flying (LDM). NYMPHALIDAE There is much diversity in this family in the sex of the active partner. Females clearly predominate, but note the exceptions: Speyeria nokomis (sometimes) and Anartia fatima (but not Anartia jatrophae). Mating time may vary from group to group. The records suggest (hardly force- fully at this point) that Phyciodes and Anartia may mate in late morning, Speyeria in early afternoon, Nymphalis in mid afternoon and Vanessa in late afternoon. Euptoieta claudia (Cramer) Nuevo LEon (Mexico), 2.VII.1966, 10:30 A.M., ¢ flying (C. J. McCoy, Jr.). Speyeria cybele (Fabricius) Iowa, 27.VIII.1956, @ flying (LDM). Speyeria aphrodite (Fabricius ) PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 8.VII.1965, 12:30 P.M., @ flying (HKC). Speyeria idalia (Drury) DC, 2 flying (Clark 1932). Speyeria nokomis nokomis (Edwards) Co.torapo, 2.1X.1965, 2:30 P.M., 6 flying (F. M. Brown). Mr. Brown has since observed a number of mated pairs of this species. On some occasions the male took the lead, on others, the female. Argynnis paphia (Linnaeus ) Europe, VII, @ flying (Pronin, 1964). Phyciodes tharos (Drury) DC, ¢@ flying (Clark, 1932). PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 25.V.1961, 12:00 noon (HKC). New York, 3.VIII.1966, 1-2 P.M. (Sister M. Celestine). Phyciodes phaon (Edwards) Texas, 8.VII.1963, 10:00 A.M. (HKC). Asterocampa leilia (Edwards ) TaMAuLipas (Mexico), 8.1.1966, 11:00 A.M., @ flying (CM-CUA). Anartia jatrophae luteipicta Fruhstorfer TaMAuLipas (Mexico), 8.1.1966, 11:00 A.M., @ flying (CM-CUA). Anartia fatima (Fabricius ) Costa Rica, 6.VIII.1963, 10:00-12:00 A.M., ¢ flying (LDM). Limenitis bredowti (Geyer ) CauirorniA, VIII, 2-3 P.M., @ flying (Pronin, 1964). Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus ) Russia, V, 4:15 P.M. (Pronin, 1964). Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus ) Russia, VII, 6:00 P.M. (Pronin, 1964). Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus), N. polychloros (Linnaeus), N. io (Linnaeus), N. urticae (Linnaeus), Polygonia c-album (Linnaeus): all Russia, IV, 2-3 P.M. (Pronin, 1964). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 129 LYCAENIDAE All the reliable records indicate that the female is the active partner in this family. There are, however, several possible exceptions: those of Pronin (1964) which are uncertain; and several, not listed, observed by HKC with sex determination doubtful. Mating time is exceedingly varied, from mid-morning to early evening. The possible restriction of mating in some species (crysalus, acadica, augustinus iroides) to the hours of early evening is noteworthy and so far known only in this family. Hypaurotis crysalus (Edwards ) Cotorapo, 11.VIII.1962, 7 P.M. (Chambers, 1963). Satyrium acadica (Edwards ) MicHicAN, 22.VII.1951, 6-7 P.M., several pairs; and 24.VII.1951, 6-8 P.M., several pairs (HKC). CONNECTICUT, evening (teste C. L. Remington, Chambers, 1963). Chrysophanus titus (Fabricius ) PENNSYLVANIA, 22.VII.1961, betw. 12:00-2:00 P.M., @ flying (LDM). Callophrys (Incisalia) henrici (Grote & Robinson) New York, 7.1V.1906, 10:30 A.M. (Cook, 1907). Callophrys (Incisalia) augustinus iroides (Boisduval ) Crainounvs (Contra: Costa ‘Co.), 24.V.1963) 5:30 P.M. (PDT): 26.V.1963, 5220=7:45 P.M., 2 pairs (sunset); 30.V.1963, 5:15 P.M. “Although .. . individuals often perched on the tree during midday hours, none were seen mating earlier than 5:00 P.M. (4:00 P.M. P.S.T.).” (Powell, 1964). Lycaena phlaeas americana Harris PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 16.1X.1965, 1:15 P.M. (HKC). Lycaeides melissa (Edwards ) New Mexico, 23.VII.1963, 2:00 P.M. (HKC). Plebeius argus (Linnaeus) and Polyommatus icarus (Rottemburg ) Europe, VII, ¢ flying (Pronin, 1964). Maculinea arion (Linnaeus ) Europe, VIII, @ flying (Pronin, 1964). Everes c. comyntas (Godart) PENNSYLVANIA, 14.VIII.1952, 6:30 P.M. (HKC). Everes comyntas texanus Chermock Costa Rica, 11.VIII.1963, betw. 11:00 A.M.-1:00 P.M., 2 pairs, 2 flying (LDM). VERACRUZ (Mexico), 16.1.1966, 3:05 P.M., @ flying (CM-CUA). Celastrina pseudargiolus (Boisduval & Le Conte) MicuHican, 29.1V.1951, betw. 11:30 A.M.-1:30 P.M. (HKC). HESPERIIDAE As far as records indicate, only the female is the active partner in hesperiids. There is a marked preponderance of records in mid to late afternoon. Polythrix asine (Hewitson ) Cosra Rica, 3.VIII.1963, betw. 11-12 A.M., @ flying (LDM). Cogia calchas ( Herrich-Schiaffer ) CosmAy Rica, 2VITI.1963, 3:30 P.M., @ flymg (LDM). 130 MILLER AND CLENCH: Mating behavior Vol. 22) nowa Erynnis juvenalis (Fabricius ) PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 25.V.1961, 2:00 P.M. (HKC). PENNSYLVANIA, 10.V.1964, 1:20 P.M., @ flying (LDM, HKC). MaryYLAND, 11.V.1965, 4:00 P.M., @ flying (HKC). Adopaea s. sylvestris (Poda) ENGLAND, 5.VII.1964, betw. 1:30-3:00 P.M., @ flying, 2 pairs (LDM). Polites peckius (Kirby ) PENNSYLVANIA (PNR), 3.VI.1965, 4:20 P.M., @ flying; and 5.VIII.1965, 3:20 P.M., 9 flying (HKC). Euphyes conspicua conspicua (Edwards ) DC, @ flying (Clark, 1932). Hesperia columbia (Scudder ) [CatirorniA], 2:15 P.M. (MacNeill, 1964:30). Hesperia juba (Scudder) WESTERN UNITED States, @ flying, 2 pairs (MacNeill, 1964:30). Hylephila phyleus (Drury ) Fiorina, [X.1962, ca. 4 P.M., 2 flying (J. N. L. Stibick). DisCUSSION Not surprisingly, more questions are raised than answered by the foregoing data. Even so, a few generalizations are possible and a few thoughts are suggested by the data. 1. Mating time of day. We give (fig. 1) frequency polygons of the observed flight times for each of the major families. They include even rough records, and are not corrected for Daylight Saving Time, so they are crude representations. We intend them to show only (a) that much variety exists; (b) that the Hesperiidae appear to mate somewhat later, on the average, than others; and (c) that the evening mating of some Lycaenidae is a significant departure from the norm. The polygon of combined records (bottom figure) shows a marked peak between the hours of 1:00 and 3:00 P.M., the hottest part of the average day. This, together with the great variability in observed times of some species, suggests that clock, or solar, time may be of less significance in a particular mating than the ambient or antecedent weather. Despite the rarity of observations of mated pairs in the field, it is remarkable how many of the above records consist of two or more pairs seen on the same day, even the same hour. This may be additional indication that appropriate weather conditions are important. } Early evening mating in some lycaenids is well established; and late afternoon mating in some Hesperiidae also seems to be indicated. The significance of these facts we cannot even guess; nor can we explain the difference between such close relatives as Callophrys (Incisalia) henrici (morning mating) and C. (I.) augustinus iroides (evening mating ). 2. Mating date: The calendar date on which mating occurs means little by itself; but taken in conjunction with the local flight period of 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 8 noon 8 ie all EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Fig. 1. Frequency polygons of observed mating times in various families. P = Pieridae; S = Satyridae; N = Nymphalidae; L = Lycaenidae; H = Hesperii- dae. “all” = sum of all these, plus the Papilionidae and Danaidae. Note: (1) the somewhat later average mating time in Hesperiidae; (2) the bimodality of the Lycaenidae, with a significant secondary peak in early evening; (3) the peak of all observations falling between 1-3 P.M., the warmest part of the average day. 1382 MILLER AND CLENCH: Mating behavior Vol. 22. moms the species it may be quite significant. In Euptychia cymela, the Powder- mill records are all very early in the flight period: mating apparently occurs shortly after eclosion of the tardier sex. This appears to be true also in Pieris rapae, P. wirginiensis, and Phyciodes tharos. On the other hand, in Satyrium acadica, Chrysophanus titus, and possibly Hypaurotis crysalus and Cercyonis pegala, the records indicate that mating occurs much later in the flight period, perhaps even towards its end. In pegala it may coincide approximately with the first eclosion of the very tardy females, but this is not true in the lycaenids. 3. Sex of the active partner. Some families seem to be quite con- sistent: Pieridae (males), Danaidae (males), Satyridae (females), Hesperiidae (females). The Lycaenidae also may be consistent (fe- males), but data are too few to be sure. In the Nymphalidae, although females predominate, there are several inconsistencies. Brown's obser- vations that in Speyeria nokomis either sex may take the lead may untimately be found true of many other nymphalids. The behavior of Eurema lisa (Pieridae) suggests that even in consistent families the normally passive partner may take the lead in some stress situations. LITERATURE CITED Brower, L. P., J. V. Brower, & F. P. Cranston, 1965. Courtship behavior of the Queen butterfly, Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer). Zoologica, 50: 1-39, Til ities, 7 jols. Cuampers, D. S., 1963. Evening mating in Hypaurotis crysalus (Lycaenidae ) in’ Colorado: J. Lepid:Soc., 16: 200: . Cuark, A. H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. So Natle Muss Bull 5 ix =2e33r spp 64) pls: Coox, J. H., 1907. Studies in the genus Incisalia. Il. Incisalia henrici. Canad. Ent., 39: 181-187, pl. 4. MacNem., C. D., 1964. The skippers of the genus Hesperia in western North America, with special reference to California (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 35: 1-221, 28 figs., 8 pls. PoweEtt, J. A., 1964. Mating behavior of Incisalia iroides (Boisduval) (Lepidop- tera: Lycaenidae). Pan-Pacific Ent., 40: 100. Pronin, G., 1964. The mating time of Lepidoptera. J. Lepid. Soc., 18: 35-41. Urquuart, F. A., 1960. The monarch butterfly. Univ. Toronto Press. xxiv + 361 pp. PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION—1968 MEETING The fifteenth annual meeting of the Pacific Slope Section of the Lepidopterists’ Society will be held September 6-8, 1968, at the University of California, Berkeley. The program will include a field trip and open house at the museum Friday, Sep- tember 6; presentation of papers Saturday and Sunday; and a banquet Saturday evening. Collections of the California Insect Survey and library facilities of the De- partment of Entomology will be available for study. Details of the program will be mailed to all Pacific slope members and to others who request them, in August. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 NEW MOTHS FROM TEXAS (NOCTUIDAE, TORTRICIDAE ) ANDRE BLANCHARD 3023 Underwood, Houston, Texas As a retirement hobby, I decided, six years ago, to catalog the moths of Texas. My wife and I have been collecting moths all over Texas for the last four years. As the work progressed, I came to realize that I may have to settle, more modestly, for a “Contributions Toward A Catalog of the Moths of Texas.” The number of species in my collection which had apparently never been taken in Texas is quite large, and the number of those which seem to be new to science, particularly from the mountain ranges and desert areas of West Texas, is much larger than I ever expected. I have been fortunate in interesting several specialists in describing some of these new species: Dr. C. L. Hogue (1965), Mr. McElvare (1966), Dr. E. L. Todd (1966) have described three. Difficult cases are now and, in the future, will be submitted to experts. I have de- scribed the male of a fourth species (1966), the female of which was described by Dr. F. H. Rindge (1966). While getting more material for my intended catalog, I shall describe as many of the new species as I can name without becoming guilty of adding to the confusion which already exists in some genera. In the present paper, I describe six new noctuids and one tortricid species. All types were collected by A. & M. E. Blanchard. Acronicta valliscola Blanchard, new species (Pl. I, fig. 1; Pl. I, fig. 1) Male: Palpi ascending, first segment white, second segment dark gray to black, except white proximal half beneath and tip, third segment white, sprinkled with black scales. : Head, collar and thorax covered with bluish white to black scales; vertex behind antennae, collar, and outer edge of patagia darkest. Upperside of wings—Primaries: mottled bluish white and smoky gray, maculation deep black. Basal line diffuse, marked by a spot on costa and sometimes another on top of basal dash. T.a. line geminate, diffuse or obsolescent, most easily recognized by costal mark of distal component and intersections of both components with basal dash. Median shade an outwardly oblique, diffuse, blackish spot between costa and reniform. T.p. line geminate, outer component easily traced from costa to inner margin; inner component visible only near costa and at intersection with anal dagger mark; intervening space bluish white; in course starting on costa three-fifths the distance from costa to apex, above reniform, squarely outcurved and paralleling costa for half the distance between its inception and apex, then sharply incurved and following a course parallel to outer margin; outer component with a cusp over all veins below R;; tips of cusps sometimes obliterated by over- 134 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 22. nor3 flowing of bluish white, leaving only separate black lunules. T.p. line bordered distally by smoky progressively changing, midway to termen, to bluish white. No recognizable s.t. line. Fringes checkered, white at vein ends and _ black. Black tips of shorter fringe scales simulate a terminal line. Orbicular large, oval, whitish, circled with black, most heavily on distal half. Reniform large, kidney shaped, smoky gray, circled with black, most heavily on proximal half. The two spots closely adjacent or touching. Basal dash black, heavy, extending well beyond t.a. line. Broad anal dagger mark crossing t.p. line, remaining well separated from basal dash, consisting of two dashes, one along fold, one along Cus with intervening space almost as dark as the dashes. Apical dagger mark lighter than other two, just reaching t.p. line. Secondaries: white, end of veins and terminal line smoky, fringes white at vein ends, slightly dusky between. Undersides of wings: Primaries gray, secondaries white, t.p. line showing on both, better on primaries. Alar expanse: 30 to 34 mm. Female: outwardly similar to male, except that secondaries show a diffuse smoky t.p. line narrowly bordered distally with white. Terminal space smoky. Alar expanse: 30 to 35 mm (two specimens only). Male genitalia: As in Pl. II, fig. 1. Sacculus ending in a forked process, vesica armed with about 12 stout, short cornuti. Female genitalia: Not studied. Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Green Gulch, altitude 5,200 feet, 10 May 1966. Genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 492; deposited in the U. S. National Museum (No. 68159). Twelve paratypes, all taken in Big Bend National Park, either in Pine Canyon (P.C.) or Green Gulch (G.G.): 2 $46 and 1 2, P.C., 2 September 1964, (one of these males deposited in the American Museum of Natural History); 1 ¢, P.C., 1 April 1965;.1 ¢, GiG., 3 Apml 1965; 1 ¢, €'@e 27 june isa: 1 6, GG., 5 October 1965; 1 6, €G, 14 May 1966-3 oer October 1966; 1 6, G.G., 7 October 1966; 1 ¢, G.G., 11 October 1966; IG, IC, & Ayomll EZ, The pattern of maculation of valliscola is similar to that of furcifera Guenée and related species. Most of the species in the furcifera group have the reniform and orbicular spots of the forewings connected at their base by a black bar. In valliscola the spots are either separated or connected at their middle. The combination of characters of size, dark bluish gray forewings, white hind wings, reniform and orbicular not connected or connected at the middle, and genitalic characters will separate this species from all species in the furcifera group. On genitalic characters, valliscola is closer to pruni Harris. The truncate shape of the distal end of the sacculus of the valve is similar in the two species, but pruni has a slender ampulla, just basad of the other valve processes and directly below the heavy patch of setae on the dorsal margin of the walvex( Dri alaadModds:onulits a) 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 Oncocnemis toddi Blanchard, new species ak Jig ses, Be el JONG shes, 2) Male and female externally similar. Head: dark brown; scaled roughly between antennae and back, smooth scaled on front and vertex; eyes large, short gray lashes back of antennae; palpi scaled roughly, white beneath, concolorous with head on top and distal third, third segment very short. Legs: white with some loose hair; tarsi dark brown, each segment narrowly bordered distally with pure white; foretibia slightly shorter than basal segment of foretarsus, with heavy keeled claw continuing into a fluted plate with sharp pointed outer corner. Thorax, collar and patagia white. Abdomen, smooth scaled, shiny white. Upper surface of wings—Primaries: pure white basad of t.a. line; basal line very fine, black, starting on costa one-tenth the distance from base to apex, out- wardly oblique, extending to Cu; t.a. line easily traced from costa to inner margin, simple, black, fine, darker than dark median space, originating on costa one-third distance from base to apex, outwardly oblique to Cu, upright from Cu to inner margin, reaching latter one-half the distance from base to anal angle; t.p. line traceable only from radial vein to inner margin, simple, black, fine, darker than dark median space, outwardly bordered with brownish white, outcurved facing cell, inwardly drawn to fold, then upright to inner margin, reaching latter five- sixths the distance from base to anal angle; s.t. line white, not sharp, irregularly wavy, contrasting with bluish gray, s.t. space and mottled bluish and brownish terminal space, terminal line fine, black, briefly interrupted on veins; fringes concolorous with s.t. space; median space the darkest portion of wing, brown except for pure white region including lower half of abnormally large reniform and wide region between this and costa; costa white from one-half to four-fifths the distance from base to apex; orbicular absent; median shade indicated on costa by small blackish spot, closer to base than middle of white part of costa. Secondaries: white, a broad brownish band from apex to middle of outer margin; fringes pure white. Underside: white, except brownish darkening on forewing corresponding to dark region of upperside. Alar expanse: 21 to 22 mm. Male genitalia: As in Pl. II, fig. 2 (from Dr. E. L. Todd’s Slide No. E. L. T. 2326). Vesica armed with a bunch of numerous short cornuti near distal end and a double row of numerous longer ones at middle of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Not studied. 3 Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Chihuahuan desert near Dugout Wells, altitude 3,000 feet, 28 September 1965; genitalia pPucparcasby Or. HK. 1. Todd, Noe. E. L. T. 2326, deposited in U. S. National Museum (No. 68165). Paratypes: 1 2, same data in U. S. National Museum; 1 6 and 1 2, same data in the author’s collection. The wing pattern and coloration of this Oncocnemis is quite unusual; like many Acontiinae and a few Amphipyrinae it has a presumed pro- tective resemblance with bird droppings. Dr. E. L. Todd showed me specimens of Tristyla alboplagiata (Smith) in the collection of the U. S. National Museum and remarked that although they belong to a dif- ferent subfamily, they have an amazingly similar pattern to the new 136 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 225 notes Oncocnemis. The white patch in the outer half of the forewing, in particular, is quite similar in shape and in position. The male genitalia of toddi are rather small, about the same size as that of O. umbrifascia (Smith), the valvular process is somewhat similar, but the apex point is more basad in toddi. The aedeagus is proportionately smaller in toddi than in most other Oncocnemis species, the number of cornuti fewer, and the basal ones (vesica not distended ) not enlarged as in other species of the genus, (Dr. E. L. Todd, in litt.). I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Dr. E. L. Todd of the Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Hydroecia auripurpura Blanchard, new species (PIE fico Rll tie) Male: Head: Eyes naked, strongly lashed. Antennae strongly bipectinate, pectinations biciliate; upper side closely covered with whitish scales. Tongue fully developed. Palpi porrect, reaching one-half eye diameter beyond descaled front but no farther than its hirsute covering of purplish to yellowish gray scales: first and second segments rough scaled, third segment short, smooth. Collar, thorax and patagia: with fine, deep mixed vestiture of light yellowish gray scales becoming purple near top, tipped with whitish. Abdomen: with basal tuft only. Upperside of wings—Primaries: bright yellow. Basal, t.a. and t.p. lines, orbic- ular, reniform and claviform spots, all marked in olivaceous. Medium shade more contrastingly marked by mixture of olivaceous and purple scales. Beyond t.p. line, ground color changes progressively to purple through olivaceous. Costa purple, interrupted by six white spots, backed in places by olivaceous. Basal line traceable as far as anal vein. T.a. line starting on costa near first white spot, one-third the distance from base to apex, irregular, retracted over cell and anal vein. Median shade starting on costa midway between first two white spots, half the distance from base to apex, roughly consisting of two segments forming a right angle with its apex at lower angle of cell; upper segment directed toward anal angle, lower segment nearly parallel to outer margin. T.p. line starting on costa near third white spot, two-thirds the distance from base to apex, with a small cusp over each vein, distally bordered with lighter yellow, reaching inner margin four-fifths the distance from base to anal angle. S.t. line diffusely indicated by thinning of purplish scales over olivaceous distal fifth of wing. Fringes of widely spatulate purple and black scales. No terminal line. A very small white dot at vein ends. Orbicular round, very large. Claviform large, nearly as wide as long. Reniform large, subrectangular, leaning by its lower side on median shade, well separated from t.p. line. Secondaries: Sprinkled with yellowish gray and purple tipped scaled; purple scales more abundant in outer third of wing, separated from basal two-thirds by vaguely indicated lighter yellow line. Terminal line purplish brown, fringe of narrower scales than that of primaries, concolorous with outer third of wing. Underside of wings—Primaries: yellowish gray, more heavily sprinkled with purple toward costa, apex and upper half of outer margin, terminal line brownish, fringe lighter than above. T.p. line indicated in purplish distally bordered with yellow. Secondaries similar to primaries, somewhat lighter: Alar expanse: 28 to 32 mm. Female: similar to male, except antennae simple. Alar expanse: 31 to 32 mm. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 EXPLANATION OF PLATE [ 1. Acronicta valliscola; 2. Oncocnemis toddi; 3. Hydroecia auripurpura; 4. Neper- igea mephisto; 5. Oxycnemis franclemonti; 6. Grotella margueritaria; 7. Eucosma graziella. Male genitalia: As in Pl. II, fig. 3. Vesica armed with three large cornuti shaped like horseshoe nails. Female genitalia: Not studied. 138 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 22) ness Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Green Gulch, 5,400 feet, 11 October 1966; genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 483, deposited in U.S. Museum (No. 68160). Eighteen paratypes, all taken in Big Bend National Park at the following dates and places: 1 ?, Basin, 3 October 1965: 5 ¢¢, 2 92° Green Culch 2 to 7 October 19655) (icrceeoeeee Green Gulch, 11 October 1966. About half the paratypes are as brilliantly colored as the type. The other half, even though they are perfectly fresh, are paler, more powdery and certainly not quite so pretty. Concerning the relationship between Hydroecia auripurpura and other species, I will quote from a letter that I received from Dr. J. G. Franclemont: “The only species at present placed in Hydroecia with which this one (auripurpura) can be compared is repleta Bird. From this it can be distinguished by its coloration, ground color golden yellow with the outer third suffused with rosy purple, that of repleta nearly an even dark brown; the reniform, claviform, and orbicular without white scales and inconspicuous in auripurpura, with white scales and large in repleta. The male genitalia of auripurpura differ from those of repleta by the very broad uncus, narrow and linear in repleta, the long digitus on each valve, short and obtuse in repleta, and three cornuti in the vesica, repleta with two.” Neperigea mephisto Blanchard, new species GE I saree, Alo Tel, JU sates: 44) Male and female externally similar. Head: dark reddish brown; palpi ascending to middle of front; tongue fully developed; antennae simple, shortly ciliated in male. Collar, concolorous with head. Thorax and patagia covered with gray scales, whitish at top; posterior tufting slightly darker. Abdomen: gray above; each segment broadly bordered distally with creamy white; underside concolorous with these lighter bands. Upperside of wings—Primaries: cream colored, sprinkled with reddish and brown scales; basal line single, brown, diffuse, very close to base. Most prominent feature a dark brownish black median shade which has invaded most of the space between t.a. and t.p. lines; t.a. line with no inner component, outer component invisible, obscured in dark brown of median area; t.p. line with no outer component, inner component invisible, obscured in dark brown of median area; both-lines traceable only by their light component, lighter than background, lacking sprinkling of reddish and brown scales. T.a. line starting on costa at basal one-fourth, excurved over cell, then upright to inner margin, reaching half distance from base to anal angle. T.p. line starting on costa at distal three-fifths, inwardly oblique, acutely angled outwardly before reaching radial vein, curving widely around large reniform, below which slightly recurved to reach inner margin at distal four-fifths. S.t. line vaguely indicated only near apex and anal angle by light spots. Area between t.p. line and outer margin heavily sprinkled with dark brown scales, never as dark as median space, always much darker than basal area. Three light spots on costa mark ends of three branches of radial vein. In light specimens the area above 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Male genitalia: 1. Acronicta valliscola; 2. Oncocnemis toddi; 3. Hydroecia auripurpura; 4. Neperigea mephisto; 5. Oxycnemis franclemonti; 6. Grotella margueritaria. reniform between t.p. line and innermost of these dots forms a rectangular patch concolorous with background. Terminal line dark brown, discontinuous, mostly lost in dark filling of terminal area. Fringes lighter than terminal area. Reniform, a dark crescent concolorous with median space, surrounded by kidney shaped whitish line. Orbicular absent. 140 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 22) nove Secondaries: whitish, becoming progressively fuscous distally, fringes dirty white. Underside of wings—Primaries: cream colored, sprinkled with light brownish scales. Fringes concolorous. Secondaries: dirty white. Alar expanse: 26 to 28 mm. Male genitalia: As in Pl. II, fig. 4. Vesica armed with a cornutus one-third as long as aedeagus. Female genitalia: Not studied. Holotype Male: Texas, State Wildlife Management Area, north of Van Horn, Sierra Diablo, Culberson County, altitude about 5,500 feet, 22-23 June 1965; genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 514; deposited in U. S. National Museum (No. 68161). Paratypes: 3 ¢ 46 and 5 2%, same data. Neperigea mephisto is very close to N. continens (Hy. Edw.). The dark head and collar of mephisto contrast with the lighter thorax. In continens, the head, collar and thorax are substantially concolorous. The median space of the primaries is much darker in mephisto, con- trasting markedly with the light subterminal space. The t.p. line of continens is darker than its median space and denticulate; the t.p. line of mephisto is lost in the dark median space and smooth. The males of N. mephisto have white secondaries; the secondaries of continens are light fuscous. The male genitalia of continens are more heavily sclerotized. Both species show a cucullus at approximately right angle to the valvula, but the overhang of the cucullus is about equal to the width of the valvula in mephisto instead of at least twice the width of the valvula in continens. The spines of the coronna are much weaker and not so numerous in mephisto. The juxta of continens has two elongated lobes, one on each side of the aedeagus; these lobes are shorter and triangular in mephisto. Both species have a pair of hair pencils in two lateral grooves, one on each side, at the base of the abdomen. Oxyenemis franclemonti Blanchard, new species Cal, I ite, Se IP IW, wie, &) Male: Eyes naked, unlashed, palpi ascending, reaching middle of front; first two segments appearing bladelike because of long, laterally appressed, black, white tipped scales; third segment short. Tongue fully developed. Antennae simple. Front smooth, white. Vertex with loose, black, white tipped scales. Collar tawny, narrowly bordered with black at base and top. Thorax tawny; posterior tuft black. Patagia tawny, bordered with black. Foretibiae shorter than metatarsi, armed with strong inner claw and weaker outer claw. Both claws, on preparation of denuded foreleg appear to be part of the tibia. Abdomen smooth scaled, whitish above, slightly darker beneath. Upper surface of :wings—Primaries: dark gray, consisting of blackish scales narrowly tipped with white. Basal line well defined, black, starting close to base of wing, briskly outcurved to a sharp cusp on cell, another smaller cusp on fold, 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 14] then drawn in to base of wing at inception of A. T.a. line geminate, inner component difficult to trace on most specimens; outer component starting on costa at basal one-third, reaching inner margin at basal one-third, wavy and indefinite in be- tween; what appears to be darkest and most excurved loop, in fold, probably represents the claviform. T.p. line reduced to its inner component, black, distally bordered with gray, starting on costa a little beyond middle by well marked black spot, sharply outcurved and paralleling costa not quite to apex, then incurved and serrated with sharp cusps on Rs, Mi, Me, Ms, touching or almost touching reniform by deep incurve between M: and Mb, touching it again at lower angle of cell, finally parallel to outer margin in general course with a cusp on Cus and one on A. Terminal line black. Fringe gray. S.t. space and terminal space concolorous, all veins accentuated in black; short, black, intervenular dashes butting on s.t. line which is vaguely indicated by a few white scales. Orbicular large, round with gray center, circled with whitish, circled again with black. Reniform large, oval, slightly constricted on outer side, consisting of small tawny spot backed on inner side by gray crescent, both tawny spot and crescent circled with whitish and black. Four white spots on costa, near ends of Sc, Ri, Re and Rs. Cells Re and Rs; and part of cell Ry filled with white and grayish scales forming with more white scales on outer edge of reniform an easily recognizable gray fascia. T.a. space and t.p. space concolorous, somewhat darker than outer third. Secondaries: pure white except blackish along outer margin and at vein ends. Terminal line black in its upper three-fourths; fringe white. Undersurface of wings—Primaries: shiny gray, costa blackish, t.p. line indicated by dark dashes on veins. Long, fine, loose hair under cell, terminal line black; fringe white. Secondaries: white except near apex, terminal line black, fringe white. Genitalia: As in PI. II, fig. 5. Female: Similar except much more extended white patch at outer edge of reniform, sometimes invading reniform forming a prominent whitish fascia. One female shows a similarly colored fascia along fold. Genitalia not studied. Alar expanse: 30 to 34 mm. Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Green Gulch, altitude 3,400 feet, 3 April 1965, genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 163; deposited in the U. S. National Museum (No. 68162). Paratypes (22): 1 4, Sierra Diablo Wildlife Management Area, north of Van Horn, Culberson County, Texas, 22-23 June 1965, and 16 ¢6, 5 292, all taken in Big Bend National Park: 1 ¢, Dugout Wells, 28 September 1965; 3 ¢ 4, 1 2, Government Spring, 29 September 1965; 2 ¢4, Grapevine Hill, mO@cooen loo, 1, Oak Spring, 6 October 1965; 2 3/6, 3 22, Dugout Wells, 3 October 1966; 5 64, 1 2, Chihuahuan Desert near Nugent Mountain, 8-9 October 1966; 2 ¢4, Chihuahuan Desert near Nugent Mountain, 6 April 1967. Oxycnemis franclemonti is closely related to O. subsimplex (Dyar), but the new species is larger, its hindwings are whiter with generally more prominent markings. The t.p. line of the forewing of franclemonti is definitely indented toward base beyond the reniform spot. There is no such indentation in swbsimplex. The genitalia are similar except that the valvae of suwbsimplex are longer; the process on the inner face located farther out on the valve (apical third to apical fourth), the 142 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 22) noms spined tip of the process directed more or less toward the apex of the valve, not directed basad; the vinculum broader and stouter than in franclemonti, but about the same length; the cornuti of the aedeagus smaller in size and more numerous, (Dr. E. L. Todd, in litt.). Grotella margueritaria Blanchard, new species Geka, Ge Jel JL, wie, 6) Male: Head: palpi short, first segment drooping, roughly scaled, white; second segment longest, upturned, roughly scaled, white beneath, blackish above; third segment short, closely scaled, porrect, white beneath, gray above. Tongue fully developed. Front with typical Grotella hollowed out process; external ring con- stituted below by infraclypeal plate, semielliptical, as wide as front, and above by corneous, semicircular wall not quite reaching vertex. This outer ring interrupted in three places: ends of infraclypeal plate and notch at vertex. Central process obliquely truncate, slightly hollowed out. Space between external wall and central process thickly covered with rough, yellowish white scales; vertex white. Thorax, collar and patagia white. Legs creamy white, except tarsi ochreous gray, each segment broadly ringed distally with creamy white. Foretibia with a heavy inner claw and about five medium spines above; on outer side a shorter claw and about two medium spines above; midtibia spined; hindtibia unspined. Abdomen untufted, ochreous white above, lighter below. Upperside of wings—Primaries: creamy white with dark brown to black spots. Basal line represented by two spots, one near costa, one in cell. T.a. line consisting of five spots approximately in a straight line except fourth spot in cell Cus, drawn in and accompanied by a supplementary spot basad of it. T.p. line sigmoid con- sisting of 11 interveinal spots, starting on costa at about distal three-fourths; spot 4 in cell R; outermost, at about distal four-fifths; spots 4, 5, 6 and 7 in a straight line subparallel to outer margin; spots 8, 9, 10 and 11, almost in a straight line, upright to inner margin at distal two-thirds; spot 5 in cell M:, heaviest; spots 7 and 11 in cell Ms and anal cell weakest and almost obsolete. S.t. line almost exactly parallel to t.p. line, consisting of almost as many spots; no spot in anal cell, spots between radial veins weak, confluent, tending to diverge toward apex. One weak spot represents the reniform. Terminal line absent; fringes checkered, black between veins, concolorous with background near vein ends. Secondaries: ochreous white, concolorous with abdomen, becoming fuscous in a wide band along outer margin, fringes and inner margin concolorous with back- ground of primaries. Undersurface of wings—Primaries: ochreous, a large blackish spot corresponds to almost every pair of spots of the t.p. and s.t. lines. Fringes as above. Secondaries: ochreous white with a row of submarginal spots extending three- fourths of the way from apex to anal angle. Alar expanse: 26 to 27 mm. Female: Maculation similar, slightly darker. Ten females caught in October have an alar expanse of 27 to 29 mm, one female caught in August measures only 25 mm. Male genitalia: As in Pl. II, fig. 6. Vesica armed with a bunch of numerous, small cornuti. Female genitalia: Not studied. Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Chihuahuan. Desert near Nugent Mountain, altitude 3,000 feet, 8 October 1966. Genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 479; deposited in the U. S. National Museum (No. 68163). Paratypes (13): 2 64, 11 22, all taken in Big Bend National 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 Park, some labeled Dugout Wells, some labeled “near Nugent Moun- tain,” but both places are in the Chihuahuan desert and less than two miles apart. The dates are: 1 2, 7 August 1964; 1 4 and 5 22, 8 October 1966; 1 ¢ and 5 2 2, 9 October 1966. Grotella margueritaria differs markedly in appearance from all de- scribed Grotella species. G. soror (B. & McD.) and G. tricolor (Barnes) resemble it most in pattern of maculation and ground color of wings, but it is larger than both. G. margueritaria completely lacks the orange third color of tricolor between the t.p. and s.t. lines. The s.t. line of G. tricolor is made up of spots extremely unequal in size and intensity, that of margueritaria is much more equal and smoother in course. The s.t. line of G. soror completely lacks spots in Cells Ms, Ms and in the fold; G. margueritaria lacks the spots which G. soror shows in the terminal space near the ends of Cu; and Cuz. Of 14 specimens before me, only one shows a faint apical spot in the s.t. space near the apex where G. soror has a heavy spot. Eucosma graziella Blanchard, new species CPi eho 7 Rie il. fess 14) Male and female: outwardly similar except that the male has a costal fold and longer cilia on antennae. Head: Tongue minute, hidden between palpi; denuded palpus showing long, flattened second segment, short cylindrical third segment; first and second segments clothed with long white scales, some with dark spot near tip, forming decumbent tuft far exceeding end of third segment. Uppersurface of wings—Primaries: white mottled with gray and light tawny. Pattern of maculation as in pl. I, fig. 7. Most prominent feature, a large, dark brown to almost black spot straddling fold, constricted basally over fold. Remainder of maculation mostly between end of cell and termen, in part concolorous with spot in fold. Costa heavily sprinkled with black. Terminal line white; fringes white, obscurely checkered with gray. Secondaries: light tawny, darker toward apex; terminal line tawny, fringe white. Underside of wings—Primaries: smoky to blackish fringe white. Secondaries: almost white. Alar expanse: 28 to 31 mm. Male genitalia: As in pl. III, fig. 4. Female genitalia: Not studied. Holotype male: Texas, Big Bend National Park, Green Gulch, 11 October 1966; genitalia on Slide A.B. No. 481; deposited in U. S. National Museum (No. 68164). Paratypes (21): 1 ¢, Big Bend Na- tional Park, Grapevine Hill, 2 October 1965; 1 6, Big Bend National Park, Oak Spring, 4 October 1965; 1 ¢, Big Bend National Park, Green Gulch, 5 October 1965; 1 ¢, Fort Davis, 9 October 1965; 1 ¢, Big Bend National Park, Dugout Wells, 3 October 1966; 1 ¢, Big Bend National Park, Government Spring, 6 October 1966; 11 66 and 1 2, Big Bend National Park, Chihuahuan Desert near Nugent Mountain, altitude 144 BLANCHARD: New Texan moths Vol. 22, nows EXPLANATION OF PLATE III Eucosma graziella: 1. profile of head; 2. denuded palpus; 3. wing venation; 4. male genitalia. 3,000 feet, 8-9 October 1966; 2 64 and 1 2, Big Bend National Park; Green Gulch, 11 October 1966. Eucosma graziella has been compared to its nearest relatives in the genus by Dr. Don R. Davis, Curator of Lepidoptera, in the U. S. National Museum. “Separating E. graziella from all other olethreutids is a very simple task since the species resembles no other in maculation. I know of no other species that possesses a pale gray forewing with similar markings. The broad, crescent-shaped black spot at the base of the cell is unique for this species. The male genitalia of this group is often not very diagnostic; however, your species seems to be readily separated 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 from the other species of North American Eucosma. On the basis of the male genitalia, it resembles Eucosma denverana, E. agassizii and E. gilletteana. Your species can be separated from these three by the fact that the cucullus is broader and more triangular ... . the cucullus of E. graziella resembles that of E. fofana.” ACKNOWLEDGMENTS As I dispose only of a limited collection of Texas material, it is much easier for me to describe the particular features of a new species than to find out and state the relationship of the described species to existing taxa. This paper would not have been possible without the invaluable help which I received, for this most difficult part of the job, from Dr. Don R. Davis, Curator, Division of Lepidoptera, U. S. National Museum, from Dr. E. L. Todd, Entomology Research Division, ARS, Department of Agriculture, and from Dr. J. G. Franclemont, Professor of Entomology, Cornell University. My thanks are also due for the loan or gift of specimens of Grotella soror, for comparison purposes, to Dr. Franclemont, Mr. McElvare and the Los Angeles County Museum, also to Mr. S. A. Hessel for examining and comparing a paratype of H. auripurpura. I wish to express my sincere gratitude to the personnel of Big Bend National Park, where most of the insects were taken and to the personnel of the Texas Park & Wildlife Department, particularly of the Sierra Diablo Wildlife Management Area, in which one of the types and several paratypes were taken. My light traps are similar to the ones designed by Mr. J. P. Hollings- worth, Agricultural Engineer, doing research for the Department of Agriculture, at College Station, Texas. The two-transistor converters used in feeding the 15-watt fluorescent black light from 12-volt car batteries were designed by Mr. C. O. Schafer who was my colleague at Schlumberger Ltd. before I retired. I want both of them to find here the expression of my sincere thanks. LITERATURE CITED Hocur, C. L. 1965. A New Species of Basilodes from Southwestern United States, J. Res. Lepid., 4(4): 275-280. McEtvareE, R. R. 1966. New Heliothid Moth from the Southwestern United States, J. Lepid. Soc., 20(2): 91-94. Topp, E. L. 1966. A New Species of Opsigalea Hampson from Texas. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 68(2): 149-151. Rinpce, F. H. 1966. The Female of Glaucina mayelisaria A. Blanchard, J. Lepid. Soc., 20(4): 250. | BLANCHARD, A. 1966. A New Species of Glaucina (Geometridae) from Texas. J. Lepid. Soc., 20(4): 247-250. 146 Dimock: Experimental aberration Vol. 225 nome AN EXTREME EXPERIMENTAL ABERRATION OF VANESSA CARDUI (NYMPHALIDAE ) During the past four years I have been subjecting pupae of Vanessa cardui (L.) to a lowered temperature of 36°F., the temperature of my refrigerator, to produce aberrations. By process of elimination I have found the “prime time” for chilling the pupae to be between 45 and 90 minutes after the larvae pupate, then leaving them chilled for about 14 days. The mortality rate averages 20% (excluding parasites) for 14 days and climbs with lengthened duration. Longer chilling durations, in turn, produce more extreme aberrants. Figure 1.—Wing pattern of an experimental aberration of Vanessa cardui (L.) produced by chilling the pupa. The figure is copied from a colored pencil illustration made from the wings of a specimen which failed to emerge after having been subjected to chilling for 14 days. It is V. cardui, form “elymi” Ramb., but very extreme. The collector should always be at hand when the butterflies are ready to emerge (the majority emerge eight days after removal from the refrigerator) as they frequently need help emerging. However, knowing when to help is a real test. Specimens usually die prior to distending the wings if left alone (as the specimen figured did). The advantage of this experiment is its simplicity. Only mature larvae ready for pupation are needed, -eliminating foodplant complications. THomMas Droock, 426 Arnett Ave., Ventura, California 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CENTRAL BRAZIL PLATEAU. Ill. PARTIAL LIST FOR THE BELO HORIZONTE AREA, SHOWING THE CHARACTER OF THE SOUTHEASTERN “BLEND ZONE” KeitH S. Brown, Jr. Centro de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, Faculdade de Farmacia e Bioquimica, Rio de Janeiro ZC-82, Brazil OxuaF H. H. MIELKE Departamento de Zoologia, Universidade Federal do Parana, CP. 756, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil In our first paper on the Rhopalocera of the cerrado area of the Brazil- ian plateau (Brown & Mielke, 1967), we mentioned the existence of a narrow zone at the southeastern edge of this region which, while possess- ing a fauna closely allied with that of the true planalto, showed also a strong infusion of elements typical of the southeast coastal mountain area of Brazil (Serra do Mar) which were absent in the cerrado. This intermediate area is distinguished from that part of the planalto treated in Part I by the presence of a richer soil and more regular rainfall, with corresponding substitution of the dry, scrubby cerrado with a lush open grassland (campo, or, if mixed with scrub, campo cerrado). The forest is about as restricted in the two regions, occurring mainly along watercourses and around springs (mata ciliar). The frequent admixture of cerrado flora with the campo of the blend zone results in the presence of many species of butterflies allied with the region more to the north; but the predominance of the richer-soil campo in con- junction with the heavy moist riverside forests permits the existence of a variety of forms typical of the Serra do Mar, which do not pass farther to the northwest and are thus absent from the list in Part I. We have undertaken to make a representative list of Rhopalocera from some relatively well-collected areas within this blend zone, in order that its mixed nature and influence of the Serra do Mar might be appreciated. The zone covers a rather narrow strip running from the northern part of the state of Minas Gerais (where it meets the north- eastern arid thorn forest) southward through this State and across the middle of Sao Paulo (see Figure 1). As herein delineated, the blend zone reaches a fairly sharp northwestern limit at the start of the true cerrado unmixed with campo (see Part I). Its southeastern limit comes at the edge of the more mountainous and well-watered area of the Serra do Mar, where dense forest thrives even on hilltops away from Brazilian blend zone Vol. 22ers BROWN AND MIELKE: 148 Ny duct 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 permanent watercourses; this is perhaps an average of 150 kilometers southeast of the northwestern border with the cerrado. The elevation of the blend zone is about 600 to 1400 meters, corre- sponding to the median elevation of the central plateau in general. However, the proximity of the zone to the higher mountains on the southeast coast blurs the sharply distinct wet and dry seasons typical of the cerrado, and rain may be expected in any month of the year (though naturally more rain falls during the hotter summer months which give almost all of the rain to the cerrado to the northwest). The winters, while generally cooler than those in the cerrado, do not include the frosts which occur in the more mountainous areas of the Serra do Mar. These climatic factors permit the existence of elements of fauna typical of the cerrado together with others typical of the Serra do Mar. How- ever, many species of the Serra do Mar do not enter the blend zone, being restricted by the border of the general heavy damp forest with the area of campo and mata ciliar. The only large city in the blend zone is Belo Horizonte, capital of Minas Gerais, situated at 850 meters elevation in a large bowl surrounded by iron-rich hills, and having a population of nearly one million and a large federal university. The Belo Horizonte area (including the sub- urbs of Serra and Barreiro which have city water forest reserves, the more distant communities of Brumadinho, Lagoa Santa and Sete Lagoas, and the rolling hilly area known as Serra do Cipé, “Liana Mountains” ) is quite well-collected, and we (especially KB) have collected con- siderable material there during the past year. We have gathered our own records, the material in the collection of the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro, and the collections known to us in Belo Horizonte (mostly made by students in zoology courses of the University and University High School, with considerable material also collected by Mr. Ney Carnevalli and Mr. Joao Evangelista da Silva of the teaching staff of these courses), and herewith present a representative list for the Belo Horizonte area, as being typical of the blend zone. We have also con- siderable material from other areas in the zone; it agrees well with that from Belo Horizonte, with some additional species being present from both north and south but not changing the overall pattern as set forth below. It must be emphasized that the following list is representative and could not claim to be complete; within each family grouping, the esti- < Map: Tentative formulation of the boundaries of the “Blend Zone” in relation to nearby faunal regions. The Serra do Mar includes occasional intrusions of cerrado flora and fauna, as the Cerrado includes occasional islands of “campo” and of heavy Serra do Mar-type forest. 150 BRowN AND MIeELKE: Brazilian blend zone Vol. 22) mons mated number for a complete list for the blend zone is given, with the percentage of this number that we have recorded. This percentage is high (60-100% ) for Papilionidae, Pieridae, and various subfamilies (ex- cept Satyrinae) of Nymphalidae, but low for Satyrinae, Riodininae, Theclinae, Plebejinae and Hesperiidae (20-50%; the latter were in general not collected by the students). We do not plan to publish sup- plements in order to render this list more complete, as it is presented merely as support for the faunal character of the blend zone and not as a local fauna. However, further observations of ecological interest and perhaps comments on other sections of the blend zone may form part of future communications within this series.* The nomenclature and order of the list follow that of Part I in this series; determinations were made by the authors and by Dr. Romualdo Ferreira d’ Almeida, whom we wish to thank for his extensive assistance. The approximate abundance of species in the Belo Horizonte area is given following a standardized scale: a (abundant), present in many areas, several dozen often caught in a day’s collecting; c (common), present in many areas, almost surely caught in an average day's col- lecting in the area; u (uncommon), not surely a part of an average day's catch, but regular and to be expected in at least some localities; and r (rare), only one or two specimens known to, caught or seen by the authors. Seasonal data on the species are included if significant variation has been noted between the seasons, but many species show little dif- ference in occurrence at different times of the year. An asterisk (*) in the list marks species seen in the Museu Nacional or student collec- tions with which the authors have no personal experience in the area covered. A double asterisk (**) indicates a few species in the student collections which, while probably from the Belo Horizonte area, may conceiveably come from areas in which the students reside outside of the blend zone. Essentially all species not asterisked are in the collec- tion of KB. NYMPHALIDAE MORPHINAE: Total 2 out of probable 3, 67% (third is menelaus). Morpho achillaena paulista Fruhst., 1912: c ; Morpho anaxibia anaxibia (Esper, 1798): u, Feb—March 1 We also have seen and collected a fair number of identifiable Sphingidae, Dys- schematidae, Saturnoidea and other Heterocera from the Belo Horizonte area; these likewise show a mixture of forms typical of the cerrado and others of the Serra do Mar, including (as with Rhopalocera) a number of species evidently not present in Para- opeba at the southeastern limit of the cerrado (see Part 1). We do not judge these records to be of sufficient completeness or interest to be included in this paper, especially as we have only begun work on the Heterocera of the cerrado; however, we will be glad to provide information on them to interested persons. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oll SATYRINAE: Total 12 out of estimated 50, 24%. **Pierella nereis (Drury, 1782): r Taygetis virgilia (Cr., 1779): u Taygetis celia (Cr., 1782): u Pareuptychia ocirrhoe ocirrhoe (F., 1777): u Hermeuptychia hermes hermes (F., 1775): c Pharneuptychia pharella (Butl., 1866): u Yphthimoides angularis (Butl., 1867): u Yphthimoides celmis (Godt., 1823): u Paryphthimoides (?) vestigiata (Butl., 1867): u Haywardina stelligera (Butl., 1874): r Argyreuptychia (?) terrestris (Butl., 1866): r Godartiana muscosa (Butl., 1870): c BRASSOLINAE: Total 9 out of estimated 15, 60%. Brassolis sophorae laurentii Stich., 1925: c *Narope cyllarus Westw., 1851: r Opsiphanes batea (Hbn., 1821): u, summer Opsiphanes cassiae lucullus Fruhst., 1907: u Opsiphanes invirae remoliatus Fruhst., 1907: u Opsiphanes quiteria meridionalis Stgr., 1887: 1 Eryphanis reevesii (Dbldy., 1849): r Caligo illioneus illioneus (Cr., 1776): c Caligo arisbe (Hbn., 1825): u, summer DANAINAE: Total 3 out of probable 4, 75% (the fourth, Ituna ilione, is known from Carmo do Rio Claro, Minas Gerais, in the western tip of the blend zone) Danaus (Danaus) erippus (Cr., 1775): ¢ Danaus (Anosia) gilippus gilippus (Cr., 1775): c Lycorea ceres ceres (Cr., 1776): c ITHOMIINAE: Total 19 out of estimated 25, 76%. Hypoleria plisthenes d’ Almeida, 1958: u Hypoleria salonina (Hew., 1855): u Pseudoscada erruca (Hew., 1855): u Pteronymia carlia (Schaus, 1902): u Episcada carcinia (Schaus, 1902): u Episcada sylvo (Geyer, 1832): u Dircenna dero (Hbn., 1823): c Dircenna rhoeo Feld., 1860: r Aeria olena (Weym., 1875): a Oleria aquata (Weym., 1895): u Placidula euryanassa (Feld., 1860): u, somewhat seasonal Ithomia agnosia agnosia Hew., 1854: c Ithomia drymo drymo Hbn., 1816: u *Hypothyris laphria (Dbldy., 1847): r Hypothyris daeta (Bdv., 1836): u *Sais rosalia rosalinde Weym., 1890: r, local Mechanitis lysimnia (F., 1793): c Mechanitis polymnia casabranca Haensch, 1905: c Tithorea harmonia pseudethra Butl., 1873: r ACRAEINAE: Total 6 out of probable 8, 75%; all highly seasonal. *Actinote conspicua Jord., 1913: r Actinote surima Schaus, 1902: c Actinote pyrrha (F., 1775): c Actinote pellenea Hbn., 1821: u ILS 2 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian blend zone Vol, 220m Actinote rhodope d’Alm., 1922: u Actinote genitrix dAlm., 1922: u, represents form moesa d’Alm., 1925 HELICONIINAE: Total 12 out of probable 15, 80%. Heliconius (Heliconius) sarae apseudes (Hbn., 1818): u Heliconius (Heliconius) erato phyllis (¥., 1775): a Heliconius (Heliconius) besckei Mén., 1857: c Heliconius (Heliconius) ethillus narceus Godt., 1819: c Heliconius (Eueides) isabellae dianasus (Hbn., 1806): u Heliconius (Eueides) pavanus Mén., 1857: r Heliconius (Eueides) alipherus (Godt., 1819): c Colaenis iulia iulia (¥., 1775): c Dione juno juno (Cr., 1779): u ** Dione moneta Hbn., 1825: r Agraulis vanillae maculosa (Stich., 1907): c Dryadula phaetusa (L., 1758): c, local NYMPHALINAE, CHARAXINAE: ‘Total 56 out of estimated 80, 70%. Euptoieta hegesia hegesia (Cr., 1780): r Phyciodes thymetus thymetus (F., 1787): c Phyciodes sejona Schaus, 1902: c Phyciodes lansdorfi (Godt., 1821): u Phyciodes ithra (Kirby, 1871): c Chlosyne lacinia saundersi Dbldy., 1847: u Vanessa virginiensis brasiliensis (Moore, 1883): r Vanessa myrinna (Dbldy., 1849): u Junonia evarete evarete (Cr., 1779): c Anartia jatrophae jatrophae (Joh., 1763): c * Anartia amathea roeselia (Eschsch., 1821): c, local Metamorpha stelenes stelenes (L., 1758): c Metamorpha trayja (Hbn., 1823): u Hypanartia lethe (F., 1793): u Limenitis (Adelpha) syma (Godt., 1823): c Limenitis (Adelpha) mincia Hall, 1938: u Limenitis (Adelpha) poltius Hall, 1938: u Limenitis (Adelpha) plesaure heredia Fruhst., 1915: c Limenitis (Adelpha) cytherea herennia Fruhst., 1915: c Limenitis (Adelpha) thoasa gerona (Hew., 1868): c Marpesia chiron (F. 1775): u Dynamine tithia (Hbn., 1823): u Dynamine mylitta mylitta (Cr., 1782): c Dynamine artemisia (F., 1793): u Dynamine agacles (Dalm., 1823): u Dynamine athemon maeon (Dbldy., 1849): r *Catonephele sabrina (Hew., 1852): r Callicore pygas thamyras (Mén., 1857): u, winter only; may-be replaced by splendens in summer as on the planalto Callicore selima selima (Guenée, 1872): u Callicore sorana (Godt., 1823): c Diaethria candrena (Godt., 1821): u Diaethria eluina (Hew., 1852): r Diaethria clymena janeira Feld., 1862: c Epiphile hubneri Hew., 1861: u (seasonally common) Epiphile orea Hbn., 1823: u Temenis laothoe bahiana Fruhst., 1907: u Cybdelis phaesyla Hbn., 1825: erratic, seasonal 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 Evonyme margarita (Godt., 1823): c seasonally **Fvonyme bechina (Hew., 1852): r Mestra hypermestra apicalis (Stgr., 1888): local Hamadryas ferentina ferentina (Godt., 1821): u Hamadryas feronia obumbrata (Fruhst., 1916): c Hamadryas epinome (Feld., 1867) and/or iphthime gervasia (Fruhst., 1916): u Hamadryas amphinome aegina (Fruhst., 1916): u Hamadryas laodamia (Cr., 1776): u Biblis hyperia hyperia (Cr., 1779): c Doxocopa laurentia (Godt., 1823): local Doxocopa kallina (Stgr., 1888): r Colobura dirce (L., 1758): u Prepona demophon extincta Stgr., 1886: c Anaea (Zaretis) itys strigosus (Gmelin, 1788-93): u Anaea (Hypna) clytemnestra hubneri (Butl., 1866): u Anaea (Memphis) appias (Hbn., 1825): u Anaea (Memphis) ryphea phidile (Geyer, 1834): c Anaea (Memphis) otrere (Hbn., 1825): u Anaea (Memphis) arachne victoria (Druce, 1877): u LIBYTHEIDAE: 1 out of 1, 100% Libytheana carinenta (Cr., 1779): r LYCAENIDAE RIODININAE: Total 20 out of estimated 80, 25%; all very local. Hamearis campestris (Bates, 1868): c Euselasia hygenius occulta Stich., 1919: u Leucochimona philemon mathata (Hew., 1873): u Eurybia dardus misellivestis Stich., 1910: u Eurybia elvina tephrias Stich., 1915: r Lyropteryx terpsichore terpsichore Westw., 1851: r Calephelis nilus (Feld., 1861): u Chalodeta epijessa calicene (Hew., 1866): r Riodina lycisca (Hew., 1847): c Lymnas xenia erythra (Mén., 1855): c Emesis lucinda fastidiosa (Mén., 1855): u Emesis diogenia Prittw., 1865: u Emesis ocypore zelotes Hew., 1872 (?): u Apodemia paucipuncta Spitz, 1930: u Anatole zygia epone (Godt., 1824): u Anatole glaphyra modesta Mengel, 1902: u Nymula calyce calyce (Feld., 1862): c Nymula phillone (Godt., 1824): u Stalachtis susanna (F., 1787): u Stalachtis phlegia (Cr., 1765): u PLEBEJINAE, THECLINAE: Total 15 out of estimated 75, 20%. Leptotes cassius (Cr., 1775): c Hemiargus ceraunus zachaeina (Butl., 1872): c Pseudolycaena marsyas (L., 1764): u Mithras hemon (Cr., 1775): u *Atlides cosa (Hew., 1867): u “Thecla” meliboeus (F., 1793): ¢ Rekoa palegon (Cr., 1780): c “Thecla’ crambusa Hew., 1874: u Callicista mulucha (Hew., 1874): u 154 Brown AND MIELKE: Brazilian blend zone Vol. (22. Tienes Callicista thius (Hbn., 1832): c Callicista faunalia (Hew., 1868): c “Thecla” phrutus Hbn., 1832: r “Thecla’” sophocles (¥F., 1793): u “Thecla” tarania Hew., 1868: u “Thecla” aphaca Hew., 1867: u A further 15 species of “Thecla” have been collected and still await identifica- tion. PIERIDAE: Total 28 out of probable 32, 88%. Eurema (Pyrisitia) tenella (Bdv., 1836): u Eurema (Pyrisitia) leuce (Bdv., 1836): c Eurema sp.: local (close to dina) Eurema (Eurema) deva (Dbldy., 1847): c Eurema (Eurema) arbela arbela Geyer, 1832: c Eurema (Eurema) musa (F., 1793): r, winter Eurema (Eurema) phiale majorina (d’Alm., 1932): r, summer Eurema (Eurema) albula (Cr., 1775): c Eurema (Eurema) elathea elathea (Cr., 1777): c Phoebis (Aphrissa) statira (Cr., 1777): u Phoebis (Phoebis) neocypris (Hbn., 1823): r Phoebis (Phoebis) argante argante (F., 1775): u Phoebis (Phoebis) philea philea (Joh., 1767): u Phoebis (Phoebis) sennae sennae (L., 1758): c Anteos menippe (Hbn., 1819): c Anteos clorinde (Godt., 1823): c, seasonal Leucidia elvina (Godt., 1819): c Ascia monuste monuste (L., 1764): c Appias drusilla drusilla (Cr., 1777): u Hesperocharis anguitea (Godt., 1819): u Melete lycimnia paulista (Fruhst., 1907): c Pereute antodyca (Bdv., 1836): r Catasticta bithys (Hbn., 1825): r Archonias tereas (Godt., 1819): u Dismorphia psamathe (F., 1793): u Dismorphia thermesia (Godt., 1819): u, local Dismorphia astyocha Hbn., 1824: r Pseudopieris nehemia (Bdv., 1836): u PAPILIONIDAE: Total 12 out of estimated 20, 60%. Almost all species are pres- ent only in summer (exceptions noted). Battus (Parides) agavus (Drury, 1782): u Battus (Parides) bunichus (Hbn., 1822): u Battus (Parides) diodorus (Hoppf., 1866): c, local (also sparingly in winter) *Battus (Parides) nephalion (Godt., 1819): r Battus (Battus) polydamas polydamas (1., 1758): c (also occurs in winter) Papilio anchisiades capys (Hbn., 1809): c, erratically seasonal *Papilio astyalus astyalus Latr., 1819: c, local Papilio hectorides Esper, 1794: c (also occasionally in winter ) Papilio scamander grayi Bdy., 1836: c Papilio thoas brasiliensis Roths. & Jord., 1906: c, also flies in winter Papilio torquatus polybius Swainson, 1823: c Graphium lysithous lysithous (Hbn., 1821): r HESPERIIDAE: Total 74 out of an estimated 250, 30% *Pyrrhopyge pelota Plotz, 1879: u *Elbella menecrates (Mab., 1878): r 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 Mimoniades versicolor versicolor (Latr., 1823): r *Mysoria barcastus barta Ev., 1951: r Myscelus amystis epigona H.-Sch., 1869: r *Phocides polybius phanius (Burm., 1880): u *Phocides pigmalion hewitsonius (Mab., 1883): r Aguna asander asander (Hew., 1867): u Codatractus aminias (Hew., 1867): r Urbanus proteus proteus (L., 1758): u Urbanus esta Ev., 1952: u Urbanus viterboana alva Ev., 1952: u Urbanus dorantes dorantes (Stoll, 1790): c Urbanus teleus (Hbn., 1821): u Urbanus simplicius (Stoll, 1790): c Urbanus procne (Plotz, 1881): u Urbanus chalco (Hbn., 1823): u Urbanus virescens (Mab., 1877): u Astraptes fulgerator fulgerator (Walch, 1775): r Astraptes anaphus anaphus (Cr., 1777): r Autochton reflexus (Mab. & Boull., 1912): c Autochton zarex (Hbn., 1818): r Autochton itylus (Hbn., 1823): u Ablepsis vulpinus (Hbn., 1820): r Spathilepia clonius (Cr., 1775): r Caicella calchas (Herr.-Sch., 1869): r Sophista latifasciata latifasciata (Spitz, 1930): r Polyctor polyctor polyctor (Prittw., 1868): u Nisoniades bipuncta (Schaus, 1902): r Morvina fissimacula fissimacula (Mab., 1878): r Viola violella (Mab., 1897): c Trina geometrina geometrina (Feld., 1867): u Diaeus lacaena lacaena (Hew., 1871): r Quadrus u-lucida parabus Mielke, 1968: r Gindanes brebisson brebisson (Latr., 1824): r Pythonides jovianus fabricii Kirby, 1871: u Pythonides lancea (Hew., 1868): u Sostrata cronion (Feld., 1867): u Mylon menippus (F., 1776): c Xenophanes tryxus (Stoll, 1780): c Antigonus erosus (Hbn., 1812): u Antigonus liborius liborius Plotz, 1884: r Zopyrion evenor evenor (Godm. & Salv., 1901): r Achlyodes busirus rioja Ev., 1953: u Achlyodes mithradates thraso (Hbn., 1807): u Grais stigmaticus stigmaticus (Mab., 1883) : r Timochares trifasciata trifasciata (Hew., 1868) r Chiomara punctum (Mab., 1878): u Pyrgus oileus orcus (Stoll, 1780): c Heliopetes macaira orbigera (Mab., 1888): r Heliopetes domicella willi (Plotz, 1884): r Heliopetes arsalte arsalte (L. 1758): c Anthoptus epictetus (F. 1793): ¢ Phanes rezia (Plotz, 1883): r Cymaenes gisca Ev., 1955: r Callimormus saturnus (Herr.-Sch., 1869): u Vehilius stictomenes stictomenes (Butl., 1877): u 156 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian blend zone Vol. 22) aon Vehilius clavicula (Plotz, 1884): r Moeris remus (F., 1798): u Cobalopsis potaro (Will. & Bell, 1931): u Vettius lucretius (Latr., 1824): u Vettius lafresnayei lafresnayei (Latr., 1824): r Vettius artona (Hew., 1868): r Vettius diversus diversus (Herr.-Sch., 1869): c Vettius marcus marcus (F., 1787): c Onophas columbaria distigma Bell, 1930: r Miltomiges cinnamomea (Herr.-Sch., 1869): u Cobalus virbius hersilia (Plotz, 1882): u Perichares philetis adela (Hew., 1867): u Hylephila phyleus phyleus (Drury, 1780): c Polites vibex catilina (Plotz, 1886): c Wallengrenia premnas (Wallengr., 1860): r Lerodea eufala eufala (Edw., 1869): r Saliana longirostris (Sepp, 1848): u The list above contains at least nine species and subspecies (3’2% of the total 269 of an estimated 658 total fauna) which are typical of the cerrado area of the planalto, not normally occurring much to the south of the blend zone into the Serra do Mar (Sais rosalia rosalinde, Ithomia agnosia agnosia, Evonyme bechina, Diaethria eluina, Callicore sorana, Eurybia elvina tephrias, Stalachtis phlegia, Battus (Parides) diodorus, and Sophista latifasciata). On the other hand, it contains 33 species and sub- species typical of the Serra do Mar which are absent from the list for the cerrado in Part I (Pteronymia carlia, Episcada carcinia, Actinote con- spicua, Actinote genitrix, Heliconius (Heliconius) sarae apseudes, Helico- onius (Eueides) pavanus, Limenitis (Adelpha) syma, Limenitis (Adel- pha) poltius, Catonephele sabrina, Evonyme margarita, Doxocopa kallina, Anaea (Hypna) clytemnestra hubneri, Anaea (Memphis) appias, Anaea (Memphis) otrere, Pierella nereis, Narope cyllarus, Eryphanis reevesii, Caligo arisbe, Opsiphanes batea, Euselasia hygenius occulta, Emesis lucinda fastidiosa, Stalachtis susanna, “Thecla” meliboeus, Pereute anto- dyca, Catasticta bithys, Battus (Parides) agavus, Battus (Parides) buni- chus, Papilio astyalus, Papilio hectorides, Elbella menecrates, Vettius lafresnayei lafresnayei, Miltomiges cinnamomea, and Onophas columbaria distigma), and a further 14 southern species and subspecies which are to be regarded as marginal in the cerrado, recorded from only one locality (in some cases, dubiously) and generally fewer than five individuals (Haywardina stelligera, Placidula euryanassa, Ithomia drymo, Pseudo- scada erruca, Limenitis (Adelpha) mincia, Epiphile hubneri, Cybdelis phaesyla, Chalodetta epijessa calicene, Anatole zygia epone, Dismorphia astyocha, Eurema -phiale majorina, Leucidia elvina, Graphium lysithous, and Papilio scamander grayi). The total list thus shows about 18% of 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 157 species which are typical of southeastern Brazil and reach their normal northwestern limit within the blend zone, appearing marginally if at all within the cerrado portion of the central plateau. The remaining species are found in both the Serra do Mar and the cerrado (many being spread over much of tropical America), with the exception of Hypoleria plisthenes which may be endemic to the blend zone and certainly has its metropole within it. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to Alfredo Régo Barros of the Museu Nacional, Rio, for assistance in working within the collection under his care; and to Ney Carnevalli, Joao Evangelista da Silva and Newton Santos Viana of Belo Horizonte for great assistance in transportation, collection, and cataloging of material. Olaf Mielke thanks the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas, Brazil, for financial assistance (as a fellowship) permitting the study of Brazilian Lepidoptera. LITERATURE CITED Brown, K. S. & O. Mie.ke, 1967. Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. I. Preliminary List of Rhopalocera. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 21 (2): 77-106; 21 (3): 145-168. EUSTIXIA PUPULA (PYRALIDAE) ON CRUCIFERAE The food plant of Eustixia pupula Hiibner seems to be unrecorded in the literature, and the species is not cited in various reviews of insects associated with Cruciferae (Hering 1932, Pimentel 1961). During an investigation of the biology of Pieris in ruderal situations at Philadelphia, Pa. in 1965-66, a small pyralid larva was encountered repeatedly, but infrequently, on various wild and cultivated Cruciferae in the Eastwick section. An individual taken from Lepidium virginicum L. (Virginia peppergrass) on August 27, 1966, and confined in a small box spun an opaque cocoon incorporating leaf debris two days later and eclosed as E. pupula during the first week of November. Larvae were also found on cultivated cabbage, Brassica oleracea L. cultivars., and on B. nigra (L.) Koch. A larva was taken on the latter plant at Ithaca, N.Y., August 21, 1967. It is a leaf feeder, and on cabbage has been found on the undersides of leaves on the outer part of the head. E. pupula is uncommon at light and the larvae appear hardly common enough to warrant consideration as possible pests. Dates of adult captures at Philadelphia are May-— 158 Masters: Aberrant Colias Vol. 22) >not mid June and late July—mid August, indicating two generations outdoors. The reared individual noted above would presumably have overwintered as the pupa. LITERATURE CITED Herinc, P. E. 1932. The insect fauna of the mustard family, Cruciferae. Un- published Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. PIMENTEL, D. 1961. Competition and the species-per-genus structure of com- munities. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 54: 323-333. Artuur M. SuHapiro, Dept. Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York AN ABERRANT COLIAS FROM MINNESOTA (PIERIDAE) An unusual male Colias eurytheme Boisduval was captured at Fort Snelling, Hennepin County, Minnesota, on August 6, 1966, by Dr. Mance Brackney of Minneapolis. The specimen is completely devoid of melanin (black pigmentation ) on the wings, but it is not albinic, as yellow, orange and pink pterin pigmentation is well developed. Dorsally the wing margins (usually black) are a pale yellow in contrast to orange basal and discal areas that lack black clouding. Ventrally the butterfly is pale yellow and has neither the typical greenish cast nor the black Aberrant male Colias eurytheme Boisduval, Hennepin County, Minnesota Left: dorsal view; right: ventral (actual size). spots in the limbal area. The cell spot on the primaries is colorless (almost transparent) while the cell spot on the secondaries only lacks black rings on the ventral side to be normal. The pink wing fringes are present. The body and antennae of the butterfly are typical. The specimen is retained in Dr. Brackney’s private collection—JoHn H. MAsTERs, Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 NEW RECORDS, RANGE EXTENSIONS, AND FIELD DATA FOR COLORADO BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS JAmes A. Scott, Scorr L. Eviis, AnD DoNALD EFF Lakewood, Hotchkiss, and Boulder, Colorado In the decade since the publication of Colorado Butterflies by Brown, Eff, and Rotger, 13 species of butterflies and skippers new to Colorado (marked with *) and many range extensions in Colorado have been discovered. Additional records for rare or little-known species, and many foodplant records, are also included in this report. Changes in nomenclature have been largely avoided. Abbreviations of collectors used in the records are: SLE (Scott L. Ellis), JAS (James A. Scott), DE (Donald Eff), and SJ (Samuel A. Johnson). NYMPHALIDAE Euptychia pyracmon Butler (= henshawi Edwards, Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961). Lee Miller collected a specimen which he believes to be this species in Don Effs front yard in Boulder on July 24, 1957. This record is only the second for the State and the first for the northern portion. Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov). Don Eff collected this species on Flagstaff Mountain, Boulder Co., July 22, 1961. It is common in Fremont and E] Paso counties from about July 15 to August 18. Oeneis alberta oslari Skinner. This arctic, formerly recorded only from South Park, is now known to range south to Fremont County and north to Middle Park. It occurred commonly in Devil’s Hole, Echo Canyon, Fremont Co., June 10, 1965 (Glenn Scott). Eff and Ellis have taken it commonly in high grass growing in sage flats near lodgepole pines in Grand Co.: 1 mi. W. of Tabernash, 9,000 ft., May 26 (1963) comjame 27 (1962) (DE, SLE); Fraser, 1966 (DE). Danaus gilippus (Cramer). A small colony of this species was estab- lished for one year in an alkali seep where milkweed is common, in Stingley Gulch, 6,000 ft., Delta Co., August 1959 (SLE). Other sightings on the western slope are: Unaweep Can., 10 mi. E. Gateway, and nr. Paradox, Montrose Co., both August 13, 1966 (SLE, SJ). Specimens were taken at Salida, Fremont Co., July 11, 1966, and seen in Boulder, September 23, 1966 (both JAS). Heliconius charitonius vazquezae Comstock & Brown. Lee Miller collected one specimen in Strain Gulch, south of Morrison, Jefferson Co., July 25, 1957. Speyeria idalia (Drury). One worn female was collected at Indian Park, west of Sedalia, Douglas Co., August 24, 1961 (W. Cobban), in 160 Scorr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol; 22) noms the foothills of the Front Range. It was caught in a grassy meadow within a ponderosa pine forest. Speyeria cybele carpenterii (Edwards). This subspecies has been taken north of the San Juan Mountains in several localities, primarily in the Uncompahgre and Dolores River drainages. Specimens are known from the LaSal Mountains in extreme western Montrose County. Lo- calities are: Owl Creek Pass Road, 8,000 ft., Ouray Co., July 28, 1963 (SLE); Tabeguache Creek, 8,000 ft., Montrose Co., August 2, 1964 (SIGE): Speyeria aphrodite byblis (Barnes & Benjamin). The name bypblis is used here to denote western slope aphrodite because of the smaller size and lighter color of these specimens as compared to eastern slope material. Although it probably occurs elsewhere, Ellis has not seen byblis in any areas other than the Rabbit Ears Pass area in Routt Co. and the North Fork and Gunnison River drainages of Gunnison and Delta cos. S. aphrodite byblis is extremely common on Highway 135 east of Somerset in Gunnison Co., and along the Leroux Creek Road at about 7,500 feet in Delta Co. (both SLE). Speyeria nokomis (Edwards) has been taken in three localities in western Colorado, two of which are wet, freshwater, sedge seeps. A single worn female was taken on Rogers Mesa, 5,850 ft., Delta Co.., August 25, 1959 (SLE), and established colonies have been discovered by Ellis near the Dolores River in Messa Co., 6,200 ft., and in the Paradox Valley in Montrose Co., 5,200 ft. | Brown (1965: 47-54) has shown that the type locality for nokomis is probably in southeastern Utah or southwestern Colorado, rather than “Hayden and Sneffels Mts.” in Ouray County. Speyeria mormonia eurynome (Edwards). This montane species was taken at two places on the plains by Scott, a worn female at Lakewood, Jefferson Co., in September, and another worn female in Boulder, Oc- tober 8, 1965. * Boloria epithore chermocki Perk. & Perk. Several localities in the southwestern mountains have been discovered to harbor this species. — The nearest states where it has been previously recorded are Montana and Idaho (Perkins & Perkins, 1966). Brown (in litt.) gives the follow- ing Colorado records: Rico, Dolores Co., August (Frank Clay Cross); Ironton Meadows, Ouray Co., June 18, 1961 (S. F. Perkins). Boloria eunomia caelestis (Hemming), previously recorded only from the eastern slope, has been taken in Gunnison County: 5 mi. south of Tincup on Willow Creek, 10,700 ft., July 19, 1964 (SLE). Euphydryas anicia alena Barnes and Benjamin, occurs in Moffat County. Captures were made 5 miles south of Maybell, on Lay Peak, 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 and 10 miles west of Craig, on June 13, 1965 (JAS). They were caught on sage-covered hilltops, with the more common editha, from which they are very distinct. Ellis discovered a curious population of anicia on the Black Mesa Road, Grand Co., 9,500 ft., on July 15, 1963, in which two forms, one black and one red, fly together and show little phenotypic blending. * Euphydryas editha (Boisduval). This species, although previously unrecorded from Colorado, has been found to be widely distributed in western Colorado, including Moffat County, transition zone localities in the Gunnison and Uncompahgre River drainages, Middle Park, and the San Juan Mountains. The species is remarkably constant throughout its range in Colorado. F. M. Brown, who is studying San Juan Mountains specimens, thinks that this material represents a population most closely related to lehmani Gunder among described species. Detta Co.: Carl Smith Reservoir, 8,000 ft., June 15, 1958 (SLE). Granp Co.:: 1 mi. W. of Tabernash, 9,000 ft., June 27, 1962 (SLE, SJ); Gore Pass road, June 27, 1962 (SJ). Gunnison Co.: Almont, July 6, 1957 (DE); Curecanti Creek, 8,000 ft., June 21 (1962) to June 25 (1961) (SLE); Coal Creek, 7,500 ft., June 23, 1964 (SLE); Black Mesa Road, 8,000 ft., July 29, 1965 (SLE). Morrat Co.: Lay Peak and 10 mi. west of Craig, June 13, 1965 (JAS). Montrose Co.: 25 Mile Ranger Station, 8,500 ft., July 16, 1965 (SLE). Ouray Co.: Owl Creek Road, east of Ridgeway 5—6 miles, first two weeks of June (F. M. Brown). Summur Co.: Green Mountain Reservoir, June 25, 1962 (W. Cobban). Chlosyne fulvia (Edwards). This checkerspot has been found in several localities in the Arkansas River drainage system on the eastern slope. The two specimens figured by Brown et al. (1957: 80) are quite unlike specimens which Scott and Johnson have taken on the eastern slope. The latter are similar to western slope specimens. At Pueblo the foodplant is Castilleja integra (Scott, 1968) growing on gypsum-rich shale. Although some of Johnson’s specimens have been taken at granitic soil sites, fulvias distribution in association with gypsum should be investigated. Eastern slope records: Ex Paso Co. (all SJ): Star Ranch, 6,000 ft., late May and late August; Highway 115 near main entrance to Fort Carson; Ute Pass, 9,000 ft., May 29, 1965. FREMONT Co.: gypsum quarry on Fleming Mountain, July 12, 1965 (JAS): Box Canyon, July 6, 1966 (JAS). Pursto Co.: Rock Canyon anticline north and south of the Arkansas River, and Wild Horse Park, May, July, and August (three broods) (JAS). Western slope specimens probably should not be called cyneas (God- man & Salvin) in view of their similarity to eastern slope material. Ellis has found that a dwarf Castilleja is the foodplant. Effs and Ellis’ records for the western slope follow. Detta Co.: Nr. confluence of Gunnison and Smith Fork rivers, 5,500 ft., May 19, 1963 (SLE); Black Ridge, 6,000 ft., June 5, 1965 (SLE); gypsum claims 5 mi. southeast of Austin, 6,000 ft., June 3, 1965 (SLE). Mesa Co.: Black Ridge, 7,000 162 Scorr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol: 22) nome ft., May 17 to 30, 1961 to 1965 (DE, SLE, and David Bauer); Colo. Nat. Mon., May 17, 1961 (DE, D. Bauer). Ellis believes that the dryness of these localities precluded any August captures. * Chlosyne acastus (Edwards). This species was first taken in Colo- rado by Mr. Hugo Rodeck in the San Luis Valley. Since then it has been found to be widespread throughout the Upper Sonoran Zone of western Colorado. It is often very abundant, at times swarming, at lower elevations in Delta, Mesa, Rio Blanco and Moffat counties (SLE, JAS ), where it is generally distributed on shale hills and into the juniper- pinyon belt on the mesas at about 7,500 feet. Ellis has found acastus closely associated with a species of Erigeron, and believes this may be the foodplant. ALamosa Co.: Mosca Pass Trail, Great Sand Dunes Nat. Mon., June 25, 1955 (H. Rodeck). Mesa Co.: Saddle Rock Campground, May 14, 1960 (DE); Trail of the Serpent (both localities in Colo. Nat. Mon.), May 18, 1961 (David Bauer). Chlosyne damoetas (Skinner). Ellis has found this species to be ex- tremely common in the San Juan Mountains, particularly in the Wilson Peak area of San Miguel Co., in July and August. Don Eff records it from Copper Lake in Gunnison Co., July 18, 1960. It is now recorded from the Sangre de Cristo Mountains on Galena Peak, Fremont Co., July 14, 1966 (Kathy Scott). It was previously unrecorded from the western slope. Phyciodes picta Edwards. One northern record has been found. Bob Pyle took the species at the Highline Canal, Arapahoe Co., early June, 1965, on the eastern plains. Phyciodes pallida (Edwards). Brown (1966: 443-448) has restricted the type locality of pallida to Flagstaff Mountain, Boulder County, and according to priority, pallida is the name that should be applied to material from the Colorado Front Range. Bauer (in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961) has presented evidence for considering pallida as separate from mylitta (Edwards). P. pallida was taken on September 7, 1966, in Clear Creek Canyon one mile west of Golden, Jefferson Co. (JAS). This specimen represents the first record of a second brood of palida in Colorado. Phyciodes texana (Edwards). A worn specimen caught in Italian Gulch, near Coaldale, Fremont Co., June 27, 1966 (Kathy Scott) repre- sents the second record for the state. Junonia coenia (Hubner). Several specimens were taken in the north- ern part of the state by Jim Eff, on Chautauqua Mesa, Boulder, October 5, 1957. This is the second record from northern Colorado. * Marpesia petreus (Cramer). This species was taken as a stray in southeastern Colorado. William H. Howe caught a battered individual 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 on alfalfa near Olney Springs, Crowley County, August 31, 1958, the first state record. LYCAENIDAE Apodemia mormo mejicanus (Behr). Specimens from the Rock Can- yon Anticline, Pueblo County, and specimens from Fremont County, are closest to the subspecies mejicanus. The name cythera (Edwards) should not be applied in Colorado (Opler & Powell, 1962). Atlides halesus (Cramer). Ellis has found this species in several areas of the North Fork River drainage, particularly in Leroux Creek in Delta County. The species seems to be associated with mistletoe growing on juniper in this area. Specimens have been taken from mid-May to late August. Satyrium acadica coolinensis Watson & Comstock. This species has been found in association with serviceberry (Amelanchier) in Delta and Gunnison counties. A female was observed to oviposit on service- berry rather than willow, its reported host, although the species has been found on willow along the Smith Fork River in Delta County. The species flies during an extremely short period in late July. It particularly visits flowers of a small Chrysothamnus. DettTa Co.: Leroux Creek, 7,500 ft., July 27, 1962; Hubbard Creek, 7,500 ft., July 22, 1962. MonrrosE Co.: Highway 92 near Crystal Creek, 7,800 ft., July 15, 1962. Gunnison Co.: W. Muddy Creek, 8,500 ft., July 27, 1964 (all SLE). Satyrium sylvinus (Boisduval) is occasionally very common in Delta and Gunnison counties. It may be found in almost any willow-bordered stream between 5,000 and 7,000 feet in the North Fork Valley, and is commonly found in the Dolores and Uncompahgre drainages. Adults fly from mid-July to late August (SLE). Satyrium liparops aliparops Michener & dos Passos. At Lakewood, Jefferson County, on the plains, this species feeds on box elder (Acer negundo). Larvae, pupae, and adults have been found on small trees growing in a lush gully. Adults fly in late June and early July. More than a third of the specimens in this colony, especially females, have a reddish flush on the dorsal surface of the forewing. The 1965 season’s summary of the News of The Lepidopterists Society erroneously listed the locality as Fremont County. S. liparops is rather widespread through the oak belt in Routt, Delta, Gunnison, and Garfield counties. Nearly all the specimens Ellis has caught have been taken in oak thickets, although specimens were taken on box elder on the Smith Fork River in Delta County. Nearly all specimens from these areas have rusty patches on the forewings of both sexes, although to a lesser extent on females. 164 Scotr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol. 22. meme Satyrium fuliginosum semiluna Klots. Ellis and Johnson have taken this species in large numbers on dry sage hillsides with various species of Eriogonum in abundance, but the foodplant could not be determined. Granp Co.: Highway 40 near Big Muddy Creek, June 28, 1962 (SLE, SJ); Beaver Creek, July 3, 1963 (William Cobban). Morratr Co.: 2 miles southeast of Craig, June 13, 1956 (DE). Routrr Co.: 4 mi. north of Hayden, June 29, 1962 (SLE, SJ); shrubby hill just west of Steamboat Springs, July 11, 1962 (JAS). * Tmolus azia Hewitson. One specimen of this species was collected by Jim Eff on Chautauqua Mesa, at Boulder, on July 16, 1957. A possibility that might account for its fresh appearance appears to be that some Texan, many of whom spend their summers at Chautauqua, unknowingly transported a larva or pupa there. Callophrys spinetorum (Hewitson). This species seems to be rare on the western slope. In the Black Ridge area of Mesa County, spine- torum may be associated with a mistletoe growing on Pinus edulis. Shields (1966) gives records from Gunnison, Mesa, and La Plata counties. Callophrys apama homoperplexa Barnes & Benjamin. A female was observed to oviposit on Ceanothus fendleri on Chautauqua Mesa, Boulder, May 30, 1966 (JAS). * Callophrys affinis (Edwards ). Although C. affinis had been suspected as a Colorado resident, collection records have not appeared until re- cently. Eff took a fresh specimen one mile west of Tabernash, 9,000 ft., May 30, 1966, and Ellis caught what appears to be affinis near Basalt, Eagle Co., in early June. Tilden (1963) gives four records from the eastern slope. | Callophrys eryphon (Boisduval). Ellis has found this species in asso- ciation with Pinus edulis in Delta County, and in association with Pinus contorta on Rabbit Ears Pass in Routt County. Lycaena editha montana Field. Recently this species has been col- lected commonly throughout Routt and Grand counties on the western slope. Now it may be counted as an eastern slope resident, having been collected at Tuxedo Park, Rocky Mountain National Park, August 10, 1934 (G. H. and J. L. Sperry, in AMNH), and at Fort Collins, Larimer Co., July 8, 1960 (Ed Marker). | * Lycaena mariposa penroseae Field. Bob Pyle of Denver, Colo., in correspondence with Scott, wrote about this species: “The data for Lycaena mariposa are as follows: Fort Collins, Colorado, July 8, 1960, Ed Marker. It was caught in a weedy meadow near the city limits, and Ed told me it was flying in profusion, along with L. editha.” Judging from this record, the species could occur also on the western slope in the northern part of the state. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 Lycaena nivalis browni dos Passos. Eff has found this mainly western slope insect twice on the Corona Pass Road, Boulder Co., on the eastern slope, on June 30, 1963, and July 11, 1962. Glaucopsyche lygdamus oro Scudder and Scolitantides piasus daunia (Edwards) have both been observed to oviposit on lupine, probably Lupinus argenteus Pursh, near Boulder. Everes comyntas valeriae Clench. Females have been observed ovi- positing on Astragalus flexuosus Doug]. near Boulder. Only four of 64 males collected in Boulder and Jefferson counties has the orange lunule on the upper surface of the hind wing, so valeriae is presumably the northern Colorado representative. Philotes spaldingi Barnes & Macdunnough. Rotger has reported to us that the food plant is Eriogonum racemosum Nutt. Philotes enoptes ancilla Barnes & Macdunnough and P. battoides centralis Barnes & Macdunnough. Rotger (in litt.) reports Eriogonum umbellatum Torr. as the foodplant for battoides centralis, and Scott has taken 120 specimens of ancilla on or near E. umbellatum, so probably this is the foodplant for both species. Assuming the same foodplant for both, perhaps interspecific competition has made the two species almost completely allopatric in Colorado; only one verified record is known where the two species occur together. P. enoptes occupies the northern, and battoides the southern half of the state west of the plains. * Philotes rita coloradensis Mattoni. This species, a new record for the state, has been found to be abundant in the San Luis Valley, in the Wet Mountain Valley, along the Arkansas River in the mountains, and occurs on the plains east of Colorado Springs (Mattoni, 1966). Oviposition deep in the flowers has been observed on Eriogonum effusum Nutt. in Fremont and Lincoln counties, and adults occur on this plant in Saguache County. Possible records of this species from Cheyenne and Prowers counties are given by Brown et al. (1957: 173). It is a prairie species; it typically occurs with Pyrgus scriptura; Yuretta rhesus (Ed- wards) flies in the same localities in May. P. rita often flies with P. battoides centralis until the end of July. CHAFFEE Co.: Chalk Creek Trout Farm, August 11, 1965 (JAS). Custer Co.:: and FREMONT Co.: many localities in the Wet Mountain Valley around Westcliffe, northwest to the Arkansas River around Cotopaxi, July 18 to August 23, 1965 (JAS). Ex Paso Co.: west from Kendrick, in roadcuts along highway 94, to 15 miles east of Colorado Springs, August 21, 1964 (R. Mattoni) (Mattoni, 1966). LixcoLn Co.: south of Kendrick, August 21, 1964 (R. Mattoni) (Mattoni, 1966) (type locality). SacuacHE Co.: 2 miles southwest of Villa Grove, 18-19 July, 1966 (Kathy Scott). Plebejus acmon lutzi dos Passos. This feeds on Eriogonum, presumably E. effusum, near Westcliffe in Custer County, as does Philotes rita. 166 Scorr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol. 22, noms Whereas rita deposits eggs singly inside the perianth, acmon deposits eggs singly on a pedicel. PIERIDAE Colias scudderi ruckesi Klots. This subspecies was collected by Rich- ard Holland near Whiskey Pass, Costilla Co., August 9, 1964. Phoebis sennae (Linnaeus). A single specimen of this migratory sulphur was taken on Rogers Mesa, Delta Co., July 24, 1964 (SLE). P. sennae is seen regularly in the fall in Boulder and Jefferson counties. Anthocaris sara inghami Gunder. This subspecies, rather than julia Edwards, occurs at lower elevations on the western slope. In Delta County, Ellis found inghami common in the pinyon-juniper belt along Leroux Creek, from mid April to late May, 1961-62, and in Smith Fork Canyon. Eff found it at Black Ridge, Mesa Co., May 13, 1960. Euchloe creusa (Doubleday). This butterfly has been found widely distributed in the western part of the state. Northern records follow. Morrat Co.: 5 miles south of Maybell, and 10 miles west of Craig, Lay Peak, June 13, 1965 (JAS). Mesa Co.: Black Ridge, May 11-22, 1961-66 (DE). Detra Co.: common (SLE). Colias caesonia (Stoll). One specimen was taken on Flagstaff Moun- tain, Boulder Co., June 15, 1958 (Jim Eff). Pieris beckerii Edwards. Several eastern slope records for this species have been found. Gordon and Henrietta Thayer of Boulder found it in Deer Creek Canyon, 7% miles north of Boulder on Highway 7, April 19, 1958. It occurs along the Arkansas River in Fremont County (JAS), and it is common near Pueblo in late May and August (JAS). * Ascia monuste (Linnaeus). The first definite capture of this species in Colorado was at Fountain Valley School, El Paso County, 1957, by F. M. Brown. Neophasia menapia (Felder & Felder). In Fremont, Montrose, and Ouray counties many captures have been made among pinyon pine (Pinus edulis) with no other species of pine present, so probably pinyon pine serves as a foodplant. PAPILIONIDAE Papilio bairdii Edwards. P. bairdii and the form brucei Edwards and so-called subspecies hollandii Edwards have been found on the eastern slope and on the plains. A specimen of brucei in the University of Colo- rado Museum from the summit of Two Buttes, Prowers County, August 10, 1957, was caught by Dr. Hugo Rodeck. Scott found all three forms flying together in gulches and on hilltops in Fremont County between 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 Cotopaxi and Salida. Larvae and eggs were found on Artemisia dracun- culus Linnaeus. Form bairdii constituted 70%, brucei 26%, and hollandii 4% of the sample. Raymond Jae caught a specimen in his back yard in Denver, September 1, 1963, which appears to be a hybrid between brucei and polyxenes. This record, and captures of brucei from south- eastern Wyoming on the plains (DeFoliart, 1956), indicate that brucei is widespread over the eastern part of Colorado. On the western slope the only new record is a specimen of bairdii from Cedar Mesa near Currant Creek, Delta Co., June 17, 1960. This specimen may represent a spring brood in Colorado; all other Colorado specimens are of the long second brood, which has been recorded on the wing from July 16 to August 27. Papilio bairdii oregonius Edwards. Specimens taken by Hugo Rodeck at Harpers Corner, Dinosaur National Monument, Moffat Co., 7,600 ft., July 15-16, 1949, tend toward oregonius rather than brucei. As oregonius has been recorded from “southern Nebraska” (Kent Wilson, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961), perhaps it also occurs on the plains in northeastern Colorado. Papilio nitra Edwards. This swallowtail, thought possibly to be a hybrid between P. zelicaon Lucas and P. polyxenes Fabricius, has been found to be generally distributed at the edge of the Front Range north to Laramie, Wyoming. Records are: Jarre Canyon, Douglas Co. (JAS); Mother Cabrini Shrine, Jefferson Co. (RJJ); Chautauqua Mesa (DE), top of Green Mountain (JAS), and north of mouth of Boulder Canyon, (John Justice), the latter three in Boulder County; from May | to about June 5. It always flies with zelicaon, but in Scott’s experience, never with polyxenes. Where polyxenes and zelicaon fly together, as in Coal Creek, Jefferson County, apparently nitra is not present. A natural mating of a male zelicaon with a female polyxenes was observed on Table Mountain, Jefferson County, May 20, 1966 (JAS), so hybridiza- tion cannot be ruled out. | Papilio indra minori Cross. Ellis has taken this subspecies in the canyons below the Black Canyon National Monument, at the confluence of the Gunnison and Smith Fork Rivers, 6,000 ft., Delta County, from May 19, 1963, to June 5, 1965. Thomas C. Emmel has taken the sub- species on the south rim of the Monument. Here the foodplant may be Lomatium grayi Coult. & Rose growing on the canyon walls. Emmel & Emmel (1964) give Lomatium eastwoodae (C. & R.) Macbr. as the foodplant for Mesa County. Dark minori-like specimens should be ex- pected all over the western mesas. Brown ef al. (1957: 214) figure a female minori as bairdii. 168 Scotr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol. 22. mows HESPERIIDAE Erynnis telemachus Burns. Burns (1960) has given the name tele- machus to the species called plautus by Brown et al. (1957: 256). Erynnis brizo (Boisduval & Le Conte) and burgessi (Skinner). These two names as used in Colorado Butterflies refer to brizo burgessi ac- cording to Burns (1964). Typical brizo does not occur in Colorado. Burns gives a record of b. burgessi from Glenwood Springs, May 8 (USNM), which is a northward extension of the recorded range on the western slope. Erynnis persius fredericki H. A. Freeman and lucilius afranius (Lint- ner). Scott observed several females of afranius ovipositing on Lupinus in Gregory Canyon, Boulder County, in the spring of 1966, and Samuel A. Johnson observed a female of one of these species ovipositing on grass on Chautauqua Mesa, Boulder County. Pyrgus xanthus Edwards has been found in small numbers flying over gravel beds near streams. CHAFFEE Co.: 5 mi. west of Buena Vista, 9,000 ft., May 16 and June 8, 1965 (SJ). Ex Paso Co.: Beaver Crk., Rampart Range, 9,000 ft., May 22, 1966 and July 4, 1965 (SJ). Gunnison Co.: Curecanti Crk., 8,500 ft., June 21, 1962 (SLE). Montrose Co.: Cottonwood Crk., Uncompahgre Plateau, 8,200 ft., June 4, 1961 (SLE). San Juan Co.: Howardsville, July 3, 1965 (JAS). Pyrgus scriptura (Boisduval). This species occurs in the San Luis Valley, in the Wet Mountain Valley, and on the northeastern PBR It is a prairie species. Custer and FREMONT CoUNTIES: Wet Mountain Valley from Westcliffe north- west, July 18 to August 20, 1965 (JAS). SacuacuE Co.: 2 miles southwest of Villa Grove, July 18-19, 1966 (Kathy Scott). Wertp Co.: Black Hollow Oil Field, June 30, 1964 (JAS). * Heliopetes ericetorum (Boisduval). This species was taken 3 miles east of Somerset, Gunnison County, July 6, 1962, by D. S. Chambers (genitalia examined). Pholisora mejicana (Reakirt). This skipper was taken in Kerr Gulch, Fremont County, June 22, 1966, and July 30 and August 26, 1965 (JAS), where it was flying with Pholisora catullus (Fabricius). — Pholiscra alpheus (Edwards) occurs in areas where shale or other rock is sparsely covered with vegetation. A northward extension to Moffat County may now be reported. Detta Co.: Big Gulch, Redlands Mesa, 5,800 ft., May 31, 1964 (SLE). Morrat Co.: 10 mi. west of Craig, June 13, 1965 (JAS). Ouray Co.: Billy Creek, 7,000 ft., June 26, 1965 (SLE). Pursto Co.: 1 mi. north of Pueblo, August 5, 1962 (JAS). Orero Co.: La Junta, July 7, 1966 (Glenn Scott). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 169 * Pholisora libya lena (Edwards). This skipper has been found in association with the Mancos Shale in Delta County, usually flying singly on steep, nearly barren hillsides, although the species is attracted to Helianthus and Chrysothamnus when these plants are in bloom. Adults emerge from mid-June to late August. June specimens are much darker than late August specimens. Detta Co.: North Fork Gunnison River, 3 mi. south of Hotchkiss, 5,500 ft., June 10 to August 25, 1962 (SLE). Mesa Co.: near Escalante siding, 5,000 ft., July 6, 1962 (SLE). * Ancyloxypha numitor (Fabricius). Dr. Hugo Rodeck caught a specimen in tall grass in a wet meadow below Two Buttes Reservoir, Baca County, August 10, 1957, on the plains in the southeast corner of the state. Yuretta rhesus (Edwards). Captures in southeastern Wyoming by Defoliart indicate that this species could occur on the plains in northern Colorado. It occurs in the Wet Mountain Valley, as Cockerell caught a specimen at Westcliffe, May 25, in Custer County. Oarisma edwardsii (Barnes). This Colorado rarity was taken by Samuel Johnson at Rock Creek, El Paso County, June 26, 1965. Stinga morrisoni (Edwards). This skipper has been found in the Arkansas Valley, and an additional northern record has been discovered. Ex Paso Co.: Beaver Crk., Rampart Range, late May—June 27, 1962-66: Star Ranch, late May-June 21, 1962-65; Williams Canyon, June 14, 1965 (all SJ). CHAFFEE Co.: 5 mi. W. Buena Vista, June 8, 1965 (SJ). Fremont Co.: just southeast of Bear Creek, near Salida, June 15, 1966 (JAS); 1 mile northeast of Swissvale, June 20, 1966 (JAS). JEFFERSON Co.: top of Genesee Mountain, June 6, 1966 (JAS). Hesperia juba (Scudder). H. juba has been found on the eastern slope, where it has two broods. BouLpER Co.: 3 mi. into Lefthand Can., May 23, 1962 (JAS); Gregory Canyon, May 19-29 (SJ, JAS). Doucias Co.: mouth of.Jarre Can., May 12, 1962 (JAS). JEFFERSON Co.: Lakewood, August 21—September 15 (JAS); Jefferson County Dump south of Golden, September 1, 1965 (JAS); Clear Crk. Can. 1 mi. west of Golden, September 7, 1966 (JAS). Hesperia nevada (Scudder). This skipper occurs in the northwestern corner of the state in Moffat County, where it was taken by Scott at the localities listed for Euphydryas editha from that county. Most of the specimens have much wider white bands on the ventral surface of the secondary than specimens from Park County. * Hesperia ottoe Edwards. Long thought to occur in the state, ottoe was found by Dr. Url Lanham at Marshall, Boulder County, July 7, 1961. The specimens, genitalically determined as oftoe, are in the University of Colorado Museum. 170 Scorr et al.: Colorado butterflies Vol. 225 tome Hesperia comma (Linnaeus). MacNeill (1964) has clarified the status of populations in this species, with the result that four names are recog- nized in Colorado; ochracea Lindsey and manitoba (Scudder) on the eastern slope, colorado (Scudder ) on the higher mountains, and ruricola Boisduval on the western slope. Polites sabuleti (Boisduval). In the San Luis Valley, where it was previously reported (Brown et al., 1957), sabuleti is locally common from Fort Garland north to the Great Sand Dunes National Monument (F. M. Brown). Ellis has found the species to be extremely common throughout low grassy areas in Delta and Mesa counties, on the western slope. It also occurs in alkaline seeps. Females have been seen to oviposit on lawn grass in many areas. P. sabuleti is double brooded, flying in June and in August. Surprisingly, a specimen has been taken in the Arkansas River Valley, on the eastern slope, on a hilltop at the mouth of Kerr Gulch, Fremont County, June 18, 1966 (JAS). Polites coras (Cramer). Don Eff has taken a specimen in Bluebell Canyon, Boulder County, August 31, 1965. This record is the second for Colorado. Ochlodes yuma scudderi (Skinner). This skipper has been found in a few isolated alkaline seeps in Delta County, and in an extensive fresh- water seep in Mesa County. Specimens taken in Colorado seem to be darker than typical yuma yuma from California, giving the name scudderi validity. All specimens Ellis has seen have been flying in August; no indication of a June brood has been found. Ellis’ records follow. Detta Co.: Leroux Creek, 5,700 ft., August 11, 1960; Austin, 5,400 ft., August 1958; North Fork of the Gunnison River, 3 mi. south of Hotchkiss, 5,600 ft., August 25, 1962. Mrsa Co.: Unaweep Canyon, 10 mi. east of Gateway, 6,200 ft., August 15, 1964 to September 4, 1965. Monrrosr Co.: near Paradox, August 13, 1966 (SJ). Atrytone delaware lagus (Edwards). A specimen of this rare skipper was captured at Deer Creek, Jefferson County, July 21, 1962 (JAS), and others were caught in Boulder County in Bluebell Canyon, July 4, 1958 and July 24, 1957 (DE), and on Flagstaff Mountain, Boulder County, July 19, 1958 (DE). Amblyscirtes simius Edwards. This skipper was recorded previously from only the southern plains, but now has been found in the northern part of the State on Round Butte, Larimer County, June 29, 1964 (JAS), and in the Arkansas River Valley, one mile up Bear Creek near Salida on summits of low hills, June 15-19, 1966 (JAS). It is a prairie species, occurring only on the summits of low knobs. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 74 MEGATHYMIDAE Megathymus streckeri (Skinner). A range extension of this species from the San Luis Valley into the Gunnison River Valley has been re- ported. The record is two miles east of Sapinero, Gunnison River, 7,200 ft., Gunnison County, June 28, 1964 (SLE). Megathymus yuccae navajo Skinner. This species occurs in the San Luis Valley, as indicated by a record from Rock Creek Ranch, Rio Grande County, near Monte Vista (larvae collected April 28, emerged May 13-15) (SJ). LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1965. The types of the Nymphalid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards. Part 1. Argynninae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 91: 233-350. 1966. The types of the Nymphalid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards. Part 1. Melitaeinae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 92: 357-468. Brown, F. M., D. Err & B. Rorcer, 1957. Colorado butterflies. Denver Museum of Natural History, Denver, Colorado, 368 pp. Burns, J. M., 1960. A new species of oak-eating Erynnis (Lepidoptera: Hesperii- dae) restricted to the southern Cordillera of the United States. Wasmann Jour. Biol., 18: 147-160. 1964. Evolution in skipper butterflies of the genus Erynnis. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., vol. 37, 216 pp. DeFo.iart, G. R., 1956. An annotated list of southeastern Wyoming rhopalocera. Lepid. News, 10: 91-101. Euruicu, P. R. & A. H. Enruicn, 1961. How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 269 pp. EMMEL, J. F. & T. C. Emme, 1964. The life history of Papilio indra minori. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 65-73. MacNem., C. D., 1964. The skippers of the genus Hesperia in Western North miienea Umivy. Calit. Publ. Ent., vol. 35, 221 pp. Matron, R. H. T., 1966. Distribution and pattern of variation in Philotes rita. Jour. Res. Lepid., 4: 81-101 [“1965”]. Oper, P. & J. A. Powett, 1962. Taxonomic and distributional studies on the western components of the Apodemia mormo complex (Riodinidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 145-171 [“1961”]. Perkins, E. M. & S. F. Perkins, 1966. A new race and discussion of the Boloria epithore complex (Nymphalidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20: 103-117. Scott, J. A., 1967. The life history and habits of Chlosyne fulvia (Nymphalidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., in press. ° SHIELDS, O., 1966. Callophrys (Mitoura) spinetorum and C. (M.) johnsoni: their known range, habits, variation, and history. Jour. Res. Lepid., 4: 233-250. TitpEN, J. W., 1963. An analysis of the North American species of the genus Callophrys. Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 281-300. eZ Pyie: Colorado butterflies Vol. 22; noes AN EXTRAORDINARY SWARM OF BUTTERFLIES IN COLORADO The summer of 1966 was for me a busy season which provided little opportunity for extensive collecting; hence every free weekend saw a hurried attempt to reach fruitful locales. On one such outing Speyeria cybele charlotti (Barnes) was sought near Somerset, Gunnison County, Colorado, where it had been taken in 1961. Jo Anne Pyle, Mrs. Helen L. Lemmon, and H. W. Pyle accompanied me on the trip. We left Denver on July 2, spending the following day in the vicinity of the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory near Gothic, hiking to the alpine basin of Copper Lake. This six-mile journey took us through Canadian and Hudsonian forests and was punctuated by the capture of a striking aberration of Agriades glandon rustica (Edwards) and numerous other specimens, and at Copper Lake, Erebia magdalena magdalena (Strecker), Microtia damoetus (Skinner), and Lycaena cupreus snowi (Edwards) were taken. M. damoetus was flying in great profusion. Between Kebbler Pass and Somerset on July 4, Speyeria callippe ssp. and S. atlantis ssp. were visiting thistles (Cirsium sp.), but S. c. charlotti was represented by a solitary male, thus marking my second failure to guess this species’ emergence mechanism. One year earlier, the thistles and butterflies had vanished by August 1, although on that date in 1961 both sexes in fair condition had been abundant. As moisture conditions varied considerably between occasions, this was _ likely correlated with the insect’s inconsistent appearance. Next, we traveled to the Black Canyon of the Gunnison in Montrose County. In August, 1964, Charles Dudley and I had fine collecting at the South Rim of the Canyon; species taken included Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov), Neominois ridingsi stretchi (Edwards), Cercyonis behri masoni (Cross), and many Lycaenids, including Hypaurotis crysalis citima (Hy. Edwards) which fluttered above the oaks in the canyon lips. Unfortunately, few butterflies were present during our 1966 visit, and we left somewhat disappointed with the day’s results. Thus somewhat dulled to our late afternoon surroundings, we were supremely shocked when, as we drove along the canyon rim road, nearing the highway access, we were confronted with the largest aggregation of butterflies that I have yet encountered. Alerted first by the flicker of blue wings, we scrutinized a tiny arroyo by the roadside, which was lined with blooming milkweed (Asclepias sp.). Here, within 100 feet of the car, were myriad blues and other small butterflies. We stirred them, and found our- selves in the midst of an azure fog, as thousands of blues took flight. When they resumed their flower visitation in a minute or two, the milkweed could not be recognized for the heaped butterflies. Those which were not imbibing nectar perched still on the leaves. Effective collecting was accomplished only with forceps, as a swing of the net yielded only battered wings. Following is a list of species comprising this astounding assemblage, in order of relative abundance. (Icaricia icarioides accounted for 50-60% of the individuals present): Icaricia icarioides lycea (Edwards), Lycaena heteronea heteronea (Boisduval), Lycaeides melissa melissa (Edwards), Callophrys apama apama (Edwards), Philotes enoptes ancilla (Barnes and McDunnough), Lycaena dorcas florus (Edwards), Phyciodes campestris camillus (Edwards), and Agriades glandon rustica (Edwards ). In all cases, males were at least twice as abundant as females, except for L. m. melissa, in which the females dominated. Each species ranged from fresh to very worn, with the exception of L. h. heteronea, which was freshly emerged. We remained in this amazing locality until past 6:00 P.M. (M.D.T.), selecting specimens but never losing our initial astonishment. Driving home we juggled estimates, trying to arrive at a reasonably accurate interpretation of the phenomenon we had observed. Our concensus could not be finalized to a greater degree of precision than “many thousands,’ although my own estimate proclamied “At least ten thousand, and perhaps a hundred!’—Rosperr M. Pyie, 6015 N.E. 64th St., Seattle, Washington. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ile THE EFFECT OF X-IRRADIATION ON THE LARVAE OF PAPILIO POLYXENES ASTERIUS (PAPILIONIDAE) RicHArpD A. ARNOLD AND ARTHUR ARNOLD 735 McKinley, Hinsdale, Illinois The effects of X-irradiation on the larvae of insects has been studied with many species, but few studies on the effect of X-irradiation on the larvae of Lepidoptera have been reported. The purpose of this report is to show an unusual degree of sensitivity of young larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll to X-rays. Whereas Drosophila larvae exposed to A000r and 6925r of X-rays were able to pupate (Villee, 1946), the larvae of P. polyxenes asterius exposed to single doses of 1500r, 3000r, 4500r, and 6000r failed to pupate and died within 17 days. Seventy-nine per- cent of the larvae used as a control in this experiment survived and pupated. MATERIALS AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS One hundred and ten ova were obtained from Mr. Robert A. Colborne of Columbus, Ohio. These ova had been deposited on Anethum graveo- lens L. by a female on August 29, 1966. One hundred and three larvae emerged on September 2. Two more larvae emerged on September 3, and the remaining five ova did not hatch. Clear plastic boxes, measur- ing 5” X 5” X 1”, were used to rear the larvae. Air holes were drilled in each box, which housed 20 of the newly emerged larvae. They were reared on Daucus carota L. The 103 young larvae were allowed to mature at their normal rate until September 10. At this time, the eight- day-old larvae were divided into five groups: four groups of 20 to be radiated and one group of 23 larvae served as a control. All the larvae were in their second instar at the time of irradiation. On the eighth day of life, the four groups of larvae were irradiated at dosages of 1500r, 3000r, 4500r, and 6000r. Irradiation factors were 250 Kv, 15 MA, no filter, dosage rate = 233r/10sec., target distance = 17 cm. Radiation was carried out with a Phillips machine and at a temperature of 72°F. Since the irradiation rate was 233r/10sec., the time required to administer 1500r was 65 sec., 3000r in 2 min. 10 sec., 4500r in 3 min. 15 sec., and 6000r in 4 min. 20 sec. Precautions were taken to avoid “backscatter.” The larvae were irradiated in the open, clear plastic boxes and after- wards transferred to new boxes and fresh foodplant. RESULTS None of the irradiated larvae of the four groups survived to pupate. The greatest losses were suffered by the four irradiated groups the day 174 ARNOLD AND ARNOLD: Irradiated Papilio Vol. 225 moses immediately following irradiation. From this point, the individual groups suffered their losses at different rates. All larvae were dead by the 17th day after irradiation and all died in their second or third instar. The majority of the larvae that lived past the first day died while in the process of moulting. The larvae were observed periodically with a dissecting microscope at 30x for external effects of the X-irradiation. No gross visible signs of radiation burns were observed on any of the larvae. The body length was periodically measured. For the first seven days after irradiation, the average length of the larvae of all five groups was as close as + 2 mm. But after the seventh day following irradiation, the larvae of the irradiated groups averaged 3-8 mm. less than the length of the control larvae. The rates of survival of the 3000r, 6000r and control groups are graphed in Figure I. No true regularity among the five groups was observed. DISCUSSION The effects of X-irradiation on the larvae of Lepidoptera has been reported in the available literature only once, by Whiting (1950). How- ever, considerable research has been carried out and reported on the effects of X-irradiation on the larvae of other insects. Villee observed that the larvae of Drosophila could tolerate 6925r of X-rays and pupate. After the puparium was formed, only minor mal- formations developed in the adult Drosophila. In Habrobracon females, Clark (1961) observed that 3000r delivered to the larvae did not inter- fere with survival and pupation, but did reduce the life span of the subsequent adults from a normal of 25-29 days to six days. Whiting (1950) showed that a dose of 40,000r of X-rays prevented pupation of the flour moth Anagasta (= Ephestia) kitihniella (Z.), many individuals of which continued to live in the larval form for up to 40 days, i.e. 37 days after the control larvae pupated. In contrast, the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius in our experiment failed to survive even the lowest dose of 1500r X-rays. All the larvae of the four irradiated groups (1500r, 3000r, 4500r, and 6000r) expired by the 17th day after irradiation in the second or third instar. It would be plausible to assume that even a much smaller total dose of X-rays, in the vicinity of 750- 1000r would be lethal for the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius, since the larval time period for development to pupation is on the average 28-30 days. The radiation responses which we have observed in our experiment appear to be of two types, an early and a latent. The early responses appeared immediately, within one day after irradiation, and the latent effects developed when the moulting stage began. The explanation for 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 Ut O€ SZ pupation on days 28-30 02 i HUTAT] OPAC] JO JOqUNN ate | KEY: Control 3000r —y»~—»x 60005 == ° (eee OT 5 10 15 20 25 30 Number of Days After Irradiation Fig. I. Rates of survival of irradiated larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll. the latent damage and death may rest upon the observation that “when insects pass from one instar to another by going through a moulting process, there is a brief period of intense mitotic activity, and if the insect is irradiated prior to moulting, visible damage and death may not show up until moulting occurs” (Baldwin and Salthouse, 1959a,b, 1961). In our observations, the majority of the Jarvae which survived the first day after irradiation died while in the process of moulting. It has been proven that the precise stage which suffered the most radiation damage was the metaphase (one of the stages of mitosis); at dosages which prevented moulting, division proceeded normally until metaphase and then ceased (Baldwin and Salthouse, 1959c). Joly and Biellman (1958 ) using Locusta migratoria L. found that the timing of irradiation could interfere with moulting. They found that if the insects were irradiated 176 ARNOLD AND ARNOLD: Irradiated Papilio Vol. 22. nore before moulting, then that particular moult succeeded but further moults were prevented. However, if the irradiation preceded a moult by a sufficient time, then that moult was blocked. The studies of Bergonie and Tribondeau (1906) help to explain the latter phenomenon. They found that (1) the sensitivity of cells to irradiation is directly pro- portional to their reproduction activity and inversely proportional to their degree of differentiation; and (2) after insects hatch from the egg, very little cell division occurs during larval life. The cell division and differentiation of tissues occur instead during the embryonic de- velopment of the egg, so that in larval life, growth occurs primarily by enlargement of cell volume without an increase in cell number. Short bursts of mitotic activity occur just before moulting and in later stages of pupation (when pupal forms occur). The explanation for the unusual degree of radiation sensitivity of the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius is under study. This degree of sensitivity does not hold for all species of butterflies since our compara- tive studies with Colias using comparable single dosages of X-rays show that the larvae are much more resistant to X-irradiation than the Papilio polyxenes asterius larvae. Many larvae of the Colias survived the ex- posures to X-rays, pupated, and formed adults with a variety of abnormal- ities and a shortened life span. SUMMARY An unusual degree of sensitivity to moderate doses of X-rays occurs in the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius. By contrast, the larvae of Drosophila, Habrobracon, Locusta, Anagasta, and Colias are much more resistant to X-irradiation. Therefore, the general statement that larvae of all insects are quite resistant to X-irradiation does not hold true. LITERATURE CITED BALpwin, W. F. & T. N. SatrHouse, 1959a. Latent radiation damage and syn- chronous cell division in epidermis of an insect. I. Non-reversible effects leading to local radiation burns. Radiation Research, 10: 387. 1959b. Latent radiation damage and synchronous cell division in epidermis of an insect. II. Reversible effects in burn repair. Radiation Research, 10: 397. 1959c. Effect of O, deficiency on radiation induced mitotic damage in synchro- nously dividing cells. Canad. Jour. Zool., 37: 1061. 1961. Latent radiation damage and synchronous cell division in epidermis of an insect. III. Spontaneous reversal of effects leading to delay during mitosis. Radiation Research, 14: 426. BERGONIE, J. & L. TRIBONDEAU, 1906. Interpretation de quelque resultats de la radiotherapie et essai de fixation d’une technique “Rationelle”. Compte Rendu Societe de Biologe, 143: 983. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Ler Ciark, A. M., 1961. Some effects of X-irradiation on the longevity in Habro- bracon females. Radiation Research, 15: 515. Joty, P. & G. BreELLMAN, 1958. Effects of irradiation on Locusta migratoria (L.). Compte Rendu Societe de Biologe, 247: 243. ViLLEE, C. A., 1946. Some effects of X-rays on development in Drosophila. Jour. spe Zool., 101: 261. Waitinc, A. R., 1950. Failure of pupation of Ephestia larvae following exposure to X-irradiation. Anatomical Record, 108: 609. APPARENT PARTIAL COURTSHIP BETWEEN MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE COLORADENSIS AND M. STRECKERI (MEGATHYMIDAE ) MICHAEL TOLIVER 1612 Indiana N.E., Albuquerque, New Mexico On April 23, 1966, while collecting on the west slope of South Sandia Peak at an elevation of approximately 6,200 feet, about three miles south of Embudito Canyon, Bernalillo County, New Mexico, I saw two Megathymus apparently engaged in a courtship flight. As I approached in the hopes of capturing them, the larger one lit on a bare patch of soil and the smaller one immediately lit beside it, about one inch away. I had approached close enough to identify them both, and was surprised to discover that the large Megathymus was a female Megathymus streckeri (Skinner) and the small one was a male Megathy- mus yuccae coloradensis Riley. An attempt to capture them was delayed to see what would happen. The female M. streckeri remained passive with her wings tightly closed. The male M. y. coloradensis fluttered its wings for a moment, then curved its abdomen so that the tip touched the tip of the female M. streckeris abdomen. The female responded by flying up with the male in close pursuit. At this point I captured them. The behavior of these two individuals is similar to the mating behavior described for Agathymus in Arizona by Roever (1965), but differs in several aspects. In the mating procedure of Agathymus polingi (Skin- ner), the female fluttered her wings while the male was passive. This is the opposite of the behavior of the M. streckeri and the M. y. color- adensis. There is the possibility that the male or the female discovered that the other individual was not of their species and responded ac- 178 Touiver: Interspecific courtship Vol; 2233n0ms cordingly. This view was also suggested by Mr. Kilian Roever (in litt.) after he had read the author’s manuscript. He stated “The sexual attraction does not necessarily appear to be mutual because the female did not accept the male during the period of observation. The attraction was primarily by the male to the female.” It would seem highly improb- able that a mating between these two species would ever occur naturally. They do appear similar enough to attract each other’s atten- tion, even if only for a moment. Roever (1965) says: “Territorial males rarely left their perches to investigate ovipositing females, Agathymus of other species, or other insects passing through their territory.” “In the few cases where males left their perches to investigate ovipositing females they returned to the perches after approach(ing) no closer than two or three feet.” Assuming that females of another species would have little more attraction than ovipositing females of the same species, the behavior of these two individuals is, to say the least, unusual. Another factor is that Megathymus streckeri is usually temporally isolated from Megathymus yuccae by two or three weeks. Last year (1966), however, both species were flying at the same time. Seasonal isolation is probably the main isolating mechanism between these two species, but this is not always true, as pointed out by Roever (in litt.), “In an attempt to find out where the isolation mechanism is that isolates streckeri and yuccae as species our information is limited to mechanisms that prevent interspecific crosses. Although (a) seasonal isolation is generally true it is not always the case as your observation indicates.” In the cases where seasonal isolation is not the isolating mechanism, it is probably the behavioral pattern of the adults that is the isolation factor. | It is interesting to note that the food plant of both species here is the same, Yucca baileyi, although Megathymus yuccae also uses Yucca baccata. The author is indebted to F. M. Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado; Kilian Roever, Phoenix, Arizona; and Richard Holland, Albuquerque, New Mexico, for reading the manuscript and offering their encouragement. LITERATURE CITED Roever, K., 1965. Bionomics of Agathymus (Megathymidae). Jour. Res. Lepid., Ss NOS= 10, [°1964"]. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THREE PYRGINAE IN NEW YORK (HESPERIIDAE) ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO Dept. of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York THORYBES BATHYLLUS (Smith) This species is recorded definitely from New York only on the coastal plain (Staten I., Long I., Forbes 1928) and has not been recorded from Ithaca, and there are no central New York specimens in the Cornell collections. One was taken and another seen on June 20, 1967, on Mt. Pleasant, a hill east of the city of Ithaca, Tompkins Co., in company with numerous T. pylades (Scudder). On July 4, despite cloudy weather, both species were abundant on the south slope of nearby Turkey Hill, and ten bathyllus were collected. Another was taken at the Turkey Hill locality on July 10. Diligent searching failed to produce any evidence of a second brood of either species. Females of both species were ovipositing on the two July dates on Desmodium rotundifolium (Michx.) DC., a common plant of dry old fields on the oak-chestnut soils south and east of Ithaca, often associated with redroot, Ceanothus americanus L. and deerberry, Vaccinium stamineum L. Erynnis martialis (Scudder) was common at the Turkey Hill site with the Thorybes and appeared to be associated with the Ceanothus. Forbes (1960) suggests that T. bathyllus has greatly increased in abundance in Massachusetts in recent years, implying a northward range expansion. It was more numerous on Turkey Hill than I have seen it in southeastern Pennsylvania, where it is bivoltine (Shapiro, 1966 ). Pyrcus comMuNIs (Grote) On June 17, 1967, a female of this species was observed “skipping” around low weeds behind a construction site on the Cornell University campus, apparently seeking an oviposition site. She returned repeatedly to a plant of Chenopodium album L. about three inches tall, ignoring many other plant species (Lepidium, Setaria, Ambrosia), and finally laid an egg near the tip of one of the small leaves near the top of the plant. The plant was potted and brought indoors where the egg hatched June 23, but the larva refused to feed and died within 48 hours. P. communis oviposits commonly on Malva moschata L. and M. neglecta Wallr. (M. rotundifolia auct.) and all stages are easily found and reared on these plants. Several attempts were made to induce newly hatched 180 SHAPIRO: Pyrginae biologies Vol. 22. moss larvae from eggs laid on Malva, and older larvae, to feed on Chenopo- dium, but it was always rejected. The “mistake” by the June 17 female is of special interest as a number of other Pyrginae, including the genus Pholisora, routinely feed on Chenopodiaceae. P. communis is abundant throughout the southern Finger Lakes region of New York, occurring in disturbed “dump-heap” habitats and in fallow fields. It has also been reared locally on garden hollyhock (Althaea). It appears to be at least partially triple-brooded (June 1— October 17). PHOLISORA CATULLUS (Fabricius ) Larvae of this species were taken from Celosia argentea var. cristata (L.) Ktze. (cockscomb, Amaranthaceae) and Chenopodium paganum Reich. (Chenopodiaceae) at Ithaca. The larvae from Celosia accepted Amaranthus hybridus L. (pigweed) and fed to maturity on it. Two larvae from C. paganum refused to accept Atriplex patula L. (Cheno- podiaceae ). LITERATURE CITED Forses, W. T. M. 1928. Lepidoptera. in W. D. Leonard, ed., List of the Insects of New York. Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta., Mem. 101, pp. 532-686 [“1926”]. 1960. The Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. Part IV. Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta., Mem. 371, 188 pp. SHaprro, A. M. 1966. Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. American Ent. Soc.; Philadelphia; 79 pp. VARIATIONS OF CERCYONIS PEGALA PEGALA (SATYRIDAE) IN NEW JERSEY Jos—EPH MULLER R. D. 1, Lebanon, New Jersey I found Mather’s article on Cercyonis pegala pegala (Fabricius) in the Journal (1966, vol. 20, p. 186) interesting, and believe it would be advisable to publish a somewhat similar diagnosis of Cercyonis speci- mens from New Jersey. All specimens herein mentioned were caught on the southern coastal plain of New Jersey from Cape May, the most southern tip of New Jersey, (situated about as far south as Washington, D. C.), north to Chatsworth (Burlington County). The localities and collecting data are given below and the variations described. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 No published record appears to exist of any catches of Cercyonis pegala pegala in New Jersey prior to this paper. Klots (1951: 72) mentions New Jersey as a blend zone only. Coastal specimens have heretofore been listed by Comstock (1940: 60) as alope (Fabricius ). The material examined consists of 48 specimens from the southern coastal plain, collected in about even numbers by Mr. F. Rutkowski and myself. LOCALITIES AND DATA (numbers of specimens given in parentheses ): Cape May: (1) July 26, 1958; (8) July 19, 1961; (20) July 16, 1966; Bass River State Park (near Harrisville Pond, 60 miles north of Cape May): (5) July 16, 1966; New Gretna (about the same distance from Cape May): (2) July 16, 1966; Chatsworth (about 70 miles north of Cape May): (8) August 11, 1966; (4) July 16, 1966. There are only four females in the lot, each with equally large ocelli in the yellow patch on the upper side of the primaries. They are in- cluded among the data from males below. Variations in ocelli near the upper outer margin of the primaries: Two equal- Lower ocellus Lower very One sized ocelli smaller small ocellus (3 mm) (134 mm) (1 mm) (2%, mm) Cape May (31 specimens ) Mel 5 6 3 Chatsworth & New Gretna (17 specimens ) 13 2} 2 0 Variations of the ocelli on the upper side of the secondaries: Two ocelli Three ocelli None Cape May Y) 3 i Chatsworth 2 3 0 Nine specimens from Bass River and Chatsworth all show the yellow patch light yellow and ground color on upper outer margin of the primaries and underside of the secondaries much lighter. The ocelli on underside of secondaries vary from 2 to 6. Two of the 9 specimens have 2 ocelli; 4 specimens have 5 ocelli; and 3 have the ocelli large. Variation in phenotype shown by Cercyonis specimens from Bass River State Park and Chatsworth, in color and ocelli, show a gradual blending from C. pegala pegala into C. pegala alope. This indicates that the blend zone starts about 60 miles north of Cape May. The above descriptions show that the New Jersey population of pegala is variable in the size of ocelli. Specimens with one ocellus are scarce (3 in 48). 182 LAMBREMONT: Unidirectional Phoebis flight Vol? 22 enone Curiously, all butterflies in Bass River State Park rested only on tree trunks, while those caught at Cape May were collected in open grassy meadow mixed with brush. I want to thank Dr. Cyril F. dos Passos for determining my specimens. LITERATURE CITED Comstock, W. P., 1940. Butterflies of New Jersey. A list of the Lepidoptera suborder Rhopalocera occuring in the State of New Jersey; giving time of flight, food plants, records of capture with locality and date. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 48: 47-84. Kiots, A. B., 1951. COLOR VARIANT OF CALLOSAMIA PROMETHEA (SATURNIIDAE) IN NEW YORK ALLEN M. YouNG Department of Zoology, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois Distinct color variants exist within many species of insects and it is interesting to detect in nature examples of appearance and increase of such morphs for a particular species in a region where they have not previously been found. For eight successive years (1957-1965), I have collected cocoons of Callosamia promethea (Drury) from three counties in southern New York State: Ulster, Westchester, and Nassau counties. Within each of these regions, which are roughly 50 miles apart, cocoons were taken at six different localities, covering an approximate area of 150 square miles per county. Almost invariably collected on Prunus, yearly samples of 75 cocoons were obtained for each county giving a total of 225 per year or 1,800 cocoons sampled for the eight-year period. Adult emergence indoors was recorded yearly by county and the sex ratio consistently revealed slightly more males (53-57%) for the eight years in all three counties. The most interesting result of this survey, and the subject of this paper, was the repeated appearance of an apparently distinct color variant of females from cocoons collected in Ulster County (the most northern of the three) during the final three years. Normal females of 186 YouNnc: Color variant in Callosamia Vol. 22) noses promethea are dull red-brown in wing background color sometimes with a slight orange tint (Forbes, 1923). The variant females were bright orange-brown with the same markings as in normal females of promethea. Specimens of the variant did not vary much within and between years. Although difficult to determine precisely, males did not appear to be aberrant for coloration and markings. Variants formed 10% of the emerged females in 1963, 25% in 1964, and 30% in 1965. My initial impression was that the color variants were actually females of C. angulifera Walker, a species known to occur in New York. Females of both species are similar in markings, although angulifera has the bright orange-brown color observed in the variant. My initial supposi- tion proved to be erroneous after careful comparative examination of many specimens of both species (using angulifera adults reared from cocoons obtained from a dealer). Holland (1903) states that males of angulifera have large, angulate discal spots (similar to those of females of both species), while males of promethea lack these markings. None of the males emerging from the collected cocoons had these diagnostic markings. Furthermore, the most conspicuous difference between fe- males of both species is that the large, angulate spot of the forewing usually touches the postmedial line in angulifera (Holland, 1903; Forbes, 1923). None of the orange-brown moths had this marking. Finally, larvae of angulifera characteristically spin cocoons which fall to the ground while cocoons of promethea are usually securely attached to branches (Holland, 1903). All cocoons collected were of the latter type. The color variant has not been obtained from cocoons collected in the other two counties. All cocoons were kept in the same room under the same conditions of temperature and relative humidity and all were collected during December. Ruling out gross sampling error, it is conceivable that the color variant of promethea is new to Ulster County and that it has been increasing in frequency. Sampling error may have been minimal since cocoon collections were made only where the species is very abundant and the area covered was large for each county and did not vary much over the eight years. Breeding experiments, to elucidate a possible genetic basis of the variant, were not performed. LITERATURE CITED Forses, W. T. M., 1923. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Primitive forms, Microlepidoptera, Pyraloids, Bombyces. Cornell Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. 68, 729 pp. Ho.LuaNnp, W. J., 1903. The Moth Book. Doubleday, Page and Co., New York, 445 pp. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 RECORDS OF TWO SPECIES OF EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA CAPTURED IN CALIFORNIA PAPILIO DEMOLEUS L. This widely distributed citrus-feeding species was represented in a student collec- tion that was presented in partial fulfillment of a course at San Jose State College. The specimen was taken in the student’s back yard. There seems to be no doubt of the authenticity of the capture. The labels read: “Palo Alto / Santa Clara Co. / Calif., 4.1V.64” and “Bryan Osborne / Collector.” As nearly as can be ascertained this specimen belongs to the population found in Africa, rather than to the Indo- Australian race, but this is not easy to establish from a single specimen. The speci- men is in the collection of J. W. Tilden. CERAMIDIA viRIpIs ( Druce) There are at hand four specimens of this syntomid moth, two of which, from the collections of the California Insect survey and determined by J. A. Powell, are quite surely this species. One bears the labels: “Berkeley, Cal. / May 1960.” “A. Berryman / collr.,’ and “Emerged late May 60 / Reared from / cocoon on Banana / from Safeway Mkt.” The empty cocoon and pupal exuviae attached to a bit of banana peel are pinned below the specimen. The second specimen is labelled: “Auburn / Placer Co. / Calif. IX.7.60” and “J. Osgood / Collector.” There is no label stating the source but the cocoon and exuviae are attached to a bit of banana peel below the specimen. The other two specimens, in the collection of J. W. Tilden, do not seem to fit the description of C. viridis as well as the two preceding specimens, yet do not fit descriptions or illustrations of other species of Ceramidia, and are tentatively placed as C. viridis pending further information. One bears the labels: “Milpitas / Santa Clara Co., / Calif. 8.X1I/65,” and “In Kitchen / leg. R. Hennessey.” The other bears labels reading: “Palo Alto / Santa Clara Co., / Calif. 27 Feb. 66,” “From Cocoon on / Bunch of Bananas,” and “R. B. Blake / Acc. No. 85.”—J. W. TitpEen, San Jose, California. Book NOTICE ANNOTATIONES RHOPALOCEROLOGICAE, be Charlesy E) Cowany EERE-S +20 pp. Privately printed. 29 Feb. 1968. Price, 12/6, paperbound. Francis Hemming died before his monumental study “The Generic Names of Butterflies and their Type-species” was published. It was inevitable that under such conditions certain errors escaped correction. Col. Cowan has studied Hemming’s volume with meticulous care and has brought to light a variety of errors. He also has been able to add all of the generic names published, but not included by Hemming, through 1964. The Addenda lists 10 additional names, including one that is proposed for an ill-founded one for an African taxon. The I.C.Z.N. rulings that affect generic names of butterflies are reviewed through the end of 1967. Cowan discovered and here corrects about 190 errors in the text of Hemming’s work and its index. These corrections are supported by a series of numbered explanatory notes. A valuable contribution of Cowan is the dating of two Felder papers published in 1861. One of these was presented in 1860 but not published for 14 months. 188 Opier: Book review Vol. 22, no. 3 Cowan's discussion of the genera proposed in these papers is most informative and affects certain Neotropical names. Four Nearctic genera are affected by publication or ruling not mentioned in Hemming’s volume. These are Erynnides Burns, 1964, type-species Nisoniades propertius Scudder & Burgess, 1870; Lephelisca Barnes & Lindsey, 1922, imvalid: Adopaeoides Godman, 1900, valid: Athanassa Scudder, 1875, type-species Melitaea texana Edwards, 1863——F. M. Brown, Colorado Springs, Colo. BOOK REVIEW WINGS IN THE MEADOW, by Jo Brewer: 187 pp. + xviii, illustrated by Henry B. Kane: 1967. Houghton Mifflin Co., 2 Park Street, Boston, Massachusetts. Cloth, $4.95. Wings in the Meadow is the story of the annual sequence of events involving the monarch, Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus). The story begins with the arrival ot “Danaus the mother’ in a Massachusetts meadow belonging to Mr. Stevens, the main character of the book's subplot. The life of the storys hero, “Danaus the son-Danaus of the Golden Wings” begins on May 22nd as one of eleven eggs laid by Danaus the mother in Mr. Stevens meadow. From this day the life of Danaus the son is followed until his death on an ocean beach on September 10th. Simultaneously, the passing of the season is followed in the meadow with Mr. Stevens becoming increasingly perceptive of the natural world on his doorstep. The last 25 pages of the text are a treatment of the final movement of Danaus brethren and progeny to their winter refuge in the south. The imaginative and faithful black and white illustrations of Mr. Kane occur at frequent intervals and nicely compliment the material treated in the text. A preface by John C. Downey, Carbondale, Illinois and a brief glossary of technical terms directed to the lay reader supplement the text. This book is a notably successful first attempt at popularized documentary natural history writing rather in the style of Rachel Carson. Wings in the Meadow was a challenge to its author to write. It will now be a pleasurable challenge to lepidopterists of all ages, as well as the layman, to read and assimilate. For this book’s purpose will not be to be read once and forgotten, but to be the subject of repeated analytic readings. Mrs. Brewer was not content to present a mere travelogue of Danaus, but instead she has produced a book packed with concepts normally treated in advanced textbooks. Topics revolving around ecology, develop- mental physiology, behavior. and evolution have received considerable attention. Mrs. Brewers field observations were combined with material from a number of respected reference works listed by her on pages 179 to 181. The author was able to adapt advanced ideas to a form which will be understandable to the enlightened lay reader and yet retain its impact. Jo Brewer was particularly successful in her attempts to avoid vitalistic writing and to refuse the temptation to make anthropomorphic comparisons; however lapses occur in her descriptions of the behavioral actions of Danaus. For example on page 101 we find “He (Danaus) flew frantically back and forth trying to escape, but all his skills and wiles were of no use . . .” Mrs. Brewer's descriptions of facets of the story which deal with ecology, morphology, and physiology were most successful. There is much of value in Wings in the Meadow for persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology as Jo Brewer's ability to convey the essence of complex natural phenomena to her reader is remarkable—Paut A. Oper, University of California, Berkeley, California. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 HESPEROCHARIS LONGSTAFFI (PIERIDAE) REDISCOVERED IN VENEZUELA JoHN H. Masters Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota The type series of Hesperocharis longstaffi Dixey (1915) in the Hope Collection, Oxford University, consists of one male and two females col- lected by Dr. G. B. Longstaff (January 9-11, 1913) at La Guaira, Districto Federal, Venezuela at 1,000 and 1,300 feet elevation. These have been virtually the only known specimens. In August, 1966, a series of three males and 13 females was collected at flowers in the backyard of the Harold Skinner residence in Los Dos Caminos, Estado Miranda, Vene- zuela, at the base of El] Avila, the highest peak (7,000+ feet) in the Venezuelan coastal range. The high ratio of females to males in this series may indicate that females are less wary and easier to catch, because most of the specimens were taken by hand by a young lad in the Skinner household. Because the type series was collected in January; a watch was kept for a second brood in January 1967 and a single male was captured on January 5. Probably the breeding grounds of H. long- staffi are somewhere on E] Avila. The summit has been often collected but the steep slopes are not accessable. Perhaps a movement owing to exceptional population density forced some individuals to lower eleva- tions where they could be collected. Harold Skinner had previously collected a series of longstaffi some- where near Caracas in the late 1950's, but did not record the data. A few years later this series was identified at the Central University of Venezuela at Maracay as Heliochroma crocea Bates. Two of these specimens are retained at Maracay under this name and two remain in Skinners collection. A search of other Venezuelan collections has re- vealed only one additional specimen, a male from Turin, Estado Portu- guesa is in Rudolf Feige’s collection in Caracas. A canvass of the large institutional collections in the United States has not revealed any speci- mens. Aside from its rarity, H. longstaffi is of special interest because it belongs to that group of insects for which Butler proposed the genus Heliochroma. The type species for Heliochroma is the little known idiotica Butler; other species presumably allied with it include crocea, longstaffi and jaliscana Schaus. Heliochroma has sometimes been held as a valid genus, and sometimes has been treated as a synonym of Hesperocharis Herrich-Schaeffer or Daptonoura Butler. Most revisers have been handicapped by the lack of specimens for study. Sexual 190 Masters: Hesperocharis longstaffi rediscovered Vol. 22, no. 3 EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Hesperocharis longstaffi Dixey, Los Dos Caminos, Venezuela, August 1966. Top row (uppersides) male left, female right. Bottom row (undersides) male left, female right. Natural scale. dimorphism seems to be the crux of this generic confusion, as females have a wing shape characteristic of Hesperocharis, while the males have tapered apices suggestive of a relationship to Daptonoura (see figures). Dr. Alexander B. Klots’ (in litt.) is of the opinion that Butler’s Helio- chroma was founded solely on females and should be treated as a synonym of Hesperocharis. F. Martin Brown has examined a female of H. longstaffi from my series and is of the opinion that it belongs to the subgenus Hesperocharis. The question is not fully resolved and may be eventually settled by detailed field work and life history studies. Talbot (1934) retained longstaffi as a subspecies of Hesperocharis crocea. This may be correct as crocea and longstaffi are indeed similar, and crocea is Central American. H. crocea is easily separated from longstaffi by having an orange suffusion on the dorsal secondaries. I am depositing a pair of H. longstaffi in the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh and two females in the American Museum of Natural History 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 191 at New York. Harold Skinner is placing a pair in the collection of the Central University of Venezuela at Maracay. One male and three females are being retained each in my collection and in Harold Skinner’s collection in Los Palos Grande. I am grateful to Richard M. Fox, A. B. Klots and F. M. Brown for their helpful suggestions. I am especially indebted to H. W. Skinner for supplying collection data and specimens for study. LITERATURE CITED Drxry, F. A., 1915. New species and subspecies of Pierinae. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1915: 1-15. inverewe 1934. Pieridae Il. Lepid. Cat., Pars 60: 326. WINTER SURVIVAL OF PIERIS RAPAE AT THE PAS, MANITOBA There seem to be no records in the literature as to how far north in North America Pieris rapae (L.) can survive the winters. I was much surprised to have a male Pieris rapae emerge in the house on May 3, 1967, from a chrysalid found outdoors one week before. The chrysalid was one of three found attached to the cement foundation of the house. It was attached six inches from the ground, next to a plot of ground in which cabbage had been grown the preceding season. The chrysalid here would have been exposed to seven months of winter, with the temperature regularly dropping to —40 degrees F. for the better part of a month. One of the chrysalids had dried out and the third, though apparently living, was eaten by a Carabid beetle. The emerged specimen is in the writer’s collection labelled “Ist recorded winter survivor, The Pas, Manitoba, May 3rd, 1967.” Pieris rapae is common in gardens at The Pas and has been so for the past 30 years. I have always assumed it to arrive freshly from the south each spring, not being able to survive our severe winters. The present record shows that this species is adapted to our climate and can survive the winters in the pupal state. This species is at present absent from the Lynn Lake area and likely in other northern settlements of Manitoba. I propose to document its rate of spread north- ward.—WaALTER VY. Krivpa, P. O. Box 864, The Pas, Manitoba, Canada. 192 Brown: Richard M. Fox, 1911-1968 Vol. 225 m0" RICHARD MIDDLETON FOX (1911-1968) Dr. Richard Middleton Fox, currently the world’s authority on Ithomii- dae, died suddenly in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, on April 25, 1968. Dr. Fox was born in Morrisville, Pa., on April 15, 1911. He is survived by his wife, Jean Walker Fox, and a son and daughter by his first marriage. Fox’s education was interrupted by depression and war. He studied at Swarthmore (’29-32), University of Pennsylvania (’40—41—AB with Honors) and University of Pittsburgh. The last institution granted him his M.S. (Zoology) in 1947 and Ph.D. in 1948. During World War II, Dick Fox served in the Pacific as operations officer on an amphibious- group staff and later became Commanding Officer of LSM 177. He retired from the U. S. Naval Reserve as a Lt. Commander in 1960. With the exception of his military service, Fox's life was divided between teaching and entomological research. Before the war he was engaged in research at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia (1935-1941) and Reading, Pa., Public Museum (1941-1942). From 1946-1948 Fox was on the faculty at University of Pittsburgh which he rejoined in 1960. At the time of his death he was Adjunct Professor of Biology in the Graduate School. From 1949 to 1954 he was Associate Professor of Zoology at Colorado College in Colorado Springs. In 1954 he and his wife Jean moved to Liberia where he was medical entomolo- gist and acting director of the Liberian Institute (1954-1957) and then director of field research for Riker Laboratories, Inc. (1958-1959). Upon returning to this country Fox became Associate Curator, Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh, Pa., which position he held at the time of his death. I first became aware of Dick Fox in the late 1930’s when I returned from a year-long collecting trip to Ecuador, and he asked to study my Ithomiids. From that time on our friendship grew. We argued the philosophy of taxonomy, reviewed each other's work before publication, and in general enjoyed each others company in the field, laboratory and at home. Fox wrote numerous papers about butterfly taxonomy, the most important of which are his now closed series of monographs upon the Ithomiidae. He was meticulous and tolerated no slovenly work among those associated with him. Perhaps his most important contribution is the textbook on entomology that he prepared with his wife, also an accomplished systematist and morphologist. To: my, knowledge this is the only non-economic entomological text published in this country. He and Jean spent years of loving care to make it as 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 193 sound and complete as is humanly possible. Reinholt published their “Introduction to Comparative Entomology” in 1964. Lee Millers as yet unpublished study of the genera and _ higher categories of the world fauna of Satyridae was carried out under Fox’s critical eye. When I last was with him, a few weeks before his death, he was guiding Maria Etcheverry, the well-known Chilean lepidopterist, through a similar study of the Nymphalidae. The Fox family had planned to spend this past winter and spring in London working at the British Museum where Dick was familiar with the collections as he was with those at the Carnegie. A heart attack, his second, last fall put him into the hospital and prevented him and Jean from making that trip. His many friends at the British Museum will miss him as much as we here who were associated with him. He was a man who made friends slowly but enjoyed life, a musician of ability, an artist of no mean talent and above all, a superb, well-rounded scientist and teacher. F. MARTIN Brown, Colorado Springs, Colorado The following bibliography of scientific writings of Richard M. Fox is complete to mid-1967. SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF RicHARD M. Fox Ls. UGSi7E Pyrameis virginiensis in France (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Ent. News, 48: 230-231. 2. 1939 (a) Notes on Melinaea lilis D & H with the description of a new subspecies (Lepidoptera: Ithomiinae). Ent. News, 50: 72-76. (b) A note on the Fabrician species lycaste (Lepidoptera: Ithomiinae ). Ent. News, 50: 141-144. Notes on Oeneis katahdin and semidea with designation of types (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Ent. News, 50: 213-216. 1940 A generic review of the Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae ). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 66: 161-207, 4 pls. 6. 1941 (a) New Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Reading Pub. Mus. Sen, Pulloll, Be PQ jen, Y sole CU ee — fe) — ihe (b) [R. Ferreira d’Almeida & R. M. Fox] A revision of the genus Sais Hiibner (Lepidoptera: Ithomiinae). Reading Pub. Mus. Sci. Publ., Se 8 jojo, Jb soll, 8. 1942 (a) On the identity of Melinaea lucifer Bates, with descriptions of two new Melinaea subspecies. American Mus. Novitates, 1194: 3 pp., 2, figs. 9. (b) Catalogue of the types in the L. W. Mengel butterfly collection. Reading Pub. Mus. Sci. Publ., 4: 23 pp., 4 figs. 10. (c) Three new Ithomiinae in the Mengel collection. Reading Pub. Mus. Sci. Publ., 4: 25-27, 4 figs. Inks > £943 New and rare Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera) in the Carnegie Museum Annals Carnegie Mus., 29: 397-406, 1 pl. 12. 1945 New genera and saecies of enone ( Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). American Mus. Novitates, 1295: 14 pp., 28 figs. 194 1947 1948 1949 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1960 1961 1963 Brown: Richard M. Fox, 1911-1968 Vol. 22: mom [R. M. Fox & Jean W. Fox] Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera) of Rancho Grande, Venezuela, including two new species. Zoologica (N.Y. Zool. Soc.), 32(4): 173-177, 1 pl. Roswellia, a new genus of Ithomines (Lepidoptera). Ent. News, See MISS, Two new Ithomiinae in the Schaus collection (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). J. Washington Acad. Sci., 38: 315-316, 2 figs. The scarcest of fossils. Carnegie Mag.. 22(2): 51-52. [Preprint] The evolution and systematics of the Ithomiidae (Lepi- doptera). Doctoral Dissertations 1948, Bull. Univ. Pittsburgh, 45(8)): 36=47. [R. M. Fox & R. M. Stabler] Basilia calverti, a new species of bat-tick fly (Nycteribiidae: Diptera). J. Parasit., 39: 22-27, 2 figs. The taxonomic value of male genitalia in the Ithomiidae (Lepi- doptera). Ent. News, 64: 141-143. [G. E. MacDougall & R. M. Fox] The seasonal distribution of carrion and refuse feeding flies in Colorado Springs, Colorado. J. Colorado-Wyoming Acad. Sci., 1953. (Abstract. ) Speciation in the Ithomiidae. J. Colorado-Wyoming Acad. Sci., 1953. (Abstract. ) Ecuadorian Lycoreinae (Lepidoptera: Danaidae). Rev. Ecuadoriana Bint. Parasit., 2: 257—262, 6 figs. The effect of reservoirs on raw water contamination. J. Colorado- Wyoming Acad. Sci., 1954. (Abstract. ) Oeneis semidea Say in New Hampshire and on Pike’s Peak. J. Colorado-Wyoming Acad. Sci., 1954. (Abstract. ) [Jean W. Fox & R. M. Fox] Maxillary index and biological races in Anopheles gambiae Giles. Mosquito News, 15(4): 207-214, 4 figs. On subspecies. Syst. Zool. 4(2): 93-95. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera), Part I. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 111(1): 76 pp., 75 text figs., 9 pls. Anopheles gambiae in relation to malaria and filariasis in coastal Liberia. American J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 6(4): 598-620, 8 figs., 6 tables. Man-biting mosquitoes in coastal Liberia. American J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 7(2): 215-220. [R. M. Fox & Jaraslav Weiser] A microsporidian parasite of Anoph- eles gambiae in Liberia. J. Parasit., 45(1): 21-30, 6 figs. Yendamalahoun. Carnegie Mag., 33(8): 278-284, ill. [R. S. Bray, R. Burgess, R. M. Fox & M. Miller] Effect of pyrimethamine upon sporogony and pre-erythrocytic schizogony of Laverania falciparum. Bull. World Health Organ., 21: 233-238. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera), Part II. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 86: 109-171, 28 figs., 4 pls. ; A postscript on the Ithomine tribe Tithoreini. J. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 68: 159-156, 1 fig. Tribal medicine in Liberia. Carnegie Mag., 35: 41-47, ill. Folk medicine in Liberia. Healthways, 1(3): 2-5. A check list of the Ithomiidae, I. Tribes Tithoreini and Melinaeini. Jimlvepid. Soc La: 25=383: [M. Condamin and R. M. Fox] A new subspecies of Bicyclus ignobilis (Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Bull. Inst. Francais d’Afrique Noire, 25 (Ser. A): 1166-1167, 1 fig. Reports on the Margaret M. Cary-Carnegie Museum Expedition to Baja California, 1961. I. Introduction: Itinerary and Localities. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 36: 181-192. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 AO. (c) New African butterflies. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 36: 213-224, 9 figs. 41. 1964 (a) Affinities and distribution of Antillean Ithomiidae. J. Res. Lepid., Ase lio is4. 12. fies: | 1963-1: 42. (b) [R. M. Fox and Jean W. Fox] An introduction to comparative entomology. New York. Reinhold Publishing Corp., 450 pp., 326 figs. 43. (c) [Jean W. Fox and R. M. Fox] A new species of Triozocera (Men- geidae: Strepsiptera) from Liberia, West Africa. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 57(4): 402-405, ill. 44, (d) [M. Condamin and R. M. Fox] Le complexe de Bicyclus dorothea. Bull. Inst. Francais d'Afrique Noire, 26 (Ser. A), 624-631, ill. 45. (e) The genus Phalanta (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). Bull. Inst. Francais d Afrique Noire, 26 (Ser. A), 632-639, ill. A6. (£) [Jean W. Fox and R. M. Fox] A new genus and species of Stylopidae (Strepsiptera) from Liberia, West Africa. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 57: 754-756, ill. 47. 1965 (a) [Cummins, K. W., L. D. Miller, N. Smith and R. M. Fox] Experi- mental entomology. New York. Reinhold Publishing Corp., 176 pp, ill: A8. Co) petoxe, Re M.. A. W. lindsay, H. K. Clench and L. D. Miller] Butterflies of Liberia. Mem. American Ent. Soc., No. 19: 438 pp., 233 figs. AQ. (c) The importance of introductory entomology in a modern biological program. Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer., 11(2): 78-80. 50. 1965 (d) Additional notes on Melinaea Hiibner (Lepidoptera: Ithomiidae). Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (B), 34: 77-82. 51. 1967 (a) Forelegs of butterflies, I. Introduction. Chemoreception. J. Res. epics, o- 1-12, 12 fiss., 1 table | 196671. 52. (b) [Book Review of] A list of the butterflies of Malawi, by D. Gifford. Jeplepicd=ssoc:, 27-3: 5 (c) Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera), Part III. Tribe Mechanitini Fox. Amer. Ent. Soc., Mem. 22: 200 pp., 201 figs. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE A.(Nn.s.)80 Required six-month’s notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following names listed by case number: (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 5, 7 December 1967): 1801. Suppression of Argynnis chlorodippe Villers & Guenée, 1835 (Insecta, Lepidoptera ) 1815. Validation of Pachyrhynchus Germar, 1824 (Insecta, Coleoptera) 1822. Type-species for Lasioptera Meigen, 1818 (Insecta, Diptera) 1829. Suppression of Polanisa Walker, 1875 (Insecta, Hymenoptera ) (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 6, 18 January 1968) 1827. Type-species for Solenius Lepeletier & Brullé, 1834 (Insecta, Hymenoptera ) 196 PyLE: Helen Lee Lemmon, 1916—1967 Vol. 22 nome Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum ( Natural History), Cromwell Road, London S.W.7, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature——W. E. Cutna, Acting Secretary. HELEN LEE LEMMON (1916-1967 ) Helen Lee Lemmon was born in Seattle, Washington, on February 3, 1916, and lived subsequently there and in Denver, Colorado. By her marriage to Robert H. Pyle she had four children, with whom she made her home in Denver. Her second marriage was to Phil Lemmon of California. Nature was a dormant love for Mrs. Lemmon throughout her early life. When this writer, her son, developed an active devotion to natural history, she did the same. Mrs. Lemmon was intensely interested in the Lepidoptera, later in fungi (she was affiliated with the Denver Mycologi- cal Society), and committed of what spare energies she had to con- servation. “Mom L.”, as my collecting friends and I called her, gave very com- pletely of herself to further any project that we undertook. My finest memories of her consist of days in the field, when she constantly made unusual captures, no matter what the locale. Perhaps her finest speci- mens were a one-quarter gynandromorph of Colias alexandra alexandra, an Agraulis vanillae, and Speyeria nokomis, all taken in Colorado. In preparation is a detailed study of the butterflies of the Highline Canal in Colorado, for which Mrs. Lemmon was a major collaborator. A collection of these butterflies, to be known as the Helen Lee Lemmon Memorial Collection of the Butterflies of the Highline Canal, will be installed and dedicated in the interpretive center of the Highline Canal Nature Trail in Aurora, Colorado, upon its completion. During her last few summers, Mrs. Lemmon was able to go afield in numerous locales throughout Colorado, and her records are valuable. More valuable were the hours spent collecting with her. Mrs. Lemmon’s companions on butterfly jaunts were daughter Susan Kafer and her husband Ted, son H. Whetstone Pyle, Charles Dudley, JoAnne Pyle, and myself. She is survived by these, another son, Thomas, and her mother, Grace P. Miller of Denver. Because of her vigorous and kind encouragement and aid, Mrs. Lemmon’s accomplishments will be mea- sured by the continued work her associates will carry out in the realm of biology. Rosert M. Pye, 4105 Brooklyn Ave. N.E., Seattle, Washington NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Contributors should prepare manuscripts accordinn to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing iile margins, on one side only of white, 84% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LrrerATuRE CirTep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (444 x7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyr F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. entree LAWRENCE, KANSAS U.S, & 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 22, no. 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Some aspects of mating behavior in butterflies by Lee 'D. Miller and: Harry K. Clench, 000000 ee 125-132 New moths from Texas (Noctuidae, Tortricidae) by André Blanclyard 1) 0 ee 133-145 An extreme experimental aberration of Vanessa cardui (Nymphalidae) | by ‘Thomas Dimioek 0 0 G2 0 id als Sa a 146 Lepidoptera of the central Brazil Plateau. III. Partial list for the Belo Horizonte area, showing the character of the southeastern “Blend Zone” by K. S. Brown, Jr..and O.'H: Hy Mielke 0000020) 2 ee 147-157 New records, range extensions, and field data for Colorado butterflies and skippers by J.cA: Scott, S. Lo Ellis, and SD. EE) Se ee 159-171 The effect of X-irradiation on the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius (Papilionidae ) by Richard: A; Amold’ and Arthur Armold: 000000 Nay Biological notes on three Pyrginae in New York (Hesperiidae ) rr by Arthur, Mi: (Shapiro) 22000000 en 179-180 ; Variations of Cercyonis pegala pegala (Satyridae) in New Jersey ‘ by: Joseph Muller 2000 180-182 ! Some observations on and description of Polydorus aristolochiae ; ( Papilionidae ) ; by ‘G. Hi. Munshi,and)S: A. Moiz 2020030 183-185 Color variant of Callosamia promethea (Saturniidae) in New York by: Allen 'M.- Young 00) 05 ee Gi ae 185-186 . Hesperocharis longstaffi (Pieridae) rediscovered in Venezuela . by: John H. Masters : 0255000008 Gr io ASIN SCA 2 07 189-191 : FIELD NOTES Eustixia pupula (Pyralidae) on Cruciferae by Arthur: M. Shhaytro | 0000) 0 ss ee a 157-158 ; An aberrant Colias from Minnesota (Pieridae) j by. John Hy Masters. 00 2s ee 158 i An extraordinary swarm of butterflies in Colorado by Robert:\M. Pyle: 2) 8 oss 008 9 2 i/2Z Apparent partial son ee between M aes yuccae coloradensis and M. streckeri (Megathymidae ) by: Michael Tolliver): [0G soe o 20 ee 2a 177-178 Mass one-directional flight of cloudless sulfurs (Pieridae) | in Alabama and Mississippi h by Edward N. Giambremont) 220.0) 182 Records of two species of exotic Lepidoptera captured in California Hoye Jie Weg Vober (oh ON 187 Winter survival of Pieris rapae at The Pas, Manitoba by. Walter: V: Krivda® ci 191 RICHARD M. FOX (1911-1968) by Fo" Martin® Brow 200.00 Wie. TOO Wo Oe a ee 192-195 HELEN LEE LEMMON (1916-1967) : by Robert: Me Pyle) oh ce ye A 196 BOOK. ‘REVIEW, INO PUCH) 00 ye AI Ae 187, 188 ZOOLOGICAL “NOMENCLATURE: 260 Uh) SU as 195 tags fe amet vere 7 | Volume 22 1968 Number 4 q JOURNAL _ LepmpopTerists’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN eae teas In This Issue a EVOLUTION AND SIGNIFICANCE OF MULTIPLE PAIRING FACTORS IN ECLOSION OF PIERIS RAPAE BUTTERFLIES FROM COAHUILA | CONTINUOUS VARIATION IN CATOCALA i LIFE HISTORY OF CHLOSYNE FULVIA (Complete contents on back cover) 15 November 1968 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EpIrorIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe.., Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HesseL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MuNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL F. Martin Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo.), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), Ist Vice President J. Kumescn (Linz, Austria), Vice President H. STeEMprFeER (Paris, France), Vice President Roy O. Kenparzt (San Antonio, Texas), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): P. R. Enruicu (Stanford, Calif.), 1968 C. D. MacNemu (Oakland, Calif.), 1968 P.D. Syme (Sault St. Marie, Can.), 1968 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 C. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 F. T. THorne (E] Cajon, Calif.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 H. K. Crencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $6.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $7.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: Roy O. Kendall, 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas, 78201, U. S. A. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LErPiIpoPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 22 1968 Number 4 THE EVOLUTIONARY AND BIOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF MULTIPLE PAIRING IN LEPIDOPTERA Rocer W. PEASE, Jr. Department of Biology, College of Wooster, Wooster, Ohiol The frequency of pairing in Lepidoptera may be related to population structure (Labine, 1964), to courtship behavior (Marshall, 1901) or to the balance of a polymorphism in a mimetic population (Burns, 1966). In this paper a sample of female Utetheisa ornatrix bella (L.) (Arctiidae) from the polymorphic Florida population is analyzed by phentotpye and pairing frequency for evidence of sexual selection; data taken from the literature are summarized; and the importance of mating frequency for the evolution of behavior and of population structure is discussed. Studies of copulation have shown that in many Lepidoptera the male constructs a sperm containing bag (spermatophore) in the genitalia of the female (Callahan and Cascio, 1963: Callahan and Chapin, 1960; Khalifa, 1950; Norris, 1932; Weidner, 1934). Mating refers to copula- tion; successful mating requires transfer of at least one spermatophore. Since spermatophores remain in the bursa copulatrix, the number of successful pairings can be ascertained by dissecting the bursa and counting spermatophores. The spermatophore is reported to disintegrate as soon as it is formed in certain Microlepidoptera (Callahan and Casico, 1964: 554). While spermatophore remnants are difficult to count, the hardened duct (collum) through which sperm pass from the spermatophore to the ductus seminalis is retained more or less complete in Utetheisa ornatrix, and the number of colli is an index of pairing frequency. At most one spermatophore is produced during a single copulation of this species. Of twelve virgin females mating once in controlled breeding experiments in 1961, all had one and only one spermatophore in the bursa copulatrix. In the pink bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) (Gele- chiidae ), spermatophores were formed in 199 of 219 laboratory matings of virgin females (Ouye, et al., 1965, experiment 1). Seventeen of the 1 Present address: 36 Lincoln Street, New Britain, Connecticut. 198 Presse: Multiple pairing Vol.) 22;enome 20 pairs which did not form spermatophores remained in copulo no longer than 30 minutes. Thus, a certain minimum time is required for spermatophore construction and no more than one spermatophore is formed during a single copulation. The distribution of spermatophore frequencies in a sample of 89 females of U. o. bella collected in Florida is tabulated in Table 1. One bursa was lost in the process of dissection. Fifty-three males were collected with the females. The mean number of spermatophores was 3.489 with standard deviation 2.656. One individual had copulated at least 11 times, and eight had not mated successfully. Before dissection, the condition (fresh vs. worn) of each specimen was estimated on the basis of external appearance and graded A, B, C, or D. Not unexpectedly, the mean number of spermatophores in- creases from 1.455 for very fresh (A) individuals to 6.250 for very worn (D) individuals (Table 2). Moths reared under constant con- ditions (80°F, 12-16 hours light per day) usually mated at night al- though a few males collected in the field mated in the afternoon by artificial light. Diurnal mating may be an adaptation to the Florida winter season with its cold nights and warm days. A refractory period may follow copulation during which time the male will not mate suc- cessfully (cf. Khalifa, 1950: 39, Galleria mellonella (L.) (Pyralidae); Ouye, et al., 1965 experiment 2, Pectinophora gossypiella). The sample was tabulated separately for five wing pattern characters and tested for differences in mean spermatophore number between categories (Table 3). The characters were subdivided into categories as follows: (1) forewing ground color—yellow or orange, red orange and orange red, or red; (2) the distribution of forewing ground color—colored or streaked, intermediate and white; (3) black spotting on forewing— spotted or unspotted; (4) hindwing black markings—wide, semi or narrow; (5) hindwing ground color—red, pink and flush versus white (Pease, 1968). When the t-test was applied independently to each of the five char- acters in Table 3, only the difference between the mean number of individuals with spotted versus unspotted forewings was statistically significant with probability less than .02 of a difference between the means as large or larger. However, the probability is about 4 that one or more of five independent tests is significant at the .05 level, (1 — .95°). Since the statistical hypothesis was formulated after looking at the data, the result does not favor a hypothesis that wing pattern is a factor determining mating frequency. This is consistent with the observation that this species mates at night and that the bright pigmenta- tion serves as a warning stimulus (aposematic coloration) to potential 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 diurnal predators. Toxic substances have been found in the haemolymph by M. Rothschild. The species exudes a frothy bubble at the tegulae when seized suddenly (reflex bleeding ). The average number of spermatophores in the tiger swallowtail (Papilio glaucus L.), a species with dimorphic females, was greater for yellow females than for dark females in samples from Mountain Lake, Virginia and Baltimore, Maryland (Burns, 1966). The resem- blance of dark females to the unpalatable blue swallowtail (Battus philenor (1.)) is believed to confer protection from predators whose vision enables them to distinguish the two forms. The population fre- quencies of dark and yellow females are affected by two antagonistic forces of natural selection (an example of disruputive selection). An extra-specific environmental factor, mimicry, favors the mimetic dark female; an intra-specific factor, sexual selection, favors the yellow female. The preference of the male tiger swallowtail, which is always yellow, for the yellow female is relatively independent of the frequencies of dark and yellow females. At Baltimore the frequency of dark females is 4483 and the mean number of spermatophores was .3366 greater in yellow than in dark females. At Mountain Lake, Virginia where the frequency of dark females is almost doubled (.8571) the difference in mean spermatophore number between yellow and dark females is nearly the same (.3889) (Burns, 1966 Tables 1 and 2). The difference in means for spermatophores in dark and yellow forms is significant at the 0.2 level for the sample from Mountain Lake, Vir- ginia and is significant between the 0.2 and 0.3 level for the sample from Baltimore County, Maryland (Appendix 1). The “true” difference between the means is important to the theory of polymorphic populations. The experimental biologist can determine the correct sample size to prove or disprove the theory by using the data given below. Population parameters for the frequency of dark and yellow forms of the tiger swallowtail and the mean number of spermatophores for each follow (Burns, 1966): Mountain Lake, Virginia Baltimore County, Maryland Mean number of Mean number of Frequency of Spermatophores Standard Frequency of Spermatophores Standard Female Type Per Female Deviation-(s) Female Type Per Female Deviation-(s) Dark 857 1.694 781 448 1.538 776 Yellow 143 2.083 1.379 DY LHD .619 Combined — 1.750 .890 - 1.724 .702 Data For an assessment of how many specimens should be collected from each population so that the estimated difference in the average number 200 Pease: Multiple pairing Vol. 225 nen TABLE 1. DISTRIBUTION OF SPERMATOPHORES IN FIELD SAMPLES OF VARIOUS LEPIDOPTERA AND EXPERIMENTS ON MATING BEHAVIOR N—sample size; X—-mean or average; s2—sample variance, mean square or square of the sample standard deviation. Number of spermatophores N | 0) 1) 2.8) 2 5.67059 1 Onis s2 Utetheisa ornatrix bella (1..) 88 8 12 15 20 11 5442 33° 1 3ASsGu70a7s ( Arctiidae )—Archbold Biol. Station, Lake Placid, Florida (net collection ) Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haw.) 417 182 107 76 36 14 2 --—---— — — 1.0384 1.3447 ( Noctuidae )—Louisiana Callahan and Chapin (1960) Table 1—=p. 779 (light trap ) Peridroma saucia Hbn. 939 203 16 5 8 61=—-=--——=— = = 7 73305oo2e (= margaritosa Haw. ) ( Noctuidae )—Louisiana Callahan and Chapin (1960) Table 2—p. 780 (light trap? ) Heliothis zea (Boddie ) 1295 519 455 227 77 16 1 —--—--——-— —- — .9336 .9338 ( Noctuidae )—Louisiana Callahan (1958 ) Table 6—p. 427 (light trap ) N less than 2 2 or more Euphydryas editha (Bdv.) 23 14 9 (Nymphalidae )—California Labine (1964 ) Nu Ote el eo Se ee xX s2 Battus philenor (L.) Bo 7 eOr nel tale ©) 1 II Wes 9545 (Papilionidae )—Mtn. Lake Biol. Sta., Virginia Burns, 1966—table 2. Papilio glaucus L. ( Papilionidae ) Burns, 1966—table 2. Mtn. Lake Biol. Station, Virginia dark females 122 205 233 830" 17S 2 Sel eeG 94a .6095 yellow females 1 OG. 2 1 1 208335e seCOms Total SA 10) 39) 82) 10 ee ele 500) 1922, Baltimore County, Maryland dark females [30 0b 38 Ss 2 GS eee ns .6026 yellow females — 16) 620%, 442 10) v2 a lei) 3803 Total 29. .0°.12 13: 4. .= » = ./ek7e2an .4926 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 201 TABLE 1 Continued Pectinophora gossypiella—( Saunders ) 1. Number of copulations (spermatophores not counted) during the lifetime of individual pairs maintained in laboratory population cages. No. of copulations No. of moths N Oe oe ont A xX s2 in Population Cage 715 12 Lukefahr and Griffin LE ete OOk 12 NG. 1 aoe HL 3500 5934 (1957, 1967 ) Ouye, et al. (1964) iL IW vb bal yy a .9894 6343 Ouye, (in litt. 1967) 2. Number of spermatophores produced during lifetime exposure to moths of opposite sex under laboratory conditions (Ouye, et al., 1965, experiment 4— table 3; experiment 5—table 4, and Ouye, in litt. 1967). No. of No. of spermatophores Moths formed in during Pop. Cage lifetime ho ON SOIR SD SAS GSO). JI) Tok s2 Males 2 I WE iG I V@ VBSALVOWilG © 5 SB AOR! HSE Females @WmCrowded 75 25 196) 3 49 74 459919 1 == — — 29945 11186 GEymUmcrowded 1.6 266 8 64 83 6934 6.1 —1 — = 2.3195 1.4934 Combined (A+B) 498 We US Aae 8 2 Si = = woop ogee * Amends N in experiment 4 and table, Ouye, et al., 1965. 3. Spermatophore formation during the first 24 hours after eclosion of females (Ouye, et al., 1965, experiment 3 table 2, Ouye, in litt. 1967). No. of spermatophores N 0 1 2 3 4 xe 52 Time exposed to males in population cages 15=—21 shours Ce; te) Wier al ANG 2) 9812 6 9-15 hours HIG ~~ (65 4 ll 4 - 5163 yal 3-9 hours Ge a4 iL = 1 = £2500 .6000 4. Distribution of spermatophore number in a sample of females collected at light traps in the vicinity of Brownsville, Texas (Graham, et al., 1965; and Ouye, in litt. 1967). No. of spermatophores N 0 LP ES = ay AD NG: Xx s2 No. of moths QIOVISA MSi23352) Ga- 13) “S05 “1091 ~ 4067 of spermatophores lies within .05 of the “true” value 95% of the time, see Appendix 2. Disruptive selection in the tiger swallowtail may be an example of evolutionary homeostasis at the population level; that is, constant intra- specific factors of selection counterbalance variable extra-specific en- vironmental factors and tend to restore primitive population conditions. 202 Pease: Multiple pairing Vol; 22) memes TABLE 2. Utetheisa ornatrix bella IN EACH OF FOUR GRADES OF CONDITION WITH MEAN NUMBER OF SPERMATOPHORES PER FEMALE Condition # Individuals Mean Number of Spermatophores A 22 LAs) B 32 2.781 ¢ 26 BUI D 8 6.250 If this is true, when the environment ceases to favor the evolutionary novelty (the dark female), the force of sexual selection will restore a uniformly yellow population. This hypothesis is consistent with the observed correlation between the distribution of the blue swallowtail and a high frequency of the dark female form of the tiger swallowtail. Data on spermatophore frequency in Lepidoptera are summarized in Table 1. The maximum number of spermatophores counted in a female was 11 (Utetheisa ornatrix). The maximum number of sper- matophores formed by a male was 11 (Pectinophora gossypiella—Ouye, in litt. 1967). The mating habits of the pink bollworm moth (Pectinophora gossy- piella) have been thoroughly studied (Lukefahr and Griffin, 1957; Ouye, et al., 1964; Ouye, et al., 1965; Graham, et al., 1965; Ouye, in litt. 1967). Data are summarized in Table 1. Pairs of moths copulated an average of .300 times during their lifetime in the experiments of Lukefahr and Griffin and .989 times in the experiments of Ouye and his workers (spermatophores were not counted). The two means are different (Appendix 3). Females mate successfully as many as four times during the first 24 hours after eclosion; males produce no more than one spermatophore in a 24 hour period. The average number of spermatophores formed during the life of a male is 4.252 under laboratory conditions. This is almost double the lifetime average of 2.279 for the combined data of females in crowded (A) and uncrowded (B) population cages. (Table 1, experiments 2 and 3) (Appendix 4). Thus, while the female pink bollworm moth mates successfully more often in one day, the male can mate successfully almost twice as many times as the female in the moths’ lifetimes. The greater number of spermatophores formed by the male is con- sistent with a hypothesis that natural selection acts more strongly on the male than on the female. Two factors reduce the male’s average under the competitive conditions in the field. Males may compete more actively for females than females compete for males (intra-specific sexual selection). Extra-specific factors of natura] selection sometimes 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 TABLE 3. NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS AND MEAN NUMBER OF SPERMATOPHORES IN EACH CATEGORY OF THE FIVE CHARACTERS FOR WING PATTERN AND PIGMENTATION IN Utetheisa ornatrix bella rrom FLORIDA Mean Number of Character Phenotype Number of Individuals Spermatophores il Colored/streaked 36 SO Intermediate 22, 3.136 White 30 3.433 2 Yellow/orange 76 3.526 Red/orange red/red orange 10 3.100 (“Redless” Aberration)’ D 4.000 3 Spotted 69 3.145 Unspotted 19 AT31 4 Wide 55 3.618 Semi 30 3.367 Narrow 3 2.3303 5 Red/pink/flush 82 3.304 White 4 2.000 (“Redless” Aberration)* 2} 4.000 1 Specimens in which the red pigment is missing on both the upper and under surface of the wings. favor survival of the female at the expense of the male, as for example, when the female is protectively colored. Thus, at the population level, the male’s greater reproductive potential compensates for individual competition among males and for the greater risk involved in being a male. It seems intuitive that the competition for mates affects the distribu- tion of spermatophores formed by the two sexes, perhaps, by increasing the variation in the number of spermatophores formed by the males. However, the design of a practical experiment to collect data, and a method of analysis are a challenge to the ingenuity of the experimental biologist. In samples of Lepidoptera collected at light traps, the average number of spermatophores varies from 1.0911 (Pectinophora gossypiella) to .3305 (Peridroma saucia Hbn. (Noctuidae) ). The average number of sper- matophores in a collection made with a net was 3.4886 for Utetheisa ornatrix. These data are not comparable to laboratory data because of the mixed age distribution in feral populations. Some calculations (by Graham, ef al., 1965) suggest that the first mating of the pink bollworm is density dependent, but that multiple paring is density independent. This hypothesis is based on a correlation (or absence of) between the log of the number of moths collected in light traps and (a) the proportion of moths which had mated, (b) the 204 PreAsE: Multiple pairing Vol. 223snon4 TABLE 4. SPERMATOPHORE NUMBER IN FALL-WINTER VERSUS THE OVERWINTERING SPRING POPULATIONS OF D. plexippus IN CALIFORNIA (DATA FROM TABLE 16, WILLIAMS, et al., 1942) Date Location NO 1 °2 3 “4g 5en Gee Oct. 1938—Feb. 1939: Pacific Grove 38 17 19 2 0) 0 0MNG0SReaps San Diego El Carrito April 1939 San Francisco 5 0 0 . 27 70) VIPS e Scot s00 proportion of once mated or multiply mated moths, (c) the mean number of spermatophores for mated and unmated moths combined, and (d) the mean number of spermatophores for mated moths. Observations on the sex ratio, migration, spermatophore number, adult activity and mating behavior of the winter population of the monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus (L.) (Nymphalidae) ) in Cali- fornia are reported by J. A. Downes (Williams e¢ al., 1942: 160-165). No more than two spermatophores were found in any female until after February (Table 4). Although both sexes migrate, the estimated male: female ratio in the population remaining at Pacific Grove in winter quarters was 1000 to 1 by the second week in May. Females apparently migrate first. Some mating occurs in the hibernating popula- tion at Pacific Grove (no reports from November to January, however ) even though egg follicles remain unripe until the last week in March. Species in which both sexes pair several times contrast with those in which the female is prevented from multiple insemination by a sphragis or plug which the male constructs in the genitalia (Acraea : Marshall, 1901, 1902, and Eltringham, 1912; Parnassius : Eltringham, 1925; Bombyx mori L. : Omura, 1938). Marshall hypothesized that differences in courtship behavior separate sphragis building genera (e.g., Acraea and Parnassius) from many other butterflies, “marriage by capture” (Poulton, 1911) versus “marriage by courtship.” In other words, sphragis construction complements a behavior pattern in which the male “grapples” with the female after a rudimentary display; in species with more complex behavior patterns, courtship may be term- inated at any of several stages (e.g., Brower, et al., 1965). Eltringham (1912) suggests that the sphragis may block the release of a chemical attractant which serves to assemble males. If this hypo- thesis is correct, the “capture” system may represent only the final stages of courtship. In terms of evolutionary potential, no matter how effective “no” signals 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 are, the rare male which succeeds in breaking through the defense mechanisms of an already mated female will leave more offspring than the male which does not mate under such circumstances. Unless there is a selective advantage to multiple insemination such as a short life span of sperm or a prolonged oviposition period, the balance between multiple versus single copulation should occur when the effort required to copulate with an already mated female will reduce, first, the probability of insemination of unmated females and, second, the males contribution to the gene pool of the next generation. For multiple insemination to persist under such circumstances, the number of fertile offspring left by the more versatile male should outnumber those left by the virgin inseminator. If this were not so, the evolution of more effective mechanisms against multiple pairing would be expected. A relationship between mating frequency and interpopulation gene flow has been suggested (Labine, 1964—Euphydryas editha (Bdv.) (Nymphalidae) ). Populations in which the female mates before mi- gration and only once can be contrasted with those in which the female mates several times and especially with endemic males after migration. In the first instance, a migrating female produces offspring with a gene complement derived exclusively from the parent population while all offspring produced by migrant males mated to endemic females receive half their genes from the parent population and half from the other. In contrast, if both sexes mate after migration, essentially, all offspring are interpopulation hybrids. Thus, multiple pairing may increase the proportion of hybrid offspring among progeny of migrants and hasten the breakdown of introduced gene complexes. On the one hand multiple pairing may increase variation through recombination between the two gene pools and thereby influence the speed of adaptive change. On the other hand, if the crossing of the two gene pools proves deleterious and non-adaptive, F, offspring of migrants will be at a competitive disadvantage even though offspring homozygous for genes from the parent population compete successfully in the new habitat. Thus, hybridization is an effective strategy on the part of the endemic popula- tion for increasing the probability of beneficial combinations, and at the same time, serves to reduce the competitive advantage of a closely related invading species provided that the reproductive potential of the endemic population is great enough to prevent swamping. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author wishes to thank Professor L. P. Brower of Amherst College whose stimulating discussion suggested the paper. The sample of 206 Pease: Multiple pairing Vol. 22, no. 4 Utetheisa ornatrix bella was collected at the Archbold Biological Station of the American Museum of Natural History during the tenure of an NSF pre-doctoral Fellowship at Yale University. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, R. L. & T. A. BANcrorr. 1952. Statistical Theory in Research. Mc- Graw-Hill Book Company, Inc. Brower, L. P., J. V. Z. Brower, & F. P. Cranston. 1965. Courtship Behavior of the Queen Butterfly, Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer). Zoologica, 50: 1-39, 7 plates. Bryk, F.. 1918. Griindzuge der Sphragidologie. Archiv fiir Zoologie, 11, No. 18: 7. Burns, J. M. 1966. Preferential mating versus mimicry: disruptive selection and sex-limited dimorphism in Papilio glaucus. Science, 153: 551-553. CALLAHAN, P. S. 1958. Serial morphology as a technique for determination of reproductive patterns in the corn earworm, Heliothis zea (Boddie). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 51: 413-428. CALLAHAN, P. S., & T. Cascio. 1963. Histology of the reproductive tracts and transmission of sperm in the Corn Earworm, Heliothis zea. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 56: 535-556. CaLLAnan, P. S., & J. B. Cuapin. 1960. Morphology of the reproductive system and mating in two representative members of the family Noctuidae, Pseudaletia unipuncta and Peridroma margaritosa, with comparison to Heliothis zea. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 53: 763-782. CxiarKE, C. A., & P. M. SHeppArp. 1962. Offspring from double matings in swallowtail butterflies. Entomologist, 95: 199-203. ELTRINGHAM, H. 1912. A monograph of the African species of the genus Acraea, Fab., with a supplement on those of the Oriental Region. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 1912: 1-374 plus 16 plates. 1925. On the source of the sphragidial fluid in Parnassius apollo (Lep.) Trans. Roye Ent. so0cs london 1925-— Ll—l5: Fraser, D. A. S. 1958. Statistics: an Introduction. J. Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. GranamM, H. M., P. A. Gricx, M. T. Ouye, & D. F. MArtin; 319655 Mcnne frequency of female Pink Bollworms collected from light traps. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 58: 595-596. Kuauira, A. 1950. Spermatophore production in Galleria mellonella L. (Lepi- doptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A), 25: 33-42. Lasing, P. A. 1964. Population biology of the butterfly, Euphydryas editha. I. Barriers to multiple insemination. Evolution, 18: 335-336. LuKEFAHR, M., & J. Grirrin. 1957. Mating and oviposition habits of the pink bollworm moth. J. Econ. Ent., 50: 487-490. MarsHaLL, G. A. K. 1901. On the female pouch in Acraea. The Entomologist, 34: 73-75. 1902. Five years observations and experiments (1896-1901) on the bionomics of South African insects, chiefly directed to the investigation of mimicry and warning colors. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 50: 287-584 (pp. 539-540). MicHaEL, H. 1923. Uber den Bau der Geschlechtsapparate und die Kopulation von Bombyx mori. Arch. Naturg., 89(A): 25-52. Norris, M. J. 1932. Contributions toward the study of insect fertility. I. The structure and operation of the reproductive organs of the genera Ephestia and Plodia (Lepidoptera, Phycitidae). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1932: 595-611, Depls: Omura, S. 1938. ‘Studies on the reproductive system of the male of Bombyx mori. II. Post testicular organs and post-testicular behavior of the spermatozoa. J. Faculty Agric. Hokkaido Imperial University, XL: 111-128. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 Ovuye, M. T. 1967. Letter, February 1967 giving data on mating in Pectinophora gossypiella. Ouyr, M. T., R. S. Garcia, H. M. Granam, & D. F. Martin. 1965. Mating studies on the Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Lepidoptera: Gele- chiidae), based on the presence of spermatophores. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 58: 880-882. Ouye, M. T., H. M. Granam, C. A. RicHMonp, & D. F. Martin. 1964. Mating studies in the Pink Bollworm. J. Econ. Ent., 57: 222-2925. Pease, R. W., Jr. 1968. Evolution and hybridization in the Utetheisa ornatrix complex (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). I. Inter- and intra-population variation and its relation to hybridization. Evolution, 22 (in press). Prererson, W. 1907. Uber die Spermatophoren der Schmetterlinge. Z. wiss. Zool., 88: 117-130. 1928. Uber die Sphragis und das Spermatophragma der Tagfaltergattung Parnas- sius. (Lep.) Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. (Berlin), 1928: 407-413. Poutton, E. B. 1911. Observations on the courtship of Planemia alcinoe, Feld. Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 59: xcv. Travassos, L. 1946. Contribuicao ao conhecimento dos “Arctiidae” XI. Genero “Utetheisa’ Hubner, 1819. Verificacao de “U. Pulchella” (L., 1958) Kirby 1892, no Nordeste do Brasil. Rev. Brasil. Biol., 6: 343-354. Werner, H. 1934. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Physiologie des Genital- apparates der weiblichen Lepidopteren. Zeitschr. fiir angew. Ent., 21: 239-290. WituiMs, J. L. 1938. The mating of Ephestia kuehniella Zeller and its results Ent. News, 49: 104—107, 121-126, 2 pls. 1939. The occurrence of spermatophores and their measurement in some British Lepidoptera. Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent., 6: 137-148. 1941. The relation of the spermatophore to the female reproductive ducts in Lepidoptera. Ent. News, 52: 61-65. WituiaMs, C. B., G. F. Cockpit, M. E. Gress, & J. A. Downes. 1942. Studies in the migration of Lepidoptera. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 92: 101-282, 2. pls. APPENDIX Statistical Notes (Anderson and Bancroft, 1952: Fraser, 1958) 1. Tests for equality of the average number of spermatophores in samples of dark and yellow females of Papilio glaucus L. (Burns, 1966). Hypothesis Test Degrees of Value of Value of Tabulated Significance Conclusion Freedom Experimental Statistic Level Statistic Mountain Lake Biological Station, Virginia Dark Yellow a—yeeete 7) Il (13496 1.9380 ) O 8 9 10 1 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH | Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 1. A record of temperature is included. hours the relative humidity had risen to a maximum of 81% and at 50 hours it had fallen back to 50%; in the absence of the system 100% relative humidity was attained about 10 hours after adding the water. Pupae, detached by clipping the silken girths and pulling free from the silk button at the caudal end, were dropped into the flasks (males in one flask, females in the other) three days before eclosion began, and maintenance of conditions as defined in Table 2 was initiated. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DAs 25 20 ECLOSED = ol CUMULATIVE NO. iS : om 11 12 3 14 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 2 Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 2. In the graphs and tables each day is arbitrarily taken to begin at 2:39 AM and is divided into five equal periods (beginning at 2:39 AM, 7:27 AM, 12:15 PM, 5:03 PM, and 9:51 PM). At the start of each period the barometric pressure and the room temperature were noted, and the pressure was cycled in the case of experiments 1-3. The object of cycling was to give the pupae a choice of high or low pressure every five hours. 216 KoLyER AND PALMER: Eclosion of Pieris Vol. 22, no. 4 25 20 ECLOSED —> Ol CUMULATIVE NO. iS) 11 12 13 14 15 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 3 Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 3. For reference, the first period of the 8th day on Graph 1 was a high cycle, as was the first period of the 11th day for Graphs 2 and 3. The data are presented in Graphs 1-7. The temperature record for experiment 1 is included in Graph 1, while the temperature record for experiments 2-6 (all done at the same time) and the barometric pressure record applicable to experiments 5 and 6 are shown in Graph 7. bo — | 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society — La(GILOfS Fst) S) CUMULATIVE NO 11 12 13 14 15 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 4 Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 4. The barometric pressure readings in Graph 7 were used to adjust the pressure in the flasks. For example, if the atmospheric pressure was 760 mm and a pressure of 740 mm was desired in the flask, a differential of 20 mm on the manometer was produced by drawing out air by lung power and closing off the stopcock and the pinch clamp. A rubber bulb was used to pressure the flasks in the high cycles. To correct the pressure readings, which were taken at Convent, New Jersey at an elevation of 290 feet, to 0°C and sea level, approximately 4 mm must be added (Perry, 1950). The flask pressures listed in Table 2 are ranges because some fluctuations necessarily accompanied temperature variations. | In experiments 5 and 6, wide-mouth jars (approximately 3.5 inches inside diameter by 5 inches deep) contained the pupae and humidity- regulating system. The jars were closed tightly enough to maintain regulated humidity but not to hold a pressure differential relative to the atmosphere. The potassium carbonate system was used in experi- ment 6, while in experiment 5 a saturated sodium carbonate solution in contact with solid hydrated sodium carbonate was included. The sodium carbonate system gave 87% relative humidity at 75°F experi- mentally; Lange (1946) lists 92% at 65°F. ECLOSION UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS—RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The five factors considered were barometric pressure, light, tempera- 218 KOLYER AND PALMER: Eclosion of Pieris Vol. 22 snone TABLE 3. ECLOSION DURING ALTERNATING CYCLES OF HICH AND LOW PRESSURES Number Eclosed Experiment Theoretical Number Pressure Male Female Total Random Distribution il low 7 16 a o5 high 12 15 Q7 25 2 low 13 NS) 26 24 high ll il 99 24 3 low 7 12 20 94 high 17 11 28 24 ture, relative humidity, and sex. The results are discussed in terms of each of these. Barometric pressure—The data summarized in Table 3 show no significant trend with respect to barometric pressure. By the chi-square method of testing goodness of fit (Sinnott and Dunn, 1939) it is found that the differences observed in the total numbers eclosed at high vs. low pressure can very possibly be explained by chance alone (Table 4). In experiment 3 the low pressure was below one of the lowest on record (721 mm) for New York City (Hansen, 1961), and the high pressure was above a record high (788 mm). In experiment 4, in which the pressure was held constant at an abnormally high level, the butter- flies had no notable difficulty in eclosing (one unexpanded and one with shriveled forewing vs. two imperfect specimens in experiment 1, three in experiment 2, and one in experiment 5). Also, eclosion in experiment 4 was not delayed and proceeded over about the same time interval as in experiments 2, 3, 5, and 6. In experiment 1 the larvae were diseased, and only 11 specimens (4 males and 7 females) expanded normally. It is interesting that 7 of these (all but 4 of the females) eclosed during the high pressure cycle, showing the lack of advantage of low pressure even when expansion ability was marginal. TABLE 4, SIGNIFICANCE OF DATA (TOTAL ECLOSED) OF TABLE 3 Experiment Approximate Probability of Number x? Observed Deviation by Chance Alone’ 1 320 » &e 2 333 Dil 3 1h3e 5) 1 For one degree of freedom. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 TABLE 5. EGLOSION VS. TIME OF DAY Experiment 1 Experiment 2 Experiment 3 Period’ Male Female _ Total Male Female Total Male Female Total 1 0 4 4 it 2 3 it 4 5 2 7 2 9 PAA 18 39 (i 7 14 3 6 14 20 2 2, 4 7 9 16 4 D 6 1 0 2 2 4 3 i 5 il 5 6 0 0 0 5 1 6 Experiment 4 Experiment 5 Experiment 6 Period' Male Female _ Total Male Female Total Male Female Total il 0 0 0 0 I it 2 0 2 2 i 10 17 9 6 15 4 7 11 3 2 2 4 1 4 5 3 2. 5 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1The day was divided into five equal periods beginning at 2:39 AM. Pupae which are prepared to eclose appear to be able to wait several hours for the stimulus of light and so might have been expected to take advantage of the occurrence of low pressure cycles every four hours and 48 minutes if reduced pressure also is a stimulus. As expected, there was no real correlation of eclosion with ambient barometric pressure in experiments 5 and 6. For example, eclosion in experiment 5 was concluded at the high point of the pressure record. In view of the data of Table 1 and the results of experiments 1-4, the fortuitous drop in pressure seen in Figure 7 probably had no bearing on eclosion. Light—In experiments 1 and 3 the pupae were kept in darkness except for brief intervals of light when the pressure was adjusted between periods. The data (Table 5) indicate a preference for periods 2-4 (7:27 AM—9:51 PM) in experiments 1 and 3, and the chi-square test (four degrees of freedom) shows less than a 5% probability that the results are due to chance alone. It is possible that temperature variation and/or brief admission of diffuse sunlight at the beginning of the favored periods was responsible. However, David and Gardiner (1962) report a rhythm of eclosion for Pieris brassicae in darkness. In experiments 2, 4, 5, and 6, in which diffuse sunlight was available during periods 2 and 3, there resulted a very marked preference for eclosion during the photoperiod. Only 40% of the pupae should have eclosed during the photoperiod by chance, while the result was 90%. The chi-square test shows that in all cases the deviation from chance 220 KOLYER AND PALMER: Eclosion of Pieris Vol 222 nome Qa LiJ Cp) ro) Zi oO Lid 10). oO = LiJ > —_ < ay = = 5 © 14 1S) TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 5 Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 5. distribution is highly significant. Graphically, the stepwise nature of the curves for experiments 2, 4, 5, and 6 is conspicuous. © The impression is that the mature pupa can wait several hours for the arrival of the photoperiod before eclosing, and it is reported (Mell, 1939) that butterflies generally eclose in the early morning and that the coming of light seems to be the stimulus. In a study including Pieris rapae, 85.9% of 1758 pupae eclosed from 8 AM to 6 PM and the remaining 14.1% at night (Pictet, 1933). Temperature.—In experiments 2-6 the temperature varied over a 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PN | ECLOSED : of CUMULATIVE NC. 12 13 14 15 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 6 Cumulative number eclosed vs. day from start of pupation for experiment 6. range of 9°F (Graph 7). Low points occurred at the beginning of period 1 (2:39 AM) in all cases, and high points occurred at the beginning of periods 3 or 4. The fluctuations were similar in magnitude, though less regular, in experiment 1 (Graph 1). It would seem that the effect of light as a factor is predominant in the experiments having a photoperiod (2, 4, 5, and 6), but some tempera- ture fluctuation may be required for photoperiod to promote eclosion; David and Gardiner (1962) report that for Pieris brassicae eclosion takes place in the dark period with photoperiod 6 AM—10 PM when the temperature is constant but that eclosion is delayed until morning or afternoon when the temperature fluctuates. Relative humidity—Very high humidity may delay eclosion of certain moths (Mell, 1939). However, in experiment 5 eclosion at 87% relative humidity was certainly not hindered, nor was it judged significantly accelerated or delayed vs. eclosion at 43% relative humidity. As in the other experiments, light appeared to be the dominant factor (though possibly through interaction with temperature fluctuation pattern). Eclosion of the males was completed during the highest phase (763-766 mm, corrected to 0°C and sea level) of the ambient pressure record, KoOLYER AND PALMER: Eclosion of Pieris Vol. 22, now4 bo bo bo 760 ~ ol oO BAROMETRIC PRESSURE, MM ~S ol >) 745 OF ~S ol TEMPERATURE, Sw oO VA Ad 11 12 13 14 15 TIME, DAYS FROM START OF PUPATION EXPLANATION OF GRAPH a Record of barometric pressure and temperature during experiments 2-6. and it is suspected, though it was not experimentally demonstrated, that controlled variations of the pressure would have had no more effect at 87% relative humidity than they were found to have in experiments 1-3 at 43%. At a lower relative humidity under ambient conditions (23-34% relative humidity, 72-76°F), five males eclosed at 764, 763, 761, 766, and 759 mm (corrected to 0°C and sea level). Again, reduced pressure was not required. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 223 Sex.—In Pieris napi (L.) and P. bryoniae (Ochs.) the males are said to tend to emerge before the females (Bowden, 1953). However, in experiments 1-3 the sexes eclosed over almost exactly the same time interval and at about the same rate; if anything, the females tended to eclose a little earlier in experiments 2 and 3. In experiments 4 and 6 the females tended to eclose considerably earlier, though the significance of this is dubious because of the limited numbers involved. Certainly, there was no trend for the males to emerge before the females in any of the experiments. This conclusion is, of course, applicable only to the specific conditions of the tests. CONCLUSION Care must be taken in drawing generalized conclusions from the data because of the possibility of the interaction of factors, the possibility of discontinuities in cause-effect relationships, and the possible effect of rate of change of variables. For example, at some critical values for the three variables the relative humidity, temperature, and barometric pressure might interact so that the pressure does influence eclosion. Or the effect of pressure might be nil at slight or major depressions but unexpectedly apparent at medium depressions. Or eclosion might be promoted not simply by low barometric pressure but by the dynamic factor of falling pressure. Therefore, the present work does not prove that barometric pressure cannot influence eclosion of Pieris rapae but only that it does not influence eclosion under specific ambient conditions or in certain controlled environments. In fact, even the strain of a species conceivably could have an effect. Still, it seems a reasonable conclusion that light is a principal factor (as appears in the literature) and that barometric pressure is not a significant factor under certain typical summer ambient conditions or when cycled between extreme values, or held at a constant high value, in experiments at constant relative humidity, slightly fluctuat- ing temperature (9°F maximum variation), and controlled photoperiod. The indication is that the time of eclosion was controlled to the nearest day or so simply by the rate of development of the pupa (in tum con- trolled by the temperature history; David and Gardiner (1962), for example, list a pupal period for Pieris brassicae of 40 days at 54.4°F and only 7.5 days at 86°F). Then, under the particular conditions of the tests, which involved some temperature fluctuation, the mature pupa showed a strong tendency to await the coming of light as stimulus for eclosion. No obvious effect of sex, relative humidity, or barometric pressure upon this process was seen. 224 KoLyER AND PALMER: Eclosion of Pieris Vol. 22, no. 4 SUMMARY Under typical summer conditions, pupae of Pieris rapae (L.) were observed to eclose at up to 770 mm barometric pressure with no apparent preference for atmospheric depression, although reduced pressure has been described in the literature as a requirement for eclosion of certain Lepidoptera. Under controlled conditions, male and female pupae were studied separately. The relative humidity was held constant, the temperature fluctuated over a maximum of 9°F with minima at night, and a photo- period (diffuse sunlight) of either 0 or 9.6 hours was provided. The barometric pressure was held at a constant high level (approx. 830 mm) or cycled from approx. 735 to 770 mm or from approx. 690 to 800 mm five times per day to give eclosing pupae a choice of high or low pressure. No significant dependence of eclosion on barometric pressure or sex was found, but light stimulated eclosion under the test conditions. There was no notable difference in eclosion at 87% vs. 43% relative humidity. The indication is that the time of eclosion was controlled within a day or so simply by the rate of development of the pupa (dependent on temperature history), and that light, if available, then was the im- mediate stimulus for eclosion in a very significant proportion of cases. It is emphasized that conclusions must be confined to the particular experimental conditions. ACKNOWLEDGMENT We wish to acknowledge the aid and advice of Mr. N. R. Spencer, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Entom. Res. Div., Columbia, Missouri, who kindly supplied us with eggs from his Pieris rapae culture. LITERATURE CITED AnonyMovus. 1960. McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, Vol. 1. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York City. (p. 640). Bowpen, S. R. 1953. Timing of imaginal development in male and female hybrid Pieridae (Lep.). Entomologist, 86(11): 257-264. Davin, W. A. L., & B. O. C. Garpiner. 1962. Observations on the larvae and pupae of Pieris brassicae L. in a laboratory culture. Bull. Ent. Res., 53(2): 417-436. Hansen, H. (Editor). 1961. The World Almanac. New York World-Telegram and The Sun, New York City. (p. 445). Koiyer, J. M. 1966. The effect of certain environmental factors and chemicals on the markings of Pieris rapae (Pieridae). J. Lepid. Soc., 20(1): 13-27. Lance, N. A. 1946. Handbook of Chemistry (6th Ed.). Handbook Publishers, Inc., Sandusky, Ohio. (p. 1397). Markovic-Giaja, L. 1957. Contribution to the physiology of the silkworm. Acta Physiol. et Pharmacol. Neerland, 6: 339-345. Mei, R. 1939. Beitrige zur Fauna Sinica. XVIII. Der Schliipfmoment siid- chinesischer Lepidopteren. Zeitschr. Morph. u. Okol. Tiere, 35(1): 139-168. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 Perry, J. H. 1950. Chemical Engineers’ Handbook (3rd Ed.). McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York City. (p. 365). Picrer, A. 1933. Les éclosions de papillons et la météorologie. Lambillionea, 33(4): 89-97; (7): 158-164. SInNoTT, E. W., & L. C. Dunn. 1939. Principles of Genetics (3rd Ed.). McGraw- Hill Book Co., Inc., New York City. (p. 77). STEPHEN, W. P., & R. D. Brrp. 1949. The effect of barometric pressure upon oviposition of the imported cabbageworm, Pieris rapae L. Canad. Ent., 81(5): 32 Stokes, R. H., & R. A. Ropinson. 1949. Standard solutions for humidity control at 25°C. Ind. Eng. Chem., 41(9): 2013. We .uincton, W. G. 1946. The effects of variations in atmospheric pressure upon insects. Can. J. Res., Sect D Zool. Sci., 24(3): 51-70. FOODPLANTS OF CALLOPHRYS (INCISALIA) IROIDES Jerry A. POWELL University of California, Berkeley In contrast with other members of the subgenus, which are restricted in host selection, I. iroides (Boisduval) is polyphagous. The diverse host plants credited to this West Coast butterfly are summarized by Clench (1961), who indicates some of the early records are doubtful. Recorded foodplants for iroides include “young apples” (Malus, Rosa- ceae ) in British Columbia (Bethune, 1904) and both Ceanothus (Rham- naceae) and Cuscuta (Polemoniaceae ) in southern California (Comstock and Dammers, 1933). Field oviposition was observed and larvae reared on Cuscuta, a leafless, parasitic plant which lacks chlorophyll. Clench also lists Gaultheria and Arbutus (Ericaceae) as hosts but does not cite the original source of these records. Recent investigations during California Insect Survey activities con- firm use of two of these foodplants in central and southern coastal Cali- fornia and have disclosed the use by I. iroides of Chlorogalum pomeri- dianum, a monocotyledenous plant in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada. A nearly mature larva was collected on Arbutus menziesii at China Camp, Marin County, June 3, 1964, from which an adult iroides was reared, emerging on April 19, 1965. Ceanothus probably is commonly used by iroides over much of its range. One larva was swept from C. bo bo op) PowE.L: Callophrys iroides foodplants Vol. 22, no. 4 cuneatus near Middletown, Lake County, on May 14, 1966. It fed on the green fruit of this plant in the laboratory prior to pupation in mid-June. Emergence did not occur, but a fully developed adult was dissected from the pupal shell in May, 1967. Additional larvae were taken on an unidentified species of Ceanothus at the north end of Casitas Reservoir, Ventura County, on March 15, 1967, by P. A. Opler. One iroides emerged April 16, 1967, suggesting, as did Comstock and Dammers’ observations, that populations in southern California develop two spring generations. Six larvae of varying ages were found on Chlorogalum pomeridianum (Liliaceae) about two miles south of Grass Valley, Nevada County, Cali- fornia, on July 3, 1967. They were located on lateral branches in the spreading inflorescences, feeding on the flowers and buds. Pupation oc- curred by late July and adults emerged April 21 and May 15, the follow- ing year. Incisalia iroides was early reported to feed on Sedum (Crassulaceae ) in California. Comstock (1927) states that the larva and pupa were described by Henry Edwards (1878) from this plant. Possibly this record refers to I. fotis (Strecker), which is represented by a recently redis- covered Sedum-feeding race near San Francisco, where Edwards did much of his work. Adults of the two butterflies are similar in appear- ance. It is curious that I. augustinus (Westwood) of the eastern United States is restricted to Ericaceae (Cook & Cook, 1904, 1906; Clench, 1961), yet is considered by Clench to comprise with iroides a single widespread, polytypic species. Other workers have treated augustinus and iroides as closely related species, each with its own subspecitic diversity (e.g., dos Passos, 1964). Perhaps further data on host selection by the various races of this complex will help clarify taxonomic relationships. LITERATURE CITED BETHUNE, C. J. S., 1904. Editor's footnote. Canad. Ent., 36: 136. Crencyu, H. K., 1961. Family Lycaenidae. Blues and metal marks. 175-251, in: Ehrlich, P. R. and A. H. Ehrlich, How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif., 334 pp. ; Comstock, J. A. AND C. M. Dammers, 1933. Notes on the life histories of four Californian lepidopterous insects. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 32(2): 77-83. Cook, J. H. anp H. Coox, 1904. Notes on Incisalia augustinus. Canad. Ent., 36: 136. 1906. Studies in the genus Incisalia II. Incisalia augustinus. Canad. Ent., 38: 214-217. | pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc., Mem. 1, 145 pp. Epwarps, H., 1878. Pacific Coast Lepidoptera [27: 2]. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. [Not seen]. bo bo ~l 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society BUTTERFLIES FROM COAHUILA, MEXICO Harry K. CLENCH Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Dr. C. J. McCoy is Assistant Curator of Amphibians and Reptiles at Carnegie Museum. In June, 1966, accompanied by Mr. Arthur Bianculli, he made a trip! to central Coahuila to collect and study these animals. Dr. McCoy also maintains a considerable interest in butterflies and, as his regular work permitted, made a collection of them in the area. Because almost nothing is known about Coahuilan butterflies, a list of his captures should be useful. The collection was made in three different localities, all in the vicinity of Cuatro Ciénegas de Carranza (about 70 airline km west of Monclova), central Coahuila, Mexico. A sketch map of the area, additional de- scription and some landscape photographs may be found in Taylor (1966). Muller (1947) gives a general description and map of the regional vegetation, also accompanied by photographs. The three localities are as follows, bracketed portions not being repeated in the species list below: 1. Rio Canon [ca. 1000 m., 3 mi N Cuatro Ciénegas | Collecting was done along the river, a spring-fed permanent stream in a deep, narrow canyon with precipitous walls up to 500 feet high. The narrow part is about five miles long and opens at either end onto broad desert basins. Vegetation in the canyon consists of bunch grasses with scattered willows and narrow-leaf cottonwoods along the river, and thickets of mesquite and acacia on higher ground. In side canyons there are hackberry trees and some oaks. Most of the smaller butterflies were taken at the flowers of a low Verbenaceous plant (Phyla lance- olata). Lower Sonoran zone: Chihuahuan Desert Scrub (Muller, 1947). The butterflies here (31 species taken, three others seen) are typical of the Lower Sonoran facies of the Chihuahuan Desert fauna, which extends with little variation over much of the lower elevations on the northern Mexican Plateau and into western Texas, southern New Mexico and southeastern Arizona. With progressive depletion it also occurs in arid and semi-arid Upper Sonoran regions of the southern Plateau and also well into the prairie regions of central United States, and in very dilute form even into eastern United States. A striking feature of this fauna is the large proportion of known or probable wanderers (species that migrate regularly, whether or not they do so en masse): K. lyside and castalia, E. nicippe and lisa, P. protodice, 1 Supported by funds from Carnegie Museum and a research grant-in-aid from the Society of the Sigma Xi. 228 CiencH: Coahuila butterflies Vol, 22. mom D. gilippus, A. vanillae, E. claudia, V. atalanta, Libytheana sp., H. isola, L. marina, B. exilis, H. phyleus. These total 14 species, or about 41% of all species taken or seen. In addition to their regular and often long migrations, these wanderers share (a) broad environmental tolerance, both to temperatures and to vegetation type; (b) generally high levels of abundance, some of them inclined to frequent eruptions; (c) broad choice of larval food plant species; and (d) frequent occurrence in disturbed environments. The combination is conspicuously one of op- portunistic species, capable of rapidly exploiting a region where condi- tions are stringent and suitable environments few, widely scattered, and often transient. It is worth noting that there is no trace of regional endemism in this fauna, such as occurs in some degree in the reptiles, and to a truly remarkable degree in the fresh water fish and especially the fresh water mollusks (Taylor, 1966). 2. Rio Salado [de los Nadadores, 7.3 mi W Sacramento, 650 m.| The area is extensively farmed, part of a large desert basin. Collecting was done along the man-made channel of the river and along the edges of fallow, weed-grown fields. Hedgerows of fig and pomegranate were present, and scattered cottonwoods along the river. Most of the butter- flies were taken from the yellow-and-pink flowers of Cryptantha. The locality appears to be in the Subtropical zone: Tamaulipan Thorn Scrub (Muller, 1947). Twelve species were taken here, and two others seen. Despite more intensive and prolonged collecting, five of these 14 were not found at Rio Cafion: P. sennae, P. tharos, B. hyperia, M. amymone, S. columella. In this latitude, all of these are regional residents of the Subtropical zone. P. tharos ranges far into cooler zones in eastern United States, but not locally. P. sennae and M. amymone are wanderers, but do not appear to reside anywhere in cooler zones, though they may sometimes occur as transients. B. hyperia and S. columella are both regionally confined to the Subtropical zone. S. columella especially is a good zonal indicator regionally: it is fairly common, multiple brooded, tolerates arid and semi-arid conditions, and is not known to wander at all. On the basis of these species, particularly columella, I conclude that this locality lies in the Subtropical zone, but probably near its boundary with the Lower Sonoran. 3. El Caprino [2.4 mi E Sacramento, 550 m.] __ A few butterflies were collected at weeds along the roadside, in mesquite grassland. The land is open, rocky, hilly, grazed by goats but not farmed. Probably Subtropical zone. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 229 The Rio Cafion is only about 16 airline miles from the Rio Salado locality. Nonetheless, Muller (1947) shows that they are in different vegetation zones and the butterflies, as described above, indicate dif- ferent life zones. Dr. McCoy tells me that there is also a striking difference in the herpetofaunas of the two localities. This difference in the localities is explained in part by elevation (Rio Cafion is about 350 meters—1,100 feet—higher than Rio Salado), and in part by the westward decrease in precipitation. The Rio Canin is itself a well- watered locality, so the latter effect may be less important to the butter- flies than the former. SPECIES LIST Papilio polyxenes asterius Cramer Rio Ganon 9-12.VI (34 29) Nathalis iole Boisduval Rio Canon 10-19.VI (74 119); Rio Salado 30.VI (2¢ ) Kricogonia lyside (Godart) Rio Canon 9-19.VI (5¢@ ) This is a known migrant and probably is non-resident. Kricogonia castalia (Fabricius ) Rio Canon 9-26.VI (8¢: 2, no apical hind wing black bar; 1, very thin bar; 5, normal bar); Rio Salado 30.VI (16, no bar). I am not convinced of the distinctness of this and the preceding species, but follow Comstock (1944: 515) in discriminating them. Like the preceding, castalia is a renowned migrant, probably nonresident at the Rio Cafion at least. Eurema mexicana (Boisduval ) Rio Cafion 18.VI (1¢) Eurema nicippe (Cramer) Rio Cafion 10-22.VI (4¢ 2¢) Eurema lisa lisa Boisduval & LeConte Rio Canon 26.VI (1é) Eurema nise (Cramer ) Rio Canon 18.VI (124) This may be a stray from the Subtropical zone. Phoebis sennae (Linnaeus ) Rio Salado (seen, not taken) Pieris protodice (Linnaeus ) Rio Cafon 8—-18.VI (3¢ 9@); Rio Salado 30.VI (246 292) Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates) Rio Canon 9-19.VI (26 29) Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley ) Rio Cafion 9.VI (1¢) Euptoieta claudia (Cramer ) Rio Canon 9.VI (12 ?) A pair in copula (10:30 A.M., ¢ flying) was also taken in Nuevo Leon: 6 mi Sv allaeaes Garcia (25° 49’ N, 100° 35’ W.), 770 m., 2.VII. Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix Scudder Rion@anow 10-19.V1l (14 52): Rio Salado 30:VI. (1¢ 19); El Caprino owl (26-1 9.) To judge by the condition of the specimens, a brood was just coming to 230 CLeNcH: Coahuila butterflies Vol. 22, newt an end in late June, represented almost entirely by badly worn females. At the same time a new brood was beginning to appear, represented chiefly by fresh males. Phyciodes vesta (Edwards ) Rio Canon 16-18.VI (29); Rio Salado 30.VI (346 192) Phyciodes tharos (Drury ) Rio Salado 30.VI (1¢@ ) Phyciodes phaon (Edwards ) Rio Canon 9-26.VI (106 72); Rio Salado 30.VI (44 ); lal Cajon VW (2a 12») Phyciodes (Tritanassa) texana texana (Edwards ) Rio Canon 10.VI (19 ) Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus ) Rio Cahon (seen, not taken) Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus ) Rio Canfon (seen, not taken) Mestra amymone (Ménétriés ) Rio Salado 30.VI (1¢@ ?) Biblis hyperia (Cramer) Rio Salado (seen, not taken) Asterocampa leila (Edwards), subspecies Rio Canon 9-19.VI (94 59) Anaea aidea (Guérin-Méneville ) Rio Canon 18.VI (1¢@ ) A female was also taken in Nuevo Leon: 6 mi S Villa de Garcia (25° 49’ N, 100° 35’ W), 770 m., 2.V 10. Libytheana carinenta mexicana Michener Rio Canon (a Libytheana, probably this, seen but not taken); Rio Salado 30.VI (1) I am not certain that this entity is really distinct from L. bachmanii larvata (Strecker). It is a well known migrant and perhaps not resident. Calephelis species Rio Canon 15 specimens These will be determined by Mr. W. S. McAlpine. Strymon melinus franki Field Rio Canon 10-26.VI (2¢ 1992); Rio Salado 30.VI (16 49) Dr. McCoy tells me that when he arrived in the area (Rio Canon) in early June there were no melinus at all, but that they became common towards the end of the month. Curiously, however, the few early specimens are all rather fresh, the late ones much worn. Perhaps these latter are immigrated, rather than newly emerged, specimens. Strymon columella istapa (Reakirt ) Rio Salado 30.VI (1é 19) Hemiargus (Echinargus) isola alce (Edwards) Rio Canon 9-25.VI (124 69) Leptotes marina (Reakirt) Rio Canon 9=1/8.VI (26 ); El Caprino 23.VI (142 ) Brephidium exilis exilis (Boisduval ) Rio Canon 9-18.VI (64 42) Systasea evansi (Bell) Rio Canon 9-19.VI (2) Pyrgus oileus philetas Edwards Rio Canon 9-10.VI (14 29) 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Preys Pyrgus sp. (group of P. communis (Grote) ) Rio Canon 12-19.VI (4¢ 29); Rio Salado 30.VI (29 ) Pholisora catullus (Fabricius ) Rio Canon 10.VI (1) Ancyloxypha arene (Edwards) Rio Canon 16—18:VI (1é¢ 19 ) Copaeodes aurantiaca (Hewitson ) Rio Canon 18—-26.VI (6) Hylephila phyleus (Drury) Rio Cafion 10.VI (1é¢ 1¢@) Amblyscirtes nysa Edwards Rio Canon 26.VI (12 ) LITERATURE CITED Comstock, W. P., 1944. Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Rhopalocera or Butterflies. Sci. Survey Porto Rico and Virgin Is. (New York Acad. Sci.), 122 421-622, 12 pls., 29 text figs. Muuuer, C. H., 1947. Vegetation and climate of Coahuila, Mexico. Madrono, 9: 33-57, 7 pls., 1 text fig. Taytor, D. W., 1966. A remarkable snail fauna from Coahuila, Mexico. The Veliger, 9: 152-228, pls. 8-19, 25 text figs. CONTINUOUS VARIATION IN RELATED SPECIES OF THE GENUS CATOCALA (NOCTUIDAE) Morton S. ADAMS AND MARK S. BERTONI Newark Road, Sodus, New York The genus Catocala has been extensively studied for more than a cen- tury. In fact, at the turn of the century, American journals dealing with the Lepidoptera sometimes devoted the bulk of their coverage to this genus. Even with all this attention many taxonomic problems remain. These problems have defied classical morphological techniques, perhaps because they centered around characters differing in kind rather than amount. This study is, in the main, descriptive of the variation existing in several frequently used diagnostic characters. However, the species used in the examples were selected to suggest the utility of these statis- tical descriptions in taxonomic studies. They may supplement a know]- edge of classical morphology and ecology. METHODS An unselected sample of over 1500 Catocala of 30 species was taken during the summer of 1961 at a Mercury vapor light operated on the edge of a deciduous wood at the University of Michigan, Edwin S. George bo ice) iw) ADAMS AND BERTONI: Variation in Catocala Vol. 22. nom4 Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of the right clasper of the genus Catocala, showing the measurements used. Reserve, Pinkney, Michigan. From this sample the following series were studied: 78 male C. ilia Cramer 25 male C. palaeogama Gueneé 25 male C. retecta Grote 17 male C. sordida Grote! 7 male C. gracilis Edwards! The following measurements were made on each of the 152 specimens: wing span (WS), total right valva (clasper) length (C a + b), length of distal clasper segment (Ca) and length of clasper projection (Cp) (Fig. 1). The measurement WS was considered a reflection of the overall size of the moth. Cp and Ca, being heavily sclerotized, are more reliable measures than C a + b. RESULTS Table 1 presents the mean and standard deviation of the four variables for the five species considered. | Table 2 presents the coefficients of correlation of each of the variables on all other variables. The overall size of the moth as measured by WS is not significantly correlated to the size of the genitalia. However, the various genitalia measurements are not independent. Cp was chosen for further analysis. 1 Determined by A. E. Brower, Augusta, Maine, to whom we are grateful for many helpful com- ments. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 24 20 re C. rlia 16 V2 Mae, 19 2O 2i 22 23 24 25.26 27 UNITS Fig. 2. Frequency distribution of the clasper projection (C p) in Catocala ilia. Figure 2 presents the frequency distribution of Cp for Catocala ilia. It approaches the normal distribution. Figure 3 presents the frequency distribution of Cp for C. palaeogama superimposed on C. retecta. These two species are closely related but distinct species. The measurement of Cp definitely indicates two pop- ulations with some overlap. The “t” test of difference of the means is significant at a P < 0.001. Figure 4 presents the frequency distribution of Cp for C. gracilis superimposed on C. sordida. These species are closely related and in- dividual specimens are often impossible to determine with certainty. ADAMS AND BeErRTONI: Variation in Catocala Vol. 22. nom SS > C. palaeogama Wa C. retecta 8 3 e554 eececccosreereocseeneeoreoorees 13-14 15-16 17-18 19=20' 21-22) 23-24 eaege UNITS Ss C. sordida (ZL. C. gracilis 4 () KE CSO © @, 9, KLIK KDOKLQ LLKO LK LDL ~S LK "@ Be @ Le, CPO @. 14 UNITS 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 235 TABLE 1: MEAN AND STANDARD DEVIATION OF FOUR VARIABLES FOR FIvE SPECIES OF CATOCALA! Mean Standard deviation ilia WS 77.14103 2.97926 Crab 78.20513 4.95003 Cra 4().02564 2.61849 Cop 2264103 1.51164 palaeogama WS 67.96000 2.09126 Cha b 59.20000 4.46281 Ca 32.88000 3.07300 Cp 17.24000 2.14632 retecta WS 71.48000 2.90287 Ga 4 ]5 71.64000 4.51738 Gra 40.68000 3.36304 Cp 20.68000 1.46401 gracilis WS 41.71429 2b s00 GC ade |y 35.42857 2.63674 Gra 20.14286 1.57359 Cap 10.85714 0.89974 sordida WS 41.70588 1.21268 Cla ob 38.64706 2.64436 Gea 20.23529 1.25147 Cip 11.00000 1.00000 1 (WS measured in mm.; Ca and Cp measured in units, 50 units = 7 mm.) Here the measurement of Cp does not indicate two populations and the “t’ test is not significant, P—0.50-0.80. DIscuSSION Variation in the clasper of these five species of the genus Catocala is clearly continuous. The frequency distributions are nearly normal, im- plying that the character is controlled by small additive contributions from many genetic factors, no one of which is individually measurable (i.e., multifactorial inheritance ). It is not surprising that closely related but distinct species (C. retecta and C. palaeogama) showed some overlapping values. The bulk of their genetic contribution is probably of identical origin. It is even less sur- < Fig. 3. Frequency distribution of the clasper projection (C p) in Catocala palaeo- gama and C. retecta. Fig. 4. Frequency distribution of the clasper projection (C p) in Catocala gracilis and C. sordida. 236 ADAMS AND BERTONI: Variation in Catocala Vol. 22) ome TABLE 2: CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS FOR FOUR VARIABLES IN FIVE SPECIES OF CATOCALA! WS Ca+b Ca C2p ilia WS 1.0000 0.24635 0.19764 0.16711 Ca+b 1.00000 0.76008 0.31197 G A 1.00000 0.34030 Cp 1.00000 palaeogama WS 1.00000 —0.15536 0.44011 0.14147 G ae |p 1.00000 0.26007 0.16008 Gea 1.00000 0.50362 Cp 1.00000 retecta WS 1.00000 0.37913 0.54990 0.53767 G a s6 |p 1.00000 0.45561 0.00076 Ga 1.00000 0.57073 Cp 1.00000 gracilis WS 1.00000 —0.10805 0.70007 0.25332 G ab |p 1.00000 0.38448 0.45163 Cra 1.00000 0.48769 LO») 1.00000 sordida WS 1.00000 0.55031 0.25436 0.15462 GC ae |p 1.00000 OLS IOALS —0.04727 Ga 1.00000 —0.04994 Cp 1.00000 1 (WS measured in mm.; Ca and Cp measured in units, 50 units = 7 mm.) prising that C. gracilis and C. sordida completely overlap, since they are of similar size, shape and coloration. Their eggs and larvae are nearly identical. They feed on the same food plant (Vaccinium). Several pos- sibilities exist to explain this degree of overlap. The sample may be too small to demonstrate a difference. However the frequency distributions give no evidence that these samples are abnormal. There may be hy- bridization in Michigan. This is very possible if the two species are isolated mainly by weak ecological factors which may be ineffective in this area where C. gracilis is on the very edge of its range. Finally it is recognized that parallel varietal forms occur (eé.g., some specimens of both species may have a dark shade along the inner third of the fore- wing). It is possible that these two species are in fact a single breeding population which has been artificially separated on the basis of mono- meric traits having diverse gene frequencies in various geographic areas. The study of continuously varying characters, such as those considered in this report, is unlikely to give definitive results. However it is likely that most adaptive radiation is on the basis of quantitative rather than monomeric traits. Thus such characters are appropriate material for the study of racial and geographic variation. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 237 Pak ibe HistORY AND HABITS OF CHLOSYNE FULVIA (NYMPHALIDAE ) JAMeEs A. SCOTT 60 Estes Street, Lakewood, Colorado In the summer of 1961 two larvae were found on paintbrush, Castilleja integra A. Gray, west of Pueblo, Pueblo County, Colorado. They were reared and found to represent Chlosyne fulvia (Edwards). In order to obtain a more complete description of the life history, the author confined several females with the foodplant on May 16, 1964. Four females laid approximately 100 eggs on May 16 and 17. Descriptions of the egg and larvae from 1964 specimens and a description of the pupae from 1961 specimens follow. In addition, notes on the foodplant and field habits of the species have been included. FieLp Hasirs C. fulvia flies in juniper woodland in the Upper Sonoran Zone wherever its foodplant abounds, usually on low hills formed from gypsum-rich shale. Adults fly slowly and alight often on the ground, and are thus easy to capture. Males enjoy the few flowers available. Males are not hilltoppers. There are three broods at Pueblo, May 5 to June 10, a second flight occurs in July, and the third from August 23 to September 2. Adults are most abundant in late May and late August. FOODPLANT Castilleja integra has crimson bracts and slender leaves one inch in length. It is the only species of paintbrush at the localities near Pueblo where C. fulvia flies. Two other undetermined species of Castilleja from the Wet Mountains in Pueblo County were offered to the larvae but were refused. Larvae consume only the fleshy bracts; when the fleshy parts of transplanted plants dried, larvae ate the leaves. One larva devoured part of the ovary and some of the premature seeds. Eggs are laid in clusters of ten to 30 on stem, leaves, or bracts. Eggs may be laid singly in the field, however. Most of the eggs laid May 16 and 17 hatched May 21. DESCRIPTION OF EFARLY STAGES Ecc: Pale yellow. Spherical, with slightly flattened base, diameter 0.5 mm; upper half with approximately 18 vertical ridges, lower half pitted with many small, roughly pentagonal cavities. First Instar: Length 1.5 mm. Cylindrical, pale grayish green, first two thoracic 238 Scorr: Chlosyne life history Vol. 22) now4 Sp ld EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 1-4. Mature larva of Chlosyne fulvia Edwards. 1, setal map; 2, posterior view of larva; 3, ocelli and ocellar setae; 4, frontal view of head. In figs. 1-2 tiny circles represent unbranched setae, and larger circles represent branching spines; dotted lines delineate borders of sclerotized areas. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 5-7. Pupa of Chlosyne fulvia Edwards. 5, ventral view; 6, lateral view; 7, dorsal view. segments darker. Head black. Body covered with dark setae, arranged on I-VIII abdominal segments, as follows: one long (1 mm) dorsolateral seta, one short (0.5 mm) lateral seta just below and slightly posterior to dorsolateral seta, one long seta below the short seta, in line with dorsolateral seta; below and slightly behind the spiracle two short setae, one below the other, on thoracic and IX abdominal segments the supraspiracular setae consist of two long setae, forming four equally-spaced setae on the top half of larva in dorsal view. An additional short dorsolateral seta between VIII and IX segments. Larvae molted mostly on May 23. SEcoND InstarR: Length 2.5 mm. Anterior half pale green, posterior half pale yellow. Pinaculi black, the largest around the longest setae. Prothoracic shield with six long setae and two shorter setae posteriorly. Setae arranged as in first instar. White internal structures appear around each setae in late stages lending a slightly more mottled appearance. Most larvae molted May 26. Tuirp Instar: Length 4.5 mm. Similar to mature larva, dull green fading to greenish yellow at end of abdomen, becoming yellow prior to molting. Setae replaced by branched spines (scoli). Base of spines reddish brown, distal portion black. Larvae appear very black and spiny, spines almost as large as those of mature larvae. Each spine with approximately six setae. Dark patches surrounding spines almost touch, forming thin dorsal line along length of larva. Spines arranged as in mature larva. Larvae molted mostly on June 3. FourtH Instar: Length 8 mm. Ground color ochre yellow, vented surface darker. Spines arranged as in mature larva. Thin, dark dorsal line as in mature larva. Dark patches surrounding spines; in abdominal segments I—VIII and thoracic segments 2-3 both lateral spines above spiracles surrounded by a common dark pinaculum. Most larvae molted June 12. FirtH Insrar: Length 14 mm. Similar to mature larva. Ground color ochre- yellow. Spines arranged as in mature larva. Thin brown line connecting subdorsal as well as dorsal brown pinaculi. Most larvae molted on June 18. Mature Larva: Length about 25 mm. Ground color ochre-yellow; spines black, slightly brownish at base. Body tapering anterior to thoracic segment 3 and posterior to abdominal segment VII. Dark pinaculi surrounding dorsal spines on abdominal 240 Scorr: Chlosyne life history Vol. 22, no. 4 segments I—VIII, and much larger dark brown pinaculi surround both dorsolateral spines on these segments. A narrow dorsal line from thoracic segment 2 to abdominal segment VIII. Thoracic segments 2-3 with dark brown pinaculi around upper dorsolateral spine. A heavy line connecting subdorsal dark pinaculi from thoracic segment 2 to abdominal segment VIII. Ventral surface light brown; boundary between brown and ochre yellow occurring between the upper and lower rows of subspiracular spines. Ventral surface, especially prolegs, covered with small reddish brown setae and hundreds of smaller transparent setae. Arrangement of spines (scoli) as in Figure 1. Setae of the most ventral spine in abdominal segments I, II, and VII unpigmented. Each large spine on dorsal half of body covered with about 20 minute setae, the longest (about 1.3 mm) at base and shortest at distal end of spine. Shorter spines with fewer setae. Leg with black trochanter and tarsal claw, other segments reddish brown. Ventral surface of legs covered with setae. Crochets biordinal, forming a lateral penellipse. Anal plate shown in Figure 2. Anterior lobe of anal plate dark brown, remainder reddish brown. Head reddish brown. Adfrontal sutures darker, separated from rest of head by pale sutures (Fig. 4). Ocelli and ocellar setae shown in Figure 3. Head with many dorsal and lateral setae; only those which have a constant position shown in Figure 4. Larvae began wandering on June 24; most pupated the following day. Pura: Length 15 mm. White, mottled with black stripes and spots as in Figures 5-7. Degree of melanism variable; in one individual many black areas were broken into separate spots, presenting a lighter appearance. Light brown showing faintly on dorsal surface: between black spots that are close together; in grooves between segments of abdomen (especially the grooves posterior to wing cases and one groove anterior to these grooves); and outlining wing cases. Light brown not showing on dorsum in a median one mm-wide strip except a few days before eclosure, when the segments posterior to the wing cases turn reddish brown. Ventral surface with light brown in the small spaces between the black in the space between the wing cases. Pupal stage lasts about eight days. ADDENDUM In the article “Study of fluorescent pigments in Lepidoptera by means of paper partition chromatography’ by George W. Rawson (J. Lepid. Soc., 22 (1): 27-40, 1968), the following additions and corrections should be made. On page 31, the author of Melanargia galathea is Linnaeus, not Seitz. On page 36, the names of the 14 Phyciodes and allies were omitted in the ex- planation of Plate 2. These are as follows: 1) Chlosyne janais (Drury); 2) C. cali- fornica (Wright); 3) Phyciodes (Eresia) claudina guatemalena Bates; 4) P. (Phyciodes) tharos tharos (Drury) form “marcia” Edw.; 5) P. (P.) t. tharos form “morpheus” F.; 6) P. (P.) batesii (Reakirt); 7) Chlosyne i. ismeria (Bdv. & LeC.); 8) P. (P.) mylitta (Edwards); 9) P. (P.) campestris (Behr); 10) P. (Tritanassa) ptolyca (Bates); 11) P. (Eresia)frisia (Poey); 12) P. (Tritanassa) myia (Hewitson); 13) P. (Eresia) phillyra (Hewitson); 14) P. (Tritanassa) texana (Edwards). The color representation of the boxed symbols, A-F, accompanying this plate is as follows: A) Bright violet fluorescence; B) dull blue-violet; C) pale yellow; D) pale blue; E) grayish green; F) pinkish (in the basal portion of nos. 5 and 11). 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 941 A TAXONOMIC LIST OF PHILATELIC LEPIDOPTERA SIDNEY A. HESSEL Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. Many lepidopterists are also philatelists. This includes professional entomologists, some of whom are those actually responsible as insti- gators or consultants for the many butterfly and moth postage stamps that have of late years appeared around the world. The first philatelic lepidopteran was issued in 1890 as an ornament in the hair of Hawaiian Queen Liliuokalani. Although one may speculate that it is the beautiful Vanessa tameamea Esch., it was not until 1930 when Lebanon honored the silk industry that a definitely determinable species was depicted. Stylized figures had appeared in the interval. In these instances the insects were, of course, incidental. Sarawak in 1950 was the first with nomenclature, Troides brookiana Wallace, which was figured unicolorous gray. It remained for the Swiss Pro Juventute issue of 1950 to honor the insect exclusively and in full color. This was largely the work of Dr. Loeliger, a member of our Society until his death and an important force in the Pro Juventute youth movement. The issue was accompanied by a brochure about the insects and was a most noteworthy effort towards stimulation of interest in Lepidoptera in that country. From this beginning, at first slowly, but with accelerated frequency, over 65 countries have “honored” species of Lepidoptera by 310 butterfly and 115 moth stamps, a total of 425 major varieties by the end of 1966. These embrace 248 species divided 181 and 67 respectively between butterflies and moths. Papilio machaon L. with 12 instances leads the list. In most cases the insect is well depicted and the species pertinent to the issuing country. A few are monstrous viz. Lebanon and Togo with Morphos and other distant species, San Marino also with inap- propriate selections and Albania and Somalia with flying butterflies both upside down and half “inside out.” This presents the showier surfaces. Some fine endemics have been chosen (Madagascar, Jamaica et al.). All families of butterflies are now represented together with 21 moth families. Japan 1966 (879) is the only stamp with more than one species. It is a large stamp artistically presenting a girl amidst a veritable swarm of flying butterflies. Ten species can be recognized with reasonable confidence and are included in the list although this stamp does not truly serve as a satisfactory portrayal of the subject species. It is apparent that the raison detre in may cases is the fiscal benefit to the country of issue. Nevertheless, the popularization of the subject 942, Hesse: Philatelic list Vol.223nomee has worthy aspects. Flagrant abuses are discussed in the philatelic press and need not be pursued here. Only those species determinable, at least speculatively, are considered in the body of the taxonomic list which follows. Only stamps recognized by the International Postal Union are included. As to be expected, nomenclature presents a troublesome problem, the same species often appearing under different names. Frequently a racial name has been elevated to specific status. The issuance of the Cuban 1961 stamp portraying “Othreis toddi Zayas (in litt.)” has a particular interest. Inasmuch as the species had not theretofore been described it would appear to represent a most novel medium for publication and be vested with priority standing. Correspondence (January 1964) with Dr. E. L. Todd who is honored in the naming of the striking new species advised that to the best of his knowledge publication had not yet appeared in orthodox channels. He goes on to state, however, that the illustration on the stamp does not constitute one of the requirements for “availability” and quotes the new Code of Zoological Nomenclature requiring that after 1930, in addition to other requirements, there must be a statement of char- acters differentiating the taxon, or at least reference to such (Article 13a). So the first sortee of philate-lepidopterology into the intricasies of zoological nomenclature is adjudged invalid on a technicality. There is, of course, difficulty in arranging a list embracing all world faunal zones. Remington (1954) is followed to the family level, modified by Ehrlich (1958) for butterflies to subfamily. For genera and species the sequence follows Munroe (1960) for the Papilionidae, Rothschild & Jordan (1903) for Sphingidae, Peters (1952) for African Rhopalocera, Forster & Wohlfahrt (1955, 1960) for most European Lepidoptera, and various sources including the many volumes of G. F. Hampson’s Caft- alogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum and of Macrolepidoptera of the World (edited by A. Seitz) for other groups and regions. Nomenclature roughly follows these same sources but is modified by work of more recent authors in limited categories and faunas. The checklist is presumed complete through 1966. Latin names in square brackets appear if nomenclature on the stamp differs from that in the list. In such instances the inscriptions are not necessarily deemed erroneous though such is usually the case. In any event, somewhat arbitrary procedure cannot be avoided to conform to the authorities chosen and to combine examples of the same species under one name. Scott's Standard Postage Stamp Catalogue (1966) numbers and monthly Journal for later assignments are indicated by parentheses. Scott's numbers prefixed by “B” are semi-postal issues; 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 “C”, airmail; “RA”, postal tax stamps; “J”, postage due. There are no Scott's numbers for North Korea, Red China, Cuba or Mongolia for recent years; numbers are published in foreign catalogues. The United States Treasury Department through its Foreign Assets Control Section, and Pres. Kennedy, by proclamation of Feb. 7, 1962 have forbidden importation of stamps of these countries after that date. Numbers lacking in other instances were not available at the time of preparation of the list. Grateful acknowledgment is made to Prof. Charles L. Remington of the Department of Biology, Yale University, for his many helpful sug- gestions, particularly concerning pertinent literature. Thanks are offered also for his counsel in the matter of troublesome determinations. More than once I observed him turning stamps over in his eagerness to detect significant ventral characters. ) MorTHS CossIDAE Cossus Pulchra Rothschild PsYCHIDAE Manatha microcera Bourgogne GELECHIIDAE Pectinophora gossypiella Saunders ZYGAENIDAE Zygaena carniolica Scop. Arniocera ericata Btlr. Erasmia pulchella Hope Amesia sanguiflua Drury CASTNIIDAE Castnia eudesmia Gray PYRALIDAE Sylepta reginalis Cramer GEOMETRIDAE Dysphania militaris L ) Abraxas grossulariata L. URANIIDAE Chrysiridia madagascarensis Less. Urania boisduvalii Guer. DREPANIDAE Epicampoptera strandi Bryk BOMBYCIDAE Bombyx mori L. Spanish Sahara [C. pulcher] 1964 (143) Mali 1964 (J14) Central African Rep. 1965 [Platyedra] (55) Switzerland 1956 (B258 ) Hungary 1966 (1730) Mozambique 1953 (376) China 1958 [E. p. chinensis] 1958 (1186) Lebanon 1965 [Erasmia] (C434) Chile 1948 (C124) (254) (255) Cuba 1965 Laos 1965 (103) Dubar 1963721) (E12) Switzerland 1957 (B269 ) Malagasy Rep. [C. madagascariensis] 1960 (C64) Cuba [Uranidia] 1961 Central African Rep. 1965 (53) Lebanon 1930 (108-13) Japan 1947 (383) Trieste Zone B 1950 (30) Zone A 1953 (187)-—Overprint Italy (640 ) Italy 1953 (640) Afghanistan 1963 (640) (C40) (641) (C38) HESSEL: BRAHMAEIDAE Dactyloceras widenmanni Karsch SATURNIIDAE Saturniinae Epiphora bauhiniae Guer. Argema mittrei Guer. mimosae Bdv. Bunaea alcinoe Stoll Attacus atlas L. Nudaurelia hersilia Westw. Athletes ethica Westw. gigas Sonth. Pseudaphelia apollinaris Bdv. Saturnia pyri Schiff. CGynanisa maja Klug Gonimbrasia hecate Rougeot Lobobunea phaedusa Drury christyi Sharpe LASIOCAMPIDAE Lasiocampa quercus L. SPHINGIDAE Acherontia atropos L. Polyptychus roseus Druce Cephonodes hylas L. Daphnis nerii L. Celerio lineata Fabr. NOCTUIDAE Catocalinae Mormonia dilecta Hbn. Catocala fraxini L. nupta L. Egbolis vaillantina Stoll Metopta rectifasciata Men. [Othreis toddi Zayas] AGARISTIDAE Xanthospilopteryx mozambica Mab. Aegocera frevida W\k. Philatelic list Romania 1963 (1582-4 ) Lebanon 1965 (439-445 ) Libya 1964 (249-51) Afghanistan 1966 (731) Central African Rep. 1960 (8) Senegal 1963 (224) Malagasy Rep. 1960! (65) Mozambique ( Aigenia) 1953 (371) Togo 1964 (466) Rwanda 1966 (118A) China 1958 (1185) Ryukyu Islands 1959 (57) Laos 1965 (C46) Mozambique 1953 [N. h. dido M&W] (370) Mozambique 1953 (373) Rwanda [South] 1965. (119) Mozambique [P. pollinaris] 1953 (377) Switzerland 1951 (B211) France 1956 (790) Romania 1960 (C89) Jugoslavia 1964 (728) Mali 1964 (J9) Mali 1964 (J17) Rwanda 1966 (116A ) Mali 1964 (J18) Switzerland 1952 (B221) Hungary 1959 (C207) Romania 1960 (C93) Poland 1961 (1036) Albania 1963 (694) Mali 1964 (J7) Central African Rep. [Cenophodes] 1965 (54) Jugoslavia 1964 (726) Mali 1964 (J8) Israel 1966 (306 ) Spanish Sahara 1964 (142) (144) Bulgaria [Catocala] 1962 (1242) Switzerland 1950 (B198) Czechoslovakia 1961 (1088 ) Switzerland 1957 (B271) Mozambique 1953 (378) South Korea 1954 (202A ) Cuba 1961 Mozambique 1953 (380) Mozambique 1953 (383) Vol 225 mene 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 24! ARCTIUDAE Lithosiinae Chionaema saalmeulleri Btlr. Arctiinae Carathis gortynoides Grt. Holomelina heros Gtt. disparilis Grt. Rhyparioides metelkana Led. Pericallia matronula L. Arctia caja L. flavia Fuessl. villica L. Ammobiota festiva Hufn. Panaxia dominula L. quadripunctaria Poda Amphicallia thelwalli Dre. pactolicus Btlr. NYCTEMERIDAE Nyctemera leuconoe Hpffr. PERICOPIDAE Phaloe cubana H-S. CTENUCHIDAE (SYNTOMIDAE ) Syntomis alicia Btlr. Syntomidopsis variegata Wk. Ctenuchidia virgo H-S. Metarctia lateritia H-S. LYMANTRIIDAE Lymantria monacha L. dispar L. HESPERIIDAE Capila translucida Leech PAPILIONIDAE Parnassiinae Parnassius phoebus L. jacquemontii Bdv. nomion Hbn. apollo L. mnemosyne L. Allancastria cerisyi Gdt. Serecinus telamon Dyn. Zerynthia hypermnestra Scop. Ut Malagasy Rep. [C. pauliani] 1960 (309) Cuba 1965 Cuba [Eubaphe] 1965 Cuba [Eubaphe] 1965 Romania 1964 (1618) Lebanon 1965 (C426B ) Switzerland 1954 (B238 ) Yemen 1966 Switzerland 1955 (B250 ) Czechoslovakia 1966 (1396 ) Hungary [Arctia hehe] 1959 (1269) Bulgaria [Arctia hebe] 1962 (1243) Hungary [Callimorpha] 1966 (1726) Czechoslovakia 1966 (1395) Albania [Callimorpha hera] 1963 (692) Mozambique 1953 (365) Rwanda 1965 (116) Mozambique 1953 (381 ) Cuba 1961 Ifni 1966 (137) (139) same design Cuba 1965 Cuba 1965 Mozambique 1953 (379) Switzerland 1953 (B228) Romania 1964 (1619) BUTTERFLIES Red China 1963 East Germany 1964 (684) Red China 1963 North Korea 1963 Finland 1954 (B127) Switzerland 1955 (B251) Poland 1961 (1038) Czechoslovakia 1961 (1084 ) Bulgaria 1962 (1238) Germany 1962 (B380) Czechoslovakia 1963 (1165), 1966 (1394) Mongolia 1963 Jugoslavia 1964 (727) Poland 1961 (1035) Bulgaria [Thais] 1962 (1239) North Korea 1962 South Korea 1966 (501 ) Czechoslovakia [Z. hypsipyle Sch.] 1961 (1083) 246 HessEt: Philatelic list Vol. 22> none North Korea 1962 Red China 1963 Luehdorfia puziloi Ersch. Bhutanitis thaidina Blanch. Papilioninae Red China 1963 Red China 1963 Lamproptera meges Zink. Teinopalpus aureus Mell Eurytides pausianus Hew. molops R&J protesilaus L. Iphiclides podalirius L. Graphium weiskei Ribbe doson Felder antheus Cramer policenes Cramer mandarinus Oberthur Papilio memnon L. elwesi Leech euchenor Guer. menestheus Drury lormieri Distant ophidicephalus Obert. demodocus Esper alexanor Esper machaon L. bianor Cramer hoppo Mats. blumei Bdv. Plorquinianus Fldr. ulysses L.. zalmoxis Hew. antimachus Drury Ecuador [Graphium] 1961 (680), 1964 (Gas) Ecuador [Graphium] 1961 (682), 1964 (72) Venezuela [P. p. leucones R&J] 1966 (889) Switzerland 1951 (B209) Poland [Papilio] 1961 (1037) Germany 1962 (B383) Albania [Papilio] 1963 (691) Hungary 1966 (1729) Czechoslovakia 1966 (1391 ) Indonesia 1963 (B158 ) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (212) Red China 1963 Mozambique [Papilio a. evombaroides Bim. 1953) (372) Guinea 1963 (294) (299) (C48) Red China 1963 China 1958 (1188) Togo 1965 (486) (489) Japan 1966 (879) China 1958 (1184) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (216) Guinea 1963 (297) (302) (C49) Somalia 1961 (C77) Central African Rep. 1963 (31) | Malawi [P. 0. mkuwadzi] 1966 (37) Mozambique 1963 (364) Guinea 1963 (292, 293) (298) (303) Israel [P. a. maccabeus] 1966 (305) Switzerland 1954 (B241 ) Czechoslovakia 1955 (714) Hungary 1959 (1268) Romania 1960 (C92 ) Czechoslovakia 1961 (1085) Mongolia 1963 East Germany 1964 (685) Jugoslavia 1964 (729) Lebanon 1965 (C431 ) Albania 1966 (927 ) Yemen 1966 Japan 1966 (879) Japan 1966 (879) Red China 1963 Indonesia 1963 (B156) San Marino 1963 (568 ) Papua & New Guinea [P. u. autolycus] 1966 (209) Central African Rep. 1963 (32) Spanish Guinea 1953 (332) (B28) 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 24 dardanus Brown phorcas Cramer hesperus Westw. jacksoni Sharpe bromius Dbl. magdae Gifford nireus L. androgeus Cramer caiguanabus Poey torquatus Cramer zagreus Dbl. homerus Fabr. Parides gundlachianus Fldr. alcinous Klug Troides aeacus F |\dr. amphrysus Cramer brookiana Wallace Ornithoptera paradisea Stgr. priamus L. victoriae Gray Battus lycidas Cramer crassus Cramer PIERIDAE Dismorphiinae Dismorphia cubana H-S Pierinae Aporia crataegi L. Delias aruna Bdv. Pieris brassicae L. Ascia monuste L. Anthocaris cardamines L. ~l Central African Rep. [Drurya] 1960 (11) Somalia 1961 (C78) Mozambique [P. d. tibullus Kirb.] 1953 (369), (369) as stamp on stamp (384) (385) Central African Rep. 1963 (30) Rwanda 1966 (117A) Yemen 1966 Mozambique [P. p. ansorgei Rtsch.] 1953 (375) Somalia [P. ansorgei] 1961 (C80) Rwanda 1966 (114A) Rwanda [P. 7. ruandana Le Cerf] 1965 (Uz) Rwanda 1965 (114) Malawi 1966 (38) Guinea 1963 (295) (300) (304) Senegal 1963 (222) Dominican Rep. [P. a. epidaurus] 1966 (C148) same overprinted 1966 Cuba 1958 (C185) Ecuador [P. t. leptalea] 1961 (681 ) Venezuela 1966 (891) Jamaica 1964 (223), same overprinted 1966, (249) Cuba [Papilio] 1961 Japan 1966 (879) Red China 1963 Indonesia 1963 (B159) Sarawak 1950: (180) Dutch New Guinea [Papilio] 1960 (B23) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (223) Papua & New Guinea [O. p. poseidon] 1966 (215) Br. Solomon Islands Prot. 1965 (140) same overprinted 1966, (161) Ecuador 1961 (683), 1964 (713) Lebanon [Papilio c.] 1965 (C435) Cuba 1965 Romania 1956 (1103) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (218) Switzerland 1956 (B261 ) Turkey 1958 (RA227 ) Czechoslovakia 1952 (512) (513) Dominican Rep. [A. m. eubotea] 1966 (622) same overprinted 1966 Switzerland 1951 (B210) Czechoslovakia [Anthocharis] 1961 (1082) Albania [Euchloe] 1963 (695) Lebanon [Aurore] 1965 (C432) Hungary 1966 (1727) Japan 1966 (879) 248 HESSEL: eupheno L. Zegris eupheme Esp. Colotis aurigineus Btlr. zoe Grand. danae Fabr. antevippe Bdvy. euippe L. eris Klug Ixias pyrene L. Coliadinae Eurema lisa Bdv. & Lec. proterpia Fabr. Catopsilia florella Fabr. Phoebis avellaneda H-S sennae L. Gonepteryx rhamni L. mahaguru Gistel Colias palaeno L. berylla Fawcett croceus Fourcroy hyale L. myrmidone Esp. electo L. Anteos chlorinde Godt. Nathalis iole Bdv. NYMPHALIDAE Danainae Danaus chrysippus L. formosa Godm. Euploea leucostictos Gmelin callithoe Bdv. Philatelic list Vol, 225nonet Ifni [Anthocharis] 1963 (111) (113) Israel [Z. e. varda Hemm.] 1965 (307) Rwanda 1965 (115) Malagasy Rep. 1960 (306) Senegal 1963 (223) Mauritania 1966 (213) Mali 1964 (J12) Mozambique [Teracolus omphale Godt.] 1953 (368 ) Central African Rep. [C. evippe] 1963 (29) Mali 1964 (J11) Red China 1963 Cuba [Teria ebriola] 1958 (C187) Cuba [Teria gundlachia Poey] 1958 (C186) Dominican Rep. [E. gundlachia Poey] 1966 (C146) Mali 1964 (J20) Cuba 1961 Dominican Rep. [P. s. sennae] 1966 (624) overprinted 1966 Turkey 1958 (RA225) Czechoslovakia 1961 (1090 ) Albania 1963 (693) Mongolia 1963 Great Britain 1963 (394) Japan 1966 (879) Switzerland 1950 (B200 ) Czechoslovakia 1966 (1392 ) Red China 1963 Switzerland 1957 (B268) East Germany 1964 (686) Hungary 1966 (1734) Albania 1966 (924) Bulgaria [C. balcanica] 1962 (1244) Albania 1966 (925) Rwanda [C. e. pseudohecate Berger] 1965 (118) Dominican Rep. [A. c. c.] 1966 (625) overprinted 1966 Cuba [N. felicia] 1958 (C188) Mozambique [Danais] 1953 (374) Spanish Guinea 1958 3 vals., dif. designs (B50) (BSI) NCB S2)) Senegal 1963 (226) Mauritania 1966 (215) Ifni 1966 2 Vals., same design (138) (140) Somalia [Danaida morgani] 1961 (C79) Red China 1963 Papua & New Guinea [E. c. duerrsteini] 1966 (215A) 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 Amauris ellioti Btlr. niavius L. fenestrata Aur. lobengula Sharpe Lycorea ceres Cramer Clothilda numida Hbn. pantherata Mart. cubana Salv. Ithomiinae Hymenitis cubana H-S. Satyrinae Hipparchia semele L. Ragadia crisilda Hew. Melanargia galathea L. Brintesia circe Fabr. Morphinae Caligo atreus Koll. Morpho peleides Koll. aega Hbn. cypris Westw. Taenaris catops Westw. Stichophthalma neumoegeni Leech Charaxinae Charaxes varanes Cramer antamboulou Lucas azota Hew. cynthia Btlr. jasius L. epijasius Reiche ansorgei Roths. ameliae Doumet nobilis Druce zingha Stoll dehaani Dbl. Anaea rufescens Btlr. clytemnestra Cramer Siderone nemesis Il. marthesia Cramer Prepona antimache Hbn. Nymphalinae Heliconius cyrbia Godt. charitonius L. Euxanthe wakefieldi Ward Harma coccinata Hew. Rwanda [Amaurina ellioti] 1966 (117B) Guinea [Famille Papilionides] 1963 (291) (296) (301) (C47) Somalia 1961 (C75) Malawi [A. crawshayi] 1966 (40) Cuba 1965 Cuba [Anetia numidia briarea (Latr.) | 1965 Dominican Rep. [C. p. p.] 1966 (C147) same 1966, overprinted Cuba [Anetia] 1965 Cuba 1965 Lebanon [Satyrus] 1965 (C430) Red China 1963 Switzerland 1952 (B219) Romania [Kanetisa] 1964 (1620) Venezuela 1966 (C917) Br. Honduras 1953 (151), 1961, over- printed (165) Venezuela 1966 (840 ) Togo 1965 (511) Lebanon 1965 (C433) Dutch New Guinea 1960 (B26) Red China 1963 Senegal 1963 (221) Malagasy Rep. 1960 (C63) Mozambique 1953 (382) Somalia 1961 (C81) Israel 1966 (304) Mali 1964 (J13) Rwanda [C. a. ruandana] 1966 (119A) Central African Rep. 1960 (9) Lebanon 1965 (436) Central African Rep. [Charaxe mobilis] 1961 (5) (6) Central Africa Rep. 1960 (10) Indonesia 1963 (B157 ) Venezuela [Hypna] 1966 (C916) Cuba [A. c. iphigenia Luc.] 1965 Cuba 1965 Dominican Rep. 1966 (626), overprinted 1966 Venezuela [S. m. thebais Fldr.] 1966 (C915) Cuba [P. a. crassina Fruhst.] 1965 Lebanon 1965 (C427) Dominican Rep. [H. c. churchi] 1966 (623) same overprinted 1966 Mozambique 1953 (366) Central African Rep. [Symothoe sangaris] LOGIN) HESSEL: Neptis lucilla F. Hamanumida chalsis F\dr. Cyrestis camillus F. 7 Marpesia acilia Godt. Salamis duprei Vinson Precis hierta Fldr. Hypolimnas dexithea Hew. misippus L. Doleschallia dascylus God. & Salv. Kallima inachis Bdv. ?Nessaea obrinus L. Parthenos sylvia Cramer Apatura iris L. ilia Schiff. Apaturina erminea Cramer Sasakia charonda Hew. Limenitis populi L. Vanessa cardui L. atalanta L. Aglais urticae L. Kaniska canace L. Inachis io L. Nymphalis polychloros es antiopa L. Philatelic list Vol. 22) nowt Cameroons [Cymothoe sangaris] 1962 (C42) Albania 1966 (929) Somalia [Euryphura] 1961 (C76) Malawi [C. c. sublineatus] 1966 (53) Papua & New Guinea [M. a. tervisia] 1966 (211) Malagasy Rep. 1960 (308 ) Senegal [Junonia] 1963 (225) Laos [P. cebrene] 1965 (102) Malagasy Rep. 1960 (310) Mali 1964 (J19) Mauritania 1966 (214) Japan 1966 (879) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (222 ) Ryukyu Islands 1959 (61), 1960-1 (79) San Marino 1963 (565) Red China 1963 Papua & New Guinea [P. s. pherekides] 1966. (217) Hungary [A. ilia] 1959 (1271) Romania 1960 (C94) Switzerland 1956 (B259) Czechoslovakia 1966 (1393) Papua & New Guinea [A. e. papuana Ribbe] 1966 (220) Japan 1956 (622), 1966 (886) Romania 1960 (C90 ) Mongolia 1963 Albania [Pyrameis] 1966 (922) Switzerland 1950 (B197) Hungary 1959 (C208) Czechoslovakia 1961 (1089) Hungary (C208) as stamp on stamp 1962 (B228 ) Romania 1962 (1511) East Germany 1964, (683) Lebanon 1965 (C428) Yemen 1966 Hungary 1961 (1394) 2 vars., silver, gold Mongolia 1963 Germany 1962 (382) Japan 1966 (879) Switzerland 1955 (B248 ) Turkey 1958 (RA228) East Germany 1959 (436) Czechoslovakia [Nymphalis] 1961 (1086) North Korea 1962 Albania [Vanessa] 1963 San Marino 1963 (564) (567) Mongolia 1963 Jugoslavia [Vanessa] 1964 (724) Japan 1966 (879) San Marino 1963 (566) East Germany 1964 (687) Switzerland 1953 (B229) 1968 EuRuicn, P. R. Forster, W., & G. WOHLFAHRT. Munroe, E. G. PETERS, W. REMINGTON, C. L. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society D5. Terinos alurgis Godm. Cethosia cydippe L. biblis Drury Pandoriana maja Cramer Chlosyne perezi H-S Acraeinae Acraea hova Bdv. LIBYTHEIDAE Libythea geoffroy Godt. celtis Feussl. LYCAENIDAE Lycaeninae Shirozua jonasi Janson Chrysozephyrus mushaellus Mats. Hypokopelates otraeda Hew. Myrina silenus F. Epamera handmani Gifford Axiocerses harpax F . Lipaphnaeus leonina Sharpe Heodes virgaureae L. Lysandra argester Bergstr. coridon Poda Agrodiaetus damon Schiff. Meleageria daphnis Schiff. ?Maculinea arion L. Lycaena solskyi Ersch. phoebus Fldr. Thysonotis danis Cramer Loxura atymnus Cramer Riodininae Dodona adonira Hew. Czechoslovakia 1961 (1087 ) Bulgaria [Vanessa] 1962 (1241) Germany 1962 (B381 ) Jugoslavia [Vanessa] 1964 (725) Hungary 1966 (1732) Papua & New Guinea 1966 (213) Dutch New Guinea 1960 (B25) Laos 1965 (101) Bulgaria [Argynnis pandora] 1962 (1245) Cuba 1965 Malagasy Rep. 1960 (307) Red China 1963 Hungary 1966 (1733) Japan 1966 (879) Red China 1963 Mali 1964 (J15) Mauritania 1966 (212) Malawi 1966 (39) Mozambique 1953 (367 ) Mali 1964 (J16) Hungary [Lycaena] 1959 (C206) Romania [Chrysophanus] 1960 (C91) Hungary [L. hylas] 1959 (1270) Switzerland 1952 (B220) Mongolia 1963 Bulgaria [Lycaena meleager] 1962 (1240) Hungary 1966 (1728) Turkey 1958 (RA226) Red China 1963 cimelSG3s Cla) Dutch New Guinea 1960 (B24) Red China 1963 Red China 1963 LITERATURE CITED 1958. The comparative morphology, phylogeny and higher classi- fication of the butterflies. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 39: 305-70. Fisk, F. M., B. E. Montcomery, K. P. Preuss, G. T. RrmecEL, & R. W. Rincs. 1962. A checklist of “entomological” stamps. Proc. No.-central Branch nt. Soc. Amer., 17: 160-169. ole) 239 Dp: standard postage stamp catalogue. ee aOle L252, pp. Wen ol pp: 1955, 1960. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas, Harmer, G. R., E. N. Cosrates & J. B. Harcuer (editors). 1966. Scott’s 1966—122nd Ed. Scott, New York. Vols. 1960. The classification of the Papilionidae. Canad. Ent., Suppl., 1952. A provisional check-list of the butterflies of the Ethiopian region. 201 pp. E. W. Classey, Feltham, England. 1954. Lepidoptera, in C. T. Brurs, A. L. MEeLANpER, & F. M. 952 Masters: More Wisconsin records Vol. 22. mont CARPENTER, A Classification of insects, Revised ed. 917 pp. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. Roruscuitp, W., & K. Jorpan. 1903. A _ revision of the lepidopterous family Sphingidae, 1, 2. 972 pp. Zoological Museum, Tring, England. SmiTH, M. E. 1954. Philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. News, 6: 13-16. 1955. More philatelic Lepidoptera. Lepid. News, 9: 12. 1957. Philatelic Lepidoptera; 1954-1957. Lepid. News, 11: 221-224. FIRST RECORDS OF TWO BUTTERFIES IN WISCONSIN (NYMPHALIDAE, PIERIDAE) I collected in northern Wisconsin in quick hit and run fashion on June 2nd, 3rd, and 4th of 1967. My collecting objective was to document the widespread occurrence of Erebia discoidalis (Kirby) in northern Wisconsin, but incidental to my objectives, I uncovered two butterflies previously unreported from the state. BotoriA FREIJA (Thunberg) A single male of this species was taken in an open bog containing sphagnum, labrador tea, cranberry, cottongrass and a sparse growth of black spruce on June 2. After entering the bog, located on highway 17 about five miles north of Rhinelander, Oneida county, I quickly collected three specimens of Erebia discoidalis and was about to leave when I noticed and captured the freija. A second freija was sighted but not captured. I had found freija very common in Minnesota bogs the previous week and after capturing this specimen I expected to obtain others as I searched other Wisconsin bogs, but I failed to do so. The abundance of freija in Minnesota had been quite surprising since it was first reported from that state only two years previously. The only other butterfly found in the bog was Incisalia augustinus (West- wood ) which was common. PIERIS VIRGINIENSIS Edwards Later on June 2 I was collecting just south of Presque Isle, Vilas County, Wiscon- sin, on a small side road leading into a rich maple forest and captured three specimens (28 6,19) of Pieris virginiensis. Other species taken in the same vicinity include Euchloe olympia (Edwards), Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan, Nym- phalis j-album (Boisduval & LeConte) and Polygonia satyrus (Edwards). My three specimens of virginiensis are the first documented captures from Wisconsin; however Mr. James R. Neidhoefer of Milwaukee reports (in litt) that he collected a specimen (23-V-1961) near Hazelhurst, Oneida County—about 25 miles directly south of my locality. Still later on June 2, 1967, I found P. virginiensis very abundant in a maple forest about five miles south of White Pine, Ontonagon County, Michigan and cap- tured about 40 specimens in an hour. These are the westernmost records for virginien- sis in Michigan, which had previously been reported from Mackinac, Emmet and Benzie counties by Voss and Wagner (1956).' I am indebted to Dr. Alexander B. Klots of the American Museum for confirming my determinations. The three specimens of Pieris virginiensis and the one of Boloria freija have been donated to the American Museum Collection, New York.—Joun H. Masters, Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota. 1 Voss, E. G. and W. H. Wagner, Jr. 1956. Notes on Pieris virginiensis and Erora laeta—two butterflies hitherto unreported from Michigan. Lepid. News, 10: 18-24. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society O58 TWO VARIANT FEMALES OF COLIAS (ZERENE) CESONIA (PIERIDAE) The southern dogshead, Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Stoll), is a fairly common visitor in the Lubbock, Texas area. Fellow collectors and myself who have been collecting in this area for years know the species well. I was quite surprised during the months of October and November, 1966, to find two aberrant C. cesonia. Both were collected in my back yard at flowers. The striking feature of both specimens was the great reduction of black bordering on the dorsal side of the forewing. Females of this species commonly have less black bordering than males, but the reduction is slight and primarily in the border of the hind wings. Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Stoll). Upper lefthand—typical male, upper and under- side; upper right—aberrant female, upper and underside; lower right—aberrant fe- male, upper and underside; lower left—location of capture. The first of the two females (lower right in photograph) was captured on October 24, 1966; the weather was still very mild and that particular day was sunny and warm. During the previous month we had experienced three mild frosts. October 23 I had taken a perfect male specimen (upper left) on the same flowers. The second aberrant specimen (upper right) was taken 14 days later, November 7, 1966, follow- ing another frost. The black border on this female’s forewings was even more greatly reduced than in the first specimen. The variations could have been caused by genetic mutations but more likely were related to environmental factors such as a rapid change in temperature during pupation—Dwicur BENNETT, 2808-1 Street, Lubbock, Texas 79415. 254 Scorr: Sounds of Neptis Vol. 22) nes SOUNDS PRODUCED BY NEPTIS HYLAS (NYMPHALIDAE) While in South Viet-Nam between 1955 and 1959, I witnessed two occasions on which specimens of Neptis hylas (L.) produced noises which were not incidental to normal movement, as are the clicking sounds made during flight by some of the robust-bodied Nymphalids such as Charaxes and Euthalia. On the first of these occasions, in December of 1956, a specimen of Neptis hylas alighted in my Saigon garden on a hibiscus leaf four feet from the ground and about six feet away from me. It flattened its wings against the horizontal upper surface of the leaf (a position commonly assumed by this species and others of the genus), extended its reduced foremost pair of legs, and began to snap them together rapidly so that the tarsi met to produce a sharp click which would have been audible even at a distance several times greater than the two yards between myself and the butter- fly. In quality, the sound was identical to that made by tapping a fingernail edge against a sheet of paper resting on a resilient surface. The legs were partially ex- tended on a horizontal plane, the angle between femur and tibia being about ninety degrees, and the gesture which brought the tarsi together was similar to that of a child clapping its hands. The movement was very rapid, the insect giving three successive clicks within less than a second; it paused for about two seconds and then repeated the series of three clicks. After this it flew to a leaf on a level with my head and repeated the per- formance for a third time before flying away. The second occasion was three weeks later when another specimen (with fresher coloring ) came to almost the same spot on the hibiscus hedge. It settled in the same posture on a leaf five feet up and about eight feet away, turned itself through 180 degrees until it faced me, and produced three rapid clicks. In this instance, the insect’s position and its greater distance from me made it difficult to be sure which pair of legs was employed; however, the movement of the legs coincided with the clicks. In an effort to approach more closely I frightened it away. On neither day was I able to capture the butterfly, or to determine its sex. Both of these incidents occurred between 10:00 and 11:00 A.M., on hot sunny mornings with no wind. I never noticed the presence of a second specimen to which either of the two could have been signaling, although this is inconclusive. Possibly, the behavior was an attempt to dislodge clinging parasites. I subsequently examined every fresh capture of this species for signs of ectoparasitism but found nothing.—- FREDERICK W. Scott, P. O. Box 19, Chester, Nova Scotia, Canada. 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DASE INDEX TO VOLUME 22 (New names in boldface ) Ablepsis, 155 Abraxas, 243 Acherontia, 244 Achlyodes, 155 Acraea, 204, 251 Acronicta valliseola, 133 Actinote, 151 Adams, M. S., Variation in Catocala, 231 Adlerodea mineira, 16 Adopaea, 130 Aegocera, 245 Aeria, 151 Agaristidae, 245 Agathymus polingi, 177 Aglais, 250 Aeraniso4, 71, 98, 152, 196, 229 Agriades glandon, 172 Agrodiaetus, 251 Aguna asander, 155 Allancastria, 245 Amatidae, 37, 187, 245 Amauris, 249 Amblyscirtes, 170, 231 nysa, 231 simius, 170 Amesia, 243 Ammobiota, 245 Amphicallia, 245 Anaea, 153, 230, 249 Anagasta kihniella, 174 Anartia jatrophae, 128, 152 Anatole, 153 Ancyloxypha, 169, 231 Anteos, 34, 154, 248 Anthocaris, 34, 97, 166, 247 lanceolata, 97 midea, 34 sara, 97, 166 Anthoptus, 155 Antigonus, 155 Apatura, 250 Apaturina, 250 Apodemia, 35, 97, 153, 163 mormo, 97, 163 nais, 35 maporia, 125, 247 mppias, oo, o4, 126, 154 Archonias, 154 Arctia, 245 Arctiidae, 197, 245 Argema, 244 Argynnis, 128 Argyreuptychia, 151 Arniocera, 243 Amold, A. & R. A., Effect of irradiation on Papilio larvae, 173 Ascia monuste, 154, 166, 247 Asterocampa, 35, 120, 128, 230 Astraptes fulgerator, 155 Atalopedes campestris, 97 Athletes, 244 Atlides, 35, 97, 153, 163 Atrytone delaware, 170 Attacus, 244 Autochton, 155 Axiocerses, 251 Battus, 34. 775 785 625.97, 54) 199, 247 Behavior, 125, 177 Behr, H. H., letters, 57 Bennett, D., Variant females of Colias cesonia, 253 Bertoni, M. S., Variation in Catocala, 231 Bhutanitis, 246 Biblis, 153, 230 Blanchard, A., New moths from Texas, 133 Boloria, 61, 78, 86, 120, 160 Bombycidae, 243 Bombyx mori, 204, 243 Book Reviews, notice, 110, 187, 188 Brahmaeidae, 244 Brassolis, 151 Brazilian Lepidoptera, 1, 147 Brephidium, 35, 97, 230 exilis, 97, 230 isophthalma, 35 Brintesia, 249 Brown, F. M., Letters from Behr to Strecker, 57 American butterflies described by Lin- naeus, 77 Fox Obituary, 192 Brown, K. S., Jr., Lepidoptera of central Brazil, 147 Buckett, J. S., Description of Lithophane, 42, Bunaea, 244 Caicella, 155 Calephelis, 32, 153, 230 nilus, 153 virginiensis, 32 Caligo, 151, 249 Callicista, 153 Callicore, 152 256 Callimormus, 155 Callophrys, 97, 129, 164, 172, 225, 226 Callosamia, 185, 186 Capila, 245 Carathis, 245 Castnia, 243 Castniidae, 243 Catastica, 126 Catasticta, 154 Catocala Sole 1232 244 Catonephele, 152 Catopsilia, 121, 248 Celastrina, 97, 120, 129 Celerio, 244 Cephonodes, 244 Cepora, 121 Ceramidia viridis, 187 @ercyonises Sel 2027 li aS 0 behri, 172 pegala, 98, 120, 127, 180 silvestris, 98 Cethosia, 251 Chalodeta, 153 Charaxes, 249, 252 Chiomara, 155 Chionaema, 245 Chlosymewl52-s Gile MIG2e 2995 93779240: 251 acastus, 162 californica, 240 damoetas, 162 fulyias Ole 237 janais, 240 lacinia, 229 Chromatography, 27 Chrysiridia, 243 Chrysophanus titus, 129 Chrysozephyrus, 251 Clench, H. K., Mating behavior in butter- flies, 125 Butterflies from Coahuila, Mexico, 227 Clothilda, 249 Cobalopsis, 156 Cobalus, 156 Codatractus, 155 Coenonympha, 31, 98 Cogia, 129 Colaenis, 152 Colime, Sl, 8, 844 Si, 120; Wer, Wee, NGG Gat9GS 248258 alexandra, 196 cesonia, 166, 253 eurydice, 97 . eurytheme, 31, 32, 34, 97, 120, 127, 158 interior, 34 Index to Volume 22 Vol. 22, new philodice, 120 scudderi, 166 Colobura, 153 Coloradia, 58 Colotis, 248 Copaeodes aurantiaca, 231 Cossidae, 243 Cossus, 243 Covell, C. V., Jr., Book review, 110 Cressida, 121 Ctenuchidia, 245 Cupha, 121 Cybdelis, 152 Cymaenes, 11, 13, 155 laza, 11 chapa, 13 riba, 13 Cynea conta, 17 Cyrestis, 250 Dactyloceras, 244 Danaidae, 32, 34, 64, 78, 84, 97, 108, 120, 121, 125, 127, 151SSee204ae se 248 Danaus, 32, 34, 6357S) 64 96ers 0a 127, 151, 159, 188, 204, 299, 248 Daphnis, 244 Dardarina para, 6 Delias, 121, 247 Diaethria, 152 Diaeus, 155 Dimock, T., Aberration of Vanessa cardui, 146 Dione, 152 Dircenna, 151 Dismorphia, 154, 247 Dodona, 251 Doleschallia, 250 Doxocopa, 153 Doyle, J. F., III, Foodplant of Everes comyntas, 122 Drepanidae, 243 Dryas julia, 75 Dynamine, 152 Dryadula, 152 Dysphania, 243 Eff, D., New Colorado butterfly records, 159 Egbolis, 244 Elbella, 154 Ellis, S. L., New Colorado butterfly rec- ords, 159 Hmesis, 153 ~ Emmel, J. F. & T. G., LifeDhistonyaos Papilio indra martini, 46 Epamera, 251 Epargyreus clarus, 120 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society Epicampoptera, 243 Epiphile, 152 Epiphora, 244 Episcada, 151 Epistor lugubris, 32 Erasmia, 243 Erebia magdalena, 172 Puynmisess!, 97,-120, 130, 168, 179 Eryphanis, 151 Euchloe, ausonides, 40, 97 hyantis, 166 Eucosma graziella, 143 Eumaeus atala, 35 Eunica tatila, 35 Euphydryas, 61, 98, 120, 160, 200 anicia, 61, 160 chalcedona, 98 editha, 98, 161, 200 phaeton, 120 quino, 61 Euphyes conspicua, 130 Euploea, 121, 248 Euptoieta, 128, 152, 229 Euptychia, 32, 34, 120, 127, 159, 172 areolata, 34 cymela, 34, 120, 127 dorothea, 159, 172 hermes, 32, 127 pyracmon, 159 Burema, 34) 121,127, 154, 229, 248 daira, 127 dina, 34 lisate LO. 299 mexicana, 34, 229 nicippe, 229 nise, 229 Euristrymon favonius, 35 Eurybia, 153 Eurytides, 246 Euselasia, 153 Eustixia pupula, 157 Euthalia, 252 Euxanthe, 249 Bweres) oo, 97, 120, 122, 129, 165 Evolution, 197 Evonyme, 153 Feniseca tarquinius, 120 Fox, Richard Middleton, obituary, 192 Funk, R. S., Overwintering of monarch, 63 Galleria mellonella, 198 Gelechiidae, 198, 243 Geometridae, 37, 110, 243 Gindanes, 155 Glaucopsyche, 60, 97, 120, 165 Godartiana, 151 ho Ot ~l Gonepteryx, 248 Gonimbrasia, 244 Gorelick, G., Biology of Vanessa tame- amea, 111 Grais, 155 Graphium, 34, 83, 154, 246 Grotella margueritaria, 142 Gynanisa, 244 Habrodais grunus, 97 Haetera piera, 109 Hamadryas, 153 Hamanumida, 250 Hamearis, 153 Hannemann, H. J., Hering obituary, 124 Hardwick, D. F., An efficient light trap for noctuids, 65 Harma, 250 Haywardina, 151 Heliconius, 32, 34, 152, 159 Heliopetes, 97, 155, 168 Heliothis zea, 200 Hemiargus, 33, 30, 975 153,230 Heodes, 251 Hering, Erich Martin, obituary, 123 Hermeuptychia, 151 Hesperia, 97, 130, 169, 170 esperidaes: le 20 n QIRsSile S25So, 15, OW, JOO OL ISS ae Nek IEC 179, 230, 245 Hesperocharis, 154, 189 Hessel, S. A., Philatelic Lepidoptera, 241 Hipparchia, 249 Holomelina, 245 Hoying, L. A., Migration of Vanessa cardui, 118 Hydroecia auripurpura, 136 Hylephila, 35, 97, 130, 156, 231 Hymenitis, 249 Hypanartia, 152 Hypaurotis crysalus, 129, 172 Hypokopelates, 251 Hypoleria, 151 Hypolimnas, 121, 250 Hypothyris, 109, 151 Icaricia icarioides, 59, 62 Inachis, 250 Incisalia, 26, 225 Iphiclides, 246 Irwin, R. R., Thymelicus lineola in Ili- nois, 21 Phillips obituary, 209 Ithomia, 151 Ithomiidae, 108, 151 Ixias, 248 Junonia, 32, 35, 98, 120, 152, 162 Kallima, 250 258 Kaniska, 250 Kolyer, J. M., Eclosion of Pieris rapae, PAIL Kricogonia, 229 Krivda, W. V., Survival of Pieris rapae in Manitoba, 191 Lambremont, E. N., Unidirectional flight of Phoebis, 182 Lamproptera, 246 Langston, R. L., Contra Costa butterflies, 89 Lasiocampa, 244 Lasiocampidae, 244 Leaf-mining habit, 123 Lemmon, Helen Lee, obituary, 196 Lephelisca, 35 Leptotes, 97, 153, 230 Lerema veadeira, 15 Lerodea eufala, 97, 156 Lethe, 34, 120 Leucidia, 154 Leucochimona, 153 Libythea, 251 Libytheana, 35, 153, 230 Light trap, 65 Limenitis, 98, 120, 128, 152, 250 Linnaeus’ butterflies, 77 Lipaphnaeus, 251 Lithophane gausapata, 42 Lobobunea, 244 Loxura,’ 251 Luehdorfia, 246 Lycaeides melissa, 129, 172 Lycaena, 58, 97, 120, 129, 164, 172, 251 Lycaenidae, 26, 32, 35, 58, 60, 97, 120, TQ, WO, WO, Was IGS, yey wets), DICH 230 2a Lycorea, 108, 151, 249 Lymantria, 245 Lymnas, 153 Lyropteryx, 153 Lysandra, 251 Maculinea, 129, 251 Manatha, 243 Maniola, 127 Marpesia, 152, 162, 250 Marsden, D., Collecting Queensland, 121 Masters, J. H., Incisalia henrici records, 26 Collecting Ithomiidae with Heliotrope, 108 Aberrant Colias from Minnesota, 158 Hesperocharis longstaffi in Venezuela, 189 New butterflies for Wisconsin, 252 in northern Index to Volume 22 Vol. 22, nom4 Matinee 25. slid hoe Mechanitis, 109, 151 Megathymus, 171, 177 Melanargia, 31, 128, 240, 249 Meleageria, 251 Melete, 154 Melitaea, 98, 120, 172 Mestra, 153, 230 Metamorpha, 78, 152 Metarctia, 245 Metopta, 244 Mielke, O. H. H., New Hesperiidae from Brazil, 1 Lepidoptera of central Brazil, 147 Migration, 118, 182 Miller, L. D., Mating behavior in butter- flies, 125 Miltomiges, 156 Mimoniades, 155 Mithras, 153 Moeris, 156 Moiz, S. A., On Polydorus aristolochiae, ILS, Les Mormonia, 244 Morpho, 150, 241, 249 Morvina, 155 Morys sobra, 15 Muller, J., Variation of Cercyonis pegala, 180 Munshi, G. H., On Polydorus aristo- lochiae, 115, 183 Mycalesis, 121 Mylon, 155 Myrina, 251 Myrinia catua, | Myscelus, 155 Mysoria, 155 Narope, 151 Nathalis iole, 229, 248 Neominois ridingsii, 60, 172 Neophasia terlooti, 60, 166 Neperigea mephisto, 138 N N N N Jeptis, 121, 250, 254 essaea, 250 Jisoniades, 155 : Joctuidae, 32, 42, 58, 65, 133, 200, 231, 244 Nomenclatural notice, 195 Nudaurelia, 244 Nyctemera, 245 Nymphalidae, 32, 33, 34, 59, 75, 77, 86, 98, 111, 118, 120) 1201p tosh Gr 150,- 151, 153, 159; A725 r9ore2005 204, 229, 240, 241, 248, 252, 254 Nymphalis, 78, 86, 98, 120, 128, 230, 250 1968 Nymula, 153 Oarisma edwardsii, 169 Ochlodes, 97, 170 Oeonus brasus, 17 Oeneis, 31, 34, 60, 159 Oleria, 151 Onaphas, 156 Oncocnemis teddi, 135 Opler, P. A., Contra Costa butterflies, 89 Book review, 188 Opsiphanes, 151 Ornithoptera, 121, 247 Othreis, 242, 244 Ouleus fridericus ecandangus, 5 Oxycnemis franclemonti, 140 Pachlioptera, 121 Palmer, H. B., Eclosion of Pieris rapae, Day Panaxia, 245: Pandoriana, 251 Panoquina confusa, 20) panoquinoides, 32 Eapinoma2no+, 46, 53, 77, 81, 84, 97, ORIG As 166) 173, 187, 199, 229, 241, 246 apilionidaeo2, 34, 46, 53, 77, 8l—84, See i5y 020,121,126, 154, 11665 173, 183, 187, 199, 204, 229. 241, 245 Paratrytone melane, 97 Pareuptychia, 151 Parides, 247 Parnassius, 34, 204, 245 Parthenos, 250 Paryphthimoides, 151 Pease, R. W., Jr., Multiple pairing, 197 Peba striata, 9 Pectinophora gossypiella, 198 Pereute, 154 Pericallia, 245 Perichares, 156 Pericopidae, 245 Peridroma saucia, 200 Perkins, E. M. & S. F., Life history of Papilio oregonius, 53 Perkins, O. A., Addenda to butterflies of Michigan, 119 Phaloe, 245 Phanes, 155 Pharneuptychia, 151 Phillips, L. S., obituary, 209 Philotes, 59, 97, 165, 172 Phocides pigmalion, 35, 155 Phoebis, 32, 34, 78, 154, 166, 182, 229, 248 Pholisora, 97, 120, 168, 169, 180, 230 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Phyciodes, 35, 37, 98, 120, 128, 152, 162, 230, 240 Physiology, 173, 183, 191, 211 Pierella, 128, 151 Pieridae, 31, 32, 34, 40, 60, 78, 97, 120, Al Os lols GO Gem li) wie: Iecye, Wet), ESE. = IIS BALLS BIO DBS). NEM, DED. XS Pieris, 34, 97, 120, 229, 247 Pigments, 27 Placidula, 151 Plebejus, 59, 97, 129, 165, 172 Poanes hobomok, 120 Polites, 97, 130, 156, 170 Polyctor, 155 Polydorus, 115, 183 Polygonia, 35, 98, 119, 120 Polyommatus, 129 Polyptychus, 244 Polythrix, 129 Powell, J. A., Callophrys iroides food- plants, 225 Precis Lae a0: Prepona, 153, 249 Pseudaletia unipuncta, 200 Pseudaphelia, 244 Pseudolycaena, 153 Pseudopieris, 154 Pseudoscada, 151 Psychidae, 243 Pteronymia, 151 Pyle, R. M., Butterfly swarm in Colorado, WD Lemmon obituary, 196 Pyralidae, 157, 174, 198, 243 JAmnas, oil, Be, Or, Iles, Ia), leks} alrAs), 230 Pyrrhopyge, 154 Pythonides, 155 @Ouadrus. >) Glos zolus, 5 u-lucida parabus, 6 Racheospila gerularia, 37 Radiatus bradus, 7 Ragadia, 249 Rawson, G. W., Fluorescent pigments, 27 Addendum, 240 Rekoa, 153 Rhyparioides, 245 Rickard, M. A., Life history of Dryas julias 75 Riodina, 153 Riodinidae, 35, 97, 153, 163, 230, 251 Riotte, J. C. E., Euchloe ausonides in Ontario, 40 WAS, WHE. MIL, PAIL 260 Saiseaort Salamis, 250 Saliana longirostris, 156 Sasakia, 250 Saturnia, 244 Saturniidae, 58, 185, 204, 244 Satyridae, 31, 32, 34, 60, V7, IOP, wo, WL, ILD, 1B, 159, 172, 180 Satyrium, 59, 97, 129, 163 Scolitantides piasus, 59, 165 Scopula, 110 Scott, F. W., Sounds produced by Neptis hylas, 254 Scott, J. A., New Colorado butterfly rec- ords, 159 Life history of Chlosyne fulvia, 237 Serecinus, 246 Shapiro, A. M., Eustixia pupula on Cru- ciferae, 157 Notes on three Pyrginae, 179 Shininger, F. S., Life history of Papilio oregonius, 53 Shirozua, 251 Shull, E. M., Thymelicus lineola in In- diana, 20 Siderone, 249 Smerinthus ophthalmicus, 59 Sophista, 155 Sostrata, 155 Spathilepia, 155 Speyeria, 59, 61, 62, 98, 120, 128, 159, 7x, MTS Sphingidae, 32, 59, 244 Stalachtis, 153 Stichophthalma, 249 Stinga morrisoni, 169 Strecker, H., letters, 57 Strymon, 35, 97, 120, 230 Sylepta, 243 Synchlora denticularia, 37 Syntomeida epilais, 37 Syntomidopsis, 245 Syntomis, 245 Systasea evansi, 230 Taenaris, 249 Index to Volume 22 Vol; 225 nos! Taractrocera, 121 Taygetis, 151 Techniques, 27, 65, 108, 173 Teinopalpus, 246 Temenis, 152 Terinos, 251 “Thecla,” 153 Thorybes, 35, 120, 179 Thymelicus lineola, 20, 21, 120 hysonotis, 121) 25 Tilden, J. W., Exotic Lepidoptera in Cali- fornia, 187 Timochares, 155 Tithorea, 151 Tmolus azia, 164 Toliver, M., Partial courtship between two Megathymus, 177 Tortricidae, 143 Trina, 155 Tristyla alboplagiata, 135 Troides, 241, 247 Urania, 243 Uraniidae, 243 Urbanus, 35, 78, 155 Utetheisa ornatrix, 197 Vanessa, 35, 98, 111, 118, 120, 128, 146, spe WSO, Ql. B50) Vehilius, 155 Vettius, 156 Vidius felus, 11 Viola, 155 Wallengrenia, 156 Wielgus, R. S., Biology of Vanessa tame- amea, 111 Xanthopastis timais, 32 Xanthospilopteryx, 245 Xenophanes tryxus, 155 Young, A. M., Variant of Callosamia promethea, 185 Yphthimoides, 151 Yvretta rhesus, 165, 169 Zegris, 248 Zoological Nomenclature, 195 Zopyrion, 155 Zygaena, 243 NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS _ Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study _ of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay _ for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address _ all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture _ Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Cisicibntors should prepare manuscripts according: to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. _ Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide _ margins, on one side only of white, 8% X11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s _ content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireraturE Cirep, in the following format: _ Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF FicurEs, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. _ Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on _ these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. _ ables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired oo position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. a ‘Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrit F. pos Passos _ Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and Lee binding, same prices; hard cover bound, d $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. eRINTED LAWRENCE, KANSAS US. & 1968 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 22, no. 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS The evolution and biological significance of multiple pairing in Lepidoptera by Roger W, Pease, Jr Bo a 197-209 The effect of barometric pressure and other factors on eclosion of the cabbage butterfly Pieris rapae (Pieridae) by J: M.''Kolyer and H.:B, Palmer 000M oo) ee 211-225 Foodplants of Callophrys (Incisalia) iroides (Lycaenidae) . by: Jerry’ Ay) Powell) 250) on NE ND 225-226 Butterflies from Coahuila, Mexico by. Harry Ki Glencha it ye Ws uN i or 227-231 Continuous variation in related species of the genus Catocala (Noctuidae ) by M.S. Adams’ and M.S. Bertoni) 2000 ee 231-236 The life history and habits of Chlosyne fulvia ee by James A. *Scott)= iis 237-240 A taxonomic list of philatelic Lepidoptera by Sidney “A. Hessel) 0s 241-252 FIELD NOTES First records of two butterflies in Wisconsin (Nymphalidae, Pieridae) by John Hy: Masters: 0200 252 Two variant females of Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Pieridae) By Dwight Bennett: 000000 a 253 Sounds produced by Neptis hylas aaa by: Frederick, W. Scott (200) 254 LEONARD STEVENS PHILLIPS (1908-1968 ) by) Roderick Rio lrwin) 20 209-210 Addendum: 3000 ns ee Ne 240 INDEX TOMw VOR UIMER 22 co nl a ee 255-260 A Volume 23 1969 Number 1 JOURNAL LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY te Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue - BEHAVIORAL ADAPTATIONS OF CRYPTIC MOTHS LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO NOCTUIDS NEWFOUNDLAND BUTTERFLIES FREEZE-DRYING CATERPILLARS REVIEW OF PHILOTES (Complete contents on back cover) 31 March 1969 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powex., Editor of the Journal PauLt A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HessEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Reminctron F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), President-elect S. A. Hessex ( Washington, Conn.), lst Vice President LEONILLA VASQUES ( Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WitxiaMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President J. S. Bucxerr (Sacramento, Calif.), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): CC. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. TuHorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Ciencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W. C. McGurFin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. Nexrurenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterisits’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: J. S. Buckett, Bureau of Entomology, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, Calif. 95814. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. 1 JOURNAL OF Tue LEPIpOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 23 1969 Number 1 BEHAVIORAL ADAPTATIONS OF CRYPTIC MOTHS. I. PRELIMINARY STUDIES ON BARK-LIKE SPECIES THEODORE D. SARGENT and RONALD R. KEIPER Department of Zoology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst Bark-like cryptic resemblance, as a defensive adaptation of moths, has both static and dynamic components. The colors and patterns of moths are fixed during development, and this static element necessitates dynamic elements, if cryptic resemblance is to succeed as a deceptive stratagem in predator-prey relationships. The dynamic elements are of two types: 1. selection of appropriate backgrounds, in terms of reflectance, hue, and pattern; and 2. adoption of appropriate resting attitudes, which maximize the moth-background resemblances. Figures 1 and 2 illustrate the results of appropriate and inappropriate choices of background and resting attitude in two cryptic species. [For other examples, consult the reviews of Poulton (1890) and Cott (1940).] Our interests, over the past two summers, have centered on these dynamic, or behavioral, elements involved in the cryptic adaptations of bark-like moths. Both field observations and experimental studies have been carried out, and this paper presents some early results of this work. All of the studies reported here were conducted in Franklin and Hamp- shire counties in central Massachusetts, during the summers of 1966 and 1967. i FIELD OBSERVATIONS Two techniques were employed in our studies on the normal resting habits of cryptic moths. The first of these simply involved searching tree trunks for resting moths. When found, a moth was photographed, and extensive notes regarding the moth and its resting place were taken. These notes included references to the species of tree selected, the resting height of the moth, and its resting attitude. The second technique involved releasing color-marked moths in wooded areas and following them to their resting places. These moths were cap- tured at lights or “sugar,” kept overnight in experimental boxes, and re- leased the following morning. A spot of Flo-Paque paint was applied to 2 SARGENT AND KeEIPER: Bark-like cryptic moths Vol. 23, no. 1 ‘sr aw is Z = ‘th / i = ~~ S waa ft. = i en = = ae Mp, i Anau et rain it Ny fa, ( jy ae ce 0 a Figure 1. The noctuid, Catocala relicta Walker, at rest on an appropriate (upper) and inappropriate (lower) background on paper-birch, Betula papyrifera Marsh. Drawing by K. A. Doktor-Sargent. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1969 - ey CAE in an Quercus at rest > Schaeffer and inappropriate (lower) resting attitude on red oak Lytrosis unitaria Herrich- -Sargent. taal (eo) a) a, 2 ec) mo a gi Dy a Kae REM o oD 5 o = ae 5 3 wa w A uw FSS me =) (ey Hos ay eS a3 fav} 4 SARGENT AND KerpErR: Bark-like cryptic moths Vol. 23, no. 1 one forewing of each moth, making later identification in the field possible. Here, as with the undisturbed moths, photographs and notes were taken. The two techniques yielded very similar results for any given species. The resting attitudes of undisturbed and released individuals were almost invariably identical. The species of trees selected and the resting heights, while more variable, were often remarkably similar in undisturbed and released individuals. A good example of these similarities is provided by our results with Catocala relicta Walker (Noctuidae). We found six undisturbed individ- uals of this species, and released five others. All of these moths rested with the head up, and eight (four in each group) selected paper-birch (Betula papyrifera Marsh) for a resting substrate. The average resting height of the undisturbed moths was 8 feet (range 4-12 feet), and of the released moths was 10 feet (range 7-15 feet). Table I summarizes our observations on 25 of the most common species . encountered on tree trunks. These field observations suggested that some cryptic moths are able to select appropriate backgrounds, and further, instinctively orient themselves on these backgrounds so as to heighten their cryptic resemblance. In order to test these possibilities, a number of experiments were carried out. Three of these experiments will now be described. TABLE I. FreLpD OBSERVATIONS OF COMMON BARK-HAUNTING SPECIES. Usual Species Resting (Numbers: Undisturbed, Released ) Attitude Comments GEOMETRIDAE Semiothisa ocellinata Guenée sideways pale trees, e.g., gray birch, red (120+, 0) maple; usually within 2 ft. of ground 3 Melanolophia canadaria Guenée sideways often conifers; average height 6 (25), O) ts Lytrosis unitaria Herrich-Schaeffer sideways TGROMIN =) IE, (3, 3) Cosymbia pendulinaria Guenée head up pale trees, primarily gray and pa- (200+, 10) per birch; average height 5 ft. Xanthorhoé intermediata Guenée head down variety of trees; usually less than (13, 0) 4 ft. from ground Lobophora nivigerata Walker head up gray birch; from 3-8 ft. (6, 0) 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 TABLE I. CONTINUED Usual Species Resting (Numbers: Undisturbed, Released ) Attitude Comments NOCTUIDAE Mamestra adjuncta Boisduval head up variety of trees; average height 4 (6, 0) ft. Apatela innotata Guenée head up paper birch; from 5-10 ft. (4, 0) Catocala antinympha Hiibner head down often dark trees; average height (3, 8) Deets Catocala vidua Smith & Abbot head down many tree species; average height (14, 10) 5 ft., but often very low Catocala ilia Cramer head down many tree species; average height (2716) 17 ft., often very high Catocala relicta Walker head up prefers paper birch; average (6, 5) height 9 ft. Catocala unijuga Walker head up variety of trees; average height (2329)) 14 ft. Catocala cara Guenée head down often sugar maple; also under (1, 6) eaves; average height 9 ft. Catocala concumbens Walker head down prefers smooth-barked trees; also Ga. 7) on fence-posts; average height 4 ft. Catocala gracilis Edwards head down variety of trees; often in furrows; (9, 12) average height 6 ft. Catocala andromedae Guenée head down _ similar to C. gracilis (45 &) Catocala ultronia Hiibner head down variety of trees; often white pine, (Cia) near whorl of branches; average height 8 ft. Catocala crataegi Saunders head down often large white pine; average (0, 20) height 9 ft. Catocala grynea Cramer head down average height 6 ft. (B29) Catocala praeclara Grote & Robinson head down average height 5 ft. Ge) Catocala micronympha Guenée head down often on oaks; average height 6 (2, 7) ft. Catocala amica Hiibner head down often on oaks; average height 7 (l5.5)) ite Epizeuxis aemula Hubner head down many tree species; from 3-6 ft. (20+, 0) Epizeuxis americalis Guenée head down many tree species; from 5-7 ft. (50+, 0) 6 SARGENT AND KErPER: Bark-like cryptic moths Vol. 23, no. 1 EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES Our experiments have been designed primarily to assess the importance of background reflectance and hue in the selection of substrates by cryptic moths. One experiment was designed to shed some light on the stimuli which dictate the moths’ resting attitudes. The basic piece of apparatus in these experiments consisted of a ply- wood box (15 inches square by 19 inches high), into which a cylinder (44 inches in circumference and 19 inches high) was set. This cylinder was made up of blotting paper sections which were painted, or otherwise treated, to provide a selection of backgrounds for the moths. The ap- paratus was covered with a pane of window glass and a double layer of cheesecloth, and was placed in a wooded area where a thick canopy excluded direct sunlight. Moths were introduced into the cylinder by sliding the glass top to one side. The moths were collected at lights or “sugar,” and immediately released into the experimental boxes. The following morning, between 0600 and 0800 EST, the background selections of the moths were noted. REFLECTANCE The field observations suggested that bark-like moths might select trees of appropriate reflectance—light moths preferring light trees such as gray birch, Betula populifolia Marsh, or red maple, Acer rubrum L.; and dark moths preferring dark trees such as white pine, Pinus strobus L., or red oak, Quercus rubra L. Accordingly, a number of species were tested for background preferences in an experimental apparatus allowing a choice between black and white backgrounds. (Basically this apparatus consisted of two white and two black 11 x 19 inch pieces of blotting paper, formed into a cylinder of alternating black and white sections. ) Some of the results of this experiment are summarized in Table II, and these illustrate the general finding that bark-like cryptic moths tend to select backgrounds which match the reflectance of their forewings. Similar results have been reported previously (Kettlewell, 1955; Sargent, 1966), and an experiment with painted moths (Sargent, 1968) suggests that these background selections are genetically fixed, and are not based on an ability of the moths to compare themselves with their backgrounds. Hur Since most bark-haunting moths are relatively achromatic, an experi- ment was designed to determine whether such moths would avoid back- grounds of appropriate reflectance, but inappropriate hue. The experi- mental apparatus was similar to that used previously, but here eight 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i backgrounds were presented—six achromatic grays, one yellow, and one green. Results obtained with the geometrid, Cosymbia pendulinaria Guenée, are presented in Figure 3. Obviously individuals of this species preferred the palest gray backgrounds, and generally avoided the equally pale chromatic backgrounds (there were significantly fewer moths on the yellow and green backgrounds than on the two palest gray backgrounds; chi-square 25, P less than 0.001). Although this result might be due to a relative insensitivity of the moths to the yellow and green hues presented, existing data on color vision in insects (e.g., Goldsmith, 1961) would not support such an interpretation. It appears that these avoidances of the moths were based on hue characteristics of the yellow and green backgrounds. A stronger conclusion, however, must await further advances in our understanding of insect color vision. RESTING ATTITUDE Since field observations indicated that most bark-like moths adopt species-specific resting attitudes on tree trunks, an experiment was de- vised in an attempt to determine the factors responsible for this behavior. The experimental apparatus was similar to those used previously, but here 1 Hue and reflectance characteristics of the backgrounds and moths were obtained with a General Electric recording spectrophotometer. Details of. the techniques employed may be found in Sargent (1966). The X, Y, Z coordinates for the yellow and green backgrounds were respectively 72.03, 77.00, 29.80; 49.48, 57.15, 62.76. TABLE II. SELECTION OF BACKGROUNDS BY LIGHT AND DARK SPECIES IN AN EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS. Backgrounds Family Species Black White Pe LIGHT MOTHS G Semiothisa ocellinata Guenée 2 10 - G Eufidonia notataria Walker 5 15 = G Cosymbia pendulinaria Guenée 2 19 a, N Apatela innotata Guenée Ih 9 3 DARK MOTHS N Mamestra adjuncta Boisduval fe) i - N Mamestra detracta Walker 12 2 SE N Chytonix palliatricula Guenée 14 3 “HS N Catocala antinympha Hibner 23 iL ae 1 Families: G = Geometridae; N = Noctuidae. 2 Significant deviations from chance selections of the black and white Baveroun ts (chi-square tests) are indicated by asterisks for probabilities (P) of less than 0.05 (one *), 0.01 (two **), and 0.001 (three ***). 8 SARGENT AND KerpER: Bark-like cryptic moths Vol. 23, no. 1 the backgrounds were varied by means of black tape strips applied to pieces of white blotting paper. In this manner, four backgrounds were made up—two with vertical strips, and two with horizontal strips. (These strips were either one-sixteenth or one-eighth inch wide, and were spaced at one-half inch intervals. The difference in tape widths was not sig- nificant in the present experiment. ) In addition, a second cylinder of clear acetate was constructed which could be set within the cylinder made up of the taped backgrounds. When in place, this acetate cylinder shielded the moths from any tactile stimuli associated with the tape strips, but allowed visual stimuli to pass. The results of an experiment using a noctuid which invariably rests with its head down, Catocala gracilis Edwards, are shown in Figure 4. All 32 individuals tested in this experiment, with or without the acetate cylinder in place, rested with the head down. However, a significant preference for the vertical strips was shown only when the acetate cylinder was not in place. These results suggest that the basic stimulus dictating a moth’s resting attitude is rather general (e.g., gravity), and is not related to the immediate surroundings. On the other hand, it seems apparent that tactile stimuli, which are directly related to the SIDES| % REFLECTANCE % ON EACH SIDE Be ae eee 75 45 15 5 | 45) eres Figure 3. Reflectances of backgrounds in an eight-sided experimental apparatus, and the percent of 92 Cosymbia pendulinaria selecting each of these backgrounds. The reflectance of the moths’ forewings is indicated by the short vertical line within the figure. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society fe) CONDITIONS BACKGROUNDS & NOS. OF MOTHS Vertical Horizontal Without Acetate Shield 12 1 With 12 Acetate Shield Figure 4. Background selections of Catocala gracilis in an experimental apparatus consisting of backgrounds with vertical and horizontal tape strips. Results are shown for two conditions—with and without an acetate shield in front of the taped back- grounds. The significant deviation from a chance distribution on the two backgrounds is indicated by two stars for a probability (P) of less than 0.01; ns = not significant. immediate substrate, may be important in the selection of a final resting place. SUMMARY Behavioral adaptations of bark-like cryptic moths were studied in central Massachusetts during the summers of 1966 and 1967. Both field observations and experiments were carried out. The release of marked moths in the field seemed to provide reliable information about normal resting habits, as results obtained using this method compared favorably with those obtained from undisturbed moths. The experiments involved the use of an apparatus, basically consisting of a cylinder made up of blotting paper sections which were painted, or otherwise treated, to provide a selection of backgrounds. Results of these ‘ experiments indicated that reflectance, hue, and tactile properties of backgrounds are factors which influence the resting choices of cryptic moths. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Financial support for these studies was provided by a Faculty Research Grant from the University of Massachusetts. We would like to thank Dr. F. J. Francis of the Department of Food Science and Technology, University of Massachusetts, for his assistance in the determination of moth and background reflectances. LITERATURE CITED Cott, H. B., 1940. Adaptive Coloration in Animals. Methuen, London. xxxii + 508 pp. GoupsmitTH, T. H., 1961. The color vision of insects. In: W. D. McElroy & B. Glass, eds., Light and Life. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore. pp. 771-794. KETTLEWELL, H. B. D., 1955. Recognition of appropriate backgrounds by the pale and black phases of lepidoptera. Nature, 175: 943. Poutton, E. B., 1890. The Colours of Animals. Appleton, New York. xiii + 360 pp. SARGENT, T. D., 1966. Background selections of geometrid and noctuid moths. Science, 154: 1674-1675. 1968. Cryptic moths: effects on background selections of painting the circum- ocular scales. Science, 159: 100-101. 10 FRANCLEMONT: New noctuids Vol. 23, noma TWO NEW SPECIES OF LITHOPHANE FROM CALIFORNIA (NOCTUIDAE, CUCULLIINAE) JoHN G. FRANCLEMONT Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Lithophane subtilis Franclemont, new species A species closely related to the eastern lemmeri Barnes and Benjamin, but differing by its lighter color and somewhat larger size (Forewing length 20-22 mm: Forewing length 18-19 mm). Description: Light gray with considerable admixture of whitish scales; markings vague or obsolescent. Head with frontal tufts well developed; a transverse black line across front, just below level of antennal insertions. Collar (patagia) with a narrow, transverse, black line near upper margin, white above the line, ochreous below; disc of thorax with a pale longitudinal line of whitish scales, bordered on each side by a broader area of blackish scales; anterior thoracic tuft blackish, with the pale longi- tudinal line running through the center; tegulae margined with black above wing bases, above the black a line of white scales, some spatulate, black scales scattered among the gray and white hair-like scales. Forewing with the transverse lines most evident as longitudinal black and white dashes; t. a. line traceable with a whitish line with accompanying black outer line, sharply angled outwardly as a jagged line to fold (1A), then inwardly to a point below origin on costa, then forming a sharp acute loop to inner margin; t. p. line traceable as a pale line, sharply angled out- wardly from costa to R;, then sharply toothed outwardly on the veins and inwardly in fold, then outwardly on 2A, and inwardly to inner margin; a short black dash connecting t. a. and t. p. lines; reniform erect, orbicular oblique, with pale annuli, joined below by a white line with some black scales above, and above the black some ochreous scales; a vague blackish shade angled inwardly from near apex to Mz and connecting with a narrow black line on Cu below the white line connecting the reni- form and orbicular; a vague blackish shade in subterminal area below Cus; terminal area with short black dashes in the interspaces and extending out onto the fringe. Hindwing fuscous gray with some blackish scales on veins; discal spot dark but faint; fringe pale whitish; terminal area with blackish spots in the interspaces extending onto fringe. Below almost uniform pale whitish gray on both fore and hindwings; the black dashes of terminal area of forewing and the black spots of terminal area of hindwing present. Mid and hind tibiae each with a narrow black longitudinal line on outerside. Male genitalia as figured; differing from lemmeri by the longer valvae with pro- portionately less expanded sacculi, shorter claspers, more expanded costal bulges on each near apex, and more distinct digiti; and by the heavier uncus, almost twice as wide as that of lemmeri. Female genitalia as figured; somewhat larger than those of lemmeri. Holotype Male: California, Mint Canyon, Los Angeles County, 16 December 1952 (from Frank P. Sala), in Franclemont Collection to be deposited in U.S. National Museum. Genitalia slide JGF 3571. Paratypes: 53¢ and 72°, Pinyon Crest, Riverside County, Calif., January, February, and March of 1966 (R. H. Leuschner ), in Leuschner Collection. 4 ¢4 and 322, Mint Canyon, Los Angeles County, Calif., January and February of 1953 and 1954 (Chas. A. Hill) in the Los Angeles 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 1. Lithophane subtilis Franclemont; Type. Male genitalia, aedoeagus removed. Slide: JGF 3571. la. L. subtilis Franclemont; Type. Aedoeagus. Slide: JGF 3571. 2. L. lemmeri Barnes & Benjamin; Lakehurst, New Jersey. Male genitalia, aedoeagus removed. Slide: JGF 4806. 2a. L. lemmeri; Lakehurst, New Jersey. Aedoeagus. Slide: JGF 4806. 12 FRANCLEMONT: New noctuids Vols 23. n107al EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 3. Lithophane tephrina Franclemont; Type. Male genitalia, aedoeagus removed. Slide: JGF 4167. 3a. L. tephrina; Type. Aedoeagus. Slide: JGF 4167. 4. L. lemmeri Barnes & Benjamin; Lakehurst, New Jersey. Female genitalia. Slide: JGF 3574. 5. L. subtilis Franclemont; Paratype, Mint Canyon, Los Angeles County, California. Female genitalia. Slide: JGF 3572. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 6 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 6. Lithophane subtilis Franclemont; Paratype, female; Juniper Hills, Mojave Desert, Los Angeles County, California, January 16, 1964, 3500 feet; in Los Angeles County Museum Collection. 7. L. tephrina Franclemont; Paratype, female; Cobb Mt., Lake County, California; in W. R. Bauer and J. S. Buckett Collection at Davis, California. County Museum Collection. 1 ¢ and 522, Mint Canyon, L. A. Co., Calif., December 1952 and January 1953 (from Frank P. Sala), in Fran- clemont Collection. 1 6 and 4 2 2, Juniper Hills, Mojave Desert, L. A. Co., California, 3500 ft., January and February of 1964 (C. Henne), 2 in Henne Collection, 3 in the Los Angeles County Museum Collection. 1 ¢, Juniper Hills, Mojave Desert, L. A. Co., Calif., 3500 ft., emerged 25 Oct. 1964 from eggs of a female taken 16 Jan. 1964. Food: Juniperus californica Carr.; (C. Henne), in Henne Collection. 3 6 ¢ and 1 2, Juni- per Hills, 3500 ft., 2 miles S. Pearblossom, Los Angeles Co., Calif., Feb- ruary and March of 1966 (C. Henne), in the Los Angeles County Museum Collection. 2 °°, Big Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., L. A. Co., Calif., February 1965 (C. Henne), in Henne Collection. 1 2, 2.5 miles SSW of Valyermo, San Gabriel Mts., L. A. Co., Calif. 4800 ft., February 1965 (C. Henne), in Henne Collection. 7 This species is one of a group the larvae of which feed upon trees and shrubs of the genus Juniperus and possibly the genus Chamaecyparis. At the Southwestern Research Station of the American Museum of Natural History in Cave Creek Canyon in the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, Lithophane tarda (Barnes and Benjamin) and Lithophane longior (Smith) have been reared on Juniperus pachyphloea Torr. from ova laid by con- fined females. The larvae of tarda have been beaten from the same species of juniper at Walnut Canyon near Flagstaff, Coconino County, Arizona. Lithophane lemmeri has been reared from a larva found in an area where Juniperus virginiana Linn. and Chamaecyparis thyoides (Linn.) Britt. et al. grow at Lakehurst, New Jersey. The one larva found 14 FRANCLEMONT: New noctuids Vol. 23, no. 1 was full-fed, and it was assumed that the foodplant had been the Chamaecyparis, but it may well have been the Juniperus. There is an undescribed species of this group from E] Salto, Durango, Mexico. It was reared by W. C. McGuffin from a larva found on Junip- erus. Unfortunately, the moth did not expand its wings properly and is in far too poor condition to be used for a description. The genitalia are similar to those of itata and tarda, but the digiti are of equal size on both valves; there are also other differences. Lithophane tephrina Franclemont, new species A small gray species with the general appearance of itata Smith and tarda Barnes and Benjamin, but differing from both by the very pale hindwings and the slight expansion of the costal area of the forewing. Description: Light, powdery gray with an admixture of black scales; the markings vague but discernible. Head with frontal tufts moderately developed. Collar (patagia) with a vague line of black scales on upper edge; anterior thoracic tuft conspicuous, blackish; tegulae not set-off. Forewing with basal line fine, black, angled outwardly on base of Cu; t. a. line somewhat diffuse black, crenulate, almost erect, slightly curved outwardly at middle of wing, with a vague, pale shade on inner side; a dif- fuse, slightly angled, blackish median shade; t. p. line, fine, black, sharply angled outwardly on veins and inwardly in interspaces, angled outwardly from costa to R:, then incurved to inner margin, a vague, pale shade on outer side; subterminal line fine, very irregular, black; terminal line a series of black spots and short lines at base of fringe; reniform and orbicular not evident, at most a few black scales may repre- sent their annuli. Hindwing grayish white with a pink cast and with a fine dusting of grayish black scales; discal spot blackish and conspicuous. Below pale whitish gray with a pink cast; forewing somewhat darker than hindwing; discal spots dark and conspicuous on both wings. Male genitalia as figured; similar in general structure to itata and tarda, most like the former, but differing by the lack of the widely expanded, sclerotized sacculus of the valve; the longer, acute digitus of the right valve; the more reduced, ( obsolescent ) digitus of the left valve; the much slighter claspers, less than one-half as wide as those of itata; and the heavier uncus with the apex acute, not expanded as in itata and tarda. Vesica with a cluster of short, fine cornuti. Holotype Male: California, Middletown, Lake County, 18 December 1955 (W. R. Bauer and J. S. Buckett), in Franclemont Collection to be deposited in U.S. National Museum. Genitalia slide JGF 4167. Paratype: Female; Cobb Mt., Lake Co., Calif.; 19 Feb. 1955 (W. R. Bauer and J. S. Buckett), in Bauer-Buckett Collection. — The drawings are by Miss Linda Yu-ling Chu. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON LITHOPHANE SUBTILIS (NOCTUIDAE) JoHn ADAMS CoMSTOCK' Del Mar, California and CHRISTOPHER HENNE Pearblossom, California For several years lepidopterists of southern California have been col- lecting specimens of a Lithophane which was suspected as being close to L. lemmeri, but seemed sufficiently different superficially to warrant a subspecific name. Examples were submitted to Dr. John Franclemont, who was revising the genus. Upon a more thorough study of a long series, the result was that he has described the southern California entity as a new species, Lithophane subtilis, in the paper which precedes these notes. Henne was successful in obtaining larvae from Juniperus californica Carr., in 1964, and subsequently secured ova from imagos taken in the Juniper Hills, Los Angeles County, elevation 3,500 feet, which he and Comstock reared to maturity. Joint efforts have resulted in the following: Ecc: (Figures A and B). Hemispherical, top rounded, base flattened; width, 1.4 mm; height, 1.0 mm; bright yellow with a circlet or belt of red-brown dots running completely around the middle, a few dots of the same color in the micropylar depression. Approximately 30 ridges running from base toward micropyle, only 6 or so reaching micropylar margin; others gradually pinching out in upper third of egg. The ridges with roughened edges, but not the clearly defined pearl-like knobs of echinoid eggs of many other species. Troughs between these ridges with low, poorly defined cross- striations. Micropyle, small, and deeply depressed, irregularly brown-spotted in and around it. This, and the red-brown ‘belt’ widely variable. Eggs laid January 16 hatched February 19 to 22. First Instar Larva: (Figure C). Length, 3 mm. Head: Width, 0.75 mm; dull orange-yellow, smooth and glistening, bearing minute hyaline nodules, topped by translucent setae; ocelli, black or gray; mouth parts slightly darker. Body: Velvety pale green, cervical shield glistening. First segment slightly wider than head, remaining segments regularly narrower. Each segment with minute black nodules bearing short translucent setae, those of thoracic segments chiefly in trans- verse lines across the segments. Caudal segments tinged with yellow. Legs, gray- black distally, shading to green proximally; prolegs concolorous with body. 1 Research Associate in Entomology of the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. 16 Comstock AND HENNE: Lithophane life history Vol. 23, no. 1 Moulting occurred March 3 to 5. SECOND INstaR: (Figure D). Two surviving larvae measured 6 mm. and 8 mm. respectively. Head: Width, 1 mm; uniform glistening olive-green, including ocelli; tips of ocelli slightly darker; mandibles tinged with brown. Body: Green, paler than head, except prothoracic shield same shade as head; head slightly wider than body, latter tapering toward cauda but not as noticeably as with first instar; body segments crossed transversely by ridges bearing minute colorless setae along their crests, each arising from a minute black papillus. Segment 11 with a prominent dorsal hump. Legs, black distally, green proximally; prolegs concolorous with body; spiracles inconspicuous, narrowly black rimmed. TuHirD INSTAR: Length, March 27, approximately 11 mm. Head: Width, 1.7 mm; glistening green with slightly yellowish tinge; ocelli tipped with brown; mouth parts shaded brown. Body: Ground color pale green; middorsally a longitudinal line of greenish-white spots, each spot placed anterior to a segmental juncture; laterally, a longitudinal line of larger dark green spots, each on a protruding base; lateral thereto a poorly defined longitudinal greenish-white line, bordered latero-ventrally by another parallel line of dark green raised spots; subspiracularly another poorly defined greenish-white longi- tudinal line. Legs, black distally, green proximally; prolegs, bright green. Setae so short as to be barely discernible. FourtH INSTAR: Two larvae, length 15 mm. and 20 mm. respectively. April 6. Head: Width, 3 mm; green, adfrontals paler; ocelli, pale green; front a shade darker green; mandibles tinged with brown. Body: Ground color, deep green; middorsally a line of large arrow-shaped yellow figures, pointing cephalically and centered on a segmental juncture. Dorsolaterally a zig-zag yellow band extending the length of the body; subspiracularly, another similar band. Spiracles small, black, each margined with a circlet of yellow. Legs, yellow- green with black tips; prolegs, mottled yellow-green; crochets, brownish-yellow. Venter, mottled yellow-green. Mature Larva: (Figure F). Length approximately 25 mm. Head: (Figure E), width 5.5 mm. Adfronta]l sutures and antennae white; ocelli dark brown, resting on a pale crescentic field; remainder of head pale green, with round paler green blurred dots. Body: Supraspiracular and subspiracular longitudinal yellowish-white lines more boldly developed, as shown in the figure. Otherwise, much as in preceding instar. Pupation occurred May 11, on the floor of the rearing cage, in a com- pact cocoon, into which fragments of bark, foliage and debris covered an inner lining of white silk. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Algé EXPLANATION OF PLATE Lithophane subtilis Franclemont. Figs. A and B. Egg, superior and lateral sur- faces. C. First instar larva, dorsal aspect. D. Second instar larva, lateral aspect. E. Head of mature larva, frontal aspect. F. Mature larva, lateral aspect. G. Pupa, ventral aspect. All figures enlarged. Reproduced from water color drawings by J. A. Comstock. 18 PROCACCINI ET AL.: Spot measuring device Vol. 23. none Pura: (Figure G). Length, 22 mm.; greatest width, 6.5 mm. Texture, smooth and glistening. Maxillae reach to wing margins; antennae slightly shorter; segmental junctures well defined; cremaster a small black knob with two black shafts having recurved tips, and two pairs of yellow, short and slender spicules. Body color, yellow-brown, shading to black over head, antennae and cauda. A six month period passed before an imago emerged, October 29, 1964. Many more adults were reared in our desert laboratory, some of which are included in the type series. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION At present, the recorded range of L. subtilis is that recorded for the type series, and includes only the areas in Los Angeles and Riverside counties where the host plant, Juniperus californica occurs. It probably will be found in semi-desert juniper territory both northward and south- ward from its present known locus. In 1943 the authors published a life history of “Graptolitha longier” based on larvae taken in Smokey Valley, XYZ Creek, Tulare County, California, at an elevation of 6,200 feet, on Juniperus occidentalis Hook. In comparing this record with that of subtilis, the suspicion arises that the presumed longior was actually the subsequently designated Litho- phane subtilis. LITERATURE CITED Comstock, JoHN ADAMs and CHRISTOPHER HENNE, 1943. Mature Larva of Grapto- litha longior Sm. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 42 (3): 132. AN APPARATUS FOR MEASURING MACULATION PATTERNS Donap J. PROCACCINI Department of Biology, Emmanuel College, Boston, Mass. MicHAEL T. GyYvEs Cornell University Medical School, New York, N.Y. AND Louis S. Marks Department of Biology, St. Joseph’s College, Philadelphia, Pa. The application of numerical analytic techniques to external morpho- logical patterns in the Insecta is providing important taxonomic informa- tion (Mason, Ehrlich, and Emmel, 1967; Procaccini and Marks, 1966). In certain insect groups with relatively tough anatomical parts (i.e., Coleoptera, etc.) direct morphological measurements are feasible. But in the Lepidoptera direct measurements are usually not possible because 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 of the fragility of the wings. Therefore many lepidopterists would find helpful a system in which the wing patterns are fully exposed for study, the specimen is easily maneuvered by manipulation of the mounting pin alone, a measurement scale or grid may be superimposed on the wings from a distance, lighting is provided, and the danger of wing injury is minimized. An apparatus was constructed which satisfied all these requirements. The usefulness of the apparatus in quantifying variation in maculation pattern is reported in another place (Procaccini & Marks, 1968). ( q | DOOR yy) rah \) a (\) YO», My y) 2 ery Wi Lae CP q A Reeekes uy? GUIDING TRACK WINDOW VISE SUPPORT FOR PHOTOGRAPHY SHELF MANIPULATING LINES CUTAWAY VIEW OF APPARATUS FOR MEASURING MACULATION PATTERNS SCALE 1"=4" PLATE 2 20 PROCACCINI ET AL.: Spot measuring device Vol. 28) nome The apparatus (Plate I) which contains all of the measuring equipment is two feet high and measures ten inches square in inside dimensions. One of its sides is a door, giving the investigator easy access to all parts of the interior. This door is attached with two outside hinges, and latches closed with a simple hook and eye. It is kept closed while measurements are being taken, to keep out all external light and to protect the specimen. Eight and three-quarters (8%) inches up from the bottom of the apparatus, a cross tie runs parallel to the door, placed midway between the door and the back side of the box. To this cross tie is clamped a fly-tying vise, in which the specimen is held. A fly-tying vise has the advantage of being constructed for delicate work, and yet being strong and rigid. The head of the mounting pin can be firmly clamped in the vise jaws, so the butterfly or moth can be safely held at any angle. Fur- thermore, the vise jaws are situated at the top of a vertical rod which can slide and pivot within an outer sleeve, to adjust height and angle. Thus, the vise can be adjusted to a convenient position while the specimen is being mounted, and then it can be shifted to another position suitable for taking measurements. One and one-quarter (1%) inches above the cross tie, there are supports for an auxiliary photography shelf. This shelf is a simple 10-inch square of %-inch masonite with a hole drilled in it, through which the vertical rod of the vise fits. This shelf is normally not used because it restricts the operating room within the box, but it can be quickly installed to provide a uniform background against which a butterfly may be photo- graphed while in the apparatus. A partial solution to the problem of accurate measurement was found in the use of a grid ruled in millimeters. Such small rulings provide better relative sizes for patterns and grid. The problem of parallax was solved by using two identical grids, one superimposed on the other, glued to the opposite sides of two half-inch spacers. Thus, the two grids remain stationary relative to each other, and when a pattern segment is measured through the parallel grids, the lines of vision are kept parallel as long as the rulings of the upper grid line up perfectly with the corresponding rulings of the lower grid (Plate II). The parallel grids are supported above the specimen by a shelf which is fifteen inches above the bottom of the box. A 10 by 10-inch square of %-inch masonite panel forms the shelf. Two and one-quarter (2%) inches from the right-hand side of the shelf (viewing through the door), a 2 by 6-inch window is cut in the shelf, running parallel to the right side of the shelf. The measuring grid, which measures 3% inches by 5 inches, spans this window, and the butterfly is viewed through it. Run- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 MEASURING GRID FULL SCALE BLS ee 5 Lines in only one direction sttown for clarity Arrows indicate parallel lines of vision 10" GRID SHELF MACHINE SCREW GUIDING TRACK 2 a TT TT TTT tT BOSHoaana BO BSSoona DOBEG650a (| DOBREESoa BEHEHERE8 ie HBEESEaao HODRSeeeo SeaSaoaue e505 _— aa ee is go0go PTT Ty I = 2 is) O = Grid in place on its shelf | Arrows show direction of movement SCARE al=" em PE ANP, eB ning parallel to the length of the window, serving as a guiding track, is a %-inch slot in the shelf, % of an inch from the side of the window. A machine screw, in the middle of one edge of the grid, fastens the grid to the slot, preventing it from slipping down through the opening, and enabling it to be moved along the track and to be swivelled. Threads lead from the sides of the grid, through guiding screw eyes placed 1% inches beyond the ends of the window, and then through the right side of the apparatus. Similar threads lead from the corners of the 22, PROCACCINI ET AL.: Spot measuring device Vol. 23, no. 1 grid directly through the right side of the box, the side on which the observer stands while measuring. With these threads, one can slide the grid from side to side over the window, and can swivel it, on the screw, through an arc of about 100°. Thus the rulings of the grid can be placed at right angles to various pattern lines on the butterfly without moving the butterfly, and all manipulation is done from outside the box, keeping the butterfly protected. The most perplexing problem was that of illumination. Lighting must come from below the grid-shelf, because the grids are made of clear plastic, which has rather poor optical qualities. Light coming from above the grids is reflected somewhat, thereby causing eyestrain and reducing the amount of light actually reaching the specimen. Since the butterfly must be held within two inches of the grid-shelf, an external light couldn't illuminate the pattern surface with the angle needed for sufficient clarity and definition. With internal lighting, the problem of heat accumulation within the box was encountered. The answer was found in a four-watt fluorescent light fixture. This fixture was attached to the right side of the box, just under the grid-shelf, forming one of the supports for this shelf. It is only 9 inches long and is 1*4 inches square, and it is situated so high that it is about %-inch above the butterfly, giving direct, sharp illumination. So little heat is emitted, that the light can be touched, without harm, after extended use. To further increase accuracy, a magnifying glass was suspended above the grids. This magnifier had to have a depth of focus of at least three inches, so that both the specimen and the grids would be in focus simul- taneously. The glass is held in a vertical slot on the right side of the box, in which it has a range of 7% inches above the measuring grid. It is held in position with a thumb screw, with which it can be set in any position along the slot, depending upon the magnification and clarity of focus desired. The glass itself has a radius of three inches, which, along with the threaded receiver for the thumb screw, centers it over the viewing window. LITERATURE CITED Mason, L. G., P. R. Exruicnu, & T. C. EMME, 1967. The population biology of the butterfly, Euphydryas Editha. V. Character clusters and asymmetry. Evolution, 21: 85. Procaccini, D. J., & L. S. Marks, 1966. Computer analysis of morphological pattern as an aid in taxonomic discrimination. BioScience, 16(11): 811. 1968. Patterns of maculation variation in certain Salon Papilios. Amer. Zool- ogist, 8(4): 807. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 A NEW SPECIES OF EUPRAGIA FROM FLORIDA (OECOPHORIDAE) RoNALD W. HopcEs Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A., Washington, D. C. In material I collected in south-central Florida in 1964 I have found a new species of oecophorid that represents a genus hitherto unrecorded from the continental United States. At that time two worn males were taken in an almost pure stand of Taxodium distichum (L.) Richard. Subsequently, I have received three additional specimens of the species from Mrs. Shirley Hills of Pensacola, Florida. Unfortunately, no females have been taken, so the species cannot be diagnosed for this sex. The genus Eupragia Walsingham will key to couplet 15[a] in Clarke’s (1941, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 90: 40) “Artificial key to genera.” It may be separated from Fabiola Busck (15[a]) by having veins 3 and 4 of the hindwing coincident or stalked (connate in Fabiola). In Clarke’s “Key to genera based on male genitalia,’ Eupragia will run to couplet 7[a], Depressaria Haworth. From this genus it may be separated by having well-developed anellifers; these are lacking in Depressaria. | Figure 1. Habitus of Eupragia hospita Hodges. 24 Hopcrs: New tropical moth in Florida Vol, 23, now Eupragia (type-species E. solida Walsingham, 1911) has three known species: solida, which has been taken at Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico and in Nicaragua; oxinopa Meyrick, which is known from Gorgona Island, Co- lombia; and the new species, hospita, in Florida. The drawing of the male genitalia was executed by Mr. A. Cushman of the Entomology Research Division. The habitus photograph was taken by Mr. J. Scott, Staff Photographer, Smithsonian Institution. Eupragia hospita Hodges, new species MaLe.—Maculation: as in figure 1. Head: tongue, maxillary palpus, frons, and vertex white; labial palpus white, dorsal and lateral surfaces of first and second segments grayish brown, dorsal surface of third segment pale grayish brown; lateral and ventral margins of frons grayish brown; occiput white mixed with grayish brown; scape of antenna white, bordered with gray-brown on posterodorsal margin, shaft pale yellow becoming slightly darker distally. Thorax: tegula white with light brown scales anterolaterally, disc light brown, apex orange-white to white, some scales lined with off-white, collar pale orange. Forewing: white streaked with light brown and brown, spot in cell and one at end of cell dark brown, cilia gray-brown on costa and apex, whitish elsewhere. Hindwing: brownish gray, basal row of scales of cilia slightly paler brownish gray, distal row gray-white to white, tuft of scales from base of anal vein gray-white. Prothoracic leg: coxa white, overlaid with light brown medially; femur light brown, inner margin off-white to white, a row of setae along Figures 2-3. Male genitalia of Eupragia hospita Hodges; 2, aedeagus; 3, ventral aspect of genitalia (right valva and aedeagus missing ). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 25 inner margin; tibia light brown, inner margin of epiphysis off-white; tarsal segments light orange, apices orange-white. Mesothoracic leg: much as for prothoracic leg, pale margin of femur broader, femur lacking row of setae; tibia white, apex light orange; tarsus orange-white to pale orange, apices and dorsal surface of first segment white. Metathoracic leg: coxa white; femur light brown with a small patch of white scales at apex; tibia white on ventral margin and spines, a broad, medial light orange band, dorsal tuft white with scattered light orange scales; ventral half of tarsal segments pale orange, dorsal half white. Abdomen: dorsal surface mottled white and light brown; ventral surface white medially and laterally, a brown band dividing the white areas. Alar expanse: 20-21 mm. Male genitalia: as in figures 2 and 3 (RWH slide 3497). Width of anellar lobes one-third length, apex with stout setae; apex of anellifer broadly rounded with stout setae, one or two stout (about one-half width of those at apex) setae costad of midpoint; apex of tegumen deeply excavated; aedeagus cylindrical, produced ventrally at base, vesica with numerous, fine cornuti. FEMALE.—Unknown. Holotype male: Florida, Pensacola, May 13, 1962, Shirley Hills, USNM type 69535. Paratypes: 2 6 3, same data as for type, May 4 and June 21, 1961, collection of Shirley Hills and USNM. 2¢ 4, Fisheating Creek, Palmdale, Florida, 7-10 May 1964, R. W. Hodges (RWH slide 3497), USNM. Food plant: unknown. Discussion: Specimens of Eupragia hospita vary greatly in appearance depending upon wear. Fresh specimens have distinct maculation heavily shaded with brown and gray-brown; wom specimens lose much of the brown scaling. The head and thorax of some specimens have become greased, indicating that the larvae possibly are internal feeders. E. hospita may be separated from solida by having the frons and vertex white, those of solida are brown medially. It differs from both solida and oxinopa by having vein 2 of the forewing arising at nearly a right angle, then curving to run parallel with the dorsal margin, and by having veins 2 and 3 of the forewing connate, not separate. A LARVA OF CITHERONIA SEPULCHRALIS (CITHERONIIDAE ) FROM NEW JERSEY On August 6, 1967 I collected a mature larva of Citheronia sepulchralis Grote and Robinson, on pitch pine (Pinus rigida), near Hammonton, Atlantic County, New Jersey. I attempted to rear the larva but it failed to molt properly, and died. Many authors mention the rarity of C. sepulchralis. In New Jersey the only pre- vious records are those of Muller (1965, J. New York Ent. Soc., 73: 63-77) from Lakehurst, Ocean County, in June. Mr. Muller (personal communication) is not aware of any occurrence elsewhere in the State. Hammonton is 35 airline miles from Lakehurst, and it therefore seems possible that C. sepulchralis may be widespread, though rare, in the pine barrens area of New Jersey. Davin J. Horn, Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. 26 Harpwick: Heliolonche life history Vol. 23, novel THE LIFE HISTORY OF HELIOLONCHE CAROLUS (NOCTUIDAE) _ D. F. Harpwick Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada Heliolonche carolus McDunnough! presents an anomaly among its relatives. Like the majority of species in the Heliothidinae, H. carolus frequents the blossoms of its foodplant. Unlike its relatives, however, which are either inconspicuously marked and colored, or are protectively colored in their resemblance to the blossoms, H. carolus with its red and orange wings could not contrast more strongly with the white blossoms of its host, Rafinesquia neomexicana Gray. There are several possible explanations of the situation. Rafinesquia may not be the sole foodplant of the species, and H. carolus may feed primarily on the head of another composite to which it bears a closer resemblance in color. Considering the strong host specificity of other such geographically restricted helio- thidine moths, however, and the fact that there is evidently no closely related plant species with blossom coloring similar to that of H. carolus, within the known range of the insect, the theory is probably not a tenable one. A second explanation might be that Rafinesquia neomexicana was once a dichromatic or even polychromatic species, and that H. carolus became adapted to a dark red or orange blossom which the host species no longer has. A third possibility is that H. carolus evolved in association with a host plant now extinct, but before the extinction of the latter, managed to transfer to the possibly closely related Rafinesquia, to which it is not particularly well adapted, and on which its future existence may well be limited in time. The evident difficulty which the female moth has in ovipositing in the elongate head of Rafinesquia may lend some credence to the latter theory. Heliolonche carolus has been taken only at scattered localities on the Mojave Desert of southern California, but its food plant is listed as ex- tending from Inyo County southward through the Mojave and Colorado deserts to Mexico, and eastward to Utah and Texas. Specimens examined were taken on dates between the middle of March and the first week of May. The individuals from which eggs were obtained for life history studies, were captured in the spring of 1955 in the Whitewater Pass area at the southern margin. of the Mojave. Although the species was not abundant 1 Heliolonche carolus McDunnough, 1936, Canad. Ent., 68: 45-46. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society OA in this area, copulation and oviposition were observed a sufficient number of times to preclude any misassociation of the moth and its food plant. BEHAVIOR Heliolonche carolus is an exclusively diurnal species, and shares with other such day-flying noctuids a greatly reduced condition of the com- pound eyes. Despite its evident conspicuousness to predators, H. carolus rests, feeds and copulates on the head of its food plant. During the process of copulation, the female cemmonly sits on top of the head while the male assumes a position on the side, below the ray petals. The female has a specialized oviposition pattern; in order to deposit its eggs near the base of the receptacle, the little moth laboriously burrows backward into the elongate head. When it has reached its maximum depth the crumpled wings of the insect are often left projecting above the surface of the blossom. The egg is usually inserted among the developing seeds, less frequently among the florets immediately above the seeds. Figs. 1-3. Heliolonche carolus McDunnough. 1, Fifth stadium larvae, dorsal. 2, Fifth stadium larvae, left lateral. 3. Adult. Fig. 4. Rafinesquia neomexicana Gray. food plant of H. carolus. 28 Harpwick: Heliolonche life history Vol: 23; nom Heliolonche carolus offers an excellent example of those small helio- thidine moths that evidently attempt to ensure their future existence by producing an egg of large size, which in turn produces a first-stadium larva of large size and of presumed higher survival potential. In com- parison with Helicoverpa zea, for example, of which H. carolus has less than half the wing expanse and only a fraction of the bulk, H. carolus deposits an egg only slightly smaller in diameter and more than one and one-half times as long. A further step in promoting the survival of each individual is the care with which the egg is placed in close proximity to the future larval food. The eggs of Helicoverpa zea are frequently scattered rather haphazardly over the flowering heads of its host plants, and the larva often wanders for some period before finding a suitable food substrate. As has been mentioned, the eggs of H. carolus are placed deep within the heads of Rafinesquia so that the hatching larva is immediately adjacent to the seeds that will form its only food. Correlated with the deposition of large eggs, however, is a correspond- ing decrease in fecundity. Whereas Helicoverpa zea deposits hundreds or even thousands of eggs, the mean number of eggs deposited by four individually confined wild-caught females of H. carolus was only 14, and the maximum deposited by any single female was only 26. The majority of the eggs observed produced larvae on the fourth day after deposition, a few hatched in three days, a few in five. The newly hatched larva feeds exclusively on the developing seeds and continues to do so for the remainder of its development. By the time the larva reaches the third or fourth stadium, the maturing seeds often constitute a rather dry diet. During the third or fourth stadium the larva generally leaves the first head, which has become fouled, and enters a second. Access to the seed of the second head is gained through the top of the blossom, the larva tunnelling down through the florets. All of the larvae reared matured in five stadia. At the cessation of feeding, the larva burrows into the ground to pupate, and it is in the pupal stage that the insect, like most other endemic desert noctuids, remains quiescent until seasonal rains are again sufficient to trigger their development and the germination of the seeds of the food plants on which they are dependent. DESCRIPTIONS OF STAGES AvuLT (Fig. 3). Vestiture of body consisting mostly of hair-like scales; buff or pale fawn, often tinged with olive dorsally and with orange ventrally; vestiture rather thin, commonly allowing darkly pigmented body wall to show. Forewing dark purplish-red with a broad, buff or pale yellow, sickle-shaped band extending from base to apex of wing; dark anterior area of wing with a pale patch or streak on or proximal to disc. Fringe concolorous with dark area of wing. Hindwing light to dark orange, with a brown basal area, a usually prominent, brown, inner-marginal band, 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 Figs. 5, 6. Heliolonche carolus McDunnough, apical abdominal segments of pupa. 5, Ventral. 6, Left lateral. and a variably defined, brown, outer-marginal line or narrow band; a brown discal lunule often evident; fringe orange. Underside of forewing orange with a dark streak extending from base to disc; often a dark submarginal patch near outer angle; fringe orange. Underside of hindwing brighter orange than forewing; a narrow brown streak at immediate base of wing and often along inner margin; fringe orange. Expanse: 18.1 + 0.7 mm? (i4 specimens). -Ecc. Weakly dimpled on micropylar surface; remainder of chorion smooth. Egg pearly white with a pinkish iridescence; showing no color change during incubation until shortly before hatching when ocelli, then mandibles and finally head and prothoracic shield become visible through chorion. Dimensions: length, 0.81 + 0.05 mm; width, 0.55 + 0.04 mm (18 eggs). First STapium Larva. Head light orange-brown, occasionally suffused with darker brown. Prothoracic shield darker than head, heavily suffused with smoky- brown. Suranal shield usually darker than prothoracic shield. Trunk white or pale cream. Thoracic legs fawn, usually heavily suffused with smoky-grey. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Head width: 0.40 + 0.02 mm (20 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.7 + 1.0 days (20 larvae). SECOND SrTapiuM Larva. Head orange-brown, heavily mottled, especially in dorsal area, with medium smoky-brown. Prothoracic shield fawn-grey, variably suffused with smoky-grey. Suranal shield dark smoky-grey. Maculation of trunk usually well defined. Middorsal band reddish-brown or orange. Subdorsal area consisting of a median band, concolorous with middorsal band, and marginal white bands. Supraspiracular area reddish-brown or orange with a greyish-white median shade. Spiracular band white. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Ventral region of trunk greyish-white, poorly distinguished from spiracular band. Thoracic legs and proleg shields smoky-grey. Head width: 0.59 + 0.05 mm (20 larvae). Duration of stadium: 2.7 + 1.0 days (20 larvae). Tuirp STapriuM Larva. Head bright orange-brown, variably mottled with medium chocolate-brown. Prothoracic shield fawn-grey, marked with dull black. Suranal shield fawn, heavily suffused with dark smoky-brown; occasionally entire shield dark smoky-brown. Middorsal band reddish-brown. Subdorsal area with a reddish- brown median band and white marginal bands. Supraspiracular band reddish-brown 2 Standard deviation. 30 Harpwicx: Heliolonche life history Vol. (23> nome with a creamy-white median line. Spiracular band white. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Suprapodal area white, occasionally tinged with pink. Midventral area white. Thoracic legs and proleg shields dark smoky-brown. Head width: 0.83 + 0.07 mm (20 larvae). Duration of stadium: 2.5 + 0.9 days (20 larvae). FourtH Strapium Larva. Head light orange-brown, mottled with medium chocolate-brown; two dark-brown or black spots on either side of face. Prothoracic shield bright orange-brown, mottled with dark brown or black and with two or three white longitudinal lines. Suranal shield light orange-brown, variably suffused with dark smoky-brown and often with a pair of white longitudinal lines. Middorsal band medium chocolate-brown, often with a purplish suffusion. Subdorsal area consisting of a median reddish-brown or greyish-brown band, and marginal white bands; median band generally paler than middorsal band. Supraspiracular area chocolate-brown, with a discontinuous, irregular, white median line. Spiracular band white or light cream. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Suprapodal area creamy-grey, often suffused with reddish-brown. Midventral area creamy-grey. Thoracic legs and proleg shields pale fawn variably suffused with smoky-brown. Head width: 1.28 + 0.07 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.2 + 1.0 days (20 larvae). FirtH StapiuM Larva (Figs. 1, 2). Head fawn, mottled with light orange-brown, usually heavily so in dorsal area; occasionally with chocolate-brown spots on face; a pair of narrow arcs, free of mottling, diverging upward and outward from center of face. Prothoracic shield greyish-fawn, variably marked with black, and with a pair of submarginal white lines; immediate central area of shield usually unmarked with black. Suranal shield fawn, with submarginal, longitudinal white lines. Middorsal band medium chocolate-brown. Subdorsal area white or pale cream; suffused with pale green adjacent to middorsal band; with a pair of irregular, light brown median lines. Supraspiracular area chocolate-brown, usually concolorous with middorsal band; with an irregular and discontinuous median white line. Spiracular band white with a median longitudinal series of small grey spots. Spiracles with dark-brown or black rims. Suprapodal area grey, occasionally suffused with brown. Midventral area grey. Thoracic legs cream proximally, fawn distally. Head width: 1.66 + 0.08 mm (20 larvae). Duration of feeding phase of fifth stadium: 3.7 + 1.1 days (20 larvae). Pura (Figs. 5, 6). Uniform orange-brown. Spiracles on second, third and fourth abdominal segments projecting slightly above general surface of cuticle; remaining spiracles not projecting. Anterior marginal areas of abdominal segments five, six and seven only weakly pitted. Proboscis terminating between apexes of wings. Cremaster consisting of only two elongate bristles borne at apex of a very short prolongation of tenth abdominal segment. Length to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 6.4+0.3 mm (25 pupae ). ACKNOWLEDGMENT I appreciate the assistance of Mr. John E. H. Martin, Entomology Re- search Institute, Ottawa, in photographing larvae in the field. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 NOTES ON LARVAL HOST ACCEPTANCE IN A CALIFORNIA POPULATION OF PLEBEJUS ACMON (LYCAENIDAE) GLENN ALAN GORELICK University of California, Berkeley Plebejus acmon (Westwood and Hewitson) is a well-known blue that ranges from the Pacific Coast to the Great Plains, the various popula- tions within this range varying considerably. The species level status of this species and related entities is still unclear. Downey (1961) points out that P. lupini (Bdv.), P. monticola (Clemence) and P. chlorina (Skinner ) have all, at one time or another, been regarded as conspecific with typical P. acmon. Edwards (1889) states that the larval hostplant for this species is Hosackia, whereas Comstock (1927) and Downey (1961) assert that larvae of the P. acmon group, including P. a. cottlei (Grinnell), feed on Eriogonum, Hosackia, Astragalus, and Lotus. Klots (1951) mentions a fifth genus, Acmispon, but Munz & Keck (1959) place members of the legume genera Hosackia and Acmispon in the genus Lotus. On May 7, 1967, eight second instar larvae of the common, widespread phenotype of P. acmon were found in the San Bruno Mountains near Colma, San Mateo County, California, skeletonizing the leaves of Eriog- onum latifolium latifolium Sm. The larvae varied from grass green to pale pink in contrast to the “dingy yellowish” color reported by Klots (1951). These larvae were observed on the tops and the undersides of the leaves during warm weather and moved towards the stems near the base of the plant when cold temperatures, which are frequent in the San Bruno Mountains, prevailed. In the laboratory the larvae were reared in vials, one larva/vial. The plants listed in Table 1 were used as hosts. The larvae fed on all of the listed plants except leaves of Melilotus indi- cus, although two of four died after feeding on Eriogonum latifolium lati- folium. The flowers of Eriogonum species were accepted as readily as the leaves and are known to be used in the field later in the season (Opler, 1968). Five of the eight larvae pupated between May 18 and 26 and the adults emerged between May 27 and June 1. Later field observations confirmed that the females visited the leaves of E. I. latifoliwm, where the eggs were presumably deposited. Although most of the plants were not yet (as of May 7) in bloom, the larvae devoured the flowers of this plant taken from other areas of the San Bruno Mountains. It is probable that Plebejus acmon has several broods in the San Bruno Mountains, larvae of the spring brood feeding on the leaves and larvae of 32 GoreELick: Hostplant acceptance by acmon Vol. 23, nowt TABLE 1. HosT PLANT ACCEPTANCE BY SECOND INSTAR LARVAE OF Plebejus acmon No. OF PLANT LARVAE REMARKS Leguminosae: 1. Lotus scoparius Ottley 2 Both accepted plant readily—one (leaves ) placed on Eriogonum fasciculatum foliolosum for final three days; other fed until pupation (V-18) 2. Trifolium obtusiflorum Hook. 1 Fed until pupation ( V-26) ( flowers ) 3. Melilotus indicus (L.) 1 No feeding occurred—died after three (leaves ) days Polygonaceae: 4. Eriogonum latifolium latifolium Sm. 4 All accepted it readily—two died and (leaves and flowers ) two fed until pupation (V-22 and V-25) 5. Eriogonum fasciculatum var. 1 _ Last instar transferred from Lotus sco- foliolosum (Nutt. ) S. Stokes parius, fed for three days until ma- (leaves and flowers ) turity (pupated V-18) succeeding broods feeding on the flowers after the leaves have curled and hardened. Further evidence for the lack of host specificity by P. acmon was suggested by the ability of the larvae to feed on Trifolium (clover) in the laboratory, although this was not observed in the field. The large number of buckwheats and legumes available to females of P. acmon might explain its wide distribution. Further work on hostplant selection and morphology, behavior and host specificity of the larvae as well may help clarify the nomenclature within the P. acmon complex. My sincere thanks go to Wayne Gagné and J. A. Powell, of the Univer- sity of California, Berkeley, for advice and assistance and critical review in preparation of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Published by author, Los Angeles. 334 pp., 63 pls. Downey, J. C., 1961, in: Ehrlich and Ehrlich. How to know the butterflies. W. C. Brown & Co., Dubuque, Iowa, pp. 228-242. Epwaeps, H., 1889. Bibliographical catalogue of the described transformations of the North American Lepidoptera. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus., 35: 1-37. Kiots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass., 349 pp., 40 pls. Munz, P. A. & D. D. Kecx, 1959. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1681 pp. Oper, P. A., 1968... Myrmecophily reported for Icaricia acmon and Philotes enoptes bayensis (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae), in: Proc. Pac. Coast Ent. Soc., Pan-Pac. Ent., 44(1): 79-80. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 33 NOTES ON NEWFOUNDLAND BUTTERFLIES RICHARD HOLLAND 308 Morningside SE, Albuquerque, New Mexico INTRODUCTION The island of Newfoundland is roughly triangular, having an east-west extent of about 300 miles and a north-south extent of about 270 miles (Fig. 1). It is located in the mouth of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and is separated by about fifteen miles from the Labrador coast to the north- east. To the southeast is Cape Breton Island of Nova Scotia at a distance of eighty miles. Excluding Greenland, Newfoundland is the easternmost part of North America. All Newfoundland localities mentioned in this article may be found on the map of Fig. 1. The first records of Newfoundland Lepidoptera are due to Gosse (1883), who collected 13 species on Carbonear Is., about thirty miles west of St. John’s, between 1832 and 1835. His data, however, remained unpublished until 1883, when it came into the possession of W. H. Edwards (1883). It was not until 1934 that extensively publicized collecting again took place on Newfoundland. At that time MclIsaac found 21 species near Doyles Station in the extreme southwestern part of the island. This was reported by dos Passos (1935), who also described four new subspecies from the MclIsaac material. By far the most ambitious research to date on Newfoundland Lepidoptera was carried out in 1949 by Krogerus, taking part in a Finnish-Swedish expedition. Krogerus travelled the is- land extensively, and recorded a total of 29 species of Rhopalocera and several hundred species of Heterocera (Krogerus, 1954). ENVIRONMENTAL OBSERVATIONS For about two weeks at the end of July, 1965, I collected along the west coast of Newfoundland. The entire northeastern U. S. was then three years into a severe drought; this drought was manifested in New- foundland only by clear skies a phenomenally high fraction of the time (50%). Biting insects were so severe that highway construction had been stopped—this in spite of the fact that weather conditions only permit road building about three months out of the year. Otherwise 1965 was an apparently normal summer. Western Newfoundland consists of a low coastal plain up to twenty miles wide, which rises abruptly about 1500’ into the plateau-like Long Range. Figure 2, taken on Table Mt., showing the coastal plain on the left and the plateau on the right, is quite characteristic of the abrupt transi- 34 Houiuanp: Newfoundland butterflies Vol. 23. none tion between the two. The Long Range plateau is remarkably level, and extends many miles inland; it is cut by U-shaped glacial valleys such as the one shown in Fig. 3, at least in the South. In the North the plateau apparently has not been glaciated (Brown, 1955). Figure 3 was taken just south of Table Mt. on Aug. 1 looking east into a glacial valley. The snow patches are about 1000’ above sea level, and are on the southern exposure only. (Perhaps in winter the north wind disburdens itself as it begins to dip into the valley just as it does after dipping on the lee- ward side of a snowfence, and piles snow there to an enormous depth. ) In most cases the coastal plain is forested with black spruce, although certain exposed areas very close to the sea, such as Port aux Basques, have only tundra-like vegetation including Arctic grasses, pitcher plant, Labrador tea, and dwarf birch. The Long Range plateau is apparently ABRADOR (¢£Gon MOTEL WATSON'S ATLANTIC 4 RIVER : OCEAN «HAWKES, oF L PORTLAND eee ic SOREEK 50° Q\ kX DEER PORT AUX BASQUES Fig. 1. Newfoundland and adjacent land masses. All localities mentioned in the text are indicated here. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 Fig. 2 (upper). The edge of the Long Range plateau. On the far left is the Gulf of St. Lawrence, next is the coastal plain, and finally the abrupt 1500’ transition to the plateau. The very edge of the plateau is a typical habitat for Papilio brevicauda Saunders and Agriades aquilo (Bdv.). Fig. 3 (lower). Looking east into a U-shaped glacial valley carved from the plateau. Note the snow patches on the southern exposure. 36 HotuANp: Newfoundland butterflies Vol. 235 nowt completely tundra and barrens; it is exceedingly inaccessible in most places. Bogs, some miles in extent, occur both on the coastal plain and on the plateau. These bogs, in addition to the plants representative of more southern bogs, are characterized by a small edible berry (probably Rubus chamaemorus L.), superficially resembling a strawberry. An all-weather road, which is paved south of Deer Lake, follows the west coast. Just north of Deer Lake it rises to a height of 1500’; other- wise it follows the coastal plain. All of the records reported here are from walking distance of this road. No previously unreported Rhopaloc- era were taken, although some of my captures have been found only once before, and others represent significant range extensions. ANNOTATED List OF SPECIES! SATYRIDAE 1. Coenonympha inornata macisaaci dos Passos (Figured by Brown (1955) ). Port aux Basques (STL), 22-VII-65; Table Mt. (ATL), 23-VII-65; Middle Brook (F), 24-VII-65; George’s Lake (B), 24- VII-65; Hawkes Bay (F), 29-VII-65; Watson’s River (STL), 26-VII- 65; Loon Motel (F), 26-VII-65. This species is found in all environ- ments, including above and seaward of tree line. Brown (1955) knew of no records of it from near or beyond tree line. For this and other reasons, he concluded that macisaaci could not have survived the last ice age on Newfoundland.? While I would not attempt to pass final judgment on this conclusion, it does appear that macisaaci can tolerate a colder environment than has sometimes been assumed. NYMPHALIDAE 2. Speyeria atlantis canadensis (dos Passos). Hawkes Bay (F), 29- VII-65. This species was common at one locality (256 6, no? 2), and not seen elsewhere. It is compared in Fig. 4 with the mainland race, typical atlantis (Edw.). The VHW light submarginal band may be seen to be considerably reduced in canadensis. Grey (1966) has indicated that these Hawkes Bay specimens are smaller and more red than the type series of canadensis from Doyles Station, Newfoundland. 3. Boloria selene terraenovae (Holland) (Figured by Holland (1931), Plate LV, Fig. 13). Hawkes Bay (B & F), 29-VII-65; Loon Motel 1B = bog; F = forest (generally black spruce); ATL = above tree line; STL = seaward of tree line. 2In a private communication, L. P. Grey of Lincoln, Maine, has made the imaginative suggestion that macisaaci may have passed the most recent ice age on the Grand Bank. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society By (F), 26-VII-65. This race may be nearly always distinguished from the mainland race, atrocostalis (Huard), by the obsolescence of the first DHW submarginal dot (cell RS). Vanessa atalanta (L.). Hawkes Bay (F'), 26-VII-65. Vanessa cardui (L.). Hawkes Bay (F'), 26-VII-65. Vier Fig. 4. Speyeria atlantis. Left side shows S. a. canadensis (dos Passos) from Hawkes Bay, Nfld. Right side shows typical atlantis (Edw.) from San Quentin, N.B. Note the reduced submarginal light band on the hind wing of canadensis. (All speci- mens are males. ) 38 Ho.Lianp: Newfoundland butterflies Vol. 23, no. 1 Fig. 5. Lycaena epixanthe. Top pair are L. e. phaedrus (Hall) from Hawkes Bay, Nfld.; middle pair are phaedrus from Cape Breton Highlands, N.S.; bottom pair are typical epixanthe (Bdv. & LeC.) from Lincoln, Me. All specimens are males. Note that there is little difference between the Nova Scotia and Newfoundland speci- mens, but that the Maine specimens are definitely more heavily marked. LYCAENIDAE 6. Agriades aquilo (Boisduval). Port aux Basques (STL), 22-VII-65; Table Mt. (ATL), 23-VII-65. This little butterfly fairly swarmed at the tops of small rises. It is apparently associated with much harsher environments than its Rocky Mountain and Sierra Nevada relatives, rustica (Edw.) and podarce (Felder & Felder). 7. Plebejus argyrognomon aster (Edw.) (Figured by Klots (1951), Plate 19, Fig. 7). George’s Lake (B), 24-VII-65; Hawkes Bay (B), 29-VII-65. This insect was seen by the hundreds at Hawkes Bay. 8. Lycaena epixanthe phaedrus (Hall). Hawkes Bay (B), 29-VII-65. The Newfoundland form of this subspecies is illustrated in Fig. 5, and is compared with phaedrus from nearby Cape Breton Is., N.S., > Fig. 6. Colias from Table Mt., Nfld. Top left, yellow female interior laurentina (Scudder); top right, yellow female pelidne labradorensis Scudder; second row and third row left, white pelidne females; third row right, pelidne male. (Even though the pelidne females are quite variable, none have the rounded forewing characteristic of interior.); lower: Colias pelidne male with submarginal spots normally diagnostic of philodice. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 40 10. It. HoLianp: Newfoundland butterflies Vol. 23; nom and with typical epixanthe (Boisduval & Le Conte) from Maine. My specimens bear no resemblance to the subspecies amicetus (Scud- der),* supposedly described from Newfoundland (figured by Holland (1931), Plate LXIV, Figs. 41 & 42), in that my specimens have the VHW grey (not white) and not immaculate. PIERIDAE Pieris rapae (L.). Hawkes Bay (F), 29-VII-65; Loon Motel (F), 26-VII-65. These records apparently represent northward extensions of the known eastern distribution of this pest. Colias interior laurentina (Scudder). Table Mt. (ATL), 1-VIII-65. My single Newfoundland specimen is shown in Fig. 6, and is dis- tinguished from Maine material by a more orange discal spot on the DHW and more green suffusion on the VHW. Colias pelidne labradorensis Scudder. Table Mt. (ATL), 23-VII-65 and 1-VIII-65; Port aux Basques (STL), 22-VII-65. My specimens are very distinct from the labradorensis example illustrated by Hol- land (1931). Table Mountain where pelidne Boisduval & Le Conte was rather common, is the only place I know of at which it is sym- patric with interior Scudder. Hovanitz (1950a) has suggested that there is a “continuous morphological intergradiation” between pelidne and interior, so that the two are conspecific. My Table Mountain pelidne specimens, some of which are shown in Fig. 6, were quite variable, but do not seem to intergrade with the illus- trated Table Mountain interior specimen, either in wing shape or color or pattern. White females outnumbered yellow 11:1 among my pelidne specimens. This figure is almost exactly the reverse of that cited by Hovanitz (1950b) (3:32) for Newfoundland in what he calls the “interior-pelidne complex.” The flight period of interior is apparently later than that of pelidne on Table Mountain. On Aug. 1 when the interior was taken in fresh condition, pelidne was only about one fifth as common as it had been on July 22. The pelidne which were seen on Aug. 1 were usually, but not always, worn. A single pelidne male, taken on Table Mountain, 23-July-65, possesses the VHW submarginal spots normally distinctive of philodice Godart. This specimen, which is illustrated at the bottom of Figure 6, has been examined by Dr. A. B. Klots of the American Museum of Natural History. Dr. Klots, long a student of this genus, ex- pressed his judgment that it “could be a hybrid with philodice, or merely an expression of some ancestoral gene.” 3In a private communication, F. M. Brown of Colorado Springs, Colorado, has indicated that the name amicetus Scudder is a synonym of epixanthe. The status of this name is apparently quite complex. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 41 PAPILIONIDAE 12. Papilio brevicauda Saunders. Table Mt. (ATL), 23-VII-65. HESPERIIDAE 13. Hesperia comma borealis Lindsey. Loon Motel (F), 26-VII-65; 10 mi. W. of Loon Motel (F), 26-VII-65. This species has previously been recorded from Newfoundland only by Krogerus (1954), also from the extreme northwest tip of the island. As Fig. 7 shows, my specimens bear a remarkable resemblance to material from Mt. Albert on the Gaspé Peninsula. Fig. 7. Hesperia comma borealis Lindsey. Top, uppersides; bottom, undersides. Both frames have males above and females below; Mt. Albert, Que., to the left and Loon Motel, Nfld., to the right. Note the extreme similarity of the females. 49, Houiannp: Newfoundland butterflies Vol. 23, more The following province records for moths were taken at light around habitations: NOCTUIDAE 14. Ceramica picta (Harris). Loon Motel (F), 27-VII-65. LIPARIDAE 15. Olene vagans Barnes & McDunnough. Portland Creek (F), 30-VII- 65. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to thank F. M. Brown for critically reading the manuscript and L. P. Grey for numerous interesting discussions and comments. The Colias identifications have been verified by Dr. A. B. Klots, and the moths have been identified by Dr. A. E. Brower. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1955. Studies on Nearctic Coenonympha tullia. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 105: 359-410. pos Passos, C. F., 1935. Some butterflies of southern Newfoundland with descrip- tions of new subspecies. Canad. Ent., 67: 82-88. Epwarps, W. H., 1883. Newfoundland butterflies, collected by P. H. Gosse. Canad. Ent., 15: 43-44. Grey, L. P., 1966. North American annual summary for 1965. News of the Lepid. Soc., 15 April 1966: 10. Gossr, P. H., 1883. Notes on butterflies obtained at Carbonear Island, Newfound- land) 832=1835. Canad. Ent. tas 44=515 Ho.iuanp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book (revised edition). Doubleday & Co., Garden City, N. Y. 424 pp. Hovanitz, W., 1950a. The biology of Colias butterflies. I. The distribution of the North American species. Wasmann J. Biol., 8: 49-75. 1950b. The biology of Colias butterflies. II. Parallel geographical variation of dimorphic color phases in North American species. 'Wasmann J. Biol., 8: 197— 219. Kuots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Bos- ton, Mass. 349 pp. Krocerus, H., 1954. Investigations of the Lepidoptera of Newfoundland, I. Macro- lepidoptera. Acta Zool. Fennica, 82: 2—80. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 A SIMPLIFIED METHOD OF FREEZE-DRYING CATERPILLARS H. FLAscHKA AND J. FLoyp Chemistry Department, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia In recent years freeze-drying of museum specimens has been studied and has provided means of obtaining specimens up to the size of a hamster in their natural form without too much difficulty (Meryman 1960, 1961). Application of this method to insects, particularly to caterpillars, has yielded satisfactory results (Blum and Woodring, 1963; Woodring and Blum, 1963). However, the vacuum or pump systems (Meryman, 1959) employed in the methods, while not overly troublesome for a laboratory, are generally more than an average collector can afford. For caterpillars and other small specimens a vacuum or a pump, while desirable for speeding the process, is not a necessary requirement for the same result, as is shown in the present paper. Freeze-drying is based on the fact that ice evaporates just as water does, although at a much slower rate. In more scientific terms, the “partial pressure of water vapor’ over ice is quite low. That means that if ice is brought into a dry atmosphere in a closed system at low temperature, only a small amount of ice needs to evaporate in order to saturate the atmo- sphere with water vapor. Once this state of equilibrium is reached no more ice evaporates. If the water vapor is removed, the equilibrium is disturbed and is restored by further evaporation of ice. The removal of the water vapor can be achieved, for example, by passing a stream of dry, that is, water-free air over the ice; or, as in the method to be presented, by binding the vapor on an appropriate agent, called a desiccant. Of course, the whole process must be done at a low temperature in order to prevent melting of the ice. Operation under low pressure, that is, in an evac- uated system, has the advantage that the water molecules can readily move away from the surface of the ice and when using a desiccant rapidly reach its surface where they are bound. However, the principal process of water evaporating from the ice and moving to the desiccant takes place under normal pressure too, although more slowly. With respect to time it would seem best to operate at as high a temperature as possible but of course without exceeding that of the melting point. The transfer of the wa- ter vapor from the surface of the specimen to the desiccant is not the only process to be considered. Water vapor from within the specimen has also to penetrate the integument in order to reach the surface. This process too is accelerated by increasing the temperature. In addition, however, higher temperature also speeds the decay of the specimen. In order to 44 FLASCHKA AND FLoyp: Freeze-drying larvae Vol. 235 nonet avoid the latter, a temperature below the optimum for speedy drying must be maintained. Such considerations are of mere theoretical interest since the temperature in the ice cube compartment is preset and in the freezer variations are possible only within a limited range for the collector working at home. With this admittedly sketchy discussion of the underlying principle it will be easily understood how freeze-drying of a caterpillar is effected. The animal is brought into a container together with some desiccant. The container is then closed air-tight, stored in a deep freezer or in the ice cube compartment of a refrigerator and left there until essentially all the water from the frozen specimen has moved to the desiccant. The time required for this process predominantly depends on the size of the specimen and the temperature (see above). There is no formula established to allow an exact calculation or even a rough estimation of this time, and each experimentor will have to gain his own experience. But some idea may be obtained from the series of experiments described below. The containers present no problem. Any tightly closing screw cap glass or plastic container is suitable provided its size fits the dimensions of the specimen. Desiccants suitable for the purpose exist in large numbers. We con- sider Silicagel as the most practical one. It is readily obtained at a low price from a supply house for chemicals. Silicagel is sold as granules of 1-2 mm diameter and in dry state is of deep blue color. This color is due to an impregnation with a salt that changes its color to pink when wet. Thus the color of the material readily indicates exhaustion. The pink Silicagel no longer has water-absorbing properties and consequently the charge in the container must be renewed. Silicagel has another enormous advantage, namely, it can readily be regenerated by mere warming. A collector who has no access to special drying ovens can perform this task by simply placing the pink Silicagel into a pot or frying pan and keeping it at moderate heat, while occasionally stirring it with a piece of wood or a spoon. The heating may be effected on the burner of a range or, pret- erably, because it is milder and more uniform, in an oven. No harmful components are released. When the mass has completely regained the blue color, it is placed back into the storage bottle, kept there tightly closed and is ready for reuse. Extreme heat should be avoided during the drying procedure because it may cause cracking of the particles and render them less effective in their drying power. As a rule of thumb the lowest temperature that achieves blueing should be used. During experimentation over more than two seasons some experience has been acquired, and a few points of interest may be discussed, but 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 anyone applying the method may find ways of improvement in one respect or another. A caterpillar that is sluggish and does not move around, @.g., a saddle-back caterpillar, can be brought with the leaf on which it sits directly into the desiccant-containing jar, which after closing is placed directly into the freezer. The animal dies from undercooling with hardly any movement and the drying process starts to take place. Species that move about can also be treated in this way but in many cases will curl or contract before they die and will then not show their natural position or form. In such an event it is often helpful to put the caterpillar in a container without desiccant and to place it in a refrigerator (not freezer! ). At the reduced temperature the animal commonly ceases moving and while still alive comes to rest in a natural position. Once this state is reached the container is transferred to the deep frost compart- ment or freezer where the caterpillar solidifies in the desired position. When thoroughly frozen (say, overnight) the specimen is transferred to the desiccant-containing jar. It is advisable to make this transfer as rapidly as possible in order to prevent large amounts of moisture from condensing on the specimen. This condensed water, of course, must also be removed and more drying time is required and more desiccant is used up. In this modification of the method it is also advisable to have the desiccant-containing jar cooled before introducing the specimen. The reason for this is that the outside portion of the specimen in contact with the desiccants may thaw sufficiently to become flat or get dells impressed from the granules of the Silicagel. Of course such distortions once the specimen is dried cannot be repaired. The final method is to kill the caterpillar before subjecting it to freeze- drying by dropping it into boiling water. After removal from the water it is essential to place the specimen on a blotting paper and to allow evaporation of the adherent water. Hairy specimens after such treatment show the hairs completely entangled. But natural position of the hairs can readily be restored by brushing with a soft brush after complete outside dryness has been reached. In order to avoid dells the specimen should not be brought directly into the Silicagel but rather be placed on a piece of paper or thin cardboard. After arranging the specimen in the desired position, the jar is closed and carefully placed into the freezer. It is advisable to inspect the jars in the freezer from time to time and observe the progressive expansion of the pink layer in the Silicagel. If its major portion is pink the desiccant should be renewed. In order to avoid thawing of the specimen, the following procedure is recommended. A jar with new desiccant is placed into the freezer and allowed to cool. Then this jar and the one containing the specimen and the exhausted 46 FLASCHKA AND FLoyp: Freeze-drying larvae Vol: 23, now desiccant are removed from the freezer, both rapidly opened, and the specimen is quickly (to avoid condensation of water) transferred to the new jar; the jar is closed at once and returned to the freezer. Renewal of desiccant is rarely necessary. The occasion usually only occurs when an extremely large specimen was placed in an unappro- priately small container, or too many specimens were put into one jar, or too little desiccant was added. Some experiences will soon establish the minimum amount of desiccant necessary to completely avoid renewal of the charge. During the study most cases where renewal became necessary arose due to a cap that did not fit tight enough and thus permitted entrance of humidity from without. A frost-free freezer is not a necessity but offers a great advantage. It allows inspection of the contents of jars without hindrance by ice accumu- lation on the outer walls. In all cases studied by the authors the form of the specimen was re- tained perfectly. This held for specimens in sizes from that of a small skipper larva to the caterpillar of Citheronia regalis (Fabricius) and included hairy specimens like Syntomeida epilais jucundissima Dyar. Unfortunately, the situation with respect to the retention of color is not as favorable. Some colors are kept, others are not. The discoloration usually does not take place during the drying itself but is a slow process that occurs during the later storage of the dried specimen. It seems that the color green especially tends to fade. However, this cannot be ascribed to the freeze-drying method as such but is rather due to the particular chemical behavior of chlorophyll, the pigment usually responsible for this green color. Thus, description of the color on a label accompanying the specimen or a color photograph is recommended for permanent records. Some caterpillars show a shine in natural conditions and this may be lost during the freeze-drying. With non-hairy specimens the shine can be restored by spraying with a transparent lacquer. In order to avoid attacks by various museum pests it is advisable to spray the finally dried specimen with one of the commercial household or garden insecti- cides (Hess bomb, Raid, etc. ). The following data will give a rough idea about the quantitative aspects of the process. The experiments were carried out in the following manner. Caterpillars of Malacosoma americana (Fabricius) were weighed and put into small screw-cap plastic vials containing an adequate charge of Silicagel. The containers were then placed into the ice cube compartment of a refrigerator. Jars were taken after a specified number of days and allowed to warm to room temperature. The specimens were then removed from the jars and weighed again. These weights as well as the original 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society AT weights and weight losses in grams and also in per cent are tabulated in Table I. Specimen No. 3, after being removed from the jar and weighed, was placed into an oven and dried at 110°C to constant weight (overnight). The total weight loss, that is, referred to the original weight amounted to 82.5%. A fresh specimen of 0.631 grams was killed and immediately dried in an oven at the same temperature and it showed a total weight loss of 82.7%. These data were used to obtain the figures in the last column expressing the weight loss with respect to moisture. It must, of course, be realized that this figure represents not only loss of water but includes that of some other volatilizable material. Inspection of the data in Table I shows that freeze-drying beyond a certain time does no longer produce a significant removal of moisture. After 550 days only 94% water is removed. This might be taken as an indication of incomplete drying. However, caution must be exercised in such a judgment. It is highly probable that complete dryness (that is, removal of moisture) has been attained and that the remaining 6% are partly nonaqueous volatile materials and chemically bound water. It is enough to reduce the water content of the specimen to a degree sufficient to prevent decay and this seems to be achieved with a water content of only about 10%. Specimen No. 3 after having been freeze-dried to a loss of about 50% and then for final, rapid drying, was placed into an oven. No decay or other adverse phenomena were observed. From this experi- ment the conclusion may be drawn to a possible short-cut of the methods. It seems to be sufficient to freeze-dry the specimens to a loss of about 40-50% of their moisture and then to dry them to completion at an ele- vated temperature. It may also be possible to speed the process by removing the jars after about 40% drying from the freezer and then allow to stand at room temperature where faster final drying can be achieved. However, this will require further investigation and at the present time TABLE I. DATA ON FREEZE-DRYING LARVAE OF Malacosoma americana ( FABRICIUS ). Original Weight in % Loss Specimen weight grams after Weight loss in expressed Number Days in grams __ specified days grams % as moisture 1 1 0.386 0.381 0.005 1.3 1.6 2 10 0.459 0.438 0.021 4.7 Dell 3 40 0.699 0.405 0.294 42, 51 4 100 0.481 0.137 0.344 M2 87 5 111 0.417 0.103 0.314 75 91 6 550 0.669 0.151 0.518 Vee 94 48 FLASCHKA AND FLoyp: Freeze-drying larvae Vol. 235 nome the simplest and safest way is to place the specimen into the desiccant- containing jar and allow to stand in the freezer for about 3-6 months depending on the size of the caterpillar. The well-known tent caterpillar Malacosoma americana should readily serve as a guide. The specimens used in the experiments were in their last instar and about one inch in length. LITERATURE CITED Buu, M. S., & J. P. Wooprinc, 1963. Preservation of insect larvae by vacuum dehydration. J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 36:96-101. MeryMaNn, H. T., 1959. Sublimation freeze-drying without vacuum. Science, 130: 628-629. 1960. The preparation of biological museum specimens by freeze-drying. Curator, 5-19. 1961. The preparation of biological museum specimens by freeze-drying: II Instrumentation. Curator, 4: 153-174. Wooprinc, J. P., & M. S. Bium, 1963. Freeze-drying of spiders and immature insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 56: 138-141. A NEW FOODPLANT FOR EUPHYDRYAS PHAETON (NYMPHALIDAE ) On July 17, 1967, a wet meadow near Newton, New Jersey, was visited where Melitaea harrisii Scudder and Euphydryas phaeton (Drury) were plentiful. Whenever I find E. phaeton flying, I look them over first for variations, then try to locate the foodplant, turtlehead (Chelone glabra Linnaeus), to find the larva of Papaipema nepheleptena Dyar (Noctuidae) boring in the root of this plant. This meadow and several others in the neighborhood were investigated thoroughly, but no turtlehead could be found. Later, a larva of E. phaeton was found on a plant with white flowers, and further investigation enabled collection of a dozen larvae of all sizes in the space of 15 minutes. The caterpillars were sitting on the top of either leaves or flowers where they could be easily detected. This plant, which was growing in this meadow by the hundreds, was identified as eastern pentstemon (Pentstemon hirsutus Linnaeus), or hairy beard-tongue. It grows from one to three feet high, with the flowers one inch wide. The range of this plant is said to be the eastern half of the U.S.A. and adjacent Canada. Like turtlehead, it belongs to the snapdragon family, Scrophulariaceae. Turtlehead being extremely rare in the New Jersey area, larvae of E. phaeton should therefore be expected on pentstemon. JosepH MuLLer, R.D. 1, Lebanon, New Jersey. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 49 PHILOTES OF NORTH AMERICA: SYNONYMIC LIST AND DISTRIBUTION (LYCAENIDAE ) RoBEerRT L. LANGSTON 31 Windsor Ave., Berkeley, California INTRODUCTION The genus Philotes Scudder has received more than the ordinary amount of attention in the last two decades, particularly from lepidop- terists in the western United States. During this period several papers dealing with Philotes have been published, and I have amassed consider- able information by examination of museum specimens, correspondence, and exchange with numerous collectors. In the present list, this material is brought together for the genus as a whole, including the known dis- tributions—both by regions and by counties within each state where suf- ficient records are available to warrant their inclusion. As an addendum to the synonymic list, additional notes are given on intermediate forms, questionable records, allopatry, sympatry, and type localities for each name listed. Four new subspecies of Philotes have been described since the dos Passos list (1964). According to my concepts, these newer subspecies, along with those described earlier, fall into “phylogenetic-geographic” sequences, which are parallel in two of the species. In the arrangement given below species are indicated by numbers, and follow the arrangement as listed by dos Passos (1964), with the known distributions added. Synonyms and aberrant forms are also listed as they appear in dos Passos, with only the localities published in the original descriptions added. No new names have been described for the more recent aberra- tions. 7 Subspecies are indicated by letters. The subspecies of Philotes battoides and P. enoptes are arranged in a geographical “ring” by allopatric pop- ulations in the following order: a The nominal subspecies in the Sierra Nevada of California; b Adjacent or contiguous subspecies on the west and east slopes of the Sierra Nevada; thence East and north through the Great Basin; thence North through the Rocky Mountains; thence West into the Pacific Northwest; thence South along the Pacific Coast; thence East and southeast into the Mojave and Colorado Deserts. is) wy ISL, & 50 LANGSTON: Review of Philotes Vol. 23) nos The subspecies of Philotes rita are arranged in the order given by Mattoni (1966), which also indicates a geographical “ring” and a simi- larity of wing-pattern sequence: a The nominal subspecies in Arizona and southwestern New Mexico; thence b Northeast into the prairie grassland of eastern Colorado; thence c Northwest across the Rocky Mountains into the Great Basin of Utah; thence West into the mountains of Nevada; thence e Southwest into the east slope areas and Mojave Desert of Cali- fornia. SYNONYMIC LIST AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION PHILOTES Scudder, 1876 Type: Lycaena regia Boisduval, 1869 (= Lycaena sonorensis Felder & Felder, 1865 ) 471 battoides (Behr), 1867 a. b. battoides (Behr), 1867 CaiForNIA: Sierra Nevada; Arctic Alpine. County records: Alpine, eastern Fresno, northwestern Inyo, Mariposa, Mono, eastern Tulare, Tuolumne. b. b. intermedia Barnes & McDunnough, 1917 CaxiFORNIA: Northern ranges; Cascades; Sierra Nevada, west slopes. Counties: Calaveras, Del Norte, E] Dorado, Nevada, Placer, western Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Tehama, Trinity. ab. malcolmi Gunder, 1927 CALIFORNIA: American River, Placer Co. (Type). c. b. glaucon (Edwards), 1871 CALIFORNIA: Cascades, east slopes; Great Basin; Sierra Nevada, east slopes. Counties: Inyo, Lassen, Modoc, Mono, eastern Shasta. IpaHo: Western; Great Basin. Counties: Adams, Elmore, Owyhee. Nevapa: Western & northwestern; Sierra Nevada region. Counties: Douglas, Elko, Humboldt, Lander, Lyon, Ormsby, Storey, Washoe. OreEcoN: South-central & southeastern; East of Cascade divide. Counties: Grant, Harney, Klamath, Lake. : d. b. centralis Barnes & McDunnough, 1917 Rocky Mountain areas of Arizona, CoLorapo, NEw Mexico, Urau and WYOMING. e. b. oregonensis Barnes & McDunnough, 1916 Orecon: North-central & northeastern; Central & southern Cascades. (Limited to higher elevations in Cascades and other mountains in the southern and southeastern regions. ) Counties: Baker, Crook, Deschutes, Gilliam, Jackson, Jefferson, Klam- ath, Lake, Linn, Morrow, Wasco. 1969 fe Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 WASHINGTON: Cascades, central & east slopes; Blue Mtns.; Northeastern. Counties: Chelan, Columbia, Kittitas, Okanogan, Stevens, Yakima. BritisH CoLuMsiA: Southern interior; Kootenays. b. bernardino Barnes & McDunnough, 1916 CALIFORNIA: Coast ranges, central Calif. to Mexican Border; Southern Sierra Nevada; Tehachapi Mtns.; Western Mojave and Colorado Deserts to Pacific Coast. Counties: Fresno, Kern, Inyo, Los Angeles, Monterey, Orange, River- side, San Benito, San Bernardino, San Diego, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Tulare, Ventura. BayA CaAtirorNiA Norte: U. S. Border south to Cedros Island; Sierra San Pedro Martir. ab. baldyensis Gunder, 1925 CALIFORNIA: Camp Baldy, San Bernardino County (Type). b. martini Mattoni, 1955 ARrIzONA: Deserts, west to central; Desert mountains (Ajo, Hualapai Mtns., Prescott Nat. For.). Counties: Maricopa, Mohave, Pima, Yavapai. CALIFORNIA: Mojave Desert, eastern & northern; Desert mountains (Ivan- pah, Old Woman, Panamint, Providence, Sheephole Mtns. ). Counties: Inyo, Kern, eastern San Bernardino. 472 enoptes (Boisduval), 1852 a. e. enoptes ( Boisduval), 1852 CauiForRNiA: Northern ranges; Cascades; Sierra Nevada, east & west slopes. Counties: Alpine, Amador, Calaveras, Eldorado, Fresno, northeast Humboldt, Inyo, Kern, Lassen, Modoc, Mono, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Tuolumne, Trinity, Tulare, Yuba. NevapA: Western; Sierra Nevada region. Counties: Douglas, Ormsby, Washoe. é. ancilla Barnes & McDunnough, 1918 Coxtorapo: Rocky Mountains. IpaHo: Southern, southeastern. Monrana: Southern; Bitterroot Range, Crazy Mtns. Nevapa: Eastern, northeastern. New Mexico: Northern. Urau: Northern, northeastern. Counties: Davis, Duchesne, Juab, Salt Lake, Summit, Tooele. Wyominc: Rocky Mountains; Grand Tetons. e. columbiae Mattoni, 1955 OreEcon: Eastern; Cascades, north-central & east slopes. Counties: Baker, Clackamas, Harney, Morrow, Umatilla, Wasco. WASHINGTON: Columbia River Basin; Cascades, central & east slopes. Counties: Chelan, Kittitas, Klickitat, Okanogan, Yakima. e. bayensis Langston, 1964 CatirorniA: North Coastal; San Francisco Bay, North Coast Range. Counties: Contra Costa, Humboldt, Marin, Mendocino, Solano, Sonoma. e. smithi Mattoni, 1955 CALIFORNIA: Central Coastal; Seashore dunes, Santa Lucia Range. County: coastal Monterey. 52 473 474 475 476 LANcston: Review of Philotes Vol. 23; mori f. e. tildeni Langston, 1964 CaLiFoRNIA: Central Inner Coastal; Mt. Hamilton & Diablo Ranges. Counties: western Kern, eastern Monterey, San Benito, eastern San Luis Obispo, eastern Santa Clara, western Stanislaus. g. e. dammersi J. A. Comstock & Henne, 1933 ARIZONA: Deserts, west to central; Mountains, central (Prescott Nat. For., Tonto Basin). Counties: Coconino, Gila, Yavapai. CALIFORNIA: Colorado & Mojave Deserts; Central & desert slopes of Laguna, San Bernardino, San Gabriel & San Jacinto Mtns. Counties: Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego. mojave Watson & W. P. Comstock, 1920 mohave Auctorum CALIFORNIA: Colorado & Mojave Deserts; Desert slopes of San Bernar- dino, San Gabriel, San Jacinto & southern Sierra Nevada Mtns. Counties: Inyo, Kern, Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino. rita (Barnes & McDunnough ), 1916 a. r. rita (Barnes & McDunnough ), 1916 ARIZONA: Mountains, central & southeastern. Counties: Coconino, Cochise, Pima, Santa Cruz, Yavapai. New Mexico: Southwestern. County: Grant. b. r. coloradensis Mattoni, 1966 Co.torapo: East of Front Range, prairie grassland. Counties: Chaffee, Cheyenne, Custer, El Paso, Fremont, Lincoln, Prowers, Saguache. c. r. pallescens Tilden & Downey, 1955 Urau: Northwestern, Stansbury Mtns. County: Tooele. d. “Philotes rita subspecies,” Clench, 1967 Nevapa: Northeastern, Montello Wells. County: Elko. e. r. elvirae Mattoni, 1966 CALIFORNIA: Western Mojave Desert; Desert slopes of San Gabriel Mtns. & Sierra Nevada. Counties: Inyo, Kern, Los Angeles, Mono. spaldingi Barnes & McDunnough, 1917 Arizona: Northern; Kaibab Plateau, North Rim. CoLorapo: Rocky Mtns.; San Juan Mtns.; Mesa Verde. New Mexico: Northern; Northwestern; Zuni Mtns. UraH: Central & eastern Rocky Mtns. speciosa ( Henry Edwards), 1876 CALIFORNIA: Western Colorado & Mojave Deserts; Southern San Joaquin Valley; West slope of Sierra Nevada. Counties: Imperial, Inyo, Kern, Los Angeles, Mariposa, San Bernardino, San Diego, Ventura. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 477 sonorensis (Felder & Felder), 1865 CALIFORNIA: Coast Ranges, central Calif. to Mexican Border; West slopes of Sierra Nevada; Slopes adjoining western Colorado and Mojave Deserts. Counties: El Dorado, Imperial, Los Angeles, Mariposa, Monterey, Orange, Placer, Riverside, San Benito, San Bernardino, San Diego, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Santa Clara, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Ventura. Baya CALIFORNIA Norte: U. S. Border south to vicinity of Punta Prieta; Ensenada; Sierra Juarez. Syn. regia ( Boisduval), 1869 Ca.iFORNIA: Los Angeles (Type). Genetic form comstocki Gunder, 1925 CaLirorNiA: Los Angeles County—several localties, San Gabriel River, Duarte (Type). ab. sonoralba Watson & W. P. Comstock, 1920 CairorNiA: Los Angeles County; San Diego (Type). DisTRIBUTION, INTERMEDIATE Forms, Hosts, AND TyPE LOCALITIES Distribution —The known distribution of the genus Philotes confirms that given in previous lists (Martin & Truxal, 1955; Mattoni, 1955). In addition, more recent data increases the known ranges of most of the species and subspecies. This is partly due to more interest in Lycaenidae in the last two decades, and many more Lepidopterists collecting at un- likely localities and at unusual times of year, even in some well-known areas. Intermediate Forms.—Within the species that have been broken up into subspecies, by definition it may be assumed that the subspecies are allopatric to each other. However, this is not completely true. In general, each subspecies appears “typical” and different from the others when sampled well within its range or center of distribution. However, in some instances the subspecies become “atypical” on the peripheries of their ranges. Where one meets another this gives rise to intermediate forms and the geographical area can be considered a “blend zone.” Sympatry.—tin the context of the following notes, the sympatric species are in asscciation either on an ecological or a purely geographical basis. Ecologically sympatric refers to instances where flight periods of two’ or more species coincide and the opportunity for interspecific matings occurs. This is a broad definition, and even though the two or more species may be in the same general vicinity, usually one or more eco- logical barriers exist. For example: a) All of the Philotes are rela- tively weak fliers, and tend to stay close to their specific food-plant; b) The foodplants are almost always different species for the sympatric Philotes (foodplants for those proven in recent literature are all different species); c) The adult flight periods may overlap only slightly; and d) The adult flight periods may not coincide at all in some seasons. 54 LANGSTON: Review of Philotes Vol. 23, moset Geographically sympatric refers to situations where the adult flight periods of two or more species occur at different times of the year. In many instances the flight periods are separated by several months. Feb.— Mar. & June—July, or May-June & Sept.—Oct. are common patterns in many of the sympatric areas. The greatest spacing in season in sympatric species appears to be Feb.—Mar. for Philotes sonorensis as opposed to Aug.—Sept.—Oct. for three subspecies of P. enoptes. In many areas, the enoptes adults can be collected in October at the exact spot where sono- rensis was taken the previous February. The adult flight periods for most Philotes are correlated with the blooming season of the foodplants —some species and groups of Eriogonum flowering in the spring, others in mid-summer, and still others in late summer and autumn. Foodplants.—Most Philotes species and subspecies have a narrow host plant preference. If the life history and/or the exact host has been re- corded, it is also listed in the following notes, giving the literature source. In some of the older literature there may be general foodplants recorded, such as “buckwheat,” “Eriogonum sp.,” “stonecrop,” or “Sedum.” In most instances, these are not repeated, and the literature is not cited. Type Localities —The type localities of all of the species and subspecies are given. For the earlier described entities the reader is referred to Comstock & Huntington (1958-1964) where each name is listed alpha- betically giving the type locality, location of type in museums, original description, additional references and synonyms. For these I have listed the locality essentially verbatum as given by Comstock & Huntington, adding only the county where appropriate. PHILOTES BATTOIDES (Behr) Philotes battoides battoides is the high elevation subspecies in the Sierra Nevada of California. Some specimens from mid-elevations on the east slopes show integration into glaucon, whereas no tendencies toward intermedia on the west slopes have been observed. In much of its range, battoides is ecologically sympatric with P. enoptes enoptes. Type: Mineral King, Tulare Co., Calif., elev. 11,000 ft. P. b. intermedia is primarily in the northern California mountains and the west slopes of the Sierra Nevada. However, there are a few speci- mens labeled with localities in Kern and Los Angeles counties that are on deposit in some museums. These are old specimens (30 to 60 years old) and although they are intermedia more recent specimens from the same areas have been bernardino which is very common in southern California (Tehachapis, Mt. Baldy, etc.). Throughout most of its range, intermedia is ecologically sympatric with the much commoner P. enoptes enoptes. Type: “Shasta County, Calif.” 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 P. b. glaucon is the subspecies represented in the Great Basin, with a wide range in several states. Some specimens show integration into oregonensis at higher elevations, particularly in southeast Oregon and along the east slopes of the Cascades. In various parts of its range, glaucon is ecologically sympatric with P. enoptes enoptes and columbiae, and is usually geographically sympatric with P. rita elvirae. Foodplant: Eriogonum umbellatum (sens. lat.)—Calif., O. Shields; Ore., C. Crowe; Idaho, R. Langston. Type: “Nevada.” P. b. centralis is the subspecies represented in the Rocky Mountains, and appears to show a clinal variation from north to south. Although recorded from the “Rocky Mountain States,” the actual localities of speci- mens examined were so scattered that county listings would be super- fluous. If additional specimens along with more distributional data had been available, the variation in centralis might seem more logical. In parts of its range, centralis is ecologically sympatric with P. enoptes ancilla and P. spaldingi. Foodplant: Eriogonum umbellatum (Scott et al., 1968). Type: Salida, Chaffee Co., Colo. P. b. oregonensis is the high elevation subspecies in southern Oregon, but the elevation at which it occurs decreases with increased latitude as it ranges north through Washington into British Columbia. Some speci- mens show integration into glaucon at lower elevations, particularly in southeast Oregon and along the east slopes of the Cascades. In a con- siderable portion of its range, oregonensis is ecologically sympatric with P. enoptes columbiae. At some of the localities for oregonensis cited by Leighton (1946), columbiae has been taken commonly. Since columbiae was described later (Mattoni, 1955), there is a probable mixture of the two in older collections. Type: Crater Lake, Klamath Co., Ore. P. b. bernardino is the common spring and early summer subspecies in cismontane southern California, but ranges both north and south of this locus as noted in the synonymic list. With little variation, it occurs from the immediate coast to the tops of the higher mountains in certain counties (e.g., Los Angeles, San Diego). Although their flight periods are usually earlier, P. mojave, P. speciosa, and P. sonorensis are sympatric with bernardino in portions of its range. It is also geographically sym- patric with the late-season flying P. enoptes tildeni & dammersi, and P. rita elvirae. Foodplants: Eriogonum fasciculatum fasciculatum in coastal southern California; E. f. foliolosum throughout most of its range; and E. f. poli- folium & flavoviride in the deserts and east slope areas (Langston, 1965). 56 LANGSTON: Review of Philotes Vol. 23) nek Type: Camp Baldy, San Bernardino Mts., Calif. P. b. martini is a desert subspecies. Although the typical insect is quite distinct, intermediates to bernardino have been taken in the western parts of its range. In the western part of its range, martini is ecologically sym- patric with P. mojave, and it is geographically sympatric with the later- flying P. enoptes dammersi in California and Arizona, and with P. rita rita in Arizona. Foodplant: Eriogonum fasciculatum polifolium; and the earlier known distribution are given by Mattoni (1955). Description and Type: Oat- man, Mohave Co., Arizona (Mattoni, 1955). PHILOTES ENOPTES ( Boisduval ) Philotes enoptes enoptes occurs in California and Nevada in the Cas- cades and Sierra Nevada, from Siskiyou to Kern County. However, there are a few specimens labeled with localities from Los Angeles and River- side counties that are on deposit in the museums. These are old speci- mens (undated, or more than 40 years old—Dodge, Friday collrs.). The late-season specimens are dammersi (before its description), and early season (May-June) specimens of enoptes have not been collected in southern California in recent years. P. enoptes enoptes is quite distinct from all of its subspecies throughout most of its range, although integra- tion into bayensis has been noted in northeastern Humboldt County. Foodplant: Adults have been associated with E. latifolium nudum & saxicola—Calif., Nev. (R. Langston). Type: “California. May in dry sections.” P. e. ancilla is the subspecies represented in the Rocky Mountains. Except for Utah, the actual localities of specimens examined from the other states were so scattered that county listings would be superfluous. Further collecting may show a blend into columbiae along the western periphery of its range. In portions of its range, ancilla is ecologically sympatric with P. battoides centralis and P. spaldingi. In northwestern Utah it is geographically sympatric with the later flying P. rita pallescens. iype:) Eureka. juab Go. Utah: P. e. columbiae is the subspecies represented in the Pacific Northwest. Although there may be a blend into ancilla along the eastern parts of its range, at present it appears to be distinctly allopatric to enoptes enoptes to the south. In many parts of its range, columbiae is ecologically sym- patric with P. battoides glaucon & oregonensis. The description and earlier known distribution are given by Mattoni (1955). Type: Columbia River near Brewster, Okanogan Co., Wash. (Mattoni, 1955). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 P. e. bayensis is the subspecies represented around San Francisco Bay and the North Coast Range of California. It is allopatric to all other Philotes species and subspecies, except for a possible blend into enoptes enoptes in the northeastern corner of Humboldt County. Foodplants: Eriogonum latifolium auriculatum & nudum; detailed dis- tribution given by Langston (1964, 1965), and life history (Langston & Comstock, 1966). Type: China Camp, Marin Co., Calif. (Langston, 1964). P. e. smithi is known only from the immediate coast of Monterey County, California, and is allopatric to all other subspecies of enoptes. It is geographically sympatric with the spring-flying P. sonorensis. Foodplant: Eriogonum parvifolium; detailed distribution given by Langston (1964, 1965). Type: Burns Creek, State Highway 1, Monterey Co., Calif. (Mattoni, 1955). P. e. tildeni is found along the Inner Coast Range of central California, and is allopatric to all other subspecies of enoptes. Normally a late- season flier, it is geographically sympatric with the earlier P. battoides bernardino and P. sonorensis. Foodplants: Eriogonum latifolium indictum & saxicola; detailed dis- tribution given by Langston (1964, 1965). Type: Del Puerto Canyon, 22 miles W of Patterson, Stanislaus Co., Calif. (Langston, 1964). P. e. dammersi is the subspecies represented in the desert and adjacent mountain areas of southern California and Arizona. At present it appears to be completely allopatric to all other subspecies of enoptes. As a fall flier it may be ecologically sympatric with P. rita rita in Arizona. In various parts of its range it is geographically sympatric with the earlier flying P. battoides bernardino & martini, P. mojave, P. speciosa, and P. sonorensis. Foodplants: Eriogonum elongatum, E. wrightii trachygonum; life his- tory given by Comstock & Henne (1965). Type: Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif. (Comstock & Henne, 1933). PHILOTES MOJAVE Wats. & Comst. Philotes mojave is found in the Colorado and Mojave Deserts of Cali- fornia, and the bordering mountain slopes to the west. As a spring flier, it is ecologically sympatric in various parts of its range with P. battoides bernardino & martini, P. speciosa, and P. sonorensis. It is also found in the same geographical areas as its closest ally (on the basis of similarity of genitalia) P. enoptes dammersi, and with P. rita elvirae, but these are both late-season fliers. 58 LANGSTON: Review of Philotes Vol. 23. neat Foodplant: Eriogonum pusillum; detailed distribution and life history are given by Comstock (1966). Type: “Mojave Desert, California.” PuHitotes riTA (B. & McD.) Philotes rita rita is found in Arizona and southwestern New Mexico. It is allopatric to all of its other subspecies. Mattoni (1966), speculates that its range may extend into Mexico, the lack of records being an artifact of poor collecting. As a fall flier it may be ecologically sympatric with P. enoptes dammersi, and it is geographically sympatric to the spring-flying P. battoides martini in the eastern portions of the latter's range. Foodplant: “Close to Eriogonum wrightii’; and some of the classic localities are given by Mattoni (1966). Type: “So. Arizona.” P. r. coloradensis is found in eastern Colorado, and is allopatric to all other rita subspecies. The types and other specimens were taken in gently rolling prairie grassland, further east than any other known Philotes in North America. Mattoni (1966) speculates that this new subspecies probably ranges “east into Kansas, north into Nebraska, and south into New Mexico.” Foodplant: Eriogonum effusum; detailed distribution given by Mat- toni (1966). Type: 7 miles south of Kendrick, Lincoln Co., Colo. (Mat- toni, 1966). P. r. pallescens is found in northwestern Utah, and is allopatric to all other rita subspecies. Although atypical populations have been found in Duchesne Co., Utah, and other areas (i.e., Nevada) the typical insect is known only from the general vicinity of the type series. It is geograph- ically sympatric with the earlier-flying P. enoptes ancilla. Foodplant: Eriogonum sp.; detailed distribution given by Tilden & Downey (1955). Type: Little Granite Mtn., Dugway Proving Grounds, Tooele Co., Utah (Tilden & Downey, 1955). “Philotes rita subspecies” is based on a single male specimen from Elko County, Nevada. Clench (1967) states that “In the sum of its characters it is closest to pallescens, ...” It is further stated that one “character suggests a relationship to elvirae.” Although I have not seen the speci- men, it is no doubt an intermediate between the two. Further late sum- mer collecting in Nevada, will probably reveal rita populations across the state, connecting with the California colonies of elvirae in Inyo and Mono counties. P. r. elvirae is found in the east slope and Mojave Desert areas of Cali- fornia, and is allopatric to all other named rita subspecies. In the northern 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 part of its range it has occasionally been taken with P. battoides glaucon if flying late due to higher elevation or a retarded season. In the southern areas it comes almost into the range of P. enoptes dammersi, which is also a late-season flier. In various portions of its range, elvirae is geo- graphically sympatric with the earlier-flying P. enoptes enoptes, P. bat- toides bernardino, P. speciosa, and P. sonorensis. The life history is re- corded by Comstock & Henne (1967). Foodplants: Eriogonum plumatella and detailed distribution are given by Mattoni (1966). Type: 3.5 mi. SW. of Pearblossom, Los Angeles Co., Calif. (Mattoni, 1966). PHILOTES SPALDINGI B. & McD. Philotes spaldingi is generally distributed in the central and southern Rocky Mountain States. Localities of specimens examined were so scat- tered that county listings would be superfluous. Morphologically, spald- ingi is distinct from all other species of Philotes, but superficially resem- bles Plebejus melissa, especially on the underside. In portions of its range, spaldingi is ecologically sympatric with P. battoides centralis and P. enoptes ancilla. Foodplant: Eriogonum racemosum (Scott et al., 1968). Type: Provo, Utah Co., Utah. PHILOTES SPECIOSA (Hy. Edw. ) Philotes speciosa is found most commonly in the western Colorado and Mojave Deserts of California. Morphologically, speciosa is distinct from all other species of Lycaenidae. As a spring flier, it is ecologically sym- patric in portions of its range with P. mojave, P. sonorensis and P. bat- toides bernardino, although the latter is usually on the wing later in the season. It is geographically sympatric with the late-season fliers P. enoptes dammersi and P. rita elvirae. The life history is recorded by Comstock & Dammers (1932). Foodplants: Oxytheca perfoliata, O. trilobata & Eriogonum reniforme; and detailed distribution are given by Thorne (1961). Mature larvae have also been found on flowers of Eriogonum Ppusillum (Thorne, 1967). Type: Havilah, Kern Co., Calif. PHILOTES SONORENSIS (F. & F.) Philotes sonorensis is found most commonly in cismontane southern California, but ranges both north and south. Except for different num- bers of spots and their locations, plus other variability (comstocki, so- noralba, etc.), that seems to occur in varying percentages within the pop- ulations, there appears to be no other clinal or consistent variation in 60 LANGSTON: Review of Philotes Voli 23> nose this species throughout its extensive range. Morphologically, sonorensis is very distinct from all other species of Lycaenidae. In most seasons its major adult flight is in February and March (both in the north and south), but may extend into May or June at higher elevations, or if the season is retarded by long periods of rain or snow. Its flight period is essentially over before the appearance of the other Philotes. Although it may overlap in time of adult flight with P. mojave and P. speciosa, sonorensis can be considered only geographically sym- patric with P. battoides intermedia & bernardino, P. enoptes, smithi, til- deni & dammersi, and P. rita elvirae. The life history is recorded by Comstock and Coolidge (1930). Foodplants: The larvae are known to feed on various types of stone- crop (Family Crassulaceae). In older literature it was recorded gen- erally from Sedum (e.g., Comstock, 1927; Comstock & Coolidge, 1930). In the northerly parts of its range it has been associated with Dudleya cymosa cymosa, setchellii, and minor (Langston, 1965), and in southern California with Dudleya lanceolata, and probably other sedums and stone- crops. Type: “Sonora, Mexico.” There are no records of P. sonorensis from the state of Sonora, Mexico as known by its present boundaries. Accord- ing to Brown (1967), butterflies named by the Felders all are found within the present limits of California and their true type localities must lie somewhere from Los Angeles southward into extreme northern Baja California. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am greatly appreciative for the free access to museum and institu- tional material made available for this study. The museums have been cited in my previous papers, particularly for specific records and deposi- tion of types. A high percentage of the records and specimens were sent on loan or exchange by individual collectors, which greatly enhanced the data available for this study. Rather than list the institutions and/or home addresses of the contributors (most of which are included in the “Mem- bership List of the Lepidopterists’ Society”), I wish to take this oppor- tunity to list the individuals, and add the states or areas from which most of their material originated. R. Albright (Ore. ) C. R. Crowe (Ore. ) R. P. Allen (Calif. ) T. W. Davies (Calif., Nev. ) P. H. Arnaud, Jr. (Nev., N. Mex.) E. J. Dornfield (Ore. ) D. L. Bauer Cao Calif., Nev., Ore., J. C. Downey (Calif., Nev., Utah, Wyo. ) Wash. ) J. F. Emmel (Ariz., Calif., Colo. ) K. S. Brown, Jr. (Calif. ) T. C. Emmel ( Calif. ) R. M. Brown ( Calif. ) C. Henne (Calif. ) 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 P. J. Herlan (Nev. ) J. A. Powell (Baja Calif., Calif., Ore. ) K. C. Hughes (Ariz., Calif. ) J. J. Renk (Calif., Colo., Wyo. ) R. J. Jae (Colo. ) D. C. Rentz (Calif. ) S. G. Jewett (Ida., Ore., Wash., Wyo. ) O. E. Sette ( Ariz., Calif., Nev. ) N. L. La Due (Calif. ) O. A. Shields (Ariz., Calif. ) J. Lane (Calif., Ida., Nev., Wyo. ) A. J. Slater ( Calif. ) I Tee: Lenesion (Calif., Ida., Nev., N. R. E. Stanford (Calif. ) Mex., Wash. ) W. J. Steele (Calif. ) M. Lancasen ( Calif. ) OF Re waylors jn. (Colos) C. D. MacNeill ( Calif., Nev.) F. T. Thorne ( Ariz., Calif. ) J. W. MacSwain (Calif. ) J. W. Tilden (Ariz., Calif. ) L. M. Martin ( Ariz., Calif. ) S. Van Campen ( Calif. ) R. H. T. Mattoni (Ariz., Calif., Colo. ) D. Veirs (Calif. ) E. J. Newcomer (Brit. Col., One. Wash. ) T. P. Webster, III ( Calif. ) P. A. Opler (Calif., Nev., Om ) R. S. Wielgus (Calif. ) Numerous specimens were examined which have been deposited in museums, many of those listed above being major contributors. In addition, the museums contain specimens that were already on deposit before the inception of this study. Some of the contributors, many now deceased, were as follows: C. W. Anderson, W. J. Barnes, G. & R. Bohart, V. L. Clemence, J. A. Comstock, H. E. Cott, T. Craig, C. M. Dam- mers, E. A. Dodge, M. Doudoroff, W. A. Evans, D. Frechin, F. W. Friday, J. D. Gunder, T. R. Haig, G. H. Heid, L. I. Hewes, J. C. Hopfinger, W. Hovanitz, A. Koebele, J. A. Kusche, C. I. Smith, J. Strohbeen, E. P. Van Duzee, E. C. Van Dyke, F. X. Williams and W. G. Wright. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1967. Lorquin’s localities “Sonora” and “Utah.” J. Lepid. Soc., (4): 271-274. CiLencuH, H. K., 1967. Further distribution records and taxonomic notes on Philotes rita (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 21 (2): 141-142. Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1966. Life history of Philotes mohave (Lepidoptera: Lycaeninae). Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 14 (10): 133-135. Comstock, J. A., & C. Coortmcer, 1930. The life history of Philotes sonorensis Felder. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 29 (1): 17-21. Comstock, J. A., & C. HENnNngE, 1933. A new lycaenid from Southern California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 32 (1): 23-26. 1965. Notes on the life history of Philotes enoptes dammersi. Acad. Sci., 64 (3): 153-156. 1967. Notes on the life history of Philotes rita elvirae (Lepidoptera; Laonenidles ). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 66 (2): 99-102. Comstock, W. P., & E. I. HuntINGcTON, 1958-1964. An annotated list of the Ly- caenidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere. Part I: Genera. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 66 (1958): 103-118. Part II: Species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67 (1959): 59-95, 163-212; 68 (1960): 49-62, 105-122, 176— 186, 232-240; 69 (1961): 54-58, 105-118, 157-176, 191-200; 70 (1962): 39- 46, 100-118, 177-179; 71 (1963): 45-57, 115-119, 189-197, 262-264; 72 (1964): 62-64, 120-130, 173-192. pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. No. 1: v + 145 pp. Lancston, R. L., 1964. Philotes of central coastal California (Lycaenidae). J. leepid! Soc., 17 (4) 201=223" (19637): Trans. San Bull. So. Calif. Lepid. Soc. 62 Exuis: After apacheana Vol. 23, noni 1965. Distribution and hosts of five Philotes in California (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 19 (2): 95-102. Lancston, R. L., & J. A. Comstock, 1966. Life history of Philotes enoptes bayensis (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., 42 (2): 102-108. LreicHTon, B. V., 1946. The butterflies of Washington. Univ. Wash. Pubs. in Biology, 9 (2): 47-63. Martin, L. M., & F. S. Truxau, 1955. A list of North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles County Museum. Part I, Butterflies (Suborder Rhopalocera). L. A. Co. Museum, Science Series, No. 18, Zoology, No. 8: 35 pp. Matron1, R. H. T., 1955. Notes on the genus Philotes (Lycaenidae: Lepidoptera ) I. Descriptions of three new subspecies and a synoptic list. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. SOL, Sei (Se USTs (ese )). 1966. Distribution and pattern variation in Philotes rita. J. Res. Lepid., 4 (2): 81-101 (“1965”). Scott, J. A., S. L. Etxis, & D. Err, 1968. New records, range extensions, and field data for Colorado butterflies and skippers. J. Lepid. Soc., 22(3): 159-171. THoRNE, F’. T., 1961. Extensions of range and a new host plant of Philotes speciosa. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 60 (1): 37-39. 1967. North American annual summary for 1966. Zone 1: California, Arizona, Nevada. News Lepid. Soc., 9 (3): 4-5 (15 April 1967). TILDEN, J. W., & J. C. Downey, 1955. A new species of Philotes from Utah. Bull. So: Calif. AcadaScin 5490) -25—29) A SEARCH FOR THE TYPE LOCALITY OF SPEYERIA NOKOMIS APACHEANA! ScoTr ELLIS Hotchkiss, Colorado The first specimens of Speyeria nokomis apacheana (Skinner) were brought back by the Wheeler Expedition of 1871, and were collected by Ferdinand Bischoff, a naturalist attached to the Expedition as a hospital orderly. The section of the Survey containing Bischoff spent much of the field season of 1871 in Nevada and east-central California. A careful analysis of Bischoff’ itinerary (Brown, 1957) during this period shows that the collector's residence at Fort Independence in the. Owens Valley of California from the 18th of July to the 10th of August corresponds to the flight period of apacheana in present-day Inyo County. Since Bisch- off probably was limited in his explorations by a combination of the summer heat and the limited transportation at his disposal—walking or horseback, and the fact that Bischoff did not encounter the Round Valley colonies of apacheana further north, it has been assumed by Brown (1957) 1 This is a by-product of a field trip supported through special permission by funds from N.S. F. grant GB-2741 to F. Martin Brown for the study of Edwards’s type specimens. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 that the type locality for apacheana lies in the mountains and valleys west of Camp Independence. During the flight period of apacheana in the summer of 1966, Sam Johnson and I made a thorough survey of the area within a 40-mile ra- dius of old Fort Independence in search of existing colonies of apacheana or indications of old spots where the butterfly may have once occurred, in an attempt to determine the original type locality. The purpose of this paper is to present the details of this search, and analyze its result. In my experience with nokomis in Colorado, Utah, and in the Round Valley area of California, I have discovered that the conditions for the maintenance of a nokomis colony are remarkably similar in a number of localities. The primary factor necessary is an abundant and constant source of water, below 7000 feet in altitude, such as that provided by a large spring that can withstand a prolonged drought. With this surface water, a marshy meadow is formed containing a growth of sedge grass, scrub willows, cottonwoods, reeds, Phragmites communis (Trin.), purple thistles or burdock, and violets. The meadow can be quite small, but must support a substantial population of food-plant violets. It was for this specialized environment that we searched in the area of Fort In- dependence. In the rain shadow of the Sierra Nevada range, the Owens Valley re- ceives very little moisture in the form of precipitation. The little water reaching the floor of the Valley is contained by the few streams that run out from the higher peaks, and a series of springs that break out at the foot of the mountains. The alluvium on the floor of the Valley is so uniform in its deposition that little water emerges along spring lines, and practically none wells to the surface to form meadows. An exception is Round Valley north of Bishop, the metropolis of apacheana, where a tremendous quantity of water comes to the surface to make a marshy area several miles square. The Owens River, originating on the Mono Plateau north of Bishop, flows south through the Valley to nearly dead Owens Lake south of Lone Pine. Providing an important water source for the City of Los Angeles, the Owens has been enclosed in an aqueduct and diverted away from its original bed. The Inyo Mountains bounding the east side of the Valley are extremely dry, and there appears to be only one permanent stream in the whole range. The soil of the Valley is sandy, and vegetation sparse in dry areas. Because of this general scarcity of water a search for a suitable locality for apacheana can im- mediately be narrowed to the few moist spots in the Valley. An investigation of wet meadow areas began within a ten-mile radius of old Camp Independence. This restricted area would be about the possible range that Ferdinand Bischoff could cover in a day’s outing. 64 Exuis: After apacheana Vol. 23) nome There are only four permanent streams that apply to this radius that emerge from the nearby Sierra Nevada. These are Symmes Creek, In- dependence Creek, Oak Creek, and Thibaut Creek. All these water sources are precipitous, juvenile streams that drop so rapidly that there is no side cutting or deposition of alluvial material until an alluvial fan is reached on the valley floor. The streams are constantly shifting their beds across their alluvial fans, and stream banks are covered with boul- ders. As a result, no stream marshes or meadows are formed on the upper reaches of these water courses. As the streams terminate on the valley floor, they are channeled directly to the aqueduct or are impounded as trout rearing ponds. With the lack of success along the streams, at- tention was turned to the springs in the area. In the vicinity of Independence there are two types of springs. One group emerges along a line between 6000’ and 6400’ at the base of the Sierra Nevada. The other group wells to the surface on the floor of the Valley on a line at 3840’. Many of the springs at higher elevations are fed by only enough water to support a small area of sparse grass, a clump of reeds, and one or more live oaks. Others, such as Grays Meadow on the Onion Valley road about five miles west of Independence; Tub Springs, about 5% miles directly west of Independence; and Scotty Springs, about five miles southwest of Aberdeen, put out sufficient water to support a small lush area of sedge grass, willows, and a small grove of oaks Quercus kelloggii (Newb.). At Lower Grays Meadow Camp- ground there is a small sedge marsh about fifty feet wide by a hundred feet long on the north side of Independence Creek that is fed by a small spring line. There are extensive willow patches, and an area of extremely wet sedge grass. Because of the abundance of water, and the long- standing existence of the marsh, this locality appeared to me to be a perfect environment for nokomis. However a careful search in grass clumps and under willow thickets revealed no foodplant violets, and thus there appears to be no possibility for the occurrence of apacheana or any other Speyeria in this locality. Of particular interest was Tub Springs, which forms a long narrow marsh with an extensive growth of willows, sedge grass, oaks, and most important, numerous clumps.of violets. The violet species found in Tub Springs did not appear to be of the type found in the Round Valley locality, being a smaller plant with a much smaller leaf size. S. apacheana was not found during repeated investiga- tions of the springs. The only Speyeria seen in the area was Speyeria zerene malcolmi (Comstock), which ranges from: 6400’ at Tub Springs up to about 8400’ in adjacent Oak Creek. The only other spring at a comparable elevation with a large volume of water is Scotty Springs. However, the original configuration of this area has been altered by the 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 diversion of these springs for electric power. The springs on the floor of the Valley have all nearly dried up, or have been utilized for human purposes. According to an old map circa 1900, Black Rock Springs, about seven miles north of Old Camp Independence, formed numerous marshes and small ponds. Presently, this water source has been made into trout rearing ponds, and other smaller springs are channeled into the Los Angeles aqueduct or have been made into stock ponds. Hines Spring near Aberdeen no longer reaches the surface, and only a line of old cot- tonwoods marks the bed where it once flowed. There are numerous dry lakes over the floor of the Valley that appear to contain water only in wet seasons. The only active spring found on the floor of the Valley, about 4 miles directly east of Fort Independence, contained a large stand of Phragmites communis and other grasses, but no violets. In 1913 the Owens River was diverted into the Los Angeles Aqueduct just east of Aberdeen. Therefore, none of the original river flows into a ten-mile radius of Fort Independence. The river above its point of di- version meanders in entrenched banks, with very few backwaters. The country through which the river flows between Bishop and Independence is quite alkaline, with Atriplex (Chenopodiaceae ), Chrysothamnus (Com- positae ), salt grass, and other arid growth occurring on the river banks. Because of this harsh environment for violets, the possibilities for colonies of Speyeria nokomis along the Owens River in the central part of the Owens Valley seem quite remote. The vicinity of Fort Independence itself is quite green in terms of the surrounding country, but this lushness seems to be primarily due to irrigation water from Oak Creek, which provides sustenance for the fields of the Fort Independence Indian Reservation. The Reservation has been under continual irrigation since the time of Bischoff’s visit to Fort In- dependence, and it is difficult to determine the original configuration of its water supply during this early period. Some of the willow trees in the windrows separating hayfields are very old, but whether they were growing in wet areas before the advent of irrigation, I would not venture to say. Any present concentration of water appears to be channeled irrigation water. No violets of any sort were discovered, even in the dampest and most undisturbed areas of the Reservation. With the failure to discover apacheana in the Independence area, we decided to determine the southern limits of its distribution in the Owens Valley. The first large stream north of a ten-mile radius of Independence is Big Pine Creek that flows through the town of Big Pine. A fault scarp formed by an earthquake in 1872 forms a long spring line in the west part of town. This wet area and stream marshes on Big Pine Creek were investigated thoroughly, but neither specimens of apacheana nor violets 66 Evuis: After apacheana Vol. 23, mone were seen. Keough Hot Springs between Big Pine and Bishop have been diverted for human use. The last major water source before reaching Round Valley is Bishop Creek. This stream is highly disseminated by irrigation as it reaches the town of Bishop. Although water is abundant, natural undisturbed marshes are difficult to find. The southernmost col- ony of nokomis discovered in the Owens Valley was in an extensive un- disturbed sedge meadow two miles west of the Bishop city limits near the Izaak Walton fish ponds. A fresh male of apacheana was observed, and violets were found down in the grass in a wet spot in the meadow. The results of this investigation indicate that there are at present no colonies of apacheana south of the city limits of Bishop, 40 miles north of the proposed type locality. However there are localities within the range of Bischoff’s wanderings that may have once held populations of apacheana. The following are hypotheses that may explain the disappear- ance of this insect from the Independence area in the last hundred years. The best explanation for the absence of violets of the proper species, and the elimination of apacheana from the Independence area is a gen- eral warming and drying of the Owens Valley. Mean annual tempera- tures from climatological data issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau indi- cate that from the second to the sixth decade of the current century the valley appears to have warmed about 2° F. Thus the Fort Independence area may be as much as 4° warmer than it was when Bischoff was there. Precipitation data are more complete for Camp Independence than are temperature data. The three decades that have been arbitrarily selected and the mean annual precipitation for each are: 1866-1875, 6.75 inches; 1906-1915, 5.93 inches; 1951-1960, 4.52 inches. This desiccation may have been a factor in the elimination of apacheana from the vicinity of Camp Independence if Bischoff collected it there. Local conditions seem to bear out these statistics. The Palisade Glacier above Big Pine has been retreating in recent years. A decrease in size of a spring line directly east of Independence near the Owens River appears to be taking place. This is indicated by extensive dark spring soil deposits at some distance away from the present boundary of the marshy area. The gen- eral scarcity of large cottonwoods and willows away from irrigated areas near Independence indicates that the central part of the Owens Valley has not been wet for some time. The Bishop vicinity, presently contain- ing colonies of apacheana, appears to be appreciably cooler and wetter than Independence further south. Maximum temperatures are identical at 109°. Minimum temperatures are -15° F. for Bishop and -5° F. for Independence. Average January temperature for Bishop is 37.6° and for Independence 39.0°. Average July temperature for Bishop is 73.1° and for Independence 78.3°. The growing season is 152 days at Bishop and 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 200 days at Independence. The average annual precipitation for Bishop is 7.49 inches and 4.49 inches for Independence. These figures indicate that conditions may no longer be proper for the existence of a colony of apacheana on the floor of the Owens Valley as far south as the town of Independence. Crustal movement may have played a significant part in the exposure of the water table in the Owens Valley. The earthquake in 1872 formed a fault scarp just west of Big Pine. This fracturing is apparently respon- sible for an extensive spring line that presently exists on this scarp. Other upheavals during this period may have altered the level of the water table sufficiently to destroy existing springs and create new ones. Because of his peculiar dealings with water in the Owens Valley, man may have played a significant part in determining the fate of colonies of apacheana in the proposed type locality. In the early 1900's, the city of Los Angeles bought the water rights to nearly every water source in the Owens Valley. This water was brought away from irrigated farms and diverted directly into the aqueduct that was constructed. This chan- neling of streams and springs may have destroyed natural wet areas they once supported. Water sources not owned by Los Angeles are under in- tense human use. Many springs have been enclosed as stock ponds, and marshy areas are cut up by grazing cattle. If the types of apacheana were taken in the immediate vicinity of the old Fort, subsequent diversion of surface water and tilling of the soil may have obliterated any natural marshes. Extensive well operations where the water table approaches the surface may have destroyed springs that previously emerged on the surface in the middle of the Valley. CONCLUSIONS No colonies of Speyeria nokomis apacheana presently exist in the vicinity of old Camp Independence in the central part of the Owens Valley of Inyo County, California. Therefore, the type locality proposed by Brown (1957) can probably never be absolutely confirmed unless records for apacheana are discovered for the Independence area for the period between 1871 and the present. Localities appearing perfect in every respect to me for the occurrence of the species except for violet populations can be found in the immediate area of Fort Independence. This indicates that apacheana may have once occurred in this part of the Owens Valley, but was eliminated in the past one hundred years by a multiplicity of factors which cannot be surely defined. The extent of man's influence on the previous existence of apacheana cannot be deter- mined by the very vagueness of the exact type locality, but I suspect that climatic conditions have played a much greater part in its extermination 68 Evuis: After apacheana Vol. 23, no. 1 than the efforts of man to concentrate the water of the entire Owens Valley into one canal. In Round Valley, apacheana has survived man’s water diversion, spraying of herbicides, and intensive grazing of livestock. It is the tremendous vitality provided by a continuing supply of water that has maintained the proper environment for the foodplant violets for generations of this beautiful butterfly despite these external pressures. Because of the failure to achieve its objective, the results of this search cannot be termed a success. However, the problems encountered in the reconstruction of a past environment, and the changes in this environ- ment over a period of time might be of some interest to the student of historical research on Lepidoptera. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am extremely grateful to Mr. F. Martin Brown of Fountain Valley School in Colorado Springs, Colorado, for providing me with the oppor- tunity to do this field work in the Owens Valley of California under his National Science Foundation Grant for research on the types of William Henry Edwards. Without his advice and encouragement, this paper could not have been written. I would also like to acknowledge the assistance of Sam Johnson, whose companionship and field experience made the expedition a success. Many of his observations are incorporated into this paper. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. Martin, 1957. Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey Naturalists 1871— Ferdinand Bischoff. J. New York Ent. Soc., 65: 219-234. 1965. The Types of the Nymphalid Butterflies Described by William Henry Ed- wards. Part 1. Argynninae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 91: 233-350. SCHUMACHER, GENNy, 1963. Deepest Valley, Guide to Owens Valley and its Moun- tain Lakes, Roadsides and Trails. Sierra Club, San Francisco, Calif., 206 pp., illustrated. 2nd printing. CLIMATE AND Man, 1941. Yearbook of Agriculture. United States Printing Office, Washington, D.C. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 84% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles ehonld be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LirERATURE CITED, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpLANATION OF FicureEs, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrit F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and Dobe binding, same prices; hard cover bound, d $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. teeth) LAWRENCE, KANSAS U.S. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society TABLE OF CONTENTS Behavioral adaptations of cryptic moths. I. Preliminary studies on bark-like species Vol. 23, no. 1 by' IT. D. Sargent and RB: R. Keiper 2000 1- 9 Two new species of Lithophane from California (Noctuidae, Cuculliinae ) by John G. Franclemont 0000000 10-14 Life history notes on Lithophane subtilis (Noctuidae) by J. A. Comstock’ and’ ‘Christopher Henne 2 3 ee 15-138 An apparatus for measuring maculation patterns by. D..S. Procaccini, M:; T. Gyves, and L. S: Marks 2): 18-22 A new species of Eupragia from Florida (Oecophoridae ) by Ronald: W.' Hodges ch 23-25 Life history of Heliolonche carolus (Noctuidae) by Di FP: \Hardwick.c5 0) 0 Ue 26-30 Notes on larval host acceptance in a California population of Plebejus acmon (Lycaenidae ) by: Glenn, (A; )Gorelick) 2.000 31-32 Notes on Newfoundland butterflies by: Richard. Holland) ) sia Oe 33-42 A simplified method of freeze-drying caterpillars by H.) Flaschka and))J.) Floyd 22000. oe Ee ee 43-48 Philotes of North America: synonymic list and distribution ( Lycaenidae ) by. Robert) U)\ Tiangstom() 20 2 49-62, A search for the type locality of Speyeria nokomis apacheana (Nymphalidae ) by: Scott 5 Bellis) ccna ree Ao a 62-68 FIELD NOTES A larva of Citheronia sepulchralis (Citheroniidae ) from New Jersey by) David: J. Homie ee 25 A new foodplant for Euphydryas phaeton (Nymphalidae ) by: Joseph): Muller (sO 48 ii f ’ Volume 23 1969 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue BIOLOGY OF ORNITHOPTERA ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS ON PIERIS COLLAPSIBLE BAIT TRAP TECHNIQUE FOR HAND-PAIRING SYNONYMIC LIST OF NEARCTIC MELITAEINAE (Complete contents on back cover) 29 May, 1969 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. PowEx, Editor of the Journal PauL A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HEessEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Reminctron’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL D. F. Harpwicxk (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), President-elect S. A. Hesse (Washington, Conn.), 1st Vice President LEONILLA VASQUEs ( Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WitiiaMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President J. S. Bucxerr (Sacramento, Calif.), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): CC. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. THorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricut (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Cxencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W.C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. Nexrurenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: J. S. Buckett, Bureau of Entomology, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, Calif. 95814. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LepipoprTerists’ SOCIETY Volume 23 1969 Number 2 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY AND HOSTPLANT ASSOCIATIONS OF ORNITHOPTERA PRIAMUS URVILLEANUS AND O. VICTORIAE (PAPILIONIDAE ) R. STRAATMAN Bishop Museum Field Station, Wau, New Guinea In 1964 the biologies of Ornithoptera priamus urvilleanus Guérin & Meneville and O. victoriae Gray were studied on various islands of the Solomon Islands Archipelago. On the islands of Guadalcanal and Nggela, the early stages of the two species live together on Aristolochia tagala Chan, but on other islands they were found on separate hosts, which they did not seem to share. Reports from Forestry Department, Honiara, tell of the almost complete disappearance of both species from the Honiara region due to extensive cutting of the undergrowth and also because of reckless collecting of adults and their early stages. ORNITHOPTERA PRIAMUS URVILLEANUS Guérin—Ménéville First Instar: Upon hatching, larva wine red, turning dark brown or almost black in a few hours. All segments with long tubercles consisting of two parts: lower part fleshy from base to approximately one-fifth of its length, remaining four-fifths stiff, hard, shiny black, carrying numerous black spines. Fleshy part of dorsal tubercles of fourth abdominal segment red, on other segments.dark brown. Second Instar: Tubercles rather long, pointed, fleshy, without spines. Dorsal tuber- cles of fourth abdominal segment light red, all remaining tubercles same colour as body. ; Third Instar: A faint, short, lateral, light pink to whitish saddle-mark on fourth abdominal segment. Fourth & Fifth Instars: Ground colour varying from dark ashy grey to almost black. Saddle-mark distinct, white, extending from base of white dorsal tubercles of fourth abdominal segment to base of lateral tubercles of same segment. Sometimes part of a second white mark on fifth abdominal segment. (In the Trobriand Islands many larvae have two or even three distinct saddle-marks.) Larva of O. priamus urvil- leanus almost identical to that of O. priamus poseidon Doubleday, differing in fourth and fifth instars. Dorsal tubercles in the fourth and fifth instars of urvilleanus bright red for approximately three-quarters their length as compared to one-fifth or less in poseidon. Tips of tubercles black in both forms. Osmaterium dark red. Measure- ments of one mature larva: total length 94 mm, greatest width 22 mm, longest tuber- cle 12 mm; headcapsule: length 8.1 mm, width 7.7 mm. 70 STRAATMAN: Ornithoptera biology Volk, 23, nom Bougainville British Solomon Tslan As Chorseul ca Lauru \ Shontland OSs loo ile SS Santa Jsabel oe Vellu Lurvella Kolombanqana CG 3 i New Geongia — “Y OD eqputeel Ids a Malaita Rendeva a : : 4 a } Cmadlalleanal Dus San CRistobal Pupa: Ground colour of O. urvilleanus more yellow and markings less distinct than pupa of O. poseidon. Abdominal segments with eight sharp, short dorsal processes. Pupation occurs under a leaf of a tree or shrub growing some distance from the hostplant, seldom on the hostplant itself. The pupal stage ranges from 30 to 33 days. The average sex ratio with specimens emerged was nearly 45% males with minor variations on different islands. On Banika, one of the Russell Islands in the Central Solomons, O. urvilleanus was found localized along some stretches of the beach where Aristolochia tagala grows mixed with undergrowth of coconut plantations. Average size of the butterflies here is slightly smaller than those of Guadalcanal. On Malaita O. urvilleanus was found rather localized along a sandy beach where Aristolochia tagala grows abundantly. Male imagos are slightly smaller and of a darker coloration as compared to those of Gua- dalcanal and other islands. On Santa Ysabel, males are larger and of a brighter, paler blue. The host, A. tagala, is localized along stretches of sandy beach. On San Cristobal O. urvilleanus was not observed. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ~I —" Figs. 1-3. Early stages of Ornithoptera. 1, O. priamus urvilleanus Guérin— Ménéville, larva; 2, O. priamus poseidon Doubleday, larva; 3, O. priamus urvilleanus, pupa. 72, STRAATMAN: Ornithoptera biology Vol: 23) nose Figs. 4-6. Early stages of Ornithoptera victoriae Gray. 4, penultimate instar larvae; 5, mature larvae; 6, pupa. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 Butterflies emerging from pupae brought to San Cristobal from other islands were shown to missionaries and local inhabitants, who were all of the opinion that this species does not occur on this island. Again, A. tagala is abundant along the beach, but leaves and stems did not show any trace of damage caused by larvae. In December, the island of Rendova (opposite New Georgia) was visited and numerous larvae and pupae of O. urvilleanus were seen on or near A. tagala along the eastern sandy shores. Male adults resemble closely those described from Santa Ysabel, being large and of a bright blue colour. Females are large and clearly marked. Oviposition and Behaviour.—It was frequently observed that females of O. priamus seldom oviposit on the hostplant itself. Eggs were generally laid on twigs and stems of trees and shrubs growing in the vicinity of the hostplant, sometimes on dead sticks or even on stones on the ground. Only on rare occasions were females observed ovipositing on Aristolochia plants. After locating its host which appears to be done by scent, the female butterfly encircles it and frequently touches leaves and stems with her outsteretched legs. Inspection completed, she may then lay from one to several eggs. The number of eggs laid depends on the size of the in- spected foodplant. This oviposition behaviour often results in the loss of many newly hatched larvae. Assuming the pungent scent of the Aristo- lochia is carried towards the larva, it may eventually reach its future host. Sometimes it happens that the branch on which the egg is attached is not directly connected to the Aristolochia, necessitating the larva to walk down to the ground as happens to those hatched from eggs laid on stones. In doing so, it faces possible drowning in heavy rain or dew, or attack by spiders, ants, wasps, tree frogs, or small lizards. There is little danger that the young larva would perish from starvation, because after devouring its eggshell no food is needed for at least twenty- four hours. Neither its spiny appearance in the first instar, nor its osma- terium seem to offer much protection, if any at all, from its numerous predators. Contrary to the rarer species of Ornithoptera, which generally lay but few eggs, the female of O. priamus may lay as many as fifty eggs, which appears more than sufficient to ensure species survival. In later instars many larvae are killed by the green tree-ant, Oecophylla smaragdina Fabricius, or by a small formicid species constructing its nest against branches of trees. Prepupae and soft, fresh pupae are often de- stroyed by these ants. Vespa species, probably V. tropica Sulzer and V. affinis Fabricius, were seen attacking large larvae, stinging them and then chewing pieces out of the paralized bodies which were then carried 74 STRAATMAN: Ornithoptera biology Vol. 23, no. 2 to their nests. Some birds attack large larvae, which apparently are not as distasteful as is generally believed. It was observed several times that a mature larva in wanderings to find a suitable spot for pupation, was swallowed by large toads. This happens when the larva walks low enough to the ground to be reached by the toad with a short jump. No parasites were recorded as attacking O. wrvilleanus. ORNITHOPTERA VICTORIAE Gray First Instar: Ground colour dark fleshy red, tubercles of the same colour, carrying numerous black spines. Second Instar: Tubercles comparatively longer, fleshy, without spines. Dorsal tubercles of fourth, seventh, and eighth abdominal segments light red. Third & Fourth Instars: Ground colour darker red; in the penultimate instar, tubercles very long with a broad base. Fifth Instar: Ground colour and tubercles dark wine red. Tubercles comparatively shorter and narrower than in penultimate instar. Neither saddle-mark nor other markings present. The two tubercles of first thoracic segment longest (up to 17 mm); the following two segments with eight, first abdominal six, the remaining segments four tubercles each. Osmaterium orange-yellow; head, prothoracic shield and legs glossy black, prolegs light fleshy. Measurements of a large larva: length 97 mm, greatest width 22 mm, average length of dorsal tubercles 11 mm; headcapsule: 8.3 mm, width 7.8 mm. Pupa: Ground-colour dark yellow, slightly mottled with brown, wing cases light yellow, dorsal saddle-mark orange-yellow. Abdominal segments with six short blunt processes dorsally. In the Malaita form of O. victoriae reginae Salvin, the pupa has a dark brown streak extending over lower part of wingcases along the abdominal segments. Pupation occurs under a leaf of a plant other than the host- plant, sometimes a great distance from it. The pupal stage is long, 38 to 42 days. In the specimens observed, the sex ratio in the emerging adults was nearly 40% males on Nggela, but not more than 26% to 28% males on other islands. The hostplant association differs from that of O. urvilleanus. On Gua- dalcanal larvae of both Ornithoptera species were found feeding on the same hostplant, Aristolochia tagala Chan. This may be the only Aristolo- chia species found on this island. On Nggela two different Aristolochia species were found growing in the same environment. The first species is A. tagala. The second has small, yellowish, thick, triangular leaves and its mature stems are covered with thick layers of corky bark. Although larvae of O. victoriae were found on both Aristolochia species, there was a distinct preference for the plants with the corky stems. On Malaita the host preference was more pronounced. The plant with corky stems grows in numbers, although localized, and generally in areas along the beach or a little inland on poor, rocky soil with light under- growth. In this environment the early stages of O. victoriae reginae were 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75) present but those of O. urvilleanus were absent. The following experi- ments were carried out: 1. Larvae of O. v. reginae in various instars, were taken from their hostplant, the Aristolochia with corky stems, and transferred to A. tagala. After some hesitation and wandering, the larvae began to feed. After about a week it became apparent however, that they were not growing. A week later they were dead. Only those which were in the fifth instar when transferred, survived. These larvae reached maturity and pupated into small pupae from which no butterfly emerged. 2. From Guadalcanal larvae of O. victoriae were brought to Malaita and released on the Aristolochia with corky stems. It took these larvae longer before they accepted their new host and began feeding, as com- pared to those in the first experiment. The younger larvae died within ten days, but some fifth instar larvae continued feeding for several weeks, growing smaller and weaker, and died without reaching maturity. 3. Larvae of O. urvilleanus collected from A. tagala were transferred to the hostplant of O. victoriae reginae. They accepted it more readily than did O. victoriae larvae from Guadalcanal, but in spite of continuous feeding they gradually grew smaller and after a period of two to three weeks all were dead. On the Russell Islands (Central Solomons), no O. victoriae were seen and according to the local inhabitants this species appears to be absent here. Although Seitz (1927) mentioned that O. victoriae was not known to occur on San Cristobal, adults and larvae of O. victoriae were found on this island at some distance from the Government station, Kira-Kira, where they appear to be localized. The larvae were found on A. tagala growing in sandy areas not far from the beach. The hostplant with corky stems was not found, and it is likely that it is absent on this island. The female butterfly of the San Cristobal race has the markings on its wings larger and more yellow than in any other form of O. victoriae; the male has the bright green and yellow markings on the forewings joined. Both sexes are slightly smaller as compared to those on other islands. On Santa Ysabel females and an occasional male were seen on the wing. A few small plants of the Aristolochia with corky stems were found, but no larvae were present. However, it is likely that this plant when growing in a suitable environment, would be the host of O. victoriae inabellae Rothschild, as the numerous A. tagala plants growing in sandy areas along the beach failed to produce any instars of O. victoriae, while those of O. urvilleanus were present. On Rendova Island (opposite New Georgia ) the plant with corky stems was located along the rocky western shore and a few larvae of O. vic- 76 STRAATMAN: Ornithoptera biology Vol. 23, now? toriae rubianus Rothschild were seen. On A. tagala plants growing abundantly along the sandy eastern shore, where at the time the early instars of O. urvilleanus were numerous, no specimens of O. victoriae were found. Predators.—It was noticed that on those islands where early instars of O. victoriae were found together with those of O. urvilleanus on A. tagala, the number of predators appeared to be higher than was the case in areas where O. victoriae is associated with the hostplant having corky stems, generally growing in a more open and drier environment. Parasites have not been observed to attack this species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS To Dr. J. L. Gressitt of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, and § to Dr. J. J. H. Szent-Ivany, Adelaide, Australia, I extend my sincere grati- § tude for critically correcting and improving the final manuscript. I am also grateful to Mr. John Womersley, Chief of the Division of Botany, Lae, for his help in identifying certain hostplants. LITERATURE CITED Seitz, A., 1927. Macolep. World, 9. The Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Text Vols. 1-2, 1197 pp. (pp. 12-15); Vol. 3, plates. A. Kernen, Stuttgart. STRAATMAN, R. & E. J. NrizuweNuuis, 1961. Biology of certain Sumatran species of Atrophaneura, Trogonoptera, and Troides (Lepidoptera, Papilionidae). Tijd. voor Ent., 104(3); 31-41. OCCURRENCE OF THYMELICUS LINEOLA (HESPERIIDAE ) IN VIRGINIA In recent years there has been a great amount of attention drawn to the rather rapid expansion of the range of the European skipper, Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer ) in the United States and Canada. On June 21, 1968 I collected two fresh males of this skipper in Giles County, in the mountains of southwestern Virginia. They were taken in an open grassy meadow just north of Buckeye Mountain, about three miles west of the small town of Eggleston, Virginia. It was about 6:00 P.M. when they were first seen flying slowly near the ground among the tall grass. They were easily caught as they rested on the grass. No more were seen that day or the following day. A rainy period for the remainder of the time that I was in the area, hindered further collecting. The foodplant, Phleum pratense L. was very common in the meadow and surround- ing areas.—GERALD B. STRALEY, Eggleston, Virginia. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 EFFECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS ON THE MARKINGS OF PIERIS RAPAE (PIERIDAE) Joun M. KoLyer 55 Chimney Ridge Drive, Convent, New Jersey, U.S.A. INTRODUCTION The spring brood of Pieris rapae (Linnaeus) has the dark markings “somewhat reduced, sometimes entirely absent” in the United States (Klots, 1951) and “much less distinct” in England (Pugh, 1934). Accord- ing to Comstock and Comstock (1943), the “typical form is dimorphic; the spring brood, which comes from the wintering chrysalids, is composed of smaller butterflies, which are of a duller white than the summer butter- flies and with smaller black markings on the middle and tip of the wings.” The spotless form of the spring brood male ( Pieris rapae “immaculata” ) is illustrated by the latter authors. Incidentally, the reduction in size of the spring brood noted by Comstock and Comstock (1943) was not found in a sampling of New Jersey specimens, in which forewing lengths (base to apex) averaged 22 mm for both males and females vs. 22 or 23 mm for summer brood specimens (Kolyer, 1966). Scudder (1899) notes the “more grimy under surface” of the spring brood. In New Jersey, spring brood males are very often (over 50% of one sampling) of the “immaculata” form, though the more heavily-marked specimens begin to resemble the summer brood, while spring brood females tend to lack the apical marking and have the basal area of the forewing dusky. The underside of both sexes shows more or less increased melanization. Examples are shown in Plate III, No. 26 (cf. Plate I, No. 17, for typical summer brood forewings ). The object of the present work was to study some of the factors, notably reduced temperature, which may be involved in the pronounced seasonal dimorphism of Pieris rapae. This paper is an extension of a previous pub- lication (Kolyer, 1966) which was concemed principally with the effect on the markings of feeding larvae various chemicals affecting melano- genesis. EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE The rearing procedure was the same as used in the earlier work ( Kolyer, 1966); larvae were reared in cardboard boxes with gauze windows in the lids and were fed cabbage leaves from refrigerated heads. Data on the conditions of rearing are given in Tables 2-4. Before refrigeration, pupae were packed carefully along with facial tissue in fiber mailing cans, which were covered with polyethylene bags to exclude moisture. 78 TABLE 1. MARKINGS Group No. Special Conditions i Pupae at 40-45°F. for 3-7 weeks. 2 Pupae at 32-38°F. for 39 days. 3 Larvae reared in darkness at re- duced temperature; pupae at 33— 68°F. for 8-26 days. 4 Larvae reared at reduced temper- ature (10 hr. photoperiod ) to ex- tend larval stage to 45—50 days. 5 Reared at room temperature with 10 hr. photoperiod (control for Group 4). 6 Pupae at 37—41°F. for 11-29 days, then 10-16°F. for 49 days. 7a, b Pupae (pupated at room temp. or 57-60°F.) at 34-39°F. for 25-32 days, then 12—16°F. for 40 days. 8a, b Pupae (pupated at room temp. or 57-60°F.) allowed to develop at 53-57 °F. (13-29 day pupal stage). 9 No special conditions (control for Groups 7-18). 10a,b Pupae (pupated at room temp. or 57-60°F.) at 34-39°F. for 61-67 days. ILL Pupae (pupated at 57-60°F. ) at 53-57°F. for 24 days, then 34— 39°F. for 37 days. 12a,b Pupae (pupated at room temp. or 57-60°F.) at 34-39°F. for 151- 157 days. 1he83 New pupae exposed to 14°F. for 30 min. 14 New pupae exposed to 14°F. for 2 hr. 15 New pupae exposed to 18°F. for 1 hr., then 41°F. for 15 min. 16 Pupae at 34-39°F. for 24-28 days, then left wingcase con- tacted with Dry Ice for 1 sec. 17 Like Group 16 but contacted with Dry Ice for 3 sec. 18 Pupae in oxygen atmosphere for Ko.yeErR: Pieris markings affected 62 hrs. Vol. 23; mow SUMMARY OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AND EFFECT ON Notable Adult Markings, with reference to specimen no. in Plates I-IV Generally typical summer brood. Nos. 1 and 2 show extreme range of variation. (Note unusual asymmetric ¢, no. 3). Normal summer brood; some basal melani- zation of 2 forewings. Four of 17 specimens rather lightly marked; these are illustrated previously (Kolyer, 1966). Essentially summer brood markings; nos. 4 and 5. Typical summer brood markings; no. 6. One “immaculata” ¢, one summer brood 2; nos. 7 and 8. One “immaculata” ¢, 3 lightly-marked 6 6; 1 summer brood 9, 3 lightly-marked 2 2 (esp. no. 12); nos. 9-14. Summer brood markings with slight ten- dency to lightness, e.g. weak apical mark- ings ina few 92 9; nos. 15 and 16. Summer brood markings, even for 4 dwarfed specimens; nos. 17 and 18. 6 $ with tendency toward basal melani- zation, 2 “immaculata”’; one 2 with un- usual melanization (no. 23); nos. 19-23. Summer brood markings (2 ¢ 6 ); no. 25. Of 21 6 4,4 with weak spots, 5 “immacu- lata,’ tendency to basal melanization in others; of 16 @ @, 4 very lightly marked, 1 with unusual melanization; nos. 32—35. 2? with weak markings and undersized forewings; no. 27. Essentially summer brood markings; no. 28. (Note scales missing in spot 1 of 9.) Asymmetric 2 with discal spot reduced on right forewing; no. 29. 6 with light markings, 2 with apical markings almost absent, asymmetric ¢ with discal spot weak on left forewing; no. 30. 6 with light markings, asymmetric 9 with discal spot missing on left forewing; no. 31 Summer brood markings, like Group 9. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 1 Frequency curves for forewing spot widths (spot 1 or upper spot for @ 9) for Group 1. Vertical axis = number of specimens; horizontal axis = spot width in mm. In those cases in which larvae were exposed to reduced temperature under light (e.g. Group 4), a refrigerated compartment with a plastic window was used. Three layers (each 0.005 inch thick) of Aclar fluorocarbon film (Allied Chemical Corp.), which is highly transparent to light to a wave- length of 230 millimicrons, comprised the window separating the insects from the external light source. Pupae were similarly exposed in some cases (e.g. Group 8). Relative humidity and temperature in the tables are for the atmosphere external to the rearing boxes and do not describe the microenvironment at the surface of the cabbage leaf. Yields of adults generally are given as a fraction, e.g. 3/7 means that seven pupae yielded three adults. In Table 5, specimens were expanded normally unless otherwise noted. Incidentally, the photographs in Plates I-IV were taken by a published procedure (Kolyer, 1965) with specimens on either red (which appears as dark gray) or black velvet in Riker mounts. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Variability of markings. Discussion of the results must be preceded by emphasizing the great variability in the markings between individuals. This was pointed out in the earlier work (Kolyer, 1966), and another illustration is seen in Plate I, Nos. 1-3, and in Graph 1, which shows approximately normal distribution curves for the widths of the male spot 80 Kotyer: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23) now? EXPLANATION OF PLATE I Specimens of Pieris rapae (L.). 1-3, Group 1; 1, forewings of 63 ¢ showing range of variation of markings, especially the discal spot; the forewing just above the number | is a yellow form; 2, forewings of 6 2 9 showing range of variation of markings; 3, unusual asymmetrically-marked ¢. 4-5, Group 4; 4, 2, eclosed on day = 63; 5, 6, eclosed on day = 117 and 9, eclosed on day = 81. 6, Group 5 (control for group 4), forewings of 6 ¢ ¢ (right hand column) and 13 @ 9. 7-8, Group 6; 7, unexpanded forewings of ¢; 8, 9. 9-11, Group 7a; 9, unex- panded forewings of ¢ (left) and @ (right); 10, unexpanded forewings of 9; 11, unexpanded forewings of ¢. 12-14, Group 7b; 12, @; 13, unexpanded fore- wing of 2; 14, unexpanded forewing of ¢. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 TABLE 2. ORIGIN OF EGGS AND CHRONOLOGY FOR Groups 1-6 Chronology (days from arbitrary starting point ) Group No. Origin of Eggs Oviposition Hatching Pupation Eclosion lees. E)-A-* - 0 9-17 approx. 36-72 2. Third generation of culture? 0-2 4-6 94-28 71-715 o same Same Same 32—50 62-87 4 Adults collected at Morristown 0-2 a5) 48-55 GSH IIl7/ and Berkshire Valley, New Jersey, August 6 and 7, 1966 5 Same Same Same 20-26 Bil Gi UES.D. A. = 0-2 16—34 103 1 Eggs from field-collected adults were reared at U.S. Department of Agriculture, Ag. Res. Service, Entomology Res. Div. lab at Charleston, S.C., under the direction of W. J. Reid, Jr. Larvae were fed collards or cabbage. 2 The culture (at Convent, N.J.) was started July 2, 1964 with eggs from adults taken at Morris- town and Flemington, N.J. 3 Eggs were from N. R. Spencer, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Entomology Res. Div., Colum- bia, Missouri. and female spot 1 (the upper discal spot). The intensity of the markings also varies greatly. This variability noted for the summer brood also occurs in the spring brood. For example, among the eight forewings in Plate III, no. 26, will be noted a male and a female wing that might pass for somewhat lightly-marked summer brood specimens. The result is that conclusions must be drawn with caution, especially where only a few specimens are involved. Possible factors determining spring brood markings. In New Jersey, conditions for the spring brood differ from summer brood conditions in (1) reduced temperature during the larval period (in September and October), (2) shortened photoperiod (causing the diapause necessary for overwintering ), (3) reduced temperature at the time of pupation, (4) reduced temperatures, often well below freezing, during the winter, and (5) reduced temperature during completion of pupal development (typ- ically in April) when diapause has ended. Number 4 may seem to be the most notable difference, but the others must be considered. Another way to look at the problem is to consider the point in devel- opment at which spring brood markings are determined, i.e. the larval stage, the early part of the pupal stage (pupation and shortly thereafter), the dormant part of the pupal stage (when the pupa has hardened but has not begun final development), or the final portion of the pupal stage when the imago develops and wing pigments are deposited. The experiments were intended to give some idea of the relative im- portance of the above factors and of their time of operation. Results discussed in terms of possible factors. The experimental con- ditions and results, given in detail in Tables 2-5, are summarized for 82 Kotyer: Pieris markings affected Vol: 23; now EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Specimens of Pieris rapae (L.). 15, Group 8a, forewings of 12 ¢ é (first column and top four in second column) and 21 2 @; the four ¢ é in the second column eclosed after day = 46, as did the five 9 2 at the bottom of the last column. 16, Group 8b, forewings of 25 ¢ ¢ (first three columns) and 13 9 2; the two ¢ 6 at the bottom of the third column eclosed after day = 46, as 'did the @ at the bottom of the last column. 17-18, Group 9 (control for Groups 7-18); 17, forewings of 16 ¢@ 4 (first two columns) and 13 @ @; 18, ¢ (lower left) and 3 Q 2, undersized specimens (forewing length 16 mm vs. 17-21 mm for remainder of Group 9). 19-21, Group 10a; 19, unexpanded forewing of 9; 20, 2; 21, ¢. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 convenience in Table 1. The following discussion covers, by number, the five factors enumerated above. (1) In certain Colias species, the effect of a slowed development rate is said to resemble that of reduced temperature (Hovanitz, 1945). In Polygonia c-album, the length of the larval pericd is supposed to control production of light and dark forms (Klots, 1951). In Group 4, the larval period was extended by reduced temperature from the normal summer length of about three weeks to 45-50 days. Only three individuals were obtained, none of which had spring brood markings. This demonstrates that larvae reared at reduced temperatures can give summer brood mark- ings but, considering variability, does not show that such larvae cannot give spring brood markings. In Group 3, in which the larval stage lasted about 28-44 days due to reduced temperature, there was some reduction in markings in four of 17 individuals, but this might be attributed to exposure of the pupae to reduced temperatures for up to 26 days. In conclusion, reduced temperature during the larval stage had no dramatic result such as a high incidence of reduced markings or production of “immaculata” males. (2) Photoperiod may determine spring and summer forms in some butterflies. For example, variation of the photoperiod can produce the seasonal forms of Ascia monuste (L.) (Pease, 1962). In Pieris rapae, the photoperiod is known to be responsible for diapause when the temperature is sufficiently low. For example, almost all pupae diapause when larvae are reared at 17-20° C. with a 10 hr./day photoperiod (Barker, Cohen, and Mayer, 1964), while at 20° C., but not at 24° C., pupae diapaused when larvae were given photoperiods of under 11 hrs./day (Barker, Mayer, and Cohen, 1963). At summer temperatures in New Jersey, nor- mal summer brood markings resulted when larvae were reared in darkness or with 18 hrs. light/day (Kolyer, 1966). Normal summer brood markings also were given by 10 hrs. light/day at summer temperatures (Group 5; Plate I, No. 6) or at reduced temperatures (Group 4). However, spring brood markings were given with photoperiod provided by diffuse summer sunlight during rearing when the pupae were held for over two months at reduced temperatures, as will be seen. In summary, all that can be said is that photoperiod gave no striking results in the experiments, which does not mean that it might not have considerable effect with high- intensity fluorescent light or direct sunlight, for example. As will be seen, a reduced photoperiod (or diapause) is not necessary for experimental production of spring brood markings, although it may have an influence in nature. | (3) Aberrations in butterflies may be caused by chilling recently- 84 Kotyer: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23, no. 2 EXPLANATION OF PLATE III Specimens of Pieris rapae (L.). 22-23, Group 10b; 22, forewings of 14 ¢ ¢ (first two columns) and 8 2 @ (one unexpanded); 23, forewing (above) and underside of heavily melanized @. 24, underside of normal summer brood @ for comparison. 25, Group 11, 2 6 6. 26, forewings of 4 ¢ ¢ (left column) and 4 @ 9, typical spring brood (taken at Flemington, N.J., May 1, 1965), and spring brood (“immaculata’) ¢ (below) taken at Southold, Long Island, N.Y., cirea 1947. 27, Group 13, 2. 28, Group 14, ¢ (bottom) and 2 @ 9. 29, Group 15, 2. 30, Group 16, 2 ¢¢ and 2 OO, Ql Grou iv, 6 S (aldose) eure! ©. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 TABLE 3. LARVAL AND PUPAL CONDITIONS FOR Groups 1-6 Larvae Pupae Yield Relative Relative Adults Group Temp., Humidity, Temp., Humidity, from No. Light oie % Light Te, % Pupae 12> 14 his. /day (177 40-50 None’ 40-45? - Approx. artificial light 80% 2 Approx. 18 hrs./ 69-81 39-55 None? 32-38? - 15/30 day diffuse sun- light or incandes- cent light 3. sDark? 37-68? 38-78? None* 33-684 44-804 17/27 4 Generally Generally Approx. Continuous® 66-78 30-45 Sy 10 hrs./day® 52-60° 40-50 5 10 hrs./day’ 75-89 46-70 None 76-85 AD / Om (19 ex- panded normally ) 6 Diffuse sunlight® 68-79 34 None? 37-41, = 2,/20 then 10-16? 1 Starting about 24 hrs. (occasionally 3-4 days) after pupation, pupae were refrigerated for approx. 21-49 days. The pupae received perhaps 1 hour light/week during sorting. 2 Starting about 0.5—4 days after pupation, on day-28, pupae were refrigerated for 39 days. Then the pupae were left at room temp. with 18 hrs. light/day. 3 Starting on day-12 (Oct. 19, 1964), the larvae (3-8 mm) were removed from room temp. con- ditions and reared in the dark at reduced, fluctuating temperature (unheated building, Convent, N.J.). The average of 38 random temperature readings was 53°F. 4For day-32—58 (unheated building). The average of 48 random temperature readings was 51°F. Pupae were in darkness in the unheated building for 8-26 days. On day-58 (Dec. 4, 1964) they were transferred to the rear room (67—77°F., 36-52% rel. humidity, 18 hrs. light/day). All pupae were brown. 5 Starting on day-6, the larvae (3-6 mm) were removed from room temperature conditions and reared at 10 hrs. incandescent light/day and 52—58°F. until day-25. Then the larvae were refriger- ated (darkness, 34—37°F.) until day-29. From day-29-39, the larvae were returned to 52—-58°F. for 10 hrs. incandescent light/day while being refrigerated (darkness, 34—37°F.) for the remaining 14 hrs./day (object was to slow growth). From day-39—-55, the larvae were again exposed to 10 hrs. incandescent light/day at 52-58°F. Light was provided by a 25 watt bulb 30 inches from the larvae. 6 Light was provided by a 25 watt bulb 25 inches from the pupae. Of new pupae, four were brown and three more or less green. 7 Light was provided by a 25 watt bulb 30 inches from the eS 8 April 8-May 13, 1967 at Convent, N.J. 9 The pupae were refrigerated (37-41°F.) about 12 hrs. after pupation. On day-45, the pupae were transferred to a freezer (10—16°F.), left for 49 days, and then transferred to a refrigerator (37-41°F.) for 1 day before removing (on day-95) to rear room conditions (76—84°F., 52-57% rel. humidity, diffuse sunlight). formed pupae. For example, the wing pattern of Nymphalis anitopa (L.) and other species is particularly susceptible to change by chilling at 12-48 hours after pupation (Kuhn, 1927). Newly-formed pupae of Zerythnia hy- permnestra Sc. were chilled at-10° C. to give adults with an extensive black pattern (Racz, 1967). The frequency of melanic and albinic butterflies in certain parts of Pomerania has been attributed to very severe temperature changes (Mecke, 1926). When recently formed Pieris rapae pupae 86 KotyEr: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23, no, 2 EXPLANATION OF PLATE [V Specimens of Pieris rapae (L.). 32, Group 12a, 2 ¢ ¢ (above) and 2 9? 9; the undersides are shown in the right-hand photograph. 33, Group 12b, 2 ¢ ¢; the under- sides are shown in the right-hand photograph. 34, Group 12a, 2 and forewings of 6 6 6 (above; two unexpanded) and 5 2 9 (one unexpanded). 35, Group 12b, ¢é underside with upper surface of forewing to the left, and forewings of 8 3 é (above; three unexpanded) and 7 @ @ (three unexpanded). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 were chilled (Groups 13-15), some variations in markings were noted, but there was no indication that the spring form might be produced in this way. Some reduction of markings was noted when one wing case was contacted briefly with solid carbon dioxide (dry ice) (Groups 16 and 17), but the symmetrical effects are suspected to be due to the refrigeration preceding dry ice treatment. In one female (Plate III, No. 31) the discal spots were obliterated on the chilled wing, but the overall results suggest that extreme chilling of new pupae be discounted as the predominant cause of spring brood markings. In any event, it is hard to imagine sudden, extreme temperature changes as the prime natural causative factor. Pupation at 57-60° F., a rather mild variation, had no noticeable effect on markings vs. pupation at room temperature in Groups 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12. The only notable effect was on pupal color, which generally was darkened. The green pupae (estimated at 40-50% of the total) formed at 57-60° F. were heavily speckled with black vs. solid light green for green pupae formed at room temperature. Of course, differences in light composition and intensity, and in photoperiod, were involved as well as reduced temperature. (4) Pugh (1934) stored Pieris rapae pupae, presumably in diapause, at 20° C. and in a “cool cellar.” After two months the pupae at 20° C. began to emerge to give eight specimens all “intermediate between typical spring and summer broods” in markings. The pupae in the cool cellar were removed to room temperature after six months to give eight specimens with “typical spring markings.” In the present work, nondiapause pupae were refrigerated at 40-45° F. for 3-7 weeks (Group 1) to give summer brood markings, at 32-38° F. for 39 days (Group 2) to give no effect except some basal melanization of female forewings, at 34-39° F. for 61- 67 days (Group 10) to give two or three “immaculata” out of 16 males (Plate II, No. 21; Plate III, No. 22) and a tendency to basal and under- side melanization and loss of apical markings in females (especially Plate III, No. 23), and at 34-39° F. for 151-157 days (Group 12) to give five “immaculata” out of 21 males and four of 16 females with extremely light markings (Plate IV, Nos. 32 and 33, shows specimens with spring brood markings). When pupae were exposed to 34-41° F. for 11-32 days and then to 10-16° F. for 40-49 days (Groups 6 and 7) there was a pronounced reduction in markings; of 5 males, 2 were “immaculata” (one shown in Plate I, No. 7), and of five females, three were more or less lightly marked (most notably No. 12, in Plate 1). The significance of the above reduction in markings by storage at reduced temperature can be seen by comparing with the control forewings (Group 9) in Plate I, No. 17). 88 Koiyer: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23, no. 2 TABLE 4. LARVAL AND PUPAL CONDITIONS FOR Groups 7-18 Laboratory site—Rearing was done at Convent, N.J. Origin of Eggs—Adults collected at Morristown, N.J., June 18, 1967. Oviposition—0-3 day (June 20-23, 1967). Hatching—3-6 day (June 23-26, 1967). Temperature and Relative Humidity During Larval Stage—73—-87°F. and 41-55%, except that on day-17 (July 7) the larvae (final instar) of Groups 7b, 8b, 10b, 11, and 12b were transferred to 57-60°F. and 47-55% rel. hum. The pupae were refriger- ated when less than 24 hours old. Light During Larval Stage—Diffuse sunlight (approx. June 23-July 14, 1967) for Groups 7a, 8a, 9, 10a, 12a, and 13-18. For the other Groups, diffuse sunlight ( approx. June 23-July 7), then (after day-17) 10 hrs. light/day (50 watt daylight fluorescent bulb 24 inches from larvae ). Chronology (days from Yield June 20, 1967 ) Pupal Conditions Adults Croup ts a eS from No. Pupation Eclosion Light Temp., °F. Rel. Hum., % Pupae Ta 17-22 81-87 None 34-39, - 4/30 then 12-161 7b 20-24 80-83 None 34-39, _ 4/30 then 12-161 8a 17-22 39-51 Continuous? 34-39, approx. 30 33/40 then 53-57? 8b 20-24 38-54 Continuous? 34-39, approx. 30 38/40 then 53-57? 9 92-924 27-34 Diffuse sunlight 76-86 52-57 approx. 807 10a 18-22 92-94 None 34-39, - Syl then R.T.? 10b 20-24 92-97 None 34-39, — 24/40 then R.T.® 11 20-24 93-95 Mostly none* 53-57, 34-39, — 272) then R.T.4 12a 18-22 185-188 None 34-39, _ ig/32 then R.T.° 12b 20-24 184-189 None 34-39, — 20/28 then R.T.° 13 20 26 Diffuse sunlight 14for30min., approx. 57 3/3 then 77-87° 14 20 27-29 Diffuse sunlight 14 for 2 hrs., 52-57 6/11 then 77-87° 15 24 32 Diffuse sunlight 18 for 1 hr., 59-57 1/7 41 for 15 min., then 76-828 16 18-22 51-53 Diffuse sunlight 34-39, _ = ee 8/10 then R.T.? LY 18—22 51-52 Diffuse sunlight 34-39, = 7/10 then R.T.?° 18 21 28-29 Diffuse sunlight 77-84 Note 11 9/10 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 The conclusion is that storage at reduced (but not necessarily sub- freezing ) temperatures, without diapause, causes a significant incidence of spring brood markings, e.g. five “immaculata” males of total of 21 after 5 months at 34-39° F. In New Jersey, the pupae are exposed for 6-7 months to generally low temperatures, often far below freezing (daily lows of 10-20° F. are not uncommon in midwinter, and a record low of —34° F. was recorded in New Jersey in 1904). Intuitively, one might expect these subfreezing temperatures to influence the markings. How- ever, delayed pupal development itself, without reduced temperatures, seems to cause reduced markings since Pugh (1934) reported specimens “intermediate between typical spring and summer broods” by storage of diapause pupae at 68° F. Certainly, the present work demonstrates that subfreezing temperatures are not necessary to obtain the spring form. Thus, in the production of spring brood markings in nature, it is not ob- vious what contribution is made by reduction of temperature below that level of cold needed to arrest pupal development. (5) In Group 8, nondiapause pupae were allowed to develop at 53-57° F. About 13-29 days were required for development, presumably more or less simulating natural conditions in New Jersey in April. (Typical time for development in the summer is 5-10 days, e.g. Group 9). The result (Plate III, Nos. 15 and 16) was a slight tendency toward reduction of markings, but there was no pronounced effect such as formation of <_— 1 Within 24 hours after pupation, the pupae were refrigerated (34—39°F.) and left to day-50. Then the pupae were left in a freezer at 12—-16°F. for 40 days. To reduce possible temperature shock, the pupae were kept at 28°F. for 12 hours and then 34°F. for 1 day before removing (on day-71) to 68—82°F. and 48-56% R.H. (diffuse sunlight). 2QOn day-25, the pupae were removed from refrigeration (34—-39°F.) and exposed to continuous light (50 watt daylight fluorescent bulb 24 inches from larvae) at 53-57°F. and approx. 30% R.H. 3 Within 24 hours after pupation, the pupae were refrigerated (34—-39°F.). On day-86 the pupae were removed to rear room conditions (68—83°F., 45-55% R.H., diffuse sunlight) and allowed to develop. Group 10a was under refrigeration for 63-67 days, Group 10b for 61—65 days. 4 Having shown no sign of development at 53—57°F., the two pupae were again refrigerated (34— 39°F.) on day-49. On day-86 they were removed to rear room conditions (68—83°F., 45-55% R.H., diffuse sunlight). Thus, the pupae spent about 24 days at 53—-57°F. and 37 days at 34—-39°F. > Within 24 hours after pupation, the pupae were refrigerated (34—-39°F.). On day-176, they were removed to rear room conditions (67—74°F., 30-42% R.H., diffuse sunlight). Group 12a had been refrigerated for 153-157 days, Group 12b for 151—155 days. 6 Still-soft pupae (less than 8 hours old) were placed in a freezer at 14°F. for 30 minutes and then returned to the rear room. 7 As in footnote 6, but at 14°F. for 2 hours. 8 Pupae (less than 9 hours old) were placed in a freezer at 18°F. for 1 hour, then transferred to a refrigerator at 41°F. for 15 minutes, and then returned to the rear room. ®On day-46, the pupae, which had been refrigerated within 24 hours after pupation, were removed from the refrigerator. A rounded piece of dry ice was pressed against the left wingcase for 1 second, and the pupa then was left at ambient conditions (74—-89°F., 45-63% R.H., diffuse sun- light). 10 As in footmote 9, except that dry ice exposure was 3 seconds. 11 A one-liter flask containing the pupae (less than 24 hours old) was well-flushed with oxygen (Linde Co.) and stoppered tightly. For humidification, solid potassium carbonate hydrate in contact with the saturated solution was included; this gives 43% R.H. in air at 72°F. (humidity level im- parted to oxygen unknown). After 62 hours the pupae were removed (day-24) to the rear room. Koryer: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23. now TABLE 5. DATA ON ADULTS (See Table 1 for illustration numbers in Plates I-IV ) Males 90 Group No. Number I DSI 2 5 3 ii 4 1 (enclosed on day-117) 5 6 (E) 6 1 (UEx) Ta 2 (UEcl) 7b 2, (UEcl) 8a 12 8b o5 9 17 10a 1 10b lS ik 2 12a 9 12b 2 13 2 Markings Mostly typical SB SB S and AM weak! More LM than control (Group 5) but still SB SB I (1) No S, weak AM; (2) rather LM (1) I; (2) rather LM Essentially SB; S ap- peared as “window” (no scales ) in 4 cases Essentially SB SB? Very LM with BM, UM; borderline I Some with BM; one I (UEx); another I shown in Plate III SB 3—SB; 3 (2. UEx)— weak S; 3—I (one UEx) 9—SB, but some BM and UM (3 UEx); 1—weak S (UEx); 2—I SB Number 189 10 10 2 13 (E) i Females Markings Mostly typical S SB, but with some BM AM almost absent in twot (1) Eclosed on day-63— nor- AM, smallish S (spot 1 = 1.6 mm, spot 2 = 1.0 mm); (2) eclosed on day- 81—SB SB SB 2(UEcl) Smallish S, rather weak 2 21 13 16 bo i) AM (1) very LM; (2) UEcl, SB Essentially SB; S lacked scales in 1 case; sl. weak AM in 3 cases Essentially SB, but AM weak in about 3 cases SB?; scales partly missing in S in one case (1) UEcl, SB; (2)-4M AM light in some cases; AM missing on one FW ( UEx); one with heavy BM and UM 6—SB but BM in some cases (one UEx); 1—very LM; 1—very LM, heavy BM BM and weak AM in some cases; 2 (UEx) with very LM LM; FM deformed ( under- sized ) 1 Unlike any of 57 obo or 49 2 9 in a control brood reared at 68—81°F. and 35-61% R.H. 2 Including dwarfed specimens (1 30,3 2@). SB = summer brood markings, like No. 17 in Plate II AM = apical marking S = spot(s) LM = lightly-marked BM = basal melanization of forewing UEx = unexpanded UM = underside melanization FW = forewing I = “immaculata” E = expanded normally UEcl = unable to eclose 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 TABLE 5. CONTINUED Males Females Group) =—— == No. Number Markings Number Markings 14 3 2—SB; 1—rather 3 (1) SB; (2) scales missing light AM from S; (3) upper S almost split into 2 spots 15 0 — 1 Asymmetric; S greatly re- duced on right FW 16 3 (1) SB; (2) S D Left FW more or less de- smaller on left FW; formed; one with AM almost (3) LM absent; one with S sl. en- larged on deformed left FW i 2 (1) LM, left FW 5 2—SB; 2—light AM; 1—S UEx; (2) dwarfed missing on left FW left wings 18 2 SB tL SB “immaculata” males. Two of the pupae which had formed at 57-60° F. (10 hrs. light/day) failed to show signs of development (whitening of the wingcases ) after 24 days at 53-57° F. and were suspected to be diapause pupae (Group 11). After 37 days refrigeration, these were allowed to develop at room temperature (7-9 days required) and gave two males with summer brood markings (Plate III, No. 25). The conclusion is that any slight effect on markings by moderately reduced temperature during completion of development of the adult wings would be overshadowed in nature by the effect of reduced-temperature storage, which in Groups 10 and 12 gave a significant portion of spring brood markings even though the pupae completed development at 67-83° F. The above results suggest that the point in development during which the principal factor (extended reduced temperature) is effective is the dormant part of the pupal stage. A purely speculative explanation for the results is that the chromogen which is finally oxidized to give the markings (Onslow, 1916) is distributed only in the final stage of devel- opment after diapause has broken (or the pupae have been removed from refrigeration). Then, the normal movement of chromogen to the upper surface and out from the base toward the apex may be restricted by unknown changes which have occurred in the wing during prolonged dormancy. This would explain the loss of apical and discal markings and the concentration of melanin at the base of the forewing and on the under- sides of the wings. Other factors investigated. Hot, moist air is reported to produce in- 92, Kotyer: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23, no. 2 creased black pigmentation in Junonia coenia (Hbn.) (Schrader, 1926). In the present work, Pieris pupae were allowed to develop at 69-78° F. and a constant 87% relative humidity (measured at 75° F.); the adults had normal summer brood markings. Development of pupae at an unnat- urally-high barometric pressure (825-830 mm), 43% rel. humidity, and 69-78° F. also gave summer brood markings. Four dwarfs were produced by some of the last larvae to pupate in Group 9 (see Plate II, No. 18). These had forewings 16 mm in length (measured from base to apex) vs. generally 21 mm for the remainder of Group 9, but the markings were essentially normal. In Pieris brassicae, the small form “minor” can be produced by starvation (Gardiner, 1963), but the above dwarfs were produced in the presence of an ample food supply. At the time the dwarfed pupae were formed mortality among both larvae and pupae was very high, presumably due to an unidentified disease; this factor may have been related to the observed dwarfism. When Gonepteryx rhamni pupae had been exposed to pure oxygen, the adult butterflies were much paler than normal ( Becker, 1937). On the other hand, atmospheric oxygen is responsible for the dark markings of Pieris brassicae by oxidation of localized chromogen on the wings of the maturing pupa (Onslow, 1916). Though this condition is not found in nature, Pieris rapae pupae were exposed to oxygen for various lengths of time in the present work. When nine pupae (less than 24 hours old) were left in pure oxygen (humidified as described in Table 4, Note 11) at 73-87° F. for one week, the adults (eclosed on the last day) failed to expand in all cases. The markings in the unexpanded wings seemed not unusual. The same result was given with five pupae (four eclosed) similarly exposed to oxygen for 6 days. When the time of exposure (10 pupae) was reduced to 62 hours (Group 18), nine adults eclosed, eight of which expanded normally. The markings were neither more nor less intense than those of the control (Group 9). SUMMARY Experiments were conducted to evaluate the relative importance of some environmental factors in determining the spring brood markings of Pieris rapae (1..), including reduced intensity of the apical and discal markings and increased melanization of the base of the forewing and the undersides of the wings. Normal summer brood markings were produced by rearing the larvae at reduced temperatures to extend the larval period from the normal three weeks to 45-50 days. Chilling of newly-formed pupae gave some aberrations in markings but was not indicated as a factor in seasonal dimorphism. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 Only a hint of spring brood markings was obtained by allowing pupae to develop at 53-57° F. or by refrigeration (32-38° F.) of pupae for 39 days. A significant proportion of specimens with spring brood markings, including the male form “immaculata” and females with no apical mark- ings and heavy melanization of the basal area of the forewing, was pro- duced by refrigeration of pupae at 34-39° F. for about 65 days (two or three of 16 males were “immaculata”) or about 155 days (five of 21 males were “immaculata”). Spring brood markings were also produced by refrigeration pupae at 34—-41° F. for 11-32 days and then at 10-16° F. for 40-49 days (two of five males were “immaculata”). None of the pupae in the above experiments were in diapause. High relative humidity or high barometric pressure had no effect on markings when pupae developed at summer temperatures. In an inci- dental experiment, pupae exposed to pure oxygen for 6-7 days gave adults unable to expand their wings. Briefer exposure (62 hrs.) allowed normal expansion, but markings were typical of the summer brood. The conclusion is that subfreezing temperatures, diapause, shortened photoperiod, and reduced temperature during the larval stage, time of pupation, or completion of development preceding eclosion, were un- necessary in producing significant proportions of spring brood specimens experimentally. However, the possibility cannot be excluded that the above factors may play a role in nature. The present work and the literature suggest that the dominant factor causing reduction of markings might be expressed as extended dormancy of the pupa, necessarily accompanied by temperatures sufficiently reduced to prevent completion of development. The role of degree of temperature depression, beyond that needed to arrest pupal development, is not clear from the available data. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author acknowledges the valuable aid of Mr. W. J. Reid, Jr., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Entom. Res. Div., Charleston, South Carolina, for supplying pupae and accompanying data, and the assistance of Mr. N. R. Spencer, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Entom. Res. Div., Colum- bia, Missouri, for supplying eggs from his Pieris rapae culture. LITERATURE CITED BARKER, R. J., A. MAYER, & C. F. CoHEen, 1963. Photoperiod effects in Pieris rapae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 56(3): 292-294. Barker, R. J., C. F. Conen, & A. Mayer, 1964. Photoflashes: a potential new tool for control of insect populations. Science, 145( 3637): 1195-1197. Brecker, E., 1937. Uber das Pterinpigment bei Insekten und die Farbung und 94 Ko.yeErR: Pieris markings affected Vol. 23, now? Zeichnung von Vespa im besonderen. Zeitsch. Morph. u. Okol Tiere, 32(4): 672-751. Comstock, J. H., & A. B. Comstock, 1943. How to Know the Butterflies; a Manual of Those Which Occur in the Eastern United States. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New York. (p. 78, Plate XIV) GARDINER, B. O. C., 1963. Genetic and environmental variation in Pieris brassicae. Je Res: Ikepide 202) 127136. Hovanitz, W., 1945. The combined effects of genetic and environmental variations upon the composition of Colias populations (Lepidoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 38(4): 482-502. Kors, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co.. Boston, Mass. (pp. 30, 200) Koryer, J. M., 1965. An inexpensive apparatus for photographing mounted speci- mens. J. Lepid. Soc., 19(4): 212-214. 1966. The effect of certain environmental factors and chemicals on the markings of Pieris rapae (Pieridae). J. Lepid. Soc. 20(1): 13-27. Ktun, A., 1927. Influence of temperature in the pattern markings in butterflies, and the basic design of the markings in the Nymphalidae. Nachricten Ges. Wiss. Gottingen. Math.-Phys. K]., 1926(2): 120-141. MeckE, E., 1926. Probable reasons for the frequent occurrence of melanic and albinic butterflies in a small given area. Internat. Ent. Zeitschr., 20(35): 320-325. Onstow, H., 1916. On the development of the black markings on the wings of Pieris brassicae. Biochem. Jour., 21: 26—30. Pease, R. W., 1962. Factors causing seasonal forms in Ascia monuste (Lepidoptera). Science, 137(3534): 987-988. Pucu, C. E. M., 1934. Tyrosinase in Macrolepidoptera. Biochem. Jour., 28(4): 1198-1200. RAcz, G., 1967. The effects of vitamins on the development of Nymphalis antiopa (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 21(4): 241-242. SCHRADER, W., 1926. Inbreeding of Junonia coenia (Lepid.) through thirty five successive generations. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 25(3): 77-82. ScuppER, S. H., 1899. Every-Day Butterflies, A Group of Biographies. Houghton, Mifflin and Co., Boston and New York. (p. 23) 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF CALLOPHRYS FOTIS FROM THE SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA (LYCAENIDAE) RicHARD M. BROWN 1385 Palm Ave., Martinez, California With the subspeciation Callophrys (Incisalia) fotis (Strecker) demon- strates, it is not surprising that a population differing from the previously described subspecies has been discovered in the San Francisco Bay area. With more extensive collecting in the Coast Ranges other subspecies may be expected. The subspecies was first collected by David Rentz and reported by C. Don MacNeill in 1962 from the San Bruno Mountains, San Mateo County, (MacNeill, 1963). Callophrys fotis bayensis Brown, new subspecies Holotype male: Wings, dorsal primaries uniform slate gray; androconial scales approximately one-half size of surrounding wing scales, pad paler than wing ground color; fringe from apex to vein 2V white, from 2V along inner margin slate-gray, be- coming hair-like nearer body. Secondaries much the same as primaries, except anterior third of discal area paler. Vannal area much lighter, almost irridescent white. Ventral primaries brown with red highlights. Beginning at coastal margin in post- medial area, a white spot with black line extending to Ms, a distal offset approximately one-fourth its entire length, then continuing to Cuz. Little or no white scaling on distal edge of this line. Submarginal area with one black spot in each of cells, Cu, Ms, Me, and M;. Submarginal and marginal areas of secondaries reddish-brown with scattering of gray scales. Post-medial area below vein M3; with long white hair-like scales over base of dark gray. Anterior of Ms much the same as marginal area. Traversing the wing a dark median line bends out sharply in area of discal cell, distal edge of median line with scattered white scales. Submedial and basal areas with heavy, dark brown scaling, area with thick long hair-like reddish-brown scales. White spot on inner curve anal lobe more prominent than dorsal surface. Dark spots in cells Ri, Rs, M; and Mz, on distal edge of post-medial area. Head, crown, and front with reddish-brown scaling; eyes hairy bordered with white scales; labial palpi have mixture of black and white scales. Thorax and abdomen hairy and concolorous with dorsal wing surface. Allotype female: Wings, dorsal primaries and secondaries tan in distal and limbal area; perimeters gray. Ventral primaries and secondaries marked as male. Holotype male: California, San Mateo Co., San Bruno Mts., April 4, 1962 (C. D. MacNeill); allotype female, same locality, March 19, 1963 (C. D. MacNeill). Types are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Entomology Type #9547. Paratypes, 16 males and 20 females; all are from the same locality as holotype; the dates and collectors are as follows: 16, 32 III-23-1962 to IJI-30-1962, 146, 12 I[V-4-1962, 2¢, 12? IV-5-1962, 1 6 IV-11-1962, ice 2 WI-13-1963, 4 6, 2 2 ITI-19-1963, 2 ¢, 2 2 ILI-20-1963 (C. D. 96 Brown: Another bayensis Vol. 23) now? MacNeill); 1 ¢ IV-11-1962 (U. Kinet); 1 ¢, 3 2 IV-5-1962 (R. M. Brown); 1 ? III-23-1962 (D. C. Rentz); 1 2 IV-6-1962, 2 6, 2 2 IV-7-1962, 1 2 IV-10-1962 (J. Powell); 1 2 III-17-1966 (A. J. Slater); 1 2 III-19-1966 (P. A. Opler). | One male and one female are in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., The Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, and the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa. The remainder of paratypes will be at the California Academy of Sciences; the California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley; the collection of Paul A. Opler of the University of California, Berkeley; and the author’s collection. Callophrys fotis bayensis Brown, approaches Callophrys fotis mossi (Hy. Edwards), closely in general appearance but averages 2.2 mm smaller measured from right primary base to apex. The irregular line on the underside of secondaries has less white on the distal edge than C. f. mossi. The gray area between this line and the postmedian row of spots is restricted below mz, whereas in C. f. mossi the gray tends to cover the entire area. The markings on Callophrys fotis doudoroffi dos Passos, are quite simi- lar to C. f. bayensis, except that C. f. doudoroffi is lighter in color with less contrast between the basal and distal areas. C. f. doudoroffi averages 1.4 mm larger than C. f. bayensis, as measured from base of right primary to its apex. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My many thanks go to Dr. C. D. MacNeill, Oakland Museum, and to Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, for their time and help- ful suggestions, and to Paul A. Opler, University of California, Berkeley, for the loan of specimens from his personal collection and from the col- lection of the California Insect Survey. LITERATURE CITED MacNEiL1, C. D., 1963. Callophrys fotis (Strecker), in the San Francisco Bay area. Proc. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 279th meeting, Pan-Pacific Ent., 39(1): 60. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 A LIGHTWEIGHT COLLAPSIBLE BAIT TRAP FOR LEPIDOPTERA AusTIN P. PLATT Department of Biology, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut The use of bait traps for collecting African butterflies has been reported by Rydon (1964). However, only a limited number of collectors so far have utilized traps in North America, in part because most traps are bulky and therefore difficult to transport in large quantities. Another drawback in many existing designs is the difficulty of removing speci- mens from the traps once they have been captured. The purpose of this article is to report the design and use of an inexpensive collapsible trap which overcomes these deficiencies. Each trap weighs only 17 oz. and can be collapsed to a total thickness of 114”. This trap is similar in design to the East African hanging trap illustrated by Rydon (1964) except that an inverted cone of nylon netting is suspended by two threads from the upper rim of the trap, and is sewed to the lower rim (Figure 1). A %” plywood platform (12” x 12”) holding the bait cup is hung 1’—2” below the lower rim, using four screw eyes and %” bent chain links. Twenty-five of these bait traps were made for a cost of less than $1.50 each, as follows: two coat hangers were bent into hoops 11” in diameter; the ends were straightened and then doubled over to form convenient handles for the rims. Green fine-mesh nylon netting then was glued with contact cement to the top rim, and the outside cylinder (36” around x 30” high) was cut from the same material and was sewed to the upper rim using heavy thread with a back-stitch every % inch. The green nylon cone first was cut using a quarter-circle pattern having a radius of 23”. The central opening at the apex of the cone had a radius of 72” on the pattern, giving the upper opening of the cone a diameter of about 4”, permitting a killing jar, hand, and arm to pass through it readily. The central hole was strengthened with a light springy wire hoop, so that it would hold its shape. The wire hoop was inserted into a sleeve machine-sewed in the upper end of the nylon cone. The lower coat hanger rim was sewed to both the bottom of the cone and cylinder at the same time, in the same way that the upper rim was attached. The side seams of both the cone and cylinder were machine stitched with a zig-zag pattern to prevent the nylon from running. Small brass safety pins were used to attach the four ends of the cord bridle to the upper rim, and also to attach the threads both to the upper rim and to the wire hoop in the cone. Tying slip knots in these 98 Pxiatr: Collapsible bait trap Vol. 23; mon2 threads allowed the height of the cone to be easily adjusted. The safety pins keep the nylon from tearing and also permit the threads to be detached, if necessary. The bait used in the traps consisted of a mixture of stale beer, brown sugar, unsulfured blackstrap molasses, and fermenting fruit (apples, peaches, and bananas). The bait was placed in a white styrofoam cup, and a small piece of cellulose sponge was set in the bait cup to provide a landing site for the insects. A small stone placed in the cup provided enough weight to hold the cup in position on the platform. Stones also proved useful as counter-balances for leveling the platforms, and in strong winds, heavy stones placed on the platforms kept the traps from swaying. During the summer of 1967 between 9 and 19 traps were tested in 4 woodland localities in Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut and Virginia, respectively (Table 1). Among the butterfly species collected were eight nymphalids and four satyrids. The Papilionidae, Pieridae, Lycaenidae, and Hesperiidae were absent from the traps, although they were present in all of the areas where the traps were placed. Also collected were four species of Catocala and four species of the Sphingidae (Table 1), as well as a variety of common small moths. Occasional trap interference was caused by chipmunks (Tamias stri- atus) and flying squirrels (Glaucomys spp.) in the Vermont and Massa- chusetts localities. These animals not only ate some specimens (Eup- tychia, Limenitis) but also chewed holes in the nylon netting. Even when the tears were extreme the traps could be easily repaired using contact cement and nylon patches. Once small mammal interference occurs, the trap has to be moved to a new location in order to remain effective. Another instance of trap interference probably was caused by a deer in Virginia. In addition to Lepidoptera, species of Diptera, Hymenoptera, and small Coleoptera often were taken in the traps. Unwanted dead Lepi- doptera or other insects can be removed from each trap by detaching the platform, turning the trap over so that the dead insects fall to the top, grasping the nylon cylinder and closing it at the hoop of the cone, and then putting the upper and lower rims together, turning the cone inside out beneath the rims, and shaking the rims by the rim handles. Unwanted living specimens can be released simply by detaching the platform, turn- ing the trap upside down, and everting the cone upwards, thereby per- mitting the insects to fly out. Collecting with bait traps has a number of advantages not inherent in collecting with a hand net: 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 Bridle of Medium Wt. Cord ‘Circular Coat Hanger Green Nylon Netting BO 51 Fig. 1. Diagram of collapsible hanging bait trap. 100 Piatt: Collapsible bait trap Vol. 23, mo TABLE 1. SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED IN BAIT TRAPS Abundance Localitiest in traps” RHOPALOCERA: NYMPHALIDAE Limenitis archippus (Cramer ) II U Limenitis arthemis (Drury )* Ihe ll Cc Limenitis astyanax ( Fabricius ) II, II ¢ Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus ) I-IV G Nymphalis v. j-album (Boisduval & LeConte ) I, III U Polygonia interrogationis ( Linnaeus ) I-IV Gi Polygonia comma ( Linnaeus ) I-IV C Vanessa atalanta ( Linnaeus ) I-IV © SATYRIDAE Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius ) I-III A Euptychia cymela (Cramer) I-IV A Lethe eurydice (Johansson ) I-III ¢ Lethe portlandia ( Fabricius ) I-III A HETEROCERA (large species only): NocTuIDAE Catocala epione Drury III C Catocala grynea Cramer III 1) Catocala ilia Cramer III A Catocala ultronia Hubner III 6; SPHINGIDAE Amphion nessus Cramer ING JW! U Darapsa pholus Cramer I, II, IV C Sphecodina abbotti Swainson I, III, IV ¢ Sphinx kalmiae Abbot & Smith II U 1 J—Addison Co., Starksboro, Vt., VII 6—VII 19, 1967, 16 traps; II—Franklin Co., Shutesbury, Mass., VI 24—VII 1, 1967; 19 traps; I1I—Middlesex Co., Middletown, Conn., VII 24—VIII 2, 1967, 9 traps; IV—Giles Co., Mountain Lake, Va., VI 13—VI 16, 1967, 18 traps. 2 A—Abundant; C—Common; U—-Uncommon. 3 Including form “proserpina”” Edwards, common at site II. 1) Traps provide a means of collecting large numbers of specimens of common species from a given locality with a minimum expenditure of time. 2) All species taken in the traps were collected in approximately equal sex ratios; the trap samples are not biased in favor of males, as netted samples often are ( Brower, 1963). 3) The traps may also double as efficient breeding cages. Two species (Euptychia cymela and Cercyonis pegala) were occasionally found in copula in the traps when large numbers of individuals were present. The former species also was observed ovipositing near the top of one trap. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 4) Traps of this type should prove to be quite useful in mark-release and recapture experiments and quantitative population studies of certain species of Lepidoptera. In conclusion, these traps provide an efficient means of collecting all species of Lepidoptera known to be attracted to baits. Samples taken with traps are highly selective, being biased in favor of certain nymphalids (i.e. the Angle Wings) and the satyrs. However, by altering the type of bait, the distance of the opening between the platform and the lower rim of the trap, and by placing these traps in other than woodland habitats, additional species can probably be collected with them. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author is grateful to Dr. L. P. Brower of Amherst College and to Dr. G. W. Kidder III of Wesleyan University for their helpful suggestions in designing these traps. I sincerely appreciate the help of my summer assistant, J. C. Lincoln, and my wife, P. C. Platt, both in constructing the traps, and for tending them in the field. I wish also to express my thanks to Mr. J. Muller of Lebanon, N.J., who introduced me to collecting Lepidoptera with bait traps. This study was supported in part by a summer grant-in-aid from Wesleyan University. LITERATURE CITED Brower, L. P., 1963. The evolution of sex-limited mimicry. Mimicry Symposium, Proc. Internat]. Congr. Zool., 16(4): 173-179. Rypon, A., 1964. Notes of the use of butterfly traps in East Africa. J. Lepid. Soc., 18(1): 51-58. BOOK REVIEW UNTERSUCHUNGEN UBER DIE SYSTEMATIK DER TRIBUS THYATIRINI, MACROTHYATIRINI, HABROSYNINI UND TETHEINI (LEPIDOPTERA: THYATIRIDAE), by Karl Werny. 463 pp., 436 figs. and maps. 1966. Inaugural-Dissertation, Universitat des Saarlandes, Saar- briicken, Germany. An important worldwide revision of parts of the moth family Thyatiridae has re- mained little noticed, on this continent. The work encompasses the 102 species of the tribes Thyatirini, Macrothyatirini, Habrosynini and Tetheini. The revision was published as the author’s Ph.D. thesis by the faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences of the University of Saarbriicken, under the auspices of the late Professor Dr. G. de Lattin who expressed the hope that the research on the remaining tribes of the subfamily Thyatirinae (28 species) and the small subfamily Polyplocinae (50 species ) would follow soon. In the North American fauna we do not have many species of the family Thya- 102 RiotrE: Book review Vol. 23, mow tiridae. However, the status of some of these was unclarified. Therefore, we are duly thankful to the author for having presented us with an answer to our old questions. The revisionary work itself is thorough and anyone who has done something along this line will appreciate the enormous work the author did. Not only have every species and subspecies, genus and tribe been profusely discussed, but also the male and female genitalia and some venation drawings are shown, as well as black and white photographs of the moths. Maps show the worldwide distribution of almost all genera involved. An impressive bibliography and indices to tribes, genera and species with subspecies and forms complete the very satisfactory and industrious work. For us on this continent, what the author has to say about our well known species of the following genera is of special interest. Euthyatira Smith, 1891: pudens (Guenée, 1852); Werny shows with the help of the male and female genitalia that there is a specific difference between pudens and what was up to now thought to be only an individual form of it, pennsylvanica. The valvae are different enough to warrant alone the decision of the author. There fol- lows the interesting nomenclatorial fact that pennsylvanica will have as author Werny, as Smith had previously described it only as a “variety” of pudens. E. lorata (Grote, 1881) and semicircularis (Grote, 1881); Werny says that they are distributed all over the northern United States, and adds, in the case of the latter, southern Canada. This, however, is erroneous. Both species are clearly, at least as is known from specimens in our American collections, only western, as is also convincingly shown by the locali- ties of the specimens used by the author, who succumbed to a common error of European authors dealing with North American species, not having a vivid enough idea about the influence of the Rockies on distributional facts. Habrosyne Hiibner, 1816: Only two of the many species of this genus are familiar with us; scripta (Gosse, 1840) and gloriosa Guenée, 1852, the latter being quite rare but probably more widely distributed than supposed previously. As subspecies to scripta are chatfeldti Grote, 1895, and abrasoides Barnes & Benjamin, 1929, to gloriosa, arizonensis Barnes & McDunnough, 1912. In dealing with abrasoides and arizonensis author did not understand the meaning of Barnes & Benjamin in their description of abrasoides, that it is “a parallel to gloriosa (rectangulata) race arizonensis B.. & McD.” Of course, the subspecies as such are not parallel. What the author misinterprets as “identical,” refers to the development of similar characters in two nearly related species, i.e. parallel development under the same local conditions. Pseudothyatira Grote, 1865: Here, too, we are shown that what we considered to be individual forms of one species, are in reality two species: cymatophoroides (Guenée, 1852) and expultrix (Grote, 1863). The male and the female genitalia show constant differences in 178 specimens investigated by the author. The reviewer checked the genitalia of a series of both species in our collection from different North American localities and found that Werny’s findings were confirmed. Both species fly at the same time of the year and in many localities they both occur, cymatophoroides being the more uncommon. Werny says that there is no knowledge about the im- mature stages of both species. Research in this direction should prove to be rewarding. Following the old (and perhaps a little outmoded) way Werny had first made slides of the genitalia and then the drawings. The result is artificially distorted geni- talia, and the aedoeagi are not all shown in the same position, which makes com- parison difficult. Drawings can be made from the genitalia while these are put in alcohol and glycerin (80% alcohol and glycerin at equal parts) in small glass dishes. They may then be kept indefinitely in vials with the same mixture or, if absolutely not avoidable, slides can be made then. This would be very recommendable for the future work. ; Notwithstanding the above few little remarks, we have all reason to congratulate the author on his tremendous work and we can only hope that he will bring it to a good finale, soon.—J. C. E. Rrotre, Research Associate, Department of Entomology, Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 FIELD NOTES AND SUBSPECIFIC STATUS OF OENEIS MELISSA (SATYRIDAE|)) IN NORTHERN QUEBEC GrorcE Scotr ANTHONY Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire During July, 1967, Fred Fauver, of Nasson College, Springvale, Maine, and I collected in the Schefferville area of northern Quebec. Due to personal help of Henry Hensel of Edmundston, New Brunswick, who col- lected in Schefferville during July, 1964, Hensel’s paper concerning his trip there, and through a paper by Dr. Eugene Munroe, who collected there as part of the Canadian Northern Insect Survey of 1948, we had reasonable knowledge of the butterfly fauna of the area before we arrived. I was especially interested in collecting the Oeneis known from the region. Munroe reported one species, O. melissa assimilis Butler, and Hensel had found two additional species, O. taygete taygete Geyer, and O. jutta ridingiana Chermock & Chermock. We were especially advised to look for the scarce O. melissa which had been reported by both investi- gators to frequent only the tops of the highest hills. Since Hensel took only one individual, and Munroe was able to catch very few, we were doubly eager to find the species and collect a good series. Although we carefully searched the highest points (2,200+ ft. elev.) in the immediate vicinity of Schefferville, we were unable to find O. mélissa. The other two Oeneis were common, O. jutta being found in moist tundra forest at about 1,700 feet, while O. taygete was confined to moist grassy beds of dried up lakes from 2,000 to approximately 2,500 feet. Then on July 16 we investigated Irony Mountain (approx. 2,880 ft. ) 25 miles northwest of Schefferville. On the summit we found O. melissa fairly numerous. Most of the individuals we saw and caught were first seen flying against a strong northwest wind in attempts to reach higher ground. When they were within 20 feet or so of the summit marker, they would generally settle on the black quartzite rocks which covered the ground. The species was wary and difficult to catch in the wind. When alarmed, an individual would invariably fly up, be caught in the wind and be blown down the southeast slope of the mountain. Although we were not able to follow a wind-blown individual, we presume that one blown down the mountain returned to the summit after a short time. This presumption is based on the fact that we once managed to frighten away every detectable individual, and within a very few minutes, they reappeared en masse. The first Oeneis that we caught attracted our attention as not fitting 104 Masters: Heliconius in Venezuela Vol) 235 nose the descriptions of melissa assimilis. The two females we caught were in fresh condition and tended from brown to yellow brown on the dorsal sides of the wings. Males were of a uniform gray-brown dorsally. Ventrally, both sexes showed appreciable contrast between the light distal area of the hindwing and the dark postmedian band. Both sexes seemed to be unusually small for assimilis. In contrast to individuals of the Irony Moun- tain population, typical assimilis is very dark gray or black dorsally with little or no brown in either sex, and shows less contrast between light and dark areas on the ventral hindwings. When I returned home from Schefferville, I took the series of melissa to Dr. C. F. dos Passos for help in making a determination. We agreed that the Schefferville specimens resembled O. melissa semplei Holland more than O. m. assimilis. In addition, Schefferville is nearer the type locality of semplei (Little Cape Jones River, east coast of Hudson Bay) than that of assimilis, which has a more northem distribution. From the evidence we believe that Oeneis melissa from the Schefferville area should be referred to as O. melissa semplei. LITERATURE CITED HENSEL, H., 1965. Two weeks of Butterfly Hunting in Central Laborador. J. Lep. Soc., 19: 242-243. Munroe, E. G., 1951. Field Notes on the Butterflies of Knob Lake, Northern Quebec. Contr. no. 2788, Div. Ent., Science Service, Dept. of Agric., Ottawa, Canada. HELICONIUS HECALE AND XANTHOCLES IN VENEZUELA (NYMPHALIDAE ) Joun H. MAsTers P.O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota Heliconius hecale Fabricius is an easily recognizable species that has only been known from a limited area in Guiana. Hall (1939) noted that H. hecale was found at Parika (where it was locally common), Demerara and Mabaruma, British Guiana. While Emsley (1965) records H. hecale from E] Chorro, Venezuela, I have been unable to verify its presence in Venezuela until recently. During December of 1966, Albert and Mary Lou Gadou, of Caracas, collected in the Guiana Highlands close to the British Guiana border at E] Carmen (25 Km northeast of El Dorado), Bolivar, Venezuela. I recently examined their E] Carmen “catch” and was happily surprised at finding a short series of H. hecale. Emsley (1965) noted that the pair of specimens from El Chorro were unique because the white forewing bands were shifted toward the apex and did 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 not intersect the cell. I consider the E] Carmen specimens, which have slightly wider bands than British Guiana specimens, but in the normal position, to be nominate H. hecale. Heliconius ethillus Godart was col- lected sympatric with H. hecale at E] Carmen. This is significant because while ethillus and hecale are readily separated by pattern they are mor- phologically indistinguishable. Emsley (1965) states: “It is not known to what degree if any H. hecale is geographically or ecologically isolated from ostensibly sympatric forms of H. ethillus. . .” During February, 1966, I collected three specimens of Heliconius xanthocles Bates, not previously known from Venezuela, 85 kilometers south of El] Dorado on the El] Dorado/Santa Elena road, Bolivar, Vene- zuela. Dr. Michael G. Emsley of the Philadelphia Academy of Science confirmed my determinations. An examination of the Gadou collection revealed several additional examples of H. xanthocles that had been captured at Santa Elena de Uairena, Bolivar, Venezuela during August, 1964. All of the Venezuelan xanthocles lack rays on the hindwings and are best referred to as nominate H. x. xanthocles. Heliconius xan- thocles was found sympatric with two similarly marked species: Heli- conius burneyi catharinae Staudinger and Heliconius elevatus tumatumari Kaye at Kilometer 85 and H. b. catharinae and H. elevatus roraima at Santa Elena. The Gadous collected about ten examples of H. e. roraima at Santa Elena, the only known specimens outside of the type series from Mt. Roraima. LITERATURE CITED Ems.eEy, M. G., 1965. Speciation in Heliconius (Lep., Nymphalidae): morphology and geographic distribution. Zoologica, 50: 191-254. Haz, A., 1939. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera (butterflies) of British Guiana. British Guiana Dept. Agr. Ent. Bull., 3: 1-88. NOCTURNAL COPULATION OF RHOPALOCERA The article on mating behavior of butterflies by Miller and Clench (1968, J. Lepid. Soc., 22: 125-132) prompts me to report several instances of mating pairs of butter- flies collected on a moth sheet using a 15 watt “BL” florescent light. Six pairs have been taken but only two species are involved, Libytheana bachmanii (Kirtland) and Strymon melinus Hubner. Four pairs of L. bachmanii were collected in 1966 in Lake Corpus Christi State Park near Mathis, Texas. Three pairs on the 15th and one pair on the 16th of June. Collection times were 10:35 P.M. (2 pair), 11:15 P.M. and 11:45 P.M. Central Standard Time. It should be pointed out that L. bachmanii was literally swarming all through the park at this time and 27 other individuals were taken from the light sheet during three evenings of collecting. The specimens were probably disturbed from the trees overhead by our activity or by other large insects which were swarming around the light. All four pairs were mated when found and may either have been resting in coition in the trees above or joined after their arrival on the sheet. In the same park, 17 June, 1968 we collected another mating pair of L. bachmanii and one pair of S. melinus. The L. bachmanii were paired when found at 11:05 P.M. 106 PowELL: Book review Vol. 23, noe2 (Central Daylight Time). At the same time two S. melinus were noticed sitting near the top of the sheet about four inches apart and about 18 inches from the light. One had a damaged hindwing which proved to be a valuable observation since this dam- aged specimen (a female) was later found paired with a fresh male, probably the one previously observed. Copulation occurred sometime between 11:10 and 11:45 P.M. when the pair was found and collected. L. bachmanii was a scarce species this visit while S. melinus was only reasonably common. I would like to acknowledge my thanks to the Texas Parks and Wildlife Dept. for making available the necessary park collecting permits——J. RicHArpD HeirzMan, 3112 Harris Ave., Independence, Missouri.” ? 1 Contribution No. 149, Entomology Section, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture, Gainesville. 2 Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture. BOOK REVIEW MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF THE PHILIPPINE IsLANDs, by A. Diakonoff. U. S. National Museum, Bulletin 257, 484 pp., 1967. $2.00 paper cover. Diakonoff estimates that less than 20% of the existing Microlepidoptera fauna is enumerated in this survey, which is based largely on the C. F. Baker collection at the U. S. National Museum. A total of 291 species is recorded, distributed among 138 genera, of which 19 genera and 146 species are new, and 18 genera and 203 species (70%) are endemic to the islands. The available material, albeit scanty, is said by Diakonoff to have a pronounced Malayan character. The treatment includes the lower Ditrysia, beginning with the Tortricoidea in the order of most arrangements, that is, it does not encompass the pyraloids and zygae- noids. There are no Monotrysia. The species treated are about equally divided be- tween the tortricoids, the gelechioids, and the yponomeutoid-tineoid families, with the Tortricidae having the highest total, 74 species. The Glyphipterygidae shows a surprising development, with 30 species, or more than 10% of the known fauna. A table appended to the text gives a list of the species with indications of the individual islands from which they are known. The preliminary state of knowledge is probably best illustrated here, as only about 35 species are recorded from more than one island, only seven species from more than two. The text is accompanied by some 490 excellent line drawings, done by several artists, and by about 390 photographs of the moths, which are on the whole good for all except the aegeriids. Genitalia of virtually all species, including previously described ones, are figured. Lectotypes are selected for 20 species, including a dozen which were described from areas other than the Philippines. Lectotypes are enu- merated in the appendices and are figured and include five Formosan species, two of which do not occur in the Philippines. Keys are based on a mixture of superficial and genital characters and at least in some cases (@.g., Copromorphidae) include all the species of the Asiatic fauna, with indications of their geographical occurrence, although these species are not treated further in the text. The present work is not intended to be a classification, yet Diakonoff’s linear arrange- ment of families includes some interesting placements. For example, the Ormeodidae, a group long under controversy as to its affinities, is placed among the gelechioid fami- lies; while the Ethmiidae, a group with undoubted relationships to some of the Gelechi- oidea, especially the Oecophoridae and Stenomidae, is placed with the yponomeutids and plutellids, a retrogression to the practice of a half century ago. This is a highly valuable contribution to anyone interested in biogeography of Lepidoptera, and it will form the starting point for the development of faunistic studies of the as yet poorly known Microlepidoptera of the Philippine Islands.—J. A. PowEL., University of California, Berkeley. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF LARVA OF POLYDORUS ARISTOLOCHIAE G. H. Munsui anp S. A. Moiz Agriculture College & Research Institute, Tandojam, West Pakistan Polydorus aristolochiae (Fabricius) is the commonest large-tailed, black butterfly of the Indo-Pakistan subcontinent. At Tandojam (25°26’N; 68°32’E,), West Pakistan, larvae were found feeding on Aristolochia bracteata. The present work was undertaken during the year 1962-63. Ghosh (1914), Talbot (1939) and Wynter Blyth (1957) have briefly described the larva of P. aristolochiae. The descriptions below should make the knowledge of this species larva more complete. The body of the larva is covered with a series of pointed, fleshy outgrowths. Their position and number present important diagnostic characters. These outgrowths are present in all instars with slight mod- ifications, including suppression of some in certain instars. The position and structure of outgrowth is given below: Sub-median Tubercles: Present dorsally on either side of median line. Dorso-lateral Tubercles: Present on either side of sub-median tubercles in dorso- lateral position. Lateral Tubercles: Present on lateral position below dorso-lateral tubercles on either side. Sub-lateral Tubercles: Situated on either side below series of lateral tubercles. Ventro-lateral Tubercles: Present on either side below line of sub-lateral tubercles at the base of legs. Ventral Tubercles: Situated on ventral side, present only on second abdominal segment in contrast to preceding ones have rounded apices. Following is the occurrence and appearance of these tubercles, as de- scribed separately for each instar. First INSTAR. Sub-median Tubercles: Present on the mesothoracic, metathoracic, and 1st to 9th abdominal segments, covered with six to seven black hairs. Tubercles of mesothoracic, metathoracic, and 7th and 8th abdominal segments yellowish brown; those of 3rd abdominal segment cream colored, remainder chocolate brown, those of 4th abdom- inal segment tinged slight yellowish. ; Dorso-lateral Tubercles: Present only on mesothoracic and metathoracic segments. Each tubercle covered with five to six black hairs. Tubercles of the mesothoracic segment of chocolate color, those of metathoracic yellowish brown. Lateral Tubercles: Present only on prothoracic segment, chocolate brown, covered over with seven to eight black hairs larger than hairs on dorso-lateral tubercles of metathoracic segments. Sub-lateral Tubercles: Present on mesothoracic and metathoracic and Ist to 8th abdominal segments, covered with six to seven black hairs, smaller than those present on dorso-lateral tubercles. Tubercles of thoracic segments yellowish brown, those of 4th to 8th abdominal segments brown. . Ventro-lateral Tubercles: Present on three thoracic and lst to 7th abdominal seg- ments, covered with 4 to 5: black hairs. Tubercles as well as hairs smaller than 108 MuNSHI AND Mozz: Polydorus continued Vol. 23, nek preceding series. Color of tubercles yellowish brown except prothoracic and last three abdominal segments, yellowish. Shield present on prothorax, dark brown, laterally on either side with a whorl of hairs, in line with sub-median tubercles. Ventral side of first three and 8th abdominal segments with a number of short, paired hairs; Ist abdominal segment with one to two hairs on each side, 2nd abdominal segment with five to six hairs on either side, 8th abdominal segment with only one pair of tiny black hairs. Towards end of Ist instar pairs of whitish spots appear in front and behind pro- thoracic shield; yellowish white spots appear near bases of sub-median and lateral tubercles and at the tip of sub-lateral tubercles. SECOND INsTAR LARVA. Resemblance to full-grown larva becomes practically complete except yellowish band which becomes gradually broader in successive stages. Location and number of tubercles same as in lst instar larva; yellowish white spots present, representing beginning of a band on 3rd abdominal segment; pair of prominent yellowish dots dorsally in 4th abdominal segment. Tubercles change from yellowish to scarlet with slight orange tinge; tips of tubercles specially sub-median series have a yellowish tinge. THIRD INSTAR LARVA. No morphological or color difference between 2nd and 3rd instar except larger size and disappearance of all hairs from tubercles. Larva thus looks smooth. Yellowish dots behind band, prominent in second instar, become pinkish and elongated in size, giving appearance of tubercles. FourtTH INSTAR LARVA. No morphological or color difference between 3rd and 4th instar except larger in size, appearance of ventral tubercles, and tubercles present on band attain pale yellowish to scarlet color with pale orange tinge. Ventral tubercles appear on 2nd abdominal segment in line with prolegs, smaller than all other tubercles; color varies from light orange to scarlet with orange tinge; ventral tubercles possess rounded ends and are covered with minute black hairs. FirTH INsTAR LARVA. Color same as in preceding; larger, measuring 39 to 42 mm in length, 9 to 10 mm in breadth. Position and appearance of tubercles as in 4th instar; two pairs of sub-median tubercles appear on prothorax and 10th abdominal segment. Band, prominent, creamy colored, extends to ventro-lateral region on either side. A pair of white dots on 4th abdominal segment touching sub-median tubercles. ACKNOWLEDGMENT To J. A. Powell, University of Calitornia, Berkeley, I wish to express my sincere appreciation for critically editing, correcting and improving this paper. LITERATURE CITED Guosu, C. C., 1914. Life-histories of Indian Insects, V. Lep. (butterflies), Mem. Dept. Agri. India. Ento. Ser. V(1) (Pusa Agril. Res. Inst.), pp. 53-58. Munsui, G. H., 1964. Studies on the biology and seasonal history of P. aristolochiae, unpublished Thesis, University of Sind, Hyderabad (W.. Pak.), pp. 15-25. TALBotr, F. C., 1939. Butterflies, Papilionidae, Fauna of British India, Vol. 1, 2nd ed., p. 61. © WyntTeEr-BiytH, M. A., 1957. The butterflies of Indian Regions (Papilionidae), Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., Ist ed., pp. 365-375. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 A SIMPLE TECHNIQUE FOR HAND-PAIRING LIMENITIS BUTTERFLIES (NYMPHALIDAE ) AusTIN P. PLATT Department of Biology, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut The development of various methods for hand-pairing butterflies has been reviewed by Clarke and Sheppard (1956). Such methods have been very useful in genetic and hybridization studies, particularly among the Papilionidae and the Pieridae. However, the Nymphalidae and other families having relatively small copulatory structures are known to be quite difficult to hand-pair. Clarke and Sheppard state that Lorkovic had successfully hand-paired three genera of Nymphalids, Limenitis, Neptis, and Melitaea. In addition, Remington (1958) has pro- duced interspecific hybrids between Limenitis wiedemeyerii Edwards and L. astyanax (Fabricius) by hand-pairing. The present paper will report a simple hand-pairing technique developed during the past two summers which has proved useful for breeding Limenitis in the lab- oratory. The method involves stunning the male and female to be paired in a large sodium cyanide insect killing bottle from one to five minutes at room temperature, and then everting the male claspers (often partially accomplished by the cyanide treatment) by applying slight pressure to the lateral and ventral portions of the male’s abdomen with the thumb and forefinger. Meanwhile, the stunned female is held in the other hand, and her abdomen is curved downward, so that it is exposed beneath the wings. The butterflies are positioned so that the male can clasp the ventral portion of the female’s abdomen one segment in front of the ovipositor. During this procedure the male is moved constantly in a small circle to stimulate eversion of the genitalia and clasping. While still unconscious the pair is laid on its side with the male’s abdomen positioned at an angle of about 135 degrees in relation to the female’s. The male involuntarily opens and closes his valvae, thereby inserting the aedeagus and initiating the rhythmic contractions of copulation. Once the male has clasped the abdomen of the female and the butter- flies begin to recover from the cyanide (usually within four to seven minutes after stunning ), the pair is placed on a rectangular piece of moist cellulose sponge set on a paper towel, and the male's hindwings are positioned inside the female’s, using a pointed probe. The pair is then covered with a transparent plastic shoe box above which are placed incandescent and fluorescent lamps, and the butterflies are left undis- turbed while recovery and mating proceed. 110 Piatt: Hand-pairing Limenitis Vol. 235 nom? Occasionally during recovery from the cyanide one or both butterflies may begin to flap their wings violently, and the pair may break apart; however, if the pair is clasping properly, only slow rhythmic wing move- ments occur as the butterflies bask in the warmth of the lights. Since developing this technique in August, 1965, I have been able to carry out 35 matings involving the species and forms of Limenitis occur- ring in New England. Table 1 lists the numbers and types of intra- specific and interspecific crosses which have been completed to date. The brood data obtained from those crosses made during 1966 have been reported elsewhere ( Platt & Brower, 1968). As the table indicates, mated females could not always be induced to oviposit. Bred females were confined in silk organza bags outdoors on boughs of trees for egg laying. Females of L. arthemis ( Drury ), including its form “proserpina” Edwards, and L. astyanax (Fabricius ) were placed on wild cherry, Prunus serotina Ehrl. and females of L. archippus (Cramer ) were put on black willow, Salix nigra Marsh. Extended periods of cold, windy, and rainy weather, as well as predation by stink bugs, (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae) which occasionally pierce the abdomens of females through the bags, accounted for the deaths of nine females before they had laid eggs. In eight other instances eggs which were laid were found to be infertile. Therefore, after death all hand-paired females were dissected (using the method employed by Burns, 1966) to determine whether or not a sper- matophore had been formed within the bursa copulatrix of each female. The presence of a spermatophore within the female was considered evidence that the pairing itself had been successful. Successful matings were found to last from 45 minutes to over two hours; in no case has a spermatophore been found in females which have been in copula for only 25 minutes or less. So far there have been only five cases in which no spermatophore was found in females which had been in copula for longer than one hour. In all successful pairings to date only a single spermatophore has been formed. Refinement of this hand-pairing method during the past summer has permitted me to pair practically any two individuals, provided that the male is at least five days old, and that its abdomen has hardened; also, the female, which is usually larger than the male, must be stunned in the killing bottle before the male is put into it, and must remain in the bottle while the male is being stunned. Further, I have found that if the first pairing attempt is unsuccessful, the butterflies can be stunned several more times without danger of killing them. However, the individuals apparently develop a higher tol- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society iil TABLE 1. HAND-PAIRED Limenitis CROSSES CARRIED OUT AT WAKEFIELD, R. I. anp MmppLETOWN, Conn. (1966-67). Dissection of the 35 females involved in these crosses revealed that each contained a single spermato- phore. ee No. of Eggs Eggs Eggs not Male Female broods fertile infertile obtained Intraspecific?: arthemis X arthemis 2, 1 if 0 astyanax < astyanax 8 3 oF 2 archippus X< archippus 5 4 0 1 “proserpina’ < “proserpina”’ 3 3 0 0 “nroserpina’ x arthemis 1 0 ie 0 “proserpina’ x astyanax 2 1 0 1 arthemis < astyanax 4 1 if 2 astyanax X< arthemis 3 2 1 0 Totals 28 15 i 6 Inter-species: archippus < arthemis if 0 0 1 archippus X astyanax 3 2 0 1 arthemis x archippus 2 1 0 1 astyanax X< archippus 1 0 I 0 Totals a 3 I 3 1 All breeding and collecting evidence accumulated to date supports the contention that L. arthe- mis, proserpina, and astyanax represent intergrading forms within a single species complex. 2 These three crosses involved a single male which was bred to three different females; the male and two of the females were F, siblings of a wild-caught female from Stanton, N. J., which laid 47 eggs, only 8 of which hatched; the third female was an F, from a wild female captured near Spring- dale, N. J.; the author believes this infertility has resulted from the use of an inviable astyanax strain. 3 A very old male, which died in copula, was used in making this cross. erance to the cyanide each time that they are stunned, so that with each successive attempt they must remain in the bottle for a longer period of time. ; This method has enabled me to breed several males three or four separate times, using different females each time. In such cases the males breed best on alternate, rather than consecutive days. Between pairings the males are kept in labeled, transparent envelopes in total darkness at room temperature. Virgin butterflies to be paired are kept the same way, and are fed a solution of dilute honey and water once daily, except on the day that they are to be bred. Apparently females will breed most readily a day or two after emer- gence from the chrysalids; however, successful first matings have been accomplished with some females more than two weeks after they have hatched. The viability of both parents and progeny seems to be unaffected by 112 Piatt: Hand-pairing Limenitis Vol. 23, no. 2 the cyanide treatment, for sex ratios and total numbers in the hand-paired broods compare favorably with those in broods obtained from wild fe- males, and from females bred in outdoor cages. Only in the interspecific crosses in which L. archippus has been paired to either L. arthemis or L. astyanax is there evidence of inviability in the heterogametic (female ) sex: all F; progeny in these crosses so far have been males. This simple method of hand-pairing has proved extremely useful in crossing Limenitis butterflies, and has provided a means of using male individuals in a series of crosses with females having different phenotypes. With modifications this technique may prove useful for breeding other species of Lepidoptera, and for effecting hybrid crosses between closely related forms. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This study has been supported in part by summer grants-in-aid of research from the Society of Sigma Xi (1966) and from Wesleyan Univer- sity (1967). I am grateful to Dr. L. P. Brower of Amherst College for basic instruction in the technique of hand-pairing, and to Dr. J. M. Burns of Wesleyan University for instruction and assistance in the dissection of females for spermatophore detection. I wish also to thank Mr. J. Muller of Lebanon, N. J. and Mr. F. Rutkowski of New York City for providing live wild-caught females, whose progeny were used in this study. LITERATURE CITED Burns, J. M., 1966. Preferential mating versus mimicry: disruptive selection and sex-limited dimorphism in Papilio glaucus. Science, 153: 551-553. CLARKE, C. A., & P. M. SHEPPARD, 1956. MHand-pairing of butterflies. Lepid. News, 10: 47-53. Pratt, A. P., & L. P. Brower, 1968. Mimetic versus disruptive coloration in inter- grading populations of Limenitis arthemis and astyanax butterflies. Evolution, 22: 699-718. Remincton, C. L., 1958. Genetics of populations of Lepidoptera. Proc. 10th Intern. Cong. Ent., 2: 787-805. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 BOLORIA POLARIS (NYMPHALIDAE) IN NORTHERN BRITISH COLUMBIA R. E. Woop.Ley 1935 Hetrick Ave., Richland, Washington During two northern vacations, my family and I have passed the vicinity of Summit Lake, Mile 392 on the Alaska Highway in northern British Columbia, on four separate occasions. However, only on July 12, 1966, as we were returning home after spending a few weeks collecting in Alaska and the Yukon Territory, did we find the weather suitable for collecting. Because Summit Lake is the point of highest elevation, 4,250 feet, along the Alaska Highway, it was felt that an hour or two collecting might yield some interesting specimens. The hillside selected for col- lecting was steep and with little vegetation, but some of the rocky outcrops appeared to be logical spots to find a basking Oeneis or Boloria. Although the subsequent weather was not entirely cooperative, in approximately one hour spent on the hillside, O. polixenes (F.), B. titania (Esper), B. freija (Thunb.), Pieris napi (L.), and Plebejus saepiolus (Bdy.) were taken. The real prizes, however, were three Boloria polaris ( Boisduval ), all females but unfortunately all slightly worn. Others were seen, but once frightened were impossible to follow, much less capture. This is not the first record of B. polaris in British Columbia. Both Blackmore (1927) and Llewellyn-Jones (1951) list polaris as having been taken at Atlin, although the latter record is presumably a repeat of Blackmore’s. As the crow flies, Atlin is about 300 miles west and some- what north of Summit Lake. One of the Summit Lake specimens is compared in figure 1 to a female taken at Coppermine, N. W. T. on July 1, 1966 by Henry Hensel. It is readily apparent that the B. C. specimen is appreciably larger than its arctic counterpart. The average forewing length of the British Columbia specimens is 21.5 mm, whereas that of four Coppermine females is 19 mm. Several differences can be noted on the ventral surface of the hind- wings. On the British Columbia specimens, the area surrounding the sub- median-median row and the basal spots is very dark brown thus making these areas, which contain predominantly white scales, stand out clearly. The postmedian spots are prominent and are separated only by the darker veins. Little if any of the dark brown coloration invades this area and the submarginal spots are also prominent, large and white. They are separated by dark brown scales. In contrast, the Coppermine specimens exhibit an orangish-brown to brown general tone on the ventral surface of the hindwings. This ground 114 Woob.eEy: Boreal Boloria Vol, 28, mose2 Fig. 1. Boloria polaris (Bdv.). Top: Dorsal View. Left: Near Summit Lake, Mile 393, Alaska Highway, British Columbia, July 12, 1966. Right: Coppermine, Northwest Territories, July 1, 1966. Bottom: Ventral view of the same specimens. color covers an extended area including much of the area between the basal spots and the postmedian spots as well as the area adjacent to and including the submarginal spots. The postmedian spots are reasonably distinct as are the submarginal spots. The submedian-median row is white-edged but is much invaded by darker scales, thereby greatly decreasing its contrast with the ground color of the wing. Typical B. polaris was described by Boisduval from Cap Nord, N orway. Klots (1951) has stated that he can see no consistent difference between the typical insect and B. p. groenlandica (Skinner) (TL west coast of Greenland), B. p. americana (Strand) (TL Ellesmere Island, Jones Sound ), or any of the Nearctic populations. Presumably the Coppermine specimens should resemble typical B. polaris. Obviously, important differences exist between the two populations compared in the present paper. However, determination of the exact status of the Summit Lake B. polaris population must await the accumulation of a longer series, and its comparison with the typical Norwegian insect as well as other North 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 American populations. Nevertheless, the present author believes that B. polaris from northern British Columbia deserves careful consideration for subspecific status. ACKNOWLEDGMENT I wish to thank Mr. Cyril F. dos Passos, who confirmed my identification of this insect and kindly provided me with the Atlin record. LITERATURE CITED BiackMore, E. H., 1927. Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia (Butterflies and Moths), Provincial Museum of Natural History, Victoria, British Columbia, 48 pp. Kiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass., 349 pp. LLEWELLYN-JONEs, J. R. J., 1951. An Annotated Check List of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia, Ent. Soc. British Columbia, Occasional Paper No. 1, 148 pp. A NOTABLE INTERGENERIC MATING (LYCAENIDAE ) The following intergeneric mating was observed by the author at Bear Creek Canyon, Yakima County, Washington, on June 9, 1968, at 1:30 P.M., P.D.T. A pair of copulating lycaenids was flushed from the road and soon resettled a few paces away. To my surprise the male participant was Plebejus icariodes montis Blackmore, and the female, Everes amyntula (Boisduval). The specimens were again flushed and netted airborne. The amyntula was the flying partner, in this instance. Plebejus icariodes was quite common in the area, but the female amyntula was the only example of the species noted. Don Frecuin, 1745 N.E. 102nd, Seattle, Washington A REVISED SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC MELITAEINAE WITH TAXONOMIC NOTES (NYMPHALIDAE) Cyrit F. pos Passos Washington Comers, Mendham, New Jersey INTRODUCTION Within about one year two authors working independently revised a substantial number of Nearctic Melitaeinae genera. The first, H. L. Hig- gins (1960), published a revision of Chlosyne and allied species [genera], and the second, D. L. Bauer (1961), published on the Tribe Melitaeini. These two works, while not covering exactly the same ground, between them rendered the arrangement of the Melitaeinae genera and species in the Synonymic List (dos Passos, 1964) somewhat obsolete. That list had 116 pos Passos: Nearctic Melitaenae Vol. 23, mow. been completed as of December 31, 1958 but was long in course of publi- cation. During that period it proved impossible to incorporate therein results of the foregoing publications. The Nearctic Melitaeine genera dealt with by Higgins are Melitaea, Chlosyne, Thessalia, Texola, Dymasia, and Microtia. Those of the Tribe Melitaeini treated by Bauer are Chlosyne, Microtia, Melitaea, Poladryas, Phyciodes with three subgenera (Phyciodes, Eresia, and Tritanassa), and Euphydryas. Thus it will be seen that both authors dealt with Melitaea, Chlosyne, and Microtia. This paper will attempt to reconcile their re- spective views concerning those three genera, and where that is impos- sible, allocate the genera and species as thought best. A few changes will be suggested in genera covered by one author only. Higgins’ paper is long and detailed. It purports to give full synonymies and figures of the genitalia of the species. On the other hand, Bauer's paper is short but contains keys and figures of the adult insects. However, it includes no synonymies and does not treat subspecies or other infra- subspecific forms. For these reasons it has been necessary to rely more heavily on Higgins than Bauer, although the latter's revision is the later. Both papers are great improvements on the arrangement of the Synonymic List which was not a revision of the Melitaeinae. Higgins often uses “form” to denote a subspecies. This is of course not in conformity with the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. Also and more important, Higgins has misdetermined the type of one genus proposed by him (Dymasia) and unfortunately does not give the dates of capture or the localities for source material of his figures. Bauer likewise has mis- determined the type species of Poladryas. In preparing the following synonymic list, an effort has been made to solve all current problems because students are entitled to have this portion of the list brought up to date. Fortunately, while this paper was in preparation, my colleague Mr. F. Martin Brown worked together with me on many of the problems involved in this subfamily. It is a pleasure to express my thanks to Mr. Brown for many valuable suggestions that he made. He has also had the kindness to read a draft of this manuscript. While we do not agree on all questions, especially the status of Melitaea ismeria Boisduval and LeConte, 1833, and the type and type locality of Melitaea callina Boisduval, 1869, our understanding of these problems has been clarified by frank discussions. An effort has been made to fit the following names into the Synonymic List, hence the numbers start with 548 where the Melitaeinae commence on that list. A similar arrangement of the genera has been followed insofar as possible. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a7 Subfamily MELIT ZINAE CHLOSYNE Butler, 1870 Type: Papilio janais Drury, 1782 Melitaea Auctorum +Synchloé Doubleday (nec Hiibner, 1818), 1844 Coatlantona Kirby, 1871 Charidryas Scudder, 1872 548 nycteis (Doubleday ), “1846-52” [1847] nyctis ( Boisduval), 1869 (lapsus calami) a n.nycteis (Doubleday ), “1846-52” [1847] oenone (Scudder), 1863 tharrisii (Edwards nec Scudder, 1862), 1870 ab. millburni (Rummel), 1926 ab. lacteus (Gunder ), 1928 ab. greyi ( Field), 1934 bn. drusius (Edwards), 1884 ab. hewitsoni (Field), 1936 c n.reversa (Chermock & Chermock), 1940 549 gorgone ( Hibner ), “1806” [1810] (partim, ¢ ) ismeria ( Boisduval & Le Conte), [1833] a g. gorgone (Hubner), “1806” [1810] (partim, ¢ ) bg. carlota ( Reakirt ), “1866-7” ( 1866 ) nycteis Edwards (nec Doubleday ), 1861 ab. nigra (Cary ), 1901 ab. nox (Gunder ), 1928 500 harrisii (Scudder ), “1862” [1863] a h. harrisii (Scudder), “1862” [1863] bh. hanhami (Fletcher ), “1903” [1904] ch. albimontana ( Avinoff ), 1930 d_h. liggetti (Avinoff ), 1930 551 gabbii (Behr), 1863 pola ( Boisduval), 1869 a g. gabbii (Behr), 1863 sonorae ( Boisduval), 1869 ab. pasadenae (Gunder ), 1924 ab. newcombi (J. A. Comstock), 1926 ab. gunderi (J. A. Comstock), 1926 bg. sabina ( Wright), 1905 552 acastus (Edwards), “1874-6” (1874) ab. pearlae (Gunder ), 1926 form flavula (Barnes & McDunnough), 1918 118 303 O04 =——=— 00 06 —~l Ol Ol 558 309 560 * 504 pos Passos: Nearctic Melitaenae neumoegeni (Skinner ), 1895 ab. fridayi (Gunder ), 1932 ab. boharti (Gunder ), 1933 damoetas (Skinner), 1902 ab. damoetella (McDunnough), 1927 malcolmi (J. A. Comstock ), 1926 palla ( Boisduval), 1852 ap. palla ( Boisduval), 1852 form ¢ eremita (Wright), 1905 form sterope (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1870) hewesi ( Leussler ), 1931 ab. wardi (Oberthiir ), 1914 ab. blackmorei (Gunder ), 1926 ab. stygiana (J. A. Comstock), 1926 ab. hemifusa (Gunder ), 1930 ab. hopfingeri (Gunder ), 1934 b_ p. whitneyi ( Behr), 1863 whitnegi (Behr), 1868 (lapsus calami ) ab. vanduzeei (Gunder), 1928 cp. vallismortis (Johnson), 1938 (emendatio ) d_ p. ecalydon ( Holland), 1931 hoffmanni (Behr), 1863 a h. hoffmanni (Behr), 1863 helcita ( Boisduval ), 1869 ab. abnorma (Wright), 1905 ab. hollandae (Gunder ), 1928 bh. segregata (Barnes & McDunnough), 1918 bridgei (J. A. Comstock), 1924 c h. manchada Bauer, “1959” [1960] definita (Aaron ), “1884” [1885] schausi (Godman ), (1901) ab. albiplaga ( Aaron), “1884” [1885] endeis (Godman & Salvin), 1894 janais ( Drury), 1782 lacinia ( Geyer ), 1837 a 1. adjutrix Scudder, 1875 nigra (Cockerell), 1893 ( partim) bicolor ( Cockerell), 1893 ( partim) rufa (Cockerell), 1893 ( partim) ab. inghami Gunder, 1928 Vol. 23, no. 2 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 b_ I. erocale (Edwards ), “1874-6” (1874) nigra (Cockerell), 1893 ( partim) bicolor (Cockerell ), 1893 ( partim) rufa (Cockerell), 1893 (partim) form nigrescens (Cockerell), 1893 form rufescens (Cockerell), 1894 form flavida Higgins, 1960 562 californica (Wright), 1905 ab. chinoi Gunder, 1924 PHYCIODES (ANTHANASSA ) Scudder, 1875 Type: Eresia cincta Scudder (nec Edwards, 1864) 1875 (= Melitaea texana Edwards, 1863 ) Tritanassa Forbes, “1944” [1945] ( partim ) 563 texana (Edwards), 1863 at. texana (Edwards), 1863 smerdis ( Hewitson ), 1864 bt. seminole (Skinner), 1911 564 _ ptolyea (Bates), 1864 PHYCIODES (ERESIA ) Boisduval, [1836] Type: Nereis eunice Hibner, “1806” [1807] (= Eresia eunice Boisduval, [1836] ) (lapsus calami) 565. frisia (Poey), 1832 a {.frisia (Poey), 1832 gyges Hewitson, 1864 bf. tuleis ( Bates), 1864 genigueh Reakirt, “1865” [1866] archesilea R. Felder, 1869 punctata Edwards, “1870-1” (1870) PHYCIODES (PHYCIODES ) Hiibner, “1816” [1819] Type: Papilio cocyta Cramer, “1779” [1777] (= Papilio tharos Drury 1770; [1773] ) Tritanassa Forbes, “1944” [1945] ( partim ) 566 tharos (Drury ), “1770” [1773] at. tharos (Drury), “1770” [1773] (gen. aest.) tmorpheus ( Fabricius, 1775 nec Pallas, 1771) morphius (Fabricius ), 1781 (lapsus calami) cocyta (Cramer ), “1779” [1777] euclea ( Bergstrasser ), 1780 morphea (Godart), 1819 tharossa (Godart), 1819 120 567 568 569 570 oral 72 pos Passos: Nearctic Melitaenae selenis (Kirby ), 1837 ab. packardii (Saunders ), 1869 ab. reaghi Reiff, 1913 ab. dyari Gunder, 1928 gen. vern. marcia (Edwards ), “1868-9” (1868) bt. artica dos Passos, 1935 ct. pulchella ( Boisduval), 1852 pascoensis Wright, 1905 form ¢ herse Hall, 1924 ab. nigrescens Hall, 1924 hatesii ( Reakirt ) , 1865 ab. harperi Gunder, 1932 phaon (Edwards), 1864 gorgone ( Hiibner ), “1806” [1810] (partim, ? ) gorgonia (Clark & Clark), 1941 (lapsus calami) gen. aest. aestiva Edwards, 1878 form hiemalis Edwards, 1878 ab. thornei Gunder, 1934 campestris (Behr), 1863 a ec. campestris (Behr), 1863 é pratensis (Behr), 1863 ab. macdunnoughi Gunder, 1928 (emendatio ) be. eamillus Edwards, “1870-1” (1871) ab. mata (Reakirt) “1866-7” (1866 ) ab. emissa Edwards, “1870-1” (1871) ab. rohweri Cockerell, 1913 ab. tristis Cockerell, 1913 ¢c e.montana (Behr), 1863 orsa ( Boisduval), 1869 picta Edwards, 1865 a p. picta Edwards, 1865 bp. canace Edwards, “1870-1” (1871) ab. jemezensis Brehme, 1913 vesta (Edwards ), “1868-9” (1869) (gen. hiem. ) hiemalis Edwards, 1878 gen. aest. aestiva Edwards, 1878 boucardi Godman & Salvin, 1878 mylitta (Edwards ), “1861-3” (1861) a m. mylitta (Edwards), “1861-3” (1861) collina ( Behr nec Lederer, 1861) 1863 collinsia Edwards, 1872 (lapsus calami ) Vol. 23> non 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society aT mylittae Wright, 1883 (lapsus calami ) epula ( Boisduval), 1869 bm. barnesi Skinner, 1897 ab. collinsi Gunder, 1930 ab. macyi Fender, 1930 c m. pallida (Edwards), 1864 d m.thebais Godman & Salvin, 1878 arida (Skinner ), 1917 573 orseis Edwards, “1870-1” (1871) ab. edwardsi Gunder, 1927 THESSALIA Scudder, 1875 Type: Melitaea leanira Felder & Felder, 1860 574 leanira (Felder & Felder), 1860 a 1. leanira (Felder & Felder ) 1860 form obsoleta (H. Edwards ), 1877 obliterata (Strecker), 1878 (lapsus calami) form wrightii (Edwards), 1886 form leona ( Wright), 1905 ab. carolynae (Gunder ), 1926 form pelona (Gunder ), 1930 b_ I. cerrita (Wright), 1905 c 1. daviesi (Wind), 1947 575 eyneas (Godman & Salvin), (1878) ab. infrequens (Gunder ), 1928 576 alma (Strecker ), “1877” [1878] fulvia (Edwards ), 1879 ab. sinefascia ( Williams ), 1914 ab. koebelei (Gunder ), 1927 *577 theona ( Menétriés ), 1855 | at. thekla (Edwards), “1870-1” (1870) ab. benjamini (Gunder ), 1928 bt. bollii (Edwards ), “1877” [1878] 977% chinatiensis (Tinkham), 1944 DYMASIA Higgins, 1960 Type: Melitaea dymas Higgins (nec Edwards, 1864) (= Melitaea chara Edwards, “1883” [1884] ) 578 dymas (Edwards), 1864 larunda (Strecker ), “1877” [1878] é senrabii ( Barnes ), 1900 579 chara (Edwards), “1883” [1884] dymas Higgins (nec Edwards, 1864), 1960 129) pos Passos: Nearctic Melitaenae ae. chara (Edwards ), “1883” [1884] be. imperialis ( Bauer) “1958” [1959] ab. jacintoi (Gunder ), 1924 ab. nitela (J. A. Comstock), 1926 TEXOLA Higgins, “1958” [1959] Type: Eresia elada Hewitson, 1868 580 elada (Hewitson), 1868 a e. elada ( Hewitson), 1868 be. eallina (Boisduval), 1869 c e.ulrieca (Edwards ), 1877 ubrica (Skinner ), 1898 (lapsus calami) imitata (Strecker ), “1877” [1878] d_ e. perse (Edwards), 1882 POLADRYAS Bauer, [1961] Type: Melitaea pola Oberthur, 1911, nec Boisduval, 1869 (= Melitaea arachne Edwards, “1868-9” [1869] ) 581 minuta (Edwards), 1861 a m. minuta (Edwards), 1861 approximata (Strecker ), 1900 bm. nympha (Edwards), 1884 582 arachne (Edwards ), “1868-9” (1869) pola Oberthiir (nec Boisduval, 1869), 1911 ab. polingi (Gunder ), 1926 ab. gunderiae ( Holland), 1931 a a.monache (J. A. Comstock), 1918 ba. gilensis ( Holland), 1931 MICROTIA Bates, 1864 Type: Microtia elva Bates, 1864 583 elva Bates, 1864 EUPHYDRYAS Scudder, 1872 Type: Papilio phaeton Drury, “1770” [1773] +Lemonias Hubner, [1806] (Opinion 278, name 79) Melitaea Auctorum (nec Fabricius, 1807 ) 592 phaeton (Drury) “1770” [1773] ab. streckeri ( Ellsworth), 1902 593 chalcedona (Doubleday ), “1846-52” [1847] ab. lorquini ( Oberthiir), 1914 be. dwinellei (H. Edwards), 1881 f ce. perdiceas (Edwards ), “1880-1” [1880] (emendatio ) perdiceas (Edwards ), “1880-1” [1880] (lapsus calami) Vol. 23. nio82 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 593% colon (Edwards), “1880-1” [1881] 594 anicia ( Doubleday ), “1846-52” [1847] k ab. melanodisca (J. A. Comstock), 1918 | ab. rubrolimbata (J. A. Comstock), 1918 595 editha ( Boisduval), 1852 g e.nubigena (Behr), 1863 nubigea (Carpenter ), 1877 (lapsus calami ) 1 e. edithana (Strand), 1915 The following explanations will help answer questions concerning placement of names, especially where the above list deviates from the treatment of either Higgins or Bauer, or both, or where more recent infor- mation has been incorporated. The present arrangement includes eight fewer species level taxa, owing primarily to the relegation to subspecies of entities formerly considered to be species. CHLOSYNE For reasons that will be explained in a subsequent paper, Chlosyne ismeria (Boisduval and LeConte) has been placed in the synonymy of C. gorgone (Hiibner) ¢ and C. gorgone (Hubner) @? in the synonymy of Phyciodes (Phyciodes) phaon. There is no definite record of the occurrence of Chlosyne erodyle (Bates ), 1864, in the Nearctic region. Consequently, it has been omitted from the list. Also three heretofore considered subspecies of Chlosyne lacinia (Geyer ), 1837, have been omitted because they are not believed to occur in the Nearctic region. These are Synchloé quehtala Reakirt, 1866, de- scribed from Vera Cruz, Mexico; S. ardema Reakirt, 1866, described from Mexico, and S. pretona Boisduval, 1870, described from Guatemala. ANTHANASSA | Brown (1965: 192) has applied to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature to designate a type-species under the plenary powers for Anthanassa Scudder. If that application is granted, Melitaea texana Edwards, 1863, will become the type-species of Anthanassa (Z.N. (s;)) 1697). ERESIA Eresia leucodesma (Felder & Felder), 1861, has been omitted on the advice of Brown (1966: 424). The author is advised by Bauer (in litt.) that three specimens of Phyciodes ptolyca (Bates) have been taken in Texas and that he has one of the three in his collection, hence that name has been added to the list as no. 564. 124 pos Passos: Nearctic Melitaenae Vol. 235 nom THESSALIA Bauer ([1961]: 139) places leanira in Chlosyne. Higgins (1960: 442) places leanira in Thessalia. Higgins is followed. DyYMASIA Higgins (1960: 455) proposed the name Dymasia with Melitaea dymas Edwards as the type species. Unfortunately, as Brown (1966: 381) has pointed out, Higgins misdetermined dymas. The specimen before him was Melitaea chara Edwards which Higgins (1960: 456) incorrectly placed in the synonymy of dymas. They are actually two different species although closely related, the females being quite different. Consequently, dymas Higgins equals chara Edwards, and chara is therefore the type of Dymasia. Higgins (1960: 456) claims that imperialis is the spring generation of dymas at Palm Springs, but it seems to the author to be entitled to sub- specific rank. TEXOLA Brown (1967: 273) has cast doubt upon the occurrence of Texola elada callina in southern California, although one type was named from Sonora, southern California. That situation will be examined in a later paper. POLADRYAS Melitaea pola, Bauer's type of Poladryas, is the pola of Oberthir and not of Boisduval and is actually M. arachne Edwards, hence the type of Poladryas is M. arachne Edwards “1868-9” (1869). Higgins under Melitaea lists minuta, approximata, pola, arachne, mon- ache, gilensis, nympha, polingi, and gunderiae. It is a question whether to follow Higgins and list these names as Melitaea, or Bauer and list them as Poladryas. In either event, the species will remain substantially as in the Synonymic List. Higgins places gilensis in the synonymy of Melitaea pola, but the author has given it subspecific standing. Bauer does not mention nympha Edwards, approximata Strecker, gilensis Holland or monache apparently because he considers them to be subspecies. MICROTIA Higgins (1960: 460) states that elva is not Nearctic, but Bauer ([1961]: 132) claims that elva occurs in southern Arizona to southern Texas, hence it is listed. In substantiation of that statement, he has fur- nished the author with a recent record from Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Pima Co., Arizona. This specimen, collected by Lloyd Martin, is in the Los Angeles County Museum. Melitaea dymas is the other species Bauer places in Microtia while 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 Higgins places it in Dymasia as the type. That situation is explained under Dymasia. EUPHYDRYAS Bauer ([1961]: 127-130) lists the same five species of Euphydryas as dos Passos (1964) but in different order and adds Euphydryas colon as a sixth species. Since Bauer gives no reason for changing the order of listing the names, there is no point in following him and in repeating the listings except to include colon as a species and list those instances where an additional name or a typographical correction should be added or made in the list. LITERATURE CITED Bauer, D. L., [1961]. Tribe Melitaeini. Checker spots, crescents, and patch butter- flies. In: Ehrlich and Ehrlich. How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa, [8] + 262 pp., 525 figs. : Brown, F. M., 1965. Anthanassa Scudder, 1875 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed designation of a type-species under the plenary powers. Z.N.(S.) 1697. Bull. Zool. Nomen., 22: 192-194. 1965. Three letters from J. B. A. D. de Boisduval to W. H. Edwards and the true identity of Melitaea pola Bdv., and Melitaea callina Bdv., J. Lep. Soc., 19: 197-211. 1966. The types of Nymphalid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards— Part II Melitaeine. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 92: 357-368, 321 figs. 1967. Lorquin’s localities “Sonora” and “Utah.” J. Lepid. Soc., 21(4): 271-274. pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Memoir No. 1, The Lepidopterists’ Society. vi + 145 pp. Hiccins, L. G., 1960. A revision of the Melitaeine genus Chlosyne and allied species [genera] (Lepidoptera: Nymphalinae). Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond., 112: 381-467, 137 figs. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE .(n.s.)82 Required six-month’s notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the fol- lowing names listed by case number: (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 25, pt. 2/3, 27 Sep- tember 1968): 1843. Validation of Aphis gossypii Glover, 1877 (Insecta, Hemiptera) 1845. Type-species for Anoplius Dufour, 1834; Neotypes for Sphex niger Fabricius, 1775, and Sphex nigerrimus Scopoli, 1763 (Insecta, Hymenoptera ) (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 25, pt. 4/5, 17 January 1969 ) 1852. Suppression of Siphocoryne angelicae del Guercio, 1911 (Insecta, Hemiptera ) 1853. Validation of emendation to Hyposmocoma of Hyposmochoma Butler, 1881 (Insecta, Lepidoptera ) 126 Oper: Review, MacKay’s Aegeriidae Vol. 23; 0m BOOK REVIEW THe NortH AMERICAN AEGERIIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA): A REVISION BASED ON LATE IN- STAR LARVAE; by Margaret Rae MacKay. Entomological Society of Canada, Memoir 58: 1-112, including 49 figs. 1968. Miss MacKay’s revision is the most important work concerning the North American Aegeriidae since the work of Engelhardt in 1946. It is unusual for a taxonomic re- vision to be based entirely upon larval features. The close agreement between Mac- Kay’s conclusions about the higher classification of the Tortricidae based on her study of their larvae and the conclusions reached by Obraztsov affirm the reliability of her methods and conclusions. The major source of material for this study was the extensive G. P. Engelhardt collection of aegeriid larvae, at the U. S. National Museum. Other material came from only five other sources. Late instar larvae of 60 of the 114 species (53%) of North American Aegeriidae were studied and thoroughly described. The author’s conclusions were somewhat hampered by the fact that larvae of six genera (sensu Engelhardt) were not available for study. It is unfortunate that two of these genera are the sole representatives of two of Engelhardt’s nine suprageneric groupings, i.e., Signaphora Group and Calasesia Group. The phylogenetic relationships of the higher categories as interpreted by MacKay differ strikingly from the arrangements of Engelhardt (1946, U. S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 190) and Niculescu (1964, Linneana Belgica (III) 3). The 60 species studied are treated as representing 20 genera in five tribes and two subfamilies. MacKay’s study indicates that three new genera should be recognized. Since two of the new genera indicated are established from single larvae, and since genera are more normally established on the basis of adults, the genera are referred to nominally as Genus I, Genus II, and Genus III. If all authors past and present displayed such concern for nomenclatural stability, much needless work could be (have been) eliminated for future systematists. When adults of the new genera are studied in comparison with those of closely related genera or when more larval material becomes available, names can be given to these genera if justified. In the text there are keys to all tribes, to genera within each tribe, and to species for the larger genera. The treatment oF each species includes a listing of material examined, a larval description, citation of recorded hosts, and a brief statement of distribution. Ten subspecies are included by MacKay, eight of these were treated as races and two as forms by Engelhardt. MacKay does not list the latter as new com- binations nor does she give any substantiation for their elevation to subspecific status. The figures illustrate 54 of the species under consideration. These figures, which display MacKay’s concern for features of taxonomic importance include setal maps, frontal view of head, arrangement of ocelli and surrounding setae, and crotchets. There are separate indices to scientific names of the hosts and the moths at the end of the treatment. Despite the excellence of this treatment, there remains much work to be done with the North American Aegeriidae. Engelhardt’s species concept and his sometimes ambiguous usage of “race,” “form,” and “variety” as well as his frequent omission of type localities make it difficult for one to identify many specimens with any de- gree of certainty. Distribution for most non-economic species are poorly known, and several species complexes in the west urgently need study. MacKay has now provided an excellent framework within which any new informa- tion at the species level may be easily interpolated. This work should be included in the personal library of any serious student of North American Lepidoptera.—PAUL A. Oper, University of California, Berkeley. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PYRRHOPYGE CREON (HESPERIIDAE ) FROM PANAMA 5 Oa NICOLAS 1500 Wakefield Drive, Virginia Beach, Va. G. B. SMALL, JR. Box 2510, Balboa, Canal Zone The genus Pyrrhopyge is represented in the Republic of Panama by approximately six species and/or subspecies, depending upon the terms of reference and the sources of material. None are common and most are rather local. One of the most beautiful and distinctive of these is Pyrrhopyge creon Druce. The shining dark blue brilliance of the upper surface of the forewings and single sub-tornal dark red spot of the hindwings makes recognition of this species relatively easy. In 1963, Gordon Small took several specimens of a large Pyrrhopyge that did not agree with existing illustrations or written descriptions. Con- tinued collecting by Mr. Small during the ensuing years has produced an excellent series of specimens. Concurrent search of the literature, perusal of available museum collections and genitalic study has been made by the senior author. We have reached the conclusion that we have an undescribed subspecies of Pyrrhopyge creon. Pyrrhopyge creon lilliana Nicolay and Small, new subspecies Male: Length of forewing, 30 mm + 1 mm; holotype 29 mm. Upperside: Forewings very dark, shining purple-blue with a vague darker border- ing area. Hindwings with discal area of the same dark shining blue; the single dark red tornal spot of P. c. creon increased to from three to five dark orange-red spots following the curve of the outer margin from interspace 1b to interspace 4, the largest and always most prominent in interspace 1, triangular to strigiform in 1b, becoming progressively smaller and less definitive from interspace 2 through 4 (Fig, 1). Underside: Dark blue coloring same as upperside, but less shining and _ brilliant; orange-red spots of hindwings repeated, more quadrate and slightly larger and more definitive than on upper surface. Fringes, head, palpi and pectus, black; collar, tegulae, pronotum, and abdomen, dark blue-black. Female: Length of forewing, 35 mm + 1 mm; allotype 34 mm. Upper and undersides: All coloring and maculation same as in male, orange-red spots proportionately enlarged (Fig. 2). Holotype male: Republic of Panama, Cerro Campana, Panama Prov- ince, 2,500 feet, 24 December 1964. Allotype female, same locality, 20 August 1963. Eighty-nine male paratypes and sixteen female paratypes all from the same locality with dates of July thru September and Novem- ber—December being most prevalent. One male bears the date 15 Feb- ruary and another, 28 June. Holotype male and allotype female deposited 128 NiIcoLAay AND SMALL: New Pyrrhopyge Vol. 23, nos 2 in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes deposited in the following institutions: American Museum, New York, New York; Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; the remainder in the authors’ collections. Within the type series, the number of red spots on the secondaries varies from three to five. Of 90 male specimens, 12 have three spots, 25 have four spots and 53 have five spots. One female has four spots, the remainder, five. The conspecific character of lilliana with creon is clearly indicated by the male genitalia (Fig. 3). Evans’ (1951) figure, although rather rough and with only the inside view of the left valva shown, is recognizable. The valve of P. creon are asymmetrical, this feature clearly shown in Bell's (1931) treatment of the genus and in the earlier treatment by Godman and Salvin (1879-1901). A close comparison of the male genitalia of P. c. lilliana was made with those from specimens of P. c. creon collected in Costa Rica. Small variations between individuals occur but are con- sidered within the limits of specific variation to be expected within a species complex. Thus far, lilliana has been taken only in the type locality—the cloud forest clothing the upper slopes of Cerro Campana and the neighboring ridges at elevations of 2,000-3,000 feet. This mountain is located about 40 miles southwest of the Canal Zone. Northeast of this point (toward South America as one travels by land), the mountains forming the Conti- nental Divide rapidly diminish in altitude, and similar environments are not to be found for at least 60 miles. The intervening area of low altitudes, of which the Canal Zone is a part, very likely acts as an effective barrier, preventing the species from spreading toward South America. In the opposite direction, one would suspect that creon has a clinal distribution along the slopes of the ridges forming the Continental Divide. True creon has been found from Calobre, Veraguas Province, Panama, westward through Chiriqui Province, Panama, and into Costa Rica. Unfortunately, due to the lack of collections made in the area between Calobre and Cerro Campana and also in the area east of the Canal Zone, it is impossible to make a definite statement about the distribution of creon and its sub- species at this time. The subspecies lilliana has two chief flight periods, one in July, August and into September and again in November—December. Both flights occur in the wet season, but at those times in which the average precipi- tation is least. It is not uncommon during its flight periods, and one can usually expect to see three or four specimens in a given day. Un- fortunately, mists and clouds frequently envelope the mountains, and like 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 129 Figs. 1-2. Pyrrhopyge creon lilliana Nicolay & Small. Fig. 1 (upper), holotype male. Fig. 2 (lower), allotype female. most lepidopterous species lilliana is active during those intervals in which the sun is shining. These intervals tend to be frustratingly few and far between. Furthermore, lilliana only flies from about 9:30 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. so that the actual time available to collect individuals of this species in any given day is rather small. Although lilliana is undoubtedly capable of extremely swift flight, it flies with only moderate speed in a skipping and, at times, buzzing manner. The male is prone to rest with outstretched wings on the tips of 130 NICOLAY AND SMALL: New Pyrrhopyge Vol. 23, no. 2 Fig. 3. Pyrrhopyge creon lilliana Nicolay & Small; male genitalia; lateral aspect. leaves 8-16 feet above the ground. Certain particular trees and shrubs are definitely preferred, and an individual will often post itself on a leaf, from which it makes short forays after other species of Lepidoptera, only to return to the same, or a neighboring spot a few moments later. One individual was observed to “attack” a perched hummingbird. The female is much more directional in her flight, apparently in search for the foodplant. Both sexes are unwary, and thus easy to capture. Nothing is known of the early stages. LITERATURE CITED BELL, E. L., 1931. Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae, with descriptions of several new species (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Hesperiidae). J. New York Ent. Soc., 39: 417-491. Evans, W. H., 1951. A Catalogue of the American Hesperiidae, in the British Museum (Natural History). Part I. Introduction and Group A. Pyrrhopyginae. British Museum of Natural History, 92 pp. + 9 pl. GopMan, F. C. & O. SALvin, 1879-1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. 2 Vol. London. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13h THOMAS HERBERT ELLIOT JACKSON (1903-1968 ) T. H. E. Jackson, known to his many friends as “Pinkie,” was murdered by a criminal gang at his home near Kitale, Kenya, on the night of May 22, 1968. Pinkie Jackson was born in Dorset, England, on January 12, 1903. His father, Brigadier General H. K. Jackson, hoped that his son eventually would enter professional military service and enrolled him at Wellington College. Young Jackson, however, showed little inclination for the army and after Wellington went to Harper Adams Agricultural College in Shropshire. In 1923, after a brief visit to Kenya, he went to India to work on an indigo plantation. Kenya, however, had made an impression, and the following year he returned there to stay. After a time spent learning to grow coffee with Mr. Maxwell Trench near Nyeri, he settled on a farm of his own on the slopes of Mt. Elgon, where he was soon joined by his father and family. Coffee had not been grown in that area before but was eventually established by Jackson and his father, and after many vicissitudes the farm “Kapretwa” blossomed forth, to become one of the finest and most successful coffee estates in the district. At the outbreak of World War II Jackson joined the Officer Cadet Training Unit and was later drafted to the 4th King’s African Rifles. After some service with this regiment he was sent by the Kenya government to raise and train a company of Turkana Irregulars for duty on the troubled Abyssinian frontier. Later he was charged with the military administration of a large area in northern Somalia. By the end of the war he had reached the rank of Lieutenant Colonel. The war over, Jackson returned to Kapretwa and continued to improve and develop it in subsequent years. Among other things he pioneered the growing of tea and built the first processing plant in the Kitale dis- trict. At the start of the Mau Mau emergency in 1953 he volunteered and served in a senior capacity in the Embu district. From then on he devoted his time to his farm, to his superb garden and to his entomological activi- ties. Jackson had been an enthusiastic naturalist from his early youth. He became an excellent field ornithologist and botanist, and over the years built up one of the most beautiful gardens in Kenya as well as an out- standing collection of local and exotic orchids. His most absorbing in- terest, however, was entomology, which he pursued throughout his life. In 1935 he took part in the British Museum Ruwenzori expedition, with the dipterist T. W. Edwards and the botanist George Taylor (now Sir George Taylor, Director of Kew Gardens), and collected vast numbers of 132 CarRCASSON AND CLENCH: T. H. E. Jackson Vol. 23, mene insects, particularly butterflies, moths and beetles, most of which are now in the British Museum. Not long after that Jackson began to form his own collection of butter- flies. From the beginning he devoted particular attention to their early stages, and his first papers were concerned with life histories he dis- covered. His collection, which he built with the same diligence and en- thusiasm that marked his every undertaking, grew rapidly, particularly in his favorite groups, the Nymphalidae and the Lycaenidae and their allies. He collected widely in Africa himself, in Kenya, Uganda, Somalia, southern Ethiopia. He was one of the first to explore entomologically the Kigezi district of southern Uganda, a mountainous region where, in the Kayonza Forest, he found many new species. Jackson also trained several African collectors whom he sent not only to areas in Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania, but also to Middle Congo, Cameroun, Nigeria and Ivory Coast. At the time of his death he was negotiating with the govemment of Gabon to send one of them to that country. These men were not ordinary collectors, but highly trained specialists. One was particularly adept at finding the eggs and larvae of the genus Jolaus, large, handsome blue and white hairstreaks whose larvae feed on the parasitic plant Loranthus, high in the forest canopy. Through the efforts of this man Jackson thus obtained long, perfect series of a host of species of this genus and its relatives, many of them new or previously little known. Another of his collectors specialized in finding nests of the ant genus Crematogaster and in building platforms high up in infested trees to collect liptenids associated with these ants. Whenever he had the chance Jackson would go to the British Museum to study the rich African collections and to compare the increasing num- ber of new or little known species that he or his collectors had found. Through that institution he was put in contact, in 1938 or 1939, with M. Henri Stempffer of Paris, the world’s foremost authority on African Ly- caenidae. This was to be a most fortunate association, a happy combina- tion of collector and specialist, both of rare ability and great productivity. Jackson published relatively little himself. He began rather late (he was 34 years old when his first paper appeared), and his early articles came out at considerable intervals. From the late 1950’s, however, he began to publish more, and the last decade of his life saw more from his pen than all the preceding years. His most important papers, perhaps, are the one written in collaboration with V. G. L..van Someren (1960) on mimicry in African butterflies, and the series of taxonomic articles on the very difficult liptenid genus Epitola and its allies (1962a, 1964, 1964a, 1967 ). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13s Jackson’s collection had grown to be one of the largest assemblages of African butterflies anywhere, and certainly the largest on that continent. And this despite the fact that he gave away duplicate specimens by the thousands, to anyone or to any institution he thought would put them to good use: to Stempffer, to the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle (Paris), to the Musée Royale de l'Afrique Centrale (Tervuren), to Carnegie Museum, to the National Museum of Kenya, to the British Museum. The latter institution further received over the years the types of nearly all the many forms named by Jackson, or by Stempffer from Jackson’s material. In 1961 Jackson began to feel that his collection itself should be more readily available to scientists and in June of that year gave half of it, some 65,000 specimens, to the British Museum. The other half, along with his fine entomological library, he willed to the National Museum of Kenya, where it now is. Mere words can scarcely do justice to Pinkie Jackson’s many personal qualities. His great charm and warmth of personality won him close friends wherever he went. He was an ideal companion in the field, and a delightful correspondent, full of enthusiasm, extremely knowledgeable and always articulate. The brutal murder of this unfailingly kind, generous and wise man was a great shock to all who knew him and a grievous loss to his many friends and relatives and to African entomology. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF T. H. E. JACKSON 1937. The early stages of some African Lycaenidae (Lep.) with an account of larval habits. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 86: 201-238. 1940. (with C. Cripps, senior author). The life-history of Lachnocnema bibulus (Fab.) in Kenya with a note on the larval gland by Dr. H. Eltringham. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 90: 449-453, illus. 1947. The early stages of some African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London, (A) 22: 44-48. 1950. (with G. D. Hale Carpenter, senior author). New butterflies from East Africa and the Ituri Forest. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London, (B) 19: 97-108. 1952. Notes on some new and rare Rhopalocera from eastern Africa, parts 1 and 2. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London, (B) 20: 91-96, 97-165, illus. . 1952a. (with V. G. L. van Someren, senior author). The Charaxes etheocles-ethalion complex: a tentative reclassification of the group. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 103: 257-284. 1956. Notes on the Rhopalocera of the Kigezi district of Uganda with descriptions of new species and sub-species. J. East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc., 23: 63-102, illus. 1957. (with V. G. L. van Someren, senior author). The Charaxes etheocles-ethalion complex: supplement no. 1. (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Ann. Transvaal Mus., 23: 42-58. 1957a. Protective mimicry in the pupa of Epitola urania (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae ). J. Ent. Soc. southern Afr., 20: 234, illus. 1957b. (with T. G. Howarth, junior author). Diestogyna butleri Aurivillius (Lep.: Nymphalidae) and corrections to an earlier paper. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London, (B) 26: 99-102, illus. 134 1960. 1961. 1962. 1962a. 1962b. 1964. 1964a. 1965. 1967. CARCASSON AND CLENCH: T. H. E. Jackson Vol. 23) nos (with V. G. L. van Someren, senior author). Some comments on protective resemblance amongst African Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera). J. Lepid. Soc., 13 [“1959"]: 121-150, illus. Entomological studies from a high tower in Mpanga Forest, Uganda. 9. Ob- servations on Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera). Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 113: 346-350. The undescribed female of Pseudathyma lucretiodes Hale-Carpenter & Jackson (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (13) 4 (“1961”): 577— 578, illus. Notes on the Epitolinae with descriptions of a new genus, species and sub- species. (Lep.: Lycaenidae). Bull. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Ent., 12: 125-163, illus. (with H. Stempffer, senior author). A note on the Rhopalecera of Bugalla Island, Sesse Isles, Uganda. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London, (B) 31: 33-37. Notes on the Epitolinae (Part II). Bull. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Ent., 15: 59-80, illus. Addenda and corrigenda to notes on the Epitolinae, Jackson 1962 and 1964, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 12(3), 125-162 and 15(3), 59-80. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (13) 7: 697-700, illus. A revision of the genus Chloroselas Butler, with a note on Alaena Boisduval and descriptions of a few new African Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae ). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (13) 8: 523-531, illus. The synonymy in Citrinophila Kirby and further notes on Epitola Westwood and Alaena Boisduval (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). J. Nat. Hist., 1: 327— 336, illus. The above biographical account was adapted in part from an Apprecia- tion published by one of us (RHC) in the East African Standard (Nairobi), June 14, 1968, and also in J. E. Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. 26, 3(115): 149, June 30, 1968. Sir George Taylor, Director of The Royal Botanic Gardens (Kew), has also published an obituary notice (London Times, June 11, 1968), a copy of which he was so good as to send us and on which we have drawn. M. Henri Stempffer (Paris) and Mr. Norman D. Riley (Brit- ish Museum) have contributed additional information and have helped with the bibliography. We thank all these gentlemen for their assistance. R. H. Carcasson, Centennial Museum, Vancouver, Canada Harry K. CLeNcnH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 ERNEST E. PLATT, A SOUTH AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERIST (July 3, 1874-August 28, 1966) In 1897 a young man, 23 years of age, arrived in Durban intending to make a living as a printer. I never knew why he had selected Port Natal (as Durban was best known overseas in those days), but neither did I get the impression that he had come with the intention of studying nature. On arrival at Durban he was engaged by the printing firm of T. L. Cullingworth as a compositor, but three years later he started on his own with a fellow worker, H. A. Wilson. Together they formed a small com- pany called the Electric Press as it was the first printing works in Durban that used electricity for running the presses. 136 JANsE: E. E. Platt Vol, 23, noxw2 This was where I met Mr. Platt for the first time in 1912 when I was introduced to him by a collector of butterflies, Mr. Edgar Clark. Durban had at that time at least six insect collectors, most of them were especially interested in butterflies. No big town anywhere in South Africa at that time, and for many years afterwards, had so many insect collectors. Durban in those days had many streets with patches of original vegeta- tion, and at times butterflies swarmed in the main streets. Most of the bluff opposite the bay was an area of virgin soil covered with subtropical bush, swarming with insect life. No wonder that my friend Platt soon joined the enthusiastic band of butterfly collectors. But he was not a mere collector for long. Soon he became fascinated by the intriguing life- histories of the Lepidoptera. In addition he started collecting and culti- vating orchids in the hothouse where caterpillars and their food plants had been the only occupants. During the past 20 years he went to no end of trouble to get the food plants required and I have known him to go on a Sunday as far as Eshowe when finally the natural bush nearby had to make way for the cultivation of sugar cane. Also in those days several rivers had to be crossed by drifts, as bridges were few and far between while the roads were often mere muddy tracks in the summer. Almost from the beginning he made notes of his caterpillar breeding; photographs were taken of the caterpillars while on the food plants which he had identified at the Natal Herbarium; and at least one caterpillar of each species was preserved. The Lepidoptera, thus bred, often from the egg stage onwards, he generously presented, with the cabinets, to the Grahamstown Museum as unfortunately its entomological collection had been destroyed by fire. The notebooks, negatives of the photos and the preserved caterpillars and pupae he presented to the Transvaal Museum. The list of the Lepidoptera foodplants which he compiled, as published in volume III of the South African Journal of Natural History in 1921, is thus a reliable document of what was known up to that date, and no other worker had contributed so much to the study of the life-histories of the South African Lepidoptera as had been compiled by the late Ernest Platt. A. J. T. JANSE, Pretoria, South Africa NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study j of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay _ for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address ' _all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture - Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. ‘- Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; _ failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. a Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide '__ margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. . Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) ' or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading Lirerature Cirep, in the following format: - Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white _ backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x7 _ inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an _ indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted _ plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) _ figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction ~ without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, _ On a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpLANATION OF _ Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author's changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired _ position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, - should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, _ Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyr. F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard « cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. eee LAWRENCE, KANSAS usm 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 23, no. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Notes on the biology and hostplant associations of Ornithoptera priamus urvilleanus and O. victoriae (Papilionidae) by R. Straatman Effects of environmental factors on the markings of Pieris rapae (Pieridae) by John M. Kolyer A new subspecies of Callophrys fotis from the San Francisco Bay area (Lycaenidae) by. Richard)M.; Brown |) ee eee 95-96 A light weight collapsible bait trap for Lepidoptera by Austen Pl Pratt) 22k oh eas 97-101 Detailed description of larva of Polydorus aristolochiae by G. H. Munshi and §..A. Moiz. 000 A simple technique for hand-pairing Limenitis butterflies (Nymphalidae) by Austin. P. Platt. 00000 109-112 A synonymic list with taxonomic notes concerning the Nearctic Melitaeinae (Nymphalidae) by: Gynil PF.’ dos, Passos ji... be oe 115-125 A new subspecies of Pyrrhopyge creon (Hesperiidae) from Panama by.S..S., Nicolay and G.-B. Small, Jr. ee 127-131 FIELD NOTES Occurrence of Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae) in Virginia by Gerald B: Straley oo 76 Field notes and subspecific status of Oeneis melissa (Satyridae ) in northern Quebec by George’ Si Anthony 2.200000 8 ee 103 Heliconius hecale and xanthocles in Venezuela by John’ Hy Masters. (200 ys 104 Nocturnal copulation of Rhopalocera by. J. ‘Richard “Heitzman (0-00 105 Boloria polaris (Nymphalidae) in northern British Columbia by RE. Woodley. ot 113 A notable intergeneric mating (Lycaenidae) : by Don’ Freehins 0). ns 115 THOMAS HERBERT ELLIOT JACKSON (1903-1968) by R. H. Carcasson and H. K.Clench _..._ 131-134 ERNEST E. PLATT, a South African Lepidopterist (1874-1966) by (A. Je Te Janse (es 135-136 BOOK SPER VEE WS cc 101, 106, 126 ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE (2 ee eee 125 Volume 23 1969 Number 3 af JOURNAL - Leprporrerists’ Sociery Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY k CNG Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue REVIEW OF ACANTHOPTEROCTETES TAXONOMY OF CERCYONIS ECOLOGY OF NATURAL DISPERSAL ATTRACTION TO PIG CARRION FOODPLANT CHEMORECEPTORS OF DANAUS (Complete contents on back cover) 24 September 1969 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe, Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. Hesse, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England), President-elect S. A. Hesse (Washington, Conn.), Ist Vice President LEONILLA VAsQuEs (Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. Wiiu1aMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President J. S. Bucxerr (Sacramento, Calif.), Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): C. L. Hocus (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. Tuorne (E] Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricut (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Cxencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W.C. McGuFrFin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. Nexrurenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: J. S. Buckett, Bureau of Entomology, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, Calif. 95814. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. Se ee JOURNAL OF Tue LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 23 1969 Number 3 A REVIEW OF THE GENUS ACANTHOPTEROCTETES WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES (ERIOCRANIIDAE) Dona.p R., Davis Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. In the course of my revisionary studies on the American Incurvariidae, I recently received from Mr. James H. Baker of Baker, Oregon, two speci- mens of an unknown moth which superficially resembled on incurvariid. Upon dissection the true affinities of this undescribed species were recog- nized, and the genus Acanthopteroctetes was suspected as the proper placement. Through the courtesy of Dr. Annette F. Braun, I was able to examine the unique holotype of A. tripunctata and to confirm the generic placement of the new species collected by Baker. Because our knowledge of this genus is so meager, I thought it desirable to redescribe the taxon, which at present contains only three species, one of which remains un- named. Itis further hoped that the information contained herein will assist efforts currently being pursued by others to revise this family on a global basis. The genus Acanthopteroctetes was proposed by Braun (1921) in the subfamily Eriocranianae [sic], which at that time was generally consid- ered a subdivision of the Micropterygidae even though Busck and Boving (1914) had earlier pointed out the distinctness of the two groups. Braun accurately diagnosed the genus as not being closely related to any de- scribed taxon but stated that it was nearest Eriocrania. McDunnough (1939) recognized the separation of the Eriocraniidae and Micropterygi- dae but probably failing to note Braun’s discussion of the relationships of Acanthopteroctetes erroneously placed the genus in the Micropterygi- dae. I concur with Braun’s remarks, particularly in light of the structure of the female genitalia which is described herein for the first time. I wish to express my appreciation to Mr. James H. Baker for the gift of the two specimens which initiated this study, and to Dr. Annette F. Braun for the loan of the material under her care. I am indebted to Mr. _ Andre Pizzini, staff artist of the Department of Entomology, Smithsonian 138 Davis: Eriocraniid Review Vol. 23) nol Institution, for the drawings and to Mr. Victor Kranz, staff photographer of the Smithsonian Institution, for the photographs. ACANTHOPTEROCTETES Braun Acanthopteroctetes Braun, 1921, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 73(1): 22; Fletcher, 1929, Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. series, 11: 2; McDunnough, 1939, Mem. So. California Acad. Sci., 2(1): 110. TypE OF GENus.—Acanthopteroctetes tripunctata Braun. Monobasic. ApDULT.—Small, slender-bodied moths; wing expanse approximately 11-16 mm. Head (figs. 3-5).—Rough, densely covered by erect, hairlike scales. Occipital region above foramen magnum raised to form a low, rounded, transverse ridge extend- ing width of head. Lower margin of frons with a bilateral pair of shallow but promi- nent, cuplike excavations, each approximately one-half diameter of eye. Labrum narrow, elongate; apical margin rounded. Epipharynx small, triangular, membranous. Pilifers absent. Eyes evenly rounded, smooth. Ocelli absent. Antennae slender, simple, approximately three-fourths the length of forewing; each segment clothed with a single row of relatively narrow, flatly-appressed scales above and with scat- tered pubescence below; scape moderately enlarged, cylindrical, without pecten. Mandibles absent. Maxillary palpi greatly lengthened, normally folded in repose, five-segmented with fourth (penultimate) segment the longest, doubling fifth in length. Tongue naked, reduced, approximately one-half the length of maxillary palpi. Labial palpi reduced, approximately equal to first segment of maxillary palpi in length, two-segmented with apical segment about twice the length of basal one. Labial sclerite narrow, nearly twice as long as broad, roughly rectangular, lateral margins slightly concave. Thorax: Mostly clothed with relatively broad, appressed scales except for a lateral patch of erect, hairlike scales arising from each tegula and two similar patches arising on either side of mid-dorsal line near posterior margin of mesonotum. Wings (fig. 16) slender, lanceolate. Forewings 12-veined with vein 7 stalked to 8 and termi- nating on costa near apex; 6 stalked to 7+8 and arising below their separation; 10 and 11 stalked, arising from cell slightly beyond middle; base of media undivided within cell; accessory cell absent; jugum present. Hindwing 11l-veined, with vein 10 (Rz) completely fused to Ri; frenulum absent; base of subcostal vein with a short costal spur; stalking of veins 6, 7 and 8 as in forewing; base of media undivided; lower half of discal cell open due to atrophy of medial-cubital crossvein between 3 and 4; fringe along hind margin elongate, equalling width of wing. Prothoracic tibiae (fig. 15) without epiphysis but with 2-3 short spines at middle and a similar number at apex; mesothoracic tibiae with a single apical spur and with spines distributed as in forelegs; metathoracic tibiae with a pair of apical spurs and a second pair of spurs situated near distal one-third, all spurs approximately equal in length, also with a single spine at middle, a scattered series of 6-8 short spines between two sets of spurs and a whorl of 2—4 apical spines. Abdomen: Cylindrical; sclerites simple, unmodified; eighth segment of female with a single row of long, stout bristles encircling abdomen. Male genitalia: Uncus bifid, revolute; lower margins serrulate near apex. Tegumen and vinculum broad, united to form a short cylinder; anterior margin of vinculum concave. Transtilla well developed, with a prominent, elongate, revolute, median process extending caudad; apex of process with an acute, median ridge arising dorsally; ventral margins of median process serrulate at apex; basal region of transtilla abruptly expanded and loosely articulated to bases of valvae. Juxta well developed, of various form. Valvae relatively simple, without secondary appendages except for a relatively broad, membranous fringe extending along lower (ventral) margin. Aedeagus rather complex, stout, with.a prominent array of cornuti. Female genitalia: A single genital opening (monotrysian). Ovipositor of the piercing type; apex acute, spear-shaped, dorsal edge smooth, ventral edge minutely serrulate; 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 ss Figs. 1-2. Adults: 1, Acanthopteroctetes tripunctata Braun, male holotype, Glacier National Park, Montana, wing expanse 11 mm; 2, Acanthopteroctetes bimaculata Davis, female holotype, Baker, Oregon, wing expanse 15 mm. apophyses slender, greatly elongated; posterior apophyses extending to tip of ovipositor and forming the greater part of the shaft; anterior pair considerably shorter, termi- nating on eighth abdominal segment. Ductus bursae greatly dilated. Corpus bursae completely membranous and relatively small. Signum apparently absent. Discussion.—Several features serve to distinguish this interesting genus from the other members of Eriocraniidae. Among the more noteworthy are the absence of ocelli and mandibles, the two segmented labial palpi, and the distinctly different venation. The Eriocraniidae have been partly characterized as possessing ocelli (Meyrick, 1912) and mandibles ( Busck and Boving, 1914; Imms, et al., 1957). Furthermore, I am unaware of any member of this group of Lepidoptera whose labial palpal segmentation is less than three. The New Zealand genus Mnesarchaea (Mnesarchaeidae ) is interesting in that it too lacks mandibles and possesses rather slender wings. That genus, however, apparently differs from Acanthopteroctetes in too many other respects for the two taxa to be regarded as closely allied. Certain structural modifications in the male genitalia present some dif- ficulties for interpretation, the principal among these being the proper terminology for the two sclerites situated in the diaphragma. For con- venience, I have adopted the term juxta for the rather broad sclerite ventrad to the aedeagus. Dorsad to the aedeagus lies another heavily sclerotized structure whose lateral-basal arms articulate with the bases of the valvae. I have referred to this element as the transtilla, even though its derivation and composition may be much more complex. Probably because of the rarity of the species involved, very little is known of the biology of this genus. The adults are apparently diurnal as observed by Braun (1921). Nothing is known concerning larval be- havior, although considering the structure and probable function of the ovipositor, it is very likely that the larvae are leafminers, a habit well established throughout the small family. 140 Davis: Eriocraniid Review Vol, 225noms KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ACANTHOPTEROCTETES la. Ground color of forewings fuscous, spotted with pale yellow (fig. 1) ih SU Le INS 0 UN Ba NARS Ui ptOh eae aL 5 A. tripunctata Braun lb. coe color of forewings paler, whitish to pale brown, not spotted as above. 2a. Vesture of head with whitish and fuscous scales equally intermixed; forewings with 2 fuseous) spots (fig. 2) 2 BAN peek oe Ue NE MMS IO. Se Se A. bimaculata Davis, new species 2b. Vesture of head unicolorous, pale stramineous; (pattern of forewings obscures apparently, umicolorous))) ease A. species. ACANTHOPTEROCTETES TRIPUNCTATA Br aun (Figures 1, 6-9; Map 1) Acanthopteroctetes tripunctata Braun, 1921, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 73(1): 22; Fletcher, 1929, Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. Series, 11: 2; McDunnough, 1939, Mem. So. California Acad. Sci., 2(1): 110 (no. 9857). AvuLtT (fig. 1).—Wéing expanse: ¢, 11 mm. Head: Hairlike scales pale reddish brown, unicolorous. Antennae pale fuscous; scape more whitish. Palpi pale brown. Thorax: Scales of dorsum fuscous; bristlelike tufts on tegulae pale fuscous; venter pale brown with slight suffusion of white. Legs fuscous. Forewings fuscous with a slight coppery luster; three large, pale yellowish spots, one at basal third of wing, two at apical third; outer pair nearly anastomosing to form an irregular and incomplete band across wing. Hindwings slightly paler, scales narrower, approximately one-half the width of those in forewings. Abdomen: Fuscous. Male genitalia (figs. 6-9): Uncus not deeply bilobed, ventral margin (as viewed laterally ) with approximately 4 pairs of minute serrations. Tegumen relatively short, about same length as uncus. Caudal margin of vinculum with a deep V-shaped, median cleft. Median process of transtilla with 3-4 pairs of ventral serrations. Juxta elongate, exceeding length of entire transtilla, acuminate at caudal end. Valvae with ventral membranous fringe reduced; sacculus more expanded than in A. bimaculata. Aedeagus with two stout cornuti at apex and a series of three aligned down one side. Type.—Holotype, male; in the collection of Annette F. Braun. Type Locauiry.—Glacier National Park, Montana, Canyon Creek, 5,500 feet. Hosr pLANT.— Unknown. DisrRiBuTion (Map 1).—Presently reported only from Glacier National Park, Montana, in the Rocky Mountains. Discussion.—This species is represented only by the unique Helene which was collected July 23, 1920, while flying in sunshine through an open area in the forest, by A. F. Braun. Acanthopteroctetes bimaculata Davis, new species (Figures 2, 3-5, 10-16; Map 1) Avutt (fig. 2).—Wing expanse: ¢, 16mm; 9, 15 mm. Head (figs. 3-5): Clothed with a scattered mixture of white and fuscous, hairlike scales. Antennae banded along proximal half of flagellum, with scales of each segment brownish fuscous at base, white at apex; distal half of flagellum mostly fuscous; 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 SRS soceneceees SOR A o, Atha, Ry Ma 3! Figs. 3-5. Head structure of Acanthopteroctetes bimaculata Davis: 3, ventral view of head; 4, frontal view of head; 5, maxilla. (Scale of figs. 3-4 = 0.5 mm; of fig. 5 — 0.25 mm). 142 Davis: Eriocraniid Review Vol. 23, ness Figs. 6-9. Male genitalia of Acanthopteroctetes tripunctella Braun: 6, lateral view (valvae removed); 7, right valva, meso-lateral view; 8, ventral view, right valva re- moved; 9, aedeagus. (Scale = 0.5 mm ). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 Figs. 10-13. Male genitalia of Acanthopteroctetes bimaculata Davis: 10, lateral view (valvae removed); 11, right valva, meso-lateral view; 12, ventral view, right valva removed, ¢ = transtilla, 7 = juxta; 13, aedeagus. (Scale =0.5 mm). 144 Davis: Eriocraniid Review Vol. 23, noms scape mostly whitish with pale suffusion of brown. Palpi sparsely covered with pale brown and whitish scales. Thorax: Dorsum clothed with a scattered mixture of white and pale brownish scales; bristlelike scale tufts on tegulae and rear portion of mesonotum fuscous; venter mostly whitish. Legs (fig. 15) fuscous. Forewings mostly white, with a somewhat irregular suffusion of pale brown to fuscous; two irregularly shaped but very distinct spots of fuscous located along hind margin near proximal third and distal third of wing; fringe whitish along outer margin, becoming pale brown along hind margin. Hindwings thinly scaled; scales very slender, hairlike, less than one-fourth the width of those in pri- maries, pale brownish; fringe unicolorous, brownish. Abdomen: Pale fuscous. Male genitalia (figs. 10-13): Uncus rather deeply bilobed; lower margins with ap- proximately 5 pairs of minute serrations. Tegumen relatively long, exceeding length of uncus. Caudal margin of vinculum less deeply excavated than in A. tripunctata. Median process of transtilla with 3-4 pairs of ventral serrations. Juxta short, broad, length less than that of transtilla; caudal end broad and bluntly pointed. Valvae with ventral membranous fringe prominent; sacculus less expanded than in A. tripunctata. Armature of aedeagus complex, with a single, large, apical spine and two rows of approximately 10—12 stout cornuti at middle. Female genitalia (fig. 14): Apex of ovipositor with approximately 10 minute serra- tions along ventral margin. Caudal margin of eighth segment with a series of about 9 pairs of stout, elongate, sensory setae encircling abdomen; the longest setae originating dorsally, with series gradually decreasing in length toward venter and arising from rather large, well defined pits. Ductus bursae swollen toward caudal end; a dark, funnel-shaped sclerotization present in inflated portion. Corpus bursae relatively small, ovoid. HOLOTYPE FEMALE: Oregon, Spring Creek, Baker, [Baker County], May 17, 1962, coll. by J. H. Baker; in the United States National Museum, no. 69929. ParatyPes: California: Tulare Co.: Monache (misspelled on label as Monacbee ) Meadows, 8,000 ft., 1 2, July 8-14, (USNM). Oregon: Baker Co.: Baker, Spring Creek, 1 ¢, May 7, 1962, coll. by J. H. Baker, (USNM). Host.—Unknown. DISTRIBUTION (map 1).—Known from the Blue Mountains- Wallowa Mountains section of the Columbia Plateau in northeastern Oregon south to the southern Sierra Nevada of east-central California. Discussion.—This species may be easily distinguished from the only other described member of the genus, A. tripunctata, by its distinctly dif- ferent maculation and by certain features of the male genitalia, the aedeagus in particular. With regard to maculation, these two species are nearly exact opposites with the ground color of A. bimaculata whitish to light gray and that of A. tripunctata fuscous. In addition, the aedeagus of the former with its double row of cornuti is much more heavily armed than that of A. tripunctata. In the inflated portion of the female reproductive tract, which I have interpreted as the ductus bursae since it seems to be anterior to the junc- tion of the common oviduct, is a peculiar, funnel-shaped sclerotization whose homology remains uncertain. Possibly this tract actually repre- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 Figs. 14-16. Acanthopteroctetes bimaculata: 14, female genitalia, lateral view; 15, legs; 16, wings. (Scales = 0.5 mm). 146 Davis: Eriocraniid Review Vol. 23, now 400 MILES J 1 600 KILOMETERS Map 1. Distribution of Acanthopteroctetes. Star: A. tripunctata Braum; triangles: A. bimaculata Davis; closed circle: A. species. sents a portion of the corpus brusae and the sclerotization is a signum. It should be possible to resolve this uncertainty as soon as additional females are collected and studied. A single specimen of this species has been collected at Monache Meadows, Tulare County, California. Its origin strongly suggests that it and the following species may be conspecific; however, the former speci- men, although in rather poor condition, clearly exhibits the wing pattern of typical A. bimaculata. Furthermore, the funnel-shaped structure in the bursa of this specimen is identical to that of the type from Baker, Oregon and differs markedly from that of the second specimen from Cali- fornia, which may be briefly treated as follows. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 ACANTHOPTEROCTETES species Map 1 A third member of this genus occurs in the southern Sierra Nevada of California. Braun (1921) refrained from naming this insect because it is represented by a single female in poor condition, and I likewise will characterize it briefly. The specimen measures approximately 13 mm across the wings, and, although its present condition makes this difficult to ascertain, it seems to have been a relatively pale, uniformly colored moth. The vesture of the head is largely intact, however, and differs from that of either of the two known species in being a uniform, pale stramineous. The female genitalia closely resembles that of A. bimaculata, except for the distinctly different signa-like structure in the bursa. In this species the structure is more elongate and cylindrical and less sclerotized. The specimen was collected at Monache Meadows, Tulare County, California, at an elevation of 8,000 feet, July 10, 1917. It is deposited in the collection of A. F. Braun. LITERATURE CITED Braun, A. F., 1921. Two weeks collecting in Glacier National Park. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1: 1-23, 1 illus. Buscx, A. and A. Bovinc, 1914. On Mnemonica auricyanea Walsingham. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 16(4): 151-163, 39 figs. FLetcHer, T. B., 1929. A list of the generic names used for Microlepidoptera. Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. Series, 11, 246 pp. Imms, A., 1957. A general textbook of entomology, Methuen & Co., London; 886 pp. [revised by O. Richards and R. Davies]. McDunnoucu, J., 1939. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, Part 2, Microlepidoptera. Mem. So. California Acad. Sci., 2(1), 171 pp. Meyrick, E., 1912. Lepidoptera Heterocera, fam. BEL OREe ENS Genera Insec- torum, ase. 132, 9 pp., 1 col. pl. BOOK REVIEW ON THE TYPES OF SOUTH AFRICAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA DESCRIBED BY THE LATE ED- WARD MEYRICK AND PRESERVED IN THE TRANSVAAL MUSEUM, PRETORIA, AND THE SourH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN; VOLUME 1], TINEIDAE; by A. J. T. Janse. Transvaal Mus., Pretoria, Memoir No. 16, 127 pp. + 118 plates in black and white. 1968. 8.50 Rand ($11.90), paper covers. The enormous chore of illustrating the types of the 15,000-plus species described by E. Meyrick, begun by J. F. G. Clarke on specimens in the British Museum, is being continued by Janse. Although the majority of Meyrick’s types were placed in 148 POWELL: Book review Vol. 23, noms the British Museum with his collection, a considerable number were returned by Meyrick to various museums throughout the world. In his introductory volume, Clarke catalogued 14,199 species of Microlepidoptera exclusive of the Pyraloidea, and indicated type depositions for the 50% or so where known. Probably three-fourths of those known are located at the British Museum; of the remainder possibly the largest portion, perhaps 1200 species, is housed in the two South African institutions. The present volume treats some 216 species and includes not only photographs of the moths and genitalia, but drawings of wing venation and the head and of genitalia in some instances, as well. In all, some 432 photographs and 550 drawings are in- volved. Photographs of the moths, which depict dorsal views of one pair of wings and sometimes head and thorax, are fair to good, those of the genitalia mediocre to good. In males one valva has been removed and the genitalia shown in essentially lateral aspect or at a slight oblique, as was done by Janse in The Moths of South Africa for related groups. Thus for certain features, the illustrations are difficult to compare with figures published by other tineid specialists. Janse considers this posi- tion to be more desirable owing to an alleged greater distortion when mounted dorso- ventrally. This work exceeds in depth that of Clarke, in that descriptive notes are given, often rather detailed for the genitalia. Janse’s treatment, however, includes neither the original citations (which were all published in Volume 1 of Clarke), nor information from the labels, even type localities in most cases. Meyrick often published meagre locality information relative to that which had been available; Clarke reported some examples of this but none were South African. In justifying the deposition of primary types, Janse mentions in his introduction that Meyrick rarely marked specimens he described as types, a practice recorded by Clarke as an “almost fanatical opposition to the labelling of types.” Later, however, Janse in several instances discusses red, square “type” labels, which are variously stated to indicate one specimen from a series as the type (e.g., p. 25), or to be present on both a type and a specimen from a locality not mentioned in the original descrip- tion (e.g., p. 55). In most cases involving series, as well as for uniques, “Holotypes” are cited, and a few lectotypes are formally identified as such, even Omg many are in effect designated. In general species synonymy is not dealt with, but in one case (p. 43) an apparent manuscript name of Meyrick, Ellochotis seclusa, is given as a synonym, yet the moth and its genitalia are figured and appear to differ from the supposed senior counter- part, E. infausta, suggesting two species may be involved. If so, seclusa is sufficiently characterized and should be credited to Janse. All names are retained in the combinations as originally proposed, irrespective of subsequent taxonomic maneuvering, even where genera were later considered as synonymous by Meyrick (e.g., Amydria Clemens). In this manner genera and species are arranged alphabetically, and some 74 generic names are involved. Included are 55 Meyrick names, of which the genotypic species for 42 are treated herein, which gives some index of the importance of this work. One genus is Somomnnized|, where two isogenotypic genera are recognized. Another valuable feature of the present book is the reproduction on pp. 9-22 of a key to some 325 world genera of Tineidae and Incurvariidae, as developed and used by Meyrick throughout his life. Meyrick’s keys, which were of course written without the use of genital characters, were distributed to a few contemporary workers, but were never published. Janse states an intent to include keys corresponding to each family in subsequent issues of the series dealing with South African species.—JERRY A. PowELL, University of California, Berkeley. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 A REVIEW OF GLAUCOPSYCHE, THE SILVERY BLUES, IN CALIFORNIA (LYCAENIDAE ) Rosert L. LANGSTON 31 Windsor Ave., Kensington, Calif. The genus Glaucopsyche Scudder, 1872, is represented in California by two species: lygdamus ( Doubleday ) and xerces ( Boisduval). The former is widespread throughout the length of California and consists of three named subspecies of which there are intermediates and blend zones, plus variant local populations. The latter has been recorded only from the San Francisco Peninsula and is now presumably extinct. The primary purpose of this paper is to bring together most of the older published reports on Glaucopsyche, giving insofar as possible, the known information on distribution, food plants, type localities, and how the subspecies differ from each other. A secondary purpose is to confirm the occurrence of Glaucopsyche lygdamus columbia in California. More than 40 years ago it was stated by Comstock (1927) that “Another race of behrii has been separated by Dr. Skinner, under the name columbia, which occurs in the mountains of northern California, Oregon and Washington.” More recently it has been indicated (Storer and Usinger, 1963) that the subspecies in the Sierra Nevada is Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii. Museum and private collec- tions may have interior (Sierra Nevada, Cascades) specimens determined either way. Glaucopsyche lygdamus shows clinal tendencies with each subspecies blending into one or more subspecies at various points in their respective ranges. This appears to be the case in California with typical behrii in the Coast Range, and the Sierra Nevada/Cascades populations being the atypical southern extension of columbia from Washington and Oregon. The species and subspecies of Glaucopsyche are given below in the categories and sequence as listed by dos Passos (1964). Genus GLAUCOPSYCHE Scudder, 1872 Scudder, S. H., 1872. A systematic revision of some of the American Butterflies; with brief notes on those known to occur in Essex County, Mass., p. 33, (Salem, Mass. ). Generotype: Polyommatus lygdamus Doubleday, 1842. In the Nearctic area this genus is represented by only two species. One of these, however, is composed of a rather extensive array of named sub- species (and synonyms), with much blending and intermediate forms. The adult Glaucopsyche are recognized by a transverse median—post- median row of rounded black spots sharply ringed with white on the underside. Distal to these spots there are no other markings, which is 150 LANGSTON: California Glaucopsyche Vol; 23; noes distinctive, because additional maculation is prevalent in other Plebejinae. The upperside of the males characteristically is a bright, silverish blue. Depending upon subspecies, the females are either brown, or have vary- ing amounts of blue overscaling on the upperside of the wings. Glaucopsyche lygdamus (Doubleday ) Polyommatus lygdamus Doubleday, 1842, Entomologist, no. 14, p. 209, London. The silvery blue is the common name applied to the nominotypic sub- species 1. lygdamus. This subspecies occurs in the eastern United States. Type data: Pine forests of Georgia, in the British Museum (Natural History )— Comstock & Huntington (1961); Screven Co., Georgia—Klots (1951). However, the species as a whole has an extensive range. It occurs in the northern United States from coast to coast; across all of Canada north- ward into the boreal regions of Alaska, the Yukon and the Northwest Territories; south in the Appalachians to Georgia, Alabama and Arkansas; south in the western Great Plains and the Rocky Mountains to New Mexico and Arizona; Great Basin and the Pacific Coast south into Baja California, Mexico. The altitudinal range is from sea level to above timberline. Early stages: Oviposition occurs after the adult mating in the spring. The larvae feed in spring and/or summer, with diapause occurring in the pupal stage. The mature larvae are, depending on subspecies and indi- viduals, variably colored, from pale green or pale coffee color to purplish, with a darker dorsal stripe, often reddish brown with a purplish tinge. In the middle of the tenth segment there is a gland providing a secretion for which ants tend the larvae, a long known phenomena widespread in the Lycaenidae, and confirmed in Glaucopsyche (Downey & Lange, 1956). The body is “frosted” with numerous white hairs. The brownish pupae are formed amid debris and are suspended to a fixed object by means of the cremaster and a silken girdle. Foodplants: Many Leguminosae, including Astragalus (rattle-weeds, loco-weeds); Lathyrus (everlasting peas), L. couperi (beach pea), L. ochroleucus, L. caroliniana; Lotus (trefoils), L. glaber, L. scoparius (deer- weed); Lupinus (lupines), L. micranthus; Vicia (vetches), V. cracca, V. gigantea (giant vetch). Other hosts according to Downey (in Ehrlich, 1961) include the legume Hedysarum boreale (northern loments) and Adenostoma fasciculatum (chamise, greasewood ) (Rosaceae). Adults: The adults appear early in the season, fly briefly, and are single brooded, March (at sea level and south), to early June (at timberline and far north). Glaucopsyche |. australis Grinnell Glaucopsyche behrii australis Grinnell, 1917, Canad. Ent., 49 (10): 350. The southern blue is the subspecies represented in cismontane southern 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society asl California and Baja California, Mexico; ranging northward in the Coast Ranges of central California, it integrades into behrii. Typical southern examples may be distinguished from their northern relatives by the greater amount of blue on the upperside of the female, and by the smaller black spots on the underside of the hindwings. Speci- mens in which these spots have become obsolete may be referred to the aberrant form “sinepunctata” J. A. Comstock, 1926. The blend zone appears to be an irregular line from Monterey and San Luis Obispo Counties eastward into Kern County. Populations on the coast south of Big Sur, Monterey County, have mostly dark females as in behrii, but smaller underside hindwing spots as in australis. Examples from Nacimiento Lake, San Luis Obispo County, show similar intermedi- ate tendencies, whereas some specimens from Walker Pass, Kern County, have extensive blue on the females as in australis, but larger underside spots on both pairs of wings. Type data: of australis, Pasadena, Los Angeles Co., Calif., May 20, 1907, in the F. Grinnell Collection; of sinepunctata, Mint Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif., May 1, 1921, in the Los Angeles County Museum. Glaucopsyche 1. behrii (Edwards ) Lycaena behrii Edwards, 1862, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 2: 224. Behrs silvery blue is the subspecies represented in the Coast Ranges of central and northern California. Common in the greater San Francisco Bay region, specimens from Monterey-San Benito to Napa-Sonoma Coun- ties are close to “typical.” Since it was described before the holotype concept, it has been speculated that W. H. Edwards’ “California” locality refers to specimens from Marin County, north of San Francisco Bay. This was mentioned by Comstock (1927), with a female figured (pl. 56, fig. 94): the male underside (pl. 56, fig. 25) is of columbia from Plumas County (southern Cascades ). | ) Averaging larger in size than australis, the underside has a row of large black spots (larger than other California subspecies) on a darkish gray ground color. The upperside of the male is a lustrous blue, with narrow dark margins. The female is dark brown, with rarely a few blue scales in the basal portions of the wings. To the south, behrii blends into australis, as noted above. The inter- mediate forms do not necessarily blend uniformly in the same characters. Some specimens blend into australis by having smaller spots on the under- side hindwings, whereas others show an increased amount of blue on the females. There may be various combinations of several characters in these intermediate populations. 152; LANGSTON: California Glaucopsyche Vol; 23 none To the east and north, behrii probably blends into columbia. Truly intermediate examples from large populations are not known to me. This is due to little personal collecting in the probable areas (mentioned be- low ), and lack of available museum specimens. Early stages: As recorded by Williams (1908), the mature larva is “pale coffee color, lighter below the spiracles. A reddish-brown line occurs in the median line, which has a purplish tinge. Oblique dashes whitish. Sub-horizontal and horizontal bands obscure. Lateral line white, becoming purplish ventrally. Body covered with roughened long pale hairs. Shield, grayish-green.” The pupa is brown, with paler metathorax and wing covers. Foodplants: Eggs and larvae were taken in Marin County on the small annual Lupinus micranthus (Williams, 1908). He also recorded it from Lotus glaber (= scoparius), Astragalus, and a large yellow lupine (prob- ably Lupinus arboreus ). Type data: of behrii, “California”; of the ab. sternitzkyi Gunder, 1929, Fairfax, Marin Co., Calif., in the American Museum of Natural History. Glaucopsyche |. columbia (Skinner) Lycaena lygdamus columbia Skinner, 1917, Ent. News, 28: 213. The Columbia silvery blue is the subspecies represented in Washington and Oregon. It ranges south in the Cascades and Sierra Nevada of Cali- fornia. It also occurs eastward in the Great Basin, where it blends into oro Scudder, 1876. Intermediates may be found in Idaho, Utah, western Montana and Wyoming, although Leighton (1946), records oro also from Washington. Typical columbia is even larger than behrii, and on the underside is lighter gray with the spots averaging proportionally smaller. The upper- side of the female has a greater amount of blue overscaling than behrii, but is still predominately brown as opposed to the extensive blue on australis females. The Cascade and Sierra Nevada populations in Califomia represent an atypical southern extension of columbia. Examples from California show convergence toward behrii, with a tendency for the underside spots to become larger, and a reduction of the blue overscaling on the females. Geographically, columbia is separated from behrii by the Sacramento and San Joaquin Valleys. Future collecting should reveal blending where the Coast Range converges with the Cascades (Mendocino, Trinity, or Shasta National Forests ). Specimens approaching oro have also been taken in eastern California (Inyo, Mono counties). However, until more specimens are available, and a more continuous distribution is known through Nevada and Oregon, 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 these will be considered as smaller, more prominently spotted examples of columbia. Type: Port Columbia,* [Okanogan Co.], Washington, April 25, 1916, in the Acad- emy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Glaucopsyche xerces ( Boisduva! ) Lycaena xerces Boisduval 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, 10: 296. The xerces blue and its named forms were narrowly distributed on the San Francisco Peninsula from near Twin Peaks to North Beach, and the Presidio southward to Lake Merced. Lone Mountain, formerly an iso- lated, sandy hillock, was the classical resort of xerces. There are no known captures of any of these blues since World War II (Tilden, 1956). Tilden also states that it is “conceivable that the species may reappear, but such a possibility seems remote. Downey & Lange (1956) are more precise, stating that the last known specimens were collected at the Presidio dur- ing May, 1941. Expansion of the city of San Francisco has destroyed much of the natural habitat formerly available to this blue. However, it appears that sufficient ecological niches remain that elimination of the habitat could not be the single cause of extinction. As in the case of Cercyonis sthenele (Boisduval), 1852 (Satyridae), which disappeared much earlier, xerces and its forms did not adapt to conditions further south or inland. Cold summer fogs drift over the peninsula, resulting in the climate being warmer in the winter and much cooler in the summer than on land masses in nearly every direction. Downey & Lange (1956) conclude that the “effect of a sudden shift in amplitude of these rather narrow annual climatic oscillations might have been greater on xerces than on com- parable numbers of another species in another area where the ‘normal’ yearly fluctuations are more extreme.” In comparison with lygdamus, the males of xerces are more of a lilac blue rather than silverish. The females tend to be more of a grayish- brown, although this may be an artifact of old faded specimens. The typical form of xerces is the variety in which the black spots of the under- side have disappeared, leaving large white spots on a field of steel-gray. The other forms have an increased amount of black spotting, as illustrated by Downey & Lange (1956) and most in color by Comstock (1927). In- formation from the literature, plus additional evidence presented by Downey & Lange (1956), show that there is a polymorphic group under the taxon Glaucopsyche xerces. 1]. C. Hopfinger sent the type specimens to Henry Skinner in 1916, and, as Brewster, Okanogan Co., then had a small local post office called Port Columbia, Skinner named the butterfly columbia. 154 Lancston: California Glaucopsyche Vol. 23, noms Early stages: Recorded in detail by Williams (1908) and repeated with colored illustrations by Comstock (1927). The general color pattern of the larvae and pupae are very similar to that of G. lygdamus behvrii. The larval color seems to be variable in both species. The hatching of eggs to pupation has been recorded from 31 to 48 days. The pupal stage averages between 10 and 11 months. Foodplants: The preferred host was reported to have been Lotus glaber (= scoparius), which is still found in restricted parts of San Francisco and environs. Oviposition has been observed, and eggs and larvae have also been found on Lupinus arboreus. Williams (1908), noted that in captivity the caterpillars readily devoured the leaves and seed pods of Lupinus micranthus and Astragalus menziesii. Adults: Museum specimens and published records indicate one brood of adults in the spring. Most specimens are March and April, but it has been recorded from late February to early June. Type data: (as given by Comstock & Huntington (1958-1964)), of xerces (Boisduval), 1852, California, in the U. S. National Museum (?); of form antiacis (Boisduval), 1852, San Francisco, Calif., in the U. S. National Museum (?); of intermedia Cher- mock, 1929, Lone Mountain, San Francisco, Calif., in the F. H. Chermock Collection (?); of form mertila (Edwards), 1866, California; of form polyphemus (Boisduval), 1869, California, in the U. S. National Museum (?); of Ab. huguenini Gunder, 1925, San Francisco, Calif., April 24, 1917; of Ab. barnesi Gunder, 1927, San Francisco, Calif., April, 1923, in the Barnes Collection, U. S. National Museum. LITERATURE CITED Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. 334 pp. +63 colored plates. Published by the author, Los Angeles, Calif. Comstock, W. P. & E. I. Huntincton, 1958-1964. An annotated list of the Ly- caenidae (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere. Part I: Genera. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 66 (1958): 103-118. Part II: Species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67-72 (1959-1964). pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. Mem., No. 1, v + 145 pp. New Haven, Conn. Downey, J. C. & W. H. Lance, Jr., 1956. Analysis of variation in a recently ex- tinct polymorphic lycaenid butterfly, Glaucopsyche xerces (Bdv.), with notes on its biology and taxonomy. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 55(3): 153-170. Euruicu, P. R. & A. H. Exruicu, 1961. How to know the butterflies. Pictured Key Nature Series, vii + 262 pp. W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Kuots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains. xvi + 349 pp., 40 plates. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. LricHTon, B. V., 1946. The butterflies of Washington. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol., 9(2): 47-63. Srorer, T. I. & R. L. Ustncer. 1963. Sierra Nevada natural history—an illustrated bondoc v + 374 pp., 65 pl., 24 colored pl. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif. TILDEN, J. W., 1956. San Francisco’s vanishing utentihes. Lep. News, 10(3—4): 113-115. WiiuiaMs, F. X., 1908. The life-history of Lycaena antiacis Bdv., with other notes on other species. Ent. News, 19(10): 476-483. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 FIELD OBSERVATIONS ON FOREST OENEIS (SATYRIDAE) JouHN H. MASTERS Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota and JoHuN T. SORENSEN 5309—37th Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. Based on their ecological preferences,! the Oeneis of the Nearctic Region can be placed in three groups: forest species, including Oeneis macounii (Edwards), Oeneis nevadensis (Felder & Felder), and Oeneis jutta (Hiibner); prairie and steppe species including Oeneis uhleri (Reakirt), Oeneis chryxus (Doubleday), Oeneis alberta Elwes, and the closely related Neominois ridingsti (Edwards); and the arctic taiga- tundra/alpine summit species including Oeneis taygete Geyer, Oeneis bore (Schneider), Oeneis melissa (Fabricius) and Oeneis polixenes (Fabricius ). Excepting O. chryxus, which frequently ventures into both forest and mountain top environments, these butterflies occupy restricted biotopes. The Oeneis have remarkably complex adult behavior patterns which, in the forest species, are very similar and apparently based on three primary instincts: (1) sexual reconnaissance and rendezvous includ- ing territory occupation, (2) thermoregulation, and (3) feeding. OENEIS MACOUNTI ( Edwards ) Like some of the other species in the genus, O. macounii has a two year life cycle and flies only in alternate years. From Riding Mountain, Mani- toba and westward it flies in odd numbered years while to the east it flies in even numbered years. It is local and restricted in habitat to open jack pine forests (Masters, Sorensen & Conway, 1967). The life cycle and local nature of colonies contribute to a paucity of records, but macounii has a wide range from the east slope of the Rockies in Alberta (Elwes, 1893) east to Algonquin Park, Ontario (Durden, in litt.) and south to Pine County, Minnesota (Rysgaard, 1939). We have made detailed observations on O. macounii in Minnesota and Manitoba (Masters et al., 1967; Masters & Sorensen, 1968a). Both sexes could be distinguished readily on the wing due to differences in flight behavior. Females fly slowly and aimlessly through the pine forest. Males are more active, repeatedly perching on favorite leaves that serve 1 Generalizations on ecological preferences are based on our personal observations, to- gether with information from about 30 references in the literature to habitats of North American Oeneis. 156 MASTERS AND SORENSEN: On Oeneis Vol.223-snose as observation points over small clearings. From such a vantage points they drive away other males that come into view and wait for a female. When a male is captured, he will often be replaced by a new male in an hour or two, occupying the same glade, frequently using the same perch. Territoriality in O. macounii appears to be a mechanism developed for the purpose of acquiring a mate (Masters et al., 1967). A territory usually consists of a small glade which a male can observe and patrol from a strategic perch. Usually the perch will be among the green leaves on a tree branch or at the top of a low bush, but frequently it will be on a bare twig. The nature of the chosen perch does not seem to be as important as its location. If an observer remains stationary nearby, the male butter- fly becomes unaware and can be observed at close range. Observing (JHM ) that a particular butterfly would return again and again to the same perch, it had seemed a simple matter to move a camera and tripod into the glade, focus on the perch and wait; but the presence of observer and camera seemed to alter the topography of the clearing from the but- terfly’s point of view and another perch was selected, usually closer to the camera. One such butterfly under observation was captured and allowed to be replaced by another male; the habits of the replacement and his selection of perches were almost identical to those of his prede- cessor. Behavioral thermoregulation of O. macounii is best demonstrated by our observations at Riding Mountain, Manitoba during 1967. On June 23, a cold cloudy day with the temperature never exceeding 55° F., no macounii were observed flying and the only individuals located were hanging on the undersides of leaves near the ground. On June 24th the sky was clear and the temperature reached 68° F., macounti were active and always landed with their wings open into the sun. June 25th was a hot day for Riding Mountain at 80° F. The butterflies were still active, but after alighting they quickly folded their wings and sometimes leaned slightly away from the sun. These behavioral differences are related to thermoregulation and involve control of the amount of wing surface ex- posed to the sun. Clench (1966) cites the importance of thermoregulation to butterfly behavior and concludes that the opening and closing of the wings is one of several devices that permit control of the amount of solar heat received, the wings being the butterflies’ primary area for heat ex- change. With a slight modification to lower thresholds, our observations correlate rather well with the six heat zones that Clench cites for butterfly activity. For other Oeneis, such as O. alberta (Brown, 1952), these thresholds are significantly lower. Feeding seemingly played a minor role in macounii’s daily behavior. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bey Regularly used glades usually contained a few flowers which were visited for brief periods throughout the day, and the butterfly returned to his overlooking perch. OENEIS NEVADENSIS (Felder & Felder ) Oeneis nevadensis occurs in the Cascade and Sierra Nevada ranges from southwest British Columbia to Sonoma County, California. Com- stock (1927) adequately and briefly described the habitat of O. nevaden- sis: “It is a forest dweller, delighting in little open glades where spots of sunlight filter through the leafy canopy, in which it sports with a nervous jerky flight.” Guppy (1962) observed Oeneis nevadensis gigas Butler on Vancouver Island and indicated that males are usually collected in clear- ings along the tops of ridges and that these clearings probably serve as a rendezvous for mating. A male would establish his territory on a hilltop and would drive off other males coming into view. Females were pre- sumed to fly to the hillltops to mate and then to disperse to other areas for egg laying. Guppy’s “hilltopping” theory explains the territorial habits of the males and accounts for the relative scarcity of females. Oeneis nevadensis appears to be as similar to O. macounii in habits as it is morphologically. Indeed, the two occupy a very similar biotope and functional niche on opposite sides of the Rockies and are probably sub- species of each other. In the past they have been rather arbitrarily sepa- rated into two species because of misconceptions about the macounii habitat and the lack of male androconial patches or male macounii. In his revision of the genus, Elwes (1893) was unable to separate female macounti from nevadensis. Brown (1964) affirms that male macounii do have androconia, though they are more inconspicuously restricted to the area of the veins. We have discovered that the androconia are more in evidence on macounii from westward populations. OENEIs JUTTA ( Hubner ) Oeneis jutta is one of the most widespread species in the genus and is found in the Palearctic as well as Nearctic. In the Nearctic it is found across the arctic from Alaska to Newfoundland, south to Maine and Min- nesota and, in the Rockies, to Colorado and Utah. Masters and Sorensen (1968b ) review subspeciation in O. jutta. Oeneis jutta occurs in black spruce/sphagnum bogs which at first glance appear to be quite different from the habitat of either O. macounii or O. nevadensis. However the best “jutta bogs” are those where black spruce and tamarack are of medium density and the sunlight filtering through them creates small glades similar to those in the jack pine forests inhabitated by O. macounii. Labrador tea and other ground cover in 158 MASTERS AND SORENSEN: On Oéeneis Vol. 23) 086s the bog present an uneven floor with many perches suitable for males. Oeneis jutta ascerta Masters & Sorensen, flying in Minnesota bogs, has habits similar to those we observed for O. macounii. Males establish ter- ritories consisting of small sunlit clearings and fly out at all intruders. They return again and again to a favorite perch which might consist of a tuft of cottongrass, as observed by Nielsen (1964), the top of a clump of labrador tea or laurel, a treetrunk or dead limb of a fallen spruce, or a low growing tamarack or spruce. Females differ in flight and habits from the males and wander without apparent direction through the bog; some- times flying to the top of a tamarack tree, a habit never observed in males. Females are more frequently encountered along the edges of bogs and this accounts for their preponderence in some collections. Apparently ter- ritory occupation serves to acquire a mate for jutta just as it does for macounii and nevadensis. In one instance we (JHM) observed two males hovering about the end of a spruce branch: on closer investigation, it was discovered that a freshly emerged female with her wings still wet was under the branch. This indicates that a female scent as well as vision serves to attract males to females. O. jutta generally perch with wings closed during most types of weather, and they quickly disappear if cloud cover obscures the sun. In the eve- ning, several hours before sunset, the males come out into larger clearings to cavort in the last rays of sunlight; at these times they fly in closer con- tact with each other and with less belligerent appearing behavior. Pos- sibly they obtain enough solar energy from the sun to extend the length of their day, but perhaps it is only an exhibition of phototropism. We (JTS) observed a group of about 15 jutta engaging in this type of activity near noon on a cloudy day in Koochiching County, Minnesota. Oeneis jutta ridingiana Chermock & Chermock appears to be the sub- species endemic to Riding Mountain and the nearby uplifts of western Manitoba; it is a small and relatively brightly adorned jutta. Acid spruce/ sphagnum bogs are edaphic climax forest situations (maintained by wet acid soil conditions rather than climate). The gradual seral succession of bogs is obvious to one who visits them in Minnesota and then on Riding Mountain, for Riding Mountain bogs are old with dense growths of black spruce and relatively dry turf. The density of these forests seems to be a detriment to jutta because the open sunlit patches are not found in them. O. jutta seemed to be scarce or rare here and preferred the edges of the bogs where the most sunlight penetrated. Cottongrass ( Erio- phorum spissum Fern. ), the jutta foodplant, was also scarce in these bogs and restricted to their more open edges. Interestingly, the habitats of other Oenéis species seem to be related to 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 edaphic situations. The jack pine forest habitat of O. macounii is an edaphic condition which in this case is maintained by well drained sandy soil. Virgin prairie (the habitat of O. uhleri varuna) is usually thought of as a climax community, but Sauer (1950) regards it as a nearly stable subclimax community maintained by fire—somewhat the same level as an edaphic climax community. Steppe, or short grass prairie, is possibly similarly maintained by fire. If one distinguishes between tundra and taiga (Polunin 1959, regards taiga as the sparsely timbered country near the northern limit of arborescent growth), most of our arctic Oeneis are found on taiga rather than tundra. Mackay (1966) considers taiga as an edaphic climax community that is maintained by discontinuous perma- frost that inhibits subsurface drainage and gives the soil a grainy charac- ter. The taiga will not yield entirely to trees in a warming trend but much of it might actually yield to tundra “through the establishment of a sphagnum-moss ground cover, a resulting shallowing of the active layer, and an eventual favoring of the tundra succession.” Oeneis jutta reducta McDunnough is found in an atypic situation in Colorado. There are no spruce or tamarac bogs in Colorado, but there are many beaver-dam/willow bogs. Wherever lodgepole pine forests border these bogs, one is apt to find O. jutta. Oeneis jutta reducta has apparently found an unique biotope to meet its needs which include the bog for breeding and larval food, and the pine forest for adult social pat- terns which are probably not unlike those of eastern jutta ascerta. Wil- low/beaver bogs certainly don’t constitute a climax situation, but in the tension zone between them and the climax lodgepole pine forest is a long enduring subclimax community if the beaver populations are not dis- turbed. Don Eff (in Brown, 1954) very adequately describes the Colo- rado habitat: “It is found in the dry areas among the lodgepole pines, especially where the growth is not too thick and the trees are large in size, and where the green ground is dappled with sunshine and shadows. . . They love the rotten logs and the sides of trees and in spite of the multi- tude of flowers nearby never visited any.” OENEIS CHRYXUs ( Doubleday ) Oeneis chryxus is primarily a prairie and steppe species, but in some areas it has a tendency to move into other habitats. We observed at Stage- coach Meadows, Gunnison County, Colorado that O. chryxus chryxus was found in the open “meadow,” but more commonly at the edge of the woods surrounding it. In this tension zone between forest and steppe, there were many fallen trees and open areas. O. chryxus in this area seemed to favor perches on fallen trees and the attitudes of males for each 160 MASTERS AND SORENSEN: On Oéeneis Vol. 23, nos other was reminiscent of what we had observed for Oeneis macounii and jutta. We were unable to observe a consistent behavior for chryxus on the Colorado steppe. OENEIS UHLERI ( Reakirt ) Our observations on Oeneis uhleri uhleri at Hall Valley, Park County, Colorado, indicate that the prairie and steppe species may also have complicated social patterns. The habitat here was a rather dry slope with grasses the predominate growth. The slope rose from a roadbed at a 30° incline for about 50 feet and then to a 20° incline before extending an- other 30 feet to the edges of a pine forest. The favored spot for O. uhleri was at the “break” on this incline. Males alighted in the short grass along this crest and seemed to space out five to eight yards apart, but peri- odically flew straight up to flutter in fixed positions several feet off above the ground for 30 to 60 seconds. The butterflies, while in hovering flight, were difficult to approach from below. They spotted the investigator about five yards away and then allowed the wind to carry them rapidly up hill and out of sight. On the other hand, a butterfly in hovering flight could be easily approached and netted from above. We believe that these butterflies were surveying the downhill terrain while in hovering flight and that this is a primary method of sexual reconnaissance. Aerial en- counters between males along the crest were also much in evidence. Quite likely they are able to maintain “territories” even on the uniform terrain of the steppe. 3 We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of: William A. Bergman of Minneapolis and Patrick J. Conway of Aledo, Illinois who joined us on several collecting trips and shared their observations with us; John Polusny and C. S. Quelch of Winnipeg and F. Martin Brown of Colorado Springs who aided us in locating colonies of the various species observed; and especially to Dr. Richard M. Fox of Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh for reading our manuscript and making many helpful suggestions. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1952. Oeneis oslari Skinner, rediscovered. Ent. News, 63: 119-122. 1954. Colorado butterflies Part 1. Proceedings of the Denver Museum of Natural History, Denver, Colorado. CiencH, H. K., 1966. Behavioral thermoregulation in butterflies. Ecology, 47: 1021-1034. Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, California. Ewes, H. J., 1893. A revision of the genus Oeneis. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 4: 457-481. Guppy, R., 1962. Collecting Oeneis nevadensis on Vancouver Island with a theory to account for ‘hilltopping. J. Lep. Soc., 16: 64-66. Mackay, J. R., 1966. Tundra and taiga. in Darling, F. F. and J. P. Milton, Future environments of North America. The Natural History Press, Garden City, N. Y. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 Masters, J. H., J. T. SORENSEN and P. J. Conway, 1967. Observations on Oeneis macounii in Manitoba and Minnesota. J. Lep. Soc., 21: 258-260. Masters, J. H. and J. T. SoRENsEN, 1968a. Bionomic notes on the Satyrid butterfly, Oeneis macounti, at Riding Mountain, Manitoba. The Bluejay (Saskatchewan Natural History Society ), 26: in press. 1968b. A new subspecies of Oeneis jutta (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Ent. News, 79: 80-84. Nretson, M. C., 1964. Discovery and observations of Boloria eunomia in Michigan. jeep asoc., 1S: 235-237. Potunin, N., 1959. Circumpolar arctic flora. Oxford U. Press, Oxford. Ryscaarp, G. N., 1939. A preliminary study of the superfamily Papilionoidea in the northern portion of Pine County, Minnesota. Ent. News, 50: 191-196. SavER, C. O., 1950. Grassland climax, fire and man. J. Range Management, 3: 16-21. A NEW SUBSPECIES IN THE CERCYONIS MEADI GROUP (SATYRIDAE) THomas C. EMMEL AND JOHN F. EMMEL Department of Zoology, University of Florida, Gainesville and University of California Medical School, San Francisco Cercyonis meadi (Edwards) is a rare species in collections, due partly to the scattered and isolated geographic distribution of its populations in the Rocky Mountain states and the inter-mountain West. The senior author has accumulated extensive series of this species from all areas, and a full report of the species’ biology, variation, and distribution will be published shortly in a comprehensive treatment of the genus Cercyonis. A unique new subspecies of this red-patched Cercyonis was discovered by the authors in the San Luis Valley of southern Colorado, in late sum- mer of 1964. This ecologically strange basin is situated at above 7,500 feet elevation, yet is extremely arid and unforested, with saltbush (Atri- plex) the dominant vegetation. This habitat is quite different from the usual coniferous forest associations of typical Cercyonis meadi meadi (Edwards ) and C. meadi mexicana (Chermock), and the San Luis Valley butterfly is equally distinct. In order to make the name available for inclusion in a forthcoming popular book, this subspecies is described here. Cercyonis meadi alamosa Emmel & Emmel, new subspecies Holotype, male. Expanse, 39.3 mm. Forewing length, 21.2 mm. Forewings, supe- rior surface: Dull brown, with a russet red patch around the two forewing ocelli. Both ocelli pupilled with white scales. Hindwings, superior surface: Dull brown, with well-marked, pupilled black ocellus at anal margin. Forewings, inferior surface: 162 EMMEL AND EMMEL: New Satyr race Vol, 23) now Fig. 1-4. Cercyonis meadi alamosa Emmel & Emmel. Dorsal surface of holotype male (1) and allotype female (2); ventral surface of paratype male (3) and para- type female (4), from the type locality, San Luis Valley, Colorado. Fig. 5-8. Cercyonis meadi meadi (Edwards). Ventral surface of male (5) and female (6); dorsal surface of male (7) and female (8). Males from Deckers, Douglas Co., Colorado, Aug. 9, 1959; Ray J. Jae, collector. Females from Big Spring Ranch, nr. Florissant, Teller Co., Colorado, 8600’ elev., Aug. 8, 1962; T. C. Emmel, collector. Brown areas of typical meadi covered with white scaling. The russet red patch ex- tending from ocelli almost to thorax. Hindwings, inferior surface: Entire wing, except two heavy brown lines creating the medial band, heavily suffused with white scaling. Only one or two marginal ocelli present; thus resembling typical meadi ocellation, differing from the heavy ocellation in mexicana populations. Head, thorax, and abdomen as in typical meadi and mexicana. Genitalia (Fig. 9): Lacking dorsal spine on shoulder of valva, which is found in the other subspecies of meadi. Allotype, female. Expanse, 45.4 mm. Forewing length, 24.9 mm. As in male, generally lighter brown in dorsal ground color (fresh specimens ). Holotype male: Colorado, San Luis Valley, 7.0 miles north of junction of Highway 17 & Highway 112, on Highway 17, Saguache County, 7539’ 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 9 Fig. 9. Male genitalia of Cercyonis meadi alamosa Emmel & Emmel (paratype), lateral view. elevation, August 17, 1964, T. C. & J. F. Emmel, collectors. Allotype female: Same locality, August 20, 1965, T. C. Emmel, collector. Para- types: 55 6, 8 2, same locality, August 17, 1964, T. C. & J. F. Emmel, collectors; 9 6, 10 2, same locality, August 20, 1965, T. C. Emmel and Michael K. Fosdick, collectors; 1 2, at entrance to Great Sand Dunes National Monument, about 8000’ elev., Alamosa County, Colorado, August 18, 1964, T. C. Emmel, collector; 1 2, Mosca Pass Trail, 8300’ elev., Great Sand Dunes Nat. Mon., Alamosa Co., Colorado, August 18, 1964, T. C. Emmel, collector. The holotype and allotype are deposited in the type collection, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. Paratypes will be deposited in the following institutions and collections: California Academy of Sciences, American Museum of Natural History, United States National Museum, and Stephen F. & Edwin M. Perkins collection, Portland, Ore- 164 EMMEL AND EMMEL: New Satyr race Vol, (23) motes | seoomex| LOGAN PHILLIPS KIT CARSON CHEYENNE MOFFAT BOULDER RIO BLANCO BOENVER! ADAMS ARAPAHOE GARFIELD ELBERT PITKIN / LAKE LINCOLN ) CHAFFEE GUNNISON e Soe PUEBLO SAGUACHE 9° or HINSDALE COn069 a OF o ee OTERO oot ee RAO KIOWA PROWERS es: ef BACA LAS ANIMAS MONTROSE SAN MIGUEL DOLORES - HUERFANO ° MINERAL | RO GO85 0 / i RIO GRANDE “ALAMOSA e MONTEZUMA LA PLATA e\e’ @(e COSTILLA CONEJOS »* ARCHULETA Fig. 10. Distribution of Cercyonis méadi alamosa Emmel & Emmel (dotted shading) in southern Colorado and typical C. meadi meadi (Edwards) (diagonal lines) in the remainder of the state. A star indicates the type locality of alamosa; a black dot indi- cates the location of the town of Alamosa. gon. The remainder of the paratypes are being retained by the senior author, but will be deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum collec- tions in the future. This subspecies differs from previously described forms of Cercyonis meadi primarily in its extraordinary white scaling on the undersides of both wings. In this respect and considering its arid habitat, C. m. alamosa has the same relation to C. m. meadi as Cercyonis sthenele paulus has to C. sthenele silvestris. The Colorado distribution of the newly described C. m. alamosa anid typical C. m. meadi is mapped in Figure 10. Alamosa is the largest town in the San Luis Valley and is also the name of a county representing the southern part of this valley. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 TAXONOMY, DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGY OF THE GENUS CERCYONIS (SATYRIDAE). I. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GENUS THOMAS C. EMMEL Department of Zoology, The University of Florida, Gainesville Evolution of butterflies in the satyrid genus Cercyonis has produced a complex of species groups and variable populations in North America that has not been reviewed thoroughly since the last century. The pur- pose of this paper and others to follow in the series is to provide a critical, modern synthesis of taxonomic, distributional and biological information on all species and subspecies within the genus, based on extensive studies by the author from 1960 to the present. In future papers, each species group will be treated sienatuele with plates of both sexes of adults of all subspecies, larvae, pupae, figures of eggs, genitalia, androconia, antennae and other important morphological characters, and chromosomes. Genetic data and hybridization crosses will also be summarized in the present series from material to be pub- lished in full elsewhere. TAXONOMY The Nearctic genus Cercyonis has had over thirty specific, subspecific, or varietal names applied to it, and no taxonomic revision has been at- tempted since the 1880s (Edwards, 1880). On the basis of extensive field work, examination of over 5,000 adult Cercyonis specimens, rearing of many of the named forms, and studies of external and internal morphology of all these forms, the following new taxonomic treatment is proposed.! I. Cercyonis sthenele (Boisduval, 1852) a. sthenele sthenele ( Boisduval, 1852) b. sthenele silvestris (Edwards, 1861 ) c. sthenele paulus (Edwards, 1879) behrii (Grinnell, 1905) d. sthenele masoni (Cross, 1937 ) II. Cercyonis oétus (Boisduval, 1869 ) a. oetus oetus (Boisduval, 1869) b. oetus charon (Edwards, 1872) c. oetus phocus (Edwards, 1874) III. Cercyonis meadi (Edwards, 1872) a. meadi meadi (Edwards, 1872) 1 Subspecies names are used as a convenient reference to well-differentiated sets of populations. The term form in the taxonomic section refers to a phenotypic form of a subspecies which appears sympatrically with one or more other phenotypic forms in at least one part of the geographic range of the subspecies. In the Cercyonis pegala complex especially, there is a tendency for several of the named phenotypes to appear in polymorphic populations. 166 EMMEL: Cercyonis taxonomy Vol. 235 noms mélania (Wind, 1946) b. meadi mexicana (R. L. Chermock, 1948 ) c. meadi alamosa Emmel and Emmel, 1969 IV. Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius, 1775) a. pegala pegala (Fabricius, 1775) b. pegala alope (Fabricius, 1793 ) form nephele (Kirby, 1837) form maritima (Edwards, 1880) form ochracea (Chermock and Chermock, 1942) form carolina (Chermock and Chermock, 1942) pegala texana (Edwards, 1880) . pegala ino (Hall, 1924) e. pegala boopis (Behr, 1864 ) olympus (Edwards, 1880) borealis (F. H. Chermock, 1929) form baroni (Edwards, 1880 ) form incana (Edwards, 1880) f. pegala ariane (Boisduval, 1852) form wheeleri (Edwards, 1873) hoffmani (Strecker, 1873) form gabbii (Edwards, 1870) form stephensi [ 9° ] (Wright, 1905) g. pegala damei (Barnes and Benjamin, 1926 ) 2.0 The morphological and general biological differences between the species groups are summarized in Table 1. More specific discussion of biological and regional differentiation within the genus will appear in four future papers in this series. DIscussION I. Cercyonis sthenele: These small-to-medium-sized Cercyonis occur throughout most of the arid Upper Sonoran areas of the western United States. Cercyonis s. sthenele is known only from the area now occupied by the city of San Francisco, California, and has been extinct since approximately 1880. C. s. silvestris is distributed intermittently from Baja California in Mexico north through California (west of the Sierra Nevada) and Oregon to Washington. Jones (1951) reports it as occurring in the southern interior of British Columbia. C. s. paulus is found in eastern California, at scat- tered localities in eastern Oregon, and throughout Nevada above the desert areas. C. s. masoni is known from western Colorado, northeastern Arizona, Utah, and Wyoming; with further collecting, it may be found in northern New Mexico. EXPLANATION OF MAPS The distribution of the four species of Cercyonis in North America. Upper map: C. meadi and C. oetus; lower map: C. pegala and C. sthenele. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 0° Ollie 0° 0° g Fe) Os of Po, ° OO wo ° ° =" ° 0 © 9'5'—S-o-y co ob og x ° ° Az N, g Scale of Miles 168 EMMEL: Cercyonis taxonomy Vol. 23; noms No representatives from the sthenele group have been found east of the Continental Divide, north of the Canadian border (with the possible exception of British Columbia ), or on the Mexican mainland. II. Cercyonis oetus: These small-sized Cercyonis occur throughout most of the mountain ranges of the western United States and north into western Canada. Cercyonis oetus oetus ranges from the central Sierra Nevada and Owens Valley (Inyo County) in California north through almost all of Oregon to Yakima and Okanogan counties in Washington. It is also found in southern Idaho and in the mountain ranges of Nevada. C. o. charon is found in the Rocky Mountains from northern New Mexico through Colo- rado and Wyoming to Alberta in Canada. It also occurs in the higher mountains of northern and eastern Arizona, Utah, Montana, eastern Idaho and the Black Hills of South Dakota. C. 0. phocus is known from British Columbia and from scattered populations in Washington, Montana, and Idaho. Occasional specimens from the mountains of New Mexico show the dark phocus phenotype. No Cercyonis oetus populations have been found south of central Arizona or central New Mexico, nor east of the eastern edge of the Rocky Mountains and the Black Hills. Thus, while the range of C. oetus is slightly more extensive (to the north) than that of C. sthenele, both species are completely restricted to the Nearctic portion of the western half of the Northern American continent. III. Cercyonis meadi: These medium-sized Cercyonis with a reddish forewing flush occur in scattered populations in northern Mexico and the central Southwest, from Upper Sonoran into Transition zone areas. Cercyonis meadi meadi, a highland subspecies with blackish underside, is found in Colorado in the moderate elevations (7500-9500 feet) of the Rocky Mountains. C. m. mexicana, a lowland subspecies with brownish underside, occurs in north- western Chihuahua, Mexico, in northern to northwestern Arizona, south- ern to central Utah, northern New Mexico, the Davis Mountains of Texas, eastern Montana, North Dakota (McKenzie and Slope counties), the Black Hills (near Nemo) of South Dakota, as well as the eastern lowland slopes of the Front Range in Colorado. C. m. alamosa, with a silvery-gray under- side, is a race endemic to the San Luis Valley (8000 feet) of southern Colorado. No C. meadi occur in Nevada, in the Pacific Coast states, or in the northern states, and the present known distribution is curiously disjunct. The population density varies considerably from year to year in a given area. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 169 IV. Cercyonis pegala: These large-sized Cercyonis are the only Cercyonis group to be dis- tributed east, as well as west, of the Rocky Mountains. They are found from sea level up to elevations of about 7000 feet. Cercyonis pegala pegala is distributed from the Mississippi Valley east to the Atlantic Coast and from the Gulf States north to North Carolina and New Jersey. C. p. alope ranges from Virginia and New Jersey north to eastern Quebec and Maine, and into New York; northward and westward, the yellow-patched alope intergrades with the completely dark nephele and the somewhat lighter ochracea (in Ohio). To the south, alope blends with carolina in the Caro- linas. At eastern points in Massachusetts, alope intergrades with the darker-yellow form maritima. Populations containing two forms of alope are frequent in the areas indicated; thus it seems best to treat nephele, maritima, ochracea, and carolina as simple phenotypic forms of alope that have their particular centers of abundance which interdigitate frequently along their respective margins; it is clear even in the 1870s (Edwards, 1880) that the proportion of these forms varied in observed populations from year to year, and present data show that no stability of gene fre- quencies has been reached as yet. Cercyonis p. texana ranges from central Texas north to Kansas and Missouri. C. p. ino occurs in Alberta and Manitoba, Canada, and in North Dakota and Montana. C. p. boopis ranges from central New Mexico and Arizona north through Colorado to South Dakota and west to the Pacific Coast, from central California north to British Columbia on the coastal side of the Cascades and Sierra Nevada. Several local color or dwarfed forms (incana and baroni) have been named from northern California, and many other odd-colored forms appear in scattered populations to the north. I have even seen specimens with a greenish underside from near Portland, Oregon. But none are worthy of nomenclatural designation. Cercyonis p. ariane has a strongly-striated pattern on the ventral sur- face, with a yellow forewing flush; it occurs in the lowland areas of Utah (form gabbii), Nevada (form wheeleri, now believed extinct), eastern California, eastern Oregon, and eastern Washington (typical ariane ). The heavily yellow-washed female form, stephensi, occurs mainly in northeastern California populations, but this phenotype also appears among females in Nevada and Oregon. Cercyonis p. damei occurs only within the Grand Canyon of Arizona; it may represent the result of introgression of reddish-forewing-flush characters from meadi populations on the surrounding Kaibab Plateau into a C. pegala boopis population formerly residing as a “pure” form in the canyon bottom. Vol. 2350s Cercyonis taxonomy EMMEL: 170 "A[[VPUOZILOY poprarp yoyed snp 9} uosoid soyoyed sn- pue mp ATUO ‘oot AA spy ‘(quasoid sAvATL ‘ny pure no) pf O}F SZ ‘yr pue euoziiy ULOYJAOU UL O[QviIe A ‘AT[BSIOp OsTe jou FI oprsiepun uo yuasord sAVATR ‘BUIM FO aSeq SpIPMO} SurtAIwVA ‘QUOZ [equ], Ul voir Ajsni 10 YSsIppel YIM “UMOIG 9}e[OOYD ‘ULSIVUL SUIM ULOLF jurysip ATPenbs woqy ‘4 url [enbo :P Ul 1OMeyUP UL JoyTjeuus AT[eusn 1011040 J ‘gjauayys Ul SY ‘aspe [eseq Ul yojyou divys yA “1 yored "AZ pue “nD ND “e~yy MOTO “As1eT NOY ‘gjauayys UL SY WU FG-61 ‘ouUO IOLIO}Ue uvy} ULSIVUL SUIM O} IOSO[O SNI[I0O IOL19}SOq oq ul Jenbo : P UL 1OLMezUe Uv} IoT[PUIS IOL19}SOg ‘IoJUGA UO OPA [[P ‘uIns1op UO ajauayys OAL] ‘aspa jeseq xeAuoo ATY}OOUIS uM sn yored “AG puke “ng “My “J Mofeq “peZis -9318] 0} -UUNTpour Noy ‘Mol 2[OYA IaAo you jnq ( 6 ) He00 punore uv} 10 MOTTaA AT}YSIS Ayjeuorsvo00 suMOI ALL WU 9G—ZS ° 6 ‘WUE EZ-1G 2 ‘ULSIVUL BUIM ulory yuvystp ATTenby ©. Wi enbo * Pp Ul Toleyue ueY} Jo][euIs 10 Tenba IOL193s0q “OUI M JUOUIBOS yore JO sso] 10 YAFLF jeumtxoid YIM UMOIg PNGAPUE ‘ng ‘nD Aojeq “pezis -931R] 0} -WINIpoUr sell], ‘suorzejndod woAurs) puri) Ul YSIpper 10 Jossnt ‘suorje[ndod Utoysvo soul ur Mojo ‘suoneindod UIO}SOM UL UMOIG YAR ‘suoneindod U19}Sva AUBUL UL Josie “WUE TE-83 (5 “WUE LZ-GS *P ‘UISIVUL SUI wo1f yuRYsIp ATTeNDY ‘(6 6 OUlos) Jad] Quo IOII0}sod 10 enby “OUI yUSUBaS YoRs Fo Fey jeutrxoid YIM UMOIG So[eUL Fo Ma uo yoyed xog ([e4yU9A pue [esiop ) SUIMeLOF [eryue0 FO UOTeIO[OD BUIMOIOF JO YASUO] [PULION [][900 SUIMOLOF [erqUeA Jo UOTISOg [[J900 SUIMOIOF [eUEA FO 9ZIS uoRIO[OO [euUE}yUYy ipoaul snjao ajauayys pypsad WLLOVAVHD SINOADYA) AO SHIOddS wood AHL YOA SUALOVAVHO SNILVILNAYH AAI wolvi|y ‘| TIdv L Lgl Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1969 OAL ‘SUT[}JOUL OVI “AAvoY “Dsowwyj]D ut }da0x9 ‘aloyMeasto UMOIG PoaT}JOW Yep pue JST] ‘sureyunoyy AYMOY oysiIy UL UMOIG poe[foul-Ajouly red ‘snjao UL SY ‘(sulpeos AAvay) dyIYM }YUSIIG pure punoy yppawu OAT ‘svole yusov[pe pure viquinjorD Yysnug ul UMOIg-yor[q oyes ULIOFIUN puv ‘sure? -unoyy AYOoY Ur Surp}}OUL ‘VsoM IvJ OY} UL UoWed BLZSIZ OS[TR ‘UMOIG YAIR ‘BULL UMOIG YIep Jaqno UB FO 901} B UDAD jou ATjensn ‘Sult Ue} ON ‘(sulpeos AAvoy ) oY yysuq pue punol ATjens~y $njao OAT "RIULOFIVO [e.QUad pue Uloy Nos UL UMOIG gjed ‘asueri sotoods oy} Jo JSOUL 19AO SUITBOS YSHIGM YIM UMOIq peT}joUr ye ‘T]J900 ay} UsemJoq Jay}O yova yono} yoryM SSULI UMOIG os1e] Aq pepunodns T][]I00 ysouL ‘yods yorrq punoie poa}eo -Ipurl Ajoieq sult ue y, ‘ANITA IOAON “Yop OPM [[VUIS B “ajauaYyzS ‘s UJ “Op 9y1YyYM Au eB ‘stqsaapis Ul ‘snynod UI ILLUS “ayYAA YSLIq ‘so[BOs O}IYA JO IAL] AAvOY YA ‘popunor pur asie] Ay[ensn Wwospw UT ajauayys XIg ‘(Ay[e0 -Tydeisoos Ulopuris ‘suor} -vUIqUIOD SUIPBYS SnoleA) aloyMos[o UMOIG pe]}}OUL ylevd ‘(U10F 1suaydajs) BPBADN pur ‘UOS2IO JSVOYNOS “VIUIOFI[VD }sva -yytou pure “(1gqns ‘d) YeiQ ‘(vupxa} ‘d pue pjpsad *d) Sexo, 0} 'S'fQ JsveyNOS UL UL} Po]}OUL JYSTT ‘SULI UL} OY} Opts}no SUI UMOI yep ev ‘}0ds yor[q oy} spunoiins SUrt ue} Ys] JUoUTUIOId YW ‘onyq soonp -oid sursieu [idnd 1vou So[vos a}IYA pue yoryq Fo OIN}XIUL & UdYJO “oY Top & [idnd oy} soyeur So[Vos 9}IYM JO IoALT UIY} “ysep Ivouly & 10 SUCTGO Diosad panuyuoyj—| AIA, SICISUL [VAICTT Io[oo SUIMpUIY [eqUeA [eIouesy SUL 1oyno sny{jI00 SUIMpUIY [eIUa A, [dnd snjj[a0o0 SUIMpuUIY [eUa A WALOVUVHD) Ge EMMEL: Cercyonis taxonomy Vol, 23,-nowe BIOLOGY All four species of Cercyonis are univoltine. Cercyonis sthenele flies in June and July, C. oetus in July and August, C. meadi from late July to early September, and C. pegala from June to August, depending on the area (earlier in eastern and western coastal populations, later in inland populations as in Colorado). Cercyonis pegala subspecies have six larval instars while the other three species have five instars. The larval food is grass, and most do not seem to be narrowly restricted in host choice; the only species that seems on circumstantial evidence to be restricted to very few grass species is C. meadi. Mating can occur almost immediately after the female's emer- gence from the pupa, but the male is several days old before he makes any mating attempts. Eggs are deposited singly on dried or living grass stems; five to thirty per day may be laid for up to thirty days (in the lab) by a female. Normal egg production is 100-150 eggs in C. oetus, C. sthenele, and C. meadi, and 200-300 eggs in C. pegala. The adults can live up to 45 days in the laboratory, but the normal life span in natural populations is only 5-10 days (capture-recapture data; Emmel, unpublished ). At 25° C the eggs hatch 10 days after oviposition, and the first-instar larvae go into diapause immediately. The site for diapause in nature is likely in the base of grass clumps. During the fall and winter, the diapaus- ing larvae shrink to one-half their former length. In late spring, probably April in most localities, larvae come out of diapause and begin feeding. In the wild they are probably strictly nocturnal feeders; in the laboratory, daytime feeding occurs also. At 25° C, the larvae can reach a mature state in three to four weeks, but in nature this requires two months for C. oetus, and two and one-half to three months for C. meadi, C. sthenele, and C. pegala. The natural site for pupation is near the base of a grass clump, where the pupa is hung from bent-over grass blades. The pupa hatches in ten to twelve days at 25° C, and probably in about twenty days in most wild populations. SYMPATRIC DISTRIBUTION In a number of localities, two or three species of Cercyonis are found flying together, often alighting on the same flowers, or are at least in close enough proximity that the adults may have visual contact with each other. In all such sympatric populations, there is a partial separation of flight periods of adults, and there are usually different habitat preferences by the respective species. For instance, near Florissant, Colorado, Cer- cyonis oetus adults reach their peak of activity the last week of July and the first week of August, while Cercyonis meadi, flying in the same 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 meadows, does not reach its peak of abundance until the latter half of August. Where Cercyonis pegala boopis and Cercyonis sthenele masoni occur together (é.g., at Glenwood Springs, Colorado), C. p. boopis flies mainly in oak thickets while C. s. masoni flies in grassy sagebrush areas adjoining the oak forest. The species that are sympatric in the western states may be listed as follows: Cercyonis pegala boopis or C. p. ariane frequently with Cercyonis sthenele masoni or C. s. paulus through the intermountain west; in Colorado, C. p. boopis occasionally also with Cercyonis oetus. Cercyonis sthenele occasionally is sympatric with Cercyonis oetus in eastern California and the Northwest, and again in Colorado. Cercyonis meadi is sympatric with C. oetus at scattered points in central Colorado and with C. pegala boopis near Colorado Springs. No natural Cercyonis hybrids are known to the author except in one area on Fruitland Mesa, Delta County, Colorado. Here, Cercyonis pegala boopis and C. sthenele masoni both occur in the same habitat and adults fly at the same time; judging from wing and genitalic characters, hybrid- ization seems to be fairly frequent. Also, judging from present distribu- tions and phenotypic characters, it is possible that the populations of C. pegala damei in the Grand Canyon are the result of past hybridization between Cercyonis meadi mexicana on the North Rim and C. pegala boopis populations along the bottom of the gorge. A future paper in this series will discuss these situations further. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Mr. John F. Emmel (Stanford University ) and Mr. Michael K. Fosdick (San Marino, California) gave invaluable aid as field assistants in col- lecting population samples of Cercyonis across the western United States, from 1963 to 1966. Mr. Emmel and Mrs. Ann Duffield provided con- siderable laboratory assistance at Stanford. The aid of the following persons in providing information, lending specimens, or making collections available for study, is gratefully acknowledged: Nelson Baker (Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History), Eldon Ball, Jr. (Santa Barbara, California), Dorothy Beals (Los Angeles, Cali- fornia), F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colorado), J. A. Comstock (Del Mar, California), E. J. Dornfeld (O.S.U., Corvallis, Oregon), J. G. Edwards (San Jose State College, California), Donald Eff (Boulder, Colorado), Scott Ellis (Hotchkiss, Colorado), Tarsicio Escalante (Mexico City), H. A. Freeman (Garland, Texas), J. S. Garth (U.S.C.), L. E. Gilbert ( University of Texas), C. F. Harbison (San Diego Natural History 174 EMMEL: Cercyonis taxonomy Vol.’ 23, now Museum), Christopher Henne (Pearblossom, California), P. J. Herlan (Nevada State Museum), C. L. Hogue (Los Angeles County Museum), William Hovanitz (Arcadia, California), Stanley Jewett, Jr. (Portland, Oregon), John Lane (Los Angeles, California), Noel McFarland (South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Australia), C. D. MacNeill (formerly of California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco), L. M. Martin (Los Angeles County Museum, California), W. C. Minor (Fruita, Colorado), E. J. Newcomer (Yakima, Washington), Stephen and Edwin Perkins (Hillsboro, Oregon), J. A. Powell (U. C., Berkeley), Kilian Roever (Phoenix, Arizona), Rev. Bernard Rotger (Mexico City), Al Rubbert (Costa Mesa, California), J. H. Shepard ( University of California, Berke- ley), A. O. Shields (La Mesa, California), R. E. Stanford (Denver, Colo- rado), Fred Thorne (San Diego, California), K. B. Tidwell (Salt Lake City, Utah), J. W. Tilden (San Jose State College, California), Mike Toliver (Albuquerque, New Mexico). A special debt is owed to Mr. and Mrs. Roger A. Sanborn ( Florissant, Colorado), who have frequently provided accommodations for field work from 1960 through 1968, granting unrestricted use of their facilities and land. Their land-use policy will allow the Cercyonis populations on their ranch lands to remain in a natural, undisturbed state for future research on evolutionary changes. For their aid in discussion and their many suggestions, I am indebted to F. M. Brown, Stephen and Edwin Perkins, J. F. Emmel, P. H. Raven, O. E. Sette, L. M. Martin, R. W. Holm, P. R. Ehrlich, Benjamin Dane, Oakley Shields, J. H. Shepard, Rudolf Mattoni, Patricia Labine, and G. N. Ross. LITERATURE CITED Barnes, W. & F. H. BENJAMIN, 1926. Notes on diurnal Lepidoptera, with addi- tions and corrections to the recent “List of Diurnal Lepidoptera.” Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 25(3): 88-98. Beur, H., 1864. Notes on California Satyrides. Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., III: 163-166. BotspuvAL, J. A., 1852. Lepidoptéres de la Californie. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1852: 308. 1869. Lepidoptéres de la Californie. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belge, 13: 63. Cuermock, F. H., 1929. Notes on North American Lepidoptera. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 24: 20-21. CuerMock, F. H. & R. L. CuHermocx, 1942. Two new subspecies of Cercyonis alope. Proc. Pennsylvania Acad. Sci., Harrisburg, 16: 58—59. CuerMock, R. L., 1948. Two new satyrids from North America. Canad. Ent., 80: 172-173. Cross, F. C., 1937. Butterflies of Colorado. Proc. Colo. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16: 9. Epwarps, W.H., 1861. Descriptions of certain species of diurnal Lepidoptera, found within the limits of the United States and British America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 13: 162-163. 1870. Descriptions of new North American diurnal Lepidoptera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3: 189-196. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society iW) 1872. Descriptions of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4: 61-70. 1873. Descriptions of diurnal Lepidoptera found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4: 343-348. 1874. Descriptions of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found in North America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 13-19. 1879. Descriptions of new species of butterflies collected by Mr. H. K. Morrison, in Nevada, 1878; also, remarks on some errors of synonymy and arrangement. Canad. Ent., 11: 49-56. 1880. On certain species of Satyrus. Canad. Ent., 12: 21-32, 51-55, 90-94, 109-115, 147. EMMEL, T. C. & J. F. Emmet, 1969. A new subspecies in the Cercyonis meadi group (Satyridae). J. Lep. Soc., 23: 161-164. Fasnricius, J. C., 1775. Systema entomologiae, p. 494. Flensburg and Leipsic. 1793. Entomologia Systematica emendata et aucta, III, Part I: 229. Hafniae (Copenhagen). GRINNELL, F., JR., 1905. Two new butterflies from Mt. Tamalpais, Calif. Ent. News, 16: 33-35. Hatz, G. C., 1924. Notes on Polygonia j-album, Cercyonis alope, Phyciodes tharos, Heodes epixanthe and Euphydryas gilletti. J. New York Ent. Soc., 32: 109-111. Jones, J. R. J. L., 1951. An annotated check list of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Occ. Paper No. 1, 148 pp. Kirpy, W. J., 1837. Fauna boreali-Americana, or the Zoology of the Northern parts of British America, etc. Part IV. The Insects. p. 297, London. OBERTHUR, C., 1913. Etudes de Lépidoptéres Comparee, 7(2): 85. STRECKER, H., 1873. Satyrus hoffmani, nov. ? var. Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres and Heteroceres, No. 4: 31-32. Winp, R. G., 1946. Some new species of North American Satyridae (Lepidoptera ). Pan-Pacific Ent., 22(1):; 25-27. Wricut, W. G., 1905. The Butterflies of the West Coast. Publ. by author, San Bernardino, Calif.; 257 pp., 32 pl. A CASE OF AUTHORSHIP, MELITAEA RUBICUNDA (NYMPHALIDAE) F. MARTIN BROWN Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado A series of synopses of the butterflies of North America appeared in the first series of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society. They were published between 1878 and 1885. Most of these articles carry no author's name, yet some of them are nomenclatorially important. The authorship for the majority is indicated in a letter from George D. Hulst, of the Brooklyn Society, to Herman H. Strecker. This was written September 28, 1880, and in part reads “By the way, Graef & Tepper run the Synopsis of the Butterflies in the Bulletin and that of Argynnis has been made out by Mr. W. H. Edwards entirely” (Hulst, 1880). 176 Brown: Melitaea author Vol. °23; nome Thus the article on Argynnis in volume 2: 41, 89-92, and volume 3:23- 24, 27-28, 67-68, 1880 should be credited to W. H. Edwards, according to Hulst. However, on page 89 there appears a footnote: “We hereby acknowledge our thanks to Mr. W. H. Edwards of Coalburgh, West Vir- ginia, to whom we are deeply indebted for his kindness in furnishing us with descriptions of species not represented in our cabinet.” This cast some question upon which descriptions of species noted in the article should be credited to Edwards and which to Graef and Tepper. Beyond the material on Speyeria and Boloria, both of which Edwards included in Argynnis, there is evidence that Edwards wrote the section on Melitaea. In a letter to Henry Edwards dated September 26, 1880, he said, “I have been engaged in writing descns for Tepper for Brooklyn Bulletin of the Melitaeas & take much trouble in order to have their Synopsis right, as near as may be” (Edwards, 1880). The article on “Melitaea Fabr.” appeared in volume 3: 69-70, 1880; 3: 80-81, 97-98, volume 4: 11-12, 1881; and volume 5: 61-62, 1882. In this article there are four new descriptions: colon Edw. (p. 80), perdiceas (sic) Edw. (p. 80) and baroni Hy. Edw. mss. (p. 80) published in the January 1881 number, and rubicunda Hy. Edw. mss. (p. 97) published in the April 1881 number. I discussed the situation for colon and perdiccas (Brown, 1967: 320-321). Earlier I discussed the peculiar situation that credits baroni to W. H. Edwards with the publication date July 2, 1879 (Brown, 1966: 373). In neither of these places did I comment upon the authorship of rubicunda. Both W. H. Edwards and Henry Edwards pub- lished the name accompanied by adequate descriptions of the same insect in April, 1881. We do not know precisely when the April, 1881 number of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was issued. We do know that the April, 1881 issue of “Papilio” is dated “April 26, 1881.” If we use the same philosophy for month dates of publication as is used for year dates, then until proven otherwise the Bulletin is assumed to have been published on the last day of April in 1881 and Henry Edwards has four days priority in use of the name rubicunda. This conforms with current usages of the name. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1966. The types of the Nymphalid Butterflies described by William Henry Edwards—Part II, Melitaeinae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 92: 357-468. 1967. The types of the Nymphalid Butterflies described by William Henry Ed- wards—Part III, Nymphalinae, Limenitidinae, AparturaG and Charaxinae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 93: 319-393. Epwarps, W. H., 1880. mss. Letters to Henry Edwards in the Library, American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Hursr, GE. 1880. mss. Letters to Herman H. Strecker in the Dept. of Ento- mology, Field Museum, Chicago, Il. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society rer ON THE ECOLOGY OF NATURAL DISPERSAL: DIONE MONETA POEYII IN TEXAS (NYMPHALIDAE ) LAWRENCE E.. GILBERT! Department of Zoology, Parks Road, Oxford, England On December 31, 1964, the neotropical butterfly Dione moneta poeyii (Butler) was taken by my companion as we collected in the brush coun- try of south Texas near Catarina (Dimmit County). That area was ex- periencing most unusual weather, complete with warm temperatures, abundant flowers, and thousands of butterflies. Had my companion not continued to collect randomly, we would not have seen Dione moneta, for after taking a large series of the similar Agraulis vanillae (L.) (see fig. 1), I had shifted my attention to other species. Doubtless I would have ignored the Dione as just another A. vanillae had it entered my field of vision. No similar species to A. vanillae are listed in U. S. field guides or check- lists. An attempt to identify the specimen soon expanded into an inquiry concerning its possible origin and the reasons for its occurrence in Texas. This investigation stimulated some thoughts about the nature and general importance of “stragglers” and about the criteria for deciding whether a given record represents natural dispersal. The possibility that this Texas record of D. moneta represents natural dispersal from Mexico was examined, and the results reported below. In addition, the ecological facts gathered in this study lend some evidence towards possible clarification of the term “subtropical” as applied to the south Texas region, an area well known for its records of “stray” tropical butterflies. Thus, the purpose of this paper exceeds simply recording another tropical butterfly for Texas. IMPORT vs. STRAGGLER The term “straggler” is familiar to most American lepidopterists. It refers to an individual butterfly which undergoes long range geographical displacement by natural means (i.e. by its own powers of flight, with or without the help of such factors as wind). That we term such an indi- vidual butterfly “straggler” indicates a lack of certain information about that individual. A straggler may be only one of a vast migrating group, or it may be a lone stray. I will avoid trying to distinguish migration from other forms of natural movement, since it seems more important to distinguish the naturally dis- 1 Present address: Department of Biological Science, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 178 GiLBERT: Natural dispersal by Dione Vol. 23) noas persed individuals from the imported ones. Biological information gained from an unusual record depends largely upon which of these two cate- gories is applicable to that record. On the other hand, the biological sig- nificance of both categories depends upon how successfully the new region is invaded. In either case, if populations of a species establish themselves in a new region, at best they provide unique opportunities for microevolutionary studies (Burns, 1966), and at worst, they seriously threaten the future of the native fauna, flora and agriculture (Elton, 1958). Is it worthwhile to attempt to distinguish naturally dispersed individ- uals from imported individuals of species which, because they rarely or never established permanent populations in a new region, seem to be of little biological consequence? The answer is yes, if we consider that a single fertilized female reaching a new region is theoretically capable of starting a new butterfly population. For most species, the chance of such successful invasion (by natural means) occurring during a human life is near zero. Considered in the context of geological time however, the occasional long distance dispersal by a species becomes more significant. Certainly the earth’s islands were not all populated by man’s importation of new species, or by large scale migrations. The “stragglers” have played their part. THE INVESTIGATION OF NATURAL DISPERSAL Because of the extreme difficulty in tracking even large migrations of insects over long distances, the investigation of a single stray (if there are such things) seems impossible except in retrospect. In one instance, a widely observed climatic event, wind, has been correlated with ob- served dispersal in the Lepidoptera. In this case, when two species of African moths appeared in Britain, their probable flight path was com- pared with synoptic weather conditions. It was concluded that this event did represent natural dispersal, and that wind was an important factor in promoting the long flight (French, 1967). Such an approach seems to be the only reasonable way to study most records of geographically displaced insects. Even if the original collector takes no data other than locality and date, later workers might possibly make conclusions about the origin of a specimen by carefully studying past climatic and other ecological records for the region in question. Most of the important points to consider when attempting to give a record natural dispersal status fall into two categories. First, one should consider available evidence concerning the butterfly’s flight character- istics (migratory or not, etc.), and habitat preference (altitudinal limits, etc.) within the species distribution (Ford, 1945). Second, the region in which the displacement occurred should be checked with respect to 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 Fig. 1. A, Dione moneta poeyii (Butler) 2, dorsal view. B, The same specimen, ventral view. (Note: For further details refer to Emsley (1963), and for a color plate see Seitz (1924) pl. 84e (labelled Dione butleri). C, Agraulis vanillae (L.) &, ventral view. overall weather patterns and other ecological factors such as condition of vegetation over the projected path, topography, and other butterflies on the wing at the same point in time. DIONE MONETA: FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS; DISTRIBUTION Like A. vanillae, D. moneta is a strong, fast flier. Though A. vanillae is a known migrant, no records could be found of migrations of Dione moneta. Emsley (1963) provides the most recent indication that D. 180 GiLBERT: Natural dispersal by Dione Vol. 23> "nos moneta had previously been taken in Texas: “.. . on occasions it has been recorded in Texas. . . .”. However, no record of these Texas specimens could be found by Emsley upon a review of the museum notes taken for his 1963 paper. Any authors, including Emsley (1963) and Michener (1942), who extend the genus Dione Hiibner to the U. S. must refer (at least indirectly) to the distribution of Dione moneta poeyii (Butler ) quoted by Stichel (1907): “Honduras, Mexico, Texas.” Strangely enough, Stichel provides no supporting data for such a claim, nor does he refer to literature which does. Even so it would still seem strange that Dione moneta is not mentioned—even as a “vague” or “doubtful” record—by Klots (1951), Ehrlich (1961), or dos Passos (1964). According to Hoff- mann (1940) D. moneta poeyii ranges through most of Mexico. Emsley (1963) records that Dione moneta seems to be confined to montane habitats above 1000 meters throughout its range. However, Emmel (1961) provides interesting evidence that at least in the more northerly, marginal part of its range, D. moneta (= D. butleri Stich.) flies at lower elevations during the winter dry season. He reports taking this butterfly near Gomez Farias during January at an elevation of about 900 feet. My own field work in that region during July-August 1965, turned up no Dione moneta below 1100 meters. Generally speaking, the Sierra Madre Oriental is poorly known bio- logically in northern Mexico (Martin, 1958), and this generality extends to our knowledge of butterfly distribution in the temperate and tropical forests of Mexico (Monroe, 1963; Hovanitz, 1958). Therefore, it is possi- ble that the normal range of this species extends much further north than is now known. DIONE MONETA: ECOLOGY OF OCCURRENCE IN TEXAS Since this butterfly occurs at elevations up to 7000 feet in northern Mexico, there would appear to be no montane barriers to it between its normal range and Catarina, Texas, some 350 miles due north (see fig. 2). Many plants in D. moneta’s montane chaparral habitat near Carabanchel are found in the low country of northern Mexico and southern Texas (Personal observation). A northward emigrating or straying individual of this species should not be stopped by the vegetational changes if the weather remains favorable. The climatic conditions in November and December 1964 were un- usual for south Texas. The temperatures were warm throughout the period, with readings above 90° F several days in the last weeks of De- cember. According to the U. S. Weather Bureau’s National Summary of Climatological Data (1964), every state southeast of a line from West Texas to Maine experienced their monthly maximum temperatures for 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 ° = A 7 pena Uiee Fig. 2. Map of southern Texas and northern Mexico. The numbered localities are as follows: 1. Catarina, Tex. 2. Laredo, Tex. 3. Rio Grande City, Tex. 4. Brownsville, Tex. 5. Monterrey, N.L. 6. Victoria, Tamps. 7. Jaumave, Tamps. 8. Carabanchel, Tamps. 9. Encino, Tamps. 10. Cd. Mante, Tamps. 11. Tampico, Tamps. 182 GiLBERT: Natural dispersal by Dione Vol. 23, moms December between the 22nd and 27th of that month. These temperatures ranged from 56° (Michigan) to 92° (Texas) and were generally above 70°. This is evidence of the widespread nature of the late December con- ditions. Unusually heavy rainfall was recorded in the late summer of 1964 in southern Texas, and no freeze had occurred before December (see fig. 3), with the result that most plants were still green and many were in flower (e.g. Lantana). Steady south winds, estimated at 10-15 m.p.h., prevailed during the whole of the last two weeks of December, which indicates, at least roughly, conditions existing in Mexico. The butterfly species found together with a displaced butterfly might provide important evidence concerning its possible origin. Listed below are some of the species on the wing with Dione moneta in Catarina, Texas, December 31, 1964. Agraulis vanillae, Anaea andria, Asterocampa leilia, Brephidium exilis, Colias eurytheme, Colias cesonia, Danaus gilippus, Danaus plexippus, Euptoieta claudia, Eurema daira, Eurema lisa, Eurema mexicana, Eurema nicippe, Hemiargus isola, Kricogonia castalia, Libythea sp., Mestra amymone, Papilio polyxenes, Phoebis sennae, Pieris protodice, Precis lavinia, Strymon melinus, Vanessa atalanta, Vanessa virginiensis. Of these species, 30% are known migrants, 17% have been previously recorded together in mixed migratory flights (this includes A. vanillae) and 17% have been known to migrate northward in the spring ( Williams, 1930, 1958): THE SUBTROPICS OF SOUTHERN TEXAS AND NORTHERN MEXICO A substantial part of the transition from the wet-dry seasonality of the northeastern Mexican tropics to the hot-cold seasonality of the south- eastern U. S. occurs between southern Tamaulipas and central Texas. Localities near the center of the region (i.é., in southern Texas) may vary greatly in early winter environment from one year to the next. The direction and extent of this variation depends upon at least three factors: 1.) The amount and distribution of late summer-early fall precipitation. 2.) The time of occurrence and intensity of Canadian cold air masses moving south. 3.) The time of occurrence and intensity of warm tropical air masses moving north. Many plants on the semi-arid fringes of the tropical zones possess the ability of shedding their leaves in response to the drought of the tropical dry season. It follows then, that in the semi-arid region of Texas and Mexico being discussed, summer drought results in a leafless and bleak winter much sooner than usual. Likewise, early killing frosts may leave the countryside gray and bare before mid-November (irrespective of summer rainfall ). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 183 100 40 20 inches On V Vi Vil Vis 1X X X | Xl B MONTH Fig. 3. Climatic Data. A, Graph of daily maximum temperatures recorded at Catarina weather station December 1, 1964 to January 8, 1965. B, Monthly rainfall totals, Catarina, Texas, May 1964 to December 1965. (Note: the rainfall total for August equals or exceeds the yearly total for that area in drouth years, and is roughly one-half of the normal yearly average. ) On rare occasions, such as the winter of 1951, extremely cold air masses reach southern Tamaulipas (Martin, 1958). On the other hand, north- ward bound tropical warm air masses often bring southern Texas relief 184 GiLBERT: Natural dispersal by Dione Vol. 23, nos from winter cold. Such mild weather, however, will not bring back leaves and flowers previously lost by summer-fall drought, by early frost, or by a combination of these factors. Because of the various climatic factors which must interact in proper sequence and in proper intensity, the “tropical” winter of 1964 was indeed unusual for the Catarina area of South Texas. Essentially this phenome- non can be looked upon as a temporary northward shifting of the tropical temperature and rainfall regimes. On the other hand, the winter of 1951 represents the reverse situation. It is thus clear that the nebulous concept, “subtropical,” as applied to southern Texas and northern Mexico, would be better understood if the unpredictable nature of the climate in this region could somehow be conveyed by the prefix of the term. CONCLUSION AND SUMMARY The occurrence of Dione moneta in Texas was but one in a series of unusual ecological events during the tropical winter weather of 1964-65. Numerous facts indicate that this record represents natural dispersal on the part of this butterfly species. It will now be useful to summarize the more significant of them: 1. Dione moneta is a strong flier, and is closely related to a known migrant, Agraulis vanillae. 2. Dione moneta is on the wing during December and January only 350 miles south of Catarina, Texas. 3. Though normally restricted to montane habitats above 1000 meters, D. moneta has been known to shift to lower elevations in northern Mexico during the winter dry season. 4, Many suitable adult food plants of this species remained green and in flower over a wide area of northern Mexico and southern Texas during the winter of 1964-1965. 5. Widespread, striking climatic conditions, including steady south winds and warm temperatures were correlated with the occur- rence of D. moneta in Texas. 6. Among twenty-four other butterfly species in company with this specimen of Dione moneta, 30% were known migratory species, several being northward spring migrants. To conclude, I hope that collectors will keep on the watch for Dione moneta, especially during exceptionally warm winter weather in “sub- tropical” Texas and Mexico. In addition, similar investigations of other tropical butterfly records for Texas would be of great interest since many questions about the distribution and dispersal of tropical insects are yet to be answered. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 185 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I greatly appreciate the help of the following persons: Thomas Gilbert, Mrs. Ira T. Burns, David Lees, Professor E. B. Ford, F.R.S., and Dr. J. A. Powell. LITERATURE CITED Burns, J. M., 1966. Expanding distribution and evolutionary potential of Thymelicus linola (Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae), an introduced skipper, with special refer- ence to its appearance in B.C. Canad. Ent., 98(8): 859-866. pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc., Mem. 1, 145 pp. Eueuicu, P. R., & A. H. Exrticu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 262 pp. Exton, C. S., 1958. The ecology of invasions by animals and plants. Methuen, London. EMMEL, T. C., 1961. Spring Collecting in Mexico: The Gomez Farias Region of Southwestern Tamaulipas. J. Lepid. Soc., 15(3): 197-199. EMstey, M.G., 1963. A morphological study of imagine Heliconiiae (Lep. Nymphal- idae) with consideration of the evolutionary relationships within the group. Zoologica, N.Y., 48: 85-130. Forp, E. B., 1945. Butterflies. Collins, London, 368 pp. FreNcH, R. A., 1967. Long distance movement of two migrant Lepidoptera in re- lation to synoptic weather conditions. Biometeorology, 2(1): 153. HorrMAnn, C. C., 1940. Catalgo sistematico zoogeografico de los Lepidopteros Mexicanos. Anales Inst. Biol. (Univ. Nac. Mex.) 11(2): 639-739. Hovanirz, W., 1958. Distribution of butterflies in the New World. In: Zoogeog- raphy, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Pub. No. 51, Washington, D.C.: 321-368. Kuots, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass., 349 pp. Martin, P. S., 1958. A Biogeography of reptiles and amphibians in the Gomez Farias Region, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., 101, 102 pp. MICHENER, CHARLES D., 1942. A Generic Revision of the Heliconiinae (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 1197: 1-8, 17 fig. Munroe, E. G., 1963. Characteristics and history of the North American fauna; Lepidoptera. Proceedings of the XVI Intemational Congress of Zoology, Wash- ington, D.C., 4:21-27. | Sr1tz, A., 1924. Macrolepidoptera of The World. Alfred Kerhen, Stuttgart, Germany, Vol. 5, 1139 pp. SticHEL, H., 1907. Lepid. Rhop., Nymphalidae, Dioninae. Gener. Ins. Fasc. 63 pp., 1-38, Fig. 1, Pls. I-III. WituraMs, C. B., 1930. The Migration of Buttterflies. Oliver and Boyd, London, A473 pp. 1958. Insect Migration. Collins, London, 235 pp. 186 PRICE AND SHULL: Indiana butterflies Vol. (23; nome UNCOMMON BUTTERFLIES OF NORTHEASTERN INDIANA Homer F. PrickE Payne, Ohio AND ERNEST M. SHULL North Manchester, Indiana Indiana has a rich butterfly fauna. If the old records are correct, the State may have as many as one hundred twenty-five species. This paper, however, will not list all of the one hundred or more species collected over a thirty-five year period by the authors, but will include a listing and brief reference to the uncommon species found in northeastern Indiana. HESPERIIDAE Euphyes dion (Edwards ) Specimens: July 14, 1952; July 7, 1953; and July 2, 1954, in Lagrange County bogs. June 30, 1968 collected several in Wabash and Kosciusko Counties. Euphyes dukesi (Lindsey ) A single male was collected on July 24, 1962, in Steuben County. This may constitute a new State record. Euphyes conspicua (Edwards ) Specimens have been taken in July in Lagrange, Steuben and Wabash Counties. Euphyes bimacula (Grote & Robinson ) In Lagrange County a single specimen was taken on July 7, 1955 in a bog near Cedar Lake. From late June to early September it is found in boggy or marshy meadows in Kosciusko and Wabash Counties (1966-1968 ). Poanes massasoit (Scudder ) Ten specimens were taken on July 11, 1950 in the Plato bog, Lagrange County. One male was captured cn July 30th. Apparently rare or absent in the other counties of northeastern Indiana. Poanes viator (Edwards ) Three worn specimens at a boggy place along a road in Richland Township, Steuben County, July 24, 1962. Sparingly in Wabash County, July 1967. Hesperia leonardus Harris One specimen Sept. 4, 1954, Steuben County on blossoms of teasel plant. Col- lected from July to September (1967 & 1968) in Wabash and Kosciusko Counties on blossoms of the purple boneset plant. Hylephila phyleus Drury Specimens from August 18 to September 21 (1967 & 1968) on zinnia flowers. Never common. Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer ) Specimens: June 22 and July 1, 1967, grassy field, North Manchester, Wabash County. Identification was confirmed by Dr. Fredrick H. Rindge, Curator of Lepidoptera of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. During June and July ( Iie) this species was more common in Wabash and Kosciusko Counties. Staphylus mazans hayhurstii (Edwards ) June 19, 1945 a single specimen was taken in a peat bog, Waynesdale, Allen 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 County. In June and July (1967) collected in wooded areas and along roads of North Manchester, Wabash County. Achalarus lyciades ( Geyer ) Specimens: June 11, 1942, at a bushy tract, Fox Lake, Steuben County. June 16 and July 4, 1968 in brier clump in woods, Kosciusko County. PIERIDAE Pieris protodice Boisduval & LeConte June 1942 collected in Lagrange County. Scarce in Wabash and Kosciusko Counties from June to October (1966—1968 ). Colias cesonia ( Stoll) A single specimen near Eel River, North Manchester, Wabash County, Septem- ber 1934. Eurema nicippe (Cramer ) One male, August 14, 1968, North Webster, Kosciusko County, near Cassia plants. RIODINIDAE Calephelis muticum (McAlpine ) One battered specimen was collected August 8, 1949 and another on July 21, 1956, Plato bog east of Lagrange. Two were taken on July 24, 1954 at the Cedar Lake bogs. LYCAENIDAE Strymon melinus Hubner July 24, 1954 one specimen along a road and bog at Cedar Lake. Specimens from June 29 to October 3 (1966-1968) in Wabash and Kosciusko Counties. Strymon titus (Fabricius ) Specimens: July 7, 1953, along a road and bog at Cedar Lake. Collected in late June and July (1967 & 1968) on dogbane, goldenrod and white sweet clover, North Manchester, Wabash County. Strymon acadica (Edwards ) Several specimens were collected every July from 1953 to 1956 near Cedar Lake. In Wabash County specimens were taken on July 9 and 12, 1967; June 30, 1968 on dogbane; and July 7, 1968 on common milkweed flowers, North Manchester, Indiana. Strymon caryaevorus McDunnough Pair collected June 22, 1968 on hickory tree leaf, Kosciusko County. Dr. Fredrick H. Rindge prepared a slide of the male genitalia. Several more were collected in early July. This constitutes a new State record. Strymon edwardsii (Grote & Robinson ) Specimens: June 30, 1968 North Manchester, Wabash County and July 4, 1968 Kosciusko Co. Found in wooded areas. Strymon liparops strigosa (Harris ) One specimen July 7, 1953, along a road at the Cedar Lake bogs, on butterfly weed blossoms. July 12, 1966; June 24 and July 6, 1968 specimens were taken at North Manchester, Wabash County. Lycaena helloides ( Boisduval ) Specimens: August 20, 1967 North Manchester, Wabash County. August 24, 1968 Camp Mack, Milford, Kosciusko County. Lycaena epixanthe (Boisduval & LeConte ) A specimen collected in July 1966, North Manchester, Wabash County. NYMPHALIDAE Nymphalis vau-album (Denis & Schiffermiiller ) Two specimens collected in August 1934 in an old apple orchard near Eel River, North Manchester, Wabash County. Not found in recent years. 188 PRICE AND SHULL: Indiana butterflies Vol. 23.-noss Euphydryas phaeton (Drury ) Specimens: July 7, 1955 and July 6, 1956 in the Cedar Lake bogs, usually on the higher ground. Speyeria idalia (Drury) Specimens: Two females, June 24, 1942, along the north shore of the Big Turkey Lake, Lagrange County. August 11, 1968, North Manchester, Wabash County. Euptoieta claudia (Cramer) Two specimens July 6, 1956 on a quaking bog on the east side of Cedar Lake in Lagrange County. Uncommon in July and August (1966 and 1968) in Wabash County. SATYRIDAE Lethe eurydice applachia R. L. Chermock July 17, 1942 two specimens collected along the border of a bog at Hogback Lade, Steuben County. The identification was made by Frank Chermock. Lethe eurydice (subspecies undetermined) was collected July-August 1967 in North Manchester, Wabash County. Euthychia mitchellii (French) Specimens: July 11, 1950, on a quaking bog on the east side of Cedar Lake in Lagrange County. Many others were collected in July each year from 1952 to 1956. Specimens were donated to the Ohio State Museum, the Ohio State University Museum and the U. S. National Museum. EUREMA SALOME IN TEXAS (PIERIDAE ) Within the United States Eurema salome limoneus (Felder and Felder) is definitely known to occur only in Arizona (Klots, 1951, “Field Guide to the Butterflies”). The data on old specimens supposedly collected in Texas is vague and uncertain. In fact, in a list of the butterflies and skippers of Texas reproduced by Xerox in 1963 by R. O. Kendall and H. A. Freeman Eurema salome is not mentioned. Therefore, it was of some interest to find a female of Eurema salome in poor condition among a collection of Texas butterflies donated to the California Insect Survey by J. O. Hunt, of San Diego, California. The specimen was collected by Hunt at Harlingen, Cameron County, Texas on August 18, 1957.—PauL A. OPER, University of California, Berke- ley, California. BOOK NOTICE INDEX LITTERATURAE ENTOMOLOGICAE, Serie II, vol. III (M-R). By W. Derksen and U. Scheiding-Gollner. 528 pp. Published by the German Academy of Agricultural Sciences. Berlin, 1968. The “Index” contains all entomological papers published in the period 1864 to 1900. The third volume includes the authors’ names in alphabetical sequence from Maag to Rzehak. For most authors the important biographica] dates are given. The “Index” is very important for all students in entomology. For reviews of the first two volumes, see Journal Lepid. Society, 19: 62 (1965) and 21: 144 (1967 ).—JosEF Moucua, National Museum, Prague, Czechoslovakia. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 AN EXTREME PHENOTYPE OF PIERIS PROTODICE (PIERIDAE) ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO Department of Entomology & Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Vernal phenotypes in Pieridae are described by Klots (1951) as “paler, with reduced dark borders or spots” relative to the summer phenotypes. This characterization applies only to the upper surface of the wings; be- neath, the hindwing is generally more or less melanized in the vernal phenotype. This redistribution of black pigment may fulfill a thermo- regulatory function (Clench, 1966). The “cold weather” phenotype of Pieris protodice Boisduval & LeConte (f. vern. vernalis Edwards) occurs in late autumn and early spring through- out the range of the species (Rawson, 1945; Bean, 1877). Lutz (1948) characterized it as possessing “so much greenish gray on the hind wings that the white is reduced to narrow triangular spots; spots on the upper side are much reduced, or even absent.” Shapiro (1968) has demonstrated Fig. 1. Pieris protodice f. vern. vernalis, females. Upper surface at left, lower at right. Above: normal, Camden, N. J., March 29, 1968. Below: extreme, Tinicum Wildlife Preserve, Phila. Co., Pa., March 30, 1968. 190 SHAPIRO: Rare common white Vol. 23; nots that the vernalis phenotype may be induced by exposure of the larvae to long nights, regardless of temperature. Specimens obtained by photo- periodic manipulation in the laboratory are similar to wild Philadelphia, Pennsylvania butterflies exposed to equivalent photoperiods in late larval life. An extreme specimen of vernalis taken at the Tinicum Wildlife Pre- serve, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, March 30, 1968, is illustrated in figure 1, along with a normal vernalis. The Tinicum specimen, a fe- male, is darker on the lower surface than the darkest female grade figured by Abbott, Dillon, and Shrode (1960). The dark vein-lmes are even broader and more confluent than is usual in the spring phenotype (calyce Edwards) of the western, montane sibling species, Pieris occidentalis Reakirt. The specimen differs from calyce also in the intensity of the melanization, which obscures the underlying yellow pigment almost com- pletely and presents a black, rather than a brownish green effect. No photoperiod or photoperiod-temperature combination yet tested will induce such extreme melanization in the lower surface. In the Cornell culture of P. protodice, which has been maintained through seventeen generations for genetic studies, heritable variations in expression of the vernalis phenotype under standardized conditions have been observed. However, a brood of 39 reared from the Tinicum female (already mated to an unknown male) in an inducing photoperiod of fourteen hours dark- ness produced only normal vernalis. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The photographs were taken by Mr. James D. Biggs, of Department of Entomology & Limnology, Cornell University. Mr. Edward L. Ritter- shausen assisted in the laboratory rearing. LITERATURE CITED Assott, W., L. S. Ditton and R. R. SHRopvE, 1960. Geographic variation in Pieris protodice Boisduval and LeConte. Wasmann J. Biol., 18: 103-127. Bean, T. E., 1877. Pieris vernalis a variety of Pieris protodice. Canad. Ent., 9: 201-203. : Ciencu, H. K., 1966. Behavioral thermoregulation in butterflies. Ecology, 47: 1021-1034. Kiors, A. B., 1951. Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin, Boston; 349 pp. Lutz, F. E., 1948. Field Book of Insects. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York; 510 pp. Rawson, G. F., 1945. Interesting problems connected with the checkered white butterfly, Pieris protodice Bdv. & Lec. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 40: 49-54. SHapiro, A. M., 1968. Photoperiodic induction of vernal phenotype in Pieris pro- todice Boisduval & LeConte (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Wasmann J. Biol., 26(1): 137-149. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 191 LEPIDOPTERA ASSOCIATED WITH PIG CARRION Jerry A. PAYNE! AND EDWIN W. KINc? Dept. of Entomology and Zoology, Clemson University, South Carolina Putrid fish, decomposing snakes, lizards, and mammals, and the urine, excrement, and odors of carnivorous animals attract certain species of butterflies and moths (Holland, 1931; Field, 1938; Klots, 1951). These products, which are often considered offensive, have been used as baits by experienced collectors for attracting butterflies. Clark (1932) recom- mended suspending dead snakes from trees to attract woodland butter- flies, especially those which ordinarily remain high in the trees. Accord- ing to Klots (1958) there is some evidence that some butterflies (e.g., Apatura) and moths are perhaps exclusively carrion feeders. During the summers of 1962, 1963, and 1966 a comparative study of pig carcasses both exposed to and isolated from arthropods was under- taken to determine the actual processes and rates of decomposition (Payne, 1965). A faunistic survey was conducted in conjunction with this study (Payne and Crossley, 1966). Special attention was focused on the food habits, relative abundance, order of succession, and microseral dis- tribution of individual members of the carrion microcommunity. The present paper deals with the lepidopteran species which were associated with the various stages of pig decay. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Twenty-one species of Lepidoptera were collected from pig carrion. Table 1 gives a systematic list of all 21 species and their relative abun- dance during the different stages of pig decomposition. A brief synopsis of these species and their food habits follows. PAPILIONIDAE.—T wo species, Battus philenor and Papilio glaucus were frequently observed feeding at carrion. These large butterflies even at- tempted to enter the protective cages containing pig carcasses. They were attracted to the pig carrion when odors and decay were most pronounced (advanced decay stage). According to Chermock (1952) B. philenor is also attracted to deer dung and manure piles, and Reinthal (1966) col- lected over 50 P. glaucus from fresh cow dung and from decaying bodies of butterflies (glaucus). Reed (1958) collected both of the above papilio- nids from dog carcasses in Tennessee. 1 Research Assistant, Department of Entomology and Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina; present address: USDA, ARS, Market Quality Research Division, Coastal Plain Experiment Station, Tifton, Georgia 31794. 2 Professor, Department of Entomology and Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson, S. C. 29631. 192 PAYNE AND Kinc: Leps at pig carrion Vol. 23, noes TABLE 1. SYSTEMATIC LIST OF LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED FROM DEAD PIGS DURING SUMMER MONTHS 1962, 1963, AND 1966, CLEMSON, SouTH CAROLINA.? Stages of Decomposition Active Advanced Species Fresh Bloated decay decay Dry PAPILIONIDAE Battus philenor 5 ( Linnaeus ) Papilio glaucus 3 Linnaeus SATYRIDAE Minois alope a We (Fabricius ) NYMPHALIDAE Chlosyne nycteis 2 eee (Doubleday & Hewitson ) Phyciodes tharos = i ( Drury ) Polygonia faunus =| eee Edwards Asterocampa clyton = op Eee (Boisduval & LeConte ) Asterocampa celtis lik ee (Boisduval & LeConte ) HESPERIIDAE Epargyreus clarus eee peer ee, (Cramer ) Atrytone ruricola metacomet 28 eee ( Harris ) Wallengrenia otho a. eee (J. E. Smith) SPHINGIDAE Amphion nessus py Mane ET (Cramer ) NOCTUIDAE Palthis asopialis (Guenee )* GEOMETRIDAE Mellilla xanthometata 22 (Walker ) Anavitrinella pampinaria a (Guenée ) Epimecis virginaria a 2 (Cramer ) PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE Desmia funeralis oe dy ee (Hubner ) 3 The relative abundance of each species during the different stages of decomposition is indicated by a solid line (abundant) or a broken line (scarce). 4 For record only. No evidence of attraction to the carrion community. Insufficient evidence to determine seral distribution. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 193 TABLE 1—( Continued ) Stages of Decomposition Active Advanced Species Fresh Bloated decay decay Dry Anageshna primordialis — ———- - - ( Dyar ) TINEIDAE Tinea sp. - Acedes fuscipunctella - ( Haworth ) Acedes pallescentella = (Stainton ) SATYRIDAE.—Only one species, Cercyonis pegala alope a wood nymph, was attracted to carrion. It too, preferred the moist carrion and was observed sucking fluids from the actively decomposing pigs. These but- terflies were among the most numerous at the carrion site; however, they were not the most common butterflies to actually feed on the carrion. They would often alight on the cages containing the pigs without entering to feed. Pig carcasses suspended at four feet from trees were preferred to carcasses on the ground or in the water. Another satyrid, Euptychia cymela (Cramer), was observed regularly at the carrion site but was not observed feeding. NyYMPHALIDAE.—Five species, Chlosyne nycteis, Phyciodes tharos, Poly- gonia faunus, Asterocampa clyton, and Asterocampa celtis, were observed feeding on carrion fluids. A. celtis and A. clyton were collected from pigs placed in water and those which were suspended from trees 25 feet above the ground. These two Asterocampas seem strongly attracted to carrion, and have been collected from dead dogs (Reed, 1958) and dead snakes (Clark, 1932). According to Clark, they often feed on carrion to the point of stupefaction. Melitaea nycteis and P. tharos often entered the % inch galvanized hardware cloth covered cages to feed upon carrion fluids. Polygonia comma (Harris) and P. interrogationis were collected from dog carcasses in Tennessee (Reed, 1958); however, only P. faunus was positively identi- fied from pig carrion in South Carolina. The other Polygonias may have been present and eluded capture. Nymphalis vau-album j-album (Boisduval and LeConte), congregates at decaying animal matter and has been reported feeding in numbers on long-dead porcupines (Macy and Shepard, 1941). Limenitis arthemis (Drury), is reported (Saunders, 1932 and Klots, 1951) to be fond of 194 PAYNE AND Kinc: Leps at pig carrion Vol: 233 nets excreta of foxes and raccoons, and the dead and decomposing bodies of various animals. L. a. astyanax (F.), is also addicted to carrion, manure, and excrement (Klots, 1951). Neither Nymphalis nor Limenitis was ob- served at pig carrion in this study. HEsPERUDAE.—Three species, Eparygyreus clarus, Atrytone ruricola metacomet, and Wallengrenia otho, were collected from carrion. A. r. metacomet ranked as one of the more common carrion visitors, and was often observed probing the carcass with proboscis before carrion fluids were present (evident), as if trying to locate a suitable place to feed. E. clarus was attracted to a bait of chicken feathers and entrails at Clemson, S. C. and was the only skipper collected from dog carcasses in Tennessee by Reed (1958). The hesperiids often visited the carcasses without feeding or alighting on the pigs but merely alighting on cages or ground. E. clarus and A. metacomet were collected from carrion in water and from pigs suspended from trees at 4-10 feet. SPHINGIDAE.—One species, Amphion nessus, was a common visitor to the decaying carcasses. A. nessus arrived at the soupy carrion in the late afternoon before sunset, while the other moths were night visitors only. This sphingid was attracted to carrion in water and those pigs suspended from trees at four feet. As many as three moths have been observed feed- ing simultaneously on one pig carcass. A. néssus and Sphecodina abbotti (Swainson ) were taken from dog carcasses in Tennessee (Reed, 1958). Nocrumar.—Only one noctuid, Palthis asopialis, was collected from pig carrion. Three specimens were collected; two were observed at night on the dried carcass and one was found beneath the carcass during the daylight hours. They were not observed feeding. Underwing moths, Catocala fraxini L., have been reported feeding on dead fish in Russia (Remington, 1947). No underwings were observed by us on dead pigs although they were present at the carcass site. GEOMETRIDAE.—Three species, Mellilla xanthometata, Anavitrinella pampinaria, and Epimecis virginaria, were observed feeding on carrion on the ground, in the water, and suspended from trees. A. pampinaria was the dominant geometrid attracted to carrion at night. These geome- trids were often observed feeding on the carrion fluids which had drained to the soil. The only geometrid taken from carcasses by Reed (1958) was Melanolophia canadaria Guenée. PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE.—IT wo species, Desmia funeralis and Ana- geshna primordialis, were taken from pig carrion. D. funeralis was col- lected from carcasses in the water and those suspended from trees at four feet, and was even collected from a chicken feathers and entrails bait. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 TINEIDAE.—Three species, Tinea sp., Acedes fuscipunctella, and Acedes pallescentella, were associated with the carcasses exposed on the ground and those suspended from trees 4-52 feet, during the late stages of de- composition. They even completed a life cycle on the carcasses. Their larvae fed upon the remaining dried carrion tissues, skin, and hair; they also constructed larval cases from bits of pig hair and skin. Adults were not observed feeding on carrion but were taken from the water containing dead pigs. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Appreciation is extended to H. W. Capps and E. L. Todd, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture; to D. R. Davis, W. D. Field, and D. M. Weisman, Smithsonian Institution; and to S. S. Nicolay, Norfolk, Virginia, for Lepi- doptera identifications. We are particularly grateful to Bryant Mather, Jackson, Mississippi, for assistance with the literature survey. LITERATURE CITED CuerMock, R. L., 1952. The use of bait to attract butterflies. Lepid. News, 6(1): 32-33. Criark, A. H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 157, 337 p. FieLp, W. D., 1938. A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas. Bull. Univ. Kansas, Lawrence, 39(10), 328 p. HoLianp, W. J., 1931. The butterfly book. Doubleday and Co., Garden City, New York, 424 p. Kuors, A. B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, 349 p. 1958. The world of butterflies and moths. McGraw-Hill Co., New York, 207 p. Macy, R. W. & H. H. SHeparp, 1941. Butterflies. Univ. of Minn. Press, Minne- apolis, 247 p. Payne, J. A., 1965. A summer carrion study of the baby pig, Sus scrofa Linnaeus. Ecology, 46: 592-602. PayNngE, J. A. & D. A. Crosstry, Jr., 1966. Animal species associated with pig carrion. ORNL-TM-1432, 70 p. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tenn. ReEpD, H. B., JrR., 1958. A study of dog carcass communities in Tennessee, with special reference to the insects. Amer. Midland Natur. 59: 213-245. REINTHAL, W. J., 1966. Butterfly aggregations. J. Res. Lepid., 5(1): 51-59. REMINGTON, C. L., 1947. General Notes. Lepid. News, 1(3): 34. SAUNDERS, A. A., 1932. Butterflies of the Allegheny State Park. New York State Museum Hdbk., Albany, 270 p. 196 Myers: Queen’s chemoreceptors Vol. 23 mors DISTRIBUTION OF FOODPLANT CHEMORECEPTORS ON THE FEMALE FLORIDA QUEEN BUTTERFLY, DANAUS GILIPPUS BERENICE (NYMPHALIDAE ) JupirH Myers Dept. Zoology, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana Fox (1966) considers the structure of the prothoracic legs of butterflies and relates this to their possible chemosensory function. He points out that in the nymphalid butterflies the forelegs are greatly reduced. The forelegs of the males of these butterflies lack the post-tarsus and have fusion of the tarsal subsegments while the females have forelegs reduced in size without loss of any parts. Further study by Fox revealed that the foretarsi of females in all families of the Nymphaloidea have clusters of trichoid sensilla associated with spines on the tarsi which were not found on the foretarsi of males or on the mid- or hindtarsi of either sex. Fox relates this finding to the work of Ilse (1937) who reported that Pieris brassicae females, placed on a green surface would drum the surface with their forelegs. In his own experiments Fox observed three species of nymphalids to scrape with their forelegs the surface on which they were rested, and he suggests that the drumming of the forelegs on plants re- leases chemicals which stimulate the trichoid sensilla on the foretarsi. In this way the specific larval food plants might be identified. In an attempt to localize the chemoreceptors which play a role in food plant identification by female queen butterflies, Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer ), ablation of likely sites of the receptors, the antennae and the tarsi, was carried out. The egg laying ability of treated females was tested by releasing groups of females in cages in which the larval foodplant, Asclepias, was provided. Two types of cages were used. One of these was a large outdoor screened cage (approximately 8 feet by 8 feet by 7 feet high) and the foodplant stalks were placed in vials which were at- tached to the sides of the cage. The other type of cage was much smaller and was constructed of cheese cloth which was stretched around two aluminum wire rings about 1.5 feet in diameter and 2 feet apart, so as to form a tube. The tops and bottoms of the cages were fastened with draw strings. The cages were placed over a bouquet of Asclepias. These cages could be readily moved and for the tests were always placed out-of-doors. All tests were performed at the Archbold Biological Station in Lake Placid Florida. Two species of Asclepias were used for the egg laying experiments, namely, Asclepias tuberosa rolfsii and A. humistrata. Tarsi of the middle and hindlegs of the female butterflies were cut off at the junction of the basal segment of the tarsi with scissors. The complete fore- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 TABLE 1. EGG LAYING OF FEMALE QUEEN BUTTERFLIES WITH VARIOUS SITES OF CHEMORECEPTORS REMOVED OR BLOCKED Sites of Chemoreceptors No. of Asclepias Removed Females Cage Type Species Eggs Forelegs 5 Cloth A. t. rolfsti & yes A. humistrata Mid- & hindtarsi & antennae 18 Screen & A. t. rolfsii & yes Cloth A. humistrata All tarsi and antennae 15? Screen A. t. rolfsii no All tarsi 12 Cloth A. t. rolfsii no Mid- & hindtarsi 5 Cloth A. t. rolfsii yes 1 12 of these retested with the same result. legs, which are quite reduced in queen butterflies and not used for walk- ing, were removed. Chemoreceptors on the antennae were blocked by painting the complete antennae with Testor’s Pla paint (Testor Corpora- tion, Rockford, IIll.). The categories of treated females are shown on Table 1. Butterflies used in the tests were collected from the Devil’s Garden area in Hendry County Florida. These tests were most general in nature. However, because the food- plant choice is so specific in the queen butterfly and the recognition of this foodplant is necessary for the elicitation of egg laying, egg laying by only a few females serves as a valid indication that the chemoreceptors which are stimulated by the foodplant are still present. The opposite situation is more difficult, that is to conclusively say that after the re- moval of structures possibly bearing chemoreceptors, the females will never lay eggs. The mid- and hindtarsi and complete prolegs of 27 queen females were removed and none laid eggs. Twelve of these were retested on a second day with the same result. On the other hand, blocking the chemoreceptors on the antennae, removing mid- and hindtarsi with the forelegs intact and removal of only the forelegs did not inhibit egg laying in queen butterfly females (Table 1). From this it might be concluded that tarsal chemoreceptors are necessary for food plant recognition, and those on the reduced forelegs are sufficient for egg laying but are not necessary when mid- and hindtarsi are present. Since the forelegs are not used in walking or grasping, the failure of females with mid- and hindtarsi plus the forelegs removed cannot by explained simply as a physical in- hibition. The foretarsi of the queen butterfly do have what appear to be trichoid sensilla associated with the spines. These are not quite like those de- 198 Myers: Queen’s chemoreceptors Vol... 23, mons scribed by Fox (1966) (for other nymphalid butterflies) which are in groups at the bases of the spines. But rather, in the female queen butter- fly the sensilla partially wrap around the spines and the tips are next to the tips of the spines. The mid- and hindtarsi have several types of sen- silla so that it is impossible to even suggest which might be those which are stimulated by the foodplant. That the prothoracic legs seem to have chemoreceptors involved in foodplant recognition possibly explains why they are maintained when they do not serve a function in ambulation. Another hypothesis is that the foretarsi of the females are protected because of the reduced size of the forelegs. It would seem that the tarsi of the other two pairs of legs would be exposed to considerable wear and danger of damage. How- ever, the forelegs are held next to the thorax and are not subject to these situations. Therefore, the reduction of the forelegs of the nymphalid butterflies may be a mechanism for protecting this site of chemoreceptors and permitting egg laying by the females over a longer period of time. An analogous situation in butterflies might be that of the sucrose recep- tors on the antennae which cause a behavioral response, proboscis ex- tension, only when the tarsi are removed (Frings and Frings, 1959). This would be an example of a “backup system” for mid- and hindtarsal chemo- receptors. Evidence relating to the hypothesis that foreleg reduction is a mechanism for protecting this site of chemoreceptors might be gained by surveying a wild population of butterflies to determine if damage to the tarsi of the mid- and hindlegs is common. This would give some indica- tion of the selective pressure which might be acting. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Miss Mary Walter for her assistance and to Mr. Richard Archbold and the staff of the Archbold Biological Station where the work was done. The work was conducted while I was supported by P.H.S. Training Grant directed by Dr. Kenneth Roeder, Tufts University. LITERATURE CITED Fox, R. M., 1966. Forelegs of butterflies. I. Introduction: chemoreception. J. Res. Lepid., 5: 1-12. Frincs, H. and M. Frincs, 1959. Studies on antennal contact chemoreception by the wood nymph butterfly, Cercyonis pegala. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67: 97-106. Insz, D., 1937. New observations on responses to colour in egg laying butterflies. Nature, 140: 544—5. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 A NOTE ON HELICONIUS ANTIOCHUS SALVINII (NYMPHALIDAE) Joun H. Masters! P.O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota Seitz (1924) observed: “I doubt if any species of Heliconius is really scarce. Often I have observed in certain localities of South America cer- tain Heliconiinae to be rather scarce but I invariably found later on, that the species considered so rare would at some more distant place, at some other time or in a certain limited locality, suddenly appear in great num- bers, proving thereby that it is only at the limits of its range of distribution or outside of their normal time of appearance that they become really scarce. These words were prophetic in the case of Heliconius antiochus salvinti Dewitz (1877), heretofore known only from a small number of specimens and only from a restricted locality on the border between Venezuela and British Guiana (Emsley, 1965). On a collecting expedition to El Pao, Bolivar, Venezuela, during March 1965, I was surprised not only at encountering H. a. salvinii, but at find- ing it the dominant forest Heliconius. El Pao has an elevation of 560 meters and is located in a Guiana Highland area of rather heavy selva, or lowland tropical forest. This butterfly was seen gliding ten to fifteen feet above the ground across open spots on wooded trails near El Pao. Senor Albert Gadou, who lived for several years at El Pao, informed me that H. a. salvinii flew the year around and was always the commonest Heliconius there. Gadou has found salvinii at several other localities near F] Pao and Sefor Yury Budaracy found it abundantly at El Dorado, Bolivar, Venezuela. Apparently salvinii does not occur between El Pao and El Dorado, nor in the Gran Sabana region south of E] Pao. No other form of Heliconius antiochus has been found sympatric with salvinii. This supports the present placement of salvinii as a subspecies of antiochus rather than assigning it to a species status or dismissing it as a polychro- matic form. Heliconius a. salvinii (figure 1), which has not previously been figured, is very distinct and is readily distinguished by the broad yellow bar on the hindwings. My search of the major institutional collections has uncovered but seven specimens of salvinii in the United States and a few in England— they are as follows: VENEZUELA: Rio Suapure, Bolivar, Venezuela. 4 ¢’s 1 2, Carnegie Museum, Pitts- burgh; several specimens, British Museum of Natural History, Tring.. All part of a 1 Research Associate, section of insects and spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. 200 MastTeErRS: Rediscovered Heliconius Vol. 235) nos Fig. 1. Heliconius antiochus salvinii Dewitz, El Pao, Bolivar, Venezuela, March, 1965, J. H. Masters collector. A upperside; B. underside. series collected by S. Klages in 1899 and 1900. “Venezuela—10 miles from border with Guyana.” Specimen in the British Museum of Natural History, South Ken- sington. GuyANA: Kartabo, Guyana. 2 ¢’s, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. One collected by S. Williams in 1927, the second one probably from the same source. Matope, Cuyuni River, Guyana. Specimen in the British Museum of Natural History, South Kensington. Examples of H. antiochus salvinii from El Pao have been placed in the collections at Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh; American Museum of Natural History, New York; Philadelphia Academy of Science; and the United States National Museum, Washington. I am indebted to Dr. John R. G. Turner of the University of York, Heslington, England for providing me with information on Venezuelan 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 201 Heliconius in British collections; and to the late Dr. Richard M. Fox of Carnegie Museum and Dr. Michael G. Emsley of the Philadelphia Acad- emy of Science for reading and commenting on my manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Dewit1z, H., 1877. Neue Schmetterlinge des Berliner Museums. Mitt. Miinchener Ent. Verh., 1: 85-91. Emstey, M. G., 1965. Speciation in Heliconius (Lep., Nymphalidae): morphology and geographic distribution. Zoologica, 50: 191-254. Seitz, A., 1924. The Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. 5, The American Rho- palocera. Alfred Kernen, Stuttgart. AN ANOMALOUS FORELEG IN A MALE OF DODONIDIA HELMSII (SATYRIDAE) LEE D. MILLER The Allyn Foundation, 222 West Adams Building, Chicago, Illinois Individuals with one structure or another abnormally developed are well known in many organisms. A few of these aberrations are genetic, such as the “aristopedia” mutant of Drosophila melanogaster (Meigen) in which the antenna is modified into an imperfect leg-like structure through the action of a single gene. Other abnormalities are not genetic, or at least the trait is not transmitted to the offspring, if any; these aber- rations are “birth defects” resulting in teratological specimens. Teratology frequently has been noted in the Lepidoptera, with most examples involving extra wings, deformed wings, or aberrant venation. Most frequently the latter involves the atypical placement of one or more veins, the anastomosis of ordinarily separate veins, or the bifurcation of usually undivided veins as shown by Warren (1936). I encountered several such minor aberrant wing venations in the examination of hun- dreds of Satyridae for a higher classification study, so such anomalies are not rare. Aberrant genitalic structures, such as those reported for a female of Pellicia dimidiata Herrich-Schaffer by Monroe and Miller (1967), are less frequently encountered, probably because relatively few specimens are dissected. The reduced forelegs of both sexes of the Nymphaloidea are of great importance in the classification of these butterflies, and occasionally one will encounter some bizarre configurations of these structures. One very unusual foreleg was noted in the only male I had of the New Zealand satyrid Dodonidia helmsii Butler, a butterfly which closely resembles no other species but which logically should be allied to the New Zealand 202 Minter: Teratological foreleg Vol. 23) no: 3 ZE £G- Fig. 1. Normal (left) and aberrant (right) forelegs of ¢ Dodonidia helmsii Butler; New Zealand; Carnegie Museum es Note particularly the hole completely through the leg at the junction of the tibia and tarsus. and Australian Xenica-series of the Hypocystini (Miller, 1968). Never- theless, if any satyrid should be aberrant, helmsii is the prime candidate. The femur is normally developed in this leg, as is the proximal part of the tibia. The distal half of the tibia and the entire tarsus are both greatly distended and apparently joined by an immovable “suture,” rather than a freely movable articulation as is normal in insects. At the junction between the tibia and the tarsus there is a hole passing entirely through the leg from side to side. Aberrant as the butterfly is, the con- figuration of this leg was too anomalous to be accepted without verifica- tion by the examination of other legs, and the opposite leg on the same specimen was normally developed and typical of the condition seen in most hypocystines. Perhaps if the foreleg had been somewhat aberrant, but not so extensively so, I would have accepted its validity. The two forelegs of helmsii are figured in Fig. 1. I cannot guess what caused the aberrant leg in this specimen. Perhaps it was a tumorous growth, perhaps it was the result of an injury or per- haps it was caused by something entirely different. The moral of this case is undoubtedly that one should not take a single specimen which is highly aberrant and totally unexpected too seriously. Systematists generally have learned this lesson with wing structure and pattern anomalies, and to a lesser degree with genitalic aberrations, but the legs, palpi, etc., have been considered “conservative” characters, and as such immune from variation. This conclusion is at least suspicious and probably completely misleading. LITERATURE CITED Minter, L. D., 1968. The higher classification, phylogeny and zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). Mem. American Ent. Soc., 24: viii + 174 pp.; illus. Monrog, R. S., & L. D. MmLLER, 1967. Report on a collection of Hesperiidae from Honduras. J. Lepid. Soc., 21: 243-247. WakreEN, B.C. S., 1936. Monograph of the genus Erebia. London, Trustees British Mus. (Nat. Hist. ): v—vii + 407 pp.; illus. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 BOOK REVIEW A REVISION OF THE MOTHS OF THE SUBFAMILY PRODOXINAE (LEPIDOPTERA: INCUR- VARUDAE), by Donald R. Davis. U. S. National Museum, Bulletin 255, 170 pp., Washington, D. C., 1967. Paper cover, $1.00. Possibly no group of so-called Microlepidoptera has attracted greater attention among biologists than the yucca moths. Therefore, a broad audience will be interested to learn that despite the title indicating a traditional taxonomic treatment, Davis has compiled a much more comprehensive treatise. Not only is an up-to-date classification presented, but the history of the yucca-yucca moth story is reviewed, phylogenetic relationships among the prodoxines and their relatives are proposed, and original biological observations are reported for several of the species. Perhaps the single most interesting new fact is the description of Parategeticula pollinifera, a moth which transports pollen of Yucca schotti but deposits its eggs into sterile tissue of the in- florescence rather than into the ovules. The taxonomic treatment encompasses 17 species in five genera. In addition to Parategeticula, new genera are proposed for the Agave feeders (Agavanema) and for a new species (Mesepiola) which may be an associate of Nolina. Descriptions are accompanied by excellent drawings of morphological features of the adults, such as mouthparts and genitalia. Good photographs, executed by Mr. Jack Scott, illustrate adults of each species and female abdominal structures, including the ovipositor “saws. This is an innovation to Lepidoptera taxonomy which is very effective and may prove valuable in other moth groups. The early stages are not described in detail. It is unfortunate that our study of biological relationships of the prodoxids associ- ated with Yucca whipplei (Powell and Mackie, 1966, U. Calif. Publ. Ent., 42) could not have been included in Davis’ otherwise comprehensive work. Yucca whipplei harbors the most complex community of prodoxine moths, so far as known, and on its basis many generalizations for the genera or the subfamily, based primarily on Riley’s work, need to be modified; but they will be perpetuated by the present revision. In discussion of relationships of the prodoxines, Davis presents a plausible theory of evolutionary development, based on both morphological and biological features, which implicates the subfamily as a New World derivative of an Incurvariid proto- type. In this context, he theorizes on the evolution of primitive Lepidoptera. Davis supposes that early Lepidoptera were external feeders and that this habit has con- tinued into the higher moths and butterflies, and that such groups as the hepalioids, eriocranioids, and incurvarioids, all internal feeders, represent specialized offshoots which were not involved in a direct line to the higher Lepidoptera. This may well have been the case, but Davis’ present argument is not valid because it treats the Micropterygidae as equivalent to generalized Lepidoptera, ignoring Hinton’s rather convincing arguments for a more primitive position for the Micropterygidae. In order to follow Davis’ line of reasoning, it would be necessary to refute or justify Hinton’s conclusions about Zeugloptera-Trichoptera-Lepidoptera relationships. That the most primitive known eriocraniid, Agathiphaga Dumbleton, 1952, is a borer in seeds of a Gymnosperm casts further doubt on a theoretical line of development directly through extemal feeding types. Specialists may question some of the taxonomic decisions. The name synthetica Riley, 1892, after some 70 years in synonymy, has been exhumed to accommodate the Joshua tree moth, in favor of paradoxa Riley, 1889, on the grounds that the latter is a nomen nudum. However, Riley’s original proposal of paradoxa included mention of the host and that paradoxa is its pollinator. That this comprises a diagnosis “of the work of an animal” [I.C.Z.N., 24b], evidently has been the interpretation of 20th century Lepidopterists. It would appear that the plenary powers of the Commission need be invoked in order to preserve synthetica and suppress paradoxa.. Lectotypes are designated which revise type localities or seem to be Neotypes in several instances: 204 PowELL: Book review Vol. -23;nome 1) for yuccasella; a lectotype is designated, “Pronuba yuccasella Riley, &, June, ‘C. Mo.” However, the lectotype specimen at the U. S. National Museum bears the data “May 31/73,” and “? moth,” and this would have to be a Neotype, since the name is credited to Riley as of the Anonymous, 1872, report in Nature, in order for it to have priority over alba Zeller, 1873. 2) for synthetica, “Mojave, Kern Co., Calif.” (A type locality was not specified by Riley, but his discussion suggests Antelope Valley, Los Angeles County. The lecto- type specimen bears the additional data “2-4-91,” presumably in reference to a col- lection date subsequent to the 1887 and 1888 collections made by Riley and Koebele, which are the only ones mentioned in the original description of synthetica. ) 3) for aterrima, “Arrowhead, Calif.” (This is the data on the specimen; Davis then quotes Trelease for the type locality, “From the foothills immediately north of San Bernardino.” ) Arrowhead refers to Arrowhead Springs, at 2,000 feet, not the more well known Lake Arrowhead at 5,000 feet. 4) for pulverulentus, “San Diego Co.” (Evidently a Neotype, since the type locality was given as Santiago, Calif. The only Santiago within the distribution of pulverulen- tus is the Canyon and Peak in Orange County. Apparent syntypical specimens with the data “Santiago, May 20” are cited in Davis’ material examined, and one is cited “lectotype’; but the lectotype specimen bears the data “San Diego Co., Calif. 20/5 86,” as given in the formal “lectotype” designation. ) A few errors of minor nature bear notice here. The map for T. synthetica lacks a spot for Walker Pass, Kern County, the northern record given in the data. The map for T. maculata has been rendered somewhat confusing by inclusion of a dot in north- ern California representing “Plumas Co.” specimens, which are certainly mislabeled, and by a symbol representing the subspecies extranea near Beverly Hills, evidently for a cotype labeled “Los Angeles,” but there is no evidence that the black extranea phenotype occurs anywhere west of San Bernardino now. Specimen labels from my material have been misread as “Samalayucca, 12 miles S. of Chihuahua,” instead of 12 miles south of Samalayuca, in the northern part of the State of Chihuahua, resulting in dots on the T. yuccasella and P. quinquepunctel- lus maps, some 200 miles south of the Samalayuca dunes, and this is the southern record for the latter species. However, both are undoubtedly more widespread in western Mexico than Davis’ data shows. No mention is made of the unique caudal spurs on the larva of Prodoxus cinereus, although these were described by Riley. A photograph given by Davis (fig. 22) is not a clear one, but the larva appears to lack the hooks, indicating that the species shown is actually P. aenescens. Prodoxus marginatus and P. pulverulentus, are treated as species, and are referred to as “these two biological entities.” However, in our work we found no behavioral difference between these two allopatric counterparts. The distribution of marginatus given by Davis includes a record for Fallbrook, in northern San Diego County, based on three males which were taken along with speci- mens which he cites under pulverulentus. This certainly is too weak a basis for indi- cating sympatry, particularly since females show a more appreciable difference. We reared large numbers of pod inhabiting Prodoxus from sites near Fallbrook and found populations there to represent pulverulentus. Biologists and ecologists will find this book to be an important reference to the classic example of insect-plant symbiotic relationships. Lepidopterists will find it a well done and easily used addition to the increasingly more complete mosaic repre- senting our knowledge of the North American Microlepidoptera fauna.—JERRY A. PowELL, University of California, Berkeley. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Hh Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study _ of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay _ for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powell, 201 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., 94720, U.S.A. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the _ full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) - or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading Lirerature Cirep, in the following format: ' Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, _ Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. a 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Bs Sci., 39(3): 198-199. wa Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white _ backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 _ inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited _ in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted _ plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) _ figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction _ without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpPLANATION OF _ Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. _ Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for _ correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged ' to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany _ the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on | these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. i Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired - position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. _ Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, - should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, _ Yakima, Washington. ., oy = 5? {: pe Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyru. F. pos Passos 4 Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and Lae binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. ERATED LAWRENCE, KANSAS UuS.m& 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 23, no. 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS A review of the genus Acanthopteroctetes with description of a new species (Eriocraniidae ) by ‘Donald Rey Davist sek to PU We Oe i _ 137-147 A review of Glaucopsyche, the silvery blues, in California ( Lycaenidae) by ‘Robert Ti iangsten! 0 ool) een _ 149-154 Field observations on forest Oeneis ( Satyridae) by ‘J. HH.) Masters: and J) 'T. Sorensen i000) 155-161 A new subspecies in the Cercyonis meadi group (Satyridae) by 1. C; Emmel and J. F: Emmeline 161-164 Taxonomy, distribution and biology of the genus Cercyonis (Satyridae). I. Characteristics of the genus by Thomas "C:) Emmeline _ 165-175 A case of authorship, Melitaea rubicunda (Nymphalidae) by Bi) Martim'Brown 20 ae 175-176 The ecology of natural dispersal: Dione moneta poeyii in Texas (Nymphalidae) by ‘dawrence /E. Gilbert)i00 000 177-185 Uncommon butterflies of northeastern Indiana by HB Price ‘and \Eiy Mi Shull 0. ae 186-188 Eurema salome in Texas (Pieridae) by Paul: Av Opler 2 188 An extreme phenotype of Pieris protodice ( Pieridae ) by Arthur M;Shapiro4 20 a 189-190 Lepidoptera associated with pig carrion by ‘J.-A. Payne'and Bie! W. King a, _ 191-195 Distribution of foodplant chemoreceptors on the female Florida queen butterfly, Danaus gilippus berenice (Nymphalidae ) by Judith Myers Gah) 0000 eo Wie fl Ny i _ 196-198 A note on Heliconius antiochus salvinii (Nymphalidae) by Jorn Fi Masters ce ec Cah i Ca aa _ 199-201 An anomalous foreleg in a male of Dodonidia helmsii ( Satyridae) ay) ee) ID. Miler | foi i de et _ 201-202 BOOK REVIEWS 2 _ 147, 203 @ BOOK NOTICE 05s 188 i af ag + , wf Sa le 6 .¥ pat f maT EAE Peres ~~ “Volume 23 fom ge Number 4 JOURNAL “¢ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY _ Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY ayes Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES _ Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue BEHAVIORAL ADAPTATIONS OF CRYPTIC MOTHS SYNOPSIS OF NEARCTIC ADELID MOTHS LARVAL BEHAVIOR OF AGATHYMUS EFFECT OF X-IRRADIATION ON COLIAS MATING BEHAVIOR OF BUTTERFLIES (Complete contents on back cover) 15 December 1969 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. Powe x, Editor of the Journal Paut A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. NEwcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HEssEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE CoUNCIL D. F. Harpwicx (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England ), President-elect S. A. Hessex (Washington, Conn.), Ist Vice President LEONILLA VasQugEs ( Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WinxiaMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President S. S. Nicontay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): C. L. Hocus (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. CrarKxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. TuHorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Cxiencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. NexrurEenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional .worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LEpPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 23 1969 Number 4 BEHAVIORAL ADAPTATIONS OF CRYPTIC MOTHS. IV. PRELIMINARY STUDIES ON SPECIES RESEMBLING DEAD LEAVES RoNALD R. KEIPER Dept. Biology, Pennsylvania State University, Mont Alto, Pennsylvania A number of experimental studies have demonstrated that cryptic coloration conveys a selective advantage to animals by enabling them to avoid detection by predators (Young, 1916; Carrick, 1936; Turner, 1961). In addition to morphological adaptations, behavior of cryptic animals is also important. An animal, even if it is cryptically patterned, must be able to choose an appropriate background and to orient itself so that the cryptic pattern attains maximum effectiveness. Several studies have shown that certain species of cryptic moths, which normally rest on tree trunks, are capable of selecting backgrounds which tend to match the reflectance of their forewings (Kettlewell, 1955; Sargent, 1966), and that these moths will adopt appropriate attitudes upon these backgrounds (Sargent, 1969). There are other moth species which rest in or on other substrates and which seem to be colored or patterned to match these substrates. This paper presents some early results from studies designed to examine the behavior of moths which resemble and rest in dead leaves. FIELD STUDIES Two techniques were used in studying the natural resting habits of these moths. The first of these simply involved searching an area of forest floor covered with dead leaves. When a resting moth was located, a photograph was taken, along with notes concerning the resting attitude. Occasionally moths were flushed before being photographed. These were then followed to subsequent resting places and appropriate notes were taken. The second technique involved releasing moths in wooded areas, and following them to their resting places. These moths had been captured 206 TABLE 1. Species+ Geometridae: Euchlaena spp. Hubner (0, 6) Metarrhanthis duaria Guenée (0, 3) Hyperitis alienaria Herrich-Schaeffer (45 2) Sabulodes transversata Drury (6, 0) Abbotana clemataria Smith and Abbot (OMS) Ne ena filamentaria Guenée © Kereer: Moths resemble dead leaves Voli 23) nom FIELD OBSERVATIONS OF SOME MOTHS WHICH REST IN DEAD LEAVES Remarks On top of dead leaves, often with one or both wings raised and resting against some object (eé.g., tree trunk, rock) Flat on top of leaves with wings spread Flat on top of leaves with wings spread Flat on top of leaves with wings spread Flat on top of leaves with wings spread Flat on top of leaves with wings spread Noctuidae: Parallelia bistriaris Hubner Often “head down” in leaves, wings (28, 6) closed Panopoda rufimago Hubner Tends to crawl at least partly under (0, 4) leaves, wings closed Zanclognatha cruralis Guenée In or on top of leaves, wings closed (50; 7) Chytolita morbidalis Guenée Flat on top of leaves, wings closed (110, 10) Renia discoloralis Guenée In or on top of leaves, wings closed (10, 2) 1 Numbers in parentheses: (previously undisturbed individuals, released individuals ) at lights or “sugar,” kept overnight in experimental boxes, and released the following morning. Here, as with the undisturbed moths, photo- graphs and notes were taken. The two techniques produced similar results for a number of species and these observations are presented in Table 1. These results suggest that a number of brownish, leaf-like moths are able to select appropriate backgrounds and further, to orient with respect to these backgrounds so as to increase their crypsis. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES Several species were released into an experimental box in an attempt to determine if the moths would exhibit preferences for certain test substrates. The experimental box (24 inches square by 19 inches high) was constructed of plywood. The floor of the box was equally divided into four quadrats (each 12 x 12 inches), and during these experiments, 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 TABLE 2. SELECTION OF SUBSTRATES BY MOTHS IN AN EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS Number of individuals selecting substrates: pine dead dead Species needles grass leaves twigs P Parallelia bistriaris Hubner 3 6 11 3 ns Epizeuxis lubricalis Geyer 0 2 15 3 - Zanclognatha cruralis Guenée 3 3 10 5 ns Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenée 2 3 19 2 3 * Denotes significant deviations from chance selections. Analysis by chi square tests, Probability less than 0.01 ns Denotes no significant deviation from chance selection. Probability greater than 0.05 each quadrat contained a different substrate. In these experiments, the substrates used were: dead needles of white pine, dead grass stems, dead oak and maple leaves, and small twigs. Fresh substrate material was added nightly, and the box was rotated to eliminate any “position” effect. The box was covered with a pane of window glass and placed in a wooded area where a thick canopy excluded direct sunlight. Moths were introduced into the box by sliding the glass top to one side. The moths were collected at lights or “sugar” bait and immediately introduced into the experimental box, generally 5-10 moths of the same species per night. The following morning, between 0600-0800 E.S.T., the box was checked and the substrate selection by moths noted. The results of this experiment, which are summarized in Table 2, suggest that at least some of the species examined are capable of selecting appropriate substrates. However, the moths appear to fall into three groups with respect to their behavior in the box. Moths in the first group never selected a substrate but instead were always found sitting either on the glass or on the sides of the box (e.g., the geometrids Abbotana clemataria Smith and Abbot and Nematocamp filamentaria Guenée ). i The noctuids Parallelia bistriaris Hiibner and Zanclognatha cruralis Guenée are examples of moths which show the second type of behavior observed in the experimental box. Moths of this group select dead leaves, but also are frequently found resting on top of other substrates. From observation of both released and undisturbed moths, it appears that both species behave the same way in the wild, resting on top of leaves or other substrates if forced into areas where no dead leaves are present. Apparently these species choose any substrate which offers a relatively flat surface. P. bistriaris further enhances its crypsis by resting 208 KereER: Moths resemble dead leaves Vol. 23, noe4 TABLE 3, SELECTION OF DIFFERENTLY COLORED SUBSTRATES (3 X 3 IN. CARDBOARD SQUARES ) IN AN EXPERIMENTAL BOX Number of individuals selecting substrates: Species Black Brown Green Yellow P Parallelia bistriaris Hubner 4 1 2 1 _ Epizeuxis lubricalis Geyer 2 8) il 2 - Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenée 12 5 5 4 - with the head burrowed into the substrate so that the moth is resting almost perpendicular to it. This posture allows the lighter-colored edge of the wing to stick up from the substrate and thus serves to break up the pattern of the moth. On the other hand, the noctuids Epizeuxis lubricalis Geyer and Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenée did not rest on top of any substrate, but instead were found resting on the plywood floor of the box beneath the layer of dead leaves. This third type of behavior may not represent selection of dead leaves as such, but may only result from the moths choosing this substrate because it can be easily burrowed into and then effectively shields the moths from the light. In an attempt to learn more about the mechanisms governing these choices, several additional experiments were devised. The same box was used, but cardboard squares (3 xX 3 inches) were presented instead of the previous natural substrates in an attempt to keep the texture of the substrates constant. In the first experiment, an attempt was made to determine the im- portance of the color of the substrate. Accordingly, squares of four different colors were used: black, chocolate brown, dark green, and bright yellow. The results of this experiment are shown in Table 3. For A. pyramidoides, there were sufficient numbers for a chi square test, but no significant selection tendency was noted. The sample sizes for the other species were too small to analyze separately, but the results were tested across species. In both cases however, the results suggested that the color of the substrate was not important to the moths in choosing a substrate. In an attempt to determine the influence of the shapes of the substrate components on the choice of the moths, squares of white cardboard were used, but they were presented in four different shapes: flat squares (“flat”), squares folded in the middle and set on end (“tent”), squares folded in the middle and set on a side (“right angle”), and squares laid flat but set on top of a nail (“leaf”) and thus raised off the floor of the 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 TABLE 4, SELECTION OF SUBSTRATE COMPONENTS (3 X 3 IN. CARDBOARD SQUARES ) OF DIFFERENT SHAPES IN AN EXPERIMENTAL BOX Number of individuals selecting substrates: “Right Species “Tent’ Angle’ “Flat” “Leat” je Parallelia bistriaris Hubner 5 6 4 5 ns Epizeuxis lubricalis Geyer 19 1 0 0 z Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenée 26 0 0 0 G * Denotes significant deviations from chance selections. Analysis by chi square tests, probability less than 0.01 ns Denotes no significant deviation from chance selection. Probability greater than 0.05 box. Sufficient numbers were obtained for only three species, but fortunately these represent two of the previously discussed types. The results from this experiment are shown in Table 4. P. bistriaris was found about evenly distributed on all substrates, but was oriented somewhat differently on each. For example, on the “right angle” squares, this moth generally perched “head down” on the inside of the extended arm. However, when resting on the flat substrates, the moth lay flat on top of the cardboard. In the wild, this species shows a similar behavior, resting “head down” in substrates which permit burrowing (e.g., dead leaves, grass) but laying flat on substrates such as pine needles. The other species, E. lubricalis and A. pyramidoides, were found to prefer the “tent” substrate (analysis by chi square, P<0.01). Once again these data agree with the data obtained in the wild, for the former species rests beneath layers of dead leaves, while the latter species avoids light by resting in crevices. SUMMARY The behavior of cryptic moths which resemble dead leaves was studied in central Massachusetts during the summers of 1967 and 1968. Both field observations and experiments were carried out. Data obtained from undisturbed and released moths of the same species closely agree, suggesting that information gained from observing released moths is reliable. The experiments involved the use of an experimental box in which the behavior of captured moths could be analyzed with respect to both natural and unnatural substrates. The results suggest that some cryptic moths, which resemble dead leaves, are capable of selecting this substrate when presented with a choice of substrates. Furthermore, it appears that the color of the substrate is not important to the moths when making selections, but that the shape or arrangement of substrate com- ponents may be the important factor. In general, two types of behavior 210 Cowan: The name Anthocharis Vol. 23, no. 4 were shown. Some moths which rest flat on top of substrates or burrow slightly into them in nature, choose those substrates which allow this resting attitude to be assumed. Other moths, which are apparently negatively phototactic, select those substrates which allow burrowing, and thus serve to shield the moths from light. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Financial support for these studies was provided by a grant from the Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Fund of the American Museum of Natural History. I would like to thank Dr. T. D. Sargent of the Department of Zoology, University of Massachusetts, for his assistance in planning and con- ducting this study. LITERATURE CITED Carrick, R., 1936. Experiments to test the efficiency of protective adaptations. Trans. Roy. ent. Soc. Lond., 85: 131-139. KETTLEWELL, H. B. D., 1955. Recognition of appropriate backgrounds by the pale and black phases of Lepidoptera. Nature, 175: 943. SARGENT, T. D., 1966. Background selections of geometrid and noctuid moths. Science, 154: 1674-1675. SARGENT, T. D., 1969. Behavioral adaptations of cryptic moths. III. Resting attitudes of bark-like species. Anim. Behav. (in press) TurRNER, E. R. A., 1961. Survival value of different methods of camouflage as shown in a model population. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 136: 273-283. Younc, R. T., 1916. Some experiments on protective coloration. J. exp. Zool., 20: 457-508. THE NAME ANTHOCHARIS (PIERIDAE) The generic name Anthocharis Boisduval, Rambur & Graslin, 1833! was vublished twice in quick succession, in consecutive livraisons of the same work; on 2 February on plate Papillonides 5, figs. 6, 7, and on 29 June on pages [35, 36]; in livraisons 12 and 13 respectively. On each occasion only one species was included, Anthocharis cardamines, i.e. Papilio cardamines Linnaeus, 1758, which is the type species by monotypy. The gender of the genus is feminine. On the first occasion when it appeared, no authorship was indicated for the name. The heading of page [35] reads “Anthocharis cardamines Boisd.,” suggesting that Boisduval claimed it as his own new combination. However, both technically and for clarity, it would seem best to credit the triple authorship. These facts are published because it is noticed that some references are appearing to “Anthocaris,” and once such an incorrect spelling gains currency it becomes in- creasingly difficult to eradicate. There is no doubt that Anthocharis is correct. Inevitably, misspellings followed, and in fact within two years “Anthocaris,” “Antho- carix,’ and “Anthacaris” had all appeared. However, Boisduval himself, and all the nineteenth century authors were usually correct—CHarRLEs F. Cowan, Little Gaddesden House, Berkhamsted, Herts., England. 1 BotspuvAL, [J.B.A.de], RamBur, P., & Grasztin, A. [de], 1832 [—1837]. Collection iconographique et historique des Chenilles, ou Description et Figures des Chenilles d'Europe, avec l’Histoire de leurs Métamorphoses, et des Applications a Agriculture. pp. [1—5], 6, [7], 8-14, [15-496], pls. [126]. Paris. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Pat A SYNOPSIS OF NEARCTIC ADELID MOTHS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES (INCURVARIIDAE ) Jerry A. POWELL! University of California, Berkeley Adelids are small, brightly colored, dayflying moths with exceptionally long antennae. They comprise a group of about 250 species of worldwide distribution, which usually has been assigned family status. However, these insects are closely allied to the Incurvariidae according to structures of the adults and probably will be considered a subfamily of the Incurvariidae by future writers in general. Forbes (1923) accorded the adelids subfamily rank along with the Prodoxinae (yucca moths) and the typical incurvariids, and Davis (1968) has used the same classifica- tion. The three groups share similarities in mouthpart structure, wing venation, and male genitalia, and are unique among primitive Lepidoptera in the possession of a well developed piercing ovipositor with which the eggs are inserted into plant tissue. From related moths, the adelids are most easily distinguished by the greatly elongated antennae, which are often two to three times the length of the forewing in the males. A few species, including one described here, have relatively short antennae, slightly longer than the forewing in the male, and slightly shorter than the forewing in the female. TAXONOMY Present classifications propose six or seven genera to accomodate the world fauna. These include three large genera: Ceromitia, which is primarily South African in distribution; Nemophora (including Nemotois), which is widespread over the Palearctic, Indo-Malayan, and Australian Regions; and Adela, which is mainly Holarctic, being well represented in both the Old and New Worlds. The present synopsis treats 13 species, one in Nemophora, the re- mainder in Adela, three of which are previously undescribed. For the most part Nearctic adelids have been described on the basis of external features, particularly color, which serves to distinguish species in most cases. In addition to color pattern differences, species of North American Adela also exhibit remarkable interspecific variation in eye size wing venation, and antennal structure (eé.g., Table 1). In most species the antennae of the male are about twice the length of the female's, while in other species the difference is less. 1 Research in part supported by National Science Foundation grants GB-4014 and GB-6813x. oD, PowELL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, new 4 TABLE 1. MORPHOLOGICAL VARIATION AMONG NorTH AMERICAN ADELA 6 Antenna w/spe- HW cialized 6 Antenna: @ Antenna: M: + M2 scaling ¢Eye FW 3+ bella stalked yes small 3 + a5 aeruginosella iy iP small 3 + 45) ridingsella stalked yes large Book D purpurea stalked yes large 3 + 45) trigrapha separate no large 3 + 5: eldorada separate no large 3 + 3B flammeusella separate no large 3 + 5) thorpella separate no large QS 6 oplerella separate no small 12 ae septentrionella separate no intermed. 3 .67 singulella separate no small 45 aD punctiferella separate no small oaee AAS: 1 Approximate length of female antenna compared to male, corrected to eliminate size dimorphism in forewing. On the other hand, structures of the genitalia, long the standard of species differentiation for most microlepidopterists, are exceedingly uni- form both in males and in females, at least in the North American species. Although there are apparently consistent minor differences between species in the males, these are difficult to define and compare relative to the easily observed and measured distinguishing features of external morphology. In females I have found no differences in internal struc- tures. The ovipositor “saws” may exhibit small differences, but so slight that very high magnification, phase contrast. microscopy is required (i.é., nothing comparable to the diversity found in Prodoxinae (Davis, 1968) ). By contrast, the shape of the seventh sternite of the female varies con- spicuously between some of the species. For these reasons I have relied almost exclusively on external characters for the present diagnosis. In fact, color features alone will readily separate nearly all the Nearctic species. MATERIAL AND METHODS Adelids are often encountered in large numbers visiting flowers on warm spring days and can easily be collected. Nonetheless until quite recently they had remained poorly known in most parts of North America. Although I have been able to examine some 4000 specimens during this study, probably 75% of these have been collected in California during the past decade by persons collecting in my interest. A request (Powell, 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 213 1961) for collecting received considerable response from hymenopterists and professionals of other interests, but the legion of western amateur lepidopterists have steadfastly refused to touch anything in this size range. In the eastern half of North America both the geographical distributions and biologies of these moths remain poorly known. Difficulties inherent in study of dry adult specimens, owing to their small size, fragile condition, and dense vestiture were in part overcome during this investigation by preparation of whole mounts of representa- tive specimens on slides. After removal of the wings, specimens were cleared and dehydrated by routine methods used in genitalic prepara- tions. A saggital section was then made of the exoskeleton, employing surgical scissors, and mounted in Canada Balsam, a modification of the technique suggested by Hogue (1964). However, with the exception of the head appendages and abdominal sclerites of the female, no useful exoskeletal characters were discovered. Subsequently it has sufficed to clear only the head in order to make accurate measurements of the antennae and mouthparts. For practical purposes identification of species can be done from dry material, but the antennal lengths have to be estimated since the antennae curl upon drying. Forewing length is measured along a line from mid-base to apex, and unless otherwise indicated (as in length: width ratios ) includes the fringe. Eye diameter is measured along the greatest distance across the eye as viewed from an external plane; the distance between the eyes, along the shortest distance, i.€., across the crown in large eye males, across the front below the antennae in small eye individuals. Measurements of mouthpart lengths are exclusive of vestiture. My study of adelids began in 1961 when I selected what I thought would be an “easy” group as a project in the Bulletin of the California Insect Survey. I knew the species and assumed that a couple of seasons’ survey work to fill in the poorly known distributions would be sufficient to complete an adequate treatment. Although the five previously rec- ognized California Adela were described between 1875 and 1890, three previously undescribed (and virtually uncollected) species turned up, two quite distinct from the known fauna and the third a sibling of the widespread Adela trigrapha. In addition, two color forms of A. singulella were discovered which posed an interesting problem. The survey was essentially finished by 1965, but I delayed its comple- tion, hoping that some information on the biologies of California Adela could be discovered. Through assistance provided by National Science Foundation grants GB-4014 and GB-6813x this has been partially success- 214 PowE.L: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 ful. The main purpose of the present paper is to make the new taxa available for use in the survey bulletin and in more comprehensive re- visionary work by D. R. Davis at the U. S. National Museum. Primary types of the newly described species are deposited at the California Academy of Sciences, on indefinite loan from the California Insect Survey. BroLocy All the North American adelid moths are believed to undergo a single annual generation, flying in spring or early summer. In Europe, Nemo- phora swammerdamella (L.) is said to live two years in the larval stage (Ford, 1949), and this longevity may obtain with N. bellela, a Boreal Nearctic species which ranges to 65° N. latitude. Members of both Adela and Nemophora feed as larger larvae within cases on lower leaves or fallen leaves during summer. Overwintering is accomplished by prepupal larvae or pupae in the larval cases. In a number of Palearctic species in both genera, females are known to deposit the eggs into young seed of particular plants, and this has proven to be the case with several California Adela. The larvae consume the contents of the developing seed capsules and then descend to the ground where they construct flat, usually pear- or figure eight-shaped cases, in which they feed on lower parts or fallen leaves of the same or other plants. A number of species for which no oviposition site is known have been reared from the case- bearing larvae in Europe (é.g., Stainton, et al., 1873). None of the Nearctic species has been reared, and I have had success neither with rearing the larvae from first instars nor in finding cases in the field, despite the fact that adults of every species are sometimes abundant. In Europe the oviposition hosts of Adela include Cardamine and Sisymbrium (Cruciferae), Hypericum (Hypericaceae), and Veronica (Scrophulariaceae ), and suspects include Salix (Salicaceae) and Quercus (Fagaceae); in California oviposition occurs in Linanthus and Gilia (Polemoniaceae), Platystemon and Meconella (Papaveraceae), and Holodiscus (Rosaceae ); for Nemophora in Europe, Scabiosa ( Dipsaceae ) (several species), Anemone (Ranunculaceae), and Ballota (Labiatae) have been recorded as foodplants. All species are specific to one or two closely related plant genera. (Stainton, 1873; Schutze, 1931; Ford, 1949; Jacobs, 1949). Weiss and West (1925) reported an adelid as a petiole gall maker on Virginia creeper in New Jersey, but the moths were not reared. The identification was based on larvae and is suspect, in view of biological characteristics of other Adela. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society IS 10. IAs KEY TO SPECIES OF NEARCTIC ADELINAE Males: Frenulum well developed; abdomen with 7 visible segments, the terminal one not laterally flattened or attenuate, fully scaled , Females: Frenulum lacking; abdomen with 6 visible segments, the terminal one often partially unscaled, laterally flattened, sharply attenuate, for is) (11 NR eer ee 14 Antenna thickened, width of flagellum near base more than .2 eye diameter, basal 5 segments each with one short peg-like seta; forewing broad, length less than 3x width, orange with a broad pale, transverse band at oper | YG, a a a an Nemophora bellela (Walker) Antenna filamentous, width of flagellum near base less than .2 eye diameter; no stout setae on basal segments; forewing narrower, length more than ey 1G Ge RE Se Adela 3 Eyes enlarged, extending on to crown behind antennae, eye diameter nearly 2% or greater than 2 the distance between eyes __....----- 4 Eyes small, not extended back of antennae; eye diameter only slightly greater or smaller than distance between eyes 9 Eyes greatly enlarged, nearly holoptic; diameter 3% or more the distance between eyes; antennae without specialized scaling 5 Eyes moderately enlarged; diameter about 2x the distance between eyes; antennal flagellum with enlarged, specialized scaling between segments at nee ena Fut re fe ND ey ee ed 8 Antennae greatly elongate, more than 3x forewing length; more than 150 segments; forewing if bronzy, with fringe dark — 6 Antennae moderately elongate, about 2.5 forewing length; about 120 seg- ments; forewing brassy bronze with whitish fringe ___ thorpella Powell Eye diameter usually about 4x the distance between eyes; forewing black usually with complete transverse whitish stripes —- 7 Eye diameter usually about 3x the distance between eyes; forewing bronzy or coppery with at most isolated whitish spots __. flammeusella Chambers Vestiture of crown mostly or entirely orange; inner two forewing bands pale yellow, usually broad, width of median one .22-.50 the distance between them in cell (about .42-.70 eye diameter); labial palpus elongate, seg- ments II + III usually 1.06-1.15 eye diameter __._______. eldorada Powell Vestiture of crown mostly or entirely black; inner two forewing bands usually white, narrower, width of median one .10-.20 the distance between them (.25—.42 eye diameter); labial palpus usually shorter, segments II + tite CO=IROG eye diameter... trigrapha Zeller Antennal flagellum with specialized scaling on segments 8-10, segments relatively large, less than 100; forewing orange-brown with metallic lead Cololeuespots; above tormmus 222 ridingsella Clemens Antennal flagellum with specialized scaling on segments 11-13, segments — small, more than 160; forewing purplish or bluish with a broad whitish thaMsversensthipe at. outer Ye... purpurea Walker Antennae short, about 1.2% forewing length; forewing deep bronzy with iamosimamien, wiitish spots! 9S oplerella Powell Amtennae lone. more than 2X forewing length —... = 10 Eye diameter about .25 greater than distance between eyes; forewing black usually with white transverse bands septentrionella Walsingham Eye diameter about .5 to .75 the distance between eyes; forewing not IE RCo | eum nuns ci AS Shh VID EE ead SS ce ete Be By IJ Antennae greatly elongate, more than 4x the forewing length; forewing bronzy with white transverse band or costa white at outer 4g _-__- singulella Walsingham 216 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. lie 18. US), 20. Dd 22. 23. 24. PoweE.Lu: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 Antenna less elongate, about 3x forewing length; forewing, if bronzy, costa without white Antennal flagellum with specialized scaling on segments 9-11; forewing purplish with indistinct metallic reddish striae in outer 4% __ bella Chambers Antenna with or without specialized scaling; forewing bronzy or greenish with no transverse striae im outer ¥4 2) ee 13 Forewing metallic green basally, purplish apically, with ill-defined streaks __ sta Ue gO eS a rR se Lt De eR a ee gic aeruginosella Walsingham Forewing bronzy with or without a white dot or transverse line at end of C1) | Mee en ee len eae Are ee Seer) eal punctiferella Walsingham Forewing broad, length about 3x width, orange with a broad, transverse pale band at outer 4%; hindwing with veins Rs and Ms: usually stalked __ UE RIA! aM eke Ve gn ere anak BAN eM Weenie 2 Nemophora bellela (Walker ) Forewing usually narrower, if orange, without transverse band; hindwing Rg and Mi separate:,..2 24 el i Adela 15 Antenna thickened on basal half by elongate, dense, purplish scaling, filamentous, white distally -2....0)0.0. 0). ee 16 Antenna not thickened on basal half, filamentous, evenly diminishing in diameter 2.2: i ily Forewing bluish or purplish with concolorous, metallic, transverse striae on Outer; Yor 2 ee eo ee ee bella Chambers Forewing metallic green basally, purplish apically, with ill-defined streaks but No; transverse stmiae on) Outer 1/4 sss essa ree aeruginosella Walsingham Antenna shorter than forewing; forewing dark bronzy with or without mao binanevee jormlle) Govortahaye oplerella Powell Antenna longer than forewing, (24.80 ee 18 Antenna greatly elongate, more than 2.5x forewing length —.- 19 Antenna moderately elongate, about 1.2-2.1x forewing length 20 Antenna more than 3x forewing length; forewing narrow, length about 3.4 width, bronzy with complete white transverse band or white along costa fat outer: Ye) ess ee A singulella Walsingham Antenna less than 3x forewing length; forewing broader, length about 3.1 width, bronzy with or without a dot on thin incomplete transverse lhe aE MOuLeT hYa' ears Be acer ere ean ine eee punctiferella Walsingham Antenna elongate, more than 2x forewing length; forewing black usually with thin, white transverse bands __......_..____. septentrionella Walsingham Antenna less elongate, about 1.2-1.6x forewing length 2 Antenna short, 1.3 or less times forewime length —2 22) ae 22 Antenna longer, 1.5 or more times forewing length __...- 28 Abdomen with VII sternite strongly produced and attenuate, more than 3.2 VI sternite (pl. 6, fig. 1); forewing olivaceous bronze, reflecting brass ane eillio, inatayers \yylatiticloy 2S thorpella Powell Abdomen with VII sternite less attenuate; length less than 3.1 VI (pl. 5, fig. 2); forewing orange brown, with lead colored metallic scaling on black spots ATO Wormmoiss iiahayerey loi yrarse) ridingsella Clemens Forewing black, green or bluish with or without one or more white transverse bands: uc. ee 24 Forewing bronze colored reflecting metallic purplish to coppery with or with- out whitish spots, no transverse bands flammeusella Chambers Head bright orange; forewing greenish with 2 or 3 transverse white bands __ 5 II WY LR OPEMRT ARON OR ree. one tea Phas trigrapha Zeller and eldorada Powell ed orchreous; forewing bluish with one broad transverse white band at QUES Ta) 2 wa EE RPE TS ee purpurea Walker 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Dy NemMopHora Hoffmannsegg Nemophora Hoffmannsegg, 1798, Illiger Verz. Kifer Preussens, :499; Hiibner, 1826, Verz. bek. Schmett., :417; Meyrick, 1912, Gen. Insectorum, 133:2 (synonymy); Fletcher, 1929, Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. Ser., 11: 146 (synonymy). Nemotois Hiibner, 1826, Verz. bek. Schmett., :416. Nematopogon Zeller, 1839, Isis, :185. Nematois ( error ) Chambers, 1876, Canad. Ent., 8:103. Type.—Tinea degeerella Linnaeus, 1758 (Europe) The above synonymy follows Fletcher (1929), although Meyrick and others have credited the name Nemophora to Hubner, 1826 (type: swammerdammella L.., 1758). Janse (1945), Jacobs (1949), and Diakonoff (1951) recognized Hoffmannsegg as the valid author and considered Nemotois a synonym of Nemophora, but retained Nematopogon Zeller (type: schwarziella Z., 1839) as a separate genus. NEMOPHORA BELLELA (Walker), new combination (PI fie Ie pl 5 fie 19 Adela bellela Walker, 1863, Cat. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus., 28:501; Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79. Nemotois bellela; Barnes & McDunnough, 1917, Checklist Lepid. Bor. Amer., :196. Adela bellella (error), Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:284. Nemotois bellella (error), Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10; Forbes, 1923, Cornell Univ., Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 68:78 (distr. ). Nemotois belleta (error), Anderson, 1915, Proc. Ent. Soc. B. C., 6:129 (distr. ). Type data—St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, type female in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion.—Walsingham (1890) suggested that this species may be synonymous with the widespread Palearctic N. degeerella (L.), a possibility enhanced by its presently known distribution. Specimens from Japan were said to be indistinguishable from North American examples. Geographical distribution—A boreal species ranging from Quebec across Canada north of the plains to the mountains of British Columbia; northward, widespread in the Northwest Territories, Yukon, and Alaska; at least to 65° N. Lat. at Great Bear Lake. Forbes (1923) reported it from Colorado. Flight period.—Late June and July. Oviposition site —Unknown; N. degeerella is said to feed on leaves of Anemone nemorosa (Ranunculaceae) (Schutze, 1931). ADELA Latrielle Adela Latrielle, 1796, Gen. Crust Ins., 4:224; 1796, Prec. caract. Ins., :147; 1802, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., 3: 417. Type.—Tinea reamurella L. (= viridella Scopoli, 1763) (Europe). 218 PowELL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol, 23-nanet ADELA BELLA Chambers (Pl. 1, fig. 2) Adela bella Chambers, 1873, Canad. Ent., 5:73; Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:110 (biol.); Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79; Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:285 (synonymy); Engel, 1908, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 5:135 (distr.); Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:12; Forbes, 1923, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., 68:78 (distr.); Kimball, 1965, Lepid. Fla., :303 (distr.). Adela chalybeis Zeller, 1873, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 23:226; Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:127; Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79. Adela iochroa Zeller, 1877, Horae Ent. Soc. Rossicae, 13:218; Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79. Type data.—Kentucky, location of type unknown (bella); Texas, loca- tion of type unknown (chalybeis); Dallas, Texas, April 27, type in Staudinger collection (Walsingham, 1890) (iochroa). Geographical distribution—Widespread in eastern North America, from southern Quebec (Kazubazua) through the eastern coastal states to northwestern Florida and Alabama; Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee and central Texas. Records are lacking for the Mississippi Valley. Flight period—March in Florida, April and May northward, August in Quebec. Oviposition site—Unknown,; Chambers (1878) stated that the adults occur on flowers of Celastrus scandens (Celastraceae ). ADELA AERUGINOSELLA Walsingham Adela aeruginosella Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:285. Type data.—Louisiana (Morrison), type in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion—According to the description, this species should be very similar to A. bella, differing primarily by the greenish color, although Walsingham did not mention the eye size. It apparently has not been recollected subsequent to the type series. In response to inquiries I have been able to locate only one specimen of Adela from the Gulf states; that a male from Baldwin County, Alabama, in the Mather collection, which is indistinguishable from more northern A. bella. Distribution.—Louisiana. Flight period Unknown. Oviposition site Unknown. ADELA RIDINGSELLA Clemens GRIM figss oe4 aplastic) Adela ridingsella Clemens, 1864, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2:426; Tineina N. A., :250; Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:127; Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :78, 79 (synonymy); Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:285; Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10; Forbes, 1923, Cornell Univ. Agr. Sta., Mem. 68:77 (distr. ). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 Adela Pridingsella; Weiss and West, 1925, Ent. News, 36:116 (biol.); Felt, 1940, Plant Galls and Gall Makers, :287 (biol. ). Adela schlaegeri Zeller, 1873, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 23:227. Dicte corruscifasciella Chambers, 1873, Canad. Ent., 5:74. Adela corruscifasciella; Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:127 (synonymy). Adela coruscifasciella (error), Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79. Type data—‘Virginia. Taken by Jas. Ridings of Philadelphia,” type in Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia (Busck, 1903) (ridingsella); Ohio, location of type unknown (schlaegeri); Kentucky, location of type unknown (corruscifasciella). Geographical distribution—Widespread in eastern North America, from Noya Scotia, Ontario, and Quebec, Maine to Pennsylvania and the mountains of North Carolina. Flight period—June and July. Oviposition site—Unknown; Weiss and West (1925) in New Jersey found larvae in petiole galls of Parthenocissus quinquefolia (Vitaceae). The larvae later formed external cases and were identified as adelid, possibly Adela ridingsella by Carl Heinrich. If correctly classified as Adela, the species involved might be bella, judging from the more southerly distribution of the plant and moth. ADELA PURPUREA Walker (PUT fies 5.6: pls. fie 3) Adela purpurea Walker, 1863, Cat. Lepid. Het. Brit. Mus., 28:501; Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :78, 79 (synonymy); Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:285; Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10; Forbes, 1923, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 68:78 (distr. ). Adela biviella Zeller, 1873, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 23:226; Chambers, 1878, U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:127. Type data—St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, type in British Museum (purpurea); Massachusetts, location of type unknown ( biviella). Taxonomic discussion —Meyrick (1912a, b) listed A. caeruleella Walker, supposedly described from Australia, in North America. This species was described on the page following purpurea, and Forbes (1923) has sug- gested that the two may be the same. However, no mention of a white, transverse band is made by Walker for caeruleella. Geographical distribution —Widespread in Boreal North America, from the Yukon Territory at 62° N. Lat., through the southern provinces of Canada to Quebec and southward to northern New Jersey. Flight period—May and June in northern Canada; April in New England. Oviposition site—Unknown. Forbes (1923) and labels on specimens from several areas indicate that the adults visit Salix blossoms. 22.0 PoweE.LL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol; 23% mom! ADELA TRIGRAPHA Zeller (2s Wo saner, IL Be jolly a, site, 4) Adela trigrapha Zeller, 1875, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 25:342; Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:128 (synonymy); Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79 (synonymy); Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10; Powell, 1967, Pan-Pac. Ent., 43:83 (biol. ). Adela (Nematais?) trifasciella Chambers, 1876, Canad. Ent., 8:103; Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10. (new synonymy ) Adela fasciella Chambers, 1876, Canad. Ent., 8:103. Adela flammeusella (not Chambers, 1876); Linsley and Usinger, 1936, Pan-Pac. Ent., 12:50 (biol. ). Adela flammsusella (error) (not flammeusella Chambers); Linsley and Usinger, 1936, Pan-Pac. Ent., 12:53. Type data.—California, location of type unknown (trigrapha); “from Mr. James Behrens, San Francisco,” type apparently lost, neotype male, by present designation: California, 2 miles west of Fairfax, Marin County, April 17, 1961 (J. Powell), in U. S. National Museum (trifasciella); from “Mr. Behrens, San Francisco,’ type apparently lost, neotype fe- male, by present designation: California, 2 miles west of Fairfax, Marin County, April 17, 1961 (J. Powell), in U. S. National Museum (fasciella). Taxonomic discussion—The synonymy of the two names trifasciella and fasciella as representing the sexes of one species was suggested by Chambers at the time of their proposal, but later (1878) he considered fasciella synonymous with trigrapha. I can see no difference between the descriptions of trifasciella and Zellers male of trigrapha and concur with Walsingham (1880) that all three names refer to the one species. A search of the U. S. National Museum and Museum of Comparative Zoology collections, the most likely locations for Chambers’ types, proved negative for any of Chambers’ Adela. I have therefore made the above neotype designations from a locality in the San Francisco Bay area. I know of no colony of A. trigrapha in San Francisco now, although speci- mens were taken there in 1908. The neotype of trifasciella is of the variety mentioned by Zeller with the outer transverse band broken. About 40% of my sample from this locality have the band broken. Colonies typical of the neotype locality occur throughout the San Francisco Bay area counties, mostly in the hills away from the immediate coast, up to at least 2300 feet on Mt. Hamilton (PI. 2, figs. 1, 2). These populations are characterized by moderately large individuals (forewing length of males average 8.5-9 mm), having narrow, white forewing bands (median band width .12—.18 the distance between inner bands in cell, .3-.4 eye diameter), and a few to several orange scales at the back of the crown. The species shows considerable interpopulational variation, but geographical trends are difficult to define. Colonies of the inner 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 221 coast range (Yolo County, western Stanislaus County, eastern Alameda County, interior San Luis Obispo County), on Santa Cruz Island, and in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada (e.g., nr. Soulsbyville, Tuolumne County; near Posey, Tulare County; near Woody, Kern County) consist of smaller individuals (forewing length of males average 7.5-8 mm) which tend to have reduced whitish markings, with the transverse bands of the forewing sometimes almost obsolete, but more variable than shown in typical colonies (width of median band .10-.20 the distance between the inner bands, .25-.42 eye diameter), and with even less pale scaling of the crown, usually only a few scales, which are sometimes whitish instead of orange. As discussed below, these colonies are at times sympatric with the newly described species A. eldorada, which is more similar to typical trigrapha, presuming that Zeller’s material originated from the San Francisco area. Northward in the coast ranges the moths average slightly larger than in the San Francisco Bay area, with somewhat larger, slightly yellowish forewing bands and generally more orange on the crown, mostly one-third to one-half of the scales comprising the occipital tufts, thus approaching A. eldorada in these regards. Further study of colonies from higher eleva- tions (34000 feet) in Lake County northward will be needed to clarify relationships between the two species in this region. Geographical distribution—Southern British Columbia to southern California (records are lacking for most of Washington and all but southernmost Oregon). The species occurs over much of cismontane California, in the coast ranges up to about 4000 feet and the foothills of the Sierra Nevada to 2000 feet; and in parts of the central valley. Flight period——tLate March to mid-May in the foothills, mid-April to mid-June in Lake County northward. Oviposition substrate —Buds of Linanthus androsaceus and L. bicolor (Polemoniaceae ). | Adela eldorada Powell, new species CR a hies. O45 pls oO, f1e215) Adela trigrapha (not Zeller, 1875); Usinger and Storer, 1963, Sierra Nevada Nat. Rrsts, -191]. pl 14, fig. 45. A large species of the Sierra Nevada which resembles A. trigrapha but has relatively broader bands on the forewing and predominantly orange head vestiture in the male. Male.—Length of forewing 5.3 to 6.8 mm. Head: Eye large diameter 3.1 to 4.4» the distance between eyes on crown. Antenna elongate, about 3x forewing length, 166 to 172 segments; scape scaled, black above, whitish ventrally with elongate black and white bristles ventrally, flagellum scaled, basal 30 segments 222; PowELL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23) nome banded black and white, remainder white. Maxillary palpus minute, 3 segments (distal 2 sometimes fused), length about .15 eye diameter; labial palpus elongate, 3 segments, length usually about 4:6:4.5, If + III 1.06 to 1.14 eye diameter, scaled, black, with a dense brush of elongate black bristles on ventral half. Scaling of tongue and front sparse, elongate, pale and dark, of crown elongate, dense, usually mostly to almost entirely orange, the remainder black. Thorax: Dorsal scaling black except immediately behind head, orange, appressed with intermixed elongate, erect hairs. Underside similar, dark gray; tarsi white ventrally; hind tibiae and tarsi with elongate, dense black scale brushes. Forewing: Length 3.2 to 3.3 times width (exclusive of fringe); costa flattened or slightly concave towards middle. Ground color black; three transverse yellow-white bands, the inner one from costa at 44, angled slightly inward, median one from about mid-costa, angled outward slightly bowed, to dorsum before tornus, width of median one .22 to .28 (rarely to .5) the distance between the two bands along a line in cell; third band from outer 4 of costa, ending above tornus before terminal margin, narrower than inner two bands, usually broken (in about 70% of the sample), the lower part small, sometimes obsolete. Fringe black. Underside black, the pale bands of upperside showing through, the outer one reproduced by pale scaling. Hindwing: About as broad as forewing. Ground color brownish black, reflecting metallic purplish; usually two yellow-white spots near hind margin, inner one often reduced, sometimes lacking, just beyond anal angle, outer one at termination of Ist A fold. Fringe brownish black. Underside brownish black. Abdomen: Dorsal scaling black, faintly reflecting metallic purplish; underside somewhat paler, distal two segments and genital scaling often with some intermixed whitish. Genitalia essentially indistinguishable from A. trigrapha except larger (about 3:2 at the type locality); uncus strongly protruding; valvae round apically; reflexed part of aedeagus relatively short, about 1% the total length, its sclerotized portion arrowhead-shaped (2 preparations examined). Female.—Length of forewing 5.6 to 6.9 mm. Head: Eye small, not extended onto crown; diameter .67 to .70 the distance between eyes. Antenna about .5 as long as in male, about 1.5 forewing length; 70 to 76 segments; scaled, banded dark gray and white or mostly gray on basal 73, white beyond. Labial palpus shorter than in male (about 4:5), segment II usually slightly longer than III; scaled, black, and with elongate black bristles ventrally. Maxillary palpus small, but not smaller than in male, 3 or 4 segmented, the basal 2 segments larger. Tongue and lower front scaling black; upper part of front and crown densely clothed with elongate, bright orange scaling, no intermixed black. Thorax: Dorsal scaling metallic green anteriorly, becoming blackish posteriorly. Underside dark metallic gray, tibiae metallic greenish exteriorly. Forewing: Broad, length about 2.7 times width; costa gently convex. Ground color dark metallic green; three pale yellow bands, arranged as in male but narrower (width of median band .18 to .25 the distance between inner two), outer one not reaching costa, often broken (in 45% of the sample). Fringe blackish. Underside dark brown; pale bands of upperside showing through, not reproduced. Hindwing: Broader than forewing; frenulum lacking. Ground color dark brown, reflecting metallic purplish; the two marginal pale spots of male usually absent, when present, rarely also a third spot in cubital interspace. Underside dark gray-brown, without pale spots. Abdomen: Scaling entirely metallic blackish. VII sternite moderately elongate, length about 3.0 VI (PI. 5, fig. 5). Holotype male and allotype female: California, One mile east of Woody, Kern County, May 3, 1964 (J. Powell). Paratypes (125), all California: Fresno Co.: Trimmer, Kings Riv. Cyn., 1¢ IV-10-32 (E. L. Donohoe). Kern Co.: 1 mi. E Woody, 1¢, 12 IV-25-64 (C. A. Toschi), 104, 2? V-3-64 (J. Powell & P. A. Rude). Madera Co.: Bass Lake, 1¢ V-30-42 (C. Kennett). Mariposa Co.: Mariposa, 96, 12 V-20-61 (S. M. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 223 Fullerton); 3 mi. N Bagby, 24 III-25-65 (R. L. Langston & J. Powell). Placer Co.: East end Bear Vy., nr. Emigrant Gap, 14¢, 42 VI-1-64 (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.). Tulare Co.: California Hot Springs, 36 V-14-63 (C. A. Toschi & J. Powell); 5 mi. NE Springville, 36, 12 V-14-63 (S. W. Earn- shaw & Powell). Tuolumne Co.: N fork Tuol. Riv., 3 mi. NE Tuolumne, 163,12 V-1-61 (C. D. MacNeill & Powell), 84, 42 V-13-61 (MacNeill); Tuol. Riv., 2 mi. NE Tuolumne, 44,22 V-13-61 (MacNeill); Crocker Sta., 6 mi. S Mather, 76, 12 VI-12-61 (MacNeill & Powell); 4 mi. S Mather, 14 VI-12-61 (Powell); Twain Harte, 134,72 VI-17-63 (M. R. Lundgren), 1é V-24-64, 76 V-30-64 (M. R. & S. H. Lundgren). Paratypes deposited in collections of California Academy of Sciences, California Insect Survey, and U.S. National Museum. The following additional specimens have been examined, which prob- ably represent eldorada but are not designated as paratypes owing to insufficient information on the populations involved. California: Butte Co.: S of Cohasset, 2¢, 12 IV-5-63 (L. D. Thurman). El Dorado Co.: Cool, 26 IV-5-63 (L. D. Thurman). Fresno Co.: 4 mi. W Tollhouse, 1é V-13-61 (D. J. Burdick). Kern Co.: Havilah, 3000’, 16 IV-28-64 (J. Powell). Big Cr., nr. Huntington Lake, 2¢ VI-9-63 (C. P. Alexander). Madera Co.: 21 mi. NE Madera, 26 IV-14-61 (D. J. Burdick). Mariposa Co.: Mariposa, 46 V-7-39 (M. L. Walton); Mt. Bullion, 1¢ V-7-54 (Martin & Truxal). Tulare Co.: 4 mi. N Kaweah, 2¢ V-13-63 (S. W. Earnshaw ). This species is similar in superficial appearance and structure to Adela trigrapha, from which it differs by being larger and more brightly colored, in the male with relatively wider transverse bands which are yellowish rather than white and with orange vestiture on the head. The new species further differs by having in both sexes slightly larger labial and maxillary palpi, particularly the second segment of the labial palpi. Adela eldorada essentially replaces trigrapha on the west slope of the Sierra, ranging from about 1500 to 6000 feet. In these areas it flies in canyon situations, in semi-shaded spots in the forest, or more or less open chaparral, and has not been observed visiting flowers. This habitat preference, which is similar to that of A. septentrionella, at once impressed us as distinct from that of trigrapha when we first encountered the species in 1961. Adela trigrapha, by contrast, almost invariably flies in more or less open meadow or grassy hillside situations where Linanthus grows and commonly visits flowers, especially Compositae. Owing to the nearly allopatric distribution, I would have been inclined to regard eldorada as a biological race or subspecific counterpart, except the two were found together near Woody, Kern County, in 1964. Here eldorada flew in small 224 PowE.L: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 openings in deep chaparral and scrub oak on a north facing slope, while trigrapha was common around Baeria minor (Compositae ) on grassy flats subtending the slope, a few meters away. As discussed above, populations of A. trigrapha from interior portions of the Coast Range and from foothills of the Sierra Nevada are char- acterized by individuals which are smaller and darker with less tendency for orange on the male head than typical trigrapha from the central coastal counties. Thus a character displacement type of situation obtains in which trigrapha and eldorada are much more distinct where their populations are sympatric or adjacent (along the Sierra Nevada foot- hills) than where samples from remote areas (coastal trigrapha and Sierran eldorada) are compared. Each of the differences mentioned to distinguish eldorada from trigrapha breaks down in a few specimens from one locality or another. For example, specimens from 6000 feet in Tuolumne County, near Mather, show the extreme in orange head vestiture, characteristic of eldorada, but some have narrower forewing bands than at any other Sierran locality, well within the range shown by typical trigrapha. Specimens from east of Millville, Shasta County, are referred to trigrapha on the basis of wing markings, head color, and habitat, but they have a larger labial palpus than any other trigrapha measured, as in eldorada. As mentioned in connection with trigrapha, its representatives from Lake County northward tend to have increased orange head scaling, yellowish bands, and more hindwing spots, and relationships between the two species should be investigated in mountains around the northern end of the Sacramento Valley and northward. The only southern California mainland population sample I have studied, from Railroad Canyon near Elsinore, Riverside County (17¢, 12 IV-13/17-65, C. A. Toschi and J. Powell) is composed of small in- dividuals as in interior northern sites. However, the Riverside specimens have relatively broad forewing bands (median band .21 to .28 the distance between inner bands, .45 eye diameter) and the head shows a moderate amount of pale, usually whitish, scaling. ADELA FLAMMEUSELLA Chambers (CEA Sin ahexsure 5910) tay tay (6))) Adela flammeusella Chambers, 1876, Canad. Ent., 8:104. Adela flammensella (error) Chambers, 1878, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, 4:127; Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:284 (synonymy ). Adela flamensella (error) Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :78, 79. Adela lactimaculella Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :80, pl. 11. Adela flammeella Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society BID Type data.—‘from Mr. Behrens” [San Francisco], type apparently lost, neotype female, by present designation: California, 6 miles southeast of Yorkville, Mendocino Co., V-18-66 (J. Powell), in U. S. National Museum (flammeusella); “Mendocino County, California, June 10, 1871,”? type in British Museum (lactimaculella). Taxonomic discussion.—This species was described on the basis of a single female specimen lacking antennae, which evidently has sub- sequently been destroyed. The description conceivably could apply either to flammeusella as it has been interpreted or to one of the two species described below, A. thorpella or A. oplerella. However, Chambers’ use of “saffron” for the head color (the same term he used for fasciella = trigrapha) suggests that the species has been correctly interpreted by subsequent writers. Thus I have designated a neotype from a colony geographically and phenotypically near the type of lactimaculeila, which was described on the basis of better material but later recognized by Walsingham (1890) to be a synonym of flammeusella. My concept of Walsingham’s name is based on the good original description and figures and on my specimens from Lake and Mendocino Counties compared with the type at the British Museum by R. W. Hodges. Walsingham supposed that the white markings were worn off Cham- bers’ type, but unmarked individuals are normal in females, although rare in the north coastal counties. In this regard the species shows geographical variation but no well-defined trend. Males from Mendocino and Lake Counties tend to be strongly spotted, with at least the three spots described by Walsingham well-developed and white, strongly contrasting. Often a fourth spot appears above the tornus, and rarely there are two more at basal one-fourth, one each just above and just below the cell (PI. 3, fig. 3). The females usually have three or four rather ill-defined spots. The neotype has none. Southward, in populations of the San Francisco Bay area counties, specimens are generally less well marked, with most males having only the three spots illustrated by Walsingham, and these are not as large and contrastingly white, appearing yellowish or tan. Unmarked females are common, about 50% having at most a trace of the outer costal spot (PI. 4, fig. 4). On Santa Cruz Island and in Placer County at 1300 feet in the Sierra Nevada foothills, about 50% of males have no markings on the forewing, the remainder having reduced spots, and females are immaculate. At Cool, E] Dorado County, only seven airline miles from a Placer County sample site, all individuals in two samples (16¢, 132 ) 1 Essig’s (1941) account of the Walsingham itinerary places this date’s collecting in the vicinity of Little Lake, near Willits. 226 PoweEL_: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol; 23>) ewe have unicolorous forewings (Pl. 4, fig. 5). Southward in the Sierra Nevada the phenotype is more like the Placer County composition. Geographical distribution—Southern Washington (Columbia River), southward (although records are lacking for Oregon) through foothills and interior valleys of most of cismontane California, mostly below 2000 feet. Flight period—Late March (rare), April and May, to early June at higher elevations. Oviposition site—Unknown; probably various species of Orthocarpus (Scrophulariaceae ) are involved. Adela thorpella Powell, new species (GEL A, waits, B, Gs jolly (Gs ssier, 1) A densely hairy moth with large eyes in the male and olivaceous- bronzy colored forewings with brassy metallic reflections and a whitish fringe. Male.—Length of forewing 5.9 to 7.0 mm. Head: Eyes enlarged, extending onto crown behind antennal sockets; eye diameter 3.3-3.7 times the distance between eyes; maxillary palpus small, length about .2 eye diameter, 3 segments of equal lengths; labial palpus elongate, about 1.5 eye diameter, segment lengths about 1:2:2. Antenna about 2.5 times forewing length, flagellum about 120 segments, scape with scale tuft dorsally and enlarged hair tuft ventrally. Mouthparts and crown above and below antennal sockets densely clothed with long hairs, whitish below front, with intermixed blackish bristles, slightly ochreous behind eyes in fresh specimens. Thorax: Scaled, black, and sparsely hairy, pale ochreous dorsally; densely hairy, gray to blackish ventrally; femora and hind tibiae with elongate brushes. Forewing: Length 3.7-4.0 times width (exclusive of fringes). Ground color olivaceous-bronze, reflecting metallic brass, at times overlaid with pale yellowish scales; without markings or more usually at least a trace of a white spot pattern which when well developed is composed of a faint spot in middle near base, a distinct, small spot angling in from costa beyond end of cell, and an opposing, distinct, larger spot angling upward from dorsum before tornus. Fringe distinctly white from apex nearly to tornus, becoming brown at tornus. Underside dark brown, costa and terminal fringe white. Hindwing: About as broad as forewing; M: and Me separate. Ground color brown, faintly reflecting purplish; fringe whitish around outer margin, becoming brownish at inner margin. Underside similar. Abdomen: Scaling black dorsally and ventrally; genital scaling whitish. Genitalia: Uncus bilobed, rather strongly protruding; valvae round apically; folded portion of aedeagus comparatively short (only about one-half the unfolded portion), its sclerotization spear- rather than arrowhead-shaped (4 preparations examined). Female.—Length of forewing 5.7 to 6.1 mm. Generally similar to male, differing as follows. Head: Eye small, lateral to and almost entirely below antennal socket; eye diameter slightly over .5 the distance between eyes. Labial palpus shorter, about .67 as long as in male. Antenna shorter, 1.3 to 1.4 times forewing length; about 67 segments. Frenulum lacking. Abdomen fully scaled, brownish, mixed with paler ventrally and apically. Sternite VII elongate-attenuate (PI..6, fig. 1), about 3.25 times the length of VI. Holotype male and allotype female: California, Russelmann Park, north slope of Mt. Diablo, 1100 feet elev., Contra Costa County, April 9, 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 227 1958 (J. Powell). Paratypes (184), all California: Colusa Co.: 4 mi. NW Lodoga, 13¢, 182 IV-12-62 (J. A. Chemsak and J. Powell). Contra Costa Co.: Mt. Diablo, 1¢ IV-4-36 (E. S. Ross); same data as holotype, 176, 32. El Dorado Co.: Tallac, Lake Tahoe, 1¢ no date (B. P. Clark donor). Lake Co.: 1 mi. SW Lakeport, 11¢, 92° IV-24-63 (R. W. Thorp). Madera Co.: 3.7 mi. W Oakhurst, 8° V-15-63, on Platystemon Geeyveethorp). Mariposa Co.: 3 mi. N Bagby, 6¢, 392 III-25-65 Platy- stemon californicus (R. L. Langston and J. Powell). Monterey Co.: Hastings Reservation near Jamesburg, 124, 42 IV-27-63, on Platystemon and Meconella (R. W. Thorp); 6 mi. N Jolon, 1¢ IV-15-64 on Layia (R. W. Thorp). San Benito Co.: Limekiln Cyn., SW of Paicines, 44 III-30-63 (K. A. Hale and D. C. Rentz), 1¢, 12 IV-29-65 on Platystemon (P. A. Opler), 46 IV-24-65 (D. C. and K. A. Rentz), 32 IV-24-68 (J. T. Doyen and J. Powell). Santa Clara Co.: 1 mi. N New Almaden, 184, 122 JII-29-65, “mainly on Platystemon” (P. A. Opler); 3.5 mi. NE New Almaden, 8¢, 2° IV-3-65 on Plagiobothrys (P. A. Opler); 0.5 mi. N New Almaden, 46, 162 IV-4-65 “mainly on Platystemon” (P. A. Opler). Sonoma Co.: 1 mi. S E] Verano, 2é III-25-64, Platystemon californicus (R. W. Thorp), 24 IV-9-64, Platystemon californicus (J. Powell). Para- types deposited in British Museum, California Academy of Sciences, California Insect Survey, and U. S. National Museum. A nearly equal number of additional specimens, from the following localities in the southern half of the State, have been examined but not designated as paratypes. Kern Co.: Miracle Springs, IV-29-64 (J. Powell). Riverside Co.: Railroad Cyn., 4 mi. E Elsinore, IV-14/17-65, Platystemon californicus (J. Powell). San Luis Obispo Co.: 3 mi. N Nacimiento Dam, IV-14-67, Platystemon (J. A. Chemsak and J. Powell); 4 mi. S Creston, IV-13-67, Meconella linearis (Chemsak, Powell and Rude). San Diego Co.: San Diego, III-23-21 (W. S. Wright). Santa Barbara Co.: Prisoner’s Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, IV-29-66 (J. Powell). Southern California specimens tend to be slightly smaller and darker, with increased white spotting. The few specimens of Adela thorpella which had been collected prior to 1958 evidently had been mixed in collections with A. flammeusella. The two are easily distinguished, however, by the brassy, rather than bronzy or coppery color, and the white fringe of the forewing of A. thorpella, its reduction of purplish on the hindwing, its heavier vestiture on body and legs, and appreciably shorter antennae. The present species is more similar in superficial appearance to A. oplerella, described below. From the latter, A. thorpella differs by its larger size, relatively longer antennae in both sexes and larger eyes in the male. 928 Powe: Nearctic Adelid moths Vole23 inom The species is named for Robbin W. Thorp, who, in connection with his bee studies, made most of the collections of this moth during the early years of my Adela survey. Adela oplerella Powell, new species (Al, Bi, ira, I, We Foul, G, sire, ®)) A small, dark bronzy colored moth with short antennae only slightly longer than the forewing in the male, and shorter than the forewing in the female. Male.—Length of forewing 4.4 to 5.5 mm. Head: Eye lateral, almost entirely below antennal socket, diameter about .3 the distance between eyes. Labial palpus elongate, porrect, segments variable in length, II + III about 1.9 times eye diameter; scaled brown dorsally and whitish ventrally, ventral half with many spreading, elongate (to 2 eye diameter), black bristles. Maxillary palpus small, length about .3 eye diameter, three segments, the basal two subequal, larger than third. Antenna 1.0 to 1.2 forewing length; flagellum of 48 to 50 segments; scaled dark brown. Head clothed with elongate, irregularly spreading black and pale ochreous hairs. Thorax: Dorsal scaling blackish brown, reflecting bronzy, interspersed with long semi-erect black and ochreous hairs. Underside similar, coxae and femora densely hairy. Hind tibia and tarsi with pale elongate hairs and scale brushes. Forewing: Length 3.4 to 3.6 times width (exclusive of fringes). Ground color dark olivaceous bronzy, strongly metallic when fresh; without markings or with two faint whitish spots, one on costa beyond cell and one at lower corner of cell. Fringe dull whitish above tornus. Underside dark brown with scattered pale scales, costa and terminal fringe pale ochreous. Hindwing: Slightly narrower than forewing; M: and Mb» separate. Ground color dark brown, reflecting metallic bronzy and purplish. Fringe dull whitish below apex. Underside similar, with scattered pale scales in outer half. Abdomen: Dorsal scaling black, reflecting metallic bronze. Underside slightly paler. Genitalia with uncus reduced, lateral lobes scarcely protruding; valva strongly tapered apically; sclerotized part of reflexed portion of aedeagus spear-shaped, about .8 as long as basal portion (two preparations examined ). Female.—Length of forewing 5.0 to 6.1 mm. Essentially as described for male, differing as follows: Labial palpus slightly shorter, segments II + III about 1.8 eye diameter; antenna shorter, about .8 to .9 forewing length, 40 to 46 segments; elongate hairs of head and thorax mostly ochreous to pale ochreous. Wing fringes generally paler; frenulum lacking. Abdomen with VII sternite elongate, 3.35 to 3.5 times VI (PI. 6, fig. 2); VIII moderately heavily sclerotized; internal genitalia without sclerotization. Holotype male and allotype female: California, 5 miles southeast of Nicasio, Marin County, April 30, 1967, on Platystemon californicus (P. A. Opler and W. J. Turner). Paratypes (108), all California; Marin Co.: 213, 182 same data as holotype, 1¢ IV-13-68 (P. A. Opler); 5.5 mi. E Nicasio, 2¢, 62 IV-30-67 (G. A. Gorelick); 1 mi. SE Corte Madera, 84, 5? IV-13-68, on Platystemon californicus (P. A. Opler). San Francisco Co.: Lake Merced, 146, 12 III-21-08, 12 IV-19-08, 12 IV-11-09 (F. X. Williams). Santa Clara Co.: Silver Creek hills, 26 IV-12-62 (W. E. Ferguson ); 62 IV-20-62 on Platystemon californicus (J. A. Chemsak and J. Powell); 1 mi. N New Almaden, 94, 52 III-29-65 on Platystemon 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 229 (P. A. Opler); 3.5 mi. NE New Almaden, 64, 102 IV-3-65 on Platystemon (P. A. Opler); 0.56 mi. N New Almaden, 52 IV-4-65 (P. A. Opler). Paratypes deposited in collections of British Museum, California Academy of Sciences, California Insect Survey, G. A. Gorelick, and U. S. National Museum. As mentioned above, this species is most similar to A. thorpella among described species, and the two occur together on Platystemon californicus in central coastal California. Adela oplerella is smaller, darker and has small eyes in the male; the short antennae will distinguish the present species from all other described Nearctic Adela. The species is named for Paul A. Opler, who has collected nearly all the specimens of this moth in addition to many other Adela during the course of this study. ADELA SEPTENTRIONELLA Walsingham GRiS ties 6-0pl. 4. ties. 1s 2: plo, tgs) Adela septentrionella Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :79, pl. 11; Walsing- ham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:285; Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:10; Powell, 1967, Pan- Pac. Ent., 43:84 (biol. ). Type data——Mendocino County, California, May and June, 1871, types in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion.—Collections from northern Washington and British Columbia show a high proportion of specimens with reduced white markings, often the forewings are essentially immaculate black. Occasional examples in typical California populations exhibit a broaden- ing of the white bands, as in PI. 4, fig. 6. Geographical distribution—Widespread in the Pacific Coast states, from southern British Columbia and northwestern Idaho to the Trans- verse Range in southern California. The species is more Boreal than other West Coast Adela, following Holodiscus from canyon transition zone situations near the coast to near timberline above 6000 feet in the Trinity Alps and the mid Sierra Nevada, and 8000 feet in the southern Sierra Nevada. Flight period—Mid-April (rare), May and June, to mid-July at high elevations. Oviposition site—Buds of Holodiscus discolor (Rosaceae). ADELA SINGULELLA Walsingham (Pl. 4, figs. 3-5; pl. 6, figs. 4, 5) Adela singulella Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :80, pl. 11; 1890, Insect Life, 2:285; Powell, 1961, Pan-Pac. Ent., 37:63. 230 PowE.LL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 Type data.——Mendocino County, California, May 25, 1871,! types in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion.—Although typical populations of this species were not rediscovered for nearly 90 years after Walsingham found it, we now have adequate samples from four localities in the counties north of San Francisco Bay. Almost no variation in size or color is shown (PI. 4, figs. 3, 4). Southward in the central Coast Range and along the west slope of the Sierra Nevada, are populations which are morphologically indistinguishable and occur in close association with the same plant. However, all these samples (some 150 specimens from a dozen localities ) consist of specimens which average slightly smaller and lack all trace of the white forewing band, having only the white scaling along the costa which in the typical form gives rise to the transverse line (PI. 4, fig. 5). In addition, the unbanded moths exhibit a duller appearance, lacking the purplish metallic reflections of the forewing, and thus super- ficially resemble A. punctiferella, with which some of the more austral colonies are nearly sympatric. I would consider the unbanded popula- tions as a subspecies except for two small collections from the Transverse Range in southern California, which contain both phenotypes: 1) 94, 32 “Mt. Baldy, San Bernardino Mts.,” and “San Bernardino, Calif., Sept.” (USNM) which includes one male with the white band, the rest without it; at least the date on the latter is in error and probably the locality (Possibly the specimens came from Camp Baldy in the San Gabriel Mountains, west of San Bernardino.); 2) 36, 12 Tanbark Flat [2800’ above Glendora], Los Angeles County, VI-18/19-56 (G. I. Stage and A. Menke, CIS, LACM), in which the males are banded, the female un- banded. The latter is worn and possibly also bore white scaling when fresh. | Thus some kind of polytopic interpretation may obtain when more colonies are discovered, particularly around the southern end of the Central Valley, and it seems best to withhold nomenclatural designation of the unbanded race for the present. Geographical distribution.—California, southern Mendocino, Napa and northern Marin Counties (typical form); west slope of the Sierra Nevada (600-6000’) from El] Dorado to Kern County, in the Coast Ranges of Santa Clara County southward, to San Luis Obispo County (unbanded form ), thence into the San Gabriel Mountains. , Flight period —Mid-May to mid-June north of San Francisco Bay, the 1 The Essig (1941) account of Walsingham’s intinerary places this date’s collection in the vicinity of Yorkville in the southern part of the county. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society pom central Sierra Nevada and the San Gabriel Mountains; April in south Coast Range and southern Sierra Nevada. Oviposition site —Buds of Gilia capitata and G. achillaefolia (Polemoni- aceae ). ADELA PUNCTIFERELLA Walsingham (Bl. 4 Be, Gal G Ge, 8) Adela punctiferella Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:284. Type data—tLos Angeles, California, type female in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion.—The tiny white spot at the end of the cell of the forewing, which gave the species its name, is present on less than 30% of the individuals in all populations sampled (some 400 specimens from about 20 sites). Rarely a thin, transverse line is developed instead, usually not completely crossing wing. The moth is very similar to the unbanded form of A. singulella, differing by the shorter antennae, slightly broader, more rounded appearing forewing, and by lack of white on the costa. Geographical distribution—Semi-arid parts of California and southern Nevada; east side of the Coast Ranges from Colusa County southward, southern end of the Sierra Nevada, the desert ranges east of the Sierra Nevada into Nye County, both cis- and transmontane sides of the Transverse and northern Peninsular Ranges to Riverside County. Flight period.—Beginning of March to April at lower elevations to mid-May in the interior mountains. | Oviposition site——Unknown; the moths have been observed in close association with Gilia tricolor and G. scopulorum (Polemoniaceae) at several widely scattered stations. INCURVARIINAE CHALCEOPLA Braun Chalceopla Braun, 1921, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 73:20. Cyanauges Braun, 1919, Ohio J. Sci., 20:24 (Preocc.). Type.—Incurvaria cyanella Busck, 1915 (eastern U. S.). CHALCEOPLA SIMPLICIELLA (Walsingham), new combination Adela simpliciella Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :81, pl. 11; Walsingham, 1890, Insect Life, 2:284; Meyrick, 1912, Lepid. Cat., 6:12. Type data—Southern Oregon, May, 1872, types in British Museum. Taxonomic discussion—My recognition of this species is based on one specimen in the U. S. National Museum, from Rouge River, Oregon, collected by Walsingham and identified by him as simpliciella. It was compared, along with specimens of Adela oplerella, with the type at the 932 PowEL.L: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol; 23) nom4 British Museum for me by R. W. Hodges, in 1963. I had considered the possibility that the latter species might be simpliciella, owing to the similar antennal lengths, but simpliciella is quite distinct, not Adela, and is congeneric with Chalcepola cyanella, according to D. R. Davis. I have recently collected C. simpliciella in Del Norte County, Califormia, and it is similar to two other Californian species, but distinct, based on char- acters of the male genitalia. By contrast with Adela, members of Chalceopla possess elaborate interspecific genitalic features. Geographical distribution—Southern Oregon and extreme northern California. Flight period—May (Oregon); July at 4500 feet elevation in northern California. Oviposition site—Unknown; two related, apparently undescribed, species in California oviposit in young pods of Arabis glabra ( Cruciferae ) and Erysimum capitatum (Cruciferae ), and each is host specific, accord- ing to observations at several localities. CHECKLIST OF NEARCTIC ADELINAE NemMopuHora Hoffmannsegg, 1798 bellela (Walker, 1863) bellella Walsingham, 1890 belleta Anderson, 1915 ADELA Latrielle, 1796 bella Chambers, 1873 elderada Powell, 1969 eS ae flammeusella Chambers, 1876 pacha ars flammensella Chambers, 1878 aeruginosella Walsingham, 1890 flamensella Walsingham, 1880 | tidinesella. Clemencinlsed lactimaculella Walsingham, 1880 corruscifasciella (Chambers, 1873) flammeella Meyrick, 1912 schlaegeri Zeller, 1873 thorpella Powell, 1969 purpurea Walker, 1863 oplerella Powell, 1969 biviella Zeller, 1873 trigrapha Zeller, 1875 trifasciella Chambers, 1876 fasciella Chambers, 1876 punctiferella Walsingham, 1890 septentrionella Walsingham, 1880 singulella Walsingham, 1880 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 Figs. 1-6, adults of adelid moths.’ Nemophora bellela (Walker), ¢, Dawson, Yukon, VI-30-49 (W. W. Judd). Adela bella Chambers, ¢, Anglesea, N. J., V-30 (W. D. Kearfott). A. ridingsella Clemens, 6, Lac Mondor, Ste. Flor, Que., VI-22-51 (E. Munroe). A. ridingsella, 2, Merivale, Ont., VI-21-43 (G. S. Walley). A. purpurea Walker, oe Constance Bay, Ont., IV-30-33 (G. S. Walley). purpurea, @, : eeralls. Ont., V-3-38 (T. N. Freeman). v ) “ “ D UU Go DO > 1 Photographs of the moths are reproduced at approximately 2.3 x natural size. 234 v v v v v Our whde v PowELL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 A. eldorada Powell, ¢ holotype, 1 mi. E Woody, Kern Co., Calif., V-3-64. A. eldorada, @ allotype, same data. Adela trigrapha Zeller, 6, 9 mi. N Upper Lake, Lake Con Calif., IV-4-62. A. trigrapha, @, Riiecelnnan Park, Contra Cagia Co., Calif., V-5-57 (J. Powell). A. thorpella Powell, 6, 1 mi. S El Verano, Sonoma Co., Calif., I1I-25-64 (Thorp). A. thorpella, 2, Russelmann Park, Contra Costa Co., Calif., IV-9-58 (J. Powell). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 235 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 Figs. 1-6, adults of adelid moths. 1, Adela oplerella Powell, 6, 1 mi. N New Almaden, Santa Clara Co., Calif., [V-4-65 (P. A. Opler). . oplerella, 2, same data, III-29-65. . flammeusella Chambers, 6, 2 mi. SE Upper Lake, Lake Co., Calif., V-11-61. . flammeusella, 2, Silver Cr. hills, Santa Clara Co., Calif., IV-20-62 (J. Powell). . flammeusella, $, Cool, El Dorado Co., Calif., IV-24-61 (J. Powell). septentrionella Walsingham, ¢ aberrant, 2 mi. W. Fairfax, Marin Co., Calif., IV-17-61 (J. Powell). D Td Go bo Prep p> 236 Powe: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, now EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 Figs. 1-6, adults of adelid moths. 1, Adela septentrionella Walsingham, 6, 2 mi W Fairfax, Marin Co., Calif., 1V-17-61. 2, A. septentrionella, Q, same data. 3, A. singulella Walsingham, 6, 5 mi. SW Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Calif., V-22-60 (S. F. Cook, Jr.). 4, A. singulella, 2, 7 mi. E Conn Dam, Napa Co., Calif., VI-5-64 (J. Powell). 5, A. singulella, 6, La Panza Campgr., S. L. O. Co., Calif., IV-29-62 (R. W. Thorp). 6, A. punctiferella Walsingham, 6, 5 mi. S Sage, Riverside Co., Calif., IV-16-65. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5 Figs. 1-6, terminal abdominal segments of female adelid moths. 1, Nemophora bellela (Walker), Swim Lakes, Yukon, 3200’, VI-13-60 (E. W. Rockburne) (JAP prep. 2641). 1, Adela ridingsella Clemens, Merivale, Ont., VI-21-43 (Walley) (JAP prep. 2642). 2 3, A. purpurea Walker, Lac Mondor, Ste. Flore, Que., V-11-51 (E. Munroe) (JAP prep. 2638). 4, A. trigrapha Zeller, Alpine Lake, Marin Co., Calif., [V-25-58 (J. Powell) (JAP prep. 1806). 5, A. eldorada Powell, 1 mi. E Woody, Kern Co., Calif., V-3-64 (J. Powell) (JAP prep. 1795). 6, A. flammeusella Chambers, 3 mi. NW Middletown, Lake Co., Calif. IV-15-64 (L. D. Thurman) (JAP prep. 1791). 238 PowE.Lu: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23, no. 4 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6 Figs. 1-6, terminal abdominal segments of female adelid moths. 1, Adela thorpella Powell, 1 mi. SW Lakeport, Lake Co., Calif., IV-24-63 (R. W. Thorp) (JAP prep. 1802). 2, A. oplerella Powell, 5 mi. SE Nicasio, Marin Co., Calif., IV-30-67 (P. A. Opler & W. J. Turner) (JAP prep. 2634). 3, A. septentrionella Walsingham, 2 mi. W Fairfax, Marin Co., Calif., V-13-66 (J. Powell) (JAP prep. 2632). 4, A. singulella Walsingham (typical), 7 mi. E Conn Dam, Napa Co., Calif. VI-12-64 (J. A. Chemsak) (JAP prep. 1816). 5, A. singulella (unbanded), 1 mi. S Mather, Tuolumne Co., Calif., VI-12-61 (G. I. Stage) (JAP prep. 1818). 6, A. punctiferella Walsingham, 4 mi. NW Lodoga, Colusa Co., Calif., IV-12-62 (J. Powell) (JAP prep. 2643). 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Several persons have helped considerably with the development of this study. J. A. Chemsak of this department made a search for Chambers types at Harvard and for Adela at other institutions which I was not later able to visit. R. W. Hodges, of the U. S. National Museum, compared some of my specimens with Walsingham types at the British Museum (Natural History) during his visit there in 1963. D. R. Davis provided helpful comments on relationships among incurvariid genera, as well as an opportunity to study U. S. National Museum material. Microphoto- graphs of female abdominal pelts were executed by H. V. Daly of this department. Acknowledgment is also made to the following whose cooperation enabled use of institutional collections in their care: A. B. Klots and F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural History; P. H. Amaud, Jr., and C. D. MacNeill, California Academy of Sciences, and to the latter for considerable effort in the field; H. K. Clench, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh; T. N. Freeman, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; L. M. Martin and C. L. Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum; and P. J. Darlington, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard. Much of the distributional and seasonal information is attributable to a number of persons who made special efforts in collecting Adela for this project, mostly as tangents to interests in disciplines other than Lepi- doptera, while students at the University of California. Among these I would particularly like to thank: D. J. Burdick, Fresno State College; J. A. Chemsak; W. E. Ferguson, San Jose State College; R. L. Langston, Berkeley; P. A. Opler and D. C. Rentz, University of California, Berkeley; eestacse WU. 5. National Museum; C. A. Toschi (Mrs. M. J. Tauber), Ithaca, New York; R. W. Thorp, University of California, Davis; and L. D. Thurman, then of the Department of Botany, University of Cali- fornia, Berkeley. | A. J. Slater helped with biological observations, while he was an assistant on National Science Foundation grant GB-4014, which also provided support for some of my field work. A portion of the publication cost has been supplied by N.S.F. grant GB-6813X. Finally, a special note of appreciation is due Helen K. Sharsmith, University of California, Berkeley, Herbarium, who has willingly provided identifications for hundreds of plant collections during the past several years, a good portion of which were made in connection with this study during the time I was trying to narrow down flower visitation records to the few involved in oviposition. Dr. Thurman also assisted by rendering identifications of various Orthocarpus. 2A0 PowELL: Nearctic Adelid moths Vol. 23> nome LITERATURE CITED Buscx, A., 1902. Notes on Brackenridge Clemens’ types of Tineina. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 5:181—220. CHAMBERS, V. T., 1878. Tineina and their food plants. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., 4(1):107—124. Davis, D. R., 1967. A revision of the moths of the subfamily Prodoxinae (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). U.S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 255:1-170. Draxonorr, A., 1951. Records and descriptions of Microlepidoptera (4). Treubia, 21:133-182. Essic, E.O., 1941. Itinerary of Lord Walsingham in California and Oregon, 1871— 1872. Pan-Pac. Ent., 17(3):97-113. Fiercuer, T. B., 1929. A list of the generic names used for Microlepidoptera. India Dept. Agric., Memoirs, Ent. series, XI: 1-244. Forses, W. T. M., 1923. The Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Primitive forms, Microlepidoptera, Pyraloids, Bombyces. Cornell U. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem., 68, 729 pp. Forp, L. T., 1949. A guide to the smaller British Lepidoptera. So. Lond. Ent. & Nat. Hist. Soc., London, 230 pp. Hocug, C. L., 1963. A standard method for mounting whole adult Lepidoptera on slides utilizing polystyrene plastic. J. Res. Lepid., 1(3):223-235 [“1962”]. Jacoss, S. N. A., 1949. The British Lamproniidae and Adelidae. Proc. & Trans. So. Lond. Ent. & Nat. Hist. Soc., 1947—48:209-219. JANsE, A. J. T., 1945. Family Adelidae. in: The Moths of South Africa, 4(2): 79-148. E. P. & Commercial, Durban. Meyrick, E., 1912a. Adelidae, Micropterygidae, Gracilariadae. in: Lepidoptorum Catalogus, ed. H. Wagner, pars. 6, 68 pp. 1912b. Family Adelidae. in: Genera Insectorum, fase. 133, 12 pp. 1 pl. PowE.., J. A., 1961. Note on Adela singulella. in: Proc. Pacif. Coast Ent. Soc., 271st meeting. Pan-Pacif. Ent., 37:63-64. ScuurzeE, K. T., 1931. Die Biologie der Kleinschmetterlinge unter besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Nahrpflanzen und Erscheinungszeiten. Frankfurt-am- Main, Int. ent. ver., 235 pp. STAINTON, H. T., P. C. ZELLER, J. W. Douc LAs, AnD H. Frey, 1873. The Natural History of the Tineina. Vol. 13, J. Van Voorst, London. 377 pp. + 8 col. pl. WALSINGHAM, Lorp THos. DE Grey, 1880. On some new and little known species of Tineidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., :77—93, 2 pls. 1890. Steps toward a revision of Chambers’ Index, with notes and descriptions of new species [cont.]. Insect Life, 2:284—286. Weiss, H. B. anp E. West, 1925. An adelid gall on Virginia creeper (Lep.). Ent. News, 36:116—-118. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society QAI BOOK REVIEW Tue Motu Book, a Guide to the Moths of North America, by W. J. Holland. xxiv-479 pp., & 48 plates in color. Reprint ed., 1968, Dover Press, 180 Varick St., New York. $5.00, paperback. Although lepidopterists have long condemned The Moth Book as incomplete and obsolete, no replacement manual has been forthcoming, and both amateurs and professionals still find Holland’s work a useful reference. Inasmuch as it has been out of print for many years and has demanded increasingly inappropriate prices by book dealers, the reprint edition should find instant popularity. In this edition Holland’s text is reprinted unabridged and unaltered except for correction of a few typographical errors. It has been supplemented by a series of footnotes by A. E. Brower, of Augusta, Maine, which clarify some nomenclatural discrepancies and taxonomic errors according to present usage. As indicated by Brower in a forward, a thorough revision of the text would have required an enormous amount of work by a number of specialists. However, it is a shame that at least up-to-date generic assignments could not have been given, for example simply as duplicate explanations of plates. This would have required relatively little work by a few specialists. It would have been a simple matter to list combina- tions as given in McDunnough’s Checklist or in more recent revisions, such as Michener’s 1953 classification of the Saturniidae and Engelhardt’s 1946 treatment of the aegeriids (MacKay’s 1968 revision having not yet been published). The situation is compounded somewhat in the micros, since Brower’s footnotes in groups like the Noctuidae presumably are more comprehensive. For example, Croesia semipurpurana (Kearfott), misidentified as albicomana Clemens by Holland, has been emended to the correct species by Brower, but has been left in Tortrix, although Tortrix was restricted and Croesia resurrected by Obraztsov in 1955. Similarly, in other tortricids (Plate 48), the moth called Platynota flavedana Clemens (fig. 24) looks more like an olethreutine, such as Hedia or Apotomis; the female shown in fig. 32 probably is Archips purpuranus (Clemens), not Choristoneura rosaceana (Harris); macrocarpana Walsingham (fig. 26) should be referred to Henricus, alisellana Robinson (fig. 39) to Argyrotaenia, the species in fig. 40 is a member of the inconditana complex, not tunicana Walsingham, and it should be referred to Sparganothis. Mechanically the Dover edition is excellent. The color on the whole is good, not as good as the original edition, but better for many plates than some of the sub- sequent editions I have seen. The text, reproduced on a 6-4 x 4 inch bed (about 7-% X 5-% inch for the plates), is clear throughout. The paper is opaque with minimal show-through and is advertised to not discolor or become brittle with age. The pages are sewn in signatures, not glued individually as in many paperbacks; thus the book will open flat for easy reference and is readily available for permanent binding. The Dover Press is to be congratulated on having issued this edition at a reasonable price, making Holland’s popular work again available to students and the general public_—Jrrry A. PowELL, University of California, Berkeley. CACTUS-FEEDING INsECTs AND Mites, by John Mann. U. S. National Museum, Bulletin 256; x + 158 pp. & 8 halftone plates. Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D. C., 1969; $1.25, paper cover. This publication deals with the species believed to be restricted to the family Cactaceae. Included are about 50 pyralids, mostly Phycitinae, half a dozen miscel- laneous micros, and one butterfly, “Thecla” melanis Drury. Scavenger moths, flower 949, PowE.Lu: Book notices Vol. 235 now visitors, and incidental associates have been omitted. The text places on record information from the extensive investigations by and bibliography of the Com- monwealth Prickly Pear Board and the Queensland Department of Lands, whose domestic and overseas fieldwork was conducted during 1921-1939 and 1958- 1959.—ep. A REVISION OF THE MOTHS OF THE SUBFAMILY GEOMETRINAE OF AMERICA NORTH or Mexico (Insecta, Lepidoptera), by Douglas C. Ferguson. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, Bulletin 29; iii + 251 pp. & 41 line drawings & 8 halftone plates. Yale U., New Haven, 1969; paper cover. A classification based largely on male and female genitalia and on larval char- acters, of some 75 species distributed in 15 genera and 5 tribes. Of these, four tribal names, two genera, and 10 species are proposed as new. Some larval informa- tion is available on 32 species in 11 genera, and this information is used to support the tribal classification. Material from most of the major collections of North America except some of the western ones was employed. It is indeed a pity that our economic values force the moths of this group to be figured in black and white.—ED. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE A.(n.s.)84 ANNOUNCEMENT Required six-month’s notice is given on possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the follow- ing names listed by case number. (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 26, pt. 1, 12th May 1969): 1848. Suppression of Papilio sebrus Huebner, 1824/26 (Insecta, Lepidoptera). 1869. Type-species for Physothrips Karny, 1912 (Insecta, Thysanoptera). 1870. Suppression of two works by J. Muller, 1826 & 1828. 1871. Type-species for Xyletinus Latreille, 1809 (Insecta, Coleoptera ). Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History ), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature—W. E. Cutna, Assistant Secretary, May 1969. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 LARVAL BEHAVIOR OF AGATHYMUS, INCLUDING A DIVERGENT GROUP IN BAJA AND SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (MEGATHYMIDAE) Don B. STALLINGS! AND VioLA N. STALLINGS Caldwell, Kansas This is the first of a series of papers based on our studies of the im- mature stages of the Megathymidae. Particular consideration is given to the first and last larval instars, as we find significant characters and behavior patterns in many instances in these instars at both the species level and at higher levels. By 1965 we had made studies in the field of the larvae of all of the described species of Agathymus except indecisa (Butler & Druce), escalantei Stallings, Turner & Stallings, stephensi (Skinner), comstocki (Harbison ), and dawsoni Harbison. Our studies covered all of the species observed in the final instars and about half of the species in the first instar. Some of our observations have been recorded for individual species in our previous papers. From these observations we reached the following conclusions in regard to larval behavior of Agathymus. 1. Newly emerged larvae proceed to the upper portion of the leaf and bore in to commence feeding activities. We noted that the fiber portion of the leaf was regurgitated by the larvae. After a few days the larvae leave this feeding cavity and proceed towards the leaf base where they either again enter the leaf to feed, or transfer to another plant. In many instances after making the second entry they may come out and reenter the plant for a third time or transfer to another plant. If the plant pro- duces too much fluid in the larval cavity the larvae may be overwhelmed and die, and if too little fluid is produced the larvae will suffer from lack of food. The larvae feed on the fluid of the plant; this is evident from the small size of the cavity. The pulp removed seems to be insufficient to have produced the larvae. 2. When the larvae have made their final entry they form a tube-like cavity parallel with the length of the leaf (see plate I, figures 14). In some species the cavity is in a single leaf; in other species the cavity may involve more than one leaf; and in some instances the cavity may extend into the caudex of the plant. All species form a tube-like cavity, but each species usually has its own particular variation of the cavity. While cavi- ties are usually at the base of the leaf, some species place them lower than 1 The research for this paper was made possible to a large degree by Research Grant #GB 1190 from the National Science Foundation, made available to the first named author. 244 STALLINGS AND STALLINGS: Larval behavior of Agathymus Vol. 23, no. 4 others, and some place the cavity towards the edge of the leaf while others place it near the center. The cavity is enlarged as the larvae grow. A tiny hole is made to the outside from the upper part of the cavity, through which frass is expelled. Some species place this hole on the upper side of the leaf, others on the underside, and some may place it on either side. During this period the interior of the cavity is bright red. Shortly before pupation the larvae produce a white, waxy powder and cover the interior of the larval cavity so that it appears to be white. At the same time the excrement hole is enlarged to provide an exit for the adults when they emerge. The exits are covered with silk “trap-doors.” Most species have their own particular color, shape and texture for the trap-doors. As a result of variation of the above mentioned characters from species to species, nearly every species of Agathymus can be identified in the field during its larval period, and in many instances can be identified from the larval cavity after it has been abandoned. Nearly all species of Agathymus use only one species of Agave as a food plant. (Note that Aegiale does not powder the cavity, see plate II, figure 4). 3. Normally the activities of the larvae in the final larval cavity do not damage the plant to the extent that there is visible evidence from the out- side. The only evidence of the infestation is the tiny excrement hole, or later the trap-door (see plate I, figure 5). In contrast, the activities of the larvae of the related genus Aegiale cause so much injury around the ex- crement holes that the leaves tun brown in those areas (see plate II, figure 5). 4, When an Aegiale enlarges the excrement hole and builds its trap- door it makes a substantial silk “collar” around the exit hole before build- ing the trap-door. Agathymus does not build this collar. 5. Unlike other genera of the Megathymidae, the Agathymus do not glue their ova to the leaves of the food plant, instead they drop their ova among the leaves of the food plant where they lodge or fall out onto the ground. In June of 1965 we had the opportunity to make field studies of A. stephensi (Skinner) in San Diego County, California near Jacumba, and at the type locality on the old Stephen Ranch. We had been in the field at Jacumba only a few minutes when we both paused to exclaim “Looks like Aegiale.” For most of the infested plants were showing distinct dis- coloration around the excrement holes, unlike any Agathymus that we had previously examined (see plate I, figure 6). When we exposed a larval cavity we found a second major difference from other Agathymus. At the upper end of the cavity there was a distinct lateral bulge (see plate II, figure 1). For more figures of the larval cavity 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 945 EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 1-4, Larval cavities of Agathymus. 1, A. aryxna (Dyar), Chiricahua Mts., Arizona. 2, A. micheneri Stall., Turn., & Stall., Saltillo, Coahuila, Mexico. 3, A. judithae (Stall. & Turn.), Hueco Mts., Texas. 4, A. aryxna, Peloncillo Mts., New Mexico. 5-6, Trap- doors of Agathymus. 5, A. carlsbadensis (Stall. & Turn.), Guadalupe Mts., New Mexico. 6, A. stephensi (Skinner), Stephens Ranch, La Puerta Valley, California. of stephensi see (Comstock and Dammers, 1934). In the area of this bulge the cavity extended to just below the surface of the leaf, much closer to the surface than the remainder of the cavity. Our first thought as to the reason for this bulge was that the larvae of this species were not as agile as other members of the genus and needed a turn-around area in order to reverse their position in the cavity. How- ever a careful study of a large number of larval cavities disclosed that in more than half of them the bulge area was not large enough t to be used for this purpose, at least not in the last instars. We noted that while stephensi cut excrement holes on either side of 246 STALLINGS AND STALLINGS: Larval behavior of Agathymus Vol. 23, no. 4 the leaves, about 80% were on the upper side. There was a strong tend- ency for the cavity bulge to be to the right of the excrement hole when on the upper side of the leaf and to the left when on the under side of the leaf (i.e., to the right or left of the observer facing the side of the leaf with the excrement hole). In a few instances we found little evidence of the bulge. A third difference that we noted was that the amount of waxy powder covering the cavity interior was reduced so that the red of the cavity showed through so as to appear slightly pinkish. We visited Charles F. Harbison at San Diego, California, who had taken us to visit the stephensi type locality. He let us examine a number of leaves of Agave that had been infested by A. comstocki (Harbison), which he had described from Baja California, Mexico. Again, we found major differences in the larval cavity: 1. The larvae had formed discoid cavities, with the circular dimension being parallel with the leaf (see plate II, figures 2 & 3). In the other Agathymus the circular dimension of the larval cavity is perpendicular to the length of the leaf. 2. There was only a minute amount of white waxy powder, and this was concentrated around the exit hole and adjacent area. 3. The exit hole had a silk collar similar to that of Aegiale but not as prominently developed. 4, The leaves exhibited discoloration around the exit hole similar to that of Aegiale and stephensi. | Mr. Harbison indicated to us that a second Baja California species, A. dawsoni Harbison, has the same general characters as those described above for comstocki. From the foregoing it is evident that the Agathymus occurring in south- ern California and southward into Baja California has distinctive differ- ences in larval habits from other Agathymus. In these and in morpho- logical characters they appear to represent a distinctive group within Agathymus. While this group of species of Agathymus is distinct from Aegiale they do show more characters in common with Aegiale than do other members of the genus Agathymus. Since the discovery of this situation we have speculated as to the adaptive significance for these differences and have discussed this with other biologists. Dr. C. D. Michener suggested that since the area oc- cupied by comstocki and dawsoni is more arid than. the locales of other Agathymus, there may be some moisture-conserving advantages in the discoid larval cavity. Dr. C. L. Remington pointed out that a sphere is the strongest “anti-collapse shape” which could become important in ex- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society QA47 EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 1-4, Larval cavities of Agathymus. 1, A. stephensi (Skinner), Stephens Ranch, La Puerta Valley, California. 2-3, A. comstocki (Harbison), 2 mi. NE San Simon, Baja California, Mexico. 4, Aegiale hesperiaris (Walker), Casa Blanca, Nueva Leon, Mexico. 5, Trap-door, A. hesperiaris (Walker), Casa Blanca, Nueva Leon, Mexico. tremely arid habitats. In this respect it will be noted that in comstocki and dawsoni the circular dimension is the major dimension, while in the other Agathymus it is the minor dimension. We have wondered if the leaves of the food plants of comstocki and dawsoni are structured 248 STALLINGS AND STALLINGS: Larval behavior of Agathymus Vol. 23, no. 4 so that there is only a small, localized area that is suitable for the feeding, and therefore the cavity is disc-shaped in order to encompass more of the suitable feeding area. Another reason for this difference in larval cavity construction could be that in each case the shape of the larval cavity represents the easiest way to construct a cavity that will produce sufficient food. In most Agave the leaves have tough fibers running the length of the leaves. In constructing the tube-like cavity, less of the fibers would be intersected, hence this cavity would be easier to construct, as less of the fibers would have to be cut. However, in the more arid locales, such as Baja Cali- fornia, this tube-like cavity could be unsatisfactory, since it would at the same time intersect less of the plant fluids that flow through the length of the leaf. The discoid cavity would intersect more of the plants fluids, which could be necessary in order for the Baja California populations to survive. If the foregoing is true it would not be unexpected to learn that the mouth-parts of the Baja California larvae are differently de- veloped than the mouthparts of the populations that construct the tube- like cavities. Harbison was familiar with the fact that first instar Agathymus go to the tip of the leaf to do their initial feeding. He advises us that he has made repeated examinations of plants infested with comstocki and daw- soni for evidence of this larval entry site, but has not found any such indi- cations. Perhaps the larvae of comstocki and dawsoni enter the plant but once and form the discoid cavity. If this is true then we can specu- late as to what stephensi is doing. If stephensi represents a northern extension of the group which form discoid larval cavities but has moved into an environment in which the tubular cavity is more adaptive, the first instar larva of stephensi may enter the leaf like its Baja California relatives and form a small discoid cavity. At this stage stephensi would diverge from its relatives and there- after resemble the rest of the Agathymus species, as it moves to the right or left, as the case may be, of the initial small discoid cavity and proceeds to build a tubular cavity. Thus, it would produce the bulge ina tubules cavity that we in fact observed in stephensi. While the foregoing is speculation, we feel that it has ecological and evolutionary interest. We hope that lepidopterists in southern California will make some field studies which would either prove or disprove this idea. Such studies would be rather simple to conduct and could be com- pleted in one or two seasons. The larval biologies of A. escalantei Stallings, Turner & Stallings and A. indecisa ( Butler & Druce) are still unknown. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 LITERATURE CITED Comstock, S. A. & C. M. DAMMeErRs, 1934. The metamorphoses of three California diurnals. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 33: 79-92. STALLINGS, D. B. & J. R. TuRNER, 1954. Notes on Megathymus neumoegeni with description of a new species. Lepid. News., 8: 77-87. 1956. Notes on Megathymus polingi. Lepid. News., 10: 109. 1957. Four new species of Megathymus. Ent. News., 68: 1-17. 1958. A review of the Megathymidae of Mexico with a synopsis of the classification of the family. Lepid. News., 11: 113-137. STALLINGS, D. B., J. R. TuRNer, & V. N. STALxincs, 1961. A new subspecies of Agathymus mariae from Mexico. J. Lepid. Soc., 15: 19-22. 1964. Notes on five Megathymidae. J. Lepid. Soc., 18: 45-47. 1966. Two new species and two new subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and the United States. J. Lepid. Soc., 20: 163-172. COLLECTING AND OBSERVING THYMELICUS LINEOLA FORM “PALLIDA” (HESPERIIDAE) IN NEW JERSEY Jos—EPH MULLER R.D. 1, Lebanon, New Jersey Since the discovery of Thymelicus lineola Ochsenheimer in Ontario in 1910, this butterfly has become distributed over most of the north- eastern United States. In many localities it has become abundant; how- ever, no recent paper mentions the capture of the form “pallida.” The first individual of “pallida” collected at Lakehurst, New Jersey was on July 1, 1967 by B. Ziegler and myself. Strangely, this site is about the last one in the area where lineola has established itself. Dr. and Mrs. dos Passos and I went to this locality June 21, 1968 to search for this pale skipper. The collecting site is about 15 acres of grassland bordered on three sides by highways and on the other by woods. Several small patches of milkweed (Asclepias), dogbane (Apocynum), and daisies (Compositae) are found there. At this time only about a tenth of all the flowers were in bloom. Individuals of I. lineola were swarming over the whole area. Wherever there was a milk- weed in bloom as many as a dozen individuals could be found feeding. Not a single “pallida” was found among them; I did not catch a single individual on milkweed. The first “pallida” were caught on dogbane and among grasses. Mrs. dos Passos then noted that the “pallida” were easily distinguishable when visiting the composite flowers, since most were feeding with expanded wings. Taking her advice we collected thirty specimens in two hours. When their wings are folded it is more difficult to identify “pallida” since the underside of normal lineola is also pale. The difference is also evident with individuals in flight. 250 MuuuerR: Thymelicus oviposition Vol. 23) nom: It is characteristic of pallida not to mingle with normal lineola. They have never been seen flying or feeding together but were caught singly and always at some distance from typical lineola. A similar observation was reported by Clench (Lepid. News, 1948, 2: 105), who stated “pallida was never observed in the areas where lineola was most com- mon, but rather seemed to appear only in areas of lesser abundance.” I retained eight females alive for oviposition. These, with several males, were kept in a large screen cage with a flower pot of witch or quack grass, Agropyron repens L., and a jar with daisies and clover for nectar. Kneeling in front of the cage with a large magnifying glass I searched for eggs for two days without finding any. Repeating this unsuccessfully on the third day I decided to kill the females, which appeared to be in excellent condition. Later I noticed that their ab- domens appeared thinner than when put in the cage, and therefore I reexamined the pot of grass carefully. To my surprise I found one egg on a dead oak leaf on the bottom of the pot and then a dozen more in the folds of dead grass leaves lying on the bottom. Only one egg was oviposited on a green blade of grass. Working my way up to the top of the thick, hollow grass stems I found the tips had cracks where I had cut them with a dull knife because they were too long for the cage. Only by pressing on these tips could the two-inch long cracks be noticed. In two of these cracks most of the eggs were deposited in long rows. In one I found 30 eggs and in another 25. About seventy eggs were found where none could be seen at first. Probably more eggs would have been oviposited if the females had been kept alive longer. How they were able to lay their eggs inside the grass stems through the almost invisible cracks is a puzzle to me. We were so preoccupied with collecting adults “pallida” that we did not look for eggs in the field. Pengelly (1965, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ont. 95 (1964): 102) reports that among various species of grasses collected in the field, most eggs of T. lineola were found on redtop (Agrostis alba L.), and timothy (Phleum pratense L.) and were deposited under the blades of grass where they enclose the stem between the three lowest nodes. According to my observations in New Jersey, “pallida” has slightly different ovipositing habits than typical T. lineola. Most “pallida” eggs were found in the uppermost parts of the stem; none were found below between the nodes of the grass. Thymelicus lineola “pallida” eggs are white, smooth and elongate. For several weeks and almost full-grown larva with large head could be seen through the egg’s hole, giving the impression of an early emergence, but like typical lineola, they hibernate in the egg stage. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 25 SEASONAL VARIATION OF COLIAS CESONIA THERAPIS IN VENEZUELA (PIERIDAE) Joun H. Masters Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota Colias cesonia (Stoll), with its various subspecies, is found throughout Tropical America from northern Argentina to the United States. The subgenus Zerene Hubner, to which cesonia belongs, seems to be tropical in origin and is found throughout the Neotropics at low elevations. The subgenus Colias Fabricius, on the other hand, is worldwide in distribution but is confined to high elevations in the Andes in the equatorial regions of South America. Colias cesonia therapis (Felder & Felder), like many of the other C. cesonia subspecies, is strikingly different in appearance from the nominate race (figure 1). C.c. therapis inhabits the coastal mountain range of Venezuela. My first experience in collecting C. c. therapis was during the dry season (March 1965) at the Henry Pittier National Park, Aragua, Vene- zuela. The butterflies were swarming at flowering Lantana on dry slopes at an elevation of about 1,000 feet. All of the C. c. therapis captured had a strong roseate suffusion on the ventral surface of both wings, a character similar to that found in the form “rosa” M’Neill of Nearctic Colias cesonia cesonia populations. Since that time I have received series of the butterfly from the same location taken throughout the year by Sefior Francisco Romero of Mara- cay, Venezuela. Study of these additional specimens showed that at certain times of the year the roseate suffusion predominates while at Fig. 1. Colias cesonia therapis (F. & F.), left male, right female, Aragua, Venezuela, March 1965. Actual size. D2, Masters: Seasonal variation in Colias Vol. 23) now4 Se ee ee brood A brood B brood C * e—e Percent Roseate ® Predominately Roseate (@) Predominately Normal w N 1 2) feb) — Q = oO YN DRY SEASON szaeeeree © ae eo om co «= & Inches Rainfall FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEP. Fig. 2. Correlation of “roseate” form of Colias cesonia therapis (F. & F.) to rainfall and annual broods. other times it is absent. Apparently there are four broods of therapis annually at Aragua: two are roseate and two are normal (figure 2). The occurrence of the roseate form correlates with the dry season (months of less than two inches of rain), while the ordinary form predominates in the wet season (more than three inches of rain per month). In a series, the extent of roseate suffusion varies widely and I have classified as 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 253 “roseate’ all specimens showing the tendency to any degree. The exami- nation of 52 ¢¢ and 23 22 from Aragua indicates an overall 89.3% correlation of the roseate form to the dry season, and nine é 4 from Caracas have 100% correlation. The material from Aragua and the correlation of coloring with rainfall and broods is shown in graphic form in figure 2. Trivial names have not been given to either the wet or dry season form of therapis and since seasonal forms are not formally nameable under the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature I see no reason why “rosa” cannot be used as a nomen collectivum for the roseate dry season form of therapis. Colias cesonia cerbera (Felder & Felder) is more than likely the dry season form of Colias cesonia as it occurs in western Vene- zuela. Both white and yellow females occur in therapis, with white pre- dominating four to one in Aragua, but the female background color has no seasonal correlation. The form “rosa” is certainly a dry season form which originated in the tropics; quite likely it has spread to the northern regions as a mainly winter form. In the United States the form “rosa” certainly occurs in late fall, especially in the western (drier) part of its range. Wet and dry seasonal forms are not often encountered in the Neotropics, though in Africa where 80 to 95% of the annual precipitation occurs during the wet season, they are quite pronounced in genera such as Colotis and Precis. Brown (1929) suggests that Phoebis cypris (Fabricius) and Phoebis neocipris (Huebner) are probably wet and dry phases of the same population. The problem, of course, is the lack of exact collecting dates on much of the material from the Neotropics, a lack that has possibly kept wet and dry seasonal forms of many species from being recognized. This same lack of exact data prevented me from using specimens in both private and institutional collections to supplement my tabulation. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Senor Francisco Romero, Senor Albert Gadou and Senior Harold Skinner, respectively of Maracay, Caracas and Los Dos Caminos, Venezuela for supplying specimens for study; the late Dr. Richard M. Fox of the Carnegie Museum who read my manuscript and made helpful suggestions in the presentation; and Dr. Alexander B. Klots of the American Museum and Harry K. Clench of the Carnegie Museum who were kind enough to comment on my data. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1929. A revision of the genus Phoebis (Lepidoptera). Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 368: 1-22. 254 HessEL: Monarchs in Manhattan Vol.. 23> momet MONARCH OBSERVATIONS IN MID-TOWN AND LOWER MANHATTAN, NEW YORK CITY Late summer and early fall observations in several areas of the northeastern United States indicated 1968 to be a year of unusually high density of the monarch (Danaus plexippus (1.)). It seemed of interest, therefore, to plan a day of observa- tion of migration through an area so unnatural and yet so extensive as New York City. Battery Park at the extreme southern tip of Manhattan suggested itself as one vantage point of importance. Wide avenues run approximately north-south through the island and produce a funnel-like effect as the island narrows southward. The northern edge of the Park is a sudden termination to the long trails through the world’s greatest concentration of tall buildings. October 2 was chosen more for convenience than in order to hit the peak of activity. Casual observations at my home in rural Washington, Connecticut, suggests that this date was ten days or more after a decline began. Observations started in mid-town Manhattan with the first sighting of a monarch at 43rd St. and Fifth Ave., 12:58 (E.D.T.). It was drifting southward about eight feet above ground. One block north and one minute later the second was seen. The third followed in three minutes, between 47th and 48th Sts., this individual flying about 40 to 50 feet high. At 1:48 P.M. in the heart of the financial district on lower Broadway, I observed the fourth individual. Strangely enough, there were no more in the last two blocks of Broadway or as the Park was traversed to the waterfront, reached at 2:04 P.M. In the next hour there were 47 and an additional 30 were tallied in the following 57 minutes. Count was kept minute by minute, interrupted at 4:01 after none had been sighted for eight minutes. A brisk wind had arisen, at times blowing at an estimated 15 mph, and thin cloudiness had formed which reduced the sunlight noticeably from time to time. When observations were resumed a half hour later, ten minutes produced but a single sighting. The precise point of almost all observation was close to the south end of the paved strip about 50 feet wide and 450 feet long adjacent to the sea wall lining the edge of the park. It is doubtful if any observed individual was more than 75 feet away, so a 150 foot front seems a fair estimate of visual coverage. Thus 77 migrating monarchs were seen to pass the 150 foot front in 117 minutes. The later single individual at the waterfront and the additional four others on the city streets brought the day’s total to 82. All monarchs observed at Battery Park took off over the water in a narrow sector slightly west of south, bounded by the Statue of Liberty and Governors Island. This would bring them to the eastern edge of Staten Island and thence to the New Jersey coast. At times there was obvious difficulty with the wind, but I saw none driven back to shore. The spacings of the sightings was remarkably even until near the rather abrupt ending. On one occasion four were seen at once and on another, four in the same minute. However, there was only one logbook entry of three, and most were singles. In only one instance did I see the migrants take note of each other, an aerial engagement of not more than a few seconds. None were seen at rest or even lingering. The monarchs flew 4—8 feet over the water; buffeting by wind being a disturbing factor to their flight. As opportunity avails itself observations, attempting to determine the vertical extent of the migration, will be made from vantage points in the tall buildings ——Smney A. HeEssEL, Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. bo Ol Ut 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society A NEW PAPILIO FROM COLOMBIA AND A NEW SPHINGID FROM NEW GUINEA ERNEST RUTIMEYER 57 Gantrischstrasse, 3006 Berne, Switzerland In 1924 my brother-in-law, while involved in a mission to reorganize the Columbian army, participated in a collecting trip in the Putumayo Valley, which netted some 5000 butterflies. Later I was able to acquire a share of this lot, and found among its contents a new species. I checked in Seitz Volume V, but was unable to find anything like it. I sent the butterfly to Dr. Jordan of the Tring Museum, but his tre- mendously rich collection did not reveal anything similar. At this point Dr. Jordan forwarded the specimen to Dr. Tams of the British Museum of Natural History. He too, could not discover anything resembling this Papilio, but wrote me that it seems to belong to an unknown species worth describing. Papilio dospassosi Riitimeyer, new species This species has a systematic arrangement close to Papilio isidorus Doubleday. According to Dr. Tams, British Museum, it bears resem- blance to Papilio trapeza R. & J. and P. xynias Hewitson, but belongs to group machaon Linne. Ground color dark on both primaries and secondaries. Expanse 67 mm from apex to apex. Head and palpi dark, eyes without hairs. Collar with two little white spots. Three big red marks on each side of thorax. Abdomen dark without distinct markings. Forewing, upperside, in cell la and 1b (method of Aurivillius, Seitz Vo. XIII) white mark similar to Papilio xynias Hewitson, but smaller, pure white, length 6 mm, not reaching second vein. Hindwing, upperside, with two red patches, smaller though similar to Papilio trapeza R. & J. A third red mark near anal angle. Fringes of fore- wing between veins 1—5, and hindwing between all veins, white. Undersurface of forewing dark without detectable markings; hindwing, with 3 white round spots, middle largest, under the 2 red spots of upperside. These 3 white round spots represent the principle distinguishing characteristic from other Papilio. Holotype male: S. E. Colombia, in the valley of the Rio Putumayo, a tributary of the Middle Amazon, August, 1925, collected by Henry Pillichody, deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. I am naming this new species as a very modest sign of my gratitude to Dr. Cyril F. dos Passos, for his most generous gifts of butterflies, espe- cially Oeneis Hiibner, some years ago. The second species is easily recognized as a typical Macroglossum. Its main character lies in the peculiar fact that the yellow band of the upper surface of the secondaries extends further into the primaries. 256 RUTIMEYER: New Papilio and sphingid Vol. 123) nom 3 4 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 1-2, Papilio dospassosi Riitimeyer; 1, upperside; 2, underside. Figs. 3-4, Macroglossum moecki Riitimeyer; 3, upperside; 4, underside. However in this instance as a white continuous band until the second vein. This does not occur in any other Macroglossum species. I sent this hawk moth to Dr. Jordan who forwarded it to Mr. Riley of the British Museum of Natural History. Both sent it back to me with the identical observation: “never seen, absolutely unknown.” Macroglossum moecki Riitimeyer, new species Expanse from apex to apex 51 mm. Head brown without markings. Thorax brown above, white below. Abdomen bright brown, first two segments hidden by thick layer of reddish brown hairs. Third and fourth segments show yellow spot on side of abdomen. All segments with four wedge-shaped strips. Underside of abdomen with a narrow white band. Forewing with dark disc plus dark colored surface surrounding short white area on dorsal margin before tornus. Dark area tapering towards under apex, where dark patch located—somewhat similar to rectifascia Fldr. and imperator Btlr. (both from Ceylon). White pretornal area represents a distinguishing characteristic, yet some- what like white band of errans Wlkr., cut short, with clear-cut boundary. Hindwing dark with exception of 2-4 mm wide yellow band, resembling nubilum R. & J. Fringes slightly brighter. Undersurface brown. Forewing 3 dark bands costa to back edge. Outer edges deeper brown. Hindwing with yellow band along anal edge. Holotype male: Schouten Islands, off N. W. New Guinea. It was ob- tained from Mrs. Walsh, well known in worldwide entomological circles 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Dill as a collector at Sukabumi, south of Djakarta, Java, Indonesia. This speci- men is being deposited with the American Museum of Natural History, New York. I name this species as an expression of my deepest gratitude to Arthur Moeck, of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A., for all the co-operation and encouragement received from him over a period of years. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am indebted in describing either or both of these specimens to: Captain Henry Pillichody, my brother-in-law, now residing in Switzer- land; Dr. Karl Jordan, chief of Tring Museum; Dr. Tams, director of the Entomological Section of the British Museum of Natural History; Mr. Riley, first assistant of the lepidopterological collections of the British Museum of Natural History. THE EFFECT OF X-IRRADIATION ON THE LARVAE OF COLIAS PHILODICE (PIERIDAE) RicHarpD A. ARNOLD 735 McKinley, Hinsdale, Illinois Extensive studies on the effects of X-irradiation on Lepidoptera have not been reported. I believe that lack of interest is due to statements in the literature that members of the Lepidoptera are very resistant to radiation. In a series of experiments, I have found that larvae of Lepidoptera are quite sensitive and responsive to moderate dosages of X-rays. In a previous paper, we reported observations on the marked sensitivity of the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll to radiation (Arnold & Arnold, 1968). In the present paper I show that larvae of Colias philodice Godart are somewhat more tolerant to moderate dosages of X-rays. The resulting adults showed a variety of deformities, which are being studied histologically. MATERIALS AND EXPERIMENTAL METHODS Females were collected August 16, 1966, near Palos Park, in Cook County, Illinois. They were immediately caged with their foodplant red clover, Trifolium pratense L. A total of 390 ova were deposited by the same evening. On August 22, 265 larvae emerged. The remaining ova hatched on August 23 and 24. The 260 larvae used for the experiment 258 ARNOLD: X-irradiation effects Colias Vol. (23; iio were reared under identical conditions for two days. Clear plastic boxes, measuring 5” X 5” X 1%”, housed the larvae. Air holes were made to supply sufficient air for the 40 larvae in each box. The foodplant used was Trifolium pratense L. | The larvae were allowed to mature at their normal rate until August 24. The two-day-old larvae were then divided into five groups: four groups of 40 to be irradiated and one group of 100 for a control. All were first instar larvae. On this day, the four groups were irradiated at dosages of 1500r, 3000r, 4500r, and 6000r. Irradiation factors were 250 Ky, 15 MA, no filter, dosage rate = 233r/10 second, target distance =17 cm. Ir- radiation was carried out with a Phillips machine and at a temperature of 72°F. Precautions were taken to avoid “backscatter.” The four groups of larvae were irradiated in the open, clear plastic boxes and afterwards transferred to new boxes and fresh foodplant. RESULTS Thirty-four of the 160 irradiated larvae pupated. This was quite surprising in that none of the irradiated larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius, living under the same conditions, survived to pupate (Arnold & Amold, 1968). From these 34 Colias pupae, 24 adults emerged. The greatest loss of larvae in the four irradiated groups occurred within two days following irradiation. The larvae in the irradiated groups continued to expire gradually. Death usually occurred during the process of moulting, and this trend was also noted with irradiated larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius (Amold & Arnold, 1968). A large number of the re- maining larvae died while preparing for pupation. The larvae were periodically observed with a dissecting microscope at 23x and 30X for external effects of the X-irradiation. There were no signs of radiation burns or any major differences in color, patterns, etc., noted on the larvae. The lengths of the larvae were measured periodically, and variations in length appeared to fall into the normal range of variation. A few larvae of each of the four irradiated groups survived to pupate. More than half the 24 adults were deformed. These deformities were primarily in the wings, but other deformities were observed and are being studied. By comparison, 77% of the control larvae pupated. Four of the control pupae died. Perfect adults emerged from the remaining 95% of these pupae. : Discussion The effects of X-irradiation on Lepidoptera have not been adequately studied. There is a general feeling in the literature that the Lepidoptera 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 259 are quite resistant to irradiation. There have been a few studies of the sterilization effects of gamma radiation (same as X-rays) on Lepidoptera, which are agricultural pests. The dosages used were in the range of 30,000-40,000 rads. Pupae and adults were exposed to such dosages without lethality. Yet in the present experiment and the previous one (Arnold & Arnold, 1968), a dosage of 1500r was sufficient to kill larvae. This may not be the best comparison inasmuch as different stages of de- velopment of different species of Lepidoptera were exposed to the dosages of radiation. I have found only one reference to effects of X- irradiation on larvae of Lepidoptera (Whiting, 1950). He showed that a dose of 40,000r of X-rays prevented pupation of the flour moth, Anagasta kiihniella (Zeller), many specimens of which continued to live as larvae up to 40 days, i.e. 37 days after the controls pupated. In a previous report (Arnold & Arnold, 1968), eight day old larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius were exposed in groups to dosages of 1500r, 3000r, 4500r, and 6000r and all the exposed larvae succumbed by the 17th day following radiation. In the present study, two day old larvae of Colias philodice were exposed to the same dosages of X-irradiation with the surprising result that 21% of the irradiated larvae survived to pupate. It seemed that irradiation of younger larvae of Colias philodice would be more lethal since younger developing tissues are usually more sus- ceptible to X-irradiation damage. In the case of asterius, the lethal dose would seem to be below 1500r, possibly in the vicinity of 750-1000r. The lethal dose for philodice would appear to be above 6000r. Thus philodice could possibly tolerate up to 10 times as much radiation as asterius. Both asterius and philodice larvae suffered their greatest loses within a short time after their exposure to X-irradiation. Deaths also occurred at times of moulting. The asterius died while in their second and third moults, philodice expired while in their first, second, third, and fourth moults and while preparing for pupation. Ten of the 34 philodice pupae died as pupae. Thus the radiation responses observed for the two species seem to be of two types, an early and a latent. The early responses appear almost immediately, within a day or two after irradia- tion, and the latent responses develop when moulting or pupation stages began. The explanation for the latent damage possibly may rest upon the findings of Baldwin and Salthouse (1959a, b; 1961). They found latent effects of radiation sometimes occur during a brief period of intense mitotic activity which takes place when the insects pass from one instar to another by moulting. If the insect is irradiated prior to moulting, 260 ARNOLD: X-irradiation effects Colias Vol. 23, no. 4 visible damage and death may not show up until moulting occurs. The larvae of philodice and asterius were irradiated in their first and second instars respectively. None of the larvae had visibly begun the moulting process, though it is likely many had begun the period of intense mitotic activity which precedes moulting. Thus it is quite possible that many of the larvae of the two groups which exhibited an early response may have been exposed to the X-irradiation when in the process of the intense mitotic activity preceding their moult. The latent response, as Baldwin and Salthouse predicted, appeared when moulting occurred. The question also arises as to why did some of the philodice survive to pupate. Perhaps the answer to this question may be dependent upon which stage of mitosis the philodice was irradiated or whether some of the larvae had probably not advanced to the period of intense mitotic activity. The metaphase is known to be the stage of mitosis to suffer the greatest effects of radiation damage. Thus a philodice larvae ir- radiated while in telophase could likely have survived to pupate. This difference in the survival response between philodice and asterius to radiation is being investigated further. Perhaps the different species of Lepidoptera vary in sensitivity to radiation. A comparative analysis utilizing larvae of similar ages of these two species is under study for a more appropriate comparison of sensitivity and the actual changes seen post irradiation. SUMMARY The present study reports the reaction of the larvae of Colias philodice to moderate doses of X-rays. When exposed to the same doses of X-rays, the philodice proved to be much more resistant than the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius. Twenty-one percent of the philodice following radia- tion survived to pupate, whereas none of the asterius survived. Approxi- mately one-half of the philodice adults which emerged were deformed. Studies will be made to obtain further comparisons of the effects of X-rays on the other members of the Lepidoptera. LITERATURE CITED ARNOLD, R. A., AND A. ARNOLD, 1968. The effect of X-irradiation on the larvae of Papilio polyxenes asterius (Papilionidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 22: 173-177. BALDWIN, W. F., ano T. N. SatruousE, 1959. Latent radiation damage and synchronous cell division in epidermis of an insect. I. Non-reversible effects leading to local radiation burns. Radiation Research, 10: 387. 1959. Ibid. II. Reversible Effects in Burn Repair. Radiation Research, 10: 397. 1961. Ibid. III. Spontaneous Reversal of Effects Leading to Delay During Mitosis. Radiation Research, 14: 426. Wuitinec, A. R., 1950. Failure of pupation of Ephestia Larvae following exposure to X-irradiation. Anatomical Record, 108: 609. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 261 A SUGGESTION REGARDING HINDWING DIVERSITY AMONG MOTHS OF THE GENUS CATOCALA (NOCTUIDAE) THEODORE D. SARGENT Department of Zoology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. Throughout much of North America, moths of the genus Catocala occur in a bewildering array of species and varieties (e.g., Barnes & McDunnough, 1918). In New England alone, there are at least 52 Catocala species, and 43 additional distinctive varieties (Forbes, 1954). For the past five years (1964-68), I have been studying Catocala in central Massachusetts (Hampshire and Franklin counties), and during that time have collected or observed well over 1000 individuals of 27 species. The numbers and variety of sympatric Catocala species, together with their relatively narrow ecological niche (phytophagous larvae, cryptic adults which rest on tree trunks), raise a number of interesting evolu- tionary questions. One question that has intrigued me for some time concerns the various patterns and colors of the hindwings of these moths. It is generally assumed that these hindwings serve to startle predators, being flashed when crypsis fails to deter attack. A startled predator is then momentarily confused, during which time the moth may escape. But why are these hindwings typically banded in many species, and uniformly black (on the upper surface) in others? And why, among the species having banded hindwings, do the ground colors vary through yellows, oranges, pinks, and reds? In short, what factors have been operating to promote specific hindwing diversity in this genus? One suggestion for this diversity might be based on phylogenetic affinities within the genus, closely related species having similar hind- wing patterns and colors. However, a glance at taxonomic arrangements of the Catocala (e.g., Barnes & McDunnough, 1918; Forbes, 1954) is sufficient to show that closely related species may exhibit a variety of hindwing types. A second suggestion might ascribe a role to the hindwings in courtship and mating behaviors, the different patterns and colors serving as re- leasers, and so functioning to isolate various species. Virtually nothing is known of courtship and mating in the Catocala, so this suggestion must remain quite tentative. If, however, these behaviors occur at night, then a releaser role for the hindwings (especially with respect to color) seems somewhat questionable. | Another suggestion for hindwing diversity recently occurred to me 262 SARGENT: Schizomimicry in Catocala Vol. 23) noe4 while examining my records of Catocala gracilis Edwards, C. sordida Grote, and C. andromedae Guenée. These three species are widely sympatric, are of approximately the same size (wingspread 45 mm), and have very similar gray forewings (Forbes, 1954). However, the hind- wings are banded with yellow-orange and black in gracilis and sordida, and are an unbanded black in andromedae. [Specific distinctions be- tween gracilis and sordida were not attempted in the field, and the two species are considered together throughout this note. It is possible that there is only one species here (see Adams & Bertoni, 1968).] My records indicated that these species often occur together in central Massachu- setts, coming to bait on the same nights, and resting by day on trees in the same woodlots. The inclusive dates of occurrence for 67 gracilis and sordida taken over the past five summers are 16 July and 31 August; these dates for 25 andromedae are 26 July and 28 August. Furthermore, the resting habits of these moths are apparently identical. I have found 21 gracilis and sordida, and 10 andromedae, resting on tree trunks. All of these moths were resting in a head-down attitude, and ranged between 5 and 12 feet above the ground (average height of 6 feet for gracilis and sordida, and 7 feet for andromedae ). The similarities in dates of occurrence, forewing patterns, and resting habits between Catocala gracilis and C. sordida on the one hand, and C. andromedae on the other, suggested the possibility that selection- pressures have been operating in these two cases to promote convergence with respect to cryptic adaptations, and divergence with respect to startle adaptations. This kind of situation, in which two or more species resemble one another in cryptic characteristics, but differ markedly in startle characteristics, might be termed schizomimicry. Although schizomimicry is purely conjectural at the present time, it would seem to provide a selective advantage to at least one of the species involved. Coppinger (1969a, 1969b) has experimentally demonstrated that birds may not attack (and may actively avoid) novel insects in their diets, novelty here being defined in terms of stimulus change with respect to the previous experience of the birds. Thus, in the proposed schizo- mimicry situation, novelty might enhance the effectiveness of the startle patterns. Using the example discussed here, a predator might habituate to the startle pattern of C. gracilis after a number of encounters, but be effectively startled again upon encountering C. andromedae. In this way, at least the rarer species in a schizomimicry complex might derive some protection from predators. Actually, all of the species could benefit from their association, if the predator’s startle response was in part a function of its most recent experience. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 263 The process proposed here for producing hindwing diversity among the Catocala is similar to that described as “apostatic selection” by Clarke (1962), in that both processes would promote diversity among sympatric species having common predators. However, Clarke related his concept to the “specific searching image” hypothesis of Tinbergen (1960), i.e., that predators develop tendencies to take one type of prey at a time, overlooking others which appear different; while the present proposal views novelty, or a novel stimulus effect, as the factor which deters predation on prey which differ in appearance. In addition, of course, the process proposed here would result in mimicry, as well as apostasy, be- tween species. This explanation of some of the hindwing diversity among the Catocala does pose one seemingly perplexing question: if this diversity among otherwise similar moths is advantageous, why has not disruptive ( Mather, 1955), or apostatic (Clarke, 1962), selection resulted in considerable infraspecific hindwing diversity? A partial answer might be that many Catocala species simply lack the genetic potential for effective hindwing diversity (i.e., for startling patterns which are sufficiently novel to deter predation). It might also be suggested that some of the observed hind- wing diversity is indeed the product of disruptive selection. In this view, some of the variants would be morphs, rather than species; or, if species, would have arisen sympatrically from morphs. Sympatric speciation might be envisioned in these circumstances, if crosses involving unlike hindwings (heterogamy) produced intermediate moths which were at a selective disadvantage, in terms of startle characteristics, to moths pro- duced in crosses involving like hindwings (homogamy). The situation of C. gracilis and C. sordida versus C. andromedae would seem the most likely possible example of schizomimicry among the Catocala of my experience. However, certain other pairs and groups of Catocala species might also exhibit such a relationship. For example, in central Massachusetts, C. habilis Grote and C. concumbens Walker have overlapping dates of occurrence, roughly similar pale gray fore- wings, identical head-down resting attitudes, and similar tendencies to rest low on light trees; but habilis has orange and black banded hind- wings, and concumbens has pink and black banded hindwings. (C. robinsonii Grote, a black hindwinged species, might also be included in this latter association.) Another possible example involves C. palaeogama Guenée (yellow and black banded hindwings) and C. lacrymosa Guenée (black hindwings): these species exhibit similar forewings, with parallel variations; extensive sympatry; and the same seasonal occurrence (Forbes, 264 Woop: Eurema at MV light Vol. 23, no. 4 1954). Other examples might be cited, but perhaps these will suffice to suggest the possible extent of schizomimicry in the Catocala. The ideas advanced here are admittedly quite speculative. However, the proposed advantage of hindwing diversity is certainly experimentally testable, and one of my graduate students, Charles G. Kellogg, is cur- rently devising such experiments. We would be interested in receiving comments and suggestions from others on any matters relating to this note. I would like to express my appreciation to Dr. Raymond P. Coppinger of Amherst College for allowing me to read pre-publication copies of his important papers; and to Dr. Ronald R. Keiper of Pennsylvania State University for providing me with records of his observations of Catocala in the field. LITERATURE CITED ApAms, M. S., AND M. S. Brerroni, 1968. Continuous variation in related species of the genus Catocala (Noctuidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 22: 231-236. BARNES, W., AND J. McDunnoucu, 1918. [Illustrations of the North American species of the genus Catocala. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3(1), 47 pp., 22 pl. CuarKE, B., 1962. Balanced polymorphism and the diversity of sympatric species. Systematics Assoc. Publ., 4: 47-70. Coprincer, R. P., 1969a. The effect of experience and novelty on avian feeding behavior with reference to the evolution of warning coloration in butterflies. Part I: Reactions of wild-caught adult blue jays to novel insects. Behaviour (in press). 1969b. The effect of experience and novelty on avian feeding behavior with reference to the evolution of warning coloration in butterflies. Part II: Reactions of naive birds to novel insects. (in prep. ) Forses, W. T. M., 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. Part III. Noctuidae. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. St., Memoir 329, 431 pp. MATHER, K., 1955. Polymorphism as an outcome of disruptive selection. Evolu- tion, 9: 52-61. TINBERGEN, L., 1960. The natural control of insects in pine woods. I. Factors influencing the intensity of predation by song birds. Arch. Néerl. Zool., 13: 265-343. SWARM OF EUREMA LISA UNDER MERCURY VAPOR LAMP Migration swarms of Eurema lisa Boisduval & LeConte, have been often reported in the past, and specimens of Rhopalocera are occasionally taken at lights, but the two combined are an unusual occurrence, at least for this collector. On the night of September 27, 1968, at 11:50 P.M., I found a swarm of several hundred E. lisa rest- ing on pavement beneath a mercury-vapor lamp rated at 20,500 lumens (400 watts). The temperature at the time, obtained later from the nearest ESSA station, was 61° F. The lamp is located in the parking area of a business establishment near my home in Henderson, western Kentucky. The specimens appeared dazed, and were not resting vertically, but with folded wings tilted to about 75 degrees. Only eleven samples were collected, and the sexes were about evenly represented, six males and five females.—J. B. Woop, 140 Pines Drive, Henderson, Kentucky. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 265 NEW DISTRIBUTIONAL DATA ON THREE NORTHEASTERN UNITED. STATES BUTTERFLIES ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO Dept. of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Newly discovered but presumably relict localities are reported in New York and Pennsylvania for Lycaeides melissa samuelis Nabokov (Lycaeni- dae), Colias interior Scudder (Pieridae), and Poanes massasoit (Scudder) (Hesperiidae). Each connects parts of the range previously considered disjunct. The distributions of the three species are discussed. LYCAEIDES MELISSA SAMUELIS Nabokov The “Karner blue” is reputed to be the most local butterfly in the northeastern United States. Virtually all museum specimens come from either the famous colony in Albany County, New York, or the south end of Lake Michigan. Its distribution in the intervening area is poorly known: the only New York record west of the Adirondacks and Catskills is Clayton, Jefferson Co., on the banks of the St. Lawrence (Forbes, 1923). On July 16, 1968 the author, L. L. Pechuman, and John Burton col- lected a series of L. m. samuelis in a small area on the Tonawanda Indian Reservation in Genesee County, western New York. Great numbers of fresh individuals were flying among roadside lupines (Lupinus perennis), the foodplant, and in adjacent brush land overgrown with small oaks and sumac. The species was still abundant on August 1, and a single female, still in good condition, was taken by Dr. Pechuman on August 23. Genesee County L. melissa are slightly smaller than most from Albany County. The tendency for the postmedian black spot in cell Cu, of the forewing underside to be produced basad, which is present to some degree in other populations, is well developed in our series in both SEXES. Lucien Harris, Jr. informs me in litt. that southern Appalachian records of this species cannot be substantiated. Clark (1938) recorded it from Blantyre, Transylvania County, North Carolina on the basis of mislabeled material. Harris (1950) recorded it from Fulton County, Georgia based on a manuscript list dating from 1905; no supporting specimens are known. At present L. melissa is not known in the eastern U.S. south of Pennsylvania. The distribution of L. m. samuelis has also been confused by records probably belonging to subspecies of L. argyrognomon (Bergstrasser ). 266 SHApmRo: On Northeastern butterflies Vol. 23. nore These include Scudder’s (1889) records from Anticosti, Cape Breton, and the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. All of the definite localities known to me from which L. m. samuelis has been recorded are listed below (in part from Nabokov, 1943): New Hamepsuire: Nashua, Hillsboro Co. (W. P. Comstock, AmMNH)? MassAcuusEtts: (no data) Angus, Edwards colls. (AMNH) New York: Tonawanda Indian Reservation, Genesee Co.; Clayton, Jefferson Co. (Forbes, 1928); “Adirondacks,” no date (Bruce, cu); Albany, Karner, Colonie, all Albany Co. (USNM, AMNH, NYSM, MCZ, ANSP, CU); Brooklyn, Kings Co. (Scudder, 1889 ) PENNSYLVANIA: Wayne Co. (USNM); “Pa.” (Mcz) Ouro: Sylvania, Lucas Co. (D. B. Stallings coll. ) MicuicAn: Detroit, Wayne Co. (mMcz); Ness Lake (T. N. Freeman coll.); Spring Lake, Ottawa Co. (B. Smith, cu) INDIANA: “dune region” (Porter Co.?) (Nielsen, 1962 ) Inuinois: “northern Illinois” (Scudder, 1889 ) Ontario: London (Scudder, 1889; mMcz); Toronto (Scudder, 1889; D. B. Stallings, T. N. Freeman colls.); Norfolk Co. (Dunlop, 1965); Simcoe, Norfolk Co. (Holmes, 1964). The western limits of the range of L. m. samuelis are not well known. Lycaeides m. melissa (Edwards) occurs eastward throughout North Dakota (Puckering and Post, 1960), on the western plains of Minnesota and southeast to Olmsted County (Macy and Shepard, 1941), and in Burnett County, northwestern Wisconsin (Royer, 1962). The subspecies of melissa thus appear to be separated by an area where neither occurs, but the distance between them is comparable to that separating isolated populations of L. m. samuelis from one another. Lycaeides argyrognomon scudderii (Edwards) occurs widely in Minnesota and has been reported from Lake County, Michigan (Nielsen, 1951). Otherwise it seems to occur north of the range of L. m. samuelis, from Manitoba to eastern Quebec. In the Maritime Provinces and Labrador other subspecies, L. a. aster (Edwards) and L. a. empetri (Freeman), occur north of the range of L. m. samuelis. Although largely allopatric in the east, the two Lycaeides do overlap in the western half of the continent. Lycaeides melissa samuelis and its host plant, Lupinus perennis, are usually associated with sandy soils. In New York the plant is widespread on such soils (House, 1924; Beauchamp, 1923; Bray, 1915) and more colonies of the butterfly certainly await discovery. Bruce’s record from the Adirondacks remains ambiguous; lupine occurs widely on the west slope and also in the Lake Champlain region. 1 Abbreviations: AmMNH = American Museum of Natural History, New York; ANsp = Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; cu = Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; mcz = Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, Cambridge, Mass.; nysm = New York State Museum, Albany; USNM = United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 267 CoLias INTERIOR Scudder This species occurs in the Adirondack region (Forbes, 1928) and Tug Hill (R. T. Cardé, personal communication ) in northern New York and has been reported from high elevations in Virginia (Clark and Clark, 1951). It has not been found in south-central New York. Its occurrence has long been suspected in Pennsylvania, but could not be substantiated by Tietz (1952). A fresh male of this species was collected on a beaver meadow in the Tioga State Forest north of Cedar Run, Tioga County, Pennsylvania, on July 11, 1968 by the author. The locality is open with a heavy growth of blueberry, bracken, sweet fern, and grasses on dry ground among the tree stumps, and sedges and cutgrass (Leersia oryzoides) around the pond. The elevation is about 1800 feet, and the area is a deeply dissected plateau and lies in the Canadian Zone. POANES MAsSASOIT (Scudder ) This species is common on the coastal plain in marshes and marsh- meadows from southern New England to southern New Jersey. On the piedmont it extends to Lancaster County, Pennsylvania (G. Ehle, personal communication) and near Washington, D.C., (Clark, 1932; Andersen, 1963). There are no authenticated reports farther south. In New York it is reported from the southeastern counties (coastal plain, Hudson Valley) (Forbes, 1928). Scudder (1889) gives a record from Wyoming, Pennsylvania (presumably Luzerne County ). Otherwise in Pennsylvania, the species is limited to the southeastern corner (Philadelphia, Bucks, Delaware, Montgomery, Chester and Lancaster Counties) (Shapiro, 1966). However, it occurs locally from southern Ontario to Wisconsin, South Dakota, Nebraska, and Iowa, around the Great Lakes (Nielsen, 1963; Price, 1948). This disjunct distribution, breaking across the Ap- palachians and the Allegheny plateau, is repeated in other marsh Hesperiidae. On July 18, 1968 this species was discovered on a beaver meadow southwest of Gracie, Cortland County, New York. It was subsequently found half a mile away, at Sphaerium Brook and Mud Pond on the Lloyd-Cornell Reservation near McLean, Tompkins County, within the same drainage basin. It remained on the wing until July 30. Careful searching failed to reveal its presence in similar habitats in central New York outside the Beaver Creek basin. The fifteen specimens collected by the author and R. T. Cardé were compared with material from Spring Valley, Rockland County, and Monroe, Orange County, N.Y. and from Downingtown, Chester County, 268 SHAPIRO: On Northeastern butterflies Vol. 235 nom Pennsylvania and Mt. Holly, Burlington County, New Jersey. The Gracie-McLean butterflies differ in having a well developed upperside pattern in the males (orange spots always present on hindwing, usually on forewing) and a complete, “viator-like” pattern in the females. The males resemble one female figured by Clark (1932, pl. 53, fig. 9) and the females resemble another (pl. 53, fig. 5). The blotch on the under- side of the hindwing is always clear yellow. The unique coloration and spatial isolation of the Gracie-McLean population (130 miles from the nearest known colony to the southeast, 150 miles from any to the west, and 95 miles from the unverified Wyo- ming, Pennsylvania locality) suggest that this is a relict population rather than a recent colonization. The Gracie beaver meadow is not permanently wet, and it has been forested in modern times. It could not have supported a relict popula- tion of P. massasoit continuously. Elsewhere within the morainic Beaver Creek basin are bogs and marshes in various stages of development. The Mud Pond vegetation is a fairly typical sedge and Sphagnum mat building out into open water. The area of the pond has shrunk drastically from its postglacial maximum, but habitat suitable for P. massasoit may have been present continuously there. Although P. massasoit was com- moner on the beaver meadow than at Mud Pond in 1968, the former was presumably colonized fairly recently—perhaps from the latter. The diversity of wet habitats in the basin could have permitted the survival of the species over thousands of years by colonizations over distances of only a mile or two. Poanes massasoit was not collected during the biological survey of the Lloyd-Cornell Reservation (Forbes, 1926) but the butterfly collecting was not thorough, and the species is easily overlooked. A movement similar to that hypothesized for P. massasoit seems to have occurred in the McLean population of Chlosyne harrisii (Scudder) (Nymphalidae). In the 43 years since the survey this relatively con- spicuous species has moved half a mile in two steps, from Mud Pond to the extreme northeast corner of the basin. It is now completely absent from its former haunts. Its foodplant, Aster umbellatus, is still present, but shaded by shrub growth which has developed since then; the plant is in my experience more shade-tolerant than the butterfly. Dethier (1959) and Dethier and MacArthur (1964) observed that density-de- pendent emigration regulated populations of this butterfly before the available food was exhausted. This mechanism may have insured the perpetuation of the McLean colony by encouraging colonization well before the deterioration of its original habitat. The nearest known colony 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 269 beyond the Beaver Creek basin is in southern Cortland County, 12 miles distant. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSEN, W. A., 1963. Season summary for 1962. Lepid. News, 1 June. BeaucHAmp, W. M., 1923. The Onondaga Flora. in Pursh, F. Journal of a botanical excursion. Onondaga Historical Assn., Syracuse. : 81-113. Bray, W. L., 1915. The development of the vegetation of New York State. N.Y. State College of Forestry, Technical Publ., 186 pp. Crark, A. H., 1932. Butterflies of the District of Columbia and Vicinity. Bull. WES-NEM., 1157, 337 pp: 1938. Lepidoptera. in Brimley, C. S. Insects of North Carolina. N. Car. Dept. of Agriculture, Raleigh. 560 pp. Criark, A. H., anp L. F. Cuarx, 1951. Butterflies of Virginia. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 116 (7), 239 pp. Dernier, V. G., 1959. Food-plant distribution and density and larval dispersal as factors affecting insect populations. Canad. Ent., 91: 581-596. DerutER, V. G., AND R. H. MacArtuur, 1964. A field’s capacity to support a butterfly population. Nature, 201: 728-729. Duntop, D. J., 1965. Season summary for 1964. Lepid. News, 15 July. Forses, W. T. M., 1926. Lepidoptera. in Needham, J. G., ed., The Lloyd- Cornell Reservation. Lloyd Library Cincinnati, Ohio. Bull. 27, 247 pp. 1928. Lepidoptera. in Leonard, W. D., ed., A List of the Insects of New York. Comell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Memoir 101, 1121 pp. Harris, L., Jr, 1950. The Butterflies of Georgia, revised. Bull. Ga. Soc. Nat- uralists, Avondale Estates, Ga. 5, 33 pp. Hotmes, A. M., 1964. Season summary for 1963. Lepid. News, 15 April. Housz, H., 1924. Annotated List of the ferns and flowering plants of New York State. N.Y. State Museum Bull. 254, 758 pp. Macy, R. W., AND H. H. SHeparp, 1941. Butterflies. Univ. of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis. 247 pp. Nasoxov, V., 1943. The Nearctic forms of Lycaeides. Psyche, 50: 87-99. NIELSEN, G., 1962. Season summary for 1961. Lepid. News, 15 April. 1963. Season summary for 1962. Lepid. News, 1 June. Nietsen, N. C., 1951. Season summary for 1951. Lepid. News, 5: 98. Pricr, H. F., 1948. Season summary for 1947. Lepid. News, 2, suppl.: 7. PUCKERING, D. L., AND R. I. Post, 1960. Butterflies of North Dakota. Dept. Agr. Ent., N. Dak. Agr. College, Fargo. 42 pp. Royer, R., 1962. Season summary for 1961. Lepid. News, 15 April. ScuppER, S. H., 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada. Vol. 2. Author, Cambridge, Mass.: 767-1774. SHAPIRO, A. M., 1966. Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. Amer. Ent. Soc., Philadelphia., 79 pp. Tietz, H. M., [1952.] The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania: A Manual. Pa. State Univ., University Park, 194 pp. 270 BryANnT: Book review Vol. 23, no. 4 BOOK REVIEW MOTHS AND HOW TO REAR THEM, by Paul Villiard; 242 pp. 4+ xiii, 356 black and white photographs; 1969. Funk & Wagnalls, 380 Madison Avenue, New York, New York. Cloth, $10. With the publication of Mr. Villiard’s book, Moths And How to Rear Them, the breeders of large moths in the United States, have a book to turn to for answers to many of the perplexing problems which arise concerning the breeding require- ments of many common and also some scarce species of domestic and foreign moths. Mr. Villiard spent nearly nine years in the preparation of this book. Though far from complete, this is the first rearing manual to incorporate representatives of several different families of moths, the Saturniidae, Ceratocampidae, Sphingidae, Arctiidae, Noctuidae, Lasiocampidae, Notodontidae and others. Much of the life history of the various species is represented by outstanding photographs, however, a few are too dark to really do justice to their subjects. It is unfortunate that they could not have been reproduced in color as the author had taken them; since color is so important to the identification of many species. Along with the photographs there is a text description of each stage, rearing requirements, lists of preferred and alternate foodplants, geographic range, and popular name, if any, of each species. The author gives the availability through professional dealers of live material for each species, that is, where the stages may be obtained and, in a few instances, gives the names of specific breeders who sell living material. Also included is an appendix of photographs for the easy identification of food- plant twigs in winter. This is occasionally necessary when one is in need of forceable twigs to feed young larvae in late winter. For the beginner, who knows little about rearing, detailed instructions are given for the construction of simple but effective rearing receptacles, general rearing procedures, the handling of ova and larvae, and the proper storage of pupae and cocoons. Also for the beginner, is a detailed word and picture review of the process used to pin and spread large moths. Two errors which bear correction are: the photograph called Malacosoma americana (Fabricius) (p. 206) is definitely not that species but closely resembles a female of Porthetria dispar (Linnaeus) and the photo given as Hemerocampa leucostigma (Abbot & Smith) (p. 216) is also in error since the female of leucostigma is wingless. Although I am not certain of the species, it is certainly a noctuid and not a liparid. In spite of a few other minor errors the book is well written and easily understandable by a beginner. Professional, amateur, and beginning moth breeders will find this book an in- teresting and useful addition to their libraries and one they will refer to over and over again. Mr. Villiard is to be congratulated on his most welcome addition to the literature on the rearing of lepidoptera and it is hoped that he will keep his promise, set forth in the preface, to compile a more comprehensive rearing manual in the future—RoBErRT S. BRYANT, 522 Old Orchard Rd., Baltimore, Maryland. EpITOR’s FOOTNOTE—Mr. Bryant has been very kind. Aside from the misleading title, there is no excuse for the publishers to have processed a book of this nature without having availed themselves of a review by a professional or competent amateur lepidopterist, of which there are many in the New York area, any one of whom would have at once recognized the gross errors mentioned above, as well as various other errors and omissions. Perhaps the most outstanding of these is the almost total lack of reference to the literature and the sources of the information given. Other aspects, such as obsolete taxonomic assignments, lack of author’s names, emphasis on availability from dealers rather than in the field, erroneous and incomplete hostplant data, many improbable and superfluous photographs, and incredible statements (e.g., in a well filled mount, sphinx moths “look like bomber planes’’; repellents recommended “to keep spiders and other insects” out of cases) further exhibit the prevailing disregard for professional level treat- ment which most Lepidoptera works have shown during the past few decades. Moreover, many of the book’s recommendations display a blantant disregard for U. S. D. A. quarantine regulations regarding importation of living insects, and reference is even made to an “unwritten law of a breeder which is not to liberate any species that is not indigenous”! 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Priel SOME ADDITIONAL NOTES ON MATING BEHAVIOR IN BUTTERFLIES CLIFFORD D. FERRIS University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming A recent paper (Miller and Clench, 1968) discusses mating behavior in butterflies. The present note provides some additional information concerning three species. PIERIDAE Pieris protodice (Boisduval and LeConte). On the morning of August 24, 1968, this species was observed to be swarming along state road 338 south of Animas in Hidalgo County, New Mexico. The density of adults was estimated at from 6 to 12 per square yard. Males predominated in about a 10-1 ratio to females. The area of maximum density extended for nearly a mile along the roadside. This writer's attention was attracted to a cluster of adults flying about a single wild mustard plant. Upon closer observation, a newly emerged female, wings not yet fully de- veloped, was seen hanging from a stem, coupled with a rather battered male. Mating must have taken place just following emergence. The pair was observed for about fifteen minutes. During this period, a steady stream of males attempted to couple with the female. The already coupled male remained completely passive in a head down position during this time. Time did not permit observation of the cessation of mating. During the period of observation, no flight or motion of the pair ensued other than the extension of the wings of the female to full size. The pair was first observed at approximately 9:00 A.M. (MDT). Other coupled pairs were observed in flight. The males seemed definitely to initiate mating while the females remained passive, resting in plants. Chrysalids were observed attached to white mustard plants (Draba species), while sweet clover (Melilotus alba) was abundant nearby. NYMPHALIDAE Speyeria nokomis nitocris (Edwards). During the past three summers (1966-68 ), the writer has had occasion to observe and collect this species in Arizona (Gila Co. and Apache Co.) and New Mexico (Catron Co.). Only a few matings have been noted as in the areas cited, the males seem to predominate over the females by a high ratio. In the cases observed, the males initiated the coupling. The usual pattern in these areas seems to be the following: In the forenoon, the males “patrol” close to the ground without feeding, apparently searching for females. Males have 2712, Ferris: Mating behavior of butterflies Vol. 23, no. 4 been observed as the dew dries, usually about 8:30 A.M. (MST). Just after flight begins, some feeding upon red thistles has been recorded, but this is of short duration. Females first appear about one-and-one-half to two hours later. They have a way of “insinuating” themselves. They suddenly appear on the ground where seconds before there was nothing. Apparently they come from two locations. In all of the locations men- tioned, nokomis habitat is a mountain meadow centered about a small stream with relatively steep surrounding hillsides. The hillside cover is predominately ponderosa pine, blue and Englemann spruce. In some cases, the females flutter out from the tree cover to rest in the grass or clover near the stream, where they are found by the males on patrol. In other cases, the females appear from the center of the low shrubbery (mainly willow ) which borders the stream and alight in the nearby grass to be discovered by the males. In the courtship flight the partners circle about one another, rising to the treetops, usually with additional males attempting to interfere. The instant of coupling has not been observed. Coupled pairs have been detected resting in the grass. In all cases, copu- latory flights and coupled pairs have been observed between 11:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (MST). PAPILIONIDAE Papilio bairdi bairdi (Edwards). This species has been observed on several occasions in Cochise County, Arizona, and was found to be quite common near Portal on August 21, 1968. During the morning hours, males and females were seen flying and feeding but no attempt at mating was noted. This species appears to be very wary in the morning hours and is rather difficult to capture at that time. By late afternoon (3:00 to 6:00 P.M.), feeding and flight was quite leisurely. Several courtship flights were observed with the male chasing the female in level flight. One coupled pair was seen and captured at approximately 4:30 P.M. (MST). The female was flying rather rapidly while the male remained completely passive. The pair had been resting in the brush until dis- turbed by the writer. It was found that both males and females were easily taken feeding on desert sunflower (Helianthus species) in the late afternoon. LITERATURE CITED Miter, L. D. & H. K. CLencu, 1968. Some Aspects of Mating Behavior in Butter- flies. J. Lepid. Soc., 22: 125-132. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo —~l (ey) GREGARIOUS HABIT OF CHRYSALIDS OF NYMPHALIS ANTIOPA (NYMPHALIDAE) RussELL A. RAHN Wausau, Wisconsin The gregarious habit of the larvae of Nymphalis antiopa (L.) has been known for a long time. It is this habit which enabled the writer to col- lect over eighty larvae at one time which had virtually defoliated a small willow in our Wisconsin back yard. These were collected in what ap- parently was the second to the last instar, and reared through one molt. The larvae were fed sandbar willow (Salix interior) and yellow willow (S. lutea), and formation of the chrysalids began on August 8, 1968. The larvae were reared in a cage of wood frame construction, covered with cloth netting. The dimensions of the cage were 12 22 inches and 28 inches in height. EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Cluster of 66 chrysalids of Nymphalis antiopa, showing a gregarious habit in cap- tivity (photo by R. Radunz). 274 BLANCHARD: Geometrid Gynandromorph Vol. 23, no. 4 By August 12, all larvae had formed chrysalids, with a gregarious habit persisting through this stage. The accompanying illustration shows over sixty chrysalids occupying a space no larger than six by six inches in the rearing cage. It may be significant that this corner was the one that received the largest amount of sunlight. Struble (1952) has reported a similar situation occurring under natural circumstances with Nymphalis californica (Bdv.), with an aggregation of chrysalids found under a hol- low piece of driftwood. However, the two situations may not be com- pletely comparable. Larvae of N. californica are known to periodically build up in large numbers, so that “aggregations” of pupae of this species might normally be expected, and 1952 was a year of such an outbreak. The present observation on the behavior of N. antiopa did not come about as a result of any unusually large population outbreak. The close spacing of the chrysalids apparently had no ill effect on emergence, for by August 23, all but one had emerged, and all were in perfect condition. LITERATURE CITED STrRUBLE, G. R., 1952. Unusual Pupation Site for Nymphalis Californica. Lepid. News, 6(6-8): 107. A GYNANDROMORPHIC PHAEOURA MEXICANARIA (GEOMETRIDAE) On July 16, 1968 at Estes Park, Colorado, I caught, in a light trap, a gynandro- morphic specimen of Phaeoura mexicanaria (Grote), (fig. 1). The gynandromor- phism of the body appears to be perfectly bilateral, but the genitalia (fig. 2), would be perfectly male if it were not for two exceptions: instead of a single uncus there is one half of an uncus and one ovipositor lobe, also the tegumen is asymmetrical. The length of the forewing is 31 mm on the right side and only 26 mm on the left. The exoskeleton of the abdomen was prepared and the weaker middorsal sclerotization separates plainly the terga in two halves. Here again the dissymmetry is quite obvious: the left half terga of the second, third, fourth and fifth segments measure about 4 mm. The corresponding figure for the right side is only about 3 mm. Finally, the tergum of the eighth abdominal segment is even more asymmetrical, being small and heavily sclerotized on the female side, larger and very weakly sclerotized on the male side—ANDRE BLANCHARD, P.O. Box 20304, Houston, Texas. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society OTD, Fig. 1 (upper): Gynandromorphic Phaeoura mexicanaria (Grote). Estes Park, Colorado. Fig. 2 (lower): Genitalia of the same specimen. 276 Oper: Review of Miller's Satyridae Vol. 23, "not BOOK REVIEW THE HIGHER CLASSIFICATION, PHYLOGENY AND ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF THE SATYRIDAE (LEPmopTERA ), by Lee D. Miller. Memoirs of the American Entomological Society. Number 24, iii +- 174 pp., 327 figures, 7 tables. 1968. Soft cover. Price $7.00. Avail- able from American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. This is one of the few revisionary treatments of butterflies on a world-wide basis and is probably the best of such efforts to date. It might be further categorized as one of the more important revisions of any large insect group from a theoretical as well as a practical standpoint. The treatment is composed of six sections: Introduction, Comparative Morphology, Systematic Treatment, Evolution and Zoogeography, Bibliography, and Index. The revision owes its excellence in part to the uniform, concise writing, the imaginative construction, and the nearly faultless logic of the theoretical aspects. Miller’s work is not holistic as only external features of the adults are considered. The immature stages and internal features of the adults are ignored. Thirty-two characters of the antennae, head, labial palpi, thorax, legs, and wings were measured for all of the nearly four hundred nomenclatorially valid satyrid genera of the world. In such a large undertaking Miller’s use of the “exemplar method” as explained by Sokal and Sneath (Principles of Numerical Taxonomy, 1963: 161—162) was both ex- pedient and scientifically valid. Miller considered the type-species of a genus to be typical of it, since it is this entity which bears nomenclatorial “responsibility” for the generic name. Thus, Miller states “systematic decisions at one taxonomic level should be reached by examination of most (preferably all) of the entities at the next lower major taxonomic level.”, and thereby justifies his study of genera rather than species in his construction of a higher classification for the Satyridae. One drawback of Miller’s study is that it is not stated in the text by what method his measurements (approximately 12,000) were evaluated. If a computer was not utilized to calculate the numerous possible relationships involved, it is difficult to imagine how Dr. Miller was able to reach any objective conclusions free from bias. Instead the reader can only assume that the author employed subjective weighting of a few selected characters to devise his categorizations. The assembly of the data has been executed in a manner enabling future applica- tion of other techniques such as the phylogenetic methods of Hennig or those of numerical taxonomy as practiced by the “pheneticists.” A statement of the objective of the study, “the analysis, both in space, and, where possible, in time, of the evolution, phylogeny and zoogeography of the higher taxa of the Satyridae.”, is comprehensive and is followed by an historical sketch which considers the previous attempts toward the construction of classifications of higher categories of the Satyridae. In table 1, Miller compares the higher classifications of previous authors with his own. The introductory section is terminated with a discussion of material studied and methods employed. The collections of the Carnegie Museum and British Museum of Natural History were the sources most heavily utilized for study material. The section on comparative morphology is a recitation of the 32 characters utilized in the study and their variation and usefulness. Miller states that much needless emphasis has been placed on androconial patches, venation, and external genitalia by past workers in their attempts to cope with the suprageneric relationships of the satyrids. The largest section of the work deals with the systematics of the Satyridae. All nomenclatorially valid genera are placed in a hierarchy of -subfamilies, tribes, and “generic-series’ and treated in keys. All subfamilies and tribes, nine of which are proposed by Miller, are characterized by 23 of the 32 measured features. For each higher category an objective synonymy is presented along with the original citation. For each tribe all included genera are listed, including primary objective synonymy. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Tle Line drawings of both wings and leg features of selected genera are presented for each of the higher categories. For each tribe bar graphs are presented which con- trast relative lengths of femur + tibia + tarsus of the fore- and hindlegs with the midlegs (unity). Measurements for most genera are presented and the sexes are treated separately. Brief remarks on occurrence, economic importance, and folklore add to the information content of the work, but some of this seems out-of-place. Tables are presented which list diagnostic characters for the tribes within a sub- family. These allow a reader to quickly perceive the major differences between the subordinate categories within the group. Miller begins his section on the evolution and zoogeography of the satyrids by con- cisely stating the principles followed in his reconstruction. He points out that the fossil record for butterflies is almost nonexistent, and states the reasonable thesis that butterflies can disperse much more rapidly than continents can drift or land bridges can wax and wane. He gives the origin of the Papilionoidea as Jurassic. In his hy- pothetical reconstruction inferences derived from the recent distribution of satyrids and the principles of animal evolution as based on vertebrate fossil evidence and interpretation are heavily relied upon. A discussion of the probable time sequence of the evolution and intercontinental dispersals within Satyridae is then presented. The text is supplemented by 11 sequen- tially arranged diagrams of the world upon which the migrations and radiations as proposed in the text are schematically represented. The Neotropical Faunal Region is chosen as the site of origin of the satyrids. Sub- sequent trans-beringian migrations of New World stock to the Old World and suc- ceeding radiations and dispersals are proposed in no more detail than is justified by the tenuous evidence available. The author presents a proposed phylogeny of the Satyridae which is a dichotomous construction plotted against the geologic time scale. None of the tribes are supposed by Miller to have arisen any later than mid-Tertiary. The “generic-series” are not included in the phylogenetic scheme described above, but are included in the time sequence discussion (“later history of the Satyridae’’ ). In summary, this reviewer found Millers work to be characterized by conciseness, lucidity, and smoothness of conception, technique, writing, and expression. His pains- taking work does not include recent techniques in the field, e.g., computer methods, cytogenetics, or chromatography. Realistically, such involvement might have delayed the appearance or even prevented the completion of this one man vs. 400 genera undertaking. It is unfortunate that there have been so few families of insects sub- jected to such fine, critical treatments on a world-wide basis. This should stand as an example for lepidopterists to contrast with failings of less fortunately endowed works on butterflies—Paut A. OpLEeR, University of California, Berkeley, California. BOOK NOTICE Stehr, Frederick W., & Edwin F. Cook, “A revision of the genus Malacosoma Hubner in North America (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampidae): systematics, biology, immatures, and parasites.” United States National Museum Bulletin 276: 321 pp., 399 figs. 1968. Six species are recognized: disstria, constrictum (2 subspecies ), tigris, americanum, californicum (6 subspecies) and incurvum (3 subspecies); M. californicum is par- ticularly variable and sometimes difficult to distinguish from M. incurvum, but the other species appear to be clearly separated. A comprehensive and valuable mono- graph of a difficult genus——PETER F. BELLINGER, San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, California. 278 Minutes, Pacific Slope Section Vol. 23, no. 4 MINUTES OF THE FIFTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY September 6-8, 1968, Berkeley, California Friday, Sept. 6 Open house was held in Wellman (Agriculture) Hall on the Berkeley Campus. The collections of the California Insect Survey of the Dept. of Entomology, Uni- versity of California, Berkeley and the extensive library facilities were available for study. A field trip for collectors to the San Joaquin Delta area, about 70 miles northeast of the Berkeley Campus, met first at the Antioch Dunes, Contra Costa County. The purpose was to secure Apodemia mormo langei, several of which were taken by each of the collectors. In addition, Ochlodes yuma, O. sylvanoides, Lerodea eufala, Erynnis tristis, and many other species were taken. Rod Davis met us at the dunes, and the group caravanned to his home in Antioch for a much welcomed lunch and refreshments. During the afternoon the group went to Brannan Island, Sacramento County, and collected an area where the Phragmites grass is plentiful. Species taken that are not usually found in the immediate Bay Area included: Ochlodes yuma, L. eufala, Pholisora catullus, Lycaena helloides and Pseudohazis eglanterina. Saturday, Sept. 7 Members and guests gathered at the museum for registration and inspection of the collection. Then the group went to the Earth Sciences Building for the morning session with Dr. J. A. Powell presiding. The Saturday morning session included the following presentations: Welcome Message—W. W. MippLEKAuFF, Associate Dean of The College of Agricul- ture, University of California, Berkeley. The Lepidopteran Heart: A clue to the evolution of the Order—Joun H. HEsseEt, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. Life history studies in North American Sterrhinae (Geometridae )—-CHARLEs V. CovE.L., University of Louisville, Louisville, Kenutcky. Investigations of the ecology of Laspeyresia cupressana (Tortricidae )—-GorpoN W. FRANKIE, University of California, Berkeley. The poison oak leaf-roller, Gracilaria diversilobiella (Gracilariidae )—HaroLp SwEET, College of San Mateo, San Mateo, Calif. Notes and exhibits: Papilio bairdii: Color slides of larvae and adults—hybrids, color phases.—FRED THORNE, El Cajon, Calif. Heterochroa bredowii californica: Color slides of larvae, pupae and their habits.— L. E. Grsert, Stanford, Calif. Collecting localities in Kentucky: Color slides of scenery, plants, Speyeria diana, etc.—C. V. Covett, Louisville, Kentucky. After lunch the meeting was called to order, with C. D. MacNermx, Oakland Natural Sciences Museum, Oakland, Calif., presiding. The Saturday afternoon session consisted of a symposium:on population dynamics of butterflies, with the following presented: Territoriality in butterflies—LAwRENCE E. Gitpert, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 279 The relationship of adult movements to population structure in Euphydryas editha— PETER F’. BrussarD, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. Some aspects of larval biology of Euphydryas editha—Micuaew C. SincEr, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. The Monarch butterfly: Population dynamics of overwintering migrants—ROBERT G. BROwNLEE, Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif. Notes on some populations of Papilio indra and P. zelicaon in Washington—Davip V. McCork.z, Oregon College of Education, Monmouth, Oregon. After some discussion of the papers presented, the business meeting was called to order by Dr. J. A. Powell. As editor, he discussed the problems of the Journal. There is a considerable backlog of papers, and the printing costs are getting higher. It is proposed to have “Supplements” to the Journal for articles too long for regular publication, but shorter than monograph size. Publication costs will be offset by changing the dues categories—$5 Student, $8 Regular, and $10 for institutions. An official emblem for the Society was discussed. The emblem was proposed at the 1967 meeting in Corvallis, Oregon. It was announced that the 1969 National Meeting will be in East Lansing, Michi- gan, and there is a possibility for the West Coast in 1970. It was moved and passed that the 1969 Pacific Slope Meeting be held in Los Angeles, Calif. Lloyd M. Martin volunteered the facilities of the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. Fred Thorne made a motion that the Secretary Pro Tem send letters of thanks to Dr. J. A. Powell for the excellent program, and to P. A. Opler for the local arrangements plus the Friday field trip. The motion was seconded and passed unanimously. Dr. Powell announced that it is time for the members to consider the possibility of electing new editors for both the JOURNAL and the NEWS, as he and E. J. Newcomer have served five years of their six year terms. The annual banquet was held at Spenger’s Fish Grotto in West Berkeley. Cock- tails and the dinner were followed by numerous slides accompanying the evening address—‘“Butterfly research today: Tropics and temperate regions.’ —THOMAS C. EMMEL, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. Sunday, Sept. 8 Members and guests met at the Earth Sciences Building around 9:30 a.m. for the Sunday morning session. The meeting was called to order with J. H. Shepard, University of California, Berkeley, presiding. The program included the following presentations: Colias from Afghanistan and Kashmir—Wz11L1amM Hovanirz, Arcadia, Calif. Report on 1968 Annual Meeting in Washington, D. C.—Paut A. Oper, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. The genus Cercyonis in North America—TuHomas C,. EMMEL, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. Collecting Lepidoptera in southern Florida—Cuarires V. Covey, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky. At 12:30 p.m. the meeting was adjourned for the taking of group pictures and lunch. The meeting was called to order at 1:45 p.m., with P. A. Opler presiding. Notes and exhibits: Colias eurytheme—Color slides of ¢ collected in Minnesota with complete absence 280 CoucHMAN: Corrected Australian records Vol. '23; moa of black. Incisalia iroides—Slides showing mating behavior—J. A. PoweELt, University of California, Berkeley. Papilio zelicaon: Pictures of mostly black mature larva among many normal larvae in Sacramento—N. L. La Due, Sacramento, Calif. On display, were various contributors’ boxes of Lepidoptera and_ color-plate paintings of butterflies by W. H. Howe, Kansas City, Missouri. The Sunday afternoon session concluded with the following two papers: Some classical collecting localities in the southwestern United States—J. W. TuLpDEN, San Jose State College, San Jose, Calif. Biosystematics of Callophrys dumetorum and C. viridis in California—GLENN A. Gore ick, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. At 4:10 p.m. the meeting was adjourned. A total of 60 members and guests attended one or more sessions, including mem- bers from nine states outside of California. Registered members included: P. H. Arnaud, Jr., George Connor, C. V. Covell, T. W. Davies, Rod Davis, B. A. Drummond, T. C. Emmel, Ken Goeden, G. A. Gorelick, Bill Hammer, C. F. Harbison, Chris Henne, Pete Herlan, J. H. Hessel, Richard Holland, William Hovanitz, W. H. Howe, Bob Koyama, Noel LaDue, John Lane, R. L. Langston, Alvin Ludtke, David McCorkle, C. D. MacNeill, L. M. Martin, S. O. Mattoon, Dennis Murphy, E. J. Newcomer, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, Joe Roberds, Jim Scott, E. O. Sette, J. H. Shepard, W. L. Swisher, F. T. Thorne, J. W. Tilden, Richard Williams. Respectively submitted, Roperr L. LANcston, Secretary, pro tem. CORRECTION The article, “A collecting trip to northern Queensland,” by Douglas Marsden (J. Lepid. Soc., 22:121—2, 1968) contains errors to which I draw attention for the sake of accuracy of future records. Eurema hacabe phoebus should be E. hecabe phoebus, the widely distributed eastern species. Delias mysis aestiva is the name of the subspecies from the Port Darwin area, a thousand miles to the west. I think Marsden has mistaken the normal male of mysis mysis for the northwestern Australian race. The Fabrician type of m. mysis came from the Endeavour River, less than 100 miles north of Cairns and the areas in which Marsden collected. Eurema candida virgo needs very careful checking. No writer has recorded this species south of the Claudie River district, and I have checked with several of my Queensland colleagues, who, like myself, have never taken it even as far south as Cooktown. True virgo is distinctive among all Australian Eurema in that the male is the normal yellow with a wide, deep black border, but the female is white. I think it probable that a dark specimen of E. brigitta australis has been mistaken for the rare virgo, which is known only from the extreme northern part of Cape York Peninsula—L. E. CoucHMAN, West Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. BOOK NOTICE A REVISION OF THE PEORIINAE AND ANERASTIINAE (AUCTORUM) OF AMERICA NORTH oF Mexico (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), by Jay C. Shaffer. U. S. National Museum, Bulletin 280; vi + 124 pp. incl. 26 halftone plates. Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D. C., 1968; 20 cents, paper cover. A thorough revision of adults of the species formerly assigned to the Anerastiinae. Shaffer transfers Anerastia and seven related genera to the Phycitinae, necessitating proposal of Peoriinae to accomodate Peoria and the remaining genera in the separate subfamily. In all, some 15 genera and 39 species are treated, of which four genera and seven species are described as new.—ED. 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 281 INDEX TO VOLUME 23 (New names in boldface ) Abbotana clemataria, 206 Acanthopteroctetes, review, 137 bimaculata, 140 Acedes pallescentella, 193 Achalarus lyciades, 187 Adela, synopsis, 211, Key, 215 caeruleella, 219 eldorada, 215, 221 oplerelia, 215, 228 thorpella, 215, 226 trifasciella (n. syn.), 225 Aegeriidae, 126 Aegiale, 244, 247 Agraulis vanillae, 177 Agathymus spp., 243-246 Agriades glandon aquilo, 38 Amatidae, 46 Amphion nessus, 100, 207 Amphipyra pyramidoides, 207 Anaea andria, 182 Anagasia kuhniella, 259 Anageshna primordialis, 193 Anavitrinella pampinaria, 192 Anerastia, 280 Anthony, G. S., Oeniis melissa in Quebec, 103 Apatela innotata, 5 Apparatus for measuring maculation pat- terns, 18 Archips purpuranus, 242 Argyrotaenia allisellana, 242 Arnold, R. A., Effect of X-irradiation on Colias, 257 Ascia monuste, 83 Asterocampa leilia, 182 spp., 92 Atrytone ruricola, 192 Battus philenor, 191 Behavior, cryptic moths, 1, 205 gregarious in pupation, 273 larval Agathymus, 243 mating in butterflies, 271, 279 Blanchard, A., Gynandromorphic Phae- oura, 274 Boloria selene, 36 spp., 113 Book notices, 188, 241, 277, 280 Book reviews, 101, 106, 126, 147, 203, 241, 270, 276 Brephidium exilis, 182 Brown, F. M., Authorship of Melitaea rubicunda, 175 Brown, R. M., New Callophrys fotis, 95 Brownlee, R. G. Overwinter movements of Danaus, 279 Brussard, P. F., Population structure in Euphydryas, 279 butterflies at light, 264 butterfly nocturnal copulation, 105 cactus feeding insects, 241 Calephelis muticum, 187 Callophrys fotis bayensis, 95 spp., 280 ; Carcasson, R. H., Jackson obituary, 134 carrion, Lepidoptera associated with, 191 Catocala spp., 2, 5, 100, 262, 263 Ceramica picta, 42 Cercyonis, taxonomy, distribution, biol- ogy, 165 meadi, 161, 168, m. alamosa, 168 spp., 100, 165, 169, 192 Ceromitia, 211 Chalceopla simpliciella (nm. comb. ), 232 Chemoreceptors, 196 Chlosyne, 117, 123 harrisii, 268 nycteis, 192 Choristoneura rosaceana, 242 Chytolita morbidalia, 206 Chytonyx palliatricula, 7 Citheronia regalis, 46 sepulchralis, 25 Clench, H. K., Jackson obituary, 134 Coenonympha inornata macissaci, 36 Colias spp., 40, 182, 187, 251, 257, 267 Colotis, 251 Comstock, J. A., Life history of Litho- phane, 15 copulation, nocturnal in butterflies, 105 Cosymbia pendulinaria, 4 Couchman, L. E., Correction, Australia records, 280 Covell, C. V., Life history studies in Sterrhinae, 278 Cowan, C. F., The name Anthocharis, 210 Croesia semipurpurana, 242 crypsis and startle pattern diversity, 261 cryptic moths, behavior, 1,.205 Danaus gilippus, 182, 196 plexippus, 182, 254, 279 subspecies of 282 Darapsa pholus, 100 Davis, D. R., Review of Acanthoptero- ctetes, 137 Delias mysis, 280 Desmia funeralis, 192 Dione moneta, 177 dispersal, natural, 177 Dodonidia helmsii, 201 dos Passos, C. F., Revised list of Meli- taeinae, 115 Dymasia, 121 ecology of natural dispersal, 177 Ellis, S., Search for type locality of apacheana, 62 Ellochotis spp., 148 Emmel, T. C., (& J. F.), New subspecies of Cercyonis meadi, 161 Taxonomy, distribution and biology of Cercyonis, 165, 279 Epargyreus clarus, 192 Epimecis virginaria, 192 Epizeuxis spp., 5 lubricalis, 207 Eriocraniidae, 137 Euchlaena, 206 Eufidonia notataria, 7 Euphydryas, 122, 124 editha, 279 phaeton, 48, 188 Euphyes spp., 186 Eupragia hospita, 23 Euptoieta claudia, 182, 188 Euptychia cymela, 100 mitchellii, 188 Eurema lisa, 182, 264 niccippe, 182, 187 salome, 188 spp., 182, 280 Euthyatira, 102 Everes amyntula, 115 Ferris, C. D., On mating behavior in butterflies, 271 Flaschka, H. & Floyd, J., Simplified method of freeze-drying caterpillars, 43 foodplant for Euphydryas phaeton, 48 Franclemont, J. G., Two new Lithophane, 10 Frankie, G. W., Ecology of Laspeyresia cupressana, 278 Frechin, D., Intergeneric lycaenids, 115 freeze-drying caterpillars, 43 Geometridae, 3, 192, 206, 241, 274, 278 Gilbert, L. E., Ecology of natural dis- mating in Index to Volume 23 Vol. 23, no. 4 persal: Dione moneta in Texas, 177 Habits of larval Adelpha bredowii, 278 Territoriality in butterflies, 278 Glaucopsyche, review, 149 Gonepteryx rhamni, 92 Gorelick, G. A., Larval host acceptance in Plebejus acmon, 31 Callophrys dumetorum and C. viridis, 280 Gracilariidae, 278 gregarious pupae, 273 gynandromorphic Phaeoura, 274 Gyves, M. T., Apparatus for measuring maculation patterns, 18 Habrosyne, 102 Hardwick, D. F., Life history of Helio- lonche carolus, 26 Heitzman, J. R., Nocturnal copulation of Rhopalocera, 105 Heliconius antiochus, 199 spp., 104 Helicoverpa zea, 28 Heliolonche, 26 Hemerocampa leucostigma, 270 Hemiargus isola, 182 Henne, C., Life history of Lithophane, 15 Henricus macrocarpana, 242 Hesperia comma, 41 leonardus, 186 Hesperiidae, 41, 76, 186, 192, 201, 251, 267 Hessel, J. H., The Lepidopteran heart, 278 Hessel, S. A., Monarch movements in Manhattan, 254 Heterochroa bredowii, 278 Hodges, New Eupragia from Florida, 23 Holland, R., Newfoundland butterflies, 33 Horn, D. J., Larva of Citheronia, 25 Hovanitz, W., Colias from Afghanistan and Kashmir, 279 Hylephila phyleus, 186 _ Hyperitis alienaria, 206 Hyposmocoma, 125 Incisalia iroides, 279 Incurvariidae, 203, 211 Indiana butterflies, 186 Intergeneric mating in Lycaenidae, 115 Jackson, T., Obituary, 131 Janse, A., Platt obituary, 135 Keiper, R. R., Behavioral adaptations of cryptic moths, 1, 205 1969 King, E. W., Lepidoptera associated with pig carrion, 191 Kolyer, J. M., Environmental effects on Pieris, 77 Kricogonia castalia, 182 Langston, R. L., Philotes of North America, synonymy and distribution, 49 Review of Glaucopsyche, 149 Lasiocampidae, 46, 270, 277 Laspeyresia cupressana, 278 Lethe spp., 100, 188 Libythea, 105, 182 Limenitis spp., 100, 109, 111 Lithophane, longior, 13, 18 subtilis, 10, 15 tephrina, 14 Liparidae, 42, 270 Lobophora nivigerata, 4 Lycaeides spp., 265 Lycaena spp., 38, 187 Lycaenidae, 31, 38, 49, 95, 105, 149, 182, 187, 265, 280 Lytrosis unitaria, 3, 4 McCorkle, D. V., On Papilio indra and zelicaon in Washington, 279 Macroglossum moecki, 256 Malacosoma americana 46, 270 spp., 277 Mamestra spp., 5, 7 Marks, L. S., Apparatus for measuring maculation patterns, 18 Masters, J. H., Heliconius hecale and xanthocles in Venezuela, 104 On forest Oeneis, 155 On Heliconius antiochus, 199 Seasonal variation in Colias cesonia, 951 Mating, intergeneric in lycaenids, 115 Megathymidae, 243 Melanolophia canadaria, 4 Melitaea spp., 48, 175 Melitaeinae, revised synonymic list, 115 Mellilla xanthometata, 192 Mestra amymone, 182 Metarrhanthis duaria, 206 Meyrick types, 147 Microtia, 122, 124 Migration of Danaus, 254 Miller, L. D., Anomalous Dodonidia, 201 Minutes, 15th Annual Meeting, Pacific Slope Section, 278 Moiz, S. A., Larva of Polydorus, 107 Moucha, J., Book notice, 189 foreleg in Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 283 Muller, J., Foodplant for Euphydryas phaeton, 48 Thymelicus lineola oviposition, 249 Munshi, G. H., Larva of Polydorus, 107 Myers, J., Foodplant chemoreceptors on Danaus gilippus, 196 Nematocampa filamentaria, 206 Nemophora, 211, 214, 217 Newfoundland lniediies. 33 Nicolay, S. S., New subspecies of Pyr- rhopyge creon, 127 Niditinea fuscipunctella, 193 Noctuidae, 2, 10, 15, 26, 42, 100, 192, 206, 261 Nymphalidae, 36, 48, 62, 83, 85, 104, HOSS Wulss Thos ish M75 IsPA Wel 192 196, 199. 253, 254, 268, 271, DS SOS OAS, Nymphalis spp., 85, 100, 187, 273 Oecophoridae, 23 Oeneis spp., 103, 113, 157-160 Olene vagans, 42 Opler, Book reviews, 126, 276 Eurema salome in Texas, 188 Omnithoptera spp., 69, 74 Palthis asopialis, 192 Panopoda rufimago, 206 Papilio bairdii, 272 brevicauda, 41 dospassosi, 255 glaucus, 191 polixenes, 182, 257 sebrus, 241 spp., 278-279 Papilionidae, 41, 69, 85, 107, 182, 191, DEI. D5. OAD Parallelia bistriaris, 206 Payne, J. A., Lepidoptera associated with pig carrion, 191 Pellicia dimidiata, 201 Peorinae, 280 Phaeoura mexicanaria, 273 Phaloniidae, 242 Philippine microlepidoptera, 106 Philotes of North America, synonymy and distribution, 62 Phoebis spp., 182, 251 Phyciodes, 119, 123, 192 Phylogeny of Satyridae, 276 Pieridae, 40, 77, 182, 187, 188, 189, 192, NOG L 210s Wie 2576 2645267, 272. 280 Pieris brassicae, 92, 196 napi, 113 protodice, 182, 187, 189, 271 rapae, 40, 77 284 Platt, A. P., Collapsible bait trap, 97 Technique for hand-pairing Limenitis, 109 Rlatiohiwh Obituary kos Platynota flavedana, 242 Plebejus spp., 31, 38, 113, 115, 265 Poanes spp., 186, 267 Poladryas, 122, 124 Polygonia spp., 83, 100, 192 Porthetria dispar, 270 Powell, J. A., Book reviews, 106, 147, 203 Synopsis of Nearctic Adelinae, 211 Precis, 182, 251 Price, H. F., Uncommon butterflies of Indiana, 186 Procaccini, D. S., Apparatus for measur- ing maculation patterns, 18 Pseudothyatira, 102 Pyralidae, 192, 259, 280 Pyrrhopyge creon lilliana, 127 Rahn, R. A., Gregarious habit of Nym- phalis pupation, 273 Renia discoloralis, 206 Riodinidae, 187 Riotte, J., Book review, 101 Rtitimeyer, E., New Papilio from Colom- bia and new sphingid from New Guinea, 255 Sabulodes transversata, 206 Sargent, T. D., Behavioral adaptations of cryptic moths, 1 On hindwing diversity in Catocala, 261 Saturniidae, 25, 46 Satyridae, 36, 100, 103, Tbo GI 65: 188, 192, 201, 276 Schizomimicry, 262 Seasonal variation in Colias, 251 Semiothisa ocellinata, 4 Shapiro, A. M., Extreme phenotype of Pieris protodice, 189 Distributional data on three U. S. but- terflies, 265 Shull, E. M., Uncommon butterflies of Indiana, 186 Singer, M. C., Larval biology of Euphy- dryas, 279 Index to Volume 23 Vol. 23, ne,4 Small, G. B., New subspecies of Pyr- rhopyge creon, 127 Sorensen, J. T., On forest Oeneis, 155 South African Tineidae, 147 Sparganothis inconditana, 242 Speyeria atlantis, 36 idalia, 188 nokomis, 62, 271 zerene, 64 Sphecodina abbotti, 100 Sphingidae, 100, 192, 256 Sphinx kalmiae, 100 Stallings, D. B. & V. N., Larval behavior of Agathymus, 243 Staphylus mazans, 186 Straatman, R., Biology of Ornithoptera, 69 Straley, G. B., Thymelicus lineola in Virginia, 76 Strymon melinus, 105, 182, 187 spp., 187 Sweet, H., Poison oak leaf roller, 278 Syntomeida epilais, 46 Technique, freeze-drying caterpillars, 43 measuring maculation patterns, 18 teratological foreleg, 201 Texola, 122, 124 Thecla melanis, 241 Thessalia, 121, 124 Thorne, F., Papilio bairdii, 278 Thyatiridae, 101 Thymelicus lineola, 76, 186, 249 Tilden, J. W., Classical collecting lo- calities, 280 Tineidae, 147, 192 Tortricidae, 242, 278 Trap, collapsible bait for butterflies, 97 Vanessa spp., 37, 100, 182 Wallengrenia otho, 192 Wood, J. B., Eurema at mercury vapor light, 264 Woodley, R. E., Boloria polaris in British Columbia, 113 Xanthorhoe intermediata, 4 X-irradiation, effects on Colias larvae, 257 Zanclognatha cruralis, 206 Zerynthia hypermnestra, 85 Zoogeography of Satyridae, 277 Zoological Nomenclature, 125, 242 NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireERAtTuRE Crrep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (44% x7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF FicursEs, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer's errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. ‘Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cynrit F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid ALLEN PRESS, INC. perce LAWRENCE, KANSAS U.S. & 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 23, no. 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Behavioral adaptations of cryptic moths. IV. Preliminary studies on species resembling dead leaves by Ronald) Ri Keipery el ie 2 as NG 2 dO ae 205-210 The name Anthocharis (Pieridae ) by ‘Charles, Fi Cowan) 2.020 a ines of) Pe ee 910 A synopsis of Nearctic adelid moths, with descriptions of new species (Incurvariidae ) by Jerry A. Powell uci pa) Gh iGo et i 211-240 Larval behavior of Agathymus, including a divergent group in Baja and southern California (Megathymidae) by D. B. Stallings and: V:N, Stallings Yoo ee 243-249 Seasonal variation of Colias cesonia therapis in Venezuela ( Pieridae ) by John Hi. Masters 80 0000 Wu eS 251-253 A new Papilio from Colombia and a new sphingid from New Guinea by -Ermest Riitimeyer ‘200000 255-257 The effect of x-irradiation on the larvae of Colias philodice (Pieridae) by Richard Ai Ammold) 20.0 oi ON 257-260 A suggestion regarding hindwing diversity among moths of the genus Catocala (Noctuidae) by Theodore ID. Sargent, 202 i 261-264 New distributional data on three northeastern United States butterflies by Arthur’ M: Shapiro) (000 0G ey 265-269 Some additional notes on mating behavior in butterflies : by. Clifford | D. ‘Ferrig) 0.20 00 271-272 FIELD NOTES Collecting and observing Thymelicus lineola form “pallida” (Hesperiidae) in New Jersey by. Joseph: Mullen: 2.0 (5 su 249-250 Monarch observations in mid-town and lower Manhattan, New York City by Sidney A. Hessel (2 (200) ee ai ea rr 954 Swarm of Eurema lisa under mercury vapor lamp by Je Bo’ Wood) 22a) CO ee 264 Gregarious habit of chrysalids of Nymphalis antiopa (Nymphalidae ) Pans: by Russell vA.) Rakim) eit Wi ic A a 273-274 A gynandromorphic Phaeoura mexicanaria (Geometridae ) by. André: Blanchard). cone Deon tia I ec 274-275 MINUTES, 15TH ANNUAL MEETING, PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION _. 278 ZOOLOGICAL,’ NOMENCLATURE | to SO MRE 82) + iy eee BOOK (REVIEWS) \ ee 2 at EAR 241 210) are BOOK (NOTICES 50 ga oe ee LI A a ae 241, 277, 280 GOBRIECG BION) 22-0. UN i Bd Tae 0S BUDGE AR UNG a 280 7 5 ; [ ‘, 1 : , a l | . i i] Y 4 z, i ~ rs il 7 ‘ . od : ¢. « ~ " h > r 7 = - + r ' i] 4 os , - pi s. faite : wet “4 1969 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN VOLUME 23 SUPPLEMENT 1 SYSTEMATIC REVIEW OF THE MEGATHYMIDAE by H. A. Freeman THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. PowE.LL, Editor of the Journal PauL A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HessEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. Remincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE CoUNCIL D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England ), President-elect S. A. HEssEt ( Washington, Conn.), Ist Vice President LEONILLA VASQUES ( Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WiiuraMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President S. S. NicoLtay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): C. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. CrLarKxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. THorNne (EI Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricnt (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Crencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W. C. McGuFFin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. NEKrurENKo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAE “OF THE LEPJDOPTERISTS* SOCIETY Volume 23 Supplement | SYoueMAlNC REVIEW OF, THE MEGATHY ML DAE H. A. Freeman 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas Introduction: Megathymidae 1 INTRODUCTION In 1938, when this study began, the family Mega- thymidae was perhaps the most poorly known family of Rhopalocera. At that time there were 14 names regarded as species (one of which was later to be treated as a synonym and another as a subspecies) and four names re- garded as subspecies, three of which are now recognized as full species. Today we recognize 49 species and 15 sub- meeccetes, in this proup of butterflies. The life histories of all species and subspecies have been worked out, with the exception of three which are known only in part. Chromosome counts have been made for many of the species my Dr- Charles Remington and his staff at Yale, and I have studied the chromosomes of additional species. Be- mades the work that I have done with this family, con- tributions to our knowledge of this interesting family Mave been made by Don B. Stallings, Viola Stallings, Dr. oe eiwegerserrnest R. Tinkham, Charles F. Harbison, Dr. Charles Remington, and Dr. John A. Comstock. hipeeparing keys for the identification of species pad Subspecies, reference is made to the spots of the wings and to the wing shape, and these characters are illustrated on plate 1. The spot numbers are given as 1 to 14, beginning with the cell spot (fig. 1). The wing Shape is determined by a ratio of three measurements: 1) base-to-apex of forewing, or primary; 2) apex-to-outer angle (tornus) of primary; and 3) base -to-termination of Cuj of hindwing, or secondary. The wing shape is con- medetee) bDrOdG, if this ratio is 3:1.85:1.85, or greater fea jerncatun, af the ratio is about 3:1.6-1.8:1.6-1.8 Sees) oneeiarrow, if the ratio is’ less than 3:1.6:1.6 were. 4)-’ As may be expected, infraspecific variation Occurs in this ratio, but when based on average specimens, this character is useful as a means of identification. A number of terms used in the keys are here defined: ©) Ssericin —- a gelatinous protein that cements silken fibers found in the construction of the trap-door over the = ocdiae tunnel in Agathymus; 2) apiculus - the erect, short point at the end of the club in some skippers; a) pulvillus’-'a soft, padlike structure between the tar- sal claws; 4) paronychium - a small, sleevelike structure Over the base of the tarsal claw; 5) tent - a silken tube constructed by the larvae of certain Megathymidae over eae feeding tunnel; 6) phantom spot - an indistinct spot, usually spot 14; 7) genitalia simple - valvae and vaginal 2 Review of Megathymidae plate thin without any spines or processes; 8) genitalia fairly simple - valvae and vaginal plate thin with a few Spines and other processes; 9) genitalia complex - valvae and vaginal plate thick with many spines and other pro- cesses; 10) flat.bilack - in relation ‘to, thesground scotia in which it is grayish-black with no purple gloss-sa)) dull colored - not shiny; 12) deep billack)— very danke lace with a slight purple gloss; 13) warm colored — neters sce ground color, usually black with some intermixed brown or orange scales; 14) heavy —- in relation to Sea lane amye as dense; and 15) proharpe - a spiny process ‘extending diae— onally upward from near the terminal end of the saeculus or ventral part of the harpe or valva of the male eensea ial ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to express’ my appreciatiom tormeme National Science Foundation for Research Grants G-9900 and GB-398 which made this study possible. The photo= graphs used in this article were made by Mr Won be Stallings, Caldwell, Kansas. Family MEGATHYMIDAE Comstock Comstock, J. H. and Ay B.; 1695, Manual Siudyvelnsecnsompemesn This family is made up of five genera containing 49 species and 15 subspecies. “It is restricted Gomenemncs arctic and northern Neotropical Regions. ~Thesaduits are robust insects, usually measuring over 50 mm in wing expanse. They have a small head which is usually one half the width of the thorax. They have clubbed antennae: which show generic variation. The larvae feed in the caudex of Yueca, Agave, or Manfreda plants and the pupae have the ability to move up and down in the larval tunnel. Key to the subfamilies of Megathymidae la... Larvae construct a silken tent over) feeding e-unnce: pulp feeders; pupae with cremaster broadly rounded at terminal énd, densely clothed with Stitt tone bristles; vaginal plate of female simple and thin; adults usually fly in spring and summer, one species doubler bacoodeds 0-6) perc Megathyminae (p. 3) lb. Larvae construct a sericin-cemented trap doom saver feeding tunnel prion Co pupation, primar iiyasae feeders; pupal cremaster may be bare or provided with hooks; vaginal plate of female complex and thick; adults fly in late summer and fall. eee ites: beopetie Salen Sie ae eee Shem ae coauliniae: Goa gcies Key to Megathyminae 3 Subfamily MEGATHYMINAE Holland Holland, W. J., 1899, Butterfly Book: 368. la. Eb). Key to the genera of Megathyminae Antennal club with an apiculus; antennae extending to iMmmetreasce Of cell spot; paronychium bilobed,- short and broad; genitalia simple; pupal cremaster barely Seaeutlace not depressed in center; tent constructed tast Staves of larval feeding; Manfreda feeders... Penrith e aie 4 +b ss. 3 2,0 Stallingsta Freeman Antennal club without apiculus; antennae not reaching eel spor; paronychium usually bilobed and. fairly broad; genitalia fairly simple; pupal cremaster Spoacubace. with depressed center; tent constructed aowliatvac ced: Yucea feeders, except two species DiMmche eed On Agave... ... Megathymus Scudder STALLINGSIA Freeman Stallingsta Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12: 87 ["1958"] a D.. Za. 2b, Key “to. the species of Stallingsta Expaase usually more than 50 mm; spot 9 well defined: Expanse usually less than 50 mm, (average of males 42 mm, females 45 mm); spots 7 and 8 elongated; spot 9 obsolete; southeastern Texas, northeastern Mexico.. soko 6 666 hee maculosus (Freeman) Average expanse of males 64 mm, females 65 mm; ground color brown; secondaries with or without discal spots; spots 7 and 8 elongated; southwestern Mexico so o0 0 65 SE eee leanne smitht (Druce) Average expanse of males 57 mm, females 59 mm; ground color chocolate brown in females, brownish-black in iphowwEspoOrs = / and 8- round; extreme southern Mexico. . ese sc oe 5 8) do! a eile #0 ICC TEE Os, mele! Gu. Om 1) Stallingsia smithi (Druce) Megathymus smitht Druce, [896, Biol. Centr. - Amer., Lepid. Heter.,2: 320, pl. 69, fig. 6. Stallingsta smttht; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12: 87 C'1o5e"]. 4 Review of Megathymidae Type, lecalatyoy\> Amudiay. Guerrero. Mex can Distribution. - Mexico: Several specimens were taken near Guadalajara, Jalisco Mexico in apparently Manfreda maculata (Martius) Rose, which differ somewhat from speci- mens collected by Wilson néar the type, locality 5) lias ams Still va very Gane species um collec raons. Chromosome number. - unknown. 2. Stallingsia maculosus (Freeman) Megathymus maculosus Freeman, 1955, Amer. Mus. Novitates, C3" Oe Stallingsta maculosus; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, I[2: 87 ["1958"] igo loczdbuisr a: = holmes witb les « leoresie Distribution. - Southern Texas and northern Mexico. This species was first disicovered at Parita €reche soca Co., Texas. later specimens were collected ae iamecwmemce Sinton, Falls City; Floresville, Sul tiivanii@ sity Mission. The only Mexican location where this species has been found was 35 miles southwest of China, Nuevo Leon. Life history. - This is the only, Megathyantd yen known to be double brooded. I have collected pupae as April that emerged in May, while most of our specimens were collected as larvae and pupae during August and emerged during September and’ October. © The larvae teeqeam the caudex of Manfreda maculosa Hooker. pH of (Sonia 7a in areas where larvae were collected. Chromosome number. - 50. 3. Stallingsia, jack? Stallings... Turner. 2 4) sec elaemes Stallingsta jackt Stallings, Turner, and Stallings, 1963. Jour. Lepid. Sees g UIST AM lls Ze Type, locality. - near Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas tie. EO- Distribution. - Known only from the type Wocalreye Life history. - This species 1s apparently S1mare brooded. Larvae I collected during August, 1964, emerged during May and June of the following year. The food plant is a species of Manfreda which has unusually long, solid green, leaves and grows in tall grass, making the location of infested plants | ditticeult. pH of Sox ia eee Key to Megathymus 5 Chromosome number. - unknown. MEGATHYMUS Scudder Megathymus Scudder, 1872, Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci., 187]:83(62). Key to the males of Megathymus la. Antennal club half white, half black; veins on lower surface of secondaries not contrasting with ground Sas eh Safco oo ole ctakie, Sree Sréodeenaqais dvSheudys aga We eee oe « 2 1b. Antennal club all white; veins on lower surface of Soeenadaries black,»contrasting with ground’ color. .8 2a. Wing shape narrow; no discal spots on lower surface GE secondaries; no dense hair-like scales -on wings. 2b. Wing shape narrow; dark discal areas and distinct white spot near anal angle on lower surface of sec- Gieamees= No dense hair-like scallés on wings...... 7 Zc. Wing shape broad; discal spots present on lower sur- face of secondaries; dense hair-like scales on upper surface of secondaries and lower surface of primar- Pea ON eee ree tle SETS. 5 3a. Ground color deep reddish-black; usually one sub- costal spot on lower surface of secondaries; spots and marginal border of secondaries orange yellow; PPT SS TPO RUVECT ccs icheiccye ois ate ote soe ewes sees ool: no GRE ee ee yuceae (Bdv. & LeC.) 3b. Ground color variable from brownish black to flat black; usually two subcostal spots on lower surface Sesseccoldartes: spots and marginal border of secon- daries white to lemon yellow; west of the Mississippi PTW . naa ce aren a aang coloradensts Riley Eeeciaune coler dull black; .spots :7,; 8, ‘and 9 well de- wotepea. siwith a yellowish cast; spot 7 usually Hesenesmco Or, Slightly beneath spot 6; overscaling near base of wings brownish-yellow; Hidalgo, Mexico.. ..:1'¢t)) ren beytanae S. G i. fe) Ground calor purplish-black; spots 7, 8, and 9 \ small, white; spot 7 usually well separated from spot 6; Overscaling near base of wings light yellowish-gray; PeaMbmrreee eC Oana, MEXICO. . oss 00s os wj0 6s Seles, 6 one 0 2-55 bE RU ee eee gay tede “S41 SGA ¢ Sa. Ground color brownish-black; spots and marginal border G@ranee-yellow; discal spots on lower surface of Sib. 6a. 6b. aye HD « 8a. 8b. ake by Review of Megathymidae secondaries indistinct, forming a)straichtelimes Georgia and Florida... oc sis. sys os 2 ee 6 Ground color grayish-black to) flat)black; ‘Spots and marginal border light yellow; discal spots and other spots,on lower surface of secondaries trreculagsan arrangement; South Dakota: to Arizona.) 22. eee 7 Ground color light brownish-black; marginal border of secondaries broad; discal band on lower surface of secondaries well developed; average expanse 55 mm; PLOY Ga... ..sbeeheharsteoee ae eens cofaqut (Strecker) Ground color dark brownish-black; marginal border of secondaries medium to narrow; discal band on lower Surface of secondaries poorly developed ayeraac expanse 59 mm: norehn central.Georgia. sae eee splepei ape: Abc ey Shea e Spee tail Guach s harrtst Freeman Ground color warm grayish-black; spots and marginal border of secondaries dark yellow; a few creamy- yellow spots on lower surface of secondaries; ground color on lower surface of secondaries uniform grayish- brown; average expanse 72 mm; South Dakota to New Me XiGO 2. nila x BERLE ANS wos. texanus) 9B. .G47Meps Ground color dull, flat black; spots ,andjmaxcimae border of secondaries yellowish-white; many white spots and dark blotches on lower surface of secondar- ies giving a mottled appearance; average expanse usually less than 72 mm; Arizona, New Mexico and Golorados saer ages MHRahs streekert (Skinner) ~ Ground color dull; dark black; spots 7.) 9s. samcigmor approximately equal width, dark yellow; under surface of secondaries roughly overscaled with white; ATE 14 ZjON) Al oy ones oS: yen ape ee omebeat (eter ie ursus Poling Ground color shiny black; spots 7, 8, and s9apmesmes- sively broader,orange; under surface of secondaries evenly overscaled with white; New Mexico, Texas and MOneherm Mexa(COn «2. cpecyerer VLO,.LGer Ss iG) le Key to the females of Megathymus Antennal club one-half or less white, remaining por- tion black; veins not black on lower, surface mon secondaries; discal spots 'on upper surface on yseeon- daries usually preSent. 2 0... nt i Se ee 2 Antennal’ sc lub yalplewwhakGe = Wean's black on lower surface of secondaries, contrasting with ground color; no discal spots on upper surface of secondaries......8 Za. 2b. a Ga. 3b. a 4b. 5a. BD: Ga. 6b. Key to Megathymus 7 Wing shape narrow; no discal band on lower surface of EE LUG SIMS, Pe oP sce ee ea 3 Wing shape narrow; conspicious white, curved band on eat ame ee OL SC CONG AGES ft Sie We sale Wie bie oy ue eos: oo 4 Wing shape broad; discal spots on lower surface of Seeondarres Variable fromsone tO many. ..ccceane owes 5 Ground color deep umber black; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; spots and mar- ginal border of secondaries orange-yellow; discal Sueesvan upper surface of secondaries separate, SA MRENCH NG, DOR OF Oe el as Sodio aye yuecae (Bdv. § LeC.) Ground color variable from brownish-black to shiny black; usually two subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; spots and marginal border variable from white to dark yellow; discal spots on upper sur- face of secondaries variable from fused to widely SMR AES. oot Ss ie flee. ale é coloradensts Riley Ground color dark grayish-black; spot 7 situated beneath imner edge of spot 6; discal band well de- weLoped., SpPOtS adjacent. but separate, especially elose on Secondaries ; Spots creamy -white; overscaling Poa aSer Gi WINGS Tray LSh-DrOWN... 2... <- ese sec e ees - c ciy cod £ pic ael Se ee beulanae tS. 2G i. Enound color dull black; spot 7. seldom-extending bemeach ianer edge of spot 6; discal band greatly reduced on both primaries and secondaries; spots white; overscaling near base of wings grayish yellow. <5 Oyo 0 tee Gay ledge” Sale. Sik: Ground color brownish-black; spots orange-yeilow; spot 7 usually extending to inner edge of spot l; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries usually obsolete; discal spots on upper surface of secondar- LeSetOrmmie 4a Straight, line... .. ie Siegert Vere sh) 2 Schau cmehene 6 Ground color brownish black to black; spots orange meomlone rea white; spot 7 not extending to inner edge Gepspoecl; discal spots on lower surface of secon- daries well defined; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries if present, slightly curved inward..... i) Ground color warm brownish-black; marginal border of secondaries fairly broad; discal spots on upper and lower surfaces of secondaries well-defined; average SLO TNS SS 1 ene CORGGUE (SETECKER) Ground color dark brownish-black; marginal border of secondaries obsolete; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries reduced, on lower surface of 7a. IMO) 6 8a. 10) c hae ikho) Review of Megathymidae secondaries obsolete; average’ expanse 59 mmeseee. os ese Sor Mae BS are 5 a Se Be ee harrtst Freeman Ground color brownish-black; spots and marginal border dark yellow; ground color on lower surface of secondaries evenly brownish-gray, the discal spots creamy, reduced; discal spots on upper surface of secondarires well-defined ovo... 12 22%. « 4 0 ee eee Ground color dark grayish-black; spots and marginal border yellowish-white; under surface of secondaries mottled dark and light grayish-black; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries well-defined, clear white; discal spots on upper surface of secondarucs absent» or poorly «defined: . 22 2u 2s 3 seein © eee Ground color’ dark; shiny ‘black; spots 7 "and" S"esuaiis wider than 9, dark yellow; under surface of secondar- 16S roughly overscaled “with white = 52554 --eeee i oS cebics Shea ch el Gh oj ialtaycr & eo memmnatra rattan ursus Poling Ground ‘color warm black; spots 738 ande9 jo: sapemox, imately equal width, orange; under surface of secon- daries ‘evenly overscaled with white.) 3s.) ee.) eee Bek Wea SR 8 Moat eel ewemerane ste VLOLGE "Se 9G le 1. Megathymus yuccae (Boisduval & LeConte) Key to the males of the subspecies of Megathymus yuccae Ground color dark brownish-black; spots of upper sur. face deep yellow; overscaling near base of wings medium to heavy; spot 9 in line with spots 7 and 8, not separate from them; marginal border of secondar- ies medium to broad, deep yellow; usually one sub- costal spot on lower surface of the secondar#es, average expanse 60 mm; North Carolina to Louisiana... Le age a Rio oe cade ati rhe ia yuceae (Bdv. §& LeC.) Ground color deep umber brown; spots of upper sur- face orange-yellow; overscaling near base of wings heavy; spot 9 separate from and slightly inward from spot 8; marginal border of secondaries broad, orange- yellow; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; average expanse 62 mm; Florida..... Pb PE Biss Shane & ish a aaa aren S As buehholat Freeman Megathymus yuccae 9 Key to the females of the subspecies of Megathymus yuccae la. Ground color dark brownish-black; spots of upper surface deep yellow; dense, deep yellow overscaling Heaebase Of wings; spots 7, 8-and 9 broad, about Euan Saze; fringes, of. primaries dark, faintly eieeckered with lighter scales; discal’ spots’ of sec- ondaries well developed, 10 and 11 usually fused; iecindalesborder of secondaries wide, deep yellow; under surface of secondaries uniform brownish-black, somewhat lighter around costa and margin; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; average expanse 70 mm...yuecae (Bdv. & LeC.) ib. Ground color deep umber brown; spots of upper surface orange-yellow; heavy, orange-yellow, overscaling near Hascrouw wines; Spot 9 1S separate from and slightly Mmanarrrem Spot 8; fringes checkered light and. dark on primaries; discal spots well-developed; marginal border of secondaries wide, orange-yellow; under sur- face of secondaries uniform brownish-black, lighter aeound costa and margin; usually one subcostal spot on lower surface of secondaries; average expanse 72 MATMeme emt Peete tol lcl'n: Sil «(v's o le'e buchholat Freeman la. Megathymus yuccae yuccae (Boisduval & LeConte) Eudamus yuecae Boisduval’ & LeConte, 1833, Lepid. Amer., Sept.: pl. 70. Megathymus yuccae; Scudder, 1872, Rep. Peab. Acad. Sci., 4:83. Megathymus yuecae alabamae Freeman, 1943, Ent. News. 54: 2]1-217; Freeman, 1952, Field & Lab., 20:29 (synonymy). iypemuocaiity .1- Aiken County, South Carolina. Distrmibutton. - North Carolina, Southern Pines; South Carolina, Aiken County; Georgia, Stone Mountain, Atlanta, Dallas; Alabama, Anniston, Rockford; Florida, Pensacola; and Louisiana, West Feliciana. Life history. - Adults emerge during March, April and May. Larvae feed in the caudex of Yucca filamentosa inns; Yuceqa smalitana Fernald, and Yueca flaccida Haw. Chromosome number. - unknown. lb. Megathymus yuccae buchholzi Freeman Megathymus yuccae buchholat Freeman, 1952, Field & Lab., 20:3]. 10 Review of Megathymidae type: Locality) - Jupiter j.Pailm Beach (Co. syeoncicacae Distributvon. - Florida: ) Jupiter, Gul tpomemmaerge Sewell, Orlando, St. Petersburg, Sarasota, Melbourne Beach, and St. Augustine. eS InalSicouny o - Adults emerge during February, March, April and May. Larval food plant: Yueea gloriosa Linn., Yueca emalliana Fernald, anid Yueca alot; olea miami Chromosome number. - 26. 2. Megathymus coloradensis Riley Key to the males of the subspecies complexes of Megathymus coloradensts la.’ Small (average expanse 50) mm); spot 7 ’entendiiameo mon well under ‘spot 6; spots sordid white to) tfeht iyeimone marginal border of secondaries medium to wide; mid- western and’ wes Germ Una ted) States serene 2 Ib. Medium to large (average expanse 58 mm)=) Sspotuieeu- tending to-anner edge of Spot 6; Spots whiten comecep yellow; marginal border of secondaries narrow to wide; midwestern to southwestern United States....3 We. Large (average expanse 60 mm)3 spot 7 may oqumaaaaee reach-inner edge of spot 6; spots light “sordndmwaece to dull yellow; wing shape narrow to medium; ground color flat black; medium to scant overscalane mean base of wings; cell spot small; usually two subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; evenly brownish gray on lower surface of secondaries ; Southecemenat and southern Texas) inte northern Mexteorm nes eee Bin ay ANd todas SPONGRD tol Graprat ebay amare mea oe wilsonorum complex Za. Ground color brownish-black; wing shape broad; spots of upper surface light yellow; heavy pale yellow overscaling at base of wings; Spot 7 extendamomivaiee way beneath spot 6; cell spot large; mangunal bondes of secondaries wide, light yellow; one crescentic spot and a curved line beneath costa on Jowermisumedes of secondaries; under surface of secondaries mottled dark and light gray; Rocky Mountains eastward to Kansas and Texas Panhandle .).)« .0.1.).). 25. 2) ee Sas shate sage ainlseelidie eases. Shomer coloradensts complex 2b. Ground color grayish-black; wing shape medium; spots of upper surface light yellowish-white; indistinctly overscaled at base of wings; spot 7 extendime roman slightly beneath spot 6; cell spot medium’ tovsmaite marginal border of secondaries of medium width, Sem Sb. ea. 4b. Ha. Megathymus coloradensis 11 grayish-white; usually two spots beneath costa on lower surface of secondaries; under surface of sec- ondaries rather evenly gray; Rocky Mountains and MES Cieliccl é Blea ae ean ei navajo Complex Ground color shiny black; wing shape medium to broad; spots lemon-to orange-yellow; faint to heavy over- scaling near base of wings; spot 7 reaching inner cameron spot, 6; cell spot: large; marginal border of secondaries narrow to medium width, same color as spots; one to two subcostal spots on lower surface Giese coOndariess under surface of secondaries evenly grayish-black to brownish, somewhat lighter near noggin southern ‘Kansas to northern Texas .w..ss.0.. MMM ay ciclo. 5. ccic‘ Teta Sols oe. ol elhe stallingst Complex Ground color grayish-black; wing shape narrow to broad; spots white to light yellow; western and south- WES ite iim. UWinavigSGls Sneehcres: a asda ea hee rs oar anne mae marae ersten 4 Wing shape narrow to medium; spots sordid white; medtum to heavy, light gray overscaling near base of wings; cell spot small; marginal border of secondar- ies of medium width, grayish-white; usually two sub- Gosia spots on lower surface of secondaries; under SieEaec wor Secondaries evenly gray; Galifornia and WEISHECH MBAR 1ZiOMA esi. s\ec se: ofl marttnt Complex Wing shape medium to broad; spots sordid white to impiteycisliow; heavy overscaling of paler hairs and Seales mean base of wings; cell spot medium to large; marginal border of secondaries very wide; usually two Subcosieale spots) on lower Surface, of secondaries; under surface of secondaries usually mottled dark and light gray; southeastern Arizona to southwestern VOSS oo: Sb ol SI ne artzonae Complex Key to the females of the subspecies complexes of Megathymus coloradensts Small (average expanse 58 mm);spot 7 extending well under spot 6; spots sordid white to light yellow; marginal border of secondaries medium to wide; discal Bamawonmesecondaries well-developed.cins. cn) sacle s we 2 Medium to large (average expanse 68 mm); spot 7 ex- tendine to or slightly beneath spot 6; spots white to deep yellow; discal band of secondaries medium to WE LU = GSS I CaSCM Ey Ae aee casas eRe noe re cnCmre hed is rt 3 Large (average expanse 71 mm); wing shape narrow to medium; ground color flat black; spots sordid white to light yellow; scant to medium overscaling near base Of wings: spot 7 may or may not reach inner edge NZ ae 726) Sav SD. Ae Ab. Review of Megathymidae of spot 6; ‘cell spot'small to medium; Spots, aadees narrow, about equal size, with spot 9 °%trienemignaane much wider than the other two, with the apex pointing inward; discal spots of secondaries poorly defined to medium, with 10 and Il often absent; marcingl poeeen of secondaries medium and same general color as spots; under surface of secondaries grayish-black, becoming lighter near the border..wtlsonorum Complex Ground color brownish-black; wing shape broad; spots of upper surface light yellow; heavy overscaling near base of wings; spot 7 extending halfway beneath spot 6; cell spot large; spots 7, 8 and S> brogdegad squarish, about equal in width;.disical spots on secondaries large and usually fused, usually with a phantom spot in space 14; marginal border of secondar- ies broad and yellowish; under surface of secondaries usually mottled laght: and) dark. ..Li02) 2 eee sibditle KemoVehghateieb eneteneneWedemahabelaWetonle® « coloradensts Complex Ground color grayish-black; wing shape medium; spots of upper surface dight yellow; indistimetvoversea ane near base of wings; spot 7 extending to or well be- neath inner edge of spot 6; cell spot) medtumiegowsmait spots 7 ands round on inner Side, with minded erene es tooth, spot 9 somewhat wider; discal spots of secon- daries small, separate, phantom spot in space 14 usually absent; marginal border of) secondamucsmoen narrow to medium width, grayish-yellow; under surface of secondaries usually uniform gray, sometimes Jlkelehecne imSeie Meicwaels 5 4 a6 navagjo Complex Ground color shiny black; wing shape medium to fairly broad; spots of upper surface lemon- to orange-yellow we shea alte te allel Apel Mee onis eheaileipeleate le stallingst Complex Ground color grayish-black; wing shape narrow to medium; spots white, to laght- yellow...) een 4 Wing shape narrow to medium; spots sordid white; light to medium overscaling near base Of }wimeseameemr spot large; spots 7, 8 /and 9 medium to wade-iidieea spots of secondaries small to medium, Separate; amar- ginal border of secondaries medium; under surface of Se CondanLesemendyy Coayey. uence (cena teehee oan: tags Wing shape medium to wide; spots sordid white to light yellow; medium to heavy overscaling near base of wings; cell spot medium; spots 7,) 8 and 9) wader discal spots of secondaries large, often) suseceaeea well-defined phantom spot in space 14; marginal border of secondaries very wide; under suridgecevor secondaries variable from uniform gray to very mottled dark and light...arizonae Complex Megathymus coloradensis 13 Key to the males of the Megathymus c. coloradensts complex fa. Ground color light brownish-black; spot 7 extending noe the distance under spot 6; heavy overscaling of Tight yellow near base of wings; small,(average ex- panse 50 mm); Oklahoma panhandle, Texas panhandle, southern Colorado, and northern New Mexico......... 220 5 5 otk Se e. coloradensts Riley oaiGweund color dark brownish-black; spot 7 extending Pamom anout half way under spot 6; light overscaling ormyellow,near.base of.wings; size larger (average pease 4 mm) Castern New,.Mexico... ines steace J. ee so ogi Sis ae Gu CLUdaensds) Si. les Gs Key to the females of the Megathymus c. coloradensis complex ia Ground color: light brownish-black} spot, 7 usually expending half the distance under spot 6;.usually paunivye heavy, pale ioverscaling near base of. wings; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries usually fags waite sused, with a distinct phantom spot in Seaeceeloe-smalil. (average expanse: 58,.mm).5...de5%.. MI Sees. feiss ss ec. ecoloradensts Riley 1b. Ground color dark brownish-black; spot 7 extending Usialbyewabout a third of ‘the distance under spot 6; Overscaling near base of wings medium; discal spots Onyupper surface of secondaries usually separate, and fie phantom spot in space 14 is more or less obsolete Pao mMcavehace Jexpamse O8.mM) so 2s 2 six cranes O. Seepee« BOM eS Set oe syst ss sts) s os) se Sere sale Cn ne LEGGenSte ko 2 hy 4G eo 2a. Megathymus coloradensis coloradensis Riley, new combination Megathymus yuccae coloradensis Riley, 1877, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. bOUTS, 52568 . ype socaluty 17 near Colorado Springs, Colorado. weroueron. — Colorado: ‘Colorado Springs, Spring- Polemmedisass Wallace Co.; Oklahoma: Kenton;,Texas: fate Duro Canyon; New Mexico: Santa Fe. Life history. - Adults emerge during April and May. Larval food plant, Yueca glauca Nuttall. Chromosome number. - 27. 14 Review of Megathymidae 2b. Megathymus coloradensis elidaensis Stallings, Turner & Stallings, new combination Megathymus yuecae eltdaensts Stallings, Turner & Stallings, 1966, Lepid. SOG eS ZO VO Type locality. \- near bivday *Roosevel fiGase mem Mexico. Distribution. - known only in the vicinity vee em ty pe pieecainkay Life history. - Adults: émerge during Mareh, Apri feand May. Larval food plant, Yueea glauea Nuttall. Chromosome number. - unknown. Key to the males of the Megathymus c. navajo complex la. Spot’ 9 same width as spots; marcinal boxgdegmon secondaries grayish-white, indistinct; northern New México, northern Arizona, southern Nevadad: aaaee ee ES SS Seal eae ee. Se e. navago Skinner lb. Spot 9 elongated inward, approximately two, times ene width of spot 8; marginal border of espots' 7, 8 and 9 fairly broad, about equal in size; often a broadly V-shaped phantom spot in space 14; marginal border of secondaries broad, light yellow; under surface of secondaries rather evenly weetom om lack: Lbaverage expanse .70)mm......5. ec es os RUPEPMIIIE eT et niet aks) co. co ccl's ce ct whe ee aes artzonae Tinkham Wing shape broad; spots of upper side whitish; medium to heavy overscaling near base of wings; spot 7 reaching well beneath spot 6; cell spot medium to ieee spots: 7, 8 and 9 broad, spot 7 often reaching inward nearly to cell spot; heavy overscaling of white near outer margins on the upper surface of the primaries; a well-developed V-shaped phantom spot in space 14; marginal border of secondaries very broad, grayish-white; under surface of secondaries mottled Boeri winoht: “average expanse 69 mm....0....2.-.-. Eats 's sate sel She elev ale le eee ete ee o's PEUDENT Sal. "Go. Wing shape narrow to medium; spots of upper surface sordid whitish-yellow; medium overscaling near base of wings; spot 7 reaching to or just beneath spot 6; cou spot Varge;) spot 7 never. reaching to cell spot; white overscaling is restricted to the apical region; phantom spot in space 14 a broad blotch, not V- shaped; under surface of secondaries evenly gray with ihrvereecomtrast; average expanse 65) mm........... 6% 22255 5 85 4 Re eee ee ae winkensts Freeman 2i. Megathymus coloradensis arizonae Tinkham, new combination Megathymus yuccae artzonae Tinkham, 1954, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Serer o> lol, pl’. 2. Type locality. ~- Mountain View, Pima Co., Arizona. Distribution. - Arizona: south-central, Mountain View, Benson. Life history. - Adults emerge during March. Larval food plants, Yueca thornberyti McKelvey, and Yucca elata Engelm. Soil pH, at type hOCaaety, 1. Chromosome number. - unknown. 2]. Megathymus coloradensis reubeni Stallings, Turner & Stallings, new combination Megathymus yuccae reubeni Stallings, Turner & Stallings, 1963, Lepid. Soe. fess7.. 20 Review of Megathymidae Type locality. ;- Hueco Mountains, El Paso Cos 0 elexaee Distribution. - Texas: .. Hueco Mountains, andi meds Shafter, ePresrdano Co. Life history.,.- All specimens emerged during Januar, to April except the one female from Shafter which emerged 8 Sept. 1957. Larval food plants, Yucca baecauanteguey, and Yueca elata Engelmann. Soil pH, at type locality 17.3, and the same at the location near Shafter. Chromosome number. - 27. 2k. Megathymus coloradensis winkensis Freeman, new combination Megathymus yuceae winkensts Freeman, 1!965,J.Lepid. Soc., [9:87. Type: bocala ty. -) Wank ;7Winkler® Comfy iemace Distribution. = Texas: Wink, S> mileses — eae Winkler Co., 6 miles n. Pyote, Ward Co. Life history. - Adults emerge during February and March. Larval food plant, Yucca campestris McKelvey. SOil, pHi at ty pew loca lat tyarore Chromsome number. - unknown. Key to the males of the Megathymus c. wtlsonorum complex la. Wing shape very narrow; spots of upper sadenduia lemon yellow; dense, dull lemon yellow .overseat ame near base of wings; spot /°not reaching women eceae of spot 6; marginal border of secondaries mideaeau es lemon yellow; usually one subcostal spot on VYower *sux- face of secondaries; average expanse 61 mmyiyrermaicy of Mission, Texas to Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexreon. A aR ere AeA hore elect crt wt lLsonorum SS. uae 1b. Wing shape narrow; spots of upper side sordid yellow- ish-white; faint scant, gray overscaling at base of wings; spot 7 barely reaching inner edge of sspaceas marginal border of secondaries of medium width, sordid yellowish-white; two subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; average expanse 57 mm; San Angelo, Texas southward to Allende, Coahuila, Mexrege and westward to Langtry, Texas...loutseae Freeman le. Wing shape medium; spots and upper side ydum lemon yellow; fairly heavy overscaling of lighter@seales and hairs near base of wings; spot 7 barely feaeneue Megathymus coloradensis 2 inner edge of spot 6; marginal border of secondaries of medium width, dull lemon yellow; usually two white subcostal spots on lower surface of secondaries; average expanse 56 mm; northcentral Texas through SeawAntondo. to Laredo, ;-Texas:.... kendallt Freeman Key to the females of the Megathymus ce. wilsonorum complex la. Wing shape very narrow; spots of upper surface yellow- ish-white; fairly heavy grayish-yellow overscaling near base of wings; spot 7 not reaching inner edge of Suoenoe cell spot medium; spot 9 triangular with apex POImting Inward; fringes of primaries distinctly eweewercd dark pray: and sordid white; discal spots of Secondaries greatly reduced, 10 and 11 usually absent; Hageigain border of secondaries broad, .light yellow; under surface of secondaries grayish-black, darker OWemdIseal area and lighter around costa and margin; Med COMODO ANS ES ~ 7-4. Y MMe. oy5)s oye speh ove, s wiltsonorum S. & T. 1b. Wing shape narrow; spots of upper side yellowish-white; faint grayish-yellow overscaling near base of wings; Were usually reaching to inner-edge of spot 6; Goulyspoe medium; spot 9 triangular, apex pointing Himes pLimarres with fringes of primaries distinctly emeeckeored black and sordid white; discal spots.of secondaries reduced, 10 and 11 mere dots, sometimes a prancom Spot .1n space 14; marginal border of sec- ondarie¢s medium in width, sordid white blending into Pigys under SUrEace of secondaries uniform grayish - black, with some lighter gray around margin and near CoOsta;,.average expanse 69 mm..... toutseae Freeman he. Wing shape medium to broad; spots of upper side light yellow; fairly heavy overscaling of yellowish-gray iain scales Near base Of wings; spot 7 may oT Diweioustedch inner edge of Spot 6; cell spot medium to large; spot 9 shaped like’a broad VY with the point Giteerca toward base of wing; fringes of primaries checkered light and dark; discal spots of secondaries well-defined, marginal border of secondaries narrow, yellow;under surface of secondaries uniform grayish- Pigemen average expanse 70 mm..... kendallt Freeman 21. Megathymus coloradensis wilsonorum Stallings & Turner, new combination Megathymus yuccae wilsonorum Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, Peo o5 7". iuperwecality. - Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Dijeribikeron., --Mexico: Victoria, China, General ZZ Review of Megathymidae Bravo,, lamaulipas; Yexas: -"Mrssion ‘and Sulla van eee Hidaligo¥ Co.) vand Rie "Grandes Cate. sea Cor late “history. - "The adults’ emerge durine hem rue March and April. Larval food plants, Yueca treculeana Carr. and Yueca (Samueta) carnerosana Wrel= joodiaear 7.5 at type locality and Mission, Uexas alate Chromosome number. - 27. 2m. Megathymus coloradensis louiseae Freeman, new combination Megathymus yuccae loutseae Freeman, 1963,J.Lepid. SOC. 3 ty aor Type locality. - 16 miles “north Del “Rios. Via ieee Con, slexasr Distribution: - Western Texas (Vicinvtty ot sane macs to vicinity of Del Rio), and northern Mexico (12 miles south Allende, Coahuila). Life history.) > Adults emerge trom Hebmiian—samee May. Larval food plants, Yueca thompsontana Trel., Yuecea torreyt Snater, and’ Yucea reverchont tren nse sepue type locality’ 7°11, varies in (locations studvedt-remm some Viwlee Chromosome number. - 27. 2n. Megathymus coloradensis kendalli Freeman, new combination Megathymus yuccae kendallt Freeman, 1965, Lepid. Soc., 19:83. lype docality.osan Antone, Bexar iCo- a lexdcr Distribution. - South central Texas ;(Erath{Gounm aire Webb County) . Life history. - Adults emerge during February, March and April. Larval food plants, Yucca constrreta Buckie, Yueea rupteola Scheele, Yueea pallida MeKkelvey ivece necoptna Shinners, and Yucca treculeana Carr. Soil pH, 72S. demalll ys Gudyaea ao ige aes. Chromosome number. - 27. 3. Megathymus cofaqui (Strecker) Megathymus harrisi rags Aegtale eofaqui Strecker, 1876, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 28:148. Megathymus cofaqut; Skinner, 189], in: Smith, List Lep. Bor. Amer.:17. Mepe wocality. - Boca Grande, Lee .Co., Florida. wrsenibucion. - Florida: Sarasota, Boca Grande, Longboat Key, Casey Key, and Lutz. Pereriistory. —- Adults emerge during February, March micvnpiil. UKarval’ food plant, Yucca atotfolta 1. Chromosome number. - unknown. 4. Megathymus harrisi Freeman | Megathymus harrisi Freeman, 1955, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 171]:2. ype Locality.° = Stone Mountain, Dekalb Co., Georgia. Diseribution.) - Georgia: . Stone Mountain, Atlanta, and Cleveland. Peecrmrscory. —- Adults” emerge’ during July, and August. Larval food plant, Yucca filamentosa L. Chromosome number. - unknown. 5. Megathymus streckeri (Skinner) Aegtale streckert Skinner, 1895, Canad. Ent., 27:179. Megathymus streckert |898, Syn. Cat. N. A. Rhop.,:99. iyesewlocality. - Petrified Forest,-Apache'€o., Ariz= ona. Diseapibution..-.Arizona:.*Petrified. Forest ;*New Mexico: Albuquerque, Santa Fe; Colorado: La Veta, Ala- mesa Cee. bamosa Canyon, 14 miles from Capulin,- Conejos fa-eelocanea., Wa Plata Co., Del Norte, Monte Vista, Shaw erecks South*Fork, Willow Creek} Wolf Creek 5° miles east Pe SOUGhe Fork. Rio! Grande’ Co. Life history. :- unknown. Chromosome number. - unknown. 24 Review of Megathymidae 6. Megathymus texanus Barnes & McDunnough Megathymus streckert texana Barnes & McDunnough, 1912, Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lephdr. Nie An, Wi, 5) 2 S958 lls aaah ao 6a. Megathymus texanus texanus Barnes & McDunnough Megathymus streckert texana Barnes & McDunnough, 1912, Contrib. Nat. Hits tee hep ides Nemriee ilhe595 4 para Zo tis, 29). Megathymus texana; Freeman, 1944, Ent. News, 55:105. Megathymus alboetneta Holland, 1930, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 1[9:159; Freeman, 1944, Ent. News, 55:105 (Synonymy). Type local ity., =. Kernvadile ,- Kerr Cone emacse Distribution..- Texas: Kerrville, Pampa,.Guaieu@ee Skellytown, Carson Co., Palo Duro Canyon, Anmstromayeoun Wheeler Co.; New Mexico: Folsom; Southeastern Colorado. Life history. - Adults emerge during April, May and June. Larval food plant, Yueea glauca Nuttall. Chromosome number. - unknown. 6b. Megathymus texanus leussleri Holland Megathymus leusslert Holland, 1931, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 20:262; Freeman, 1944, Ent. News, 55:104 (as synonym of texwana). Type locality: - Sand Hills near Valentine eens, Co., Nebraska. Distribution. - Nebraska: . Valentine; Hi fess aoues Dakotans yeltacketnwals.: Life History. - Adults emerge during June} anesauee Larval food plants, Yuecea glauea Nuttall. Chromosome number. - Unknown. This subspecies differs from typical texanus in that the spots are more orange-yellow on the upper surface of the primaries, especially in the females, and thelmates often have a small yellow spot on the disc,of) the Ssecan- daries where vein M, branches from the cell, which is lackine an stypaCalamceaanwee 7. Megathymus ursus Poling Megathymus violae 2b Megathymus ursus Poling, 1902, Ent. News, 13:97, pl. 4. iupe Locality: - Santa Catalina Mountains, west of Redington, Pima Co., Arizona. Distribution. - Arizona: west of Redington, Madera Canyon, Mt. Lemmon, Carr Canyon, Paradise. Merc nistory. - Adults emerge during June, July and August. Larval food plant, Yueca schottit Engelm. Soil ni yeaeeey pe. Locality, 6.1. Chromosome number. - unknown. 8. Megathymus violae Stallings & Turner Megathymus vtolae Stallings & Turner, 1956, Lepid. News, 10:4. iggpertoeality. - Carisbad Caverm National Park, Eddy Co. , New Mexico. Distribution. - New Mexico: Carlsbad Caverns National Patesslexasqebise Bend National Park; several locations in northcentral Mexico. biecwnastory., — Adults’ emerge ‘during May, June and July. The larval food plant is Yueea torreyt Shafer. Chromosome number. - 27. 9. Megathymus beulahae Stallings & Turner Megathymus beulahae Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, I1:12I O57] Type locality. - near Ixmiquilpan, Hidalgo, highway eae Kime E76, Mexico ; ; . iaaertpmewon. —- Mexico: type locality and 10 miles south Ixmiquilpan. Life history. - Adults emerge during July and August. The larval food plant is Agave strtata Tucc. Soil pH, eype locality, 6. Chromosome number. - unknown. 10. Megathymus gayleae Stallings, Turner & Stallings Megathymus gayleae Stallings, Turner & Stallings, 1963,J.Lepid. Soc., eens 26 Review of Megathymidae Type” locality s-) 25) kien ont esialit ial Loe. Goines Mexico, marker 903. Distribution. - Northern Mexueo: type sllocaiiayeaeas to 50 miles west of Saltillo, on highway 405) 0 eeoeZe mikes) east of Saltillo, son highway 40, 73 mailies) mortem Saltillo, in the pass and on, the north) slopeson tne jemcasue dep las Gavilan Omuinivedawiaiy: Boyle Life history. - Adults emerge during (Sepeembexr ane October. The larval food plant is Agave faleata Engelm. SOs joa, ee wyoe Iocalluiy, Vee. Chromosome number. - unknown. Subfamily AEGIALINAE Stallings & Turner Aegialinae Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, 11:134 L'1957"] The antennae extend to the outer edge omen mec spot. The pulvillus is well developed. The paronychium 1S; balobed; with both jhobes narrows The (tonigue: stsmagcra developed. The genitalia form vs) usually jcomp hexane.) ac larvae construct from one to two trap (doors jomm@ehe mower Surface of the Agave lear. They do not powdemeemcwenamiaa tunnel, and the young larywae tunnel di rec elhs seo mr meas of theyleat to form the larval chamber.) nee pupatierenc. master is narrowly spoonbilled, and has many hooks. There 1s one brood each year, with the adults emere inoue summer and fall. Key to the tribes of AEGIALINAE la. Cremaster of pupa with a small knobbed termnarion- usually with hooks; larval tunnel not powdercas proharpe of the male genitalia shorter than cucullus Or apparently absent;’ antennae reaching cell lon DEV ONG, Bee aise MOM See re oe amen aes Aegialini Ib. Cremaster of pupae nude, or at most Welt meee bristles; larval tunnel powdered; the prohagpe Monge: than cucullus; antennae barely reaching inner edge Oy CORE. 5 esis. ahaa es Ae ee Agathymini Tribe AEGIALINI Stallings & Turner Aegialini Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, [1:134 L"1957"] Tribe AEGIALINI 27 Key to the genera of AEGIALINI eae spot in interspace 1 in line with two above; parony- chium bilobed, both lobes narrow; genitalia complex; pupal cremaster narrowly spoonbilled, with many Memsesrarvace tunnel directly ‘to base of leaf ..... MPEP coc ss «sii o's ts 60 8 0 8's 0 6 0s Aegtale Felder i. opot in interspace 1 out of line with two above, directed inward basally; paronychium bilobed, broad; Peitecdtig Simple ‘in’ males, complex in females; pupal cremaster broadly spoonbilled, with few hooks; Paeidcueunnel ain zrresular pattern to base of deat... 232605610 61 GRA See ne ieee Turnertna Freeman AEGIALE Felder Aegtale Felder, 1860, Wiener Ent. Monats., 4:1]0. Witere 15 at present one recognized species in this genus, Aegtale hespertarts (Walker), which is confined to Me x1 CO: 1. Aegiale hesperiaris (Walker) Castnia hespertarts Walker, 1856, List Lep. Het. Brit. Mus., WEISS. Acentrocneme hespertarts; Druce, 1896, Bio]. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het., (Dy oe Aegtale hespertaris; Draudt, 1924, in: Seitz, Macrolep. World, 5, AMeh = KNOpP.,:998. Aegtale kollart Felder, 1860, Wiener Ent. Monats., 4:11]. Acentroeneme kollari; Scudder, 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., 10:100; Druce, 1896, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het., 2:319 (synonymy). Tertas agavis Blasquez, 1870, La Naturaleza, 1:282; Druce, [896, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het., 2:319 (synonymy). Gpeoelecality. - vic. Mexico, D. F., Mexico. Distribution._- Northern and central Mexico, D. F.; Wepeimmcastavexico, D..F.: Kim. 227 n. Tehuacan, Puebla; Memos Somen San Luis Potosi, S. L. P.; San Cayetano de las Vacas; Nuevo Leon; San Jose de Raices, Nuevo Leon; Popeater stoaltillo; Pass Sierra de la Gavia, Coahuila; Monclova, Coahuila; 10 miles north Jimenez, Tamps.; 28 Review of Megathymidae Galeana, Nuevo Leon) (0) oc¢alwente,, Zacatecas uaa Zarean Durango. Life history. - Larvae located in bottom leaves) o£ Agave amerveana L. ‘or related species of Agave yy Inemadules emerge during August, September, October and November. Chromosome number. - 24. TURNERINA Freeman Turnertna Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:84 ["|958"], Key to the species of the Turnerina la. Average expanse 50 mm; spots of unequal size )-ormame discal band on-Ssecondaries, one at anal anedienang outer one elongated toward outer margin of wing; two yellow spots above outer discal Spot; ‘esoundecoton On under surface of secondaries motblede ya Ib. Average expanse 42) mm;) spots. of about sequialunomsa forming discal band on secondaries; no spots above outer discal spot; ground color on under (Sum-aeeuen Secondaries sWMonse) Mun iso my neeyet. ce hazelae (Ss) 7G iees) 1. Turnerina mejicanus (Bell) Megathymus mejtcanus Bell, 1938, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1013: 8, figs. 5, 6. Turnertna mejtcanus; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:84 E“e58'ahy Type locality. - Guanacevi, Durango.) Mexereor Distribution. - Known only from Che ty pessemucce Four males from Guanacevi, one female from Rio Campo, MexakGor Life history. - Not known. The adults were collected in October, 1903. ; Chromosome number. - unknown. 2. Turnerina hazelae (Stallings O\ lumens Megathymus hazelae Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, I]: VAT hOn Mal. Turnerina hazelae; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:84 ["1958"]. Genus Agathymus 29 ie vlocality::.- Mexico: » near Chilpancingo, Guerrero, mvchway 095s) iKm, 255). Distribution. - Known only from the type locality. Life history. - The adults emerge during September, October and November. The larvae are found in a succulent Egavewwitch makes 1t rather difficult to collect them, as the larvae and pupae die very quickly when the humidity im thew” larval: chamber drops below a certain point. The plants grow on rocky cliffs. Chromosome number. - unknown. Tribe AGATHYMINI Stallings & Turner Agathymini Stallings and Turner, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:93 LD ics ts Meapresecmurthere 1s but) one genus an this tribe: AGATHYMUS Freeman Agathymus Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:82 ["1958"]., Members of this genus have the following character- istics: Antennal club without an apiculus; antennae not medehang ‘cell spot; thorax clothed with scales and hair- like scales; pulvillus poorly developed; paronychium nar- row and ribbon-like, not bilobed;tongue well developed; piinartes wath outer edge. ofidiscal: band of spots in) line, Reaenmmo ven wuwel lb berore)itermen;’ genitalia, complex; pupal cremaster usually pointed and without hooks; larvae Enaopedoot builders; food plant of larvae, Agave; larval burrow powdered; adults usually emerge in late summer and fal Ii Key to the males of species complexes in AGATHYMUS Pa weidiaimeneloped spots on upper:surface: of both WHALES 5 o, 5 ovo le tok SiN CLGI IE OR ice Ane ee 2 ibe Weltwcdeveloped. spots sometimes present,on primaries , eM Mme SIO CON MANIC St ti ceyeh fais of 6 ‘ai follsl ais wtlele Loletahie le fellevele « 10 foeeeeapecs Va, se. and 9 on primaries,- discal: spots of secondaries fused; medium to heavy overscaling of Pee Ee MANOUSI at: base Od WINPS(.s.. ie ete ites ERLE 5 Ao eeperswy,,tro. and 9, on primaries’, discal, spots) of secondaries not fused; sparse or no overscaling at a OMOPE NUT S628 hc 5 ols Wee afb de Meith Ree Tiel. whl eee f 30 Review of Megathymidae 3a. Spots bright orange-yellow; spot 7 usually overlupping spot 6; costa of primaries usually orange-fulvous.. 3b. Spots dull yellow; spot 7 not overlapping inter edac of spot 6; costa of primaries dull yellow to same asiceround icolom.. BVA. Phineas. ST. . tO eee 6 4a. \Cellrspot Large, usually elongated somtcosmalesade toward base of wings; discal spot on secondaries above vein 4 usually elongated toward base of wings producing a sharp point; orange-fulvous overseatane at base of primaries usually reaching iceiii aaa 5 4b. Cell spot usually small and not elonearedmioward base of wings; discal spot on secondaries above vein 4 rounded, not elongated into a point; orange- fulveus overscaling usually restricted »to mntersngecs Deum Zieh: 5 2 Rg a aiclag ity tO a chtsosensts complex sa. Small, average expanse 45 mm; discal bande subeostat spots and cell area usually sordid: white yontundex Surface of secondaries; spot 8 wider thanispotaen 9; fringed checkeredwhi te ‘and black? “Ashec 92 eee Sr SHSY a gulbhies o eigutsnb) Gh eyo eetyetlek-onre fet th 3: enkehra, Mircteniee ce poling? complex 5b. large, average expanse 56, mm; discalebandeesubececeas spots, and cell area seldom lighter than ground color; Spoitsi 7, 18, and +9) ot approximate ly) iequaligsseae: fringes. yellow to’ sordid white, checkered jase oie: ale: STiesdoliltecey Sidned thule oh oat anon cee ac. seek edarleas fe neumoegent complex 6a. Wing shape broad; spot 8 usually wider than either 7 sor 93 ‘spot 7 may or: may not reach, iannex fede gen SPOE OLP stl) MT 1 Ieee aa 1 evanst complex 6b. Wing shape narrower; spots 7, 8, and 9 usually about equal an sizes spot 7 mot) reachime anwemved memes SPOCTOS Ee EiNaSS WhaNeS ese alee aryxna complex 6c. ‘Wing Shape’ medium;*spots 7° 3,’ and 9! usualihs pour equal in size; spot 7 usually well basalonesaar 6 4 PGMS MUS Wall elev nay CHlenOwns hws ner te bauert complex 7a. Ground color usually black; maculation usually wert developed on lower surface of secondaries; Spot w not overlapping spot 6 on upper surface) Of primagnes- lower discal spot on secondaries approximately equal Ln’ SiZe) hoe theo therws. A 0s ee A ee 8 7ba. Ground color usually brownish-black; maculation usually poorly developed or absent on» lower) Ssummaee of secondaries; spot: 7 may _or may not overfapespor 6 on primaries; lower discal spot on secondaries usually. largest. ome, an) OW. 4 i. sc ise eee eee 9 8a. 8b. 9a. OD. 10a. Ob: a. ED: Ba. 2b. iC Key to Agathymus 31 Spots 7, 8, and 9 usually small and slightly rounded; Spet jor spots present above last discal spot on secondaries; white area on lower surface of secon- arciecs cxtending into cell, not a distinct white spot; maudbly (5 ispots dn discal row on secondaries .s..... PEPER Re oe Paria tl ars 2256. a Ped. ba stephenst complex Spots 7 and 9 usually somewhat elongated with their points directed basad; spots usually absent above last discal spot on secondaries; usually a small distinct white cell spot on lower surface of secon- @aries; usually 4 spots in discal row on secondaries. Beets eter tet ahs CC PLM. ae remtngtont complex Average expanse 45 mm; spot 9 usually wider than spots 7 or 8; macular band on lower surface of sec- enadarres tdustinct “to absent....6. martae complex Average expanse 64 mm; spots 7 and 8 elongated inward toward base of wing, usually wider than spot 9; macular band on lower surface of secondaries heavily Guerseatled with sordid yellowish scales: 2. cisco.... Re see ee klein. oi eiade so bla ds Slee lel e's alltae complex Usaaskaspots present *on the primaries; long pencil of execeumbe frai rs above cell on upper ‘surface of sec- ondaries; erectile hairs on the cell on the lower Bue ace “Of the primaries 20: oe... tndectsa complex Netdistancte spots on ‘the upper «surface of ‘the wings; BORE GHIMne hart rs Ton’ SeCONdarLeS FP... e. 6 KR REI BODO. Key to the females of species complexes in AGATHYMUS Well developed spots on upper surface of both wings.. SCM SAelse G11Gl |e) (6 (6) © 6 @ © © © © © @ © @ @ se @ e@ eee ewoeeeeeeneeweeoeceneeeeeweeensee Well developed spots sometimes present on primaries, Mi OME SICCON Gare S ste. la hs ie slokere Shee enSnw e wee wlieten 10 Spots on primaries more or less fused; veins between pees ses, and 9 of approximately same color ‘as Spots; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries APRONS oh seer STS eg a asso o's cla ole ete dee oe Ha aiete shoes waha'e 5 Spots on primaries more or less fused; veins between spots darker than spots; discal spots on upper sur- BaecoGr Secondaries more or less separate.......%.. 7 Spots on primaries separate; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries separated by darker veins or PMR LOL ON I 26 she 4 28th BOS aS oot aw en ol al ort Mes 8 SZ Sas Sib. Ave 4b. als 51) 5 Gale 6b. Tas de 8a. 8b. Review of Megathymidae Spots large, bright orange-yellow; spot 7 fused into cell spot; base of both wings heavily overscaled with orange -fullveusis, K8201. 8D. SAMS. MAAK. SASS ee 7 Spots medium in width, deep yellow; spot 7 usually reaching ‘under cell spot} not distinetlyaisuseqmames it ; medium’to sparse, yellow overscaling at basemen WIG Sit. PAS BARDS 8. oe HEN ee) Eh ok ghelation sey onal eee a a 6 Cell on primaries completely surrounded by bright OVAING Cidys Gey NE halen s a swansea easy hee rene ich neumoegent complex Cellj,on -primaries not completely surrounded by bane OV AMVC sos he ape te tere orci ee iss «01.0, 6 @ &) oo leone) keener 5 Average expanse 45 mm; spots deep orange; discal spot above vein 4 projecting basad on upper surface of sec- ondaries; maculation lower surface of secondaries, distinct, strongly Contrasting. .... 2scyajo. eee Average expanse 59 mm; spots deep reddish-orange; discal spot above vein 4 on upper surface of secon— daries not projecting sharply basad; maculatvonyan- distinct..on lower ;surfacel of, secondam esta... Spot 7 may or may not overlap edge of spot G2 amaeula- tion on lower, surface of secondaries, usudliyediseimee. some species with a clear, white discal band and other spots;, wing +shiape; medium -t 0; dla GOW ip. sits MUSTER GR G 5! SASHA BR cs reracrey Sls Sacs on pk ok ae ea bauert complex: Spot 7 usually reaching under spot 63 maculatroanmen lower surface of secondaries light to medium, not strongly contrasting; wing shape broad...) Spe COOOL COED bc ono Oo ou GI Oo ..evanst complex Average expanse 60 mm; spots deep yellow; under sur- face of secondaries uniform grayish with aidisaemer lighter spots; spots 7 and 8 usually wider thangspot Di sretal's Seahs ah dadeed aaninaie ate SbaswneEsh open ayaeks aryxna complex Average expanse 50 mm; spots light yellow; maculation on lower surface of secondaries well developed tay none; spot 9 usually wider than spots 7. and) Seyyaeenr dist Rar sual al avery Sp Une abate nck.) capone woman cldewien fue martae complex Average expanse 68 mm; spot 7 extends from beneath inner edge of spot 6, to well beneath, spok ay ae coh SSW idhie sataeal Teds eget a fay ed eee Bn aetpertlentee Sy he alltae complex Average expanse 55 mm;, spot 7 not..extendingtossmoe Db as he, yaya gS ope S26, ohm, ah op sick aera ak <-agias ees oeedd ow ae a oho eee en 9 9a. BD. LO. Ob: iba). ib: Za: 2D. SE Sb. 4a. Key to Agathymus By) epees) 7 and 8 wider than spot 9, 9 columnar in shape; spots light yellow to nearly white; 7 well developed spots on upper surface of secondaries; maculation meileceveloped ‘on lower surface of secondaries... ... MIs toe SN eee aed a eee eis toes stephenst complex spot 9 wider than spots 7 or 8, usually pointed on Ho tnner side; spots deep yellow; usually 6 spots on uppem@ surtace of secondaries; maculation indistinct to well developed on lower surface of secondaries... | + 2.6 6/5 0.0 :0) Gee atcha saree aera RP aroma, remtngtont complex Ground color brownish-black; primaries with well Pmeroped maculativon on upper surface’... 2. 6 teed ce ee oo oo 9 5 ce 65) oo ee ee eerie tndectsa complex Ground color black; no well developed spots on upper- Seecn erimees clear white extending onto wings on 2} PONG Ie See a ene a eee een eee Pethnony Complex Key to males of the Agathymus neumoegent complex Orange-fulvous overscaling at base of primaries eeuctaimey to cell area, of secondaries, extending to iiaeawespocs; round Color on lower surface of secon- ZELES IT we Wace es iio Meeacash ai oe bine eine eran crirra aero 2 Orange-fulvous overscaling at base of primaries Poameijeunedcaine lower edge of cell, of secondaries, becoming Sparse before reaching discal spots; ground collier. on lower surface of secondaries dark gray...3 Discal band on lower surface of secondaries macular, usually lighter than ground color; spot 7 usually wider than spots 8 and 9; discal band of secondaries TV EQDIE CY 2) 6. G5 Gee ea mE ee a a quiclivelncie (Ss °& 5) Discal band on lower surface of secondaries indistinct, hardly lighter than ground color; spot 8 usually wider midair oro discal band on secondaries wide........ I ws ee we er eo ele e's d 8's macalpinet (Freeman) Lower surface of secondaries uniform dark gray to SRM NIMS TOI AN era coho Iuca ga sce) sasyer sar sisi es slave sis. sie ayeuensis ilete le + howerssurtace Of. secondaries with discal band distinct ammecMue ye! TMU CACSE oy. iia. eo, o 0 sie .e a 'e 0 510 Coben 60 pie in © le 5 Pomiactes: spots 7, 8 and 9° of ‘about equal size; doeesinack: beneath most of cell;* costa slightly over- scaled with orange. Secondaries: discal band nar- Hour lowen Ssurtace’ uniform dark gray. ...’.. 0... ee eee neumoegent (Edwards) eevsveevcescvseeeeveeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 34 Ab. Sa. Sib: iar Ie) 6 Pale D5) « SEV a by Ava Ab. Sav, SID Review of Megathymidae Primaries :.. spot. (8 usually, wider chan. casthtetasgaesam or, 9;. usually .an. irregular orange, .spot,.beneathucete costa usually heavily overscaled with orange. Secon- daries: ..discal band fairly wide; lower surfaceyund- fOEMy DEC OWA Sih GAN, ate cua ue essai cee eae f Lorencege.(S mice Spot. 6 slightly wider than kms los tease: of) Puch lary teueieor Mexekeor Distribution. —- Southern Mexico: typemliocailinmas Telicamachalicommand km? «227 north ot Nehuacans aed elaeae Pueb hae Life history. = The adults emerge during September. October and November. The larvae feed in a parryt-like Agave, and make a black trap door which is characteristic Of therevians i comp lend Chromosome number. - unknown. Key to the males of the Agathymus mariae complex la. Under surface of secondaries evenly overscaled, with sLole jefe 2b. 3a. Slo 4 le 4b. Sau Sibe. | life Key tommariace complex 43 arscal spots indistinct, or absent; spots, 5 and 6.on miGderssurtace Of primaries indistinct or absent... .2Z Under surface of secondaries somewhat mottled, cell gn@mdiscal, Spots prominent; spot .5 .and. 6 on under PrP IccmOL Primaries. Usually GiSEIMNCE 4. . cisnsuws afera.cie 6 4 Discal spots on upper surface of secondaries form- ecm SRU ia Oe JL TIVS. ass vaiscnieg arfeno¥s ane f shape eegsuedehetiandha, bkekanonouse 5 Discal spots on upper surface of secondaries evenly BAPE CU nor ec yie Kohis od eucodepisiion series, oye Pape rindget Freeman Spots orange-yellow; spot 9 usually twice as wide as Orcs we and 6. cell’ spot on primaries, small, round; spots 5 and 6 usually prominent on upper surface of primaries; discal spots well developed on secondaries; PemeMoosmel Olneetane ANd: GAK, SLAY oncieiscrsnene odors sueiensiern ec 6 SpOesmtan; spots 7, 8, and 9 of approximately equal Se Geld Spot, ON primaries very small and linear; spots 5 and 6 usually absent on upper surface of primaries; discal spots small, sometimes poorly deminedmon secondaries; fringes sordid white to light tan, checkered with dark gray....gtlbertit Freeman Ground color brownish-black; overscaling heavy near base of wings; discal spots on secondaries large, ELOSS COUSINS ae ce le ee or eRe Aira eee An CeCe SP ee 5 Ground color dull black, with sparse overscaling; disiGaiaspous, On Secondaries small,- separated......... Pic eiirc. ons fed oueperete cneiss pelle yeleiieceneie xe lajttaensts Freeman Spormmoowrder-=than 8, 8 wider than 7; cell spot .on UppeE sSUGtace Of Secondaries usually indistinct; dis- cal spots on secondaries well defined, close together; fee Suman. And) dank, DOWNASD-DLACK. 01. susmeyeveelonsienciere © ¢ ECE ara crete Stele suicteye tories oie. oceans ere G2” MOR GOB.) SpeOtse/,,o, and 9, large, of approximately equal size; cell spot on upper surface of secondaries usually well defined; discal spots on secondaries large, close Eoeether: fringes light tan and brownish-black...... = 6 oll G9 6 CaoeD at nee a ae chitnattensts Freeman Key to females of the Agathymus martae complex Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries light to dankteciway = discal spots on lower surface of secondar - Hcminadrstinct, if present usually sordid white... 7... 2 44 itl oe Bay: ZiDy. Salve Sb. 4a. 4b. Sa. 5b Review of Megathymidae Overscaling on tower surface of Secondaries tameare brownish-gray; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries distinct, yeliowish to clear whaeeanee Spots tan; spot 7 may or may not reach outer edge of cell spot; fringes ‘sordid witi te “and dark vo iay ee 5 Spots orange-yellow; spot 7 reaching well under cell spot; fringes yellowish-tan and dark oray 7...) = ca a> bea terregels Yap Sette tee Sota ol ‘ouch eicave robe tiabs. po mtchenert (S. le igeare Spots 5 and 6 usually separate; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries usually Separate, \tormumene Straight line; cell spot on upper surface of vsecandana. HESS WMGstS EAtet «One a DIS Mier tent eus ta: gtlbertt Freeman Spots 5 and 6 usually fused; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries usually large, fused opeegene evenly curved; cell ‘spot on upper Surfdec oses ce. OnidawmLes. USiial dy sone Semicrry tees coc rtindget Freeman Overscaling ‘on lower surface of Secondarves: tan. discal spots on) upper surface of ‘Secondaries uaa, fused “and Varo i. st. as ce ss c.0 ones we hee eat 5 Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries brownish- gray; discal spots on upper surface of Secondaries UISKIa Laver SCP aia Crate ts o's etaere te etercee sree lajttaensts Freeman Ground color light brownash—black;: under |S unegee mon: secondaries heavily overscaled with yellowish-tan; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries con- trasting slightly with ground color; celiespor ws upper surface of secondaries heavily overscaled with yellowish scales; discal spots on upper surface of Secondaries skuisedi. ts clotee o sue oko ole martae (Be GLb Ground color dark brownish-black; under surface of secondaries sparsely overscaled with yellowish-gray; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries con- trasting distinctly with ground color; ceili =spergen upper surface of secondaries distinct; discal spots on upper surface of secondaries Targe,” separarcemman Gare ViGsritS er. mata, eee a talore suarenc Stoneaet chtnattensts Freeman 16. Agathymus mariae (Barnes & Benjamin) Megathymus martae Barnes & Benjamin, 1924, Contrib. Nat. Hist. ey Nic) PY, PL) OO Agathymus mariae; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, I2:L'1958"]. mariae complex 45 impcpwocal tty os Frankhin Mountains, E1’Paso, El Paso Co. 5 nexkas.. Psemtomeron. - Western Texas: Franklin Mountains, Etv@ease, Hueco Mountains; Nickle and Kent, -Culbéerson Co.; Diablo Mountains, Eagle Mountains, Sierra Blanca, Van Horn, Huespeen Ge.; Alpine, Marathon, Chisos Mountains, Brewster boo weueenopeckton, Pecos (Co.; McCamey, Upton Co:;; Sanderson, terretl (Go.s land Langtry, Val Verde Co. New Mexico: Vic- impos Canisbad Caverns National ‘Park. : Mexico: Ciudad Warez . ir oeMstony.';- The adults’ emerge during September, October, and November. The larvae feed in Agave leche- peeeemtorre. ‘soil pi, type locality, 8.4. Chromosome number. - 22. 17. Agathymus chinatiensis Freeman Agathymus chitnattensts Freeman, 1964, J. Lepid. Soc., 18:172. mer locaiity. - 2.7 miles «south Shafter;*Presidio Cows ilexas . UisemioutLom. .— “Southwestern -lexas> type locality; Chinati Mountains; 19 miles south Marfa, all in Presidio Co. incr atictory. —- the adults emerge during September and October. The larvae feed in Agave lecheguilla Torr. Soilipaeupe Locality. 701. Chromosome number. - 22. 18. Agathymus lajitaensis Freeman Agathymus lajitaensts Freeman, 1964, J. Lepid. Soc., 18:]74. Magew locality Y= t0imiles west "of Lajyita, Presidio Coos wexas’. itsemuoukTon. - Known only from the’ type locality, in the Big Bend area of Texas. Pircomistory. - Inevadults emerge during September and October. The larvae feed in Agave lecheguilla Torr. Soil pu type locality; \7 v3. Chromosome number. - 22. 46 Review of Megathymidae 19. Agathymus rindgei Freeman Agathymus vindget Freeman, 1964, J. Lepid. Soc., 18:180. Type locality 1-114 miles north Bracketviiwve; tamames, Comey ekesa'si- : Dustribution..-) Southwestern Texas: -aype Blecalmeras 28 miles north of Del Rio, Vale Verde Co.; 11-12 miles South hor Juno ieee La S0 Bite Life history. - The adults emerge during Sep teubens October, and November. The larvae feed in atypical Agaveilecheouttlas | Soa! pip typem loca Inka /enies Chromosome number. - 22. 20. Agathymus gilberti Freeman Agathymus gilbertt Freeman, 1964, J. Lepid. Soc., L8sier type locality. - 4) mules north of Bracketyaenormcse 1500 “Pee. KinineymiGor.in Hexas,. Distribution. -) Southwestern Texas)” type soca 28 miles north of Del,.Rio, Val Verde Co...) el) A450 ere: l1l-l2 miles: south, of Juno; Pecos River (Canyons teisameeae ft.; 10 miles east of Langtry, el. 1150) ft 2 > iceman miles west of Dryden; near Boquillas Canyons” BrewsicewmnGonr Silo OOO ite. Life history. - The adults emerge during September, October and November. The larvae feed in atypical Agave Leehegutlla in the vicinity of the type loca ity amcdeeen typical A. lechegutilla westward. Soil pH, type Voealaty; (Be Chromosome number. - 21. 21. Agathymus micheneri Stallings, Turner & Stallings Agathymus martae michenert Stallings, Turner & Snel Vinge l96Ns Ue lenis, Sees, NDEIs Agathymus michenert; Freeman, 1963, J. Res. Lepid., 2:140 type a - 15-20 miles south of Allende, on highway 57, Km. el. 1500 £t., CoahuilayiMexnegr Distribution. - known only from the type Looaartys; yas MOEN WMEeneiesul WA xaLCo . Key to remingtoni complex 47 Life history. - The adults emerge during September and October. The larvae feed in Agave lecheguilla Torr. Soil pie -eype Locality, 7.0. Chromosome number. - 20. Key to the males of the Agathymus remtngtoni complex? la. Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries grayish- brown to brownish-black; 5-6 discal spots on upper Peete GOitasOCONGAGLES 06. cee os he PUNT E oda. 2 1b. Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries light gray to grayish-black; 4-6 discal spots on upper SiMe CIGEeSOCONGArLeS) is Pho SO OGM. He OHes Ob bakse. 3 ZaepOMerscaling oni ilower surface -of secondartes dark, brownish-black; discal spots on lower surface of Seeonaarnres rarely visible; spots 7° and 8 usually twice as wide as 9; yellowish-brown overscaling near base of wings; usually 6 discal spots on upper sur- Paee Ol SECOMdarbes $s. e002. S22: fteldt Freeman 2be Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries uniform grayish-brown, with some green scales; discal spots One lower Surface of secondaries usually present; Speers sa, 6, and 9 of approximately equal width; brownish overscaling near base of wings; usually 5 Ghoealespots on upper surface of secondaries: ...... Es a Fe eee ee ee Seb. ester veae i@S 3 4G). ) 3a. Ground color dark brownish-black; cell spot small, rarely with linear spots on costa above; overscaling oneltower Surtace of secondaries light gray, with some biigekrareas: 4°small, linear, discal spots on lower eiteaentvd=-of Secondaries; discal spots on lower sur- mee vor Secondaries white; fringes checkered sordid UMitee mana IDUlACK HIPS. 6i. Poe Sie. ',valverdtensts Freeman DDeeeGcound color brownish-black; cell spot of average Size to large, usually one or two linear spots above - it; overscaling on lower surface of secondaries grayish-black, mottled; 5 more or less round discal spots on lower one-fourth of secondaries; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries conspicious, sordid white; fringes checkered yellowish-white and meee SM ee. hy PA Sa Nes remington GS 7 kG .) lagathymus escalantei S.T. §& S. is known only from the female. 48 Review of Megathymidae Key to females of the Agathymus remingtonti complex la. Overscaling on lower surface of secondaries brownish- gray to brownish-black; spot 7,may or may mot wnedem SyOpe, NO: sane ae et euueey Lb eee 06 6 bie thee we od Gy elerny cls acnen an 2 Ib. Overscaling on lower Surface ,of secondaries menace grayish-black; spot 7 usually reaching under spot y64; Za. \Overscaling on /lower surface of secondayies unison dark, brownish-black; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries ‘seldom visible; no) cell isper onmiane« surface of secondaries; Spot 8 on primagressusuania twiee as) wiudevas spoth9;).spot 7 not, redehine saoeeu, discal band on upper surface of secondaries, usually of 4 small spots; some yellowish-brown overscaling NaH wD asic FOR MupAMiOs Avery hae es eee fteldt Freeman Zb. Oversicaling on lower surface of secondannes fault brownish black; discal spots on lower surface of secondaries minute, white; spot 1 on primaries un- usually large, .larger than spot 77 -Spotge om jemi maries elongated inward almost reaching inner edge of spot 1; discal band on upper, surface ,of ssecondar— ies of 4 spots in a-straight line, uppersiwo diseimer, lower stwor DOOTA Na iderpinneduny yess 3 escalantet aseul amano 2e. (Oversealing on lower surface of Secondaries penayusi. brown, paler near outer margin; discal spots dis; tinct -on-lower surface of secondaries; (celilspomsem lower surface of secondaries usually, present sspemac on primaries never as wide as spots 7 and 9; spot 7 may or may not »reach inner edge of “spotwo amauta: 5-6 discal ispots on-uppéx surface of |secondamtes. slight brownish oversealing nedr»base Of Gwingsoeaeer Sie eae Ts Make ck ees. Kee We Ens See eye este lteae (Sisqg aim) 3a:* Cell spot ‘on lower surface of secondaries qseldem present; 4 small, linear, discal spots on upper sma. face of secondaries; ground color dark brownish- black; under surface of secondaries mottled grayish- black, «discal spots white .and(sepanate ; 4spotsuyeame and 9 of approximately equal width; overscaling near base of wings approximately same color as ground Colon sates. Baeabr awed. Bey. see 2s valverdtensts Freeman 3b. .Ceéll spot on. lower surface of secondaries usualihz prominent; 5 large, well-developed, discal spoesmem upper surface of secondaries; ground color wanm, brownish-black; under surface of secondaries fairly uniform to mottled grayish-black, with discal spots sordad white, close together; spot 19 usualy jmieciains twice as wide as spots 7 and 8; overscalang) mean remingtoni complex 49 PoeewOruwings Iachter than, cround) color... .hobet. as. Pres we ee SiN be Se BE ke EE HEMtNnGLONLG (os Gil.) 22. Agathymus remingtoni (Stallings & Turner) Megathymus remingtont Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News, 11:117 o> Lak Agathymus remingtont; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:83 L"1958"]. ype Locality. - Mountains south of Jacala, on high- Umoeoeeknezoo. el. O000 £t., Hidalgo, Mexico. Bieserrpucrvon: - Northeastern Mexico: type locality; Maas Pe: GAnticuo (Morelos, Tamaulipas, el. 1500 £t. Pree story. \- the adults emexnge during August. September, and October. The larvae feed in a member of the lechegutlla complex which looks somewhat like Agave utahensts Engelm. In most areas the plants grow on BPewmw~eritts, oO0O11 pH, type locality, 5. Chromosome number. - 9. 23. Agathymus estelleae (Stallings & Turner) Megathymus estelleae Stallings & Turner, 1958, Lepid. News., I]: 119 tony"). Agathymus estelleae; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News., 12:83 ["1958"]. Mpervecaltity. — Near General Bravo, el. 400 f£t.., Nuevombeon: Mexico. Diseniouevon,. - Northern Mexieo: )itype: locality ; 25 iMlicsteastmornoaltillo, in Neuvo Léon, el. 3700 ft.; approximately 5 miles east of Saltillo, Coahuila, el. S000" ft‘, fiecwoustory. - The adults ‘emerge during August “and September. The larvae feed in an atypical Agave leche- etre stl, pH, type locality, -7.3, in other locations EO) Oe tO 7.3. Chromosome number. - 9. 24. Agathymus valverdiensis Freeman Agathymus valverdiensts Freeman, 1966, J. Lepid. Soc., 20:182. ippemlocsiity. - 28 miles morth of Del Rio, el. 1450 feaeeval Verde Co., Texas. 50 Review of Megathymidae Distribution Del R1O,anead.,ot westem Texas amEmne locality; 14 males north of Bracketvidle. 1500) saeemcieee I-12 miles south of Juno, 14507 tt. Vale \Vendeseor [rte history. = The adults usually emerge cundame August, September, and November. Roy Kendall found two pupae from which adults emerged during’ April, somtenne type locality, 7.1, varies other: locations, treme Gaee 7.2. Larvae feed in atypical Agave lecheguilla Torrey. Chromosome number. - 9. 25. Agathymus fieldi Freeman Agathymus fieldt Freeman, 1960, J. Lepid. Soc., 14:59. Type locality. - Guadalajara, highway 155 knee a4, el. 4400) £E92) Jaluils con Mexiteo: Distribution. - known only from the vicinatyyoneeme ty per locates Lite history: - the adults emerge during Sepeembiem and October, The larvae feed in Agave tegqué lana Webene Chromosome number. - unknown. 26. Agathymus escalantei Stallings, Turner & Stallings Agathymus escalantei Stallings, Turner & Stallings, 1966, J. Lepid. SOGHE eZ Orlow lype locality. Nochistlan,) 20) kne sou chijesemons Acahuizotla, Guerrero, Mexico. Distribution. -- Known only from the type Jocalatuye in southern Mexico. Life history. - Unknown. Chromosome number. - Unknown. This 1S an unique species and may be' found coerce. resent an entirely ditterent complex from whatawepmom believe when we are able to obtain specimens in addition to the female holotype. Key *eossicepiensa comnpliex Sek Key to males in the Agathymus stephenst complex la. Average expanse 42-mm; maculation on lower surface of secondaries yellowish-white; discal band on secondar- Mo mmCneVe race Width €0° MAaYTOW. os 2.0c aces eas oe ee we 2 1b. Average expanse 50 mm; maculation on lower surface of secondaries clear to sordid white; discal band on Bcoucanmles Of average width to wide... .s..20.6.4:....- MCE CMONSE Seals ws ee oes ese 8 o's Shae stephenst (Skinner) fceeeepers / and § of approximately equal size; spot 7 approaching spot 6; discal spots on lower surface of facomedmnes not fused into a Continuous band....... i operon absent or one-half the size of spot, 7; spot 7 Meomheseparated from spot 6; discal spots on lower Siieesee Of Secondaries usually fused into a con- PRMUROUISMDIDING o.... ose 0 +s cs ee a oe ee dawsont Harbison Key to females in the Agathymus stephenst complex Peweawerace expanse 49 mm; overscaling of paler scales apace OF Wines Sparse; ‘spot 7 not reaching inner ease Oreaspot 6; maculation on lower surface of sec- Pamen eS SERCH LOW USI WIN EG... 6. 5 sc os ses 6 0s ote 8 eee ¥ 6 0s 2 iteeowerace eCxpanse 52 mm; overscaling of paler scales arEbase OL wings dense; spot 7 reaching inner edge Oeespoe O- Maculation on lower surface of “secondar- LES< SOCAN ACh eee ena ie ire stephenst (Skinner) Aa eeopoero proddly V-shaped, with the point directed toward base of wings; spots on lower surface of BomeeOMmeaentes USUal ty “Separated s is... dcic.0 me scutes othe = 2b. Spot 9 usually columnar and narrow; spots on lower SUEedce GF secondaries Close together; often fused: +o wb 0 0b SG GIR oie ane dawsont Harbison 27. Agathymus stephensi (Skinner) Megathymus neumoegent stephenst Skinner, 1912, Ent. News, 23:1]26. Agathymus stephenst; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News 12:83 ["1958"]. iyperlocality. - Mason Valley (La Puerta), San Diego Goa Galzformia. a2 Review of Megathymidae Distribution. - Western Colorado Desert sof Caticorunaa. type locality; Banner Grade; Sentenec Canyon, 9-10 mutes east of Julian; Palms to Pines Highway; San Felipe Valley; Vallecitos; near Jacumba. Northern Baja California, Mexi- Cor Life history. - The adults emerge during September and October. The larvae feed in Agave deserti Engelm. Chromosome number. - unknown. 28. Agathymus comstocki (Harbison) Megathymus comstockt Harbison, 1957, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., [23240 Agathymus comstockt; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News 12:83 ["[958"]. Type logality. - 2 miles northeast of sSansaimoue Bayjiay CalaltonrnaamNonte. Mexacor Distribution. = The vicinity off the’ Gye pieeaieaems on theliwestrcoast of Baja Cala tora Nome Life history. = The adults emerge during Auguse sand September. The larvae feed in Agave shawit Engelm. Chromosome number. - unknown. 29. Agathymus dawsoni (Harbison) Agathymus dawsont Harbison, 1963, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., (Seas Type locality. - 17.7 miles north of Punta geamotar Baj anCalitonntamNo ree aMexteor Distribution. - Central Baja Californias yeype locality; 20 milés north Punta Prieta. hike history... — ihe adults vemerge dunaanp September and October. The larvae feed in Agave goldmantana Trel. Chromosome number. - unknown. The remaining four species are not closely related to the previously discussed species or to one another, and each can be considered to represent a separate complex according to our present knowledge. Agathymus polingi 53 Agathymus polingt Complex 30. Agathymus polingi (Skinner) Megathymus polingt Skinner, 1905, Ent. News, 16: 232. Agathymus polingt; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:83 L"1958"]. Type locality. - Baboquivari Mountains, Pima Co., Arizona. Distribution. - Southern Arizona (all locations in Pmaeaen. Putype Locality; Mt.) Lemmon, Road, el. 4250 ft., 5500 ft., Santa Catalina Mountains; Redington Road near Pass, el. 4400 ft., Santa Catalina Mountains. Eeroonescory. - the adults emerge during September, October and November. The larvae feed in the caudex of Agauemecnorti: Engelm. Soil pH, various localities noagee ero 5:8 - 6.1. Chromosome number. - 10. Agathymus alltae Complex 31. Agathymus alliae (Stallings & Turner) Megathymus alltae Stallings & Turner, 1957, Ent. News, 68:1. Agathymus alltae; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:83 L"1958"]. igpe locality. =- 15 miles west of Cameron, Coconino See alane wecanyon of Little Colorado River, el. 5000 ft., Arizona. Daseribucron. - Recorded only from the type locality. Life history. - The adults emerge during August, September, and October. The larvae feed in Agave utahen- sts Engelm. Chromosome number. - 38. Agathymus rethon Complex 32. Agathymus rethon (Dyar) Megathymus rethon Dyar, 1913, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 44:282. Agathymus rethon; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:83 ["1958"]. 54 Review of Megathymidae ype Nocalatty. \- tomlerra ide Guerre non Mexican Distribution. -- Southern Mexico: type ocala ty maa Cuaut lal Morelos y Oaxaca near the Chiapas border Life history. - The adults emerge during August and September. The larvae feed in Agave stsalana Perrine. Chromosome number. - unknown. Agathymus tndectsa Complex 33. Agathymus indecisa (Butler & Druce) Aegtale tndectsa Butler & Druce, 1872, Cistula Ent. I:I16. Megathymus tndectsa; Druce, 1896, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lept Hebe 22 S895 Agathymus tndeeisa; Freeman, 1959, Lepid. News, 12:83 ["1958"]. INgoe Nocaibiiny, = COSsieel INiCcels Distribution. - Southern Mexico! to Panamea-eyare locality Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico; Guatematacwand Panama. Life history. - The adults emerge during Sepeempen and October. The larvae are reported to feed in a henni- gan-type Agave. Chromosome number. - unknown. Megathymidae Literature 55 PLT BRALURE C2 eo Barnes, William, and James H. McDunnough WCE A review of the Megathymidae. Contrib. Nacubis th Lepad .u Now. Amemiya ode 2 8 bowie nemes tL. £958. A new genus and five new species of Neo- eEopical Mesperiidge. Amer: Mus; Novitates, ONES el ee sea ost sli 61 Comstock, John A. RY is Notes on the metamorphosis of an Agave borane, butterfly from Baya California, Mexico. Prans. San, DiTéeco Soc. Nat. Hist... 027 Oe pl 2.2. Biviamsys) Wi ET. Pos): - A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and nomen- chatune adopted in the=British Musicum. Page Vi lesperiinac land Megathymanae . London: » Britash; Museum, 449 \pp., pis. 54- 88. PRecmam, cl. A. 1943. Notes on and redescriptions of Megathymus yuecae (Bd. Gi LeC.). and its subspecies. EMGe NEWS. S4: 210-217. 1944. Notes on the streckert group of the genus MEGariyMmUS a iE ts NewS) i 5 0105-10) 5x. I Oe Notes on Megathymus, with description of aemewrspecies, Facld & Lab., 18: 144-146. PSS a, NOtes Von che mwoavc, Feeders .of the: genus MeGarn ums. able LdNG (Lap oe. 192 26-32). HOSA biz Rcologa cal jand systematic, study, of the Hesperioidea Of Texas... So. Methodist UMM Ve. otudLes, O00 -64'. 1915/28, Notes on Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & LeC.), Malcehnides Crip tl OneOt ia News SUbDSpeeLes:. PIS Wel Wee lon 4 ZO Se IES SyVAlowe Two new species of Megathymus. Amer. Mus. NOM ateSey LOSS slant eos. 1 15:. JUS Sup Four new species of Megathymus. Amer. Mus. NOVitates ivi: - 20), frees. N-34.))- 56 Review of Megathymidae 1959. A revision of the genera of the Megathym- idae, with the description of three new genera... Lepid. News. )122) 81 92) s tome eS Siae le IESKGNOVS Notes on Agathymus in Texas, and the deScription of a new Species fromeMenscar J lS DIG. OOS euska O16 OZ... Ieuan ies ISO 2 A new species of Agathymus from Texas. Amer. Mus. Novitates, Z097: 1-8. 0eigsaeue aL SioVsiveur Megathymus yueccae in Texas, with the de- SEripLion Of twe new subspecies i) a eemaaee SOC A IU TAA EHS) EMSS) ao) Ibe I9oSbe Type localities of the Megathymiudaes = emnese ee puedia 6 2 ehs Tale 1964a. The etfects of pH on the distribpupdonmoan the ,Megathymidage. J. Res.) epider 1964b. Four new species of Agathymus from Texas. Je Lepuds Socs, 8 tii) sks oe ees IOS ei. Larval habits of Agadthymus mart@e.) oeeor Lepads SCS). 145 147 ole W510) Two new subspecies of Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. G& LeC.) from Texas. “J. Lepadiaisces. IIS SSIS A joss - NIG» Anew species of Agathymus Eromulexaoe JanLepuds Soc. 5020-61 — es aeeo mes Harbasion. aGhamalesger IOS Te A new species of Megathymus from Baja, California,.Mexico. Trans. San Diepageee Nat. Hist., 12: 251-202, pls 3 igaee IOS. A second new species of megathymid from Baja, Calitornia, Mexico. “sl rancemaoam Diego Soc. Nat. "Hist. 15: (01-7 ae Maeki Kodowand 7@.. 1b Reiman citom 1960. Studies of the chromsomes of North Amer- ican Rhopalocera:” 2. Hesperiidae, Mega. thymidae,, and Picridae. J. Leprdiisaeme a SSS ae Dasa Megathymidae Literature 57 pealeanes. Don B., and J. R. Turner 1954. Notes on Megathymus neumoegent, with de- seripc1on Of a newrspecies. Lepid. News, Ben et0:7 «. 1956a. Description of a new subspecies of the Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. §& LeC.) complex. Die rOOm Ca tis ACA Oe «54, 9oe.4 toatl SZ, pees 3°. 1956b. Colorado Megathymidae. Proc. Denver Mus. Nase HAS t 5 212 SS aos. MISO Notes on Megathymus ursus, with description Shea erelated mew Species, Lepid= News, O18: 1956d. Notes on Megathymus politngt. Lepid. News, O's 109%. F957. Four new species of Megathymus. Ent. News, 19168 21-17. 1oS'8". A review of the Megathymidae of Mexico, with a synopsis of the classification of cic Handy Lepud sNews, li: 115-137, 8 pals. Pesos 71 ils ie tne nWames. fOr) the supraceneric categories oe rhe Mesathymidae . Lepid. News, 12:93- CA 958" | Pais eiebye J’, R. Lurner, and’ V. N. Stallings 1960 Apparent wild hybrids among the Megathymi- idem Lepid. SOG.,, 45-204 -2005 el pl. (APSE SE es oo... A new subspecies of Agathymus martae from HeExteOe rd a Leprds wOOCe emo: 1-225. 1 pl. L965". Two new species and one new subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and Texas. J. ikepad se SOc 47 1 HOSS TLS | 2 pls. 1966. Two new species and two new subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and the United Seaves.- J). Lepid. Soc. s20316se172, 4 pls. finkham, E.R: 1954... ihe pwvolegy nd deseriperon of a new giant skapper trom Arizona. 7-bull, So. Calif. ANCad Sasieiss. 455 3 | Sioa 2 pS). 58 FIGe FIG FI@Qc FIG Review of Megathymidae Explanation of Plate I Agathymus rindget Freeman, @, showing how the spots are numbered. Megathymus yuccae buchholat Freeman, %, representing broad wing shape. Megathymus coloradensis navajo Skinner, “, representing medium wing shape. Megathymus coloradensts witlsonorum Stallings & Turner, %, representing narrow wing shape. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LITERATURE CiTeED, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrit F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and Sees binding, Sane prices; hard cover bound, 1 postpai SUPPLEMENTS of the JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPIERISTs" SOCGCIEDY The SUPPLEMENT series is intended for papers of intermediate length, those which are longer than is normally acceptable in the JOURNAL, yet shorter or of narrower interest span than a monographic treatment which might comprise a MEMOIR. The SUPPLEMENTS are issued at irregular intervals and will be numbered consecutively, with a separate numerical series to accompany each concurrent year's volume. Manuscripts intended for consideration for publication in the SUPPLEMENT series should be prepared in accordance with the instructions given in the Notice to Contributors which is published on the inside back cover of the JOURNAL. Address all correspondence relating to manuscripts for the SUPPLEMENT series to the Editor of the JOURNAL: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, Entomology Research Institute, Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Copies of the SUPPLEMENTS are mailed to all members and subscribers of The Lepidopterists' Society. Copies of back issues will be available through the Office of Publication: c/o S.A. Hessel, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06520. This issue edited by J. A. Powell. 1969 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN VOLUME 23 SUPPLEMENT 2 RECORDS, NEW SPECIES, AND A NEW GENUS OF HESPERIIDAE FROM MEXICO by H. A. Freeman THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. PowELL, Editor of the Journal PauL A..Op.er, Assistant Editor E. J. NEwcoMer, Editor of the News S. A. HEssEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MUNROE C. L. RemMincton’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL D. F. Harpwicx (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England ), President-elect S. A. HessEt ( Washington, Conn. ), Ist Vice President LEONILLA VASQUEs (Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WiitiaMs (Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President S. S. NicoLtay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): C. L. Hocur (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. Crarxe (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. THorNE (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricurt (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Ciencn (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W. C. McGurFin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. NEKRuTENKO (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society,.and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS' SOCIETY Volume 23 Supplement 2 RECORDS, NEW SPECIES, AND A NEW GENUS OF HESPERIIDAE FROM MEXICO H. A. Freeman 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas Table of Contents Page INTRODUCTION: =2--2-sUeeset oo Gales ea eee. oe oak olen Historical Sketche 222 ooo be Se SS i Definition of Térmis=2- 5223-22 Shae, JE, eee 1 Acknowledgments --------------------------------------------- 2 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS +m2=--Saj— 2-22 0) ; Subfamily PYRRHOPYGINAE------------..----._) 2 , Pyrrhopyge tzotztli, new species------------------------- 7 Mysorta wilsont, NeW specics-—---------->--— =e 3 Subfamily PYRGINAE------------------------------------------ 4 Epargyreus windit, new species---------------------------- 4 Epargyreus brodkorbt, new species------------------------ 5 Astraptes loutseae, new species-------------------------- 6 Astraptes gilberti, new species------------------------+-- 8 Polythriaz mexicanus, new species------------------------- 10 Ridens exteon (Godman & Salvin) --------22- === == — === ee 12 Urbanus albimargo (Mabille) ------------------------------ 13 Aethilla chiapa, new species----------------------------- 13 Mimia chiapaensis, new species---------------=--==--===== 15 Windia, new genus---------------------------------------- ne Windia windi, new species-------------------------------- 17 Staphylus veytius, new species-------------------------== 18 Staphylus suritus, new species--------------------------- 19 Quadrus francesius, new species-------------------------- 21 Subfamily HESPERIINAE--------------------------------------- 23 Enosis matheri, new species- ----------------------------- 22 Dalla vamirezi, new species------------------------------ 23 Vettius argentus, new species---------------------------- 24 Ntcontades comttana, New species She ce oe See 26 Anthoptus macalpinet, new species------------------------ 27 Pheraeus covadonga, new species Léietedad bec ee eee 28 Cynea nigrocola, new species----------------------------- 3] Methtonopsis typhon Godman------------------------------- 32 Moerits duena Evans--------------------------------------- Le Carystoides escalantet, new species---------------------- 33 Carystoides abrahami, new species------------------------ 34 Carystoides florest, new species------------------------- 35 Carystotdes mexicana, new species------------------------ 37 Atrytone mazat, new species------------------------------ 39 Atrytone potostensts, new species-----------------------= AO Mellana montezuma, new species--------------------------- Al Euphyes peneia (Godman) ---------------------------------- 43 Euphyes chamult, new species--------------------+-------- 43 Ttrynthia huasteca, new species-------------------------- AA LITERATURE CINED=2 os 525 ee a 46 PLATES--<22---- ogee oe eee ee 47 INTRODUCTION For a number of years I have been working on the Hesperiidae of Mexico. The summers of 1966 and 1967 were epenewcotlecting rather extensively over that country as well as identifying Mexican material from various museums and collections. The ultimate purpose of this study is to prepare a publication that will include all of the known species of Hesperiidae from Mexico, giving synonymy, distributional data, keys for identification, and figures of the male genitalia. While in the process of doing this research a number of new records, species, and a new genus have been discovered and the data per- eainine to them is discussed in this article. in’ preparing the descriptions of the new species mere reference 1s made to the venation of the wings by number, it follows the English system of numbering the veins of each wing from the lowest vein upward, and the Space is that space immediately below the numbered vein. Where reference is made to the stigma or brands on the primaries of certain males, I follow Evans in making a distinction between the two terms. The term stigma ap- plies to the specialized patch of tubular scales and andro- conia extending between the veins, while the term brand or brands applies to the same type of specialized patch Meepadueles that extend parallel with the vein or veins. In discussing the genitalia two terms are used in refer- ence to parts or areas of the valva (=clasper). The cuiller refers to the dorsal, terminal end of the valva, where the style applies to a process originating from the mid dorsal or anterior portion of the valva. In the genus Epargyreus Hubner the tip of the style is rounded, pro- jecting anteriorly, with long hairs present which is a Eharfacteristic of the genus, while in Polythrizx the style projects posteriorly and is usually slender and pointed. Other genera have different modifications of these two areas of the valva. The term apiculus refers to the re- flexed portion of the antennal club and nudum to the sensory, bared segments of the antennae, lying on the apiculus and sometimes on the un-reflexed portion of the club: nudum 3/12 means 3 segments on the club and 12 on the apiculus, as used in describing the new genus Windta Freeman. 2 PYRRHOPYGINAE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to express my thanks to the National Science Foundation for Research Grant GB-4122 which is making this study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico possible. Through the assistance of Dr.-Tarsicio Escalante, Mexrceae D.F., many fine,specimens of Mexican Hesperiidae meme made available for me’ to study. I-would also dike to give my thanks»to Mr. William L. «Skinner, .Physies-legebenr. Hillerest:High School, .Dal las; -lexas, .and My.) vane Stallings, Caldwell, Kansas, for making the photographs of the vadutes 4used an seh us sant hele. PYRRHOPYGINAE Pyrrhopyge tzotzili Freeman, new species (Plate rls’ Ereunes:.—2) FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, deep duJ] black, immaculate. Fringes,white. Secondaries, dul] black, with the outer margin slightly crenulate. Fringes, white. Underside: Primaries, dul] black, with no markings. Secondar- ies, dul] black, with no markings. Wing measurements: Holotype female: primaries; base to apex, 33 mm; apex to outer angle, 24 mm; outer angle to base, 24 mm; secondaries; base to end of vein 3, 23 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 24 mm. Wing spread: 56 mm. Abdomen: shiny black, above and below, with an orange tuft at caudal end. Thorax: shiny black above and below. Head: black above. Palpi: dark orange below, with a few black scales inter- mixed with orange dorsally. Antennae: shaft and club black above and below. Legs: black. MALE. Unknown. HOLOTYPE female: Ocozingo, Chiapas, Mexico, July, 1942, sent by Dr. Tarsicio Escalante and will be “placed in the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. This new species is named for the race of Indians that occupy this region of Mexico. The nearest related species to tzotatlt 1s Pyrrhopyge jonas Felder, from which it can readily be distinguished by its coloration. In jonas the wings are a dark shiny blue both above and below, whereas tzotatlt has dull black wings. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 3 Mysoria wilsoni Freeman, new species Geliatme sO. tigune:l,2.., Plate .15,.-figure 1) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dull black. Apex evenly round, only slightly produced. Outer margin straight from apex to outer angle. Fringes outwardly white, basally with a narrow yellow line. Secondaries, bluish-black, costal one-fourth having a purplish luster. Outer margin evenly rounded only slightly produced at anal angle. Fringes white, with slight indication of a yellow line at base. Underside: Primaries, spaces | and 2 purplish black, remainder dull black. Secondaries, dul] black. Costa with a narrow yellow line continuing around outer margin to anal angle. Fringes white. Abdomen: dull black, both above and below. Tip dark red. A narrow yellow stripe on each side. Thorax: dull black, both above and below. A fairly broad, orange-yellow stripe just beneath wings. Head: dark blue, collar dark red. Palpi: blue at tips, remainder dark red. Legs: bluish-black. Antennae: both shaft and club dulI black, both above and below. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 26.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 20 mm; outer angle to base, 17.5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I8 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 1/ mm. Wing spread: 49 mm; paratypes vary from 43 to 52 mm total expanse, average 49 mm. Done iene male: .Mexcala, Guerrero, Mexico, 235 July HoSoemecoLlected by Kent Wilson, will be placed in the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. There are ten male paratypes from the following locations: five Specimens from Mexcala, collected by Kent Wilson during July 1956; two specimens from the same location, collected during August 1958, from the Escalante Collection; one WMecimc@ulaxco, Guerrero, 10 August .1956,.collected by Stallings and Turner; and one specimen, Mapastepec, Chiap- feeeeiodse 951. These paratypes will remain an my col- LeCEnOn . Thais species has long been confused with afftnts Giemmich Schactfer) with which it. flies in certain areas; . however, it can readily be separated from that species by Eicmnollowing characteristics: ,(1) the most obvious dif- ference is in wing shape, wilsont having broader wings _ than affints, as the following wing measurements of speci- HeEMms_Oivequal wing spread show:. wtlsont - Primaries: base to apex, 26.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 20 mm; outer Beecwroubase. 17.5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein Slow: center of costa to anal angle, 17 mm. wing spreaGey 49 mm; affints - base to apex, 26.5 mm; apex to Uren anole, 18 mm; outer angle to. base, 15 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 14 mm; center of costa to ooaiamete sl5 mm. Wing spread: 49 mm. (2) in welsont n PYRGINAE the outer margin “of “the primaries to vthe” omter cane Vers straight, while in ajffintes itiesyeoncave; (35) themaaa= angle of the secondaries “1s more produced in (afyenes) teas in wtlsont, giving a somewhat concave shape to the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle; (4) on the lower surface of the secondaries the yellow marginal border is much wider’in affints than in wtlsonc: and(s) amen genitalia the upturned, terminal end) of the valvagem afftnts is evenly rounded on the ventral surface and the tip does not extend to. the top of the valva ony the donsat side, while in wtlsont the tip is sharply angled on )tme ventral side and the terminal dorsal tip extends above the top of the rest of the valva.* Compare the genial wttsont, figure 1, plate sls » withiasffinds eis wee plate 73, in Godman and Salvin's Biolog¢a Centmearc— Amertcana. There are other differences thatwcan bemdecen. Manied biyssehensewon swotmnesr. PYRGINAE Epargyreus windi Freeman, new species (Plate -1,; figures’ 3,40 ‘Plates2, tiers sy) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, reddish brown, with discal spots yellowish-orange; spot in ]b varying froma tiny dot to a fairly large, triangular spot, approximately centered between spot in space 2 and outer margin; spot in space 2 fairly large, more or less over- lapped by cell spot, vein 3 originates directly over center of this spot; cell spot broader at costal than at dorsal margin, a tiny dot just above this and below costa; spot in space 3 variable, froma smal] triangular spot to none; two apical spots, upper one fairly large, lower one a minute dot. Costal fold wel] developed. Fringes sordid white, slightly checkered at vein endings. Secondaries, reddish brown, with basal one-third overscalea with golden-yel low scales and hairs. Fringes sordid white, checkered at vein endings. Underside: Primaries, brown, with all spots wel] defined, orange. A gradually widening gray marginal area from space la to vein 3, there becoming narrower, then gradually widening again near apex. Secondaries, chocolate brown, with an irregular, macular, silver dis- cal line, more or less straight to vein 5, in space 6 the silvery line situated slightly inward from line in space 5; a large silver central spot extending from space Ic To edge of vein 3, which is convex on its inner surface, produced outward over vein ] and vein 2, on its outer surface; a silver, linear spot in cel], not connecting to the large central spot. Marginal gray scaling well developed, extending from anal angle to apex, approaching or touching the discal silvery band. Abdomen: light golden brown above, dark brown beneath. Thorax: dark brown above and below, with a tan line separating the segments. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 2 Palpi: light tan, with some golden scales. Antennae: club and shaft dark brown above, lighter beneath. Legs: dark brown. Wing measurements. Holotype male: Primaries; base to apex, 30 mm; apex to outer angle, 20 mm; outer angle to base, I7 mm; secon- daries; base to end of vein 3, 16 mm; center of costa to anal] angle, 23 mm. Wing spread: 53 mm (average of the paratypes, 55 mm). FEMALE: unknown. PoLOIMeE male: Ajijic, Jalisco, Mexico, October 3, '905,7c0llected by Robert Wind, will be: placed in the Wo foee National Museum, Washington, D. C. Six male para- Mpaeowene my Collection, ‘all from Ajijic, Jalisco, col- tecte@ Guring September and October, 1965 by Robert Wind. It gives me great pleasure to name this new species for him. Hersally this species. superficially resembled. £. beezapoocudder; however, on the lower surface of the Secomoarmies there are differences that can readily be motcweceane (1) the Silvery, discal band is more macular in Eevee mmmoexeenas, closer to the costa; (2) the large Seapets. not connected to the linear cell. spot. in Beiae aake Lt 1S.in ortzaba; (3) the marginal gray scaling is much better developed in windt than it is in ortzaba; Bidet )sene eround color is darker brown, chocolate in wena@eaemedder, light brown color in ortzaba. iieeeenuralia are different from any of, the. other Species Of Epargyreus, as can be noted by the figure on Piatee erdoure, |. Epargyreus brodkorbi Freeman, new species Storer l- tigure 5,6. Plate 2,.figure 2) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, reddish brown, with some golden hairs and scales near base. Discal spots yellowish, spot in space Ib a tiny dot, midway between spot in space 2 and outer margin; spot in space 2 large, triangular, situated slightly nearer to cell spot than to spot in space Ib, with vein 3 originating over its inner edge; cell spot triangular, not close to spot in space 2; no spot over cel] spot near costa; a somewhat linear spot in space 3, situ- ated midway between spots in spaces Ib and 2; one apical spot, minute. Costal fold wel] developed. Fringes uniform tan, not checkered. Secondaries, reddish brown, with center and basal areas overscaled with golden hairs and scales. Fringes, tan, not checkered. Underside: Primaries, reddish brown, al] spots yellowish orange. A faint area of grayish scales between veins | and 3. Secondaries, reddish brown, with some faint gray scaling dong central portion of outer margin. Discal line faint, represented by a silvery area 6 PYRGINAE in space I, becoming indistinct above this region; no central silver spot and only a minute silvery dot in cell. Abdomen: reddish brown above and below, a lighter line between segments. Thorax: golden brown above, darker brown beneath. Palpi: grayish-tan. Antennae: club and shaft dark brown above, somewhat lighter beneath. Legs: dark brown. Wing measurements. Holotype male: Primaries; base to apex, 3] mm; apex to outer angle, 20 mm; outer angle to base, 18 mm; secon- daries; base to end of vein 3, 18 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 25 mm. Wing spread: 58 mm. FEMALE: Unknown. HOLOTYPE male: Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico, (Marea a 1939, collected by R. Brodkorb. This specimens wdsescmeemee me from the Museum of Zoology, University of Milena eciieer Will bem placed aime nat collect mom. Dorsally brodkorbt resembles £. clavtcornts gaumert Godman and Salvin from Ruatan Island, Honduras; however, the spots are yellow in brodkorbi and whitish in elavt- cornts gaumert. Beneath there is also a general similarity to elavicornts gaumert ian the’ absence ‘of the langue saan central spot, and the reduction of the Silvery disceaie een On) the ysecondarcaress The genitalia easily Separate’ this” species i nomecums of the other species of Epargyreus as can be determined by figure 2, plate 2, In some ways “there is @ silighteresen— blanece to members of the or¢ezaba complex, buc wer Gesem. biltanee™ to thie elarccornte (comp Kexa Astraptes louiseae Freeman, new species (Plate 1, figume 748. )Plate 2 fi cuucmen MALE. Upperside: Primaries, deep black, with a green sheen over space ] and basa] region. A band of five white hyaline spots from just before center of costa] margin diagonally across each wing towards outer margin; upper spot situated on costal margin, elongated and placed directly over cell spot; cell spot 2.5 mm wide, angled outward at dorsal side. Spot in space 2 broad, 4 mm, its upper, inner edge projected one-third the distance under cell spot; spot in space 3 triangular, situated directly over spot in space 2, its point directed toward cell spot; spot in space Jb linear, Jocated slightly closer to spot in space 2 to outer margin. Costal fold feebly developed. Fringe concolorous with rest of wing except in space la, white. Secondaries, deep black, overscaled with greenish hairs and scales, except from costal margin to vein 5. Fringes feebly checkered. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 7 Underside: Primaries, dull black, al] spots reappearing. No greenish overscaling. Secondaries, dull black, some faint greenish overscaling at anal angle, extending slightly up anal fold. No other markings. Abdomen: dull greenish-black above, black beneath. Thorax: dul] greenish-black above, black beneath. Head: above greenish- black. Palpi: brownish-black, with intermixed clear white scales. Antennae: club and shaft black above, shaft ventrally lighter brown- ish, club yellowish. Legs: black, heavy black hairs on femur and Tibia. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 3] mm; apex to outer angle, 2] mm; outer angle to base, 2] mm; secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 18 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 22 mm. Wing spread: 58 mm. FEMALE: Unknown. HOMOIYPE male: “Presidio, Veracruz, Mexico, August, 1951: This specimen was obtained from Dr. Tarsicio Escalante; and will be placed in the U. S. National Museun, Washington, D. C. I take pleasure in naming this new species for my wife, Louise, who has collected many fine specimens of Astraptes. This species 1s a member of the partst complex of Astraptes. Included are partst Williams from South Amer- ica, and helen Evans from Mexico, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama. Evans considered helen to be a subspecies of Poarvee-emowever, Ibelieve the genitalra are sufficiently SUStincmmce consider the two as distinct species. Super- ficially loutseae can be distinguished from helen, which Beeurs invthe same general area of Mexico (Paraje Nuevo, wenaenuz)i. by the shape and disposition of three spots on Pic phitamtes) In Lourseae the spot over the cell is elongated and almost the same length as the width of the cell spot, while in helen this spot is smaller and is about one-fourth the width of the cell spot. In loutseae the spot in space 3 is broadly triangular almost reaching phe Gellespot, while in helen this spot is a mere dot over Phe Outer tip of. the spot in space 2. In ltourvseae. the Epotwim space Ib is linear, and is situated away from the BEpot amespace 2; while in helen this spot us broadly tri- angular and comes almost to the lower outer edge of the Spot fine space 2. thes genatulia readily «separate the three species. . In partst the elongated process on the valva is dentated on #£ES Outer surface and not as tall as in loutseae while in Loutseae the process extends well above the top of the valva, and the outer, lower tip of the valva is evenly 8 PYRGINAE rounded and not dentate. In helen there is a prominent tooth extending forward from the base of the elongated process, and the lower tip, of the valva is bluntly tounge The elongated process of helen is about the same height as that’ ot Louzseac. Astraptes gilberti Freeman, new species (Plate 3, fagure: 1) 2,5,4. 2 Plate Ay sbiemgeia MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dull black, basal one-third heavily overscaled with brilliant, shiny blue scales; a few green scales in spaces | and 2 intermixed with the b]ue. Outer margin more or less straight. No costal fold. Fringes black. Secondaries, dul] black, basal one-third heavily overscaled with brilliant, shiny blue scales. Outer margin slightly convex. Fringes black, with a few yellowish scales intermixed. Underside: Primaries, brownish black, with black areas near apex, near end of cell, and over basal one-third of wing. A sordid white tornal area extending broadly over spaces | and 2, becoming much narrower in space 2 where it terminates beneath the cell; costa light yellow from base to end of cell; a few yellowish white scales below costa from end of cell to apex. Secondaries, brownish black, with some scattered yellowish scales. Two black bands, one in discal area, one over central portion, both more or Jess straight. A sordid white area from base to mid costa, with a few black scales at center of this area at base of wing. Wing measurements. Holotype male, Primaries: base to apex, 25 mm; apex to outer angle, 16 mm; outer angle to base, J5 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 15 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 19 mm. Wing spread: 43 mm (average of paratypes, 43 mm). Thorax: Upperside black, with heavy overscaling of bluish-green scales; beneath, dull, yellow. Abdomen: upperside black, heavily overscaled with bluish-green scales; beneath, brownish-black. Head: black, with a few dull green and yellowish scales. Palpi: sordid yellowish-white. Antennae: shaft, black above and below; club, black above including apiculus; beneath, lower half dull yellow, remainder of club black, except apiculus dull yellowish. Legs: prothoracic legs, yellowish, meso- and metathoracic legs, black. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dull, black, basa] one-third heavily overscaled with brilliant, shiny blue, intermixed with shiny green scales. A slightly lighter area in space 2 below outer edge of cell, due to Jack of black scaling. Fringes uniform black. Secon- daries, dull, black, heavily overscaled with brilliant, shiny blue over basal one-third. Outer margin evenly rounded. Fringes black. Underside: Primaries, brownish-black, with a black area near apex, another near outer edge of cel] and basal one-third of wing. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 9 An extensive tornal white area extending broad]y over space |, becom- ing narrower in space 2, terminating at upper edge of cell; base of costa yellowish, becoming sordid white above outer edge of cel]; some sordid white scales between end of cell and apex. Secondaries, brownish=black, two dark brownish-black, nearly straight bands, one in disca] area, the other in central portion of wing; costa ye] lowish- white from base to near middle. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 26 mm; apex to outer angle, 18 mm; outer angle to base, 17.5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 18 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 19 mm. Wing spread: 48 mm (average of paratypes, 47.5 mm). Thorax: Upperside black, with heavy overscaling of bluish- green; beneath, dull, yellow. Abdomen: upperside black, heavily overscaled with bluish-green; beneath, brown. Head: black, with a few dul] green and yellowish scales. Palpi: sordid, yellowish-white. Antennae: shaft, black above and below; club, black above including apiculus; below, lower half dull yellow, remainder black, except apiculus, dul] yellowish. Legs: prothoracic legs, yellowish, meso- and metathoracic legs, black. MOLOIeE male: Seven miles south of Valles, (Grounds Sf Hotel Covadonga) San Luis Potosi, Mexico, August 1, nooo =cotleécted by H. A. Freeman. This specimen will be miaceamu che UlS: National Museum, Washington, D. C. Mllotype female, same location and collector, June 10, 1966. There are five male paratypes; one collected by H. A. Free- nat eee LeeOria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, June 8, 1966; three eeitecereunae tie type locality by the same collector, (one ince ooo, one July 28, 1966, and one August 4, 1966); aaa sOneveol lected by Stallings § Turner“and El Salto, San Porsbomest. Mexico, August 21, 1966. There are six female Bdtireypes, Ome collected at El Salto, San Luis’ ‘Potosi, Mexuecow Jury P7', 1963; four collected at the type locality, fone uy 5051966, one July 31,1966, one August 3, 1966, and one August 7, 1966); and one from Pharr, Hidalgo County texas, Octcoper 21;'1944.° All female paratypes were col- lected by H. A. Freeman. The allotype and paratypes will Feilann in my “collection. I take much pleasure in naming this new species for my son Gilbert who is very interested in the genus Astraptes. This new species belongs to the alector complex of Astraptes, which contains alector (Felder) and hopffert UPiectz)5 4. gtlberti differs from these two in the fol- lowing ways: (1) somewhat smaller size, the primaries of Males of giliberti average 23 mm, whereas the other two Species average 25 mm; (2) gtlbertt has the wing bases blue like alector but lacks the opaque white central band from the cell to space 2 in the males and to space 1b in the females of alector; the females of gilberti have only the 10 PYRGINAE slightest indication of this whitish area in some speci- mens somewhat like hopffer?, but an the latter theywane bases are green; (3) gtlbert? has: they costa on, the umeen- Side of the primaries yellowish: to,the cell. whailesavec= tor has this area orange turning to white near the cell, and hopffert has this area shining green at the base turn- ing to white at-mid costa; (4) the tormal- whistemancamom the underside of the primaries does not enter the cell in gttbertt “andialector, but does’) in hopfferr;eandacayi as gilbert® the genitalia ane, ditferent frome thevocteumene species baszeally in three ways; £irst 5 che postexumon process on the dorsal side of the valva,is much byoadenx than in the other two spéeres; second, the antentonmuaien cess is taller than in the other two; and. third, the meus is differently shaped on both the lateral and ventral) sux- faces from that of either alector or hopffesea@e lates £itert eh) eR Astraptes hopffert has been recorded from several localities in Mexico, through Central Ameriedyyandawet into South America. Astraptes alector has so far been neconded only trom )Golombarar. I ‘recorded Astraptes hopfyrent. (Ploetz). ton senewUneaee a States based on .a.-female that 1 collected at) Phare lexas, October 21, 1944 (Freeman, 1945). This) specimens. noy known to be Astraptes gilbertt Freeman and therefore the name hopjfert should be removed from Che United isitaces IMS ton ae Spieisavdaey Genus POLYTHRIX Watson There are several species in Polythriu whieh vox ee Similar superficial characteristics and are perhaps best defined as jsablang species. jin orderyto be posmemyenen their identification, an examination of the genueaiiaees necessary. While collecting in Mex1eo durinco sehen sume of 1966, 1 caught a number of such Poly thria, al omnes were readily identified with the exception ofmener species: Since astne (Hewitson) is the most familiar species of Polythrit«£ im Mexico, I at first thought, chat caleevomeene asine-like specimens which I collected at Valles, S.L.P., were that species, Atter spreading the matervaeeawos possible to wecognize the differences between) as¢enegamamd previously undescribed species, the description of which follows. Polythrix mexicanus Freeman, new species (Pilate ey eedioume salt 45)ue MALE. Upperside: Primaries Tight brown, slightly darker along New Hesperiidae from Mexico ta outer margin. A smal] squarish spot in space 3, barely overlapping outer edge of spot in space 2; spot in space 2 straight on its inner surface, concave on its outer surface, situated under outer half of cel] spot; cell spot broader at bottom than at top; a smal] spot over center of cell spot in space 10; five apical spots, one in Space 5 round and small, one in space 9 about the same size, one in Space 6 elongated, 2 mm wide, one in space 7 smaller, I mm wide, and one in space 8 about .5 mm wide. AI] spots are hyaline, sordid yellowish-white. Two faint dark spots beneath the spot in space 2, a somewhat darker spot midway between these two spots and base. Costal fold wel] developed. Fringes slightly lighter than ground color, especially at apex and termen. Secondaries light brown, an irregular, macular discal and central band of indistinct brownish Spots. Outer margin evenly curved from apex to origin of the elon- gated tail. Tail averaging 12-14 mm in length, its center concolor- ous light brown with rest of wings, its outer edges much darker, nearly black. Fringes from apex to origin of tail light, sordid, yel lowish-white. Underside: Primaries similar to upper surface except in space I, a light tan area from termen to base. Secondaries similar to upper- side with somewhat lighter area along discal band, especially in space 1. Entire tail slightly darker than above. Length of primaries, 19-22 mm, average 2] mm. Wing measurements: holotype: primaries: base to apex, 21 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, 15 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cuy, [4 mm; center of costa to end of tai], 30 mm; wing spread: 36 mm eps age of paratypes 36 mm). Abdomen: light olive-brown, above and below. Thorax: dul] olive-brown, above and below. Palpi: olive-brown above and below. Antennae: club and shaft same olive-brown color above and below. Legs: same color as rest of body. FEMALE. Same as male, except: (1!) spots in spaces 2, 3, and cel] are somewhat Jarger; (2) fringes of secondaries more whitish; (3) tails solid brownish-black above. General shape of wings much like that of males. | Length of primaries, 21 mm. Wing measurements: al lotype: primaries: base to apex, 2| mm; apex to outer angle, |5 mm; outer angle to base, [5 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu, 14 mm; center of costa fo end of tail, 30 mm. Wing spread: 38 mm. Abdomen, thorax, palpi, antennae, and legs, same as males. HOLOTYPE male: Seven miles south Valles (grounds of HOreiagoyvadonga), San Luis Potosi, Mexico, August 2, 1966, Eolccrca py H.-A. Freeman, will be deposited in the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Allotype female: Pera Sco. Mexico, October 22, 1965; collected by ROberesWind., will remain in the collection of H. A. Free- Miers are cight male paratypes, all collected at the 12 PYRGINAE same place as the holotype during July and August, 1966, by H. A. Freeman, also in’ the collection of Hl) Al@Pecem-ase This wew species’ belongs to the astne complex ome genus Polythrix, which contains astne (Hewitson), roma Evans, htirttus (Butler), and gyges Evans. The Wast turee species are South American, and although they show super- ficial resemblances to mextcanus, the’ penitalig Teamee separate them. asine occurs rather widely over Mexico, through Central’ America to northwestern Peru. | Purine past three summers I collected asitne at Catemaco, Veracruz, Juchitan, Oaxaca, and at the type locality of mexicanus (Valles, San Luis Potosi). In comparing astne and mextcanus there are a number of ways that they differ superficially, (1) astne is darker brown than mextcanus; (2) the tails of the males of astne are shorter, (7-8 mm) than those of mextecanus; (3) asine has tour apvcalepoese whereas mextcanus has five; (4) in astne the spot in space 2 is almost ‘even On its inner side with the ceiileaonee while in mextcanus the spot in space 2 is shifted outward, with ats inner edge’ under the center of the cettespee eae (5) im ‘the ‘females of astne there’ is) a hyaline specu space lb below the spot in Space Z;' while imi memecanas there is no hyaline spot” there: in erther sex.) One essmseee most distinguishing characteristics of mextcanus is the fact that the males have ‘the same general wing Shapes the females Of astne, with the outer mareinm of emer seeom. darires evenly curved from the apex to the orion iommere tail, while in astne the males have this Same "ageammeause Straight, causing the jtarl (co bewshorten: The genitalia readily separate mexicanus from any other member of Polythrix due to the much shorter, sbiume tip to the cuiller, and the sharp pointed Sty te soumeme valva. P. roma has the valva with’ the pointed =tipomemseme cuiller and the style approximate. P./astne has the valva with the tips of the cuiller and style wide apart and the same general height. “Ps htrciue has” the’ sty leven meme valva very short, and the cuilller slender and’ pountrede P. gyges has the style of the valva fairly short; panceene cuiller long, broad, and™biunt-ended (There arevoewem differences in the genitalia that can be determined by PAC WUICe'S, Soro pita ben or. Ridens erison (Godman § Salvin, 1893) This beautiful species was described from a female specimen collected in Guatemala. Evans (1952) recorded cachinnans (Godman) as a subspecies of ertson, and stated that there was only the female type of ecrtson in the British Museum; and that there was a male cachtnnans from New Hesperiidae from Mexico 13 Soest tkhaca,,;one male and a female from Panama, as well as pace type in the museum. In his figures of the genitalia of the American Hesperiidae (1952: plate 17), he shows the male genitalia of what he called ertson which apparently was made from one of the males of cachtnnans, since he Eonusaderca them to be the same species. In material which received from Dr. Escalante there were five males of ertson collected at Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, aurine May, 1965. I found that the genitalia of these Specimens did not match the figure that Evans illustrates mOnrvemecon. Ihis indicates that true ertson has not been ma oUGeaeand the genitalia Evans attributes to ecrtson actually came from cachinnans, which is not a subspecies Geert con but a distinct: species. ints’ record from Comitan, Chiapas is the first record Sreerrson tor Mexico. Superficially the males of ertson closely resemble the Godman and Salvin figure of the type female. The Sil yedtarerences noted are the somewhat smaller size of Picuamorsam spaces 1b, 2, 5, 4 and 5, and the slightly deeper, biue coloration of the discal band on the lower sur- face of the secondaries in the Godman and Salvin figure. Urbanus albtmargo (Mabille, 1875) This species was described from Colombia and appears to have a rather wide range throughout the American trop- tes.) pevans, (1952) recorded albimargo from Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Venezuela, and Ecuador. In specimens received from Dr. Escalante, there was a male collected at Catemaco, Veracruz, August, 1961, and a female from Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, August, 1965. While collecting on the grounds of Hotel Covadonga, Fever mules south’ of Valles; San Luis Potosi, on June l1, 19665 2 caught a fresh male specimen of albitmargo. It was flying in company with individuals of. Urbanus doryssus (Swainson) but later examination revealed it could readily be separated from they by the tail color and general wing shape, as well as the genitalia. This constitutes another new Hesperiidae record for Mexico. Aethilla chiapa Freeman, new species (Pitawenss fireure “5,6 Plate 4, figure 5) MALE. UppersIde: Primarles, dark brownfsh-black. Outer margin straight. No costal fold. Fringes, orange-yellow. Secondaries, dark brownish-black. Outer margin convex. Fringes, orange-yel low, the orange coloration extending slightly onto wing just outside of anal angle. 14 PYRGINAE Underside: Primaries, dark reddish-brown, slightly lighter from apex to outer angle. Space la lighter due to a few orange scales. Secondaries, dark brownish-black, with a broad orange-ye] low marginal border, 5 mm wide at end of vein 1, extending from anal angle to just below vein 4. Wing measurements. Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 28 mm; apex to outer angle, 20 mm; outer angle to base, 20 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 20 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 21 mm. Spread expanse: 50.5 mm (average of paratypes, 50 mm). Abdomen: dark brownish=-b]lack, both above and below. Thorax: dark brownish-black, both above and below. Head: dark brown. Palpi: dark brownish-black. Legs: black. Antennae: shaft, brown- ish-black, both above and below; club, brownish-black above, slightly yellowish beneath. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brownish-black, with a Slight purplish sheen. A slightly lighter area at end of cell. Two somewhat lighter bands, one 3 mm in from outer margin, extending from space Ib to costa, this band 5 mm wide; second band slightly inward from first, 3 mm wide, extending from space [b to costa. Outer mar- gin slightly convex. Fringes, orange-ye]llow, narrow. Secondaries, dark brownish-black, with the same purplish sheen as on primaries. The two lighter bands in approximately the same position as on pri- maries. A slightly lighter bar at end of ce]]. Outer margin evenly convex. Fringes, bright orange-yel low. Underside: Primaries, reddish brownish-black, with the slight- est indication of the lighter bands of upperside. Somewhat lighter in space Ja. Secondaries, dark brownish-black, a broad sordid orange-yellow marginal border from anal angle to just below vein 4. Wing measurements. Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 3] mm; apex to outer angle, 2] mm; outer angle to base, 2].5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 23 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 22 mm. Wing spread: 54 mm. Abdomen: dark brownish-black both above and below. Thorax: dark brownish=black both above and below. Head: dark brown. Palpi: dark brownish-black. Legs: black. Antennae: shaft, brownish- black above and below; club, brownish-black above, slightly yellowish beneath. HOLOTYPE male, Ocozingo, Chiapas ; Mexico, ucuse 1958. This specimen as well as the allotype and jinhrec ue the male paratypes were received from Dr. Escalante mere holotype will be placed in the U. S. National Museums Washington, D. C. Allotype female, Ocozingo,) Chiapase Mexico, July 1942. There are five male paratypes2 )emreec from Ocozingo, Chiapas, two July 1942, and one: Julye tea. and there are two from Volcan San Maria, Guatemala, no date, in the U. S. National Museum. There is a female New Hesperiidae from Mexico 15 paratype in the U. S. National Museum from Chiapas, Mexico with no other data. The allotype and one male paratype will remain in my collection. Two male paratypes will be placed in the Escalante collection, Mexico, D. F. This new species bears a slight resemblance to Aethtlla lavochrea Butler but can readily be separated from meovercne: following characteristics: (1) ehtapa is darker, with the lighter bands much less distinct than in Tavochrea; (2) the secondaries of the males of chtapa have the outer margin evenly convex, whereas lavochrea has this area straight from the anal angle nearly to the apex, thus giving cehtapa a broader secondary; (3) the fringes of both wings of echtapa are orange-yellow, while those of lavo- ehrea are more yellowish; (4) the orange marginal border on the underside of the secondaries of chtapa is narrower Baan anitlavochrea, and it does not have the dark line ex- tending into the upper part of this area which lavochrea mas; and (5) the genitalia are different from any other Beeectesiron Aethtiia, (figure 5; plate 4). Mimia chiapaensis Freeman, new species flores on treure 5,6: Plate 15, figure 2) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with faint submarginal] and discal] bands. A faint, dark line in spaces 4 and 5 beneath apical spot in space 6. Apical spots in spaces 7 and 8 are in line, the one in space 6 displaced outward fram the other two. A black spot in outer one-third of cell. A long, narrow costal fold. Fringes dark Drown. Secondaries, dark brown, with a darker marginal border, a curved discal band, and a dark spot in the cel]. Outer margin evenly round. Fringes dark brown. Underside: Primaries, brown, basal half and outer margin to apex darker than discal area and space |, this area a Tighter reddish brown. The three hyaline white apical spots prominent. Secondaries, dark chocolate brown, with a darker disca] and basal band. Abdomen and Thorax: dark brown, both above and below. Head: dark brown. Palpi: brown. Legs: brown. Antennae: dark brown above and below, both shaft and club. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 21 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, [5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 16 mm; center of costa to anal] angle, 16 mm. Wing spread: 34 mm. FEMALE: unknown. HOLOTYPE male, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May 1965. This specimen was obtained from Dr. Tarsicio Escalante and will be placed in the U. S. National Museun, Washington, D. C. PYRGINAE 16 Evans (1953) proposed the genus Mimta to accommodate one species, phitdyle (Godman §& Salvin), and he described pazana aS a new subspecies of that species from Bolivia. The only specimen of phtdyle in the British Museum is the female type from Panama. From the available information it appears to be they are actually separate species and If am going to treat them as such. In separating chtapaensts from the other two species the following characteristics will suffice: (1) ehtapaen- sts differs from phtdyle in that the primaries on the lower surface do not have the apical half unmarked yellow as-is’ present in phtdyle ‘(2)) echitapaensts diftevsssqom pazana in three basic ways, (a) the shape of the apical spots’ in pazanda, ‘as ‘the ones in Spaces \7 and? 8 ane amines. and the one in ‘space 6 unusually large, while an =en¢apa— ensts they are ‘equal in’'sizeé\ with the one dmspacenemarse placed outward from the other two, (b) pagana has the outer half.of the primaries on ‘the lower ‘surtace ake yellowish-brown, while in chatpaensis this area differs, being only slightly lighter brown than the rest) of tie wing, and (c) differences in the genitalvaeerescmuss Evans’ (1953) figure of "phtdyle,'” which must be pa 2eqar Windia Freeman, new genus Type of! the genus.) - Wendrawwindrs Freeman Antenna approximately one half the length of the cos- ta, bent: to.apiculus: beyond thickest partvof the ,eiun, Nudum 3/12. Apiculus approximately one-third the length of club. Shaft and club brown above, yellowish beneath. Head, brownish-gray above. Palpi elongated, extending well beyond head, brown above, sordid white beneath. Mid tibia smooth, with one pair of spurs. Hind tibia smooth, with two pairs of spurs: ‘Short,usparse, whuteshaa noe fringe on both mid and hind tibiae. Primaries produced, apex, more or less pointed, more or less Straveneenem outer angle to apex. A very slender costal fold. Hyaline apical and discal spots present. Wing venation of both primaries and secondaries as in Noctuana Bell. Secondar- 1es with the outer margin more or less coneavem ama angle slightly produced. With semi-hyaline discal and basal spots. Genitalia with valvae asymmetrical. This genus is proposed for a new species collected by Robert Wind, and I take great pleasure in naming 2G on him. Superficially the general color and maculation some- what resemble members of the genus Udranomta Butler; structurally there is no similarity. Udranomta is in the Augtades Group of Group B of the Pyrginae, following Evans's arrangement, which is characterized by the peculiar New Hesperiidae from Mexico 7, eppt: se chird-segment stout, spatulate, set on the outer Baeae of the second segment, divergent. Wtndta is in the Telemtades Group of Group E of the Pyrginae, which is characterized by having the third segment of the palpi always porrect (extended forward) and pendulous (drooping). aendtae1s more closely related structurally to the genus Woetuana Bell than to any other, however the following differences separate the two genera: (1) Wtndta does not have the truncate primaries that are present in Woe tuana; (2) members of the genus Noctuana have no hyaline spots on ee primaries Other than the apical spots and these are directed toward the upper half of the outer margin, while Windta has not only the hyaline apical spots which are toward the lower half of the outer margin but also hyaline m9ets. in spaces 2, 3, 4, and two in the cell; (3) Windia has semi-hyaline discal and basal spots on the secondar- “ies, approaching Udranomta, which are absent in Moctuana; (4) in Woctuana the hind tibia of the males have a long fringe, while in Windia this is short and rather sparse; meena) there are basic genitalic differences in the general shape of the valvae and the aedeagus (see Evans, #955, plate 34). Windia windi Freeman, new species Batarenoe iioure, 7,8. Plate 15, fisure6) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, grayish-brown, mottled dark and light. Outer margin alternately light and dark brown from outer angle to apex. Three dark bands in space |; squarish, apical spots in a straight line in spaces 6, 7, and 8 directed toward lower half of outer margin. A minute dot in space 9 situated inward from the ‘apical spot in space 8; two spots in space 2 situated beneath lower cell spot; a small spot in space 3, and a minute dot in space 4, directly beneath apical spot in space 6; somewhat triangular cel] spots, the largest spots on the wing; all spots white hyaline. A dark area just inside apical spots, another inside cell spots and inner spot in space 2. A narrow costal fold. Wings produced apically, outer margin straight from outer angle to apex, which is more or less pointed. Fringes checkered dark and light brown. Secondaries, mottled dark and light grayish-brown, with some discal, basal and subcostal spots semi-hyaline. A black bar in cell, as well as dark discal and submarginal spots. Outer margin slightly concave, anal angle somewhat produced. Fringes checkered light brown. Underside: Primaries, light brown, with ochreous markings in Submarginal area from outer angle to apex. A light area in space ] below spots in space 2. All spots reappear, paler. Secondaries, light brown, all veins lighter than ground color. Opaque discal spots, two at end of cel], one in cel], one above cell. Minute ochreous markings in submarginal area from anal angle to vein 5. Abdomen: dark grayish-brown above, lighter brown beneath. 18 PYRGINAE Thorax: dark grayish-brown above, yellowish-brown beneath. Head: dark brown. Palpi: dark brown above, sordid white beneath. Legs: yellowish-brown. Antennae: shaft brown above, yellow beneath; club brown above, yellow beneath, apiculus yel lowish-brown. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 15 mm; apex to outer angle, 12 mm; outer angle to base, I] mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I]O mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13 mm. Wing spread: 29 mm (one paratype 28 mm, and the other 5055) mm) FEMALE: unknown. HOLOTYPE male, Salada, Colima, Mexico,,; 1S) Junepiie? (collected by Robert Wind) will ‘be placed im *the@iingee National Museum, Washington, D. C. One male paratype, same -location and ‘collector, 19,June: 1967, and tone enate paratype, Muipillas|, Guerrero, Mexico, 4 JulyaiSson(cer- lected by Kent Wilson) are in my collection: Superficially there is a‘slight resemblance between windt and Udranomta orcitnus (Felder) in the mottled appearance and arrangement of the white hyaline spots on the: praimanaes: Staphylus veytius Freeman, new species (P¥ater 7; oPigures-7;8e~ Plate ds.) heugemsn MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with the slightest indication of a darker submarginal band. Two minute apical spots and a minute dot in space 2. Fringes concolorous with ground color. A costal fold present. Secondaries, dark brown, with only the slightest indication of darker bands. Termen slightly undulate. Fringes same color as wing. Underside: Primaries, dark brown, slightly lighter than upper- side. Apical and discal spot in space 2 only slightly visible. Secondaries, uniform brown. Abdomen and thorax: dark brown, both above and below. Wing measurements: Hofotype male. Primaries: base To apex, 1].5 mm; apex to outer angle, 7 mm; outer angle to base, 9 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 9 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 8 mm. Wing spread: 22 mm (paratype 24 mm). FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with dark brown central, discal and submarginal bands. Two apical spots, a Tiny dot in cell, a smal] spot in space 2. AI] spots white, hyaline. Fringes same color as wing ground color. Secondaries, dark brown, with darker bands in central and discal areas. Fringes same color as ground color of wing. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 19 Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae same as in males. Wing Measurements: Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 13 mm; apex to outer angle, 9 mm; outer angle to base, I] mm. Sec- ondaries: base to end of vein 3, 10 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 9mm. Wing spread: 27.5 mm. HOLOLYPE male, Cintalapa, Chiapas, Mexico, 17 August 1964, will be placed in the U. S. National Museum, Washing- ton, D. C. Allotype female and one male paratype same data as holotype are in my collection. All three speci- mens collected by H. A. Freeman. Named for the Mexican historian, Don Mariano Veytia. This is another member of the mazans complex. Evans lists four subspecies of mazans, mazans (Reakirt) from Veracruz; hayhurstit (Edwards) from central and eastern Pointed states; ¢terra Evans from Guerrero, Jalisco, Sonora, and Nayarit; and ascaphalus (Staudinger) from southern Mex TecOmeOuoouth America..< Since: the genitalia of all four Pomel Eterent and. in some areas certain ones fly together, it seems most unlikely that we should consider them to be Eupspecres so f propose that we consider each to bea matascpeeres., Ihe new species veyttus is closer related POncterranthan any of the other members of this group. Superficially it resembles tterra in general appearance Miretsssmaller. Structurally the genitalia differs from Peceeatiiechnat there are three equal size long bristles Penewaersal sade of. the valva and five at the apex of the valva. S. tierra was described as having two bristles on the upperside of the cuiller and conspicuous vinculum brushes. These brushes are not as conspicuous in veyttus. iwhavescound ‘that tierra often has three bristles on the upper side of the cuiller, however the third one is always much shorter than the other two. I have found that in the State of Chiapas, mazans, Bacaphalus mand veytius all fly together in.various. areas. While collecting at the Guatemala border, I found only ascaphalus. At Cintalapa mazans, veyttus, and ascaphalus Near Comitan mazans and ascaphalus were found. Staphylus zuritus Freeman, new species Ciera ye vtrgune 5,6. Plate, 15, Tigure 4) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with two darker brown bands from costal to inner margin, one outside end of cell, from apical region to inner margin, where it becomes slightly narrower; second band extending from just below costa, through cell to inner margin, broad, extending nearly to base of wing. No apical or discal spots. No costal fold present. Fringes darker at base, remainder concolorous with ground color of wings. Secondaries, dark brown, 20 PYRGINAE three dark bands, first narrow, submarginal, second discal, wide below costa becoming much narrower above anal angle, third band sub- basal, extending to base. Outer margin evenly round. Fringes same as on primaries. Underside: Primaries, light brown, with a lighter submarginal band. A few yellow scales scattered over entire surface. Secondaries brown, with slightest indication of darker bands present. Some scattered yellow scales over entire surface. Abdomen and thorax: dark brown above, lighter beneath. Head: brown. Palpi: white, with a few intermixed gray sclaes. Legs: yellowish. Antennae: shaft and club black above, yellowish beneath. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 14.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 10 mm; outer angle to base, 13 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 12 mm; center of costa to anal angle, I] mm. Wing spread: 29 mm. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, brown, similar to male except with two minute apica] spots, and a greater contrast between dark bands and ground color. Fringes same as in male. Secondaries, brown similar to male, except more contrast between dark bands and ground color. Fringes same as in male. Underside: Primaries, lighter than above, the apical spots prominent. No indication of darker bands. Secondaries, uniform pale brown, with no indication of darker bands. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae same as in the male. Wing measurements: Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 15.5 mm; apex to outer angle, IO mm; outer angle to base, [2 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I3 mm; center of costa to anal angle, II mm. Wing spread: 29 mm. Paratype, wing spread: 27.5 mm. HOLOTYPE male, Cintalapa, Chiapas, Mexico, 17 August 1964, will be placed in the U.'S. National Museum, Washington, D..C.. Allotype: female; ) Oaxaca, Oaxaege ia aa 1966, and one female paratype same location; 22 Jumemieeng are in the collection*of, Hz, A:; Breemanis Aiiispeleanoee Coliected bye He Am mhGee man: This new species is name for Zurita the Mexican his- forian. Superficially S. aurttus. resembles S. semttineta (Dyar) more closely than any other species. Sil zareere differs by being a darker brown, by not having any white hyaline spots, by not having whitish scaling on the lower surface of the secondaries, by having the under surface of the secondaries uniform brown instead of thé poseerres New Hesperiidae from Mexico 21 half tinged gray. The best way to separate the two spec- ies is by the genitalia. The scaphium of the male geni- talia is missing in zgurttus while present in semttincta. In semitineta the valva terminates in a broad apex extend- ing well above the rest of the valva, back of which the dorsal edge is produced inwardly into a somewhat triangular flange with two teeth at the apex. In guritus the valva terminates in a lobed apex which barely extends above the rest of the valva, back of which the dorsal edge is pro- duced inwardly into a somewhat triangular flange with one tooth at the apex. In preparing this description, zuritus /was compared with specimens of semitineta, in my collec- tion, from Villa Juarez, Puebla; Ajijic, Jalisco (collected by Robert Wind); and San Jose Purua, Michoacan (collected by Bryant Mather). Quadrus francesius Freeman, new species (elareootveure W-4., PlateslS, «figure 3) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, light brown, with a darker sub- marginal band and a broad central band extending from inner margin Through cell to costa. Base darker brown. Three apical spots, the lowest one displaced outward from the other two; a discal spot in Space 2, a linear, opaque spot below in space Jb, a smaller one in Space 3 slightly outward from the spot in space 2; a small spot in upper part of cell, above this, just below costa is a minute, J] inear spot. All spots white hyaline. Cell black surrounding cell spot. Fringes concolorous with rest of wing. Secondaries, light brown, with darker submarginal, discal, and subbasal bands. A dark spot in -cell. Fringes concolorous with rest of wing. Underside: Primaries, brown, the darker bands plainly visible. All hyaline spots repeated, somewhat paler. Secondaries, brown, all dark bands repeated. A heavy suffusion of blue scales over al] _ the wing except outer margin. Abdomen: dark brown above, gray beneath, some blue scales at base. Thorax: dark brown above, lighter beneath, some sparse white hairs. Head: brown. Palpi: light brown, some white scales. Legs: brown. Antennae: shaft dark brown above, slightly lighter beneath; club dark brown above, slightly lighter beneath. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, I7 mm; apex to outer angle, 12 mm; outer angle to base, 13 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 12 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 32 mm. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, similar to male except darker. Secondaries, same as male except darker. Underside: Primaries, similar to male except a paler area in Space |, and a small, yellowish submarginal spot in space Ib. 22 HESPERT INAE Secondaries, similar to male, except a pronounced dark bar in discal area of space 5. Blue overscaling of basal and discal areas extend- ing along veins into submarginal area. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae same as male. Wing measurements: Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 18 mm; apex to outer angle, 12 mm; outer angle to base, 14 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 14 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 34 mm. HOLOTYPE male, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May 1965, will be placed an‘the Ul S. “Natzonal Museum Washington, D. C. Allotype female, Comitan, Chiapas, Sep- tember 1962, will remain in my collection. “Both 'Speemens wene Sent so me iby lr lars teronnsical aniwer I take pleasure in naming this new spectesu: ones Alberto Diaz Frances, Mexico, D. F., who is am-enthustase ue Collector or siepidopterar. superficially this new species slightly nesembies ecerealts (Cramer), however, it can readily be separaceduby the following characteristics: (1) the macularton ester primaries is greatly reduced in francestus, laecking@ene two spots below spot 2 which are present in cerealts and lacking the elongated lower cell spot; *(2)) they piluisem white bands present in cerealzs on the upper Ssupsacemor the secondaries in both sexes are absent in francestus; (3) the lighter area. on the under ‘surface o£ jtnemp mam os in space 1 of francestus is not as pronounced in cerealts; and (4) the genitalia have a style on the valvae like ecerealts but more closely approach the general shapesos the genitalia of fanda Evans which lacks this style, and there are other differences as cam be determined mona figure of the genitalia of francestus (Plate ise eee eee HESPERIINAE Enosis matheri Freeman, new species (Plate 7; figure 9% 10." Pilate 15, fveusomme MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, unmarked. Stigma dark brown. Fringes, tan. Secondaries, dark brown, unmarked. Fringes, Tan. Underside: Primaries, dark reddish brown. A distinct, yellowish- white apical spot in space 6. Apex with a slight ferruginous over- scaling; space | slightly paler than remainder of wing. Secondaries, dark chocolate brown, with an indistinct, yellowish-white discal spot in space 5. New Hesperiidae from Mexico fag Abdomen and thorax: dark brown, both above and below. Head: dark brown. Palpi: dark brown. Legs: dark brown, with some yellow scales. Antennae: shaft, dark brown above and below; club,slightly yellowish at base and underside of apiculus, slightly yellowish, remainder dark brown. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 19 mm; apex to outer angle, 12 mm; outer angle to base, 13 mm. secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 13.5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13.5 mm. Wing spread: 36 mm. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with an indistinct, yellowish-white apical spot in space 6. Fringes, sordid white. Sec- ondaries, dark brown, unmarked. Fringes, sordid white. Underside: Primaries, dark brown, except lighter in space |. An indistinct, yellowish-white discal spot in space 3 and an apical spot of same color in space 6. Secondaries, dark chocolate brown, with a yellowish-white discal spot in space 3. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae, same as in male. Wing measurements: Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 19 mm; apex to outer angle, 14 mm; outer angle to base, [5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 14 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13 mm (wing torn at anal angle). Wing spread: 35 mm. Holey PE male, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, December Poo meoveained trom Dr. Tarsicio Escalante, Mexico, D.F.), patisbe placed in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, TT cnesutourpe female, Tuxpango, Veracruz, Mexico, 4 Hecember 1957 (collected by Bryant Mather), will remain in my “COMPECELON : I take pleasure in naming this new species for Bryant Mather, Jackson, Mississippi. This is another member of a genus of. obscurely marked Species that can only be definitely identified by an exam- MidEeOuwOL che cenitalia. The new species resembles mumaculava, (Hewatson) in the depth of coloration, espec- tally on the underside, and has the stigma less conspic- mous due to its dark brown color. The genitalia are Sienoren trom any of,.the other species of Enosts as can be determined by comparing my figure (plate 15, fig. 7) mantras. 1955) illustrations (plate 68, K. 4., 1-11). Dalla ramirezi Freeman, new species Gebdte ase tt rouresls, 2. Plate 4,.fi1gure-. 2) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, brown. A light yellow, rectangular 24 HESPERI INAE hyaline spot in space 2, 3 mm wide, which is completely overlapped by the longer cel] spot; the light yellow hyaline cell spot bluntly triangular, is 2 mm wide in the center; three yellowish hyaline apical spots in a line. Fringes same brown as wings. Secondaries, brown, a large ova] spot in center of wing, covering most of cell; this spot 4.5 mm wide, 2.5 mm tall, with the inner half orange-yel low, the outer half semi-hyaline, nearly clear. Fringes, yellowish-tan, with some brown scales intermixed. Underside: Primaries, brownish-black, with the hyaline spots somewhat lighter than above; four yellowish spots between apical spots and outer margin and apex. Base of costa yellowish. Ground color slightly lighter in space |. Secondaries, brownish-black, with some yellow scales along costa, on the anal fold, and just outside anal angle; a broad, yellowish, strip extending from base through cell to just inside outer margin, with the semi-hyaline spot two-thirds from base. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 16.5 mm; apex to outer angle, I] mm; outer angle to base, 13 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, [3 mm; center of costa to anal angle, I] mm. Wing spread: 34 mm. Abdomen: brownish=-black above, yellow beneath. Thorax: brown- ish-black above, yellowish beneath. Head: brown, with some yellow scales. Palpi: elongate, yellowish-white with outer edges and Tips black. Legs: yellow and black. Antennae: shaft, black above, yellowish beneath; (club missing from this specimen). FEMALE. Unknown. HOLOTYPE male, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, August 195¢2 collected by Abraham Ramirez. This specimen was obtained from Dr. Escalante and will be placed in the Us SoeNaerenam Museum, Washington, D. C. I am-unable to locate any_species of Dalia thaeesnene any -close macular resemblance to /this new Speecrtes. esa genitalia are’not like any of the other species mayen genus, as shown by figure 2 on plate 4. Vettius argentus Freeman, new species (Plate 18 “figure’s )*4.. “Platew4,, Yfiltotmen am MALE. Upperside: Primaries, light olive brown, with ochreous scales along costa from base to middle. An oval white spot in space 2, a smaller white spot beyond, in space 3. No costal fold. No apical spots. Fringes, same olive brown as wings. Secondaries, even olive brown. Fringes, same color as rest of wing. Underside: Primaries, brownish-black, outer margin, apex, and New Hesperiidae from Mexico 25 costa ferruginous. The two spots of upperside reappear, slightly paler. A broad silver spot in space 4, a somewhat smaller silver ‘spot in space 6; a tiny silver spot in space 7. Secondaries, shiny silver, three ferruginous stripes: first along costa from base to end of vein 7; second from base through cel] to outer margin; third from base of mid space Ic to outer margin just beneath end of vein 2. Outer margin narrowly edged with ferruginous scales. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 17.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 10.5 mm; outer angle to base, 14 mm. secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 12.5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13 mm. Wing spread: 34.5 mm (average of paratypes, 31 mm). Abdomen: brownish-black above, white beneath. Thorax: brownish- black above, white beneath. Head: brownish-black. Palpi: inter- mixed white and black. Legs: whitish. Antennae: shaft, brownish- black above and below, except at base of club, somewhat lighter; club, brownish=black above and below, somewhat lighter at base. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries as in male. Secondaries as in male, except broader. Underside: Primaries as in male, except for silver spots in apical region somewhat duller. Secondaries as in male. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 18 mm; apex to outer angle II mm; outer angle to base, 14 mm. Secon- daries: base To end of vein 3, 14 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13.5 mm. Wing spread: 35 mm. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae as in male. HOL@TYPE male, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, Peet oGaawitht be placed in the U. Si: National Museum, Washington, D. C. Allotype and two male paratypes, same Mate and location. These specimens were sent to me by Dr. Sacaiatite-, paratypes will be placed in his collection and pie aillotype will remain in my collection. This new species is related to Vetttus coryna (Hewit- son) and its subspecies conka Evans and catargyra (Felder) By the silvery lower surface of the secondaries and the Baeee ferruginous bands. VY. argentus differs in having no apical spots, while conka has one, and catargyra and eoryna have two. There is a cell spot in coryna which is not present in either argentus or conka.. In coryna and mes SubSpecies the costal edge of the last, and anal edge Sethe middie, ferruginous streaks on the lower surface of Bice secondaries are black edged, while this does not occur mumaugentus. The genitalia differ in that the terminal ‘ma of the valva is more upturned and the shape of the eievs iS difrerent (Plate 4, fig. 3). 26 HESPERI INAE Niconiades comitana Freeman, new species (Plate (8. ta cure 5 Oe Teta cer ay | ha oginccmmem MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brownish-black, a few green scales near base and in space la. A squarish white hyaline spot in space 2; an oval rather small, yellowish spot in space Ib, basad from the spot in space 2; another square, white, hyaline spot in Space 3, situated outward from space 2; two white, hyaline spots in cell which barely touch in the center; three white, hyaline apical spots, one nearest costa a mere dot. Three brands, brown, rather inconspicious, a very small one over middle of vein |; second one somewhat elongated, below vein 2 near its origin; third one shorter, above vein 2 directly over the elongated one. Fringes, dark brown becoming somewhat lighter near outer angle. Secondaries, dark brownish-black, some green scales near base. Two white hyaline spots, one in space 3, 1.5 mm wide, one in space 2, I mm wide. Outer margin convex, only slightly produced at anal angle. Fringes, sordid yel Jowish-white. Underside: Primaries, dark brown, a heavy suffusion of yellow at costa above cell, becoming indistinct toward base. Vein | white edged, vein 2 slightly edged in yellow. The white hyaline spots of upperside all reappear, somewhat paler; a smal! yellowish area in space Ib just beneath outer edge of spot in space 2; a clear white, oval spot inward from this, directly over vein I. Apex is slightly lighter brown than remainder of wing. Secondaries, dark brown, a wide band from edge of costa to space Ic, bright yellow from costa To spots in spaces 2 and 3, from there downward, yellowish-white. A yellow streak along vein Ja extending 7 mm. from base. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 17.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 12 mm; outer angle to base, 13 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, [2 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 33 mm. Abdomen: brownish-black above, base heavily overscaled with green, below brownish-black. Thorax: _brownish-black above heavily overscaled with green, underside brown. Head: black, with green scales. Palpi: yellowish-white. Legs: brown, with some yellow. Antennae: shaft, black above, slightly ringed beneath; club, black above, below basal half slightly yellowish, remainder black. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, a few green scales near base. Spots same as in males except cell spots fused, the rest somewhat larger. Secondaries, dark brown, green scales over basal one-fourth of wing. A tiny, white, hyaline dot in space. Underside: Primaries, same as male except the yellow costal area broader and wider. Secondaries, like male except yellow stripe a little wider, not as dark, more yellowish-white. Wing measurements: Allotype female, Primaries: base to apex, 19 mm; apex to outer angle, [2 mm; outer angle to base, 15 mm. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 27 Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, [3 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 33 mm. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae same as in male. HOLOtwE male, Comitan, Chiapas’, Mexico, July 1964, will be placed in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, Hiei oy pe female, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, March Mole ts an my Collection. These two ‘specimens were sent LO Micowovye lr. Larsic1o Escalante. Me-nearest related species is Ntecontades xanthaphes Hubner, from which comttana can readily be separated by Micmeomlowime characteristics: (1) the outer margin of the secondaries of comttana is convex and only slightly produced at) the anal angle, while the outer margin of the secondaries of xanthaphes is concave and the anal angle Lv iMem mone produced; (2) the 1rridescence is more-ex- rensmuenoven the basal part of the wings of xanthaphes Enaneantnecon: bana; (5) the costa on the lower surface of Picea ries 4S, yellow from the base to the cell spot in manenaphnes. while this yellowish area in comttana is Proademiapically and does not extend to the base of the ers ionmethne Lower ‘surface of the secondaries the DeriIpeoms whrtel in xsantchaphes and rather narrow and orig- inaves below ‘the’ costa, while’ in comttana this stripe Originates on the costa and is yellow and broader; and (S)eetiemelvare differences im the genitalia as.can be noted by comparing the figure of comttana (Plate 4, fig. 4) with Pvans: (ihinstration of xanthaphes (1955, Plate 85). Anthoptus macalpinei Freeman, new species Glace 9 yt woume dy. 2 Plate. 10), figure 1) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brownish-black, costa deep fulvous from base to outer edge of cell. Veins fulvous from end of cel] to termen below coata; three fulvous apical spots, the lowest a mere dot; a bright fulvous discal band divided into spots by the veins, tapering from basal half of inner margin to just under vein 5, directly beneath the apical spots. No cell spot. Fringes brownish- black, slightly fulvous at outer angle. Secondaries, dark brownish- black. A discal band of four elongate, bright fulvous spots,forming an oblique patch approximately 3 mm wide. Some elongated, slightly fulvous, hair-like scales covering basal half of wing. Fringes concolorous with rest of wing, except at anal angle, fulvous. Underside: Primaries, base cel] and lower half deep black, outer margin, apex, costa and area occupied by discal spots from Space 2 upward, bright yellow. A black line at end of cell. Secon- daries, bright yellow, slightly darker along outer margin. An indistinet dot in cell. Anal fold slightly overscaled with sparse black. 28 HESPERI INAE Abdomen: brownish-black above with some fulvous hairs, bright yellow below. Thorax: dark brownish-black above with some fulvous hairs, below bright yellow. Head: black, with a large number of yellow hairs. Palpi: bright yellow with a few black scales inter- mixed. Legs: sordid yellow. Antennae: shaft, black above, yellow beneath; club, base yellowish, remainder and apiculus black above and beneath. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 16 mm; apex to outer angle, 10.5 mm; outer angle to base, 12 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, || mm; center of costa to anal angle, 12 mm. Wing spread: 31 mm. (Paratype male, same measurements). FEMALE: unknown. HOLOTYPE male, Fortin de las Flores, Veracrug =) Mesmuees 26 September 1966, will be phkaced in ithe Uj Ss sNaeeena8 Museum, Washington, D. C. There is a male paratype col- lected at the same location and date in my cobleceuom Both specimens were collected by W. S. McAlpame andget gives me great pleasure to name this species after ham, Thais new species is in the calcarea complex. whnemnes composed of calcarea (Schaus), maracanae (Bell), and visendus Bell. It can be distinguished from other members of the complex by. the following characteris txes - iG) eee eatearea by the brighter, yellow on, the under side yeieenc wings, by the better developed discal bands on both wings, and in not having the borders below shaded brown; (2) from maracanae by the discal band on the under sumeace) jot) tie primaries not extending into space! 1, by. the) badeheomaoe low on the under surface of the secondaries, andibyemee having the discal bands on both wings as broad and (3) from visendus by the brighter yellow under surface maeem in visendus is pale rufous brown with the veins yellow, by the discal band on the primaries terminating digeeeiaaae. neath the apical spots while in visendus the apical spots are situated inward from the discal band, by not having a dark spot at the tornus with a yellow streak above it like is found in vtsendus, and by the discal band which is better develioped in macatpinet thant iS ine vesenomer The genitalia are different from any other species of Anthopous (plate sh0setnwoee 18 Pheraeus covadonga Freeman, new species (Plate’9, figures 3, 4, 5, ©... Plate, 10, Sigumeee MALE. Upperside: Primaries, black. Three yellow apical spots; costa yellow from base to apical spots; a bright yellow discal - band, divided into spots by the veins, tapering from basal half of inner margin to apical spots; spots in spaces 2 and 4 semi-hyaline, New Hesperiidae from Mexico 29 fairly broad, the one in space 2, 2.5 mm wide, the one in space 3, 2 mm wide. An indistinct sagittate dark brand over the origin of vein 5. No cell spot. Fringes bright yellow. Secondaries, black, with a heavy suffusion of yellowish scales over anal fold to base. A bright yellow, discal spot extending from near outer margin, through the cell to near base, not divided into spots by the veins. Fringes bright yellow. Underside: Primaries, dorsal half black, the remainder from vein 3 To costa ochreous. A slight ochreous suffusion under the spot in space 2. Five indistinct marginal spots extending from space 3 to costa near apex. Apical spots appear as black dashes, the one in space 6 having a tiny yellow center. A black bar at end of cell, a Slightly lighter yellow spot just beyond. Spots in spaces 2 and 3 semi-hyaline, much lighter than the ochreous color of the costal half of wing. Secondaries, bright ochreous, anal fold heavily overscaled with black. An irregular row of five discal spots extending from Space Ic to 6; the one in space Ic a tiny black dot situated one- third the distance to base; the one in space 2 a black circle with a yellow center, located closer to outer margin, only about one-fourth the distance inward toward base; the one in space 3 a black circle with a tiny yellow center situated slightly outward from the spot in Space 2; the one in space 5 a black dot, located about one-fourth of the distance toward base; the one in space 6 a black oval, with the center yellow, located one-third the distance toward the base; a prom- inent black oval cell spot Jocated inward from discal spots, with the outer one-half pupilled with yellow. Abdomen and Thorax: black, upperside with a heavy suffusion of yellowish hairs, yellow beneath. Head: black, with a heavy suf- fusion of yellowish scales. Palpi: bright yellow, with a few black scales. Legs: yellow. Antennae: shaft, black ringed with yellow both above and below; club, basal half yellow, both above and below, apical half black with the apiculus yellow. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 13 mm; apex to outer angle, 9 mm; outer angle to base, !0 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 9 mm; center of costa to anal] angle, 10 mm. Wing spread: 26 mm (one male paratype 24 mm, the other 22.5 mm). FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, brownish-black. Three indistinct apical spots, one in space 6 largest, a mere yellow dot. Two semi- hyaline, tan spots in discal area; one in space 2 somewhat square, one in space 3 elongated, narrow; a slightly lighter, elongated, tan area in space |b midway between outer margin and base. Fringes brownish-black. Secondaries, brownish-black, only slightly paler over discal area. Fringes brownish-black. Underside: Primaries, brownish-black, a few ochreous scales along costa from base to apex where they extend two-thirds the dis- tance down outer margin. Five indistinct marginal dots from space 3 to costa near apex. No indication of the apical spots of male except 30 HESPERI INAE a tiny dot in space 6. Secondaries, similar to male, ground color darker, tan instead of bright ochreous. Discal and cell spots same as in male. Abdomen: brownish=-black, upperside with a very few ochreous scales, beneath somewhat paler. Thorax: brownish-black, upperside with a few ochreous scales, underside slightly lighter. Head: brown- ish-black, with a very few ochreous scales. Palpi: sordid gray, with some black scales. Legs: brownish-yellow. Antennae: shaft, black above, slightly paler beneath; club, black above, beneath slightly paler at base, remainder of club and apiculus both above and below, black. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, I2 mm; apex to outer angle, 8 mm; outer angle to base, 9 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 9 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 8 mm... Wing spreads 25. mm. HOLOTYPE male, seven miles south of Valles,(on the grounds’ of Hotel Covadonga) San Luis, Potosi Mexucanser) June 1966, will be placed in the USS." Natrona Mescmur Washington, D. €.° Allotypé female same locatvem. esr 1966. There are two male paratypes from the same location, one collected 5 August 1966; and the other © Auguse i ece All four specimens» were collected by Hl” A. Preencmssssuae allotype and’ paratypes will remain in my coPlcerrone The males of this new species show a superite1aiere— semblance to Anthoptus eptctetus (Fabr.) on the upperside, but the two can be’ separated by the lighter colton sere semi-hyaline spots in*’spaces 2 and 3 in’ ‘covadonga. ane eens absence of a cell spot which is present in epgereccs ase the: lower surface there’ 1s ‘nol ‘Similerity One tie se nomeme cies. These species fly together in dense’ vegetatvon ae the type locality of covadonga. P.. covadonga De lones aim the fastus complex along with fastus Hayward from Brazil and Paraguay, and honta Evans from Peru. P. covadonga can be separated from fastus by the following character- istacs: *~ (1) the discali spots ‘are: a clearer yelroweses ecovadonga due to the tendency of these areas to be shaded darker on both the secondaries and primaries of fastus; (2) on the lower surface of the secondaries of fastus the ground color is greenish-ochreous, whereas in cevda— donga it 1s more yellowish-ochreous; and ‘(3) “an@eovaderga on the lower surface of the secondaries the discal spots and cell spot are black, in some cases with a yellow pupil, while in fastus these spots are white with the black edg- ing faint or absent. P. eovadonga can be Sepatatece eaem honta by the following characteristics: (1) in eegegeon the lower surface of the primaries there is a broad spot in space lb which is absent in covadonga; (2) on the upper surface of the secondaries in honta the tawny discal spot extends to the. base of the wing, while in covadonga it New Hesperiidae from Mexico 31 does not reach the base; and (3) on the lower surface of the secondaries in honta the discal and cell spots are white, edge in black, while in covadonga the spots are black with some having a yellow pupil. The genitalia are different from any of the other species in this genus oawer WOR fie. 2)". This is the first record for the genus Pheraeus in Mexico. Cynea nigricola Freeman, new species eatecmohe figures: 7, 8.. Plate. 10. figure 3) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, unmarked. An elongated brand over vein |, slightly covered by short hairs. A dark brown hair tuft originating on the dorsal margin of the wings. Fringes dark brown. Secondaries, dark brown. Secondaries, dark brown, with no markings. Fringes dark brown. Underside: Primaries, dark brown, only slightly lighter than above. No markings present. Secondaries, dark chocolate brown. No markings present. Abdomen: Dark brown both above and below. Thorax: dark brown above with some long, dark brown hairs, beneath dark brown. Head: dark brown with some dark green scales. No red behind collar. Palpi: dark brown with some golden yellow scales intermixed. Legs: dark brown with a few yellowish hairs. Antennae: shaft, dark brown both above and beneath; club, yellowish at base, remainder and apiculus dark brown above, entire club yellowish beneath. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 18 mm; apex to outer angle, I2 mm; outer angle to base, 14 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, I3 mm; center of costa to ana] angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 33 mm. FEMALE: unknown. HOLOMPE Tale, Santa Rosa,-Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May 1965; will be placed in the U. SS. National Museun, Resmeneron. °C. “This specimen was obtained from Dr. farsa cacot Escalante. thas Mew Species belongs to the cortsana complex of EHCmecnUS Cynea which is'a group, of several superficially Similar species which can be separated only by study of ene materoenitalia. The) only member of this complex so far recorded from Mexico is megalops (Godman) which can be Separated from ntgricola by the following characteristics: (1) megalops has the dorsal margin on the under surface of the primaries paler than the rest of the ground color, while this does not occur in nigrtcola; (2) in megalops 52 HESPERI INAE there are sometimes indistinct spots on the underside of the primaries, one, un space..2 and. anothea, in; space sa. eee the holotype of nitgricola these are not present; (3) mega- lops has some reddish behind the collar which is absent in ntgritecola; (4) the brand over vein 1 is short and ob- scune in megalops, while in ntgrtcola jt is elongatenaam prominent,,..(5)othe-head scaling 45)-¢reen. any megalogse while in nigrtcola it 1s more brownish with some green scales intermixed; and (6), the genitalia of (nig"¢ee7 mee different, from any other members of this genus (Pilatesmre HUGE» 5). Methtonopsts typhon Godman, 1901 This species was described from Guatemala, and Evans (1955) states that there are four males from that ecoumner in the British Museum. This constitutes all” they knows records for typhon. While collecting dn a’ remote jneanes jungle-like growth on the grounds of Hotel, Covadongeae seven miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, on Agagse se 1966, I caught’ a male of this’ species, the tames tre cemd from Mexico: Since typhon belongs to a group of skippers whrehwane obscurely marked; the only positive way to *ciecw ers identity 1S through an examination of vthe "eenitequmae Moerts duena Evans, 1955 Thas is apparently another veny “are ispectesmaa as aan was described from four specimens from Guatemala, and I know of no other records. The male type came from Ducmas, Guatemala and is in the’ British Museum.” Ime specamems received £rom Dr. Escalante were two males) of Ghtsnspeeues collected: at Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, May, 0G s sua. isjsthe: tics pre cord stor duena sm =Mexireo. Genus CARYSTOIDES Godman The genus Carystotdes is made up of a large number of closely related species in the American tropics. There are two major complexes in this genus, the first is the basoches complex, made up of basoches (Latreille), yenna Evans, noseda (Hewitson), certtma (Hewitson), and lota (Hewitson). This complex is basically characterized by the males having the wings produced and the females having a white spot in space 1b of both upper and underside of the primaries. The second complex is the lebbaeus complex, which is made up of lebbaeus (Hewitson), cundina Evans, benchos Weeks, manta Evans, balga Evans, itlq Evans, New Hesperiidae from Mexico fue and hondura Evans. This complex is basically character- ized by the males having the wings rounded and not pro- iced wandiethe absence of the spot in space lb on the primates tne the females. There are four other names Species in this genus, sicanta (Hewitson), orbius (Godman), maroma (Moschler), and cathaea (Hewitson), that have in- dividual characteristics and do not seem to fit into the two major complexes. Peconas ton che occurrence of members of this genus in Mexico are confined to basoches (Latreille) from Colima and southern Veracruz (Hoffman, 1941). Evans records no ppecrese rom Mexico in° the British Museum. I recorded lita Evans from Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, based on a Female wcollected by Stallings and Turner (Freeman, 1967). Apparently one reason why so few records are available ProOnmemex_corts due to the habits of members of this genus. I observed in the Valles area that the adults feed early in the morning around the edge of the jungle and promptly retire into the most dense growth of plants available to settle during the remainder of the day. It is then only Posstolemronlocate the skippers by going into this dense Herpebaecwon and caretully* beating the plants with your net Bnew thenywwatchane where the specimens eventually settle, since they seldom fly very far from their original resting spot. im specimens received for determination from Dr. heatcwcre Escalante’, Mexico, D.F., and specimens that. I collected during the summer of 1966 in Mexico four new Species were found in the lebbaeus complex, the descrip- tions of which follow. Carystoides escalantei Freeman, new species fete tiounre 1,2.) Plate .12, figure” 1) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, not produced, somewhat round, apex clear white, 1-2 mm wide; a tiny, white, hyaline dot in space 6; cell spot somewhat squarish, completely overlapping spot in space 3; spot in space 3 somewhat triangular, outer point directed | toward center of outer margin; spot in space 2 fairly broad, 3 mm, extending from vein | to vein 2. All spots clear white, hyaline, Fringes, dark gray, only slightly lighter than ground color, not checkered. Secondaries, black, three white, hyaline spots in spaces 3, 4, and 5; the one in space 3 minute, round; the one in space 4 larger, 2 mm wide; the one in space 5 small, triangular, Fringes, sordid white, not checkered. Underside: Primaries, grayish-black, lighter in space I. Apex overscaled with grayish-ochreous; a concentration of ochreous scales between cell spot and costa; costa narrowly ochreous from base to 34 HESPERI INAE area over cell spot; the four hyaline spots reappear, the same color; two black spots forming a straight line above the hyaline dot in space 6, one in space 7, and the other in space 8; two black, linear spots, in line, one in space 4, and the other in space 5, form- ing a straight line directed toward apex. Secondaries, grayish-black, heavily overscaled over basal half from vein 2 to costa with ochreous; the white, hyaline spots reappear, black-edged; a black spot in space 2, slightly basad from the spot in space 3, another black spot in space 4, 2 mm from the hyaline spot in a basad position. Thorax: brownish-black above, lighter beneath. Abdomen: brownish-black above, ochreous beneath. Head: brownish-black. Pal- pi: yellowish-white. Legs: ochreous, black at apical, park of.seg> ments. Antennae: missing from this specimen. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 22 mm; apex to outer angle, I5 mm; outer angle to base, 15 mm. Secon- daries: base to end of vein 3, 16 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 16 mm. Wing spread: 43 mm. FEMALE: Unknown. HOLOTYPE: Male, Villa,Juarez, Puebla, Mexico,) Augus® 1954. This specimen. was sent by Dr: Escalante’ and na deerbe placed’ in the U.°S: National Museum, Washinotin, Dee. take great pleasure in naming this new speciles son meeed feLend Dies alhargsayedo) Esieaukamtere This new species has the wings rounded somewhat in the same manner as hondura Evans, and also has the same white, hyalame spot ian) space 6 on=the primaries ~ \hloweNeaes tee larger size (forewing length 22 mm), as. comparedywrtheyer— dura (14 mm) and the difference, in the genitaliiawrerdmia, Separate these two species. Itditifers from atnemerranem species in the shape of the spot in*space 5 onthe spam les; the larger white. spots on, the secondaries: ithemmeme rounded wines; and) the, cenutalira. Carystoides abrahami Freeman, new species (Plate, J), .tieune S,4)n8 Pilates 25; sbassniayemee MALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, not produced but slightly round, with apex clear white, [-3 mm wide; three clear white, hyaline spots: cel] spot taller, 2.5 mm, than wide, 1.5 mm, completely over- lapping the somewhat rounded spot in space 3; spot in space 2 somewhat squarish, 2.5 mm wide. Fringes, dark gray, only slightly lighter than ground color. Secondaries, black, with three minute white, hyaline spots; the one in space 3 a tiny dot; the one in space 4 round, just under | mm wide; and the one in space 5 just visible as a tiny dot. Fringes, uniform sordid yellowish-white. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 35 Underside: Primaries, black, paler in space ]. Apex over- scaled with purplish-gray, a few intermixed ochreous scales; a light concentration of ochreous scales between cel] spot and costa; costa narrowly edged with ochreous, almost to apex; three hyaline spots reappear in about the same coloration as above; a black spot in Space 6; a black dot in space 4 and another directly above, in space 5. Secondaries, purplish-black, with ochreous overscaling from anal angle to costa over basal half of wing; a few ochreous scales intermixed with the purplish-black in outer half of wing; hyaline spots in spaces 3, 4, and 5 black edged; a black spot in space 2, Slightly basad from spot in space 3, latter spot white pupiled; a black spot with a few ochreous scales in its center, in space 4, 2 mm basad from hyaline spot in this space. Thorax: brownish-black above, slightly lighter beneath. Ab- domen: brownish-black above, somewhat ochreous beneath. Head: brownish=-black. Palpi: yellowish-white. Legs: ochreous and black. Antennae: missing from the unique specimen. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 21.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 14 mm; outer angle to base, I6 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 16 mm; center of costa to anal] angle, 15 mm. Wing spread: 44 mm. FEMALE: unknown. HOneiver make, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, July 1951. This specimen was sent to me by Dr. Escalante and was col- tected by Senor Abraham Ramirez. 1 take pleasure in naming Piicomm@cwespceres for the collector.” This specimen will be placcdnmm che Us S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. This species is somewhat similar to esecalantet, but can be separated by the less rounded wing shape, the shape Of the Spot in space 3 on the primaries, the much smaller Size vOmpene hyaline’ spots on the secondaries, and the geni- Eada Carystoides floresi Freeman, new species Geom tT LoUnes, 5.40505,.8.7) Plate 12 ,.figure/5) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, not produced, white apex, 2.5 mm wide. Three clear white, hyaline spots; the spot in cell taller, 2 mm, than wide, 1.5 mm; the spot in space 4 somewhat ovate, situated beneath outer half of cell spot; spot in space 2 somewhat squarish, 2.5 mm wide. Fringes, uniform light Tan. Secondaries, black, a single round, minute, white, hyaline spot in space 4. Fringes, sordid white. Underside: Primaries, grayish-black, overscaled with olive- brown scales along costa and apex. Spots same color as above; a 36 HESPERI INAE black spot in space 4, another in space 5, located closer to outer margin than the one in space 4; a distinct black spot in space 6 directly over spot in space 4, an indistinct black dot in space 7 inward from the one in space 6. Secondaries, black, heavily over- scaled with olive, except at the anal fold; a round, white, hyaline spot in space 4, edged in black. A black dot with a white pupil in space 3, directly below the spot in space 4; a black dot in space 5, Slightly outward from spot in space 4. Thorax: brownish-black above, lighter beneath. Abdomen: black above, slightly lighter beneath. Head: black above, sordid white next to eyes. Palpi: yellowish-white, with some intermixed black scales. Legs: black, with some yellow scales. Antennae: shaft black, ringed with white; club white above, yellowish beneath, with the apiculus black. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 22.5 mm; apex to outer angle, I4 mm; outer angle to base, 15 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 16.5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 15 mm. Wing spread: 43.5 mm. FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, with a slight purplish sheen. Three white, hyaline spots; cell spot broader at dorsal side than on costal side, 2.5 mm wide in center; spot in space 2 broad, 6 mm wide, broader at costal side than at dorsal side, situated directly beneath cell spot, their edges forming a straight line toward outer angle of wing; the spot in space 3 rounded, 1.5 mm wide, located outward from spot in space 2. Fringes, light, uniform gray. Secondaries, black, with a few scattered olive scales near base. A Tiny white, hyaline spot in space 4. Fringes, yellowish-white. Underside: Primaries, black, with space | lighter, brownish- black. Some lilaceous scales intermixed with brown in apical region and along costa. Spots same as above; an indistinct black spot in Space 6; an indistinct black dot in space 4, outward from this another black dot in space 5. Secondaries, black, heavily overscaled with ochreous and brown scales over basal half of wing from anal angle to costa. Outer half of wing with a few ochreous scales, and a slight purplish sheen. A white, hyaline spot in space 4, edged in black; a black spot in space 3, slightly basad from spot in space 4; a black spot in space 5, slightly outward from spot in space 4. Two specimens with minute black dot at outer edge of cell. Thorax: black, some brownish scales above, slightly lighter be- neath. Abdomen: black above, lighter beneath. Head: brownish= black, whitish near eyes. Palpi: yellowish-white, some black scales intermixed. Legs: brownish-yellow. Antennae: shaft black, ringed with white; club, basal half white, upper half and apiculus black. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 24 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, ]7 mm. | Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 18 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 16 mm. Wing spread: 49 mm (average of paratypes, 48 mm). New Hesperiidae from Mexico 7 POLOLYPEimale,. seven miles .south of Valles, (jungle Seceten or the grounds of Hotel Covadonga) San Luis Potosi, Meoxtenpnuieust.4; 1966, collected by H. A. Freeman. This epeemmen wall be placed in the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Allotype female, same location and col- eee nugust/ 196060. There are-six female paratypes (same location and. collector) collected from August 1-7, LGowanthe allotype and paratypes are in my coliection. iitakespleasure in naming this new species for my friend Senor Pedro Flores, former manager of the Hotel Covadonga, who so kindly gave me assistance in my collect- ing while I was there during the summer of 1966. Hhitsyspectes,ditfers from any of the other iCarystotdes in this complex in having a single white, hyaline spot on thewsecondaries in both sexes. The genitalia differ from Bicwomicieasnec tes (Plate: 12,:fig. 3). Carystoides mexicana Freeman, new species faeces troures’ 9, 10,11. Plate 12, figure 4) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, apex white, 2-3 mm wide. Three white, hyaline spots; cell spot straight on its outer margin, concave on its inner margin, |].5 mm wide; spot in space 3 situated two-thirds the distance under outer margin of cell spot, 2 mm wide; spot in space 2 broader at dorsal side than at costal side, 3 mm wide. Fringes, light tan. Secondaries, black, with three white, hyaline spots and an opaque spot in space 2, basad from the rounded hyaline spot in space 3; an oval white, hyaline spot in space 4, a smal] hyaline dot in space 5 at outer edge of spot in space 4. Fringes yel lowish-white. Underside: Primaries, black over discal] region, with grayish scales over apex and along costa; with a purplish sheen. Spots same as above; a black spot in space 6; another black spot directly below in space 4; a black spot in space 5 situated slightly outward from the other two black spots. Secondaries, grayish-black, only slightly lighter over basal half of wing; with a purplish sheen. White, hyaline spot in space 3 and spot in space 4; only half edged in black; smal] spot in space 5 completely edged in black; a black spot basad from the others in space 2, with a white pupil; a tiny black dot directly above, at end of cell. Thorax: black above with some lighter hairs present, somewhat lighter beneath. Abdomen: black above, yellowish beneath. Head: grayish-black, white near eyes. Palpi: yellowish-white. Legs: yellowish-white. Antennae: shaft, checkered black and white half the distance to club, remainder black; club, white above, apiculus black, sordid yellowish-black beneath. Wing measurements. Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, a HESPERI INAE 22.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 13.5 mm; outer angle to base, 15.5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 14 mm. Wing spread: 43 mm (average of paratypes, 43 mm). FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, black, some brown scales along costa. Three white, hyaline spots; cell spot straight on its inner surface, concave on its outer surface, 2.5 mm wide at costal side and 5.2 mm wide at dorsal side; spot in space 2 located directly beneath cell spot, straight on its outer surface, concave on its inner sur- face, 4 mm wide; a somewhat broadly columnar spot in space 3, 1.5 mm wide. Fringes, dark gray. Secondaries, brownish-black, the hyaline and opaque spots arranged as in male. Fringes, sordid white. Underside: Primaries, dull grayish-black over discal portion of wing, brownish-black over remainder. Spots same as on upper surface; a black spot in space 4, another slightly outward in space 5; a black spot in space 6, slightly inward from the one in space 4. Secondar- ies, brownish-black, only slightly lighter in basa] one-third of wing. ‘Spots same as in male. Thorax: brownish-black above, somewhat lighter beneath. Abdomen: black, some brownish hairs above, only slightly lighter beneath. Head: Brownish-black, white near eyes. Palpi: yellowish- white. Legs: brownish-black. Antennae: shaft black ringed with white; club, basal half white, remainder and apiculus black. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 23.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 14 mm; outer angle to base, [7 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I8 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 15 mm. Wing spread: 47 mm. HOLOTYPE male, Seven miles south of Valles, San’ Lurs Potosi, Mexico, August 53° 1906,)colllected byeis (Ae ene ccs will be placed in the U. S. National Museum, Washmnetoene D. C. ,Allotype temale, same location and collecronm August 7, 1966. There are four male paratypes from the same location, collected from July 31-~August® 7 ai9oor oie A. Freeman in a jungle section of-the grounds of Hote Covadonga. The allotype and paratypes will remain in my COLNE SELOM The primaries of both sexes of this new species some- what resemble those of florest, however the secondaries differ as to the spot arrangement as welll as) the eneund color on the underside. In’ mextcand there) are sour aes spots on the secondaries, while in florest there is but one.) Whe: ground color is somewhat) lighter beneath a mextcana thane1it 1s in flores¢: ~The best way tomposmumye. ly identify mexteana-ids by its ‘genitalia, which dither from other members or ‘the genus in a definiee manmem (Baie; O12 a rename ee New Hesperiidae from Mexico 39 Atrytone mazai Freeman, new species gerber ts 7 tieure 1,2... Plate 15, ficure §) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, bright orange-yellow, with a narrow (I-I.5 mm) dark marginal border. Veins black, with an in- distinct, dark bar at end of ce]]. Fringes, sordid yellowish- white. Secondaries, bright orange-yellow, with costal margin, anal fold, and a very narrow marginal border, black. Al! veins black. Fringes, sordid ye]llowish-white. Underside: Primaries, bright orange-yellow, basal half of space ]b and most of la black. Veins orange. Secondaries, bright orange-yellow, costa and anal fold orange; veins orange, contrasting with the more yellowish ground color. Abdomen and thorax: dark brownish-orange above, yel]owish-white below. Head: dark orange-yellow. Palpi: bright yellow, except at base, intermixed with white scales. Legs: orange-ye]]ow. Antennae: shaft and club brown above, yellow beneath. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 14 mm; apex to outer angle, 10 mm; outer angle to base, 1].5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 10.5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 1] mm. Wing spread: 27.5 mm (average of paratypes, 27.9 mm) . FEMALE: unknown. NOLO Er male Mexcalay Guerrero, Mexico, 15) July igso, (eoliccted by Kent Wilson), will be placed in the UeoeeNaeional Museum, Washington, D.C. “There are eight Hatewaeaty pes, trom the following “locations: « three from Bnew eywee Locality, same date land collector; one from Pomoc Gucrreros 21 July 1956, same collector; one from Acahuezatlan, Guerrero, August 1948; one Tierra Wolerado, Guerrero, September*1961;° one Presidio, Vera- neem tool (these last three:were obtained from Dre EScaramce). and one from Laredo, Texas,-2 June 1955, eoltecued by H: A: Freeman.’ Part of the paratypes’ will be RoEMEned te Dr. EScalante, and: the rest will’ remain in my Cole ct ron. iedke pleasure in naming this’ new species for Sr. Roberto de la Maza, Mexico, D. F., who is an enthusiastic eotrecror or Lepidoptera. Superficially mazai resembles lagus Edwards, the western subspecies of logan Edwards, in the narrow dark Mageinal border of both wings. In the coloration of the veins above it resembles logan, while lagus has the veins less cousprervously dark. The ‘basic difference between Hig@adieand togan or tagus- lies in the coloration of the 40 HESPERI INAE secondaries. onathesunder side. »:A4 mazaé has) thesicosta aud anal fold as well as the veins orange, contrasting with the orange-yellow ground color, while logan and lagus have this side of the secondaries uniform orange-yellow. The genitalia differ as can be determined by comparing sieomre 8, plate 15 of mazat with Godman § Salvin's (1900) figure of delaware (Edwards), which is a synonym of logan (Plate 94, figure 6) which was made from a specimen from the United States. Their figures 4 and 5 arevtromvasspecmicn from, Rincon; "Guerrero and Trepresenmeimazac: In the United States logan and lagus are both found in the Dallas, Téxas., aréaz In°the Big’ Bend areatoL mera. only lagus occurs: “I have never Seen any “exanples sen either from southern Texas. The male mazat that aveoimtcer— ed at Laredo represents the only specimen “of thatespeeres that ) have seen fromethe United states - Atrytone potosiensis Freeman, new species (PYate. 25. troure 5s. 4 3. Plate) U5 \ateuemcmem MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark orange-yellow, with a broad (2.5-3.0 mm), dark brownish-black marginal border. Space la dark brownish-black from marginal border to base; a dark bar at end of cell; veins black with some black scales parallel] to them. Fringes, dark orange-yellow. Secondaries, dark orange-yel low, with costa, outer margin, base, and anal fold through space |b, dark brownish=black. Veins black. Fringes, orange. Underside: Primaries, bright orange, except base and space la to near outer angle, black, extending into space Ilb in submarginal area. Secondaries, deep orange, veins yellow, contrasting sharply with ground color. Abdomen: dark brownish-black above, bright yellow beneath. Thorax: dark brownish-black above, bright orange-yel low below. Head: orange. Palpi: yellow at tip, whitish near base. Legs: orange. Antennae: shaft and club deep orange above with a few black scales, orange-yellow below. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base To apex, 16 mm; apex to outer angle, 10 mm; outer angle to base, I1 mm. | Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I] mm; center of costa to anal] angle, 11.5 mm. Wing spread: 31.5 mm (paratypes average, 30.5 mm). FEMALE: Unknown. HOLOTYPE Male, seven miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 4,August 1966, will be placed in thegteor National Museum, Washington, D. C. There are two male paratypes from the same location, one collected 28 July 1966, and the other 15 June 1967. All three specmmens New Hesperiidae from Mexico 41 collected by H. A. Freeman on the grounds of Hotel Cova- donga. This new species superficially looks somewhat like the femalesuot logan Edwards. it can-readily be separated from either logan or mazat by the much broader marginal border of the primaries and by the bright orange ground color of the underside of the secondaries, with the veins yellow instead or orange as in mazat, or the uniform color of Zogan: The genitalia readily separate this species from iijaeumehne Other Atrytone (Plate 15, fig. 9). Mellana montezuma Freeman, new species Pec meS ah OUGe 15.01/58... Plave 15, figure 10) MALE. .Upperside: Primaries, with a broad, dark brown outer marginal border. A discal band of four broad, orange-yellow spots, one in space | extending from marginal border to base, completely filling space Ib; one in space 2 extends from marginal border to Origin of vein 2; one in space 3 extending to dark bar at end of cell; and one in space 4 narrow, extending from marginal border to bar at end of cell; entire cell] orange-yellow, some specimens having a dark line in the center; costa orange-yellow from base to apical spots; apical spots linear, fusing into the costal orange-yel low. Veins black. Space 5 brown from cell to marginal border. Fringes orange. Secondaries with a narrow brownish-black marginal border, costal area, and anal fold. A broad discal band of orange-yel Jow Spots, one in space | extending from marginal border to near base of wing; one in space 2 extending from dark border to cell; one in Space 5 triangular, extending from border to cell; one in space 4 extending from border to cel]; and one in space 5 located directly over spot in space 4, extending approximately half the distance Space 4 spot does. Entire cell orange-yellow, some specimens with some scattered black scales near base. Veins black. Fringes bright orange. Underside: Primaries, bright yellow, with base and space la black. A large, black submarginal spot in space Ib, a smaller black, submarginal spot in space 2; dark bar at end of cell prominent; vein beneath cel] and veins 2 and 3 black. Secondaries, bright orange- yellow, with the slightest indication of lighter disca] spots. Abdomen and thorax: brown above with some orange hairs, yellow- ish-white beneath. Head: brownish-black with some orange hairs. Palpi: yellowish-white. Legs: yellowish-orange. Antennae: shaft brown above, yellowish beneath; club brown above, yellowish beneath with apiculus reddish. Wing measurements: Holotype male. Primaries: base to apex, 16 mm; apex to outer angle, 10.5 mm; outer angle to base, 12 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, 11.5 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 12 mm. Wing spread: 31 mm; paratypes range 30-33 mm, averag- ing 31 mm. 12 HESPERI INAE FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, dull, dark brown, A rectangular yellowish-white hyaline spot in space 2, a somewhat smaller yellowish- white hyaline spot in space 3, outward from the spot in space 2. Cell spot varying from a single yellowish-white hyaline spot located over inner edge of spot in space 2 to a double cell spot, fused in the center; three well-defined yellowish-white apical spots in a straight line; a yellowish, opaque spot in space |b, beneath inner edge of the spot in space 2; costa orange-brown from base to end of cell. A few basal orange scales and hairs. Fringes, ochreous. secondaries, slightly redder brown, an orange cell spot and four small, orange, discal spots, one in space 2 slightly linear; one in space 3 minutely triangular; one in space 4 somewhat squarish; and one in space 5 also slightly squarish. Some ochreous hairs near base of wings. Fringes, ochreous. Underside: Primaries, costa and apex ochreous-brown, remainder black. Opaque spot in space Ib broad, sordid white; spots in cell, spaces 2, 3, and apical ones white hyaline. Secondaries, ochreous- brown, with a yellow cell spot, and the four discal spots prominent and yellowish. Abdomen and thorax: dark brown above, yellowish beneath. Head: dark brown, with some scattered ochreous scales. Palpi: yellowish at tips, remainder white. Legs: yellowish-brown. Antennae: shaft brown above, checkered yellow and black beneath; club yellowish at base, remainder black above, yellowish beneath, apiculus reddish. Wing measurements: Allotype female. Primaries: base to apex, 18 mm; apex to outer angle, II mm; outer angle to base, 13.5 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I3 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 12 mm. Wing spread: 35 mm; paratypes vary from 31-35 mm, averaging 34.5 mm. HOLOTYPE male, seven miles south of Valves saan emes Potosi, Mexico, 27 July 19607 will be placed 2m enewuemeor National Museum, Washington, DD: CC: Allotype temalvere sauce location, 3 August 1966, will remain im the col@eceiommer H., A. Freeman. there, are.25 male uparaty pes aidan female paratypes from the same location collected dumm. June,‘ July and August of 19600" and l9o07." Ali spec mires were collected by H. A. Freeman on the erounds otenores Covadonga. This new species belongsin the nayana complex, which is Characterized by having the apical spots forme eespome of a series Of streaks from spaces 6-11)" joining apes the tawny costal area, and by having the fulvous markings rather extensive over both the primaries and secondanrese The nearest relatives are nayana (Bell) and mullert (Bell) from which montazuma can readily be separated by the fol- lowing characteristics: (1) the fulvous markings are moe extensive in the males of montezuma; (2) in the males of nayana the fringes are rather dark at the base becoming New Hesperiidae from Mexico 43 whitish at the tips; in the males of nayana they are dusky yellowish-white; while in montezuma they are bright orange; (3) montezuma is slightly larger than the other two species; (4) the under surface of the secondaries of the males differ--nayana is bright lemon yellow, mullert is dull orange-yellow,both without spots, while montezuma tsuorieht orange with the discal spots appearing, faintly Cieetweehestemales the discal, cell and. apical spots of montezuma are much lighter, nearly white, than in the other two species; (6) the spots are better defined in the fe- males of montezuma than in the other two; and (7) the genumecalaa, or, the males, differ. from any other species of Wer raga (Plate..15,-f1¢. 10). Huphyes peneta (Godman, 1900) This species was described from specimens collected in Panama. Evans states that peneta is a member of a group of HEuphyes confined to central and South America, and records specimens in the British Museum from Honduras, Panama, Colombia, Venezuela, Tobago, Trinidad, British Guiana, French Guiana, western Ecuador (Manabi), Peru (Maranon), and Amazonas. In specimens received from Dr. Escalante there was a male peneta from Catemaco, Veracruz, Mitac Ios. a0has as. the first record. .for this ~species from Mexico. Euphyes chamuli Freeman, new species G@uace 4 Cfaoure 1,2... Plate 10, figure 4) MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dul] dark brown. No maculation present. A prominent black stigma extending from base of vein 3 To middle of vein J]. Fringes are primarily dull, dark brown, becoming lighter at scale tips. Secondaries, dull dark brown. No maculation present. Fringes as on primaries. Underside: Primaries, dull dark brown, slightly lighter just outside stigma. No maculation present. Secondaries, dull dark brown. No maculation present. Abdomen and thorax: dull dark brown both above and below. Head: brown and golden yellow intermixed. Palpi: bright orange- yellow. Legs: dark brown. Antennae: shaft, black above, slightly yellowish beneath; club, and apiculus black above,yellowish beneath. Wing measurements. Holotype male, Primaries: base to apex, 16 mm; apex to outer angle, I] mm; outer angle to base, I] mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I||!.5 mm; center of costa To anal angle, 12 mm. Wing spread: 28.5 mm (average of paratypes, 29 mm). FEMALE: unknown. Ad HESPERI INAE HOLOTYPE male, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May (1965), wvll\ be’ placed in the U. So) Natdonal Moseume Washington, D. C. There are four male paratypes with the same data. These five specimens were sent to me by Dr. Tarsic¢io ‘Es callantey,, Mexico DLT .- > Iworor the pan cesames willbe: placed. im the: fsicaliante collections andy cue wae Gemain Any mye coset non: The) species’ nearest related to* chamuli rs) vestrres (Bdv.) and’ it is) possible’ to separate the two species in the following ways: (1) in size chamult is the same as typical vestris from’ California, butYruns? ] ust a) oer larger than the subspecies metacomet (Harris) :9(2)eboen vestrts and metacomet are shining brown above, while ehamult 1s dark, dull brown; (3) there is a tendemeye eomaan maculation on the under side of both the primaries and secondaries in both vestrts and metacomet, while this does not occur in’chamuiz; (4) there is‘a lighter areavomesaac of the stigma in both vestrts and metacomet which is ab- Sent or very rmdistinet ian) chamute;" (5) the palpi are sone orange in chamult than in vestrts and metacomet; and (6) the genitalia are constantly difttenent from yes vee ieee 10; evoke sah Tirynthia huasteca Freeman, new species (Plate 14, figure 5,4,5,6. Plate 10e. fueumemasy MALE. Upperside: Primaries, dark brown, with heavy suffusion of green hairs along costa from base to middle, in space |] near base and along inner margin from base to two-thirds the distance toward outer angle. Three hyaline, yellowish-white, apical spots, the lowest one largest, middle one smaller, upper one a mere dot; two yellowish-white, hyaline cell spots of about equal size; an elongated yellowish-white hyaline spot in space 2 terminating slightly inward from cell spots; a yellow, hyaline spot in space Ib just beneath inner edge of spot in space 2; an elongated, yel lowish- white, hyaline spot in space 3 terminating just above upper, outer margin of spot in space 2. Some specimens with a smal] yel lowish- white hyaline spot in space 4 just above outer edge of spot in space 3. Fringes concolorous with ground color, becoming lighter at the scale tips. Secondaries, dark brown, with long green hairs over basal half of wing. Two elongated, yellowish-white, hyaline discal spots, one in space 2, and one in space 3. Fringes sordid yellowish- white. Underside: Primaries, dark brown, ferruginous at apex. A few golden scales below costa just outside cell; a golden-yellow line below costa running from base to just above cell spots. Al] hyaline spots reappear, more golden-yellow than on upperside; a broad yellowish spot in space |b. Secondaries, chocolate brown, heavily overscaled with golden. Discal spots darker yellow Than on upperside, with a golden cast. Anal fold redder brown than rest of wing. New Hesperiidae from Mexico 45 Abdomen and thorax: dark brown above with some greenish-gol den hairs, sordid yellow beneath. Head: greenish-gold. Palpi: bright lemon yellow. Legs: femora, brown;tibiae, yellow and brown; and tarsi, yellow. Antennae: shaft, black, both above and below; club, basal half yellow both above and below, remainder and apiculus brown above and below. Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 20.5 mm; apex to outer angle, 13 mm; outer angle to base, ]3 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, ]2 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13 mm. Wing spread: 38 mm (paratypes vary from 34-39 mm). FEMALE. Upperside: Primaries, just like male, except spot in Space 2 broader, 4.5 mm wide. Secondaries, just Jike male. Upperside: Primaries, just like male, except yellowish spot in space Ib broader and somewhat paler. Secondaries, just like male. Abdomen, thorax, head, palpi, legs, and antennae same as in male. Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 22 mm; apex to outer angle, 14 mm; outer angle to base, I6 mm. Secondaries: base to end of vein 3, I4 mm; center of costa to anal angle, 13 mm. Wing spread: 43 mm. HOLOTYPE Male, seven miles south of Valles, San Luis BOs Mer co, 7 August’ 1906.0 Allotype female, same leedetonn O August 19660.>oThere are’ three male paratypes EEoOneenes same: location, one 10) June’: 1966, one 5 August iooneaucvone 7 August 1966. “Alli specimens were collected on the grounds of Hotel Covadonga by H. A. Freeman. The HoOlotyperwill» be placed in the U. S$.’ National Museum, Washingtons>D. G.* The allotype and paratypes will remain Ine Myemcol Lect on: iimisenew species differs’ from the other species in they senuseizrynthta by not having the white band on the lower surface of the secondaries from mid costa to vein ibewandnibye having Wa. double cell.spot. The genitalia dif- Premnron tne Other ‘specaes! (Plate: 10... fig. 5). 46 Bee Dis 0B. sal 1937. 1941. TO 42e JEST SON Dirac se Me 1924. laneunsy Vile: Jabs 19 Sale ESS 2x IS) S) 3) 4 Ie lreecinelins, “olay Je 1945. WON ILLS ¢ LITERATURE LIE RATU RE sGI-LED New Genera and Species of Neotropical Hes- periidae with notes on some others. Amer. Mus .: Novatates,, Now.914 0 1-17,.961es eee New species of Neotropical Hesperiidae. Aner.Mus ..Novitates.5 No. 4125 , pps aloe fe Sin oO 20% New records and new species of Hesperiidae from!) Mexico: s,ySebret.,'de los, Anaties demu Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biologicas, 2(4)is) 455-468: Descriptions of some new species of Neo- tropical ,»Hesperiidae.,. Amer..Mus...Noyredeaas Notley 7 Sis oes aS eds Hesperiidae,.in:; Seitz, Macrolepiadopterd ofsthe world. (Vol. 5; The American Rhepaia Cera.) «Stuttgart. .vii,, L139 pple 20s eee A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and nomen- clature adopted-in the Bratish) Museum ey eame I. Introduction and» Pyrrhopy¢ginae., 3 London: Bricash Museumen 92) pps psn aoe A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and nomen- clature adopted in the British Museum) fant Il.’ Pyrginae. Sec. 1)" Londom=? i Bacienmgn Museum. 7S pps. sols en Urrcon A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and nomen- clature adopted in the British Musicumey rane IiI.« Pyrginae.| Sec. 2.) Londonz,iiaases Museums?) 246) ppre) pllsks ZoRisSe A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and nomen; clature adopted in the British Museun= Pace IV. Hesperiinae and Megathyminae. London: British Museum, 449 pp., pls. 54-88. Notes on some Hesperiidae, with new records for the United States. Ent. News) @50eit2. 104. New Hesperiidae records for Mexico. J. Lepid. Soe. ZOIC4)s" 226-22ten (eM Ooow air. New Skipper records for Mexico. J. Res* epid, obs 2 aacr New Hesperiidae from Mexico 47 Godvamewr.) DD. and O. Salvin 1887-1901 Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, II: 244-637; Teieee tis: 1 12... Hor tmans ne... C. 1941. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los. Lepidopteros Mexicanos. Segunde De GeeaiesperlO1deayw, a.m nist + baode Meneame o. 12: 237-2942 PLATE 1 48 Explanation of Plate | Figs. | and 2, Pyrrhopyge tzotatlt Freeman, Holotype 9 , Ocozingo, Chiapas, Mexico, July, 1942; 3 and 4; Epargyreus windt Freeman, paratype no. | o@,. Ajijic, Jalisco, Mexico, 12 Seprembemml gaa. 5 and 6, Epargyreus brodkorbit Freeman, Holotype @, Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico, 19 March 1939; 7 and 8, Astraptes loutseae Freeman, Holotype &%, Presidio, Veracruz, Mexico, August, 1951. PLATE 2 Explanation of Plate 2 Male genitalia of Mexican Hesperiidae. Fig. |, Epargyreus windt Freeman; 2, Epargyreus brodkorbt Freeman; 3, Astraptes loutseae Freeman. 49 50 PLATE 3 Explanation of Plate 3 Figs. | and 2; Astraptes gilbertt Freeman, Paratype o&, Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, 8 June 1966; 3 and 4, Astraptes gilbertt Freeman, Paratype 9, 7 miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 3 August 1966; 5 and 6, Aethtlla chtapa Freeman, Holotype %, Ocozingo, Chiapas, Mexico, August 1958. PLATE 4 =) Explanation of Plate 4 Male genitalia of Mexican Hesperiidae. Fig. |, Astraptes gtlbertt Freeman; 2, Dalla ramtrezt Freeman; 3, Vetttus argentus Freeman; 4, Nteontades comitana Freeman; 5, Aethtlla chtapa Freeman. 52 PLATE 5 Explanation of Plate 5 Fig. |, Upper side, Polythrtx mextcanus Freeman, Paratype @» Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 30 July, 1966; 2, Under side, Po tgaees mexicanus Freeman, Paratype %, Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 30 July, 1966; 3, Male genitalia of Polythrtx mextcdanus Freeman, showing tegumen, uncus, aedeagus, and inner aspect of left valva. Drawing made from Paratype, Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 29 July, 1966; 4, Male genitalia of Polythrix mextcanus Freeman, showing under side of tegumen and uncus, with the aedeagus in natural position. PLATE 6 5S Explanation of Plate 6 Figs. | and 2, Mysorta wtlsont Freeman, Paratype @ , Mexcala, Guerrero, Mexico, 22 July 1956; 3 and 4, Mysorta affints (H.-S.) @, Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico, September, 1964; 5 and 6, Mimta chtapaensts Freeman, Holotype GO, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1965; 7 and 8, | Windia windt Freeman, Holotype @ , Salada, Colima, Mexico, 19 June | pgo7". 54 PLATE 7 Explanation of Plate 7 Figs. | and 2, Quadrus francestus Freeman, Holotype o', Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May 1965; 3 and 4, Quadrus francestus- Freeman, Allotype 2, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, September 1962; 5 and 6, Staphylus gurttus Freeman, Holotype o, Cintalapa, Chiapas, Mexico, |7 August 1964; 7 and 8, Staphylus veyttus Freeman, Holotypeg , Cintalapa, Chiapas, Mexico, I7 August 1964; 9 and 10, Enosts mathert Freeman, Holotype co, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, December, 1963. PLATE 8 55 SS Explanation of Plate 8 Figs. | and 2, Dalla ramtrezt Freeman, Holotype ©, Catemaco, Vera- cruz, Mexico, August 1958; 3 and 4, Vetttus argentus Freeman, Holotype @, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1965; 5 and 6, Nicontades comitana Freeman, Holotype ©, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, July, 1964, 56 PLATE 9 Explanation of Plate 9 Figs. | and 2, Anthoptus macalptnet Freeman, Holotype @, Fortin de las Flores, Veracruz, Mexico, 26 September 1966; 3 and 4, Pheraeus covadonga Freeman, Holotype co, grounds of Hotel Covadonga, 7 miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi; Mexico, 10 June 19663 15 vandiies Pheraeus covadonga Freeman, Allotype ©, same locality, 5 August 1966; 7 and 8, Cynea ntgricola Freeman, Holotype co’, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1965. PLATE 10 Sf 2 . @? of r 6°.) % 4, eens Explanation of Plate 1I0 Male genitalia of Mexican Hesperiidae. Fig. |, Anthoptus macalpinet Freeman; 2, Pheraeus covadonga Freeman, 3, Cynea nigritcola Freeman; 4, Euphyes chamult Freeman; 5, Ttrynthta huasteca Freeman. 58 PEATE at Explanation of Plate II Figs. | and 2, Carystotdes escalantet Freeman, Holotype o, Villa Juarez, Puebla, Mexico, August, 1954; 3 and 4,Carystotdes abrahamt Freeman, Holotype &%, Catemaco, Veracruz, Mexico, July, 1951; 5 and 6, Carystotdes floresi Freeman, Holotype co’, grounds of Hotel Covadonga, 7 miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 4 August 1966; 7 and 8, Carystoides florest Freeman, Allotype 9, same locality, 7 August 1966; 9 and 10, Carystotdes mextcana Freeman, Holotype of, same locality, 5 August 1966; |1; Carystotdes mextcana Freeman, Allotype @ , same locality, 7 August 1966. PLATE 12 59 Expllianai lon Oper lane 2 Male genitalia of Mexican Hesperiidae. Fig. |, Carystotdes escalantet Freeman; 2, Carystotdes abrahamt Freeman; 3, Carystotdes florest Freeman; 4, Carystotdes mexicana Freeman. 60 PLATE 113 Explanation of Plate 1I3 Figs. | and 2, Atrytone mazat Freeman, Holotype co, Mexcala, Guerrero, Mexico, 13 July 1956,; 3 and 4, Atrytone potostensts Freeman, Holotype CO, grounds of Hotel Covadonga, 7 miles. south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 4 August 1966, 5 and 6; Mellana montezwna Freeman, Holotype &, same locality, 27 July 1966; 7 and 8, Mellana montezuma Freeman, Allotype 9, same locality, 3 August 1966. PLATE 14 Explanation of Plate 14 Figs. | and 2, Euphyes chamult Freeman, Holotype o, Santa Rosa, Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1965; 3 and 4, Ttirynthta huasteca Freeman, Paratype % , grounds of Hotel Covadonga, 7 miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, 5 August 1966; 5 and 6, Ttrynthia huasteea Freeman, Allotype 2 , same locality, 6 August 1966. 61 62 PLATE 15 Explanation of Plate 15 Male genitalia of Mexican Hesperiidae; lateral aspect of tegumen and associated structures, inner face of valva, and ventral view of uncus. Fig. |, Mysorta wilsont Freeman; 2, Mimia chtapaensts Freeman; 3, Quadrus francestus Freeman; 4, Staphylus zuritus Freeman; 5, Staphylus veytitus Freeman; 6, Windta windi Freeman; 7, Enosts mathert Freeman; 8, Atrytone mazat Freeman; 9, Atrytone potostensts Freeman; 10, Mellana montezuma Freeman. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. . Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireRATURE CITED, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author's changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cynu F. pos Passos ) Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid SUPPLEMENTS of the JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS' SOCIETY The SUPPLEMENT series is intended for papers of intermediate length, those which are longer than is normally acceptable in the JOURNAL, yet shorter or of narrower interest span than a monographic treatment which might comprise a MEMOIR. The SUPPLEMENTS are issued at irregular intervals and will be numbered consecutively, with a separate numerical series to accompany each concurrent year's volume. Manuscripts intended for consideration for publication in the SUPPLEMENT series should be prepared in accordance with the instructions given in the Notice to Contributors which is published on the inside back cover of the JOURNAL. Address all correspondence relating to manuscripts for the SUPPLEMENT series to the Editor of the JOURNAL: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, Entomology Research Institute, Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Copies of the SUPPLEMENTS are mailed to all members and subscribers of The Lepidopterists' Society. Copies of back issues will be available through the Office of Publication: c/oS.A. Hessel, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06520. This issue edited by J. A. Powell. 1969 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN VOLUME 23 SUPPLEMENT 3 ON THE FREQUENCY OF BUTTERFLIES IN EASTERN BRAZIL. WITH A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLY FAUNA OF POCOS de CALDAS, MINAS GERAIS by Heinz Ebert THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE Jerry A. PowEL., Editor of the Journal PauL A. Oper, Assistant Editor E. J. Newcomer, Editor of the News S. A. HEssEL, Manager of the Memoirs P. F. BELLINGER E. G. MuNROE C. L. Reminctron’ F. T. THORNE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL D. F. Harpwicxk (Ottawa, Ontario), President E. B. Forp (Oxford, England ), President-elect S. A. HEsset ( Washington, Conn. ), Ist Vice President LEONILLA VASQUES (Mexico City, D. F.), Vice President C. B. WiitiaMs ( Selkirk, Scotland), Vice President S. S. NicoLay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Illinois), Secretary Members at large (three year terms): C. L. Hocue (Los Angeles, Calif.), 1969 D. R. Davis (Washington, D.C.), 1969 J. F. G. Ciarke (Wash., D.C.), 1970 F. T. THorne (El Cajon, Calif.), 1969 B. Wricur (Halifax, Nova Scotia), 1970 H. K. Ciencu (Pittsburgh, Pa.), 1970 W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.), 1971 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.), 1971 Y. Nexrurenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.), 1971 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists Society, and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS! SOCIETY Volume 23 Supplement 3 ON THE FREQUENCY OF BUTTERFLIES IN EASTERN BRAZIL, WITH A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLY FAUNA OF POCOS de CALDAS, MINAS GERAIS Heinz Ebert Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciencias e Letras de Rio Claro S. Paulo, Brazil? “With the aid of the "Fundacado de Amparo a Pesquisa do Estado de Sao Paulo" and of the "Conselhd Nacional de Pesquisas." Table of Contents Page Ls Introduction---------------------------------------------- il II. Types of butterfly frequency------------------------------ 1 III. The regional (extensive) frequency------------------------ 2 IV. The individual (intensive) frequency---------------------- 4 Ve The daily frequency of species---------------------------- 6 VI. The seasonal variation of the daily frequency of species-- 8 VII. The daily frequency of the total number of individuals---- 14 VIII. The seasonal variation of the total number of individuals- 15 IX. Conclusions----------------------------------------------- 20 X. Additional observations (a) Influence of the number of observers------------------ DI (b) Iintluence, of amount of collecting hours--------------- 22 (c) Observations on annual frequency of species numbers--- 27 fa Cbsermvations in the high Tropics---------------------- 28 [LAUDE SEEDS) (GEL EG a 30 Appendix I. Extensive frequency of the different families of butterflies in three selected areas of Eastern Appendix II. List of the 572 species of butterflies found at Pocos de Caldas (Minas Gerais) during 37 collecting BENS a Se 55 Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 1 I. INTRODUCTION Since C. L. Remington (1955) first recorded his highest catch of butterfly species in one day, from the eastern part of the U.S.A., various contributions have been published on the same subject in The Journal of the Leptdoptertsts' Society: Hemming (1955) and Langer (1955) from the French Alps, Wiltshire (1956) from Persia, Shull (1958, 1962) from northern India. As is to be expected, the highest number from any Holarctic locality (50 to 60) is lower than the value obtained in the Palaeotropics (101), although comparison is difficult because the last value was the result of a party of seven collectors, whereas all others refer to one observer only. Nothing from the Neotropics has been published on this subject. The present writer paid special attention to problems of butter- fly frequency from the fall of 1950 through 1966. After every field trip any species met with and identified was noted in a card file, with its individual frequency, using five ranks from very rare to abundant. Also, since July, 1958, the number of species, grouped into subfamilies, was noted in a special table. The present data (through December, 1966) result from 212 full-day excursions, nine from the Amazonian region and 203 from eastern Brazil. Only the latter are taken into consideration here. A ''full-day trip" is de- fined as an excursion with at least four hours of collecting time, five to six hours of physical effort being, in our experience, the upper limit for a European in the Tropics. Half-day trips and those made under bad weather have been excluded. The distribution of full- day trips in the sense given above, by years, is as follows (number of days given in parentheses): before 1959 (21), 1959 (19[+9]), 1960 (16), 1961(27), 1962(11), 1963(44), 1964(22), 1965(11), 1966(32), Total (203[+9]). The card-file, however, contains all observations, including short or unsuccessful trips. Since April, 1961, the in- dividual frequency of any species noted has been also added tc the statistics of species, making available presently the results of 138 full-day trips for this data. Initially inspired by the above-cited papers, which deal only with the highest values observed, the author has here attempted to give a more complete treatment of the matter. Certainly, a greater number of observations would lead to more reliable conclusions; how- ever other duties may oblige the author to cease this very time- consuming statistical work. Thus this contribution is now presented, although it is certainly susceptible to improvement. heer VPES 9 4 8 6 4 5 4 2 | | | 1 205 Xa: Northeastern Brazil (Pernambuco and Paraiba). Xo! Southern Brazil (Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo, Minas Gerais). Xr: Total values. Days Days ee 24 20 20 ee GN eo ei N «16 12 i ries aiipreciabin hianterty gee S 12 &: : i aT 8 2 i i ‘ . 8 \ ! toe 4dr, No ae i 4 Nt Recs apres a aeieeet OR i Se Seeeeea sles ER imeoes0 40) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130140 150 Species per day Fig. 1 Daily frequency of butterflies in Eastern Brazil . N: Northeast ARIE Paraiba). S: Southeast (Rio de a T-> Total Janeiro, Sao Paulo, Minas Gerais). 8 Ebert: Variation of frequency The curve of the total values shows a very pronounced sub- division into three parts: 28 days (14%) with fewer than 55 species in one day 123 days (60%) with 56 to 90 species 52 days (26%) with more than 90 species The first group can be considered as corresponding to bad col- lecting days, the second as normal, the third as referring to very good days. Theoretically, bad and fine days should be equally frequent, and the curve must be symmetrical. The asymmetry observed is purely sub- jective: the experienced collector naturally knows the season of the year which gives the best results (cf. the following section) and concentrates his efforts to it. The median value of all 203 excursions is nearly the same as reported above (Table 2) for 138: 78 species per day. Thus a number of 75 to 80 species for one day may be considered as the normal value in eastern Brazil. VI. THE SEASONAL VARIATION OF THE DAILY FREQUENCY OF SPECIES Very little is known, quantitatively, of seasonal variation of butterflies' frequency in the Neotropics, although any collector knows that during the dry season the number of species and individuals diminishes. Tables 4 and 5 and figures 2 and 3 will give some idea of this variation; they show the singular values already used for the constriction of ‘tabile 2 and figure 17 Table 4: Seasonal variation of frequency of butterfly species in Northeastern Brazil (States of Pernambuco and Paraiba) Region Jan. Feb. March Apr. Ma June Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 9 Table 4 - continued Region Jul Aug. Sept. Och: Nov. Dec. CR Coastal region (sea level to 100 m); 52 excursions Map Median values for the coastal region "Agreste" (higher and less humid elevations at some distance from the coast; 300 to 900 m); 16 excursions My Median values for the "Agreste" The coastal region was originally covered by rain forest, presently substituted for the most part by sugar cane plantations. The '"Agreste' receives less precipitation than the coastal zone, but still sufficient to allow the growth of a low forest, partly de- foliated during the dry season. Table 4 and figure 2 show the following: in the coastal region the seasonal variation of frequency of species is low. Its maximum value coincides with the period of maximal precipitation. With the beginning of the dry season, the frequency diminishes only slowly, not accompanying the decrease of rain frequency. Apparently the densely foliated forest conserves appreciable humidity during the dry season. The lowest value, which is still higher than half the maxi- mum value, is reached at the beginning of the rainy season. The secondary peak at the time of greatest drought may be caused by the appearance of a second generation of many species. In the '"'Agreste" the precipitation is much lower than near the coast, however its periodicity is the same. Also here the butterfly frequency reaches its lowest value at the beginning of the rainy season, and the diminution of frequency is also slow after the end of the rains, showing the same secondary peak during the strongest drought. The number of species is lower in all months than near the coast, certainly a consequency of the impoverishment of the flora. 10 Ebert: Variation of frequency Species Rainfall 1005 ina 80 60 300 250 40 200 150 20 100 ye! PS I a Va ee Months Fig. 2 Seasonal variation of the daily frequency of species in Northeastern Brazil, compared with the Northeastern Brazil, compared with the monthly distribution distribution of a Frequency (scale to the left): CR: Coastal Region (sea level) F Fy: "Agreste" (300 to 900 m) Rainfall (scale to the right): Rp : Recife (Pern.; sea level) Ra : Garanhuns (Pern.; 850 m) Interpolated parts of the curves are broken. The minimal values are lower than half of the maximal. This greater seasonal variation is similar to that we shall find in the south (figure 3). The faunistic character reflects the same analogy: in the '"'Agreste"’ nearly all hylaean species are lacking, being partially substituted by typical species of the south. Figure 3 and Table 5 show the seasonal variation in southern Brazil. Here the collecting localities are subdivided, in accordance with their floristic-faunistic character, into three groups, low regions (below 200 m)(L), higher regions (500-1500 m)(H) and savanna-like "Cerrado" (C). The number of observations in the lowlands and in the ''Cerrado"' is still low, and the values given here may not be fully representa- Eilve ered the coastal zone the highest values have been observed in April and May, as.the author remembers from the years 1951 to 1956 when he was not yet noting frequency data. This high season may con- tinue until July (verbal communication by K. Brown). Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 1a Table 5 Seasonal variation of the daily frequency of butterfl species in southern Brazil (States of Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro and Minas Gerais) Wil aad Region Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June 68 80 84 L 68 __1 a a OO, M. 75 80 84 (high) 44 Dy TNS DAL a1.O7 70 50 42 48 OW Nis) 56 AIS He 84 63 56 60 78 Stat hha 15 OF, 108 59 OS 7S) VSnenly gs 107 ie 64 79 Silt “126 95 108 H 80 65 80 82 107 110 82 66 86 82 ]07 116 90 6798 89 11] 117 96 68 [00 9] }22 ]29 oF 69 114 O% 124 150 104 71 124 129 las T5135 13] 15 138 143 i aR ERM rere ls ee M 12 8] 89 106 itl vl C 36 90 62 84 68 NUNES RP ot Oe A tt Mo 36 90 70" 84 Region July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 68 82 Be) ST L Ve 59 55 75 74 62 86 76 fees 29 bee of) 86 vovopey) Jom en Tilt denen a Me 78 82 70 5] 23 59 15 68 50 54 37 DD 5) 58 40 64 SWZ 59 62 BS) 59 6] 62 4 66 64 67 65 75 90 98 iS "After this was written, a total of 162 species was recorded in 12 Ebert: Variation of frequency Table 5 - continued Region July Aug. Sept. OGin Nov. Dec. Mu 4] 39 | 45 68 58 73 C vil BS 2] eee ee A ere oat, SE MUNIN Oe ti ay a Mo 77) 39 55 L Low regions near the coast with nearly tropical conditions, between Rio de Janeiro and Santos (18 excursions). H Higher regions (500 to 1500 m) in the Interior, Iess humid and with a tendency to subtropical conditions, however, sufficiently humid to allow forest vegetation (Pocos de Caldas, M. G.; eastern S, Paulo; Itatiaia Mts., R.J.? some data are from the Serra do Mar); 1035 excursions. C Savanna-like "Cerrado" with only very narrow strips of low wood along the water-courses, in the Interior of the State of Sao Paulo (JO excursions). My Mi Mo Median values for the zones L, H, and C. The dependence of the frequency of species on climatic conditions is evident from figure 3. In the humid coastal zone the seasonal variation is small, the lowest values corresponding to the beginnin: of the rainy season. The same has been observed in tropical northern Brazil (cf. figure 2). Perhaps this feature may be typical for other Neotropical areas. According to a note of D. Zayziw (1958:5-7), the behavior of Coleoptera is quite different: the Cerambycidae studied by him showed clearly their maximum frequency at the beginning of the wet season (October-November). This may be the result of the differ- ent way of life of the larva and of different "hibernation" stage; as egg or imago in butterflies, as larva or pupa in beetles. Butter- flies reach their maximal frequency at the end of the wet season. the "Cerrado" of Itirapina (S.P.) by the author's son Karl and Dr. Keith Brown of Rio de Janeiro, on May 21, 1967. -The value transforms the above median value for May to 93. This value has been used for the construction of Figure 3, but was relegated otherwise to avoid tedious rewriting, recalculation of tables and reconstruction of curves. Still higher values were found by Dr. Brown, made by more intensive collect- ing (cf. footnote 2) in Central Minas Gerais and near Rio de Janeiro, including several days with counts of over 200 species and one of more than 250 (Brown, verbal communication). Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 13 Species per day Species per day 120 120 100 80 60 40 20 POmmmeni dies IV VI Vi. MO TX |X. XL | KO 300 300 250 Rib 250 200 200 150 150 100 100 50 50 ovate lm WY VP VM Ik xX Xl “xo Fig. 3 Seasonal variation of the daily frequency of species in Southeastern Brazil, compared with the monthly distribution of rainfall Frequency (upper diagram; details cf. explication of Table 4): L: Lowlands (below 200 m). H: Highlands (above 500 m). C: ‘'"Cer- rado" Rainfall (lower diagram): Ub Ubatuba (S. Paulo; sea level) RG Rio Clare (S2 Paulo; 600) mar the limits of forest zone and "Cerrado"). Interpolated parts of the curves are broken. In the less humid Interior, the type of variation is similar: highest frequency at the time of the last rains, lowest values at the end of the dry season. The decline of the curve, at the beginning of the dry season, is sharper and the seasonal variation greater than near the coast. In the forests of the Interior the curve is simple: a high peak in April--May with more than 100 species every day, and a notable decrease in June and July. The minimm with less than fifty species 14 Ebert: Daily frequency occurs at the end of the dry season; the rise to the new maximm is slow. In the "Cerrado" the general trend of the frequency curve is more similar to that of the coastal zone, notwithstanding the different character of the "winter'' with its hot days and cold nights. The minimum occurs also at the beginning of the wet season here. It has been a great surprise to the author to observe during the "winter" (June - August), a much higher number of species, in the midst of a totally dry vegetation, than at the beginning of the wet season (October - November), when all the vegetation is covered with fresh foliage and many blossoms. Generally the best time for collecting in southern Brazil is the end of the wet season, April - May. At this time a daily catch of more than a hundred species can be expected in a good locality, with some variation in the vegetation and many blossoms. VII. THE DAILY FREQUENCY OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS It is possible to reach some quantitative conclusions on the total number of butterfly individuals seen during one day, including all species identified, with the aid of the values of the daily fre- quency of species and the individual (intensive) frequency of these species grouped in the five ranks discussed above. Thus 1.5 is the median value for the rank rr, 6 for the rank r, etc., (rr) is the number of species found in rank rr, (r) the same for rank r, etc. The following formula for the total number of individuals results: Fry = 1.5 (rr) + 6. (7) + 15° (ee) + 35>) +1008 G) Such a calculation is, naturally, quite schematic and only an approximation to the real number of the individuals on the wing, but it furnishes comparable values for the different days and regions. The following table and Figure 4 represent the statistics of Fpy-values for the same 138 excursions used in Table 2. The group here includes hundreds of individuals (the individual values are shown in Table 6): it HOW 201 301 401 201 601 701 801 to to to to to to to to to 100 200 300 A400 500 600 700 800 900 2 7 21 (ds 22 27 8 if 9 Th oO MO AD eo» WO > SON 1601 LOCO TROO GM EZO0 i 1300s A OO S00 es G00 W008 Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 15 Days Days ae Eo is ihe: 2 S. 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Individuals per day | Fig. 4 Variation of the number of individuals of butterflies in Eastern Brazil. Northeastern and southeastern Brazil are not separated in Figure 4, because of the low number of values (24) from the north- east. Figure 4 shows the same subdivision into three groups as the sum curve of Figure 1: 9 low days (7%) with less than 201 individuals per day 92 "normal" days (66%) with 201 to 600 individuals per day 37 high days (27%) with more than 600 The motive for the greater frequency of high days in relation to low ones is the same already discussed in connection with Table 2. VIII. THE SEASONAL VARIATION OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS In Table 6 and Figure 5, the values are grouped in accordance with the months and with the regions, in analogy with Table 4 and 5 and Figures 2 and 3, Comparison of Figure 5 with Figures 3 and 4 shows that the seasonal variation of number of individuals is the same as that of species, with the maximm and minimm parts of the curves more pro- nounced. The upper diagram (1) represents observations in tropic climate: in the northeast and at the Littoral between Rio de Janeiro and Santos. The lower diagram (II) shows the situation in the less humid higher regions of southern Brazil. All frequency curves show more than one maximum and interesting relations with the rainfall curve. 16 Ebert: Frequency of individuals Table 6 Seasonal variation of number of individuals of butter- flies in eastern Brazil Region Jan. Fes March Apr. May June NE 449 | 225 486 599 469 ZS 866 776 BOOZ seis tae, ‘asl ee, cia yo ey ae dilate: 1 S1lsee Me BZ 2S 676 749 C 200 DIS 264 365 597 On eerie ass, MLW 2. Coane a oN 291. Mo 200 DOS A]7 365 662 Al5 727 ee os My 662 415 V2 243 359 AQT 55) 298 203 255 347 255 402 bg 274 286 374 47 BOS 595 902 SYD) 406 432 194 716 434 408 463 1059 805 435 430 534 1095 1067 542 440 I 1095 1158 5oOZ 506 545 1348 | 225 H 619 518 556 1460 1310 673 DS 569 1482 S/2 S55 574 1670 734 587 736 OSs // et9)5) 720 wenn a nn AO 820 Mu 483 568 52] 907 984 459 Region July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Ne 456 249 354 542 438 355i 848 343 S92 875 Bag A410 446 it eaurhayiend) etne605c03 (1) sure th eel nn Me 652 55) 7 442 542 650 BW) C By 7) 198 77 Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 17, Table 6 - continued Region July Aug. sept. Ocie Nov. Dec. Mo 7) 198 215 479 3) 5) 245 189 L 509 SINS 229 560 442 268 59] 549 nnn CI Sa Me DAs 5 445 229 |24 23] 54 580 | 257/ 189 168 294 290 Zp 360 334 34] 260 38] 276 Bisse 295 404 520 493 385 502 a ea eae aan Ait Beoy) ML 22/7 Ze (ajay 580 344 Biz. NEsGroup A of Table 2 Ce Croup | of Vable 2 Emecroup) i of Table 2 feeCEOUDS = to Gof Miablie, 2 Mure etc.: Monthly median values of the four groups. The main maximum coincides in the northeast (F,,,) with the rain maximum: in the Littoral (F,) it is retarded two months, and in the higher forest areas (F,,) four months in relation to the rain maxi- mum. Two secondary maxima appear in the northeast during the dry season; probably only one secondary maximum exists here, the minimum value for December not being representative. In the coastal area of the south the minimum coincides with the beginning of the rainy season, being retarded four months against the rain minimum. The second minimum of the F, curve may be fictitious, the only value for February not being representative. The same doubt exists for the secondary maximum of the F,, curve, as the single value for October may be exceptionally high. Typical for the semi-dry forests of the Interior is the sudden decline between May and July, at the beginning Of the Strongest drought. It may be the effect of the first cold nights. The minimum corresponds to the end of the dry season. In the ''Cerrado'' the main maximum coincides with that of the other regions of the South, the minimum with that of the Littoral, being retarded four to five months after the driest months. The secondary maximum in the month of August is still dubious, as the only high value perhaps is not representative. 18 Ebert: Frequency of individuals Fig. 5 Seasonal variation of frequency of individuals in Eastern Brazil as So Upper diagram (I): Areas with tropical features Frequency (scale to the left): Fug: Brazilian Northeast. Littoral between Rio de Janeiro and Santos. Rainfall (scale to the right): Rp : Recife (Pern.). Ubatuba (S. Paulo) Lower diagram(II): Regions with the beginning of subtropical features Frequency (scale to the left): Fu: Highland forests. Fa: Cerrado Rainfall (scale to the right): Rac: Rio Claro (S. Paulo; 600 m; at the limits of the forest zone and the "Cerrado"). Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 19 Individuals per day Rainfall 800 mm 600 a ee 300 400 200 200 100 Months Figure 5 20 Ebert: Conclusions A great variation of frequency within the same month is notable, e.g. for the F, values of 243-872 (January), 339-1249 (February), 351-1460 (April), 298-1760 (May), 189-865 (December). Here the influ- ence of the annual variation may be reflected. Also in the Neotropics "'good'' and "'bad'' years exist. Some values typical for this type of variation are given below in Section Xc. IX. CONCLUSIONS From the foregoing data the following conclusions may be drawn: (a) Generally, butterflies appear in the Neotropics in very low numbers of individuals. (b) This scarcity refers to the low density of populations as well as to the low numbers of individuals belonging to many of them. Thus the frequently defended hypothesis that any butterfly species may be abundant at one, possibly hidden, locality and during a defined, probably very short, time seems to be not valid for eastern Brazil. Here certain species have been found only once in only one specimen in 7450 excursions during 15 years at the most varied locali- ties between the 6th and the 23rd parallel. (c) Only very few species are seen everywhere and always in great number. These are common and widely distributed species as Agraults vantllae, Dryas julta, Pyrgus otleus orcus, Euptychta hermes, Helteontus erato phyllts, Phyctodes claudina, etc. (d) The seasonal frequency variation of species as well as of individuals is very large, more than would be expected in tropical zones. The variation in the number of individuals is still stronger than that of species. (e) In zones near the equator the frequency variation accompanies the rainfall curve, showing a second peak during the dry season. (f) In the southern areas, partially with subtropical tendency, the frequency variation is much retarded in relation to the rainfall curve. Temperature may be of influence at the end of the sumer, when the first cold nights coincide with an abrupt diminution of individuals. (g) A second, much lower, frequency peak may exist two months before the highest peak of the rainy season (curves F, and Fo in figure 5); this feature needs confirmation, as the nubiber of obser- vations is still insufficient. (h) The number of individuals seen on the wing in the Neotropical Region may be more or less equal to that seen on a summer day in the Holarctic. However, the relation between number of species and their individuals is the inverse, the number of species compensating their lower number of individuals. Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 21 (i) A catch of more than 100 species per day is normal during the short time of maximal frequency. The highest value, hitherto found by the author, has been 162, other collectors being still more fortunate (cf. footnote 4). The median values of individuals per day are: 518 in the north-. east, 461 in the coastal zone of southern Brazil and 562 in the higher forest regions of the South, the total median value of the forest zones being 542. Since we found as a median number of species a value of 77 to 78 for a day, the median number of individuals per species per day is only seven, a very low value compared with that familiar for the collector in the Holarctics (cf. Newcomer, 1962). In the "Cerrado'' the median number of individuals is lower: 350. The median value for all 138 excursions is 528. Thus we come to the following conclusion: in the Neotropic the relation between the number of species and their number of individuals is the inverse of that normally observed in the Holarctic; many species with very low number of individuals in the Neotropics; far fewer species in far more individuals in the Holarctic. The total number of individuals observed during one day may not be very different in both regions. X. ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS In the following we shall discuss briefly the influence of the number of observers and of the time of observation. (a) Influence of the number of observers For the study of the influence of the number of hunters on the number of species found, sometimes a separate analysis has been made for the catch of the present writer and of that of his son (presently 19 years old); the results are given in Table 7 (the number in parentheses refer to percentages): Table 7 Number of species found by two hunters (with percentages ) Date 1962 1963 1962 196240 21962 1962 1963 D7 \ Pa] | DXA DS 257K OPC 6/ | Found only —39(44) 23(29) 16(32) 24(40) 29(43) 26(45) 27(46) by father Found only Po) e7O025)) e224 49:0 1.7 (29), LA G21)) | 20654).241 1629) by son Found by 27(30) 36(46) 12(24) 18(31) 24(36) 12(2]) 15(25) both UGE TUS ee 79 50 59 67 58 59 Species 22 Ebert: Influence of collecting hours Date» 1963 1963 1963 [966 1966 1966 1966 1966 71) Na || A/\\\ 10/111 6/ | 29/V 9/V] 19/V\ I5/VI11 Father 49¢42)" 4750). ao(44) 2225)". 3758) 2 1 20. @lpemse (oan 29 (38) Son S221). 2125)" S00 24) S859). ZO) Se(A) sae ene 2735) Botiic MSO 051) 2527) “AGS 2 a SICSE SASS )ie ZO 249 eer earn 21 (27) Sum 117 6) 126 97 SM 84 107 Ad 217| 62) Rec ites (rena. seanllevel®) 27/\| 63: Pocos de Caldas (Min. Ger., 1300 m) 2/X\ Sletol W/o RIGKC (ano Misco) eawton (COOlTt | mie aan 6/|, 29/V and 19/V!| 66: Araras (Sao Paulo, 600 m) ON | andhhe Vil VCore es ltiicapiina: (Se Paulo. 750 am) ("Cerrado") The median and extreme percentage values are: Found by the first hunter (father) only: 38.8% (23 - 50) Found by the second hunter (son) only: 30.6% (21 - 45) Observation common to both hunters: 30.6% (2] - 46) During the 15 full-day trips on which these separate annotations were made, an average of only 31% of all species found, i.e., less than one-third, have been collected by both hunters, and more than two-thirds only by one or the other. It is evident that by an in- crease of the number of hunters the number of species found would increase also. The number of 150 and 153 species caught by two hunters on the 8th and 15th of May, 1966, and the observation that on these two succeeding Sundays the total number was 204, only 98 (48%) of them found on both days permit the conclusion that a team of three or four hunters, during the best season, may get easily more than 200 and perhaps 300 species during one day in eastern Brazil(cf. footnote 4), many more than Shull (1962) refers to for a trip of seven col- lectors in India. The frequently defended hypothesis that the Neotropical Region is the richest of all may thus be considered proven quantitatively. (b) Influence of amount of collecting hours The last example already suggests that for a series of suc-= ceeding days, every day species previously not seen, will appear, whereas others will seem to have disappeared. Really they all have been on the wing all the days, however most species are seen only occasionally owing to their very great scarcity. This observation corroborates the conclusion already drawn from other data: the majority of Neotropic butterflies are rare in the sense of extensive distribution as well as of intensive frequency. Thus some observa- tions on the number of species found during a group of days may be of general interest. Table 8 summarizes the results of four stays in Pocos de Caldas (State of Minas Gerais; 1000 to 1500 m) during January, February and May of 1963, March of 1964 and December of 1966. Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 23 X is the number of species found on the single days, Y the number of species found for the first time, during the respective stay, on every day. Table 8 Increase in number of species during collecting periods Dayeml ys 2/7 28 29 3] | 2 BS 5 7 8 10 1] PZ. [> Meencemno2, J6 J04- 86.77. 79. 78 98 80... 135-.-124.-]]4 138 ieemcOnwoe 29° 76 39 [3 [2 2] 20 6 13 29 16 8 Total: 345 Day (V): l eZ 3 5 DayiC sii) sie 25 24 JED 26 Zi 28 eno L610. 117 Ace ole Met Pull Se alOde, ies eee WEiio9 56) 4). 20 ¥e 8] 3] 2D) 32 19 3] Total 246 Noralcwn 247 eee 1). 12 13° 14. 17 ~18 Vas tpec Vie, Dae’ 65 Bg 62 Selig i) a aes aD SY 3] 2| 2) 35 7 fonalety Zo We note that every new day brings species not seen before, where others seem to disappear. Thus the total number of species found during a several day period is two to three times higher than the median species number per day. But also any subsequent visit reveals species never seen during the earlier, as is shown in the following table, which includes more recent observations: Total Number New For Period of Species Local ity Total Jan./Feb. 1963 (14 days) 545 343 343 May 1963 (4 days) 246 Vz Al5 March ]964 (6 days) 247 47 462 December 1966 (7 days) 26] BS 5i)5) April/May 1967 (6 days) 301 57 2 A list of these 572 species is given in the Appendix A catch of 572 species during five stays with 37 collecting days during six months may be unrivaled outside of the Neotropics. Dia- gram I of Figure 6 represents as accumulative curve the continuous increase of species with every new stay; the curve rises steadily without any sign of asymptotic approximation to a final value. There 24 Ebert: Accumulative values is a vague possibility only to estimate the total value of species occurring at this locality (700 to 8007). It is highly interesting that the same feature holds for longer periods of time, as tables 9 and 10 and the diagrams II, III, IV of figure 6 show. Table 9 First observation of species during five successive ears in Eastern Pernambuco (accumulative values in parentheses [957 Sea lO a Simao 1960 196] total Acraeidae 0 0 0) 0 2 Z Brassolidae 7 0 0 0 0 7 Danaidae 5) 0 0 0 0 5 Hel iconiidae 10 0 0 2 0 |2 Hesperi inae 43 2] 3 6 5 76 Pyrginae 2] 17 6 9 9 62 Pyrrhopyginae Z 0 0 0 0 2 Urbaninae 19 [3 6 7 9 54 | thomi idae 9 2 0) 4 0) [5 _Libytheidae I 0 0 0 0 I Lycaenidae 23 36 8 16 [Spe +70 Morphi dae ] l 0 ] 0 3 Nymphal idae 46 2 5 9 3 65 Papilionidae 5) 0. 0 0 0 5 Pieridae 15 4 3 2 3 Dif Riodinidae ZY) 29 4 1] 5 76 Satyridae 20 2 0 0 I 23 Total 250 127, 55 67 5B 552 (250) SITs C412) MATOS Ca 52) Table 10 First observation of species during successive years in Southeastern Brazil 5 5 Year 195] 1952 1953 1954/5 1956 1957 1963-1965 1966 Se 2024) NGSie wed eee ADO Noy ake DD 42 Guess Accumu- [ativan 292) 460, ha45\ 595) fen) = Gye 700 742 Values RO -~ Adie walter Cees! lp uOry, iC haere 5 : In some cases cases two or three years have been combined to one observation period, to warrant equal weight of the periods (+ equal number of excursions). Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 25 Table 10 - continued Year 1962 1963 1964-]965 [966 Species S)BVa ZA) 83 67 Accumulative 552. 609 692 759 Values EES hecuic nh Sas On ve cawulaleco All curves show, for three long-period observations, the same nearly rectilinear rise of the curves as that of the short-period observations of Pogos de Caldas. The number of species is higher, owing to the greater number of observation days (more than 100), but the general form of the curves is the same. There is not the slightest Sign of asymptotic approximation to a final value. The real number of species remains unknown although in two areas already values of +750 species have been reached. To conclude from the material found in other collections and by ourselves in other parts of the states of Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, in both states the total number of spec- les surely surpasses 1,000, perhaps reaching 1100 or 1200. Table 9 shows the different behavior of different families; the frequent and easily noted groups such as Brassolidae, Danaidae, Heliconidae, Pyrrhopyginae, Papilionidae, do not contribute to the increase of number of species in the later years. This increase is due essentially to the "little species" as Hesperiidae, Lycaenidae and Riodinidae which constitute + 2/3 of the total number of species (cf. Appendix I). CollectorS who do not give special atten- tion to these groups will never know their local fauna in the Neo- tropics. All our observations on frequency and distribution of spec- ies refer thus essentially to these three families. The fact that at frequently visited localities species never seen before appear constantly, whereas others seem to disappear for a very long time, and the observations made on frequency above may be interpreted as follows: (1) In the (eastern) Neotropics the populations of many species of butterflies, especially of the most numerous families Hesperiidae, Lycaenidae and Riodinidae, are small (intensive frequency low). (2) The different populations of such species are dispersed widely and with great distances between them (extensive frequency low). (3) These populations do not maintain constant their localities of habitat but migrate continuously within a great area of favorable biotopes leaving their old habitats and creating new colonies which will be left after a short time too. Such behavior would explain the continuous appearing and disappearing of species. Perhaps it is typi- cal for many Neotropical creatures, as it is well known also in birds and in the primitive men of the forest, the Amerindians. 26 Ebert: Accumulative values Number of species 1000 800 U 500 400 200 Stay ai mm? qyth ythyear 1957 58 59 60 61 Poros de Caldas Pernambuco [Min.Ger.] Number OF species O00 800 1 600 400 200 NGS 52 9" 56 54/5" 507407 oS 66 1962": 6376475466 Rio de Janeiro =—“Sa0r Paulo Fig. 6 The rise of the number of butterflies species with prolonged observation time, in four selected areas. Accumulative. curves. No aSymptotic approximation to a final value has appeared. . Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 27 (c) Observations on annual frequency of species numbers As the time-consuming statistical work used for this paper cannot be continued, in consequence of professional duties, some observations on annual variations may be added: Tiuma (Pern.) AEN aor ZOeV lime | Oilevke oo 25.V ll Pwo. o.V 1) DP 2ee 102 116 99 10] [29 " . Ap WitaDo MO. 60 --T4.V iM s60 VeVi 6 “eX. 58 94 66 89 64 68 u n LanX 258 ZONE. 59 8.1X.60 89 65 80 Camaragibe MX Se TlX Chop OF os 525.( 30) d Oye= GIT) 0 - Li 16) dd 0 - O = 1 (14) 4 (5) Total £O%T) OT 112.20) FINO) 1052-759) ——————— ———————————————————— inn (A) Eastern Pernambuco Rank Papi] ionidae Pieridae Riodinidae Satyridae Tota] ij Oe 4 (15) 26 (34) I (4) 149(28) i ee— 8 (30) 33 (43) 6(26) 198(38) id Oh sS 7 (26) Fel2) 3(13) 78(15) d Sp CL00') SHG yl be. SCE) 6(26) eels) dd OF By Cet) On 7(31) 35 (6) Total 5 (06) 278) LEO AS) 23(4.3) 552 (B) Rio de Janeiro and surroundings Rank Papilionidae Pieridae Riodinidae Satyridae Total ii 4 (2]) 9 (24) 26 (34) 17 (44) ZAP SS) i 8 (43) esG29) 28 (35) IG (26) Se22e0(S) id iG) 8ec2) LSe¢h7) QED) 109: '€P5) d aa26) ah €1e) GE) 6 = CLS) KP7 S016) dd fb ©) Sens) Z iGZ) A (10) Al (5) Total ro Os) SST Co) im ORA) 594085) (4 (C) Eastern Sao Paulo Rank Papilionidae Pieridae Riodinidae Satyridae Total ii 5 (24) A (9) 39 (42) 10 (2) 29 e 52) i GA29) 2] (48) AO (43) 22 (48) 286 (38) id 3 (14) 8 (is) sy a(GS)) Ponca) IS Ghy) d Te(55) 9 (20) 6 (6) 4 65))) 65) Chip dd oa 2205) OS 2. \e3y) 18 (2) Total zl? .S) A4 (5.8) Gam GUZASZ) AG CIS 159 a eee 34 Ebert: Discussion of frequency ranks DISCUSSION OF APPENDIX I The detailed table of extensive frequency leads to the following conclusions: (1) In eastern Brazil, the total number of species is higher in the south than in the north, notwithstanding the more tropical charac- ter of the latter. Apparently the fauna of the northern parts (Pernambuco, etc.) is impoverished, the direction of the immigration here being from the south (Bahia) to the north. (2) Notwithstanding the different absolute values of the number of species, the relative frequency of the families is nearly the same in the three regions. Note for example the values for the Hesperiidae (36.3 - 38.2 - 35.8%), Pieridae (5.1) = Ss - 5:84), Nymphaladaeaitaeae 12.0 - 13.9%), etc. Remarkable are the low values for the Acraeidae, BraSSolidae and Papilionidae in the northeast. (3) The percentage’ of the ditferent ranks inthe tires teers are very Similar: 28-38-15-13-6 in the northeast, 33-31-15-16-5 at Rio, 32-38-17-11-2 in Sao Paulo. Apparently the number of obser- vations is high enough, and our values can be considered representative. Nearly all families show the typical predominance of the lower ranks, but there are some exceptions: in the Papilionidae the ranks are nearly equally distributed, and in the Heliconiidae frequent species prevail. NOTE I: It must be kept in mind that the values of the Table refer to determined species only; the real numbers of species of Hesperiinae and Lycaenidae, and in a lesser degree those of Riodinidae and Satyri- dae, are much higher as a great percentage of these groups could not be determined,hitherto (some of them will prove to be new). NOTE II: The subdivision of the Rhopalocera into Families and Sub- families, and the generic and specific names used here and in Appendix II are not in all cases in accordance with the use of other authors (d'Almeida, Clench, Emsley, Forbes, Fox, etc.). These modifications are based on taxonomic studies which are beyond the limits of problems discussed in this paper. Some remarks are made in Appendix II. To avoid phylogenetical speculations, alphabetical order has been chosen for the sequence of names. Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil a5 APPENDIX II List of the 572 species of butterflies found during 37 collecting days between December and May near Pocos de Caldas (State of Minas Gerais; 1000 to 1500 m) We add a list of all species found at this locality as a con- tribution to the knowledge of the fauna of the transitional zone between the central highlands (Brown § Mielke, 1967, 1968) and the coastal zone of median Brazil. Collecting places R Remnants of high (primary) forest ('Mata'') by the riverside of the Rio Pardo (1000 m). F Low (primary?) forest of the mountains at the north of the town ("Caixa d'Agua," 1300 m; highway to Botelhos, 1400 m). C Low (secondary ) forest (''Capoeira'') near Cascata (1300 m) and above the gorge of the Rio das Antas (1200 m). O Open grassland ("Campo") at the south of the town (1300 m) and above the mountain-forest (''Serra de Pocos''; 1450 to 1500 m). ee eee 2 112 2))\Months of observation net teens) tes) Frequency, as discussed in the text. Some observations made during shorter stays (August, October, November) have been included. Acraeidae (7 sp.) Neeamore alaliva, (Felder, 1860) F, C, - 4, 12 - rr, r pyrrha(Fabricius ,1775) (=brasiliensis Almeida, 1922) RoE, Cx isd. 5202 tomate eanycina Jordan, 1915 oRF,C, 4<(5,5,12 - ret eonspicua Jordan, 1913: Fy -)l2»r-£ melanisans Oberthiir, 1917 (=rhodope Almeida, 1922) Rar, Cee= 2=Soul 1208 meek parapheles Jordan, 1913 F- 12 - rr surima (Schaus, 1902) BG oS aeeatete Philaethria wernickei (Rober, 1906) F - 2,3,5 = rr,r Heliconiinae (4 spp.) Heliconius besckei Ménétriés, 1857 R,C,F - 1-5,11,12 - rr-rf ethilla Latr. narcaea Latreille, 1820 R,F,C - 1-5,8, 11 1 26s: cee aaee erato, phyllis® (Babricius;) 1793) \R, B.C, © pol srereelermee rr-f Eueides aliphera aliphera (Latreille, 1820) FR, €\O)-ei.2eeeoe. rr-rf Hesperiidae (223 spp.) Hesperiinae (113 spp.) Anthoptus epictetus (Fabricius, 1793) RFC, < 1-5,11,12 sanor Artines “aqui lana (Plotz,,1883)) Ff > 2 rx Callimormus beday (Pllotz, 886) GR. F.C, e= 02-5, 027 eae interpunctatus. (Plotz, 18384) RYE) ja02—s5 keen saturnus (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1864) C¥5-r Cantha honorsEvans., 1955 s3b 70 %<) lass ul sex Conga urqua ((Schaus), 31902) heal 2a Copaeodes jean favor Evans, 1955 F,C,0 - 2-5,12 - rr,r Conernceey moeiens (Poe, stks)) IB = 1,3) > ane Gumbre cumbre (Schaus, 1902) R>B,C, - 1-5, 125 -onr—ee Cymaenes alumna (Butler, 1877) R,C, - 5,12 -1r tripuncta theogenis (Capronnier, 1874) O-*2-= rr tripunctata(Latreille, 1824) \R,F,C,0 -°l=5) 10502 —iper ae Cynea corope (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) .F - 2 - rr Dion meda (Hewitson, 1877) F -1,2 = rr,r Enosis misera (Schaus, 1902) F -siZ) = rrr, Euphyes derasa (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) F,C - 1-3 - rr-rf Eutychide physcella (Hewitson, 1866) F - 4,5 - rr,r i Evansicililay cordella (PIGEZ a SoZ) ak lan Hylephyla phylaeus (Drury, 1770) F,C-- 2,5 - rr,r Lamponia elegantula (Herrich=Schaeffer, 1869) F,O0 - 1,2 - rr lamponia (Hewitson, 1876) F,O - 2,5 = rr,¥ Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 37 Lerodea eufala eufala (Edwards, 1869) F,C,O - 2,3,5,8 - rr-rf Levina levina (Plotz, 1884) F,O - 1-3,12 - rr-rf Libra anatolica (Plotz, 1883) F,O-1,2-r Lucida lucia (Capronnier, 1874) R,F,C,O - 1,2,4,5,11,12 - rr,r ranesus (Schaus, 1902) R,F,C,O - 1-4,12 - rr,r Lycas argentea (Hewitson, 1866) F - 2 - rr Lychnuchoides ozias ozias (Hewitson, 1878) F,C, - 2,4,5,12 - rr Lychnuchus celsus (Fabricius, 1793) R,F, - 2,5 hate - rr-rf Mellana monica (Plotz, 1886) F-2-vyrr Metron chrysogastra (Btl.) (ssp. n.?) F,C,O - 2 - rr,r schrottkyi (Giac.) (ssp. tomba Evans, 1955?) F,0O - 2 - rr Miltomiges cinnamomea (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) R,F - 1-5,11,12 - ba GAs g I Fr Moeris remus (Fabricius, 1798) F - 1*3 - rr Semiga Seripa (Geyer, 1852) R,F,C, - SS 12 =e Naevolus orius orius (Mabille, 1883) Re 5 Nastra insignis (Plotz, 1882) R,F, - 1-3,5, lurida (Herrich=Schaeffer, 1869) F,C 12 =or rt Or ouseiae 2 "LEST nt) Niconiades caeso (Mabille, 1891) F,C, - 2,5 - rr merenca (Mabille,~18738) F,G5=9255.8,12 = «rr Nyctelius nyctelius (Latreille, 1824) R,F,C, - 2-5,12 - rr Orses itea (Swainson, 1831) F = 2,4,5,12 - rr,r Panoquina sylvicola (Herrich=Schaeffer, 1865) F,C, - 2,5 -rr,r Paracarystus evansi Hayward, 1938 C-4- srr Perichares philetes aurina Evans, 1955 R,F,C - 4,5 = rr,r Phanes aletes (Geyer, 1832) C - 4,12 - rr Pheraeus argynnis (Plotz, 1883) F-2- srr Polites vibex catilina (Plotz, 1886) R,F,C, - 3-5,10,11 - rr-rf Pompeius pompeius (Latreille, 1824) F,C, - 2,3,5 - rr,r Psoralis stacara (Schaus, 1902) R,F,C - 1,2,4,5,10-12 - rr-f Pyrrhopygopsis socrates socrates (Ménétriés, 1855) F - ll - rr Quinta cannae (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) F- 3 - rr Sabina sabina (Plotz, 1883) F - 5,12 - rr Saliana longirostris (Sepp, 1848) F-5- srr Thespieus abatira Zikan, 1938 F,0O - 1-3 - rr-f eehemides (Burmeister, 1878) F,C,0 = 1)278 - erjr himella (Hewitson, 1868) F,C - 1,2 - rr vividus (Mabille, 1891) F - 2-4 - rr maeippe xarappe (Butler; 1878), ) rr Oechydrus chersis (H.-S.) evelinda (Butler, 1876) F,C - 2,11 = ri, ¥ rufus. Evans, 1953 F,C.4 2, Hi aes Pachyneuria inops (Mabille, 1877) F - ll - rr Pellicia dimidiata tzama> PIGEZ 1682 Once Zia Polyctor polyctor .(Pritawitz, 1868) Re 4 arr Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 39 Pyrgus oileus orcus (Stoll, 1780) R,F,C,O - 1-5,8, Shon, 39592 = rr=f communis orcynoides Giacomelli, 1928 F,C,0O - 2, r =5 5,42) = YF, Pythonidea lancea (Hewitson, 1868) R,F,C - 1 Quadrus cerealis (Stoll, 1782) O-2-se4r u-lucida (Plotz, 1884) R,F, - 3,4 - rr Sophista aristoteles plinius Plotz, 1882 F-1-vrr latifasciata latifasciata (Spitz, 1930) O- 12 - rr Sostrata bifasciata bifasciata (Ménétriés, 1821) R,F, - 1,2,4,5, I2s=i7rr5r SIS =orrer Spathilepia clonius (Cramer, 1775) R-5-r Spioniades artemides (Stoll, 1782) R-5-vsrr Staphylus angulatus Bell, 1947 F-=3-vsrr mazans ascalaphus (Staudinger, 1876) F - 3,5 - rr,r ascalon (Staudinger, 1876) F-3-vrr chlorocephala (Latreille, 1824) F-3-r epicaste epicaste (Mabille, 1878) F-3-r incisus (Mabille, 1878) R,F,C, 2,3,5,12 - rr,r Theagenes dichrous (Mabille, 1878) F,C, - 1,2,5,11,12 - rr,r Tein peemetrina | (Felder, 1867) R,F,G;-°2,3,5,12:= rr-f Viola minor (Hayward, 1933) F,0- 2,12 -r violella (Mabille, 1897) F,O-2r XeGnophanes tryxus (Stoll, 1780) R,F,C,0 - 2,4,5,12 - r Zera hyacinthinus servius (Plotz, 1884) F-12- srr Pyrrhopyginae (10 spp.) Croniades machaon (Westwood & Hewitson, 1851) F,C *-2- rr Granila paseas (Hewitson, 1857) F-2-+rr Hegesippe luteizona (Mabille, 1877) F -3- rr,r Mimoniades versicolor (Latreille, 1823) F-12 - rr Oxynetra roscius iphimedia Plotz, 1886 C,0O - 2,12 - rr,r Pyrrhopyge charybdis charybdis Westwood § Hewitson, 1852 F,C,0O - 1 Sy et sT polemon Hopffer, 1874 F- 12 - rr Sarbia antias (Felder, 1859) F,0- 2 - rr,r catomelaena Mabille § Boullet, 1908 F = 2,12 - rr damippe Mabille § Boullet, 1908 F - 2,11,12 - rr-f Urbaninae (="Pyrginae, Section A"; 38 spp.) Aguna albistria albistria (Plotz, 1881) F-3- rr asander (Hewitson, 1867) F,C - 2,3 - rr,r megaeles (Mab.) F-°3- rr williamsi Hayward, 1935 R,F - 4 - rr Astraptes anaphus anaphus (Cramer, 1777) F,C - 1,2,5 - rr elorus (Hewitson, 1867) F-5- rr futeerator.(Walech; 1775). \F,0 -:2:m28 naxos (Hewitson, 1867) F,C,0 - 1-5,8,11,12 - rr,r creteus siges (Mabille, 1903) F,C, - bo2 455: = Autochthon integrifasciatum (Mabille, 1891) F,C - LjApbeddeve rr, x 40 Ebert: Butterflies of Pocos de Caldas néish (Geyer N8S2) GRE. 5. Shae. ae reflexum (Mabille & Boullet, 1912) F - 3 - rr zarex. (Hubner; (1852) "eC. @-a2es 5 5ed rae Celaenorrhinus punctiger (Burmeister, 1878) F - 3-5,12 - rr-rf Similis. Hayward, 1933 R,F,C - 3,4 - rr Chioides catillus catillus (Cramer, 1779) F,C,0 - 2,3,5 - rr,r Epargyreus exadeus exadeus (Cramer, 1779) F - 4 - rr socus socus Hubner, 1825 F,O - 1,2,12 - rr Phanes vitreus (Stoll, 1781) C - 2.1r Phocides maxima Mabille, 1888 C - 2 - rr pialia parva Rober, 1925 F - 3 - rr polybius phanias (Burmeister, 1880) F - 2,3,12 - rr Polygonus leo (Gmelin, 1790) F - 2 - rr manueli Bell § Comstock, 1948 F,C,O - 2 - rr,r Polythrix caunus (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) C - 5 - rr Ridens fulima Evans, 1952 F,C,O - 5 - rr Typhedanus undulatus (Hewitson, 1867) F - 3 - rr Urbanus doryssus albicuspis (Herrich-Schaeffer, 1869) F - 3 - rr viterboana alva Evans, 1952 F,C - 4,5 - rr dorantes (Stoll, 1790) R,F,C = 2-5,11,512 = ror esita Evansi> 19524R FeG@i> 245),5)-4 ar oiee evenus (Ménétriés, 1855) Fl@ =-9213 42) —ereee evonasEvans,. 1952702) Re= 5 =a procne (Plotz, 1881) C,0 - 2,3,5 - rr-rf proteus (inne. We7S8ieE.C 02-5. 12 yaar pronta Evans, 1952 (7?) C ~- 4 - rr simplacius “(Stolll,) 1790) RS F,C = 2,555, 220 eden ee teleus (Hubner,.1821)) R, FG =" 28445 eS rea Ithomiidae (21 spp.) Aeria olena Weymer, 1875 R,F,C - 1-5,12 - rr-f Dircenna dero (Hubner, 1823) R FG 3912, 455512 tor ieee Episcada carcinia Schaus, 1902 R,F,C - 2-5,12 - rr-rf pascua Schaus, 1902 PSGS= ¢Z oe 4 ele aie Epityches eupompe (Geyer, 1832) F,€<5.1-S5il2), see Hypoleria emyra (Haensch, 1906) R,F 2255 oOneas. Weymer; 60S sho= a2) > Gea Salonina ((Hewitson, 1855) Ri 24512) - 5 Hypothyris daeta daeta (Boisduval, 1836) R,F - 5,11,12 - rr,r Ithomia agnosia zikani Almeida, 1940 R - 2,4 - rr,r Mechanitis polymnia casabranca Haensch, 1906 R,F,C - 1-5,12 - rr-ff lysimnia lysimnia*(Fabricius, 1795) R5F,G;0— tose rr-f Methona themisto (Hubner, 1818) R,F,O - 1,2,5,12 - rr,r Placidula euryanassa (Felder, 1860) R,F,C - 2,4,5,12 - rr-rf Prittwitzia hymenaea (Prittwitz, 1865) 15119022 Ger ee Pseudoscada adasa (Hewitson, 1854) R,F - 2,4,5,12 - rr-rf erruca (Hewitson, 1855) gee 2, 5,52 21 512.7 oe Pteronymia carlia Sehaus;,1902%- RSF {€ - 3-82 2 e Thyridia hippodamia. (Fabricius, 1775)-F,0 - 1,2 - rr psidia, py tho) (Gelder, 1860) 250 - W255. yee Tithorea harmonia pseudethra Butler, 1873 F - 2 - rr 262 G Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 4] Libytheidae (1 sp.) Pubytheana Carinenta (Cramer, 1777) C - 3 « rr Lycaenidae (87 spp.) Plebejinae - (Catochrysopinae - Glaucopsychinae) Hemiarpgus hanno (Stoll, 1790) R,F,C,0 - 2-5 = rr,r Mepeotes cassius cassius (Cramer, 1775). R,F,C -°2,355,10,11 - rr (Gen. ign.) cogina (Schaus, 1902) R,F,O - 2,4,5 - rr Theclinae ("Thecla" without respect of subgenera) HeasreyPirtewaitz. 1865 °R;C,0 - 2,555 =“rr,r asmicolor Butler G Druce, 1872 ssp.n. “F - 4,5 = rr.r aphaca Hewitson, 1867 C - 2 -rr badeta Hewitson, 1873 C,O-2-mrr bazochii (Godart, 1824) (=thius Hb. 5 g=cydia Hew.) F,C - 2-4,11 - bean (Stoll, 1780) R,F,C - 2,3,12 - rrr IRGAIG bermena Jones, 1912 PF - 3 > rr bolima Schaus, 1902 O- 12 - rr bubastus (Stoll, 1780) F-3- rr campa Jones, 1912 F-2-rr cardus Hewitson, 1874 C - 2 - rr Gaserena wsones, 1912° O'-"3 - rr celelata Hewitson, 1874 F,C - 2,5 - rr celmus (Cramer, 1776) R - 12 - rr,r hebraea cimelium Gosse, 1880 F - 3-5 - rr,r Conchyiaum Druce, 1907 F —- 3 - rr cosa Hewitson, 1867 F - 5,12 .- rr crambusa Hewitson, 1874 R= 12 - rr crotusm (stroll, (1782) F - 2,12 aeier Nymphalidae (76 spp.) Apaturinae Doxocopa kallina (Staudinger, 1886) F - 5 - yr selina (Bates, 1865) C-5- rr seraphina (Hubner, 1825) R,F,C - 1-5512 =, aogaee Zn lida (Godartr): 182i) 4, boc i oataeians Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 43 Argynninae Euptoieta hegesia (Cramer, 1779) F-3- rr Biblinae btolis byperia (Cramer,.1779) RjF,C;0)- 2-5 - rrr Mestra apicalis (Staudinger, 1886) F-5-r Callicorinae Callicore sorana (Godart, 1824) R,F,C - 3,5 - rr Diaethria candrena (Godart, 1824) R,F,C - 2-5,11,12 - rr-rf clymena (Cramer, 1775) R,F - 5 - rr eluina (Hewitson, 1854) R,F,C - 2,4,5 - rr-rf Paulogramma pyracmon (Godart, 1824) R- 5 - rr Catonephelinae Catonephele sabrina (Hewitson, 1852) F,C, - 1,4,5,12 - rr,r Cybdelis phaesula (Hubner, 1827-1831) R eae OD siete S = pone Epiphile hubneri Hewitson, 1861 R,C - 4,5 - rr,r orea (Hubner, 1823) R,F,C - 1,2, Ags el2 a Ae Myseceliaroersas (Drury, 1782) R;F = 2,4,;5°- rr,r Temenis laothoe meridionalis Ebert, 1965 R-5-srr Charaxinae Hypna clytemnestra hubneri Butler, 18606 F - 5 - rr Memphis arachne victoria (Druce, 1877) Rey Seer appias) (Hubner; 1825) R,F,C - 1-5 - rr,r eerenc (Hubner, 1825) R,F,C - 1-5,11,12:- rr,r manaca phidile (Geyer, 1837) R,C -.4,5 - rr,r morvus stheno (Prittwitz, 1865) R,F - oi eA0 => OF Prepona chalciope (Hubner, 1823) F - 1,2,11 - rr Bareres divs strigosa (Gmelin, 1791) F - 3,5,12 - rr Coloburinae Disronncrocis. orion (Fabricius, 1775) R,F, - 3,5. - rr Smyrna blomfildia (Fabricius, 1781) F,C - 2,3 - rr Eunicinae Eunica tatila bellaria Fruhstorfer, 1908 F,C - 2,3,12 - rr eburnea Fruhstorfer, 1899 R,F,C - 4,5,12 - rr,r Havas (rabricius,(1775)),C = 2° =) rrsr manearita-(Godart, 1824) \.R,C =) 2-5,12' = rrr 44 Ebert: Butterflies of Pocos de Caldas Hamadryadinae Ectima lirissa lirissa (Godart, 1824) (liria Fabr. 1793 is a homonym) R,F,O - 1-5,12 - rr Hamadryas amphinome (Linné, 1767) R,F,C - 3-5,12 - rr,r arete (Doubleday §& Hewitson, 1847) F - 2,5 - rr epinome (Felder, 1867) F,R,C - 1-5,12 - rr februa (Hubner, 1823) Ramo o.> eee feronia (Linné, 1758) (the "subsp.''s of Fruhstorfer are;synonyms)) 5.8" —) 58— ocr fornax (Hubner: (1823) URSEO sell, 2.5 ol 7e aer Limenitinae Adelpha abia (Hewitson, 1850) F - 3,5,12 - rr calliphane Fruhstorfer, 1915. “R,Fs/@e= 32) 4S falcipennis .Fruhstorfer, 1915; REF = s)—Sle eee gavina Fruhstorfer, 1915 R,F - 4,5,11,12 - rr-rf hyas (Borsduval, 18356) RUFC = 3,5) > meem ampla .Hayw. mincia Hall ,°1938% FC = eS U2 eases mythra (Godart, 1824) R,F,C - 1,2,4,5,11,12 - rr-rf politausy Halk LOSS RGEC = OLS alae. rere isis pseudagrias Fruhstorfer, 1908 R,F - 1,3,4,5 - rr serpa -(Boisduvall §.1836) Fo= 2,3;5)02) - a syma, (Godart, +1824) oR,F,@. = 1-5 5112 = aie zea (Hewatson, 1850)) EF = 5 = rrr Dynamine vagacles (Walanam, NS25)e RoC i) Soo), bZ ee teteen artemisia (Fabricius, 1793) R-5-~rr tithiia ¢(dubner,7 823), RVC. 255.0) near meridionalis Rober, 1915 F-5- rr myrrhina (Doubleday, 1849) E- 5 - rr Marpes iinae Marpestai charon (Fabricius) 1/75) ee EOE) See petreus. (Cramer. 7/76)! WE. -\ Sar alas Melitaeinae Chlosyne lacinia saundersi (Doubleday § Hewitson, 1847) R,C - Ay, Sisk Sia ela Eresia lansdorffi (Latreille, 1820) R,F,C - 3-5,129— rrent Phyciodes claudina (Eschscholtz, 1821) R,F,C,0 - IS) ccansi rr-f drusilla (Felder, 11861) ssp.n. R,F,C - 2-5 orthia evanescens Rober, 1913 F,C - 1-5,11,12 - rr-rf hermas (Hewitson, 1864) C - 12 - rr ithra Kirbyvi910) RF, CO) -) 1-5, 28) eet teletusa teletusa. (Godart, 1824)> R,F,C -3 ies je 1 rr-rf Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil 45 Nymphalinae Anartia jatrophae (Johansson, 1763) F,R,C - 3-5 - rr-rf amathea roeselia (Eschscholtz, 1821) R,F,C - 1-5,12 - rr-rf Hypanartia bella (Fabricius, 1793) F,C,O - 1-5 - rr lethe (Fabricius, 1793) R,F,C - 1-5 - rr-rf Junonia eyarete (Cramer, 1779) R,F,C;0 - 1-5,8,11,12 - rr,r Metamorpha stelenes (Linné, 1758) R,C - 5 - rr Siproeta trayja (Hubner, 1823) F,C,O0-1-5 - rr,r Vanessa virginiensis braziliensis (Moore, 1883) R,F,C,O - 1-5,12 - Nea gen G myrinna (Doubleday, 1849) R,O - 2,4,5,12 - rr Papilionidae (16 spp.) Battus polydamas polydamas (Linné, 1758) R,F,C - 1-4,12 - rr,r polystictes janira (Rothschild §& Jordan, 1906) F,C - 1,2, Spel Lama oo Ba Eurytides dolicaon deicoon (Felder, 1864) F,0 - 1-3 - rr lysithous lysithous (Hubner, 1821) F,C - 1-4,11,12 - rr-rf Papatiomascyalus aStyalus Latrerlle, 1819 EF - 35,12 - rr theas) brasiliensis Rothschild & Jordan, 1906 F,C - 1,3, Ay ae 2bas Teite at anchisiades capys (Hubner. 1809) F,O - 1-3,5,11,12 - rr,r Scamander grayi Boisduval, 1836 F,C,0 - 2-5,10,12 - rr,r neetornides Esper, 1794 R,F,C,0 - 1-3,5,11,12 - rr,r torquatus polybius Swainson, 1823 C - 2 - rf Hagidesmacavus «(Drury, 1782) > R,FjG.— 3-5) = rr,x bunichus bunichus (Hiibner, 1821) REEL C - 1-5,10-12 - rr-f neanaision (hatred iie, 1819) EOR-s1-3,5,12 - rr-rf proneus (Hubner, 1827-1831) RE, GeO =i Zee angel Protesaiaus bellorophon (Dalman, 1823) F,C ~ 11,12 - rr,r sp.aon. (helaas (Rothsch. G Jord. 1906)?) F - 3,12 - rae Pieridae (35 spp.) Coliadinae Maeeos.elomimde (Godart, 1824)...F,C - 1,3 - rr mendppe (Hubner, 1816) F.C, .- 2,5 - mr Apheissa statira (Cramer, 1777) EF - 2,11 -.r Eonenaalipuia: (Cramer, 1775) R,F,€,0 - 1,254,512 rr-nt deva deva (Doubleday, 1847) F,C - 2,5,12 - rr,r elathea (Cramer, 1777) R,F,C 0 =15) - 9r-f "jJucunda" (sensu d' Almeida, "1936, nec Boisd. § Lec. 1833) lemnia (Felder, 1865) TE BUC = oe beum TI mu SateCralmriers 795)" RO €-Or 5 - otra (= Ente heot phiale) agave pallida (Chavannes, 1849) F,C - 3.5.7-8.12 Tals Dimemlem(Gramerm. 1775), i, C,O8-b2 Al2e— mart feucidia elyana (Latreille, 1819) F - 1,2 - rr-r exrsvanPrattwitz. 1865 .F,C - 2,5 = rerrt pyemaca Prittwitz, 1865 F - 1,2,5°> 7 46 Ebert: Butterflies of Pogos de Caldas Phoebis argante argante (Fabricius, 1775) F-5r neocypris (Hubner, 1823) F,R,C - 2,4,5,11,12 = rr-rf philea philea (Johansson, 1763) F,C - 3-5,11,12 - rr,r sennae sennae (Linné, 1758) R,F,C - 3,5,12 - rr,r Pyrisitia dina leuce (Boisduval, 1836) F-3- srr nise tenella (Boisduval, 1836) R,F,C,O - 2-5,8,11,12 - in Rhabdodryas trite (Linné, 1758) F-5=-r Sphaenogona arbela arbela (Geyer, 1826) R,F,C - 2,5,8 - rr,r Dismorphinae Dismorphia astyocha Hubner, 1827-1831 R,F,C - 1,2,5 - rr,r melite (Linné, 1765) R,F,C,0 - 2,4,5 - rrix thermesia (Latreille, 1819) F - 2,5 - rr,r Pseudopieris nehemia (Boisduval, 1836) R,F,C,O - 1-5,8,11,12 - PG ee Euchloinae Hesperocharis anguitia (Latreille, 1819) F-41,2,5 - rr,r Pierinae Archonias tereas (Latreille, 1819) F,C, - 2-5,10-12 - rr-ff Ascia monuste orseis (Latreille, 1819) R,F,C - 1-5 - rr-rf Catasticta bithys (Hubner, 1827-1831) R,F,C,O0 - 1,2,4,5,10-12 - rr-ff Charonias theano (Boisduval, 1836) R-5-srr Glutophrissa drusilla (Cramer, 1777) F,C - 1,2,11 - rr,r Melete lycimnia pantoporia (Geyer, 1832) R,F,C - 2,4,5,11,12 - rr-Te Pereute antodyca (Boisduval, 1836) F - 1-5,11,12 - rr-rf swainsoni (Gray, 1852) F,G) = 152,45) 2s orer Riodinidae Fuselasiinae Euselasia euploea (Hewitson, 1854) R- 5 - rr eusepus (Hewitson, 1852) F- 5 - rr mys lara Stachel / W919." RIE XC =*22 5. Okt2 ean hygenius| ‘occulta Stichel 1925 "R= 4 snare zara (Hewitson, 1851) R-12- rr Riodininae Anteros formosus (Cramer, 1777) F - 2 - rr Sp ten. (en) sb ee sr Apodemia castanea (Prittwitz, 1865) R,F,C,0 - 2-4,8,11,12 - rr,r Stalachtioides Butler, 1867 ‘F,0 - 2,12 - rr,r Aricoris tutana (Godart, 1822)" Or = 12 —rr Audre epulus signata (Stichel, 1910) O - 4,12 - rr,r Baeotis hisbon (Cramer, 1775) C- 2 - rr Barbicornis mona Westwood §& Hewitson, 1851 R- 4 - rr Calephelis nilus’ (Felder, 661)" Rh G —"S,5,12° > aos Frequency of Butterflies in Eastern Brazil Calospila bolena (Butler, 1867) F,C - 1,2 - rr Charis cadytis Hewitson, 1866 R,F - 2-5,10,11,12 - rr-rf theodora Felder, 1862 R,C - 2,5 - rr,r thoxinea Licursis (Fabricius, 1775) R,F = 5-5,12 = rr-rf Cremna alector (Geyer, 1837) F- 12 - rr Echenais sejuncta Stichel, 1910 (?) F-1,12 - rr,r " sapiens EC = 1.2°—= rrr Emesis diogenia (Prittwitz, 1865) F,C - 2-4,12 - rr fastidiosa Ménétriés, 1855 F - 3,5 - rr ocypore (Geyer, 1837) R,F,C - 1-3,5 - rr fussula Stichel, 1910 F - 5 - rr Saeesten Cla 5 = Fr Furybia misellivestis Stichel, 1910 C-4- rr Masaia apesilas (Latreille, 1805) R,F - 3,5 - rr Repedcornis teras Stichel, 1910. F - 5,12 - rr Melanis jarbas(Fabricius, 1787) R,F,C - 3,5 - rr lycea (Hubner, 1823) R-5S-srr marathon (Felder, 1865) R-5- srr Speen, foe J = xr Mesene pyrippe Hewitson, 1874 R,F - 5,12 - rr 47 Mesosemia acuta Hewitson, 1873 (belongs to Eurybia?) F = 2,12 - 1i¢ odice (Godart, 1824) R,F,C - 1-5,10-12 - rr-rf eoadta(Godart,-1824). RBC - 1-5,12 = rr,r SPeeen pi 5.9. > or Napaea nepos orpheus (Westwood, 1851) F - 12 - rr Panara thisbe soana Hewitson, 1874 F - 3-5,12 - rr-rf Pterographium satnius (Dalman, 1823) R-5- rr Rhetus periander coerulans Zikan, 1952 F -12 - rr Stichelia dukinfieldia(Schaus, 1902) F,C,0 - 2,5 - rr Siavas (Stichel, 1910) F,C,0-=2-r Symmachia arion (Felder, 1865) F-12 - rr Synargis calyce (Felder, 1862)? C - 4 - rr piattone (Godart, 1824) R,Cj0 - 1,2 - mrerf Satyridae (34 spp.) Euptychiinae Euptychia abretia (Capronnier, 1874) F,C - 2-4 = rr,r ambigua Butler, 1866 C-2-r aneularis Butler, 1867. \C.- 2 =x doxes (Godart, 1824) F- 4,12 - r erimon (Godart, 1824) F - 2,11 = rr hermes (Fabricius, 1775) R,F,C - 1-5,8,11,12 - r-ff byeana Butler, 16/7 F - 4,5 - r,rf mucosa Butler, 1870 R,F,C - 1-5,10-12 - rr-f meeys (Codarte,. 1824) RiFjC - 1,2,4,5,12 - rr-f ocelloides Schaus, 1902 F-5-srr ochracea Butler, 1867 F,C,0 - 2,4,12 - rr-rf pacta Weymer,. 1911 0 -"2.5 - re-rtf pacon (Godart, 1824) R,F,C - 1=5,12 - rr,r pares’ (Godart, 1824)) ssp. ign. “C - 3,12 - 7 phronius (Godart, 1524) R,F,C - 2,4,5,11;12 - rr-f pronophila Butler, 1867 F,C - 2-5,12 - rr-rf A8 Ebert: Butterflies of Pocos de Caldas quandtius (Godart, 1821) F,R,C - 1-5,12 + rr-f SOLE Tabu ere lS 77 ak tm Sr ieee ag Vestipiatal Bulent a1S67.iR= AeSnalZ i viteteaete LOMSpeaion 7 (alike, HO shld) Taygetis thamyras marginata Staudinger, 1887 R-4-r ypthimay Hubner, 18208, C = 23, 22 wars Pronophilinae: Eteona tisiphone: (Boisduval,| 1856)) J, C =" 255.125 ae Pedaliodes exul Thieme, 1905(?7) F - 5,12 = rr,r phanias (Hewitson, 1862); R,F,C = 1,264 See ie ma NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20'printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 84 x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (mever in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock, 1933; 1940a, b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LirERATURE CITED, in the following format: Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Publ. by author, Los Angeles, Calif.; 334 pp., 63 pl. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39(3): 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author's name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed EXPLANATION OF Ficures, with a separate paragraph devoted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer's errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. About 25-50 gratis tearsheets (including any other material printed on these pages) will be provided if requested when the proofs and biological abstracts are returned. Tables: Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyn F. pos Passos Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. postpaid SUPPLEMENTS of the JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS' SOCIETY The SUPPLEMENT series is intended for papers of intermediate length, those which are longer than is normally acceptable in the JOURNAL, yet shorter or of narrower interest span than a monographic treatment which might comprise a MEMOIR. The SUPPLEMENTS are issued at irregular intervals and will be numbered consecutively, with a separate numerical series to accompany each concurrent year's volume. Manuscripts intended for consideration for publication in the SUPPLEMENT series should be prepared in accordance with the instructions given in the Notice to Contributors which is published on the inside back cover of the JOURNAL. Address all correspondence relating to manuscripts for the SUPPLEMENT series to the Editor of the JOURNAL: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, Entomology Research Institute, Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Copies of the SUPPLEMENTS are mailed to all members and subscribers of The Lepidopterists' Society. Copies of back issues will be available through the Office of Publication: c/oS. A. Hessel, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06520. This issue edited by J. A. Powell. * 1 oi Y ey ( ee ce Th Ni Le f " ve) | ih ‘ie | j f . Lemon i 14) ea wy fon) Hwa ps Mh OS OF ibn Mae oe ’ : rae ed a “% “ahetind 4 . iter Ltr ‘ akan Ob ; a hace ante y TTY Ma LOM MW ll hig so aenre Gate ; ie et Mh te CEE We thas iNeoy ie WW Wes SE SETTERS CHL RN (raided ROR Dy G)e be rene we see L yr iter 4 , : x . ¥ Simran ln sipa hia me 7 ‘ ’ ran 2 Ie - ae . ‘ 4 AX , ‘ P ne * - ee ic ‘ 2 - mn hs o 3a oto : ‘ ‘ . ' . Sh rere a4 “ad . a a . hee ~ 4 id Reg. 2a ‘ . . =U ‘ ‘ « , J 4 Pe the? oS ae ’ vie oF 2 . - Hate Y - ~ . z wae tle staat! 7 . a > ‘ 4 , ‘ . . 4 4 oe Cpe - . : e 4 = : 4 Senge i" ; = . poy 5 B palit Ser, os oy ; ee ba oho ree me. «d a , , arf Send - 5 3f 5 L é Soy i ’ ‘ , Bots “Ye S 5 wins . “ “ ent, . 5 F oF, = way ts ne we en joe oF 5 e 1 Ae p. - - . ‘ - ? se P i rae Se rei “ = ‘ yea eS . Ms . ‘ ’ rr i ni ' a4 ‘ ’ ; “pe in aa a oT te = * F y P j yy rad mee ew < we * Me , nds = ore , f- A , ‘ . - - , , a " . a 7 \ is ' ~ a mi 4 Ae 4 grin SPD Le i : paste , <7 7 ‘ : o y ye ay ’ . sarer ‘ var y 2 Wey? ’ pny Pe ae 3 es , wry Mtv ant . seateh aati om 7 yeu SP re I A =r on woe? & e ai ? ¥ Pay . Fh wel 75 , Ser) ee roa & F , 4 y Pri AY . to oy as Loe. be aa 7 aes 7 hath cae j ~r j LF PTs exe SOP Ne Fae » . : Oe eae et en at cr arora ye Pb y oo vua'tr hla Z ’ sere ie Ce gn inny Cait ai ath reat pee ee we apt erry f Ra ees Pa ae ae ris om a a 4 Reena any” skeen PyKite «8 y ’ ‘ graye Pn ae eee a : % ¥ ‘ y % N a » +e Pat ets , a a ee a ul ’ mG Y wy, ey we “ owe *, seat $-ar , roa ats ra , * Vere oe " Seiad” 7 errr weet Porn ne 8 , 24 payne er — Peg we bat tes Wh eh rere were FS Ne er ae) x pe ‘ ose ev area . - toupee \ fiw ee Fe BPC Re aT WUT healer > ¥ Spay ewe ee el a our bh hepa tn ’ 4 ‘ ovanse wee . ny iy) ‘ , ve a , * as a i Tf tate \ pe? de) rs : ore ts ey ees cee) feat , Aas Te apes prey yh ve Var Fee opt toy © OG" LTE ere, oa te fo al ie PP Kring ae egy Ooi ory Pe ‘ wd prey De ye rar step wrt Deena ava t um’ Meany ti rian ee er mae Der a eS WE APs 49 en roe Sra | ie ae Wea PATO ae ria he Lr enly ay yey ‘ ror pny a | aged Ce aie ge Ween Aap Se hey PT fatty wae Oe ‘ ie Ta ae Pry